Mazda cx7 Workshop Manual 2007 PDF

1871-1U-06B(INDEX).
fm 1
2007 CONTENTS
Mazda Title Section
CX-7 GENERAL INFORMATION 00

Workshop ENGINE 01
Manual SUSPENSION 02
FOREWORD DRIVELINE/AXLE 03
This manual contains on-vehicle service
and/or diagnosis procedures for the Mazda BRAKES 04
CX-7.
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE 05
For proper repair and maintenance,
a thorough familiarization with this manual is STEERING 06
important, and it should always be kept in a
handy place for quick and easy reference. HEATER, VENTILATION & 07
AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
All the contents of this manual, including
drawings and specifications, are the latest RESTRAINTS 08
available at the time of printing.
As modifications affecting repair or BODY & ACCESSORIES 09
maintenance occur, relevant information
supplementary to this volume will be made ALPHABETICAL INDEX AI
available at Mazda dealers. This manual
should be kept up-to-date. 2006 Mazda Motor Corporation
PRINTED IN U.S.A., FEBRUARY 2006
Mazda Motor Corporation reserves the right Form No. 18711U06B
to alter the specifications and contents of Part No. 999995034B07
this manual without obligation or advance
notice.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may

be reproduced or used in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanicalincluding
photocopying and recording and the use of
any kind of information storage and retrieval
systemwithout permission in writing.
Mazda Motor Corporation

HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
APPLICATION:
This manual is applicable to vehicles
beginning with the Vehicle Identification
Numbers (VIN), and related materials
shown on the following page.
1871-1U-06B(INDEX).fm 2
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (VIN)
JM3 ER29L7# 100001

JM3 ER2937# 100001
RELATED MATERIALS
Material Name MNAO Part No. Mazda Material No.
Mazda CX-7 2007 Service Highlights 999995045F07 34161U06B
Engine Workshop Manual L3 WITH TC 9999950L3T06 18331U05H
Automatic Transaxle and Transfer Workshop Manual

9999950AW607 18741U06B
AW6A-EL AW6AX-EL
Mazda CX-7 Bodyshop Manual 999995093F07 34191U06C
Mazda CX-7 2007 Wiring Diagram 999995068G07 56661U06B

1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 1
GENERAL INFORMATION 00SECTION

00-00
Toc of SCT INFORMATION . . . . 00-00

GENERAL
Toc of SCT
00-00 GENERAL INFORMATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0019
NUMBER (VIN) CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-002 INSTALLATION OF
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION RADIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0020
NUMBER (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-002 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0020
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . 00-003 Electrical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0020
Range of Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-003 Wiring Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0020
Service Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-003 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0021
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-005 Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0022
Advisory Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-005 Sensors, Switches, and Relays . . . . . . 00-0023
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 00-006 Wiring Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0023
Procedures for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-007 Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0024
UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0012 Viewing orientation for
Conversion to SI Units Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0024
(Systme International d'Units) . . . . . 00-0012 Electrical Troubleshooting Tools . . . . . . 00-0025
Rounding Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0012 Precautions Before Welding . . . . . . . . . 00-0026
Upper and Lower Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0012 JACKING POSITIONS, VEHICLE LIFT
SERVICE CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0013 (2 SUPPORTS) AND SAFETY STAND
Protection of the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0013 (RIGID RACK) POSITIONS . . . . . . . . . 00-0027
Preparation of Tools and Jacking Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0027
Measuring Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0013 Vehicle Lift Positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0028
Special Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0013 Safety Stand Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0028
Malfunction Diagnosis System . . . . . . . 00-0013 TOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0029
Disconnection of the Negative Towing a 2WD Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0029
Battery Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0013 Towing a AWD Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0030
Oil Leakage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0014 Towing/Tiedown Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0030
Removal of Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0014 TIEDOWN HOOK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0031
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0015 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Inspection During Removal, LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0032
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0015 Vehicle Identification
Arrangement of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0015 Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0032
Cleaning of Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0015 Engine Identification Number . . . . . . . . 00-0032
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0016 SAE STANDARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0033
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0016 ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0034
Rubber Parts and Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0016 PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . 00-0035
Hose Clamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0017 Pre-Delivery Inspection Table. . . . . . . . 00-0035
Torque Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0017 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . 00-0037
Vise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0017 Scheduled Maintenance Table for U.S.A.,
Dynamometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0017 CANADA and Puerto Rico . . . . . . . . . 00-0037
AWD inspection/service . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-0018
End of Toc
NG: GENERAL INFORMATION
00-001
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 2
GENERAL INFORMATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) CODE
id000000100200
J M3ER 293 *7 # 12 3 4 5 6
Serial No.
0= Hiroshima
Plant 1= Hofu
Model year 7= 2007
Check digit *= 0 to 9, X
L= 2.3 L (California (L3 WITH TC))

Engine 3= 2.3 L (Federal/CANADA (L3 WITH TC))
9= Wagon, Gross vehicle weight class C

Body, Gross vehicle weight class (18142267 kg)
Resraint system 2= with Curtain and Side air bags
Carline, Series ER= Mazda CX-7
World manufacturer identification JM3= Mazda/Multi-purpose vehicle category/U.S.A.
acxuuw00002316
End Of Sie
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
id000000100300
JM3 ER29L*7# 100001
JM3 ER293*7# 100001
End Of Sie
WM: GENERAL INFORMATION
00-002
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 3
GENERAL INFORMATION
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
id000000800100
Range of Topics
This manual contains procedures for performing all required service operations. The procedures are divided
into the following five basic operations:
Removal/Installation 00-00
Disassembly/Assembly
Replacement
Inspection
Adjustment
Simple operations which can be performed easily just by looking at the vehicle (i.e., removal/installation of
parts, jacking, vehicle lifting, cleaning of parts, and visual inspection) have been omitted.
Service Procedure
Inspection, adjustment
Inspection and adjustment procedures are
divided into steps. Important points regarding the SHOWS PROCEDURE ORDER
location and contents of the procedures are FOR SERVICE
explained in detail and shown in the illustrations.
Fluid Pressure Inspection
1. Assemble the SSTs as shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
3949 Nm {4.05.0 kgfm, 2936 ftlbf}
49 1232 670A
49 H002 671 SHOWS TIGHTENING

TORQUE
49 H032 322 SPECIFICATIONS
Caution
Connect the gauge set from under
the vehicle to prevent contact with
the drive belt and the cooling fan.
acxuuw00000434
00-003
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 4
GENERAL INFORMATION
Repair procedure
1. Most repair operations begin with an overview illustration. It identifies the components, shows how the parts fit
together, and describes visual part inspection. However, only removal/installation procedures that need to be
performed methodically have written instructions.
2. Expendable parts, tightening torques, and symbols for oil, grease, and sealant are shown in the overview
illustration. In addition, symbols indicating parts requiring the use of special service tools or equivalent are also
shown.
3. Procedure steps are numbered and the part that is the main point of that procedure is shown in the illustration
with the corresponding number. Occasionally, there are important points or additional information concerning a
procedure. Refer to this information when servicing the related part.
SHOWS SERVICE
Procedure ITEM (S)
INDICATES RELEVANT
1
LOWER TRAILING LINK, UPPER TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION REFERENCES THAT NEED
1. Jack up the rear of the vehicle and support it with safety stands. TO BE FOLLOWED DURING
"Removal/Installation" 2. Remove the undercover. (See 01-10-4 Undercover Removal)
Portion 3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. INSTALLATION
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2 5. Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary.
"Inspection After SHOWS SPECIAL
Installation" Portion 11 SERVICE TOOL (SST)
9 SST
SHOWS PROCEDURE ORDER FOR SERVICE OPERATION
GREASE
FOR SERVICE 12 SST R
INSTALL THE PARTS BY SHOWS APPLICATION

PERFORMING STEPS 8 4356 {4.35.8, 3241}
POINTS OF GREASE, ETC.
10
1 3 IN REVERSE ORDER 4460 {4.46.2, 3244} 7 R
SHOWS TIGHTENING
TORQUE
SPECIFICATIONS SHOWS EXPENDABLE PARTS
SST
3
5
6 SHOWS DETAILS
SST
GREASE
4 R
94116 {9.511.9, 6986}
2 118156 {12.016.0, 87115}
SHOWS TIGHTENING
1 R TORQUE UNITS
SHOWS REFERRAL
NOTES FOR SERVICE Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
1 Split pin 7 Split pin

2 Nut 8 Nut
3 Lower trailing link ball joint 9 Upper trailing link ball joint
(See 02-14-5 Lower Trailing Link Ball Joint Removal Note) (See 02-14-5 Upper Trailing Link Ball Joint Removal Note)
4 Bolt 10 Nut
5 Lower trailing link 11 Upper trailing link
6 Dust boot (lower trailing link) 12 Dust boot (upper trailing link)
Lower Trailing Link Ball Joint, Upper Trailing Link 49 T028 304 UPPER TRAILING LINK
Ball Joint Removal Note 49 T028 305 LOWER TRAILING LINK
Remove the ball joint using the SSTs.
SHOWS SPECIAL
SERVICE TOOL (SST)
NO. KNUCKLE
49 T028 303
SHOWS REFERRAL
NOTES FOR
SERVICE
acxuuw00000435
00-004
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 5
GENERAL INFORMATION
Symbols
There are eight symbols indicating oil, grease, fluids, sealant, and the use of SST or equivalent. use. These
symbols show application points or use of these materials during service.
Symbol Meaning Kind
00-00
New appropriate
OIL Apply oil engine oil or gear
oil
New appropriate
BRAKE Apply brake fluid
FLUID brake fluid
New appropriate
Apply automatic
automatic
transaxle/
ATF
transaxle/
transmission fluid
transmission fluid
Appropriate
Apply grease
GREASE
grease
Appropriate
SEALANT Apply sealant
sealant
Apply petroleum Appropriate

P jelly petroleum jelly
O-ring, gasket,
R Replace part
etc.
Use SST or
SST equivalent
Appropriate tools
Advisory Messages
You will find several Warnings, Cautions, Notes, Specifications and Upper and Lower Limits in this
manual.
Warning
A Warning indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored.
Caution
A Caution indicates a situation in which damage to the vehicle or parts could result if the caution is ignored.
Note
A Note provides added information that will help you to complete a particular procedure.
Specification
The values indicate the allowable range when performing inspections or adjustments.
Upper and lower limits

The values indicate the upper and lower limits that must not be exceeded when performing inspections or
adjustments.
00-005
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 6
GENERAL INFORMATION
Troubleshooting Procedure
Basic flow of troubleshooting
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*

ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM
CHECK FOR CHECK DTC

PRIORITIZED DTC IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
TEST
DTC
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
DTC TABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW (IF MENTIONED)
3. SYMPTOM
*: INDICATOR LIGHTS AND WARNING TROUBLESHOOTING
LIGHTS THAT INDICATE MALFUNCTIONS
acxuuw00000444
DTC troubleshooting flow (on-board diagnostic)

Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) are important hints for repairing malfunctions that are difficult to simulate.
Perform the specific DTC diagnostic inspection to quickly and accurately diagnose the malfunction.
The on-board diagnostic function is used during inspection. When a DTC is shown specifying the cause of a
malfunction, continue the diagnostic inspection according to the items indicated by the on-board diagnostic
function.
Diagnostic index
The diagnostic index lists the symptoms of specific malfunctions. Select the symptoms related or most closely
relating to the malfunction.
Quick diagnosis chart (If mentioned)

The quick diagnosis chart lists diagnosis and inspection procedures to be performed specifically relating to the
cause of the malfunction.
Symptom troubleshooting
Symptom troubleshooting quickly determines the location of the malfunction according to symptom type.
00-006
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 7
GENERAL INFORMATION
Procedures for Use
Using the basic inspection (section 05)
Perform the basic inspection procedure before symptom troubleshooting.
Perform each step in the order shown.
The reference column lists the location of the detailed procedure for each basic inspection.
Although inspections and adjustments are performed according to the reference column procedures, if the 00-00
cause of the malfunction is discovered during basic inspection, continue the procedures as indicated in the
action column.
SHOWS INSPECTION SHOW POINTS REQUIRING
SHOWS ITEM NAMES FOR
ORDER ATTENTION BASED ON
DETAILED PROCEDURES
INSPECTION RESULTS
BASIC INSPECTION
STEP INSPECTION ACTION

1 Perform the mechanical system test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-13-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to
Is mechanical system normal? the inspection result.
2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Go to next step.
When the selector lever is moved, does the selector No Inspect the selector lever and TR switch. Repair or
illumination indicate synchronized position to the replace malfunctioning parts.
lever location? Also, when other ranges are selected (See 05-14-5 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
from N or P during idling, does the vehicle move (See 05-13-10 TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH
within 12 s? INSPECTION.)
If the selector lever and TR switch are normal, go to the
next step.
3 Inspect the ATF color condition. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-13-8 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION.) the inspection result.
Are ATF color and odor normal? Flush ATX and cooler line as necessary.
4 Perform the line pressure test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-13-3 Line Pressure Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to
Is the line pressure normal? the inspection result.
5 Perform the stall test. Yes Go to the next step.
REFERENCE (See 05-13-4 Stall Speed Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to
Is the stall speed normal? the inspection result.
COLUMN
Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the voltage at the following TCM terminals.
(See 05-13-29 TCM INSPECTION.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to
the inspection result.
Terminal 2J (TFT sensor)
Terminals 1D, 2B, 2C, 2E (TR switch)
Terminal 2G (turbine sensor)
Terminal 2D (down switch)
Terminal 2I (up switch)
Terminal 1E (M range switch)
Terminal 1W (steering shift switch)
Is the voltage normal?
acxuuw00000445
00-007
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 8
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the DTC troubleshooting flow
DTC troubleshooting flow shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to take for each
DTC.
DETECTION CONDITION
describes the condition
TROUBLE CONDITION under which the DTC is
detected.
DTC P0103
DTC PO103 MAF circuit high input
PCM monitors input voltage from TP sensor after ignition key is turned on. If input voltage at PCM terminal 68 is
above 8.25 V, PCM determines that TP circuit has malfunction.
Diagnostic support note

DETECTION
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION
MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunction during first drive cycle. Therefore,
POSSIBLE PENDING CODE is not available.
CAUSE FREEZE FRAME DATE is available.
describes DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
MAF sensor malfunction
possible POSSIBLE
Connector or terminal malfunction
CAUSE
point(s) of Open circuit in wiring between MAF sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 36 Indicates the
malfunction Open circuit in MAF sensor ground circuit
circuit to be
FROM
MAF SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL D
PCM inspected
4 (01 and 05
Indicates the B
section)
inspection step 6
4 5
No. to be E 88
performed 4 6
7
(01 and 05 D 36
section)
MAF SENSOR PCM Indicates the
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
connector
1P related to the
E D C B A inspection
STEP shows
the order of ACTION
troubleshooting Diagnostic procedure describes the
STEP INSPECTION ACTION appropriate
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to next step.
RECORDED No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on repair order, then go
action to be taken
Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded? to next step. according to
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available repair the result
AVAILABILITY information.
Are related Service Bulletins and/or on-line
If vehicle is not repaired, then go to next step. (Yes/No) of the
repair information available? No Go to next step. INSPECTION.
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS IS Yes Intermittent concern is existing. Go to INTERMITTENT
INSPECTION CONCERN INTERMITTENT OR CONSTANT CONCERNS TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
Connect diagnostic tool to DLC-2. (See 01-03-33 INTERMITTENT CONCERN Reference
describes the
Start engine. TROUBLESHOOTING) item(s) to
method to Access MAF V PID using diagnostic tool. No Go to next step. perform
quickly Is MAF V PID within 0.2 - 8.3 V?
4 INSPECT POOR CONNECTION OF MAF Yes Repair or replace terminals, then go to Step 8. ACTION.
determine the SENSOR CONNECTOR
malfunctioning Turn ignition key to OFF.
part(s). Disconnect MAF sensor connector.
Check for poor connection (damaged, pulled-
out terminals, corrosion etc.).
Are there any malfunctions?
acxuuw00000446
00-008
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 9
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the diagnostic index
Malfunction symptoms are listed in the diagnostic index under symptom troubleshooting.
The exact malfunction symptoms can be selected by following the index.
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION Page
1 Melting of main or other fuses

(See 01-03-6 MELT NO.1 MAIN OR
OTHER FUSE)
00-00
2 MIL comes on MIL is illuminated incorrectly. (See 01-03-7 NO.2 MIL COMES ON)
3 Will not crank Starter does not work. (See 01-03-8 NO. 3 WILL NOT CRANK)
Starter cranks engine at normal
Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic (See 01-03-9 NO. 4 HARD START/
4 speed but engine requires excessive
crank LONG CRANK/ERRATIC CRANK)
cranking time before starting.
Engine stops unexpectedly at idle (See 01-03-11 NO. 5 ENGINE-STALLS
5 Engine stalls. After start/at idle
and/or after start. AFTER START/AT IDLE)
Starter cranks engine at normal (See 01-03-15 NO.6 CRANKS
6 Cranks normally but will not start
speed but engine will not run. NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START)
Engine takes more time than normal (See 01-03-19 NO. 7 SLOW RERUN
7 Slow return to idle
to return to idle speed. TO IDLE)
Engine speed fluctuates between
specified idle speed and lower (See 01-03-20 NO. 8 ENGINE RUNS
8 Engine runs rough/rotling
speed and engine shakes ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE )
excessively.
Engine speed continues at fast idle
after warm-up. (See 01-03-23 NO. 9 FAST IDLE/RUNS
9 Fast idle/runs on
Engine runs after ignition key is ON)
turned to OFF.
Engine stops unexpectedly at begin-
(See 01-03-24 NO. 10 LOW IDLE/
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration ning of deceleration or recovery
STALLS DURING DECELERATION)
from deceleration.
acxuuw00000447
00-009
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the quick diagnosis chart
The chart lists the relation between the symptom and the cause of the malfunction.
The chart is effective in quickly narrowing down the relation between symptom and cause of the malfunction. It
also specifies a range of common causes when multiple malfunction symptoms occur.
The appropriate diagnostic inspection relating to a malfunction cause as specified by the symptoms can be
selected by looking down the diagnostic inspection column of the chart.
2 PARTS WHICH MAY BE THE

CAUSE OF PROBLEMS
SYMPTOM QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART
Cooling fan or condenser fan seat improperly

Possible factor
Starter circuit including ignition switch open
Accelerator cable free play mis-adjustment

hoses, overflow system, thermostat, etc.)
Water and anti-freeze mixture improperly
Starter motor malfunction (Mechanical or
Improper tension or damaged drive belts
Engine or transaxle mounts improperly

Cooling system malfunction (Radiator,
Cooling fan system malfunction

PART WHICH MAY BE
Improper engine compression
Improper engine coolant level

Drive plate or flywheel seized
Charging system malfunction
Improper engine oil viscosity

THE SYMPTOM
Base engine malfunction

Improper engine oil level
Improper valve timing

Low or dead battery
Hydrolocked engine
Improper dipstick
Fuel quality
electrical)
installed
Troubleshooting item
1 Melts of main or other fuse

2 MIL comes on
3 Will not crank X X X X X X
Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic

4 X
crank
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle X X X X
6 Cranks normally but will not start X X X X
7 Slow return to idle X
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle X X X
9 Fast idle/runs on X
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration

Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise X X X
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise X X X
Misses Acceleration/cruise X X X
11 Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk X X X
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration X X X
Surges Acceleration/cruise X X X
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise X X X
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise X X
1 CHOOSE THE 14 Poor fuel economy X X X X X X

ACTUALSYMPTOM 15 Emissions compliance X X X X
16 High oil consumption/leakage X X X
17 Cooling system concerns Overheating X X X X X
18 Cooling system concerns Runs cold X X
19 Exhaust smoke X X
20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment)

21 Engine noise X X X
22 Vibration concerns (engine) X X X
23 A/C does not work sufficiently

A/C always on/ A/C compressor runs
24
continuously
A/C does not cut off under wide open throttle
25
conditions
26 Exhaust sulphur smell X
27 Fuel refill concerns

28 Fuel filling shut off issues
29 Intermittent concerns X
30 Constant voltage
31 Spark plug condition X X X X X
Automatic transaxle Upshift/downshift/

32 (See 05-01 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYMPTOM TROUBLESOOTING)
concerns engagement
acxuuw00000448
00-0010
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 11
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the symptom troubleshooting
Symptom troubleshooting shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to be taken for
each trouble symptom.
DESCRIPTION
describes what 00-00
kind of TROUBLE
SYMPTOM TROUBLE SYMPTOM
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or down shifting
When accelerator pedal is depressed for driveway, engine speed increase but vehicle speed increase
DESCRIPTION slowly.
When accelerator is depressed while driving, engine speed increases but vehicle not.
There is clutch slip because clutch is stuck or line pressure is low.
Clutch stuck, slippage (forward clutch, 3-4 clutch, 2-4 brake band, one-way clutch 1, one-way clutch 2)
Line pressure low
POSSIBLE Malfunction or mis-adjustment of TP sensor
CAUSE Malfunction of VSS
Malfunction of input/turbine speed sensor
describes Malfunction of sensor ground
possible Malfunction of shift solenoid A, B or C
point of Malfunction of TCC solenoid valve
POSSIBLE Malfunction of body ground
malfunction CAUSE
Malfunction of throttle cable
Malfunction of throttle valve body
Poor operating of mechanical pressure
Selector lever position disparity
TR switch position disparity
Note
STEP shows
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-board Diagnostic and
the order of Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
troubleshooting. ACTION
Diagnostic procedure describes the
STEP INSPECTION ACTION appropriate
1 Is line pressure okay? Yes Go to next step.
action to be
No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
Reference inspection results. taken according
item(s) for 2 Is shift point okay? Yes Go to next step to the result
additional (See 05-17-5 ROAD TEST) No Go to symptom troubleshooting No.9 "Abnormal shift". (Yes/No) of the
information 3 Stop engine and turn ignition switch on. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any INSPECTION.
Connect diagnostic tool to DLC-2. defective parts.
to perform (See ATX Workshop Manual GF4A-EL (1666-1A-99F))
INSPECTION. Simulate SHIFT A, SHIFT B and SHIFT C PIDs How to
for ON.
Is operating sound of shift solenoids heard? If problem remains, replace or overhaul transaxle and
perform
repair or replace defective parts. ACTION is
(See 05-17-15 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
INSPECTION REMOVEVAL/INSTALLATION)
described in
describes the the relative
method to material
No Inspect for bend, damage, corrosion or loose shown.
quickly connection if shift solenoid A, B, or C terminal on ATX.
determine the Inspect for shift solenoid mechanical stuck.
malfunctioning (See 05-17-14 Inspection of Operation)
If shift solenoids are okay, inspect for open or short Reference
part(s). circuit between PCM connector terminal A, B or C. item(s) to
4 Verify test results.
perform
If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair or
ACTION.
diagnosis.
If vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
If vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace or reprogram PCM.
acxuuw00000449
End Of Sie
NG: GENERAL INFORMATION
00-0011
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNITS
id000000100400
Electrical current A (ampere)

Electric power W (watt)
Electric resistance ohm
Electric voltage V (volt)
mm (millimeter)
Length
in (inch)
kPa (kilo pascal)
Negative pressure mmHg (millimeters of mercury)
inHg (inches of mercury)
kPa (kilo pascal)
Positive pressure kgf/cm2 (kilogram force per square

centimeter)
psi (pounds per square inch)
Nm (Newton meter)
kgfm (kilogram force meter)
Torque kgfcm (kilogram force centimeter)
ftlbf (foot pound force)
inlbf (inch pound force)
L (liter)
US qt (U.S. quart)
Imp qt (Imperial quart)
Volume ml (milliliter)
cc (cubic centimeter)
cu in (cubic inch)
fl oz (fluid ounce)
g (gram)
Weight
oz (ounce)
Conversion to SI Units (Systme International d'Units)

All numerical values in this manual are based on SI units. Numbers shown in conventional units are converted
from these values.
Rounding Off
Converted values are rounded off to the same number of places as the SI unit value. For example, if the SI unit
value is 17.2 and the value after conversion is 37.84, the converted value will be rounded off to 37.8.
Upper and Lower Limits

When the data indicates upper and lower limits, the converted values are rounded down if the SI unit value is
an upper limit, and rounded up if the SI unit value is a lower limit. Therefore, converted values for the same SI
unit value may differ after conversion. For example, consider 2.7 kgf/cm2 in the following specifications:
210 260 kPa {2.1 2.7 kgf/cm2, 30 38 psi}

270 310 kPa {2.7 3.2 kgf/cm2, 39 45 psi}
The actual converted values for 2.7 kgf/cm2 are 265 kPa and 38.4 psi. In the first specification, 2.7 is used as
an upper limit, so the converted values are rounded down to 260 and 38. In the second specification, 2.7 is
used as a lower limit, so the converted values are rounded up to 270 and 39.
End Of Sie
WM: GENERAL INFORMATION
00-0012
2007 Mazda CX-7 Workshop Manual (18711U06B)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SERVICE CAUTIONS
id000000800200
Injury/damage Prevention Precautions

Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition switch is turned off.
Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is not operating to prevent
injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan. Always disconnect the negative battery cable when servicing 00-00
the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
Protection of the Vehicle

Always be sure to cover fenders, seats and floor
areas before starting work.
acxuuw00000005
Preparation of Tools and Measuring Equipment

Be sure that all necessary tools and measuring
equipment are available before starting any work.
acxuuw00000006
Special Service Tools

Use special service tools or the equivalent when
they are required. 49 SE01 310
acxuuw00002395
Malfunction Diagnosis System

Use the Mazda modular diagnostic system (M-MDS) for malfunction diagnosis.
Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06) 00-0013

GENERAL INFORMATION
Disconnection of the Negative Battery Cable
When working with the negative battery cable disconnected, wait for 1 min or more to allow the back up power
supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power after the cable is disconnected.
Disconnecting the battery cable will delete the memories of the clock, audio, and DTCs, etc. Therefore, it is
necessary to note down the information stored in those memories before disconnecting the cable.
If the battery had been disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons, the window will not fully
close automatically. Initialize the power window system for the power window main switch and the sub switch
(FR).
(See 09-12-13 POWER WINDOW INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE)
Warning
When the negative battery cable is disconnected, the initialization setting of the steering angle
sensor is cleared. Therefore, perform the initialization procedure after connecting the negative
battery cable. (See 09-40-8 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
Oil Leakage Inspection

Use either of the following procedures to identify the type of oil that is leaking:
Using UV light (black light)

1. Remove any oil on the engine or transaxle/transmission.
Note
Referring to the fluorescent dye instruction manual, mix the specified amount of dye into the engine oil or
ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil).
2. Pour the fluorescent dye into the engine oil or ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil).
3. Allow the engine to run for 30 min.
4. Inspect for dye leakage by irradiating with UV light (black light), and identify the type of oil that is leaking.
5. If no dye leakage is found, allow the engine to run for another 30 min. or drive the vehicle then reinspect.
6. Find where the oil is leaking from, then make necessary repairs.
Note
To determine whether it is necessary to replace the oil after adding the fluorescent dye, refer to the
fluorescent dye instruction manual.
Not using UV light (black light)

1. Gather some of the leaking oil using an absorbent white tissue.
2. Take samples of engine oil and ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil), both from the dipstick, and place them next
to the leaked oil already on the tissue.
3. Compare the appearance and smell, and identify
the type of oil that is leaking.
4. Remove any oil on the engine or transaxle/
transmission. ATF OR
5. Allow the engine to run for 30 min. TRANSAXLE/
6. Check the area where the oil is leaking, then TRANSMISSION OIL ENGINE OIL
make necessary repairs.
LEAKED OIL
acxuuw00000008
Removal of Parts
While correcting a problem, also try to determine
its cause. Begin work only after first learning
which parts and sub-components must be
removed and disassembled for replacement or
repair. After removing the part, plug all holes and
ports to prevent foreign material from entering.
acxuuw00000009
00-0014
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 15
GENERAL INFORMATION
Disassembly
If the disassembly procedure is complex,
requiring many parts to be disassembled, all parts
should be marked in a place that will not affect
their performance or external appearance, and
identified so that reassembly can be performed 00-00
easily and efficiently.
acxuuw00000010
Inspection During Removal, Disassembly

When removed, each part should be carefully
inspected for malfunction, deformation, damage
and other problems.
acxuuw00000011
Arrangement of Parts
All disassembled parts should be carefully
arranged for reassembly.
Be sure to separate or otherwise identify the parts
to be replaced from those that will be reused.
acxuuw00000012
Cleaning of Parts
All parts to be reused should be carefully and
thoroughly cleaned in the appropriate method.
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and
other particles to fly out causing injury to
the eyes. Wear protective eye wear
whenever using compressed air.
acxuuw00000013
00-0015
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 16
GENERAL INFORMATION
Reassembly
Standard values, such as torques and certain
adjustments, must be strictly observed in the
reassembly of all parts.
If removed, these parts should be replaced with
new ones:
Oil seals
Gaskets
O-rings
Lock washers
Cotter pins
Nylon nuts
acxuuw00000014
Depending on location:
Sealant and gaskets, or both, should be
applied to specified locations. When sealant
is applied, parts should be installed before
sealant hardens to prevent leakage.
Oil should be applied to the moving
components of parts.
Specified oil or grease should be applied at
the prescribed locations (such as oil seals)
before reassembly.
acxuuw00000326
Adjustment
Use suitable gauges and testers when making
adjustments.
acxuuw00000016
Rubber Parts and Tubing

Prevent gasoline or oil from getting on rubber
parts or tubing.
acxuuw00000017
00-0016
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 17
GENERAL INFORMATION
Hose Clamps
When reinstalling, position the hose clamp in the
original location on the hose and squeeze the
clamp lightly with large pliers to ensure a good fit.
00-00
acxuuw00000018
Torque Formulas
When using a torque wrench-SST or equivalent
combination, the specified torque must be SST
recalculated due to the extra length that the SST
3
or equivalent adds to the torque wrench.
2
1
Recalculate the torque by using the following
0
formulas. Choose the formula that applies to you.
1
2
3
Torque Unit Formula
Nm Nm [L/(L+A)]
kgfm kgfm [L/(L+A)]
kgfcm kgfcm [L/(L+A)] A L
ftlbf ftlbf [L/(L+A)]
acxuuw00000019
inlbf inlbf [L/(L+A)]
A : The length of the SST past the torque wrench drive.

L : The length of the torque wrench.
Vise
When using a vise, put protective plates in the
jaws of the vise to prevent damage to parts.
PROTECTIVE PLATES
acxuuw00000020
Dynamometer
When inspecting and servicing the power train on the dynamometer or speedometer tester, pay attention to the
following:
Place a fan, preferably a vehicle-speed proportional type, in front of the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is in a facility with an exhaust gas ventilation system.
Since the rear bumper might deform from the heat, cool the rear with a fan. (Surface of the bumper must be
below70C {158F} degrees.)
Keep the area around the vehicle uncluttered so that heat does not build up.
Watch the water temperature gauge and do not overheat the engine.
Avoid added load to the engine and maintain normal driving conditions as much as possible.
00-0017
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 18
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note
When only the front or rear wheels are rotated on a chassis dynamometer or equivalent, the DSC CM
determines that there is a malfunction in the DSC and illuminates the following lights:
ABS warning light
Brake system warning light
DSC indicator light
If the above lights are illuminated, dismount the vehicle from the chassis dynamometer and turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position. Then, turn the ignition switch back to the ON position, run the vehicle
at 10 km/h or more and verify that the warning lights go out. In this case, a DTC will be stored in the
memory. Clear the DTC from the memory by following the memory clearing procedure [DSC] in the on-
board diagnostic system. (See04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
AWD inspection/service
Speedometer tester measurement
Caution
Install the tension bar (chain wire) to the tie down hook and secure the vehicle to prevent it from
rolling and running off.
Do not accelerate suddenly from a standstill or accelerate/decelerate rapidly.
Free roller type

1. Align the free rollers with the wheel base and tread, then set them on the floor properly.
2. Drive the vehicle slowly onto the tester roller and
free rollers.
3. Start the engine and accelerate gradually to
inspect the speedometer.
4. After inspection, decelerate gradually with gentle
braking.
Propeller shaft removal type
1. Remove the propeller shaft.
(See03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
acxuuw00000327
2. Place the front wheels on the tester roller.

3. Accelerate gradually and inspect the
speedometer.
4. After inspection, decelerate gradually with gentle
braking.
5. Install the propeller shaft.
INSTALLATION.)
acxuuw00000329
Brake tester measurement

1. Place the wheels (front or rear) to be measured
on the tester roller.
2. Shift to the N position/neutral.
3. Activate the tester roller and measure braking
force. If there is a large amount of brake drag
force, the electronic control system coupling may
be affected. Jack up all four wheels to eliminate
the effect of the coupling and rotate each wheel
by hand to verify the rotation condition.
acxuuw00000328
00-0018
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 19
GENERAL INFORMATION
Wheel balancer (on the vehicle balancer)
1. Jack up all four wheels.
2. Support the wheels (front or rear) on the side to be measured (near the wheels) using a wheel balancer sensor
stand.
3. Support the wheels on the side not to be
measured (near the wheels) using safety stands. 00-00
4. Set up the wheel balancer and rotate the wheels
using engine drive to measure the wheel balance.
acxuuw00000330
SST
Some global SST or equivalent are used as SSTs necessary for vehicle repair. Note that these SSTs are
marked with global SST numbers.
Note that a global SST number is written together with a corresponding Mazda SST number as shown below.
Example (section **-60)
1: 49 UN303 009
2: 303-009
Crankshaft Damper Remover
1: Mazda SST number

2: Global SST number
acxuuw00000021
Example (Except section **-60)
303009 Global SST Number

(49 UN30 3009) Mazda SST Number
acxuuw00000022
End Of Sie
00-0019
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 20
GENERAL INFORMATION
INSTALLATION OF RADIO SYSTEM
id000000800300
If a radio system is installed improperly or if a high-powered type system is used, the CIS and other systems
may be affected. When the vehicle is to be equipped with a radio, observe the following precautions:
Install the antenna at the farthest point from control modules.
Install the antenna feeder as far as possible from the control module wiring harnesses.
Ensure that the antenna and feeder are properly adjusted.
Do not install a high-powered radio system.
End Of Sie
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
id000000800400
Electrical Parts
Battery cable
Before disconnecting connectors or removing
electrical parts, disconnect the negative battery
BATTERY CABLE
cable.
acxuuw00000451
Wiring Harness
To remove the wiring harness from the clip in the
engine room, pry up the hook of the clip using a
flathead screwdriver.
acxuuw00000452
Caution
Do not remove the wiring harness
protective tape. Otherwise, the wires NO GOOD
could rub against the body, which could
result in water penetration and electrical
shorting.
acxuuw00000453
00-0020
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 21
GENERAL INFORMATION
Connectors
Disconnecting connectors
When disconnecting a connector, grasp the
connectors, not the wires. GOOD NO GOOD
00-00
acxuuw00000454
Connectors can be disconnected by pressing or

pulling the lock lever as shown.
acxuuw00000455
Locking connector
When locking connectors, listen for a click
indicating they are securely locked.
acxuuw00000456
00-0021
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 22
GENERAL INFORMATION
Inspection
Caution
To prevent damage to the terminal, wrap a thin wire around the tester probe before inserting into
terminal.
When a tester is used to inspect for continuity or

measuring voltage, insert the tester probe from GOOD NO GOOD
the wiring harness side.
acxuuw00000457
Inspect the terminals of waterproof connectors

from the connector side since they cannot be GOOD NO GOOD
accessed from the wiring harness side.
acxuuw00000458
Terminals
Inspection
Pull lightly on individual wires to verify that they
are secured in the terminal.
acxuuw00000459
00-0022
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 23
GENERAL INFORMATION
Replacement
Use the appropriate tools to remove a terminal as shown. When installing a terminal, be sure to insert it until it
locks securely.
Insert a thin piece of metal from the terminal side
of the connector and with the terminal locking tab
pressed down, pull the terminal out from the 00-00
TYPE A
connector.
TYPE B
acxuuw00000460
Sensors, Switches, and Relays

Handle sensors, switches, and relays carefully.
Do not drop them or strike them against other NO GOOD
objects.
acxuuw00000461
Wiring Harness
Wiring color codes
Two-color wires are indicated by a two-color code symbol.
The first letter indicates the base color of the wire
and the second is the color of the stripe.
CODE COLOR CODE COLOR B/R BR/Y
B Black O Orange
BR Brown P Pink BLACK BROWN
G Green R Red
GY Gray V Violet
L Blue W White
LB Light Blue Y Yellow RED YELLOW
LG Light Green
acxuuw00000462
00-0023
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Fuse
Replacement
When replacing a fuse, be sure to replace it with one of the same capacity. If a fuse malfunctions again, the
circuit probably has a short and the wiring should be inspected.
Be sure the negative battery terminal is disconnected before replacing a main fuse.
When replacing a pullout fuse, use the fuse puller.
PULLER
FUSE
acxuuw00000464
Viewing orientation for Connectors

The viewing orientation for connectors is indicated with a symbol.
The figures showing the viewing orientation are the same as those used in Wiring Diagrams.
The viewing orientations are shown in the following three ways.
Part-side connector
The viewing orientation for part-side connectors is
from the terminal side. PART NAME*
* : Part names are shown only when there are
PCM
multiple connector drawings.
VIEWING
CONNECTOR ORIENTATION
SYMBOL
PART
VIEWING ORIENTATION
PART-SIDE CONNECTOR
acxuuw00000472
Vehicle harness-side connector

The viewing orientation for vehicle wiring harness- NAME OF CONNECTING
side connectors is from the wiring harness side. PART*
* : Part names are shown only when there are
multiple connector drawings. PCM
VIEWING
CONNECTOR ORIENTATION
SYMBOL
VEHICLE WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR VIEWING ORIENTATION
VEHICLE WIRING HARNESS

acxuuw00000473
00-0024
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 25
GENERAL INFORMATION
Other
When it is necessary to show the terminal side of the
vehicle wiring harness-side connectors, such as the
following connectors, the viewing orientation is from DLC-2
the terminal side.
Main fuse block and the main fuse block relays 00-00
Data link connector
Check connector
Relay box
CONNECTOR
VIEWING
ORIENTATION
SYMBOL
VEHICLE WIRING HARNESS VIEWING ORIENTATION
acxuuw00000474
Electrical Troubleshooting Tools

Jumper wire
Caution
Do not connect a jumper wire from the power source line to a body ground. This may cause
burning or other damage to wiring harnesses or electronic components.
A jumper wire is used to create a temporary

circuit. Connect the jumper wire between the
terminals of a circuit to bypass a switch.
acxuuw00000468
Voltmeter
The DC voltmeter is used to measure circuit POWER SOURCE LINE
voltage. A voltmeter with a range of 15 V or more
is used by connecting the positive (+) probe
(red lead wire) to the point where voltage will
be measured and the negative (-) probe (black BLACK LEAD - V +
lead wire) to a body ground.
RED LEAD
acxuuw00000469
00-0025
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 26
GENERAL INFORMATION
Ohmmeter
Caution
Do not connect the ohmmeter to any circuit where voltage is applied. This will damage the
ohmmeter.
The ohmmeter is used to measure the resistance NO GOOD

between two points in a circuit and to inspect for
continuity and short circuits.
POWER SOURCE LINE
GROUND LINE
- +
acxuuw00000470
Precautions Before Welding

A vehicle has various electrical parts. To protect the parts from excessive current generated when welding, be sure
to perform the following procedure.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
2. Disconnect the battery cables.
BATTERY CABLE
acxuuw00000451
3. Securely connect the welding machine ground

near the welding area.
4. Cover the peripheral parts of the welding area to
protect them from weld spatter.
End Of Sie
GROUND
acxuuw00000471
00-0026
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 27
GENERAL INFORMATION
JACKING POSITIONS, VEHICLE LIFT (2 SUPPORTS) AND SAFETY STAND (RIGID RACK) POSITIONS
id000000800500
Jacking Positions
Warning
Improperly jacking a vehicle is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and cause serious 00-00
injury. Use only the correct front and rear jacking points and block the wheels.
Use safety stands to support the vehicle after it has been lifted.
Front
Note
To prevent obstruction between the jack body and front bumper when the jack body is inserted, use a low-
floor type jack (frame height is 170 mm or less).
Near the center or the front crossmember.
acxuuw00000066
Rear
2WD
Near the center of the rear crossmember.
acxuuw00000064
AWD
At the center of the rear differential.
acxuuw00000065
00-0027
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 28
GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle Lift Positions
Front and rear
Warning
Lifting a vehicle that is not stabilized is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the lift and cause
serious injury and/or vehicle damage. Make sure that the vehicle is on the lift horizontally by
adjusting the height of the support at the end of the arm of the lift.
Note
The arrow at the rear of the vehicle indicates that it is the same as the illustration for the front of the
vehicle.
Both sides of the vehicle, on side sills.
acxuuw00000068
Safety Stand Positions

Front and rear
Note
The arrow at the rear of the vehicle indicates that it is the same as the illustration for the front of the
vehicle.
Both sides of the vehicle, on side sills.

End Of Sie
acxuuw00000069
00-0028
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 29
GENERAL INFORMATION
TOWING
id000000800600
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle.
Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle, where all the wheels are connected to the drive train, proper
transporting of the vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid damaging the drive system. Government and local
laws must be followed. 00-00
A towed 2WD vehicle should have its front wheels off the ground. If excessive damage or other conditions
prevent this, use wheel dollies.
When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground, release the parking brake.
A towed AWD vehicle must have all its wheels off
the ground.
WHEEL DOLLIES
acxuuw00000512
Towing a 2WD Vehicle
Caution
Don't tow with sling-type equipment. This
could damage the vehicle. Use wheel-lift
or flatbed equipment.
acxuuw00000513
Caution
Don't tow the vehicle pointed backward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
acxuuw00000514
00-0029
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 30
GENERAL INFORMATION
Towing a AWD Vehicle
Warning
Towing a AWD vehicle with either the
front or rear wheels on the ground is
dangerous as the drive train could be
damaged, or the vehicle could trail away
from the tow truck and cause an
accident. Always tow a AWD vehicle with
all four wheels off the ground. If the drive
train has been damaged, transport the
vehicle on a flat bed truck.
acxuuw00000515
Towing/Tiedown Hooks
Caution
Don't use the tiedown hooks under the front and rear for towing. They are designed ONLY for tying
down the vehicle when it's being transported. Using them for towing will damage the bumper.
Tiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lug wrench, and jack lever from the trunk.
2. Wrap a screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth
to prevent damage to the bumper and open the
cap located on the front and rear bumper.
Caution
The cap cannot be completely removed.
Do not use excessive force as it may
damage the cap or scratch the painted
bumper surface.
acxuuw00000516
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the

wheel brace.
acxuuw00000517
acxuuw00000518
00-0030
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 31
GENERAL INFORMATION
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet.
00-00
acxuuw00000519
acxuuw00000520
Caution
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened, it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when
tying down the vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper.
End Of Sie
TIEDOWN HOOK
id000000800700
Caution
Do not use the tie down hook for towing the vehicle. Use it only for securing the vehicle.
Front
FRONT
acxuuw00000395
Rear
End Of Sie
REAR
acxuuw00000396
00-0031
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 32
GENERAL INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATIONS
id000000800800
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
acxuuw00002317
Engine Identification Number

End Of Sie
FRONT
acxuuw00000346
00-0032
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 33
GENERAL INFORMATION
SAE STANDARDS
id000000800900
In accordance with new regulations, SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) standard names and abbreviations
are now used in this manual. The table below lists the names and abbreviations that have been used in Mazda
manuals up to now and their SAE equivalents.
SAE Standard SAE Standard 00-00
Remark Remark
Abbreviation Name Abbreviation Name
AP Accelerator Pedal MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure
APP Accelerator Pedal Position MAF sensor Mass Air Flow Sensor
ACL Air Cleaner MFL Multiport Fuel Injection
A/C Air Conditioning OBD On-board Diagnostic System
BARO Barometric Pressure OL Open Loop
B+ Battery Positive Voltage OC Oxidation Catalytic Converter
CMP sensor Camshaft Position Sensor O2S Oxygen sensor
CAC Charge Air Cooler PNP Park/Neutral Position
CLS Closed Loop System PSP Power Steering Pressure
CTP Closed Throttle Position PCM Powertrain Control Module #3
CPP Clutch Pedal Position Pulsed
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection
CIS Continuous Fuel Injection System injection
CKP sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Injection
DLC Data Link Connector AIR Secondary Air Injection with air
DTM Diagnostic Test Mode #1 pump
DTC Diagnostic Test Code(s) SAPV Secondary Air Pulse Valve
DI Distributor Ignition Sequential Multiport Fuel
SFI
DLI Distributorless Ignition Injection
EI Electronic Ignition #2 3GR Third Gear
ECT Engine Coolant Temperature TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
EM Engine Modification TB Throttle Body
EVAP Evaporative Emission TP sensor Throttle Position Sensor
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation TCC Torque Converter Clutch
FC Fan Control Transmission (Transaxle) Control
TCM
FF Flexible Fuel Module
4GR Fourth Gear TR Transmission (Transaxle) Range
GEN Generator TC Turbocharger
GND Ground VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
With VR Voltage Regulator
HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor
heater VAF sensor Volume Air Flow Sensor
IAC Idle Air Control Warm Up Three Way Catalytic
WU-TWC #4
IAT Intake Air Temperature Converter
KS Knock Sensor WOP Wide Open Throttle
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
#1: Diagnostic trouble codes depend on the diagnostic test mode.

#2: Controlled by the PCM
#3: Device that controls engine and powertrain
#4: Directly connected to exhaust manifold
End Of Sie
00-0033
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 34
GENERAL INFORMATION
ABBREVIATIONS
id000000801000
ABS Antilock Brake System LO Low

ACC Accessories LR Left Rear
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor LSD Limited Slip Differential
ATF Automatic Transaxle Fluid M Motor
ATX Automatic Transaxle MAX Maximum
AWD All-Wheel Drive MIN Minimum
BCM Body Control Module OCV Oil Control Valve
BTDC Before Top Dead Center PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation
CAL Calibration ID PDS Portable Diagnostic Software
CAN Controller Area Network PID Parameter Identification
CCM Comprehensive Component Monitor POWER MOS Power Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field
FET Effect Transistor
CM Control Module
P/S Power Steering
CPU Central Processing Unit
P/W Power Window
DC Drive Cycle
RAM Random Access Memory
DEF Defroster
RF Right Front
DRL Daytime Running Lamp
RH Right Hand
DSC Dynamic Stability Control
ROM Read Only Memory
EBD Electronic Brakeforce Distribution
RR Right Rear
E/L Electrical Load
SAS Sophisticated Air Bag Sensor
ELR Emergency Locking Retractor
SEN Sensor
ETC Electronic Throttle Control
SST Special Service Tool
EX Exhaust
SW Switch
GPS Global Positioning System
TCS Traction Control System
HI High
TDC Top Dead Center
HU Hydraulic Unit
TFT Transaxle Fluid Temperature
HVAC Heater, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
TNS Tail Number Side Lights
IDS Integrated Diagnostic Software
TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System
IG Ignition
VENT Ventilation
IN Intake
1GR First Gear
INT Intermittent
2GR Second Gear
KOEO Key On Engine Off
2WD 2-wheel Drive
KOER Key On Engine Running
3GR Third Gear
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
4GR Fourth Gear
LED Light Emitting Diode
5GR Fifth Gear
LF Left Front
6GR Sixth Gear
LH Left Hand
End Of Sie
00-0034
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 35
GENERAL INFORMATION
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
id000000801100
Pre-Delivery Inspection Table
Exterior
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items to specification:
Glass, exterior bright metal and paint for damage 00-00
Wheel lug nuts
All weatherstrips for damage or detachment
Tire pressures
Headlight cleaner and fluid level (if equipped)
Operation of hood release and lock
Operation of fuel-filler lid opener
Door operation and alignment including side door and back door
Headlight aiming
INSTALL the following parts:
Flap (front)
Wheel caps or rings (if equipped)
Under hood engine off

INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items to specification:
Fuel, engine coolant, and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
Engine oil level
Power steering fluid level
Brake fluid level
Washer tank fluid level
Radiator coolant level and specific gravity
Tightness of water hose clamps
Tightness of battery terminals, electrolyte level and specific gravity
Differential oil level
Interior
INSTALL the following items:
Fuse for accessories
INSPECT the operations of the following items:
Seat controls (slide and recline) and headrests
Folding rear seat
Door locks, including childproof door locks
Seat belts and warning system
Ignition switch and steering lock
Transaxle range switch
Warning buzzers
Ignition key reminder alarm
Air bag system using warning light
Cruise control system (if equipped)
Power door lock
Shift-lock system (if equipped)
Starter interlock
All lights including warning, and indicator lights
Horn, wipers, and washers
Wiper blades performance
Clean wiper blades and windshield, if necessary
Antenna
Audio system
Cigarette lighter and clock
Power windows (if equipped)
Heater, defroster, and air conditioner at various mode selections (if equipped)
INSPECT the following items:
Presence of spare fuse
Upholstery and interior finish
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items:
Operation and fit of windows
Parking brake
00-0035
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 36
GENERAL INFORMATION
Under hood engine running at operating temperature
Automatic transaxle fluid level
Operation of idle-up system for electrical load, air conditioner or power steering (if equipped)
Ignition timing
Idle speed
Operation of throttle position sensor
Operation of EGR valve
On hoist
Underside fuel, coolant and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
Tires for cuts or bruises
Steering linkage, suspension, exhaust system, and all underside hardware for looseness or damage
Road test
Brake operation
Steering control
Operation of gauges
Squeaks, rattles, and unusual noises
Engine general performance
Emergency locking retractors and automatic locking retractors
Cruise control system (if equipped)
Operation of meters and gauges, squeaks, rattles, and abnormal noises
After road test

INSPECT for necessary owner information materials, tools, and spare tire in vehicle
The following items must be completed just before delivery to your customer.
Load test battery and charge if necessary (Load test result: Volts)
Adjust tire pressure to specification (Specified tire pressure is indicated on the door label.)
Clean outside of vehicle
Install fuses for accessories
Remove seat and cabin carpet protective covers
Vacuum inside of vehicle
End Of Sie
00-0036
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 37
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
id000000801200
Scheduled Maintenance Table for U.S.A., CANADA and Puerto Rico
Schedule 1: (Normal Driving Conditions) for U.S.A.
The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the unique driving conditions apply.
For CANADA and Puerto Rico, follow schedule 2. 00-00
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Maintenance Interval
1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60
ENGINE
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles),
Engine valve clearance
if noisy, adjust
Drive belts (tension) I
Engine oil R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years;
FL22 type*1 after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Engine coolant
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after
Others
that, every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element R
Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I
*2 I
Hoses and tubes for emission
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I
Disc brakes I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Steering operation and linkages I I
Front and rear suspension and ball joints I I
Rear differential oil *3*4
Transfer oil *4
Drive shaft dust boots I I

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)
Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
Remarks
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals.
Refer below for a description of items marked* in the maintenance chart.
*1: Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed
at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
3: If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil every
45,000 km (28,100 miles).
a. Towing a trailer or using a car - top carrier
b. Driving in dusty, sandy or wet condition
c. Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d. Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*
4: If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
00-0037
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 38
GENERAL INFORMATION
Schedule 2: CANADA, Puerto Rico and (Unique Driving Conditions) for U.S.A.
Repeated short-distance driving
Driving in dusty conditions
Driving with extended use of brakes
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
Driving on rough or muddy roads
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust
Drive belts (tension) I
Puerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
Engine oil
Others R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
FL22 type*1 after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Engine coolant
Others
after that, every 2 years
Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I
FUEL SYSTEM
Puerto Rico R R
Air cleaner element
Others R
Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I
*2 I
Hoses and tubes for emission
IGNITION SYSTEM
U.S.A. Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Spark plugs
Others*3 Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I
Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering operation and linkages I I
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension and ball joints I I
Rear differential oil *4*5
Transfer oil *5
Drive shaft dust boots I I

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)
Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
00-0038
1871-1U-06B(00-00).fm 39
GENERAL INFORMATION
Remarks
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals.
Refer below for a description of items marked* in the maintenance chart.
*1: Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not 00-00
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed
at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3: If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs every
96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.
a. Repeated short-distance driving
b. Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c. Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
*4: If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil every
45,000 km (28,100 miles).
a. Towing a trailer or using a car - top carrier
b. Driving in dusty, sandy or wet condition
c. Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d. Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*
5: If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
End Of Sie
00-0039
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 1
ENGINE 01SECTION
01-02
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC EMISSION SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-16
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHARGING SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-03 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-17
MECHANICAL IGNITION SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-10 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-18
LUBRICATION STARTING SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-11 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-19
COOLING SYSTEM CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-12 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-20
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-13 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-40
FUEL SYSTEM TECHNICAL DATA
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-14 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-50
EXHAUST SYSTEM SERVICE TOOLS
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-15 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-60
Toc of SCT
01-02 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [L3 WITH TC]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results
WIRING DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . 01-023 Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-028
MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL Simulation Function Procedure . . . . . . 01-029
SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
CHART[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-025 RESULTS[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-029
FOREWORD[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . 01-026 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE [L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0210
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-026 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA [L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0210
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-026 OBD-II DRIVE MODE
OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0210
READINESS TEST[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . 01-026 EGR System Repair Verification
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0211
RESULTS[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-026 HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC
OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION Repair Verification Drive Mode. . . . . . 01-0211
(PID) ACCESS[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . 01-026 EVAP System Repair Verification
OBD-II DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0212
RESULTS[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-027 PCM Adaptive Memory Production,
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST EGR, HO2S heater, HO2S, TWC,
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-027 and EVAP System Repair Verification
DTC Reading Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . 01-027 Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0212
Pending Trouble Code DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0213
Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-027 DTC B1342[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0221
Freeze Frame PID Data DTC P0011[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0222
Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-027 DTC P0012[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0223
On-Board System Readiness Tests DTC P0016[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0225
Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-028 DTC P0030[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0226
PID/DATA Monitor and DTC P0031[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0228
Record Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-028 DTC P0032[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0230
DTC P0037[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0232
01-021
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [L3 WITH TC]

DTC P0038[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0234 DTC P0481[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02154
DTC P0069[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0236 DTC P050A[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02155
DTC P0089[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0237 DTC P050B[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02157
DTC P0126, P0128[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . 01-0274 DTC P2010[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02186
DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 DTC P2188[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02226
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02119 DTC P2195[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-02229
End of Toc
WM: ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM)
01-022
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 3

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800100
c 2BG
FUEL INJECTOR
1AY
2BB NO.1
b
a 1BE FUEL INJECTOR
NO.4
2AZ
1BA 01-02
2BH
FUEL INJECTOR
1AZ NO.3
2BD
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.2
2BC
1AR 2BF
IAT SENSOR FUEL INJECTOR RELAY
1M 2BE
MAF 1AK
1AW
SENSOR
1P
2C HO2S HEATER (FRONT)
1Q
HO2S HEATER (REAR)
1AV 2D
APP 1Y
SENSOR 1AE FAN CONTROL MODULE NO.1
1U
1AC
COOLING FAN
RELAY NO.1
1AJ
PCM
1AO b
2P
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
2R 1R FAN CONTROL MODULE NO.2
2I
COOLING FAN
2AY RELAY NO.2
ECT SENSOR 1K
2AH
A/C RELAY b
1I
2AV
FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL RELAY
MAP 1AA
2AG
SENSOR
2N
BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
SENSOR 2AU
1BC
HO2S (REAR)
2Q FUEL PUMP RELAY
1H
2M b
1AT
2AD
MAIN RELAY
HO2S
(FRONT) 2AC
STARTER RELAY c
2Z 1B
IGNITION
2Y
SWITCH
DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY
2X
1BF
CKP SENSOR
2W 1AX
BATTERY
CMP SENSOR 2S
f a
d e
acxuuw00002269
01-023
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 4
d e f
EGR VALVE
2AQ
2AM
2V
KS
2U 2AR
2AN
2AK
2AP
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK
DETECTION PUMP
TP SENSOR
2AL 1V
b
2AO 1AS
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE

BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 2AB
1AB WASTEGATE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
BRAKE SWITCH NO.2 2AA
1AF
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
2AS
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH OCV
2AE 2AF
2E
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH, LOW)
1AU 2B
THROTTLE
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH (MIDDLE) 2A
ACTUATOR
1J
2F
PSP SWITCH SPILL VALVE CONTROL
2T
2G
SOLENOID VALVE
2H
1BB
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH 1BG
1AQ
1BD
1BH
2BA IGNITION COIL NO.1

GENERATOR 2AJ
2AW IGNITION COIL NO.2
2AX IGNITION COIL NO.3

1AM
CAN
1AI
2AT IGNITION COIL NO.4
2AI GENERATOR
acxuuw00002270
End Of Sie
01-024
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 5

MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP CHART[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800200
: Applicable
Oxygen sensor heater monitor
Evaporative system monitor

Oxygen sensor monitor
01-02
Engine cooling system

EGR system monitor
Fuel system monitor
Component
Catalyst monitor
Misfire monitor
Input
Battery x x x
Ignition switch x x x
A/C switch, refrigerant pressure switch (high, low pressure) x x
TP sensor x x x x x x
ECT sensor x x x x x x x x
IAT sensor x x x x x x
MAF sensor x x x x x x x
HO2S (front) x x x x
HO2S (rear) x x x x
Fuel gauge sender unit x
BARO sensor x x
MAP sensor x
CMP sensor x
CKP sensor x x x x x x x x
VSS x x x x
Output
Fuel injector x
HO2S heater (front) x
HO2S heater (rear) x
EGR valve x
Purge solenoid valve x x x x
EVAP system leak detection pump x
MIL x x x x x x x x
DLC-2 x x x x x x x x
End Of Sie
01-025
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 6

FOREWORD[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800300
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication and
diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to the following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
If a DTC does not exist and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the applicable symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03-8 QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART[L3 WITH TC].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES

CHECK FOR CHECK DTC

PRIORITIZED DTC IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING TEST
DTC
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM

(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC TABLE 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DTC 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
TROUBLESHOOTING 3. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW
acxuuw00002404
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), Generator Warning Light, Security Light

End Of Sie
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800400
These appear when a problem is detected in a monitored system. The code for a failed system is stored in the
PCM memory in the first drive cycle. This code is called the pending code. If the PCM determines that the
system has returned to normal or the problem was mistakenly detected, it deletes the pending code. If the
problem is found in the second drive cycle, too the PCM determines that the system is malfunctioning, and the
DTC is stored.
End Of Sie
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800500
This is technical data which indicates the engine condition at the time of the first malfunction. This data will
remain in the memory even if another emission-related DTC is stored, with the exception of the Misfire or Fuel
System DTCs. Once freeze frame data for the Misfire or Fuel System DTC is stored, it will overwrite any
previous data and the freeze frame will not be overwritten again.
End Of Sie
OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM READINESS TEST[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800600
This shows the OBD-II systems operating status. If any monitor function is incomplete, the M-MDS will identify
which monitor function has not been completed. Misfires, Fuel System and Comprehensive Components
(CCM) are continuous monitoring-type functions. The catalyst, EGR system, evaporation system and oxygen
sensor will be monitored under drive cycles. The OBD-II diagnostic system is initialized by performing the DTC
cancellation procedure or disconnecting the negative battery cable.
End Of Sie
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST RESULTS[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800800
This retrieves all stored DTCs in the PCM and clears the DTC, Freeze Frame Data, On-Board Readiness Test
Results, Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results and Pending Trouble Codes.
End Of Sie
OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION (PID) ACCESS[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800900
The PID mode allows access to certain data values, analog and digital inputs and outputs, calculated values
and system status information. Since PID values for output devices are PCM internal data values, inspect each
device to identify which output devices are malfunctioning.
End Of Sie
01-026
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 7

OBD-II DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS[L3 WITH TC]
id010239800700
These result from the intermittent monitor system technical data, which are used to determine whether the
system is normal or not. They also display the systems thresholds and diagnostic results. The intermittent
monitor system monitors the oxygen sensor, EVAP purge system, catalyst and the EGR system.
End Of Sie
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801000
DTC Reading Procedure 01-02
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select the Toolbox tab.
2. Select Self Test.
3. Select Module. DLC-2
4. Select PCM.
When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select Module Tests.
2. Select PCM.
acxuuw00001891
3. Then, select the Retrieve CMDTCs and perform
procedures according to directions on the M-MDS
screen.
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the PCM, while referring to AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE.
Pending Trouble Code Access Procedure

4. Select PCM.
2. Select PCM.
acxuuw00001891
screen.
4. Retrieve the pending trouble codes according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Freeze Frame PID Data Access Procedure

4. Select PCM.
2. Select PCM.
acxuuw00001891
screen.
4. Retrieve the freeze frame PID data according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
01-027
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 8

On-Board System Readiness Tests Access Procedure
2. Select Powertrain.
3. Select OBD Test Modes. DLC-2
4. Select Mode 1 Powertrain Data.
1. Select OBD II Modes.
2. Select Mode 1 Powertrain Data.
3. Then, select the ***SUP and ***EVAL PIDs in
acxuuw00001891
the PID selection screen.
4. Monitor those PIDs and check it system monitor is
completed.
PID/DATA Monitor and Record Procedure
Note
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors the calculated value of the input/output signals in the PCM.
Therefore, an output device malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value
for the output device. If a monitored value of an output device is out of specification, inspect the monitored
value of the input device related to the output control.

2. Select DataLogger.
4. Select PCM.
2. Select PCM.
acxuuw00001891
3. Select the PID from the PID table.
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on
the screen.
Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results Access Procedure

2. Select Powertrain.
3. Select OBD Test Modes. DLC-2
4. Select Mode 6 On-Board Test Results.
1. Select OBD II Modes.
2. Select Mode 6 On-Board Test Results.
3. Verify the diagnostic monitoring test result
acxuuw00001891
according to the directions on the screen.
01-028
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 9

Simulation Function Procedure
3. Select Module. DLC-2 01-02
4. Select PCM.
2. Select PCM.
acxuuw00001891
3. Select the simulation items from the PID table.
4. Perform the simulation function, inspect the
operations for each parts.
If there is no operation sound from the relay, motor, and solenoid after the simulation function inspection is
performed, it is possible that there is an open or short circuit in the wiring harness, relay, motor or solenoid,
or sticking and operation malfunction.
End Of Sie
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801400
The purpose of this test mode is to confirm the result of the OBD-II monitor diagnostic test results. The result
values stored when a particular monitor is completed are displayed. If the monitor is not completed, the initial
value is displayed.
TEST ID Description Related system
10: 01: 80 HO2S (Front) lean-to-rich response time (calculated)
10: 02: 03 Low HO2S (Rear) voltage for switch time calculation (constant)
HO2S
10: 02: 04 High HO2S (Rear) voltage for switch time calculation (constant)
10: 02: 05 HO2S (Rear) rich-to-lean response time (calculated)
10: 21: 80 Front and HO2S (Rear) switching time ratio Catalyst
10: 31: 83 EGR pressure variation EGR
10: 3A: 80 EVAP system leak detection pump gross leak check
10: 3B: 80 EVAP system leak detection pump small leak check
EVAP
10: 3C: 80*1 EVAP system leak detection pump very small leak check
10: 3D: 80 Purge flow monitor
10: A2: 0B EWMA misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
10: A2: 0C Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
Misfire
10: E1: 80 Heat radiation ratio Engine cooling
10: E1: 81 Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles system
*1 : California emission regulation applicable model
End Of Sie
01-029
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 10

AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801100
2. Cycle the ignition switch from the off to the ON
position.
3. Any retrieved DTCs.
4. Clear all diagnostic data using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DLC-2
acxuuw00001892
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 WITH TC]

id010239801200
1. Perform the necessary vehicle preparation and visual inspection.
2. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle DLC-2 16-pin connector located in the driver compartment.
3. Retrieve the KOEO/KOER DTCs using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
OBD-II DRIVE MODE[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801300
Using the OBD-II drive mode, the monitoring item requested by OBD-II regulations can be easily diagnosed.
Performing the Drive Mode inspects the OBD-II system for proper operation and must be performed to ensure
that no additional DTCs are present.
The OBD-II drive mode is divided into the specific drive mode and single drive mode.
For the specific drive mode, specified drive modes have been set for each individual monitoring item requested
by OBD-II regulations, and they can be diagnosed individually. For the single drive mode, the entire monitoring
item requested by OBD-II regulations can be diagnosed.
The following modes are in the specific drive mode. The applicable system is diagnosed by driving in the
following drive modes.
PCM Adaptive Memory Produce Drive Mode
EGR System Repair Verification Drive Mode
HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode
EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode
The following systems are diagnosed with the single drive mode.
EGR system
Oxygen sensor (HO2S)
Oxygen sensor heater
Catalytic converter (TWC)
Fuel, misfire and evaporative (EVAP) system
Caution
While performing the Drive Mode, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
When the M-MDS is used to observe monitor system status while driving, be sure to have another
technician with you, or record the data in the M-MDS using the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD
function and inspect later.
Note
Vehicle speed and engine speed detected by the PCM may differ from that indicated by the speedometer
and tachometer. Use the M-MDS to monitor vehicle speed.
If the OBD-II system inspection is not completed during the Drive Mode, the following causes are
considered:
The OBD-II system detects the malfunction.
The Drive Mode procedure is not completed correctly.
Disconnecting the battery will reset the memory. Do not disconnect the battery during and after Drive
Mode.
The M-MDS can be used at anytime through the course of the Drive Mode to monitor the completion
status. Monitoring can be done by viewing the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu.
The OBD monitoring status can be confirmed with the ignition switch operation. During KOEO, the MIL
illuminates for a fail-light inspection for approx. 17 s. The OBD monitoring status is confirmed after the
fail-light inspection.
If all of the diagnosis is completed even one time, the MIL will continue to illuminate.
If all of the diagnosis is not completed, the MIL flashes for approx. 7 s, and then it illuminates until the
engine is started.
01-0210
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 11

1. Perform PCM Adaptive Memory Production Drive Mode first.
2. Verify all accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
3. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph.
4. Stop the vehicle and access ON BOARD
SYSTEM READINESS menu of GENERIC OBD- 6880 km/h {4250 mph}
II FUNCTION to verify the OBD monitoring status. WITH D RANGE
If completed, the OBD monitoring status 01-02
VEHICLE SPEED
items change from non-completed to MORE
completed. THAN 60 s
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off
then repeat from Step 3.
5. Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
RESULTS menu of GENERIC OBD-II
FUNCTIONS to verify the monitor results.
If detected values are not within specification,
repair has not been completed. IDLE
6. Verify no DTCs are available.
START TIME
ENGINE
acxuuw00001894

1. Perform PCM Adaptive Memory Production Drive Mode first.
2. Verify all accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
3. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not
specified.
6580 km/h APPROX. 10 s

{4050 mph}
ABOVE 89 km/h
WITH D RANGE
{55 mph}
WITH D RANGE
VEHICLE SPEED
APPROX. 10 s
*:10 TIMES
0
1 min 3 min TIME
ABOVE 5 min
START ENGINE *: Decelerate for approx. 10 s by engine braking only while driving with an
vehicle speed of around 80 km/h (50 mph) for approx. 10 s
acxuuw00001895
4. Stop the vehicle and access ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTION to
verify the OBD monitoring status.
If completed, the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off then repeat from Step 3.
5. Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTIONS to verify the
monitor results.
If detected values are not within the specification, repair has not been completed.
6. Verify no DTCs are available.
01-0211
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 12

Note
If EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode cannot be performed (it is impossible to drive the vehicle
under this drive mode condition), perform the EVAP system test procedure as an alternative.
1. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the following specifications. All PIDs must be within specifications
before the engine is started to initiate the EVAP system test.
BARO: above 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg}
IAT: 5 35 C {41 95 F}
FTL: 15 85%
B+: above 10.9 V
2. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS.
3. Turn the ignition switch off.
4. Leave the vehicle for 5 hours or more.
5. Start the engine and idle it for more than 5 min.
6. Drive the vehicle at an engine speed of 65 80 km/h {40 50 mph} for more than 5 min.
7. Stop the vehicle and the turn ignition switch off.
8. Leave vehicle as it is for 5.5 hours or more.
9. Start the engine.
10. Access the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS to verify the OBD monitoring status.
If completed, the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off then go back to Step 1.
11. Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS to verify the monitor results.
If detected values are not within specification, the repair has not been completed.
12. Verify that no DTCs are present.
PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR, HO2S heater, HO2S, TWC, and EVAP System Repair Verification
Drive Mode
1. Start the engine and warm it up completely.
2. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS.
3. Verify the following conditions and correct if necessary:
All accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
4. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the following specifications. All PIDs must be within specifications
from Step 5 to 6.
BARO: above 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg}
IAT: 5 35 C {41 95 F}
FTL: 15 85%
B+: above 10.9 V
5. With the vehicle stopped, race the engine at the engine speed indicated, and then drive the vehicle as shown in
the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not specified. If possible, monitor RPM
PID for engine speed during this procedure.
T8
V3
V2
VEHICLE SPEED
V1
V4
T9
T3
T2 T10
T1
IDLE
TIME
T4 T5 T6 T7
START START START
ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE
STOP STOP
ENGINE ENGINE
acxuuw00002357
01-0212
Engine speed Vehicle speed
Step Time Vehicle condition
(rpm) (km/h {mph})
1 Idle the engine after the cooling fan
T1: More than 10 s N3: Idle 0 {0}
has stopped
2 T2: More than 5 h 0 0 {0} Keep the ignition switch off
3 T3: More than 5 min Idle V1: 0 {0}
4 T4: 5 min V2: 65 80 {40 50} D RANGE
01-02
5 T5: 1 min V3: 70 78 {43 49} D RANGE
6 T6: 1 min V4: Above 89 {55} D RANGE
7 T7: 3 min V5: 65 80 {40 50} D RANGE
8 Approx. 80 km/h
T8: Approx. 10 s
(50mph)
9 Decelerate by engine braking only
T9: Approx. 10 s
(10 times)
10 T10: More than 5.5 h 0 0 {0} Keep the ignition switch off

7. Access the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS to verify the OBD monitoring status.
If completed, all of the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off, then perform the applicable specific drive mode for any
monitoring item that was not in the detection condition.
8. Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS to verify the monitor results.
If detected values are not within specification, the repair has not been completed.
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801500
: Applicable
: Not applicable
Self-test Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL DC Monitor item Page
type*2 function
(See01-02-21
B1342 PCM malfunction OFF 1 CCM C, O DTC B1342[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-22
P0011 CMP Timing over-advanced ON 2 CCM C, R DTC P0011[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-23
P0012 CMP Timing over-retarded ON 2 CCM C, R DTC P0012[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-25
P0016 CKP-CMP correlation ON 2 CCM C DTC P0016[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-26
Front HO2S heater control circuit
P0030 ON 2 HO2S heater C, O, R DTC P0030[L3
problem
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-28
P0031 Front HO2S heater circuit low input ON 2 HO2S heater C, O, R DTC P0031[L3
WITH TC])
(See01-02-30
P0032 Front HO2S heater circuit high input ON 2 HO2S heater C, O, R DTC P0032[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-32
P0037 Rear HO2S heater circuit low input ON 2 HO2S heater C, O, R DTC P0037[L3
WITH TC].)
(Se01-02-34
P0038 Rear HO2S heater circuit high input ON 2 HO2S heater C, O, R DTC P0038[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-36
Manifold absolute pressure/
P0069 ON 2 CCM C DTC P0069[L3
atmospheric pressure correlation
WITH TC].)
Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06) 01-0213

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-37
P0089 Fuel pressure regulator performance OFF 1 Other C, O, R DTC P0089[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-38
Fuel pressure regulator control circuit
P0091 ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0091[L3
low
WITH TC])
(See01-02-40
Fuel pressure regulator control circuit
high
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-42
IAT sensor 2 circuit range/
performance problem
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-44
P0097 IAT sensor 2 circuit low ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0097[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-46
P0098 IAT sensor 2 circuit high ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0098[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-48
MAF circuit range/performance
problem
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-50
P0102 MAF circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0102[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-52
P0103 MAF circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0103[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-54
P0107 MAP sensor circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0107[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-56
P0108 MAP sensor circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0108[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-58
P0111 IAT circuit performance problem ON 2 CCM C DTC P0111[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-59
P0112 IAT circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0112[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-61
P0113 IAT circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0113[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-63
ECT circuit range/performance Engine cooling
P0116 ON 1 C DTC P0116[L3
problem system
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-64
Engine cooling
P0117 ECT circuit low input ON 1 C, O, R DTC P0117[L3
system
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-66
Engine cooling
P0118 ECT circuit high input ON 1 C, O, R DTC P0118[L3
system
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-68
P0122 TP sensor No.1 circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0122[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-70
P0123 TP sensor No.1 circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R DTC P0123[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-72
Excessive time to enter closed loop Engine cooling
P0125 ON 2 C DTC P0125[L3
fuel control system
WITH TC].)
01-0214
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 15

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
Engine cooling (See01-02-74
P0126 Coolant thermostat stuck open ON 2 C
system DTC P0126,
Engine cooling P0128[L3
P0128 Coolant thermostat stuck open ON 2 C WITH TC].)
system
(See01-02-76
P0131 Front HO2S circuit low input ON 2 HO2S C, O, R DTC P0131[L3 01-02
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-79
P0132 Front HO2S circuit high input ON 2 HO2S C, O, R DTC P0132[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-81
P0133 Front HO2S circuit problem ON 2 HO2S C DTC P0133[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-83
Front HO2S circuit no activity
P0134 ON 2 HO2S C, R DTC P0134[L3
detected
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-86
P0137 Rear HO2S circuit low input ON 2 HO2S C, O, R DTC P0137[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-88
P0138 Rear HO2S circuit high input ON 2 HO2S C, O, R DTC P0138[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-90
P0139 Rear HO2S circuit malfunction ON 2 HO2S C DTC P0139[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-92
P0140 Rear HO2S circuit no activity detected ON 2 HO2S C, R DTC P0140[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-95
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit low
input
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-96
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit high
input
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-98
P0201 Injector circuit/open cylinder No.1 ON 1 CCM C, R DTC P0201[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
101 DTC
P0202 Injector circuit/open cylinder No.2 ON 1 CCM C, R
P0202[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
103 DTC
P0203[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
105 DTC
P0204[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
107 DTC
P0222 TP sensor No.2 circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0222[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
109 DTC
P0223 TP sensor No.2 circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0223[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Turbo/supercharger overboost 111 DTC
P0234 OFF 1 Other C, R
condition P0234[L3
WITH TC].)
01-0215
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 16

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-
112 DTC
P0245 Turbocharger wastegate solenoid low OFF 2 Other C, O, R
P0245[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
114 DTC
P0246 Turbocharger wastegate solenoid high OFF 2 Other C, O, R
P0246[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Flash 115 DTC
P0300 Random misfire detected 1 or 2 Misfire C, R
/ ON P0300[L3
WITH TC].)
Flash
P0301 Cylinder No.1 misfire detected 1 or 2 Misfire C, R
/ ON (See01-02-
Flash 119 DTC
/ ON P0301, P0302,
Flash P0303,
P0303 Cylinder No.3 misfire detected 1 or 2 Misfire C, R P0304[L3
/ ON
Flash WITH TC].)
/ ON
(See01-02-
122 DTC
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0327[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
124 DTC
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0328[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
126 DTC
P0335 CKP sensor circuit malfunction ON 1 CCM C
P0335[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
128 DTC
P0340 CMP sensor circuit malfunction ON 1 CCM C
P0340[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
131 DTC
P0401 EGR flow insufficient detected ON 2 EGR C, R
P0401[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
EGR valve (stepper motor) circuit 133 DTC
P0403 ON 2 CCM C, O, R
malfunction P0403[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Catalyst system efficiency below 135 DTC
P0421 ON 2 Catalyst C
threshold P0421[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
EVAP control system incorrect purge EVAP system 137 DTC
P0441 ON 2 C, R
flow monitor P0441[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
EVAP control system leak detected EVAP system 139 DTC
P0442 ON 2 C, R
(small leak) monitor P0442[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
EVAP control system purge control 140 DTC
valve circuit malfunction P0443[L3
WITH TC].)
01-0216
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 17

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-
Change over valve (COV) (EVAP
142 DTC
P0446 system leak detection pump) stuck ON 2 CCM C, R
P0446[L3
close
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P0455
EVAP control system leak detected
ON 2
EVAP system
C, R
144 DTC 01-02
(gross leak) monitor P0455[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
EVAP control system leak detected EVAP system 147 DTC
P0456*1 ON 2 C, R
(very small leak) monitor P0456[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit range/ 149 DTC
P0461 ON 2 CCM C
performance P0461[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low 150 DTC
input P0462[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high 151 DTC
input P0463[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Fan relay No.1 control circuit 152 DTC
P0480 OFF 1 Other C, O, R
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Fan relay No.2 control circuit 152 DTC
P0481 OFF 1 Other C, O, R
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit 158 DTC
P0500 ON 2 CCM C
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
159 DTC
P0505 Idle control system malfunction OFF R
P0505[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Idle control system RPM lower than 160 DTC
P0506 ON 2 CCM C
expected P0506[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Idle control system RPM higher than 162 DTC
P0507 ON 2 CCM C
expected P0507[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Cold start idle air control system 155 DTC
P050A ON 2 CCM C, R
performance P050A[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
157 DTC
P050B Cold start ignition timing performance ON 2 CCM C, R
P050B[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
164 DTC
P0550 PSP switch circuit malfunction ON 2 CCM C
P0550[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Cruise control switch circuit 166 DTC
P0564 OFF 1 Other C
WITH TC].)
01-0217
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 18

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-
168 DTC
P0571 Brake switch circuit malfunction OFF 1 Other C
P0571[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Internal control module memory 170 DTC
check sum error P0601[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
170 DTC
P0602 PCM programming error ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0602[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
171 DTC
P0604 PCM RAM error ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0604[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
172 DTC
P0606 PCM processor ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0606[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
172 DTC
P0607 Control module performance OFF 1 Other C, O, R
P0607[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
173 DTC
P0610 Control module vehicle options error ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P0610[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Throttle actuator control range/ 174 DTC
P0638 ON 1 CCM C
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
174 DTC
P0703 Brake switch No.1 circuit malfunction ON 2 CCM C
P0703[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
177 DTC
P1260 Immobilizer system problem OFF CCM C, O
P1260[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Variable swirl control system shutter 178 DTC
P2004 ON 2 CCM C, R
valve stuck open P2004[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Variable swirl control system shutter 181 DTC
P2006 ON 2 CCM C, R
valve stuck closed P2006[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Variable swirl solenoid valve control 184 DTC
circuit low P2009[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Variable swirl solenoid valve control 186 DTC
circuit high P2010[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
188 DTC
P2088 OCV actuator circuit low ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2088[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
190 DTC
P2089 OCV actuator circuit high ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2089[L3
WITH TC].)
01-0218
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 19

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-
191 DTC
P2096 Target A/F feedback system too lean ON 2 Fuel system C
P2096[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P2097 Target A/F feedback system too rich ON 2 Fuel system C
194 DTC 01-02
P2097[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
197 DTC
P2100 Throttle actuator circuit open ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2100[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Throttle actuator circuit range/ 199 DTC
P2101 ON 1 CCM C, R
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
202 DTC
P2102 Throttle actuator circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2102[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
204 DTC
P2103 Throttle actuator circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2103[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Throttle actuator control module 205 DTC
P2107 ON 1 CCM C, R
processor problem P2107[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Throttle actuator control module 206 DTC
P2108 ON 1 CCM C, R
performance problem P2108[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Throttle actuator control throttle body 207 DTC
P2119 ON 1 CCM C, R
range/performance P2119[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Accelerator pedal position (APP) 208 DTC
sensor No.1 circuit low input P2122[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
sensor No.1 circuit high input P2123[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
sensor No.2 circuit low input P2127[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
sensor No.2 circuit high input P2128[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Throttle position sensor No.1/No.2 216 DTC
voltage correlation problem P2135[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Accelerator pedal position (APP)
217 DTC
P2138 sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2138[L3
problem
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
218 DTC
P2177 Fuel system too lean at off idle ON 2 Fuel system C, R
P2177[L3
WITH TC].)
01-0219
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 20

Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-
220 DTC
P2178 Fuel system too rich at off idle ON 2 Fuel system C, R
P2178[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
223 DTC
P2187 Fuel system too lean at idle ON 2 Fuel system C, R
P2187[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
226 DTC
P2188 Fuel system too rich at idle ON 2 Fuel system C, R
P2188[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
229 DTC
P2195 Front HO2S signal stuck lean ON 2 HO2S C
P2195[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
231 DTC
P2196 Front HO2S signal stuck rich ON 2 HO2S C
P2196[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
233 DTC
P2228 BARO sensor circuit low input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2228[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
234 DTC
P2229 BARO sensor circuit high input ON 1 CCM C, O, R
P2229[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Front HO2S positive current control 235 DTC
P2237 ON 2 HO2S C, O, R
circuit open P2237[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Front HO2S sensor reference voltage 237 DTC
P2245 ON 2 HO2S C, O, R
circuit low input P2245[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Front HO2S sensor reference voltage 239 DTC
P2246 ON 2 HO2S C, O, R
circuit high input P2246[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
Front HO2S negative current control 241 DTC
P2251 ON 2 HO2S C, O, R
circuit open P2251[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
EVAP system leak detection pump 243 DTC
P2401 ON 2 CCM C, R
motor circuit low P2401[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P2402 ON 2 CCM C, R
motor circuit high P2402[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P2404 ON 2 CCM C, R
sensor circuit malfunction P2404[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P2405 ON 2 CCM C, R
sensor circuit low input P2405[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P2407 ON 2 CCM C, R
sensor circuit intermittent P2407[L3
WITH TC].)
01-0220
Self-test Memory
type*2 function
(See01-02-
251 DTC
P2502 Generator terminal B circuit open OFF 1 C, R
P2502[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
P2503
Generator output voltage signal no
OFF 1 Other C, R
252 DTC 01-02
electricity P2503[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
254 DTC
P2504 Battery overcharge OFF 1 Other C, R
P2504[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
PCM +BB (back-up battery) voltage 256 DTC
low P2507[L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-02-
PCM internal engine off timer 258 DTC
P2610 ON 2 CCM C
WITH TC].)
Control module communication Bus
U0073 (See09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM])
off
U0101 CAN system communication error (See09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM])
U0121 Communication error to ABS HU/CM (See09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM])
Communication error to instrument
U0155 (See09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM])
cluster

*2 : C; CMDTC self-test, O; KOEO self-test, R; KOER self-test
End Of Sie
DTC B1342[L3 WITH TC]
WM: CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
id010239815700
DTC B1342 PCM malfunction

DETECTION
Malfunction in the PCM internal circuit.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
PCM internal malfunction
CAUSE
Diagnostic procedure
1 VERIFY CURRENT STATUS OF MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using No Go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Is same DTC present?
2 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the After Repair Procedure. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-02-10 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Are any DTCs present?
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P00XX
01-0221
DTC P0011[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801600
DTC P0011 CMP Timing over-advanced

Actual valve timing is over-advanced by 17 (when the following conditions are met) from the target
valve timing when the OCV is controlled at the maximum valve timing retard condition.
MONITORING CONDITION
Engine speed is below 4,000 rpm.
Engine coolant temperature is above 70 110 C {158 230 F}.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
DTCs are stored in the PCM memory.
OCV malfunction
Spool valve in the OCV is stuck in the advance position.
POSSIBLE
Variable valve timing actuator is stuck in the advance position.
CAUSE
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
PCM malfunction
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order, then go
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Check for related Service Bulletins and/or on- If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
line repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Stop the engine. No Reinstall the timing chain, then go to Step 7.
Remove the timing chain cover.
Is the camshaft timing mark at the correct
point?
(See 01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4 INSPECT OCV FOR MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Replace the OCV, then go to Step 7.
Increase the engine speed.
Stop the engine.
Remove the OCV.
Inspect the position of the spool valve in the
OCV.
Is the spool valve located at the valve retard
position?
5 INSPECT STOPPER PIN MECHANISM Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the timing chain. No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to Step
Inspect the stopper pin. 7.
(See 01-10-27 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the stopper pin mechanism normal?
6 INSPECT ROTOR POSITION Yes VARIABLE VALVE TIMING MECHANISM IS NORMAL
Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
Is the rotor position at the maximum valve Note
timing retard? This DTC is detected as an intermittent concern.
The intermittent concern might be removed using the
cleaning mode of the variable valve timing control
function.
Go to the next step.

No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, go to the next
step.
01-0222 Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06)

1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 23

7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0011 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected TC].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using
the M-MDS.
Turn the ignition switch off. 01-02
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Is PENDING CODE for this DTC present?
Perform the After Repair Procedure. (See 01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02-10 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id010239801700
DTC P0012 CMP Timing over-retarded

Actual valve timing is over-retarded by 5 (when the following conditions are met) from the target
valve timing for 5 s when the OCV system control is within the feed-back range.
Engine speed is below 4,000 rpm.
Engine coolant temperature is above 70 110 C {158 230 F}.
DETECTION Diagnostic support note
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
OCV malfunction
Low engine oil pressure
Spool valve in OCV is stuck in the retard position.
Variable valve timing actuator is stuck in the retard position.
Following oil runners are clogged or have leakage.
POSSIBLE
Oil runners
CAUSE
Between oil pressure switch and OCV
Between OCV and variable valve timing actuator
In variable valve timing actuator
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedure.
STORED DTCS (See 01-02-188 DTC P2088[L3 WITH TC] or 01-02-190
Is DTC P2088 or P2089 present? DTC P2089[L3 WITH TC].)
No Go to the next step.
4 VERIFY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Yes Inspect engine oil pressure.
Start the engine. (See 01-11-2 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION[L3 WITH
Does the oil pressure warning light illuminate? TC].)
01-0223
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 24

5 VERIFY TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Stop the engine. No Reinstall the timing chain, then go to Step 8.
Remove the timing chain cover.
Is the camshaft timing mark at the correct
point?
(See 01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/
6 INSPECT OCV FOR MALFUNCTION Yes VARIABLE VALVE TIMING MECHANISM IS NORMAL
Stop the engine.
Remove the OCV. Note
Inspect the position of the spool valve in the This DTC is detected as an intermittent concern.
OCV. The intermittent concern might be removed using the
Is the spool valve located at the valve retard cleaning mode of the variable valve timing control
position? function.

No Replace the OCV, then go to Step 8.
7 INSPECT ENGINE OIL RUNNER Yes Repair or replace the suspected runner, then go to the next
Inspect the following engine oil runners for step.
clogging or leakage. No VARIABLE VALVE TIMING MECHANISM IS NORMAL
Between the oil pressure switch and the
OCV Note
Between the OCV and the variable valve This DTC is detected as an intermittent concern.
timing actuator The intermittent concern might be removed using the
In the variable valve timing actuator cleaning mode of the variable valve timing control
Is there any clogging or leakage? function.

COMPLETED (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected TC].)
the M-MDS.
Turn the ignition switch off.
End Of Sie
01-0224
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 25

id010239801800
DTC P0016 CKP-CMP correlation

The PCM monitors the input pulses from the CKP sensor and CMP sensor. If the input pulse pick-up timing
do not match each other, the PCM determines that the camshaft position does not coincide with the
crankshaft position.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM). 01-02
CONDITION MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
cycle.
Poor connection of connector
CMP sensor malfunction
CKP sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE Damaged or scratched CMP sensor pulse wheel
CAUSE Damaged or scratched CKP sensor pulse wheel
Foreign material on CMP sensor
Foreign material on CKP sensor
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
3 INSPECT CMP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 13.
POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the CMP sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is there any malfunction?
4 INSPECT CMP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN Yes Remove foreign material from the CMP sensor, then go to
MATERIAL Step 13.
Remove the CMP sensor. No Go to the next step.
Inspect the CMP sensor for foreign material.
Is there any foreign material on the CMP
sensor?
5 INSPECT CMP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL Yes Replace the camshaft, then go to Step 13.
Visually inspect the CMP sensor pulse wheel. (See01-10-20 CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
Is there any damage or scratching to the CMP REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
sensor pulse wheel? No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT CMP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the CMP sensor. No Replace the CMP, then go to Step 13.
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the CMP sensor normal?
7 INSPECT CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.
01-0225
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 26

8 INSPECT CKP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN Yes Remove foreign material from the CKP sensor, then go to
MATERIAL Step 13.
Remove the CKP sensor. No Go to the next step.
Inspect the CKP sensor for foreign material.
Is there any foreign material on the CKP
sensor?
9 INSPECT CKP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL Yes Replace the CKP sensor pulse wheel, then go to Step 13.
Visually inspect the CKP sensor pulse wheel. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/
Is there any damage or scratching to the CKP INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
sensor pulse wheel? No Go to the next step.
10 INSPECT CKP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the CKP sensor. No Replace the CKP sensor, then go to Step 13.
(See01-40-43 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (See01-40-42 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the CKP sensor normal?
11 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 13.
CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the PCM sensor connector.
12 INSPECT VALVE TIMING Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect valve timing. No Adjust the valve timing properly, then go to the next step.
(See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/ (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is valve timing normal?
COMPLETED (See01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Is the same DTC present?
Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-02-10 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id010239801900
DTC P0030 Front HO2S heater control circuit problem

OBD system monitors the output signal voltage from oxygen sensor which is in proportion to the element
impedance of oxygen sensor. If the output signal voltage is not between 0.75 V and 1.5 V after specified
time from engine start, heater performance is considered failed.
Monitoring condition
74 s elapsed from engine start
Battery voltage:10 18 V
CONDITION This is an intermittent monitor (HO2S heater).
cycle.
01-0226
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 27

DTC P0030 Front HO2S heater control circuit problem
Front HO2S heater malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between front HO2S heater terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between front HO2S heater terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
CAUSE
Short to power supply in the wiring harness between front HO2S heater terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
Open circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S heater terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
PCM malfunction
01-02
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA AND Yes Go to the next step.
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA and DIAGNOSTIC
HAVE BEEN RECORDED MONITORING TEST RESULTS on the repair order, then
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA and go to the next step.
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS
(HO2S heater related) been recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedure.
STORED DTCs (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON No Go to the next step.
position (Engine off).
Verify the related PENDING CODE or stored
DTCs using the M-MDS.
Is DTC P0031 or P0032 also present?
4 IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME Yes Go to the next step.
DATA No Go to troubleshooting for DTC on FREEZE FRAME DATA.
Is DTC P0030 on FREEZE FRAME DATA? (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
5 INSPECT FRONT HO2S CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the front HO2S connector.
pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
6 INSPECT FRONT HO2S HEATER Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to Step 8.
Inspect the front HO2S heater. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-40-37 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(HO2S) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to the next step.
Disconnect the PCM connector.
the M-MDS.
Perform the HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC
Repair Verification Drive Mode.
(See01-02-10 OBD-II DRIVE MODE[L3 WITH
TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present?
Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
01-0227
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 28

End Of Sie

id010239802000
DTC P0031 Front HO2S heater circuit low input

The PCM monitors the front HO2S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the front HO2S heater off or on
but the front HO2S heater circuit voltage remains low the PCM determines that the front HO2S heater
circuit has a malfunction.
Note
The front HO2S heater is controlled by a duty signal.
DETECTION
CONDITION
This is a continuous monitor (HO2S heater).
cycle.
Open circuit in the wiring harness between main relay and front HO2S terminal 2B
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between main relay and front HO2S terminal 2B
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
Short to ground in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
FRONT HO2S HEATER

5
3 3 4 6
2B 2D 2C
FRONT HO2S
PCM
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
2BE 2BA 2AW 2AS 2AO 2AK 2AG 2AC 2Y 2U 2Q 2M 2I 2E 2A

1C 1A 2C 2A 2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 2AP 2AL 2AH 2AD 2Z 2V 2R 2N 2J 2F 2B
1D 1B 2D 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 2AQ 2AM 2AI 2AE 2AA 2W 2S 2O 2K 2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AV 2AR 2AN 2AJ 2AF 2AB 2X 2T 2P 2L 2H 2D
01-0228
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 29

POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step. 01-02
4 INSPECT FRONT HO2S HEATER POWER Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
GROUND circuit or short to ground, then go to Step 9.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between front HO2S
terminal 2B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT FRONT HO2S HEATER CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND ground, then go to Step 9.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between front HO2S
terminal 2D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT FRONT HO2S HEATER CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
Turn the ignition switch off. circuit, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between front HO2S
terminal 2D (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2C (wiring harness-side).
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0229
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 30

id010239802100
DTC P0032 Front HO2S heater circuit high input

The PCM monitors the front HO2S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the front HO2S heater on or off
but the front HO2S heater circuit voltage remains high the PCM determines that the front HO2S heater
Note
The front HO2S heater is controlled by a duty signal.
DETECTION
CONDITION
This is a continuous monitor (HO2S heater).
cycle.
POSSIBLE Connector or terminal malfunction
CAUSE Short to power supply in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
FRONT HO2S HEATER
3 6 3 5 8 7
4
2B 2D 2C
FRONT HO2S
PCM

1D 1B 2D 2B
01-0230
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 31

(HO2S heater related) been recorded? 01-02
4 INSPECT FRONT HO2S HEATER CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY power supply, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
terminal 2D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0231
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 32

id010239802200
DTC P0037 Rear HO2S heater circuit low input

The PCM monitors the rear HO2S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the rear HO2S heater on or off
but the rear HO2S heater circuit voltage remains low the PCM determines that the rear HO2S heater circuit
has a malfunction.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (HO2S heater).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
cycle.
Rear HO2S heater malfunction
Open circuit in the wiring harness between ignition switch and rear HO2S terminal C
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between ignition switch and rear HO2S terminal C
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between rear HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
Short to ground in the wiring harness between rear HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH PCM
REAR HO2S HEATER
3 5 3 4 6
C D 2D
REAR HO2S
PCM

A C
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 2AP 2AL 2AH 2AD 2Z 2V 2R 2N 2J 2F 2B
B D
01-0232
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 33

3 INSPECT REAR HO2S CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the rear HO2S connector.
Is there any malfunction? 01-02
4 INSPECT REAR HO2S HEATER POWER Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
GROUND circuit or short to ground, then go to Step 9.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between rear HO2S
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT REAR HO2S HEATER CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
Inspect for continuity between rear HO2S
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
6 INSPECT REAR HO2S HEATER Yes Replace the rear HO2S, then go to Step 9.
Inspect the rear HO2S heater. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
8 INSPECT REAR HO2S HEATER CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
Inspect for continuity between rear HO2S
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2D (wiring harness-side).
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0233
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 34

id010239802300
DTC P0038 Rear HO2S heater circuit high input

The PCM monitors the rear HO2S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the rear HO2S heater off but the
rear HO2S heater circuit voltage remains high the PCM determines that the rear HO2S heater circuit has a
malfunction.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (HO2S heater).
cycle.
CAUSE Short to power supply in the wiring harness between rear HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH PCM
REAR HO2S HEATER
3 6 3 7
4 5 8
C D 2D
REAR HO2S
PCM

A C 2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 2AP 2AL 2AH 2AD 2Z 2V 2R 2N 2J 2F 2B
B D
01-0234
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 35

HAVE BEEN RECORDED BEEN RECORDED MONITORING TEST RESULTS on the repair order, then
(HO2S heater related) been recorded? 01-02
3 INSPECT REAR HO2S CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the rear HO2S connector.
4 INSPECT REAR HO2S HEATER CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY power supply, then go to Step 7.
(Engine off).
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT REAR HO2S HEATER Yes Replace the rear HO2S, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the rear HO2S heater. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0235
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 36

id010239802400
DTC P0069 Manifold absolute pressure/atmospheric pressure correlation

PCM monitors differences between intake manifold vacuum and atmospheric pressure. If the difference is
below 12 kPa {90 mmHg, 3.5 inHg} or above 12 kPa {90 mmHg, 3.5 inHg} when the following
conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is a MAP sensor performance problem.
12 15 s from when ignition switch is turned off.
Intake air temperature is above -10C {14F}.
Engine coolant temperature is above 70C {158F}.
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note
cycle.
POSSIBLE MAP sensor malfunction or substandard performance
CAUSE BARO sensor malfunction or substandard performance
recorded?
3 VERIFY STORED DTC Yes Inspect and repair DTC P0107, P0108, P2228 or P2229.
Turn the ignition switch to off then start the No Go to the next step.
engine.
Have DTC P0107, P0108, P2228 or P2229
been stored?
DATA No Go to troubleshooting procedures for the DTC on the
Is DTC P0069 on the FREEZE FRAME DATA? FREEZE FRAME DATA.
5 INSPECT MAP SENSOR STUCK OPEN OR Yes Go to the next step.
CLOSED No Replace the MAP sensor, then go to step 7.
Inspect MAP sensor. (See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
(See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the MAP sensor normal?
6 INSPECT BARO SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the BARO sensor. No Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
(See01-40-48 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (See01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
(BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
Is the BARO sensor normal?
(Engine off).
Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
Start the engine.
01-0236
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 37

End Of Sie

id010239802500
DTC P0089 Fuel pressure regulator performance

If the fuel pressure average value measured by the PCM exceeds the specification when the camshaft is
rotating at a specified rate, the PCM determines that there is a fuel pressure regulator performance
problem.
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (Other). 01-02
The MIL does not illuminate.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
Spill valve control solenoid valve malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
Verify related service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
3 INSPECT HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Yes Repair or replace the terminals, then go to Step 6.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the high pressure fuel pump
connector.
4 INSPECT SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the high pressure fuel pump, then go to Step 6.
VALVE (See01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/
Inspect the spill valve control solenoid valve. INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL No Go to the next step.
PUMP INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair the terminal, then go to the next step.
pulled-out pins, corrosion.)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-0237
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 38

id010239802600
DTC P0091 Fuel pressure regulator control circuit low

When the PCM turns the spill valve control solenoid valve off but the spill valve control solenoid valve
control circuit voltage is low, the PCM determines that the spill valve control solenoid valve control circuit
has malfunction.
MONITORING CONDITIONS
The following conditions are met:
DETECTION Engine speed is 3,000 rpm or less.
CONDITION Battery voltage is 10 V or more.
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
Open circuit in the wiring harness between high pressure fuel pump terminal A and PCM terminal 2F
Open circuit in the wiring harness between high pressure fuel pump terminal B and PCM terminal 2G
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between high pressure fuel pump terminal A and PCM terminal 2F
CAUSE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between high pressure fuel pump terminal B and PCM terminal 2G
PCM malfunction
PCM
SPILL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
(HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP)
3 6 5
A 2F
3 6 5
B 2G
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A
recorded?
Verify related service repair information If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
availability. No Go to the next step.
01-0238
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 39

3 INSPECT HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
connector.
pulled-out pins, corrosion). 01-02
4 INSPECT SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO ground, then go to Step 8.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the following
terminals:
High pressure fuel pump terminal A (wiring
harness-side) and body ground
High pressure fuel pump terminal B (wiring
Is there any malfunction.
7 INSPECT SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
terminals:
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2F (wiring
harness-side)
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2G (wiring
harness-side)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-0239
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 40

id010239802700
DTC P0092 Fuel pressure regulator control circuit high

When the PCM turns the spill valve control solenoid valve on but the spill valve control solenoid valve circuit
voltage is high, the PCM determines that the spill valve control solenoid valve control circuit has
malfunction.
DETECTION Engine speed is 3,000 rpm or less.
CONDITION Battery voltage is 10 V or more.
POSSIBLE
Short to power supply in the wiring harness between high pressure fuel pump terminal B and PCM terminal
CAUSE
2G
PCM malfunction
PCM
SPILL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
(HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP)
3 4 7 6
A 2F
3 4 7 6
B 2G
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP PCM


B A
01-0240
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 41

recorded?
AVAILABILITY repair information. 01-02
3 INSPECT HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
connector.
Is there any malfunction.
6 INSPECT SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO the power supply, then go to the next step.
POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between the following
terminals:
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-0241
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 42

id010239802800
DTC P0096 Boost air temperature sensor circuit range/performance problem

If the intake air temperature is higher than the engine coolant temperature by 23 C {41.4 F} for 1.2 s with
the ignition switch turn to the ON position*, the PCM determines that there is a boost air temperature
sensor circuit range/performance problem.
*: Ignition switch on when 6 h or more has passed since the ignition switch was turned off
DETECTION
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
Boost air temperature sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE ECT sensor malfunction
CAUSE Connector or terminal malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
3 6
B 2N
3 6
A 2AV
MAP/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PCM


D C B A
01-0242
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 43

recorded?
3 INSPECT MAP/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR POOR No Go to the next step.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the MAP/boost air temperature
sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection (damaged, pulled-
out pins, corrosion, etc.).
4 INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Replace the MAP/boost air temperature sensor, then go to
Inspect the boost air temperature sensor. Step 7.
(See01-40-31 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE (See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
5 INSPECT ECT SENSOR Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the ECT sensor. (See01-40-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
(See01-40-25 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR No Go to the next step.
Make sure to connect all disconnected TC].)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and run it under the FREEZE
FRAME DATA condition.
End Of Sie
01-0243
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 44

id010239802900
DTC P0097 Boost air temperature sensor circuit low

If the PCM detects that the boost air temperature sensor voltage is 0.1 V or less, the PCM determines that
the boost air temperature sensor circuit voltage is low.
DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE Short to ground circuit between MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2N
PCM malfunction
PCM
3 6
4
B 2N
3 6
A 2AV


D C B A
01-0244
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 45

recorded?
CONNECTION
sensor connector.
4 INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 7.
Inspect for continuity between the MAP/boost
air temperature sensor terminal B (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Inspect the boost air temperature sensor. Step 7.
(See01-40-31 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE (See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Is there malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0097 Yes Replace PCM, then go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-0245
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 46

id010239803000
DTC P0098 Boost air temperature sensor circuit high

If the PCM detects that the boost air temperature sensor voltage is 4.96 V or more, the PCM determines
that the boost air temperature sensor circuit voltage is high.
DETECTION
Open circuit between MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AV
Open circuit between MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2N
POSSIBLE
Short to the power circuit between MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AV
CAUSE
Short to the power circuit between MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2N
PCM malfunction
PCM
3 6
4 7
B 2N
3 6
4 7
A 2AV


D C B A
recorded?
01-0246
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 47

CONNECTION
sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection (damaged, pulled- 01-02
4 INSPECT MAP/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER power supply, then go to Step 8.
SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
terminals:
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal
B (wiring harness-side) and body ground
A (wiring harness-side) and body ground
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect the boost air temperature sensor Step 8.
connector. (See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
(See01-40-31 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT MAP/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
terminals:
B (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal
2N (wiring harness-side)
A (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal
2AV (wiring harness-side)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P01XX
01-0247
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 48

id010239803100
DTC P0101 MAF circuit range/performance problem

PCM monitors the mass intake air flow amount when the engine is running.
If the mass intake air amount is above 71.8 l/s for 6 s and engine speed is below 2,000 rpm with the
engine running, the PCM determines that detected mass intake air flow amount is too high.
If the mass intake air flow amount is below 3.0 88.7 l/s (The value depends on engine speed.) for 6 s
and the engine speed is above 1,000 rpm with engine running and the throttle opening angle is above
50%, the PCM determines that the detected mass intake air flow amount is too low.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Electrical corrosion in MAF RETURN circuit
CAUSE
Voltage drops in the ground circuit
recorded?
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS IS Yes Go to the next step.
CONCERN INTERMITTENT OR CONSTANT No Intermittent concern exists. Go to INTERMITTENT
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. CONCERNS TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
Start the engine. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Access the ECT, MAF, TP and RPM PIDs using TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC])
the M-MDS.
Warm-up the engine until the ECT PID is
above 70C {158F}.
Idle engine for5 s or more.
Caution
While driving, always operate the
vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
Drive the vehicle under the following two

conditions:
Condition 1
TP PID: 50 87.5%
RPM PID: above 1,000 rpm
4th gear
Condition 2
TP PID: above 80%
RPM PID: below 2,000 rpm
gear in
4 CHECK MAF SENSOR TERMINALS FOR Yes Repair or the replace suspected terminal or MAF sensor,
ELECTRICAL CORROSION then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the MAF sensor connector.
out terminals, corrosion, etc.).
Is any problem corrosion found?
01-0248
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 49

5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair terminal, then go to the next step.
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0101 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step. 01-02
COMPLETED No Go to the next step.
Make sure to connect all disconnected
connectors.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine
off).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Warm-up engine until ECT PID is above 70C
{158F}.
Idle engine for 5 s or more.
Caution
While performing the Drive Mode,
always operate the vehicle in a safe
and lawful manner.
Drive the vehicle under the following two

conditions:
Condition 1
TP PID:50 87.5%
RPM PID: above 1,000 rpm
4th gear
Condition 2
TP PID: above 80%
RPM PID: below 2,000 rpm
gear in
Perform the After Repair Procedure. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC])
PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC])
End Of Sie
01-0249
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 50

id010239803200
DTC P0102 MAF circuit low input

PCM monitors input voltage from the MAF sensor when engine is running. If the input voltage is below 0.21
V, the PCM determines that the MAF circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
Open circuit in the wiring harness between main relay and MAF/IAT sensor terminal A
MAF SENSOR MAIN RELAY PCM
3 4
A
3 6 7 5
C 1AK
3 5
B 1P
MAF/IAT SENSOR PCM


E D C B A
01-0250
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 51

recorded?
3 INSPECT MAF SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace terminals, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
4 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Inspect for an open circuit in the wiring harness between
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine MAF/IAT sensor terminal A (harness-side) and the main
off). relay.
Inspect voltage at MAF/IAT sensor terminal A Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 8.
(harness-side).
Is voltage B+?
5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair terminal, then go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or the replace suspected wiring harness, then go to
Remove the PCM with the PCM connector Step 8.
connected.
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor
terminal C (harness-side) and PCM terminal
1AK (harness-side).
7 INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
SHORT CIRCUIT the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the MAF/IAT No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to the next step.
sensor terminal C (harness-side) and body
ground.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-0251
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 52

id010239803300
DTC P0103 MAF circuit high input

The PCM monitors input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine is running. If the input voltage is
above 4.9 V, the PCM determines that the MAF circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CAUSE Short to power supply in the wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
Open circuit in the wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1P
MAF SENSOR MAIN RELAY PCM
3
A
3 4 5
C 1AK
3 6 5
B 1P
MAF/IAT SENSOR PCM


E D C B A
01-0252
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 53

recorded?
3 INSPECT MAF SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace terminals, then go to Step 7.
4 INSPECT MAF SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Go to the next step.
TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine Step 7.
off).
Measure voltage between MAF/IAT sensor
terminal C (harness-side) and body ground.
Is voltage 0 V?
5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair the terminal, then go to Step 7.
6 INSPECT MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Remove the PCM with the PCM connector the next step.
connected.
terminal B (harness-side) and PCM terminal
1P.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-0253
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 54

id010239803400
DTC P0107 MAP sensor circuit low input

PCM monitors input voltage from the MAP sensor when the intake air temperature is above 10 C {14 F}.
If the input voltage is below 0.10 V, the PCM determines that the MAP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
MAP sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE Short to ground in the wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2AG
CAUSE Open circuit in the wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AU
MAP sensor signal circuit and MAP sensor ground circuit are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
MAP SENSOR PCM
4
C 2AU
5 6
D 2AG
6
A 2AV
MAP SENSOR PCM


D C B A
01-0254
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 55

RECORDED No Recorded FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order, then
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been go to the next step.
recorded?
3 VERIFY MAP PID WHEN MAP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED No Go to step 5.
Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
Is the voltage above 4.9 V?
4 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE Yes Check for a poor connection of MAP sensor terminal C
AT MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR (harness-side).
Repair or replace the terminal if necessary.
Note If normal, replace the MAP sensor.
If DTC P0122 and P2228 are also retrieved Then go to Step 7.
with P0107, go to the CONSTANT No Check for an open circuit between PCM terminal 2K
VOLTAGE troubleshooting procedure. (harness-side) and MAP sensor terminal C (harness-side).
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
off).
Measure voltage between MAP sensor
Is the voltage within 4.5 5.5 V?
5 INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
SHORT TO GROUND Step 7.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor
terminal D (harness-side) and body ground.
6 INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL AND Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT EACH OTHER the next step.
Check for continuity between MAP sensor No Go to the next step.
terminals D and A (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
Start engine and warm it up completely.
End Of Sie
01-0255
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 56

id010239803500
DTC P0108 MAP sensor circuit high input

PCM monitors input voltage from the MAP sensor when the intake air temperature is above 10 C {14 F}.
If the input voltage is above 4.9 V, the PCM determines that MAP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE Open circuit in the wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AV
CAUSE Open circuit in the wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2AG
MAP sensor signal circuit short to the constant voltage supply circuit
PCM malfunction
MAP SENSOR PCM
7
3 4 6
C 2AU
7
3 4 8 6
D 2AG
3 4 5 6
A 2AV
MAP SENSOR PCM


D C B A
01-0256
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 57

recorded?
3 INSPECT CONNECTION OF MAP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Reconnect the connector, then go to Step 9.
Verify that the MAP sensor connector is
connected securely.
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected terminal, then go to Step
POOR CONNECTION 9.
Disconnect the MAP sensor connector. No Go to the next step.
5 VERIFY MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Inspect for an open circuit between PCM terminal 2AV
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor (harness-side) and MAP sensor terminal A (harness-side).
terminal A (harness-side) and body ground. Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Is there continuity? Step 9.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged,
7 VERIFY MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
SHORT TO CONSTANT VOLTAGE CIRCUIT Step 9.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor No Go to the next step.
terminal D and C (harness-side).
8 VERIFY MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor the next step.
terminal D (harness-side) and PCM terminal
2AG (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to applicable inspection.
End Of Sie
01-0257
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 58

id010239803600
DTC P0111 IAT circuit performance problem

If the intake air temperature is higher than the engine coolant temperature by 18 C {32.4 F} for 1.2 s with
the ignition switch turn in the ON position*, the PCM determines that there is an IAT sensor circuit range/
performance problem.
*: Ignition switch is in the ON position when 6 h or more have passed since the ignition switch was turned off
cycle.
DTCs are stored in PCM memory.
IAT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
Poor connection at MAF/IAT sensor or PCM connector
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT MAF/IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 6.
4 INSPECT IAT SENSOR Yes Replace MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 6.
Inspect IAT sensor. No Go to the next step.
(See01-40-27 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is IAT sensor normal?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and run the engine under the
FREEZE FRAME DATA condition.
End Of Sie
01-0258
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 59

id010239803700
DTC P0112 IAT circuit low input

The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detects on IAT sensor voltage below 0.06 V, the PCM
determines that the IAT sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle. 01-02
Poor connection at the MAF/IAT sensor or PCM connector
POSSIBLE
Short to ground between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1M
CAUSE
Short to each harness IAT signal circuit and IAT ground circuit.
PCM malfunction
PCM
IAT SENSOR
3 5 6
D 1M
3 6
E 1AR
MAF/IAT SENSOR PCM


E D C B A
01-0259
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 60

recorded?
3 INSPECT IAT SENSOR TERMINAL Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
Inspect for bent terminal of MAF/IAT sensor
terminals D and E (part-side).
4 CLASSIFY IAT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 7.
WIRING HARNESS MALFUNCTION No Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
Access the IAT PID.
Verify the IAT value when disconnecting the
MAF/IAT sensor connector.
Does the IAT value change?
5 INSPECT IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
GROUND then go to Step 7.
6 INSPECT IAT CIRCUITS FOR SHORT Yes Repair or the replace harness for a short, then go to the
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor next step.
terminals D and E (harness-side). No Go to the next step.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-0260
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 61

id010239803800
DTC P0113 IAT circuit high input

The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detected IAT sensor voltage above 4.9 V, the PCM
determines that the IAT sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
Open circuit between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1M
POSSIBLE Short to the power supply between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1M
CAUSE Open circuit between MAF/IAT sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AR
Poor connection at the MAF/IAT sensor or the PCM connector.
PCM malfunction
PCM
IAT SENSOR
3 5 7 6
D 1M
3 8 6
E 1AR
MAF/IAT SENSOR PCM


E D C B A
recorded?
01-0261
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 62

3 INSPECT IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 9.
4 CLASSIFY IAT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 9.
HARNESS MALFUNCTION No Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
Access the IAT PID.
Connect a jumper wire between MAF/IAT
sensor terminals D and E (harness-side).
Verify the IAT value.
Is the voltage below 4.9 V?
5 INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or the wiring replace wiring harness for a short to
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY the power supply, then go to Step 9.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Go to the next step.
off).
Measure the voltage between MAF/IAT sensor
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Disconnect PCM connector.
Inspect PCM terminals 1M and 1AR (harness-
side) for tightness using a feeler tool.
7 INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor then go to Step 9.
2V (harness-side).
8 INSPECT IAT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wi ring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor then go to the next step.
terminal E (harness-side) and PCM terminal
2H (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-0262
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 63

id010239803900
DTC P0116 ECT circuit range/performance problem

The PCM monitors the maximum value and minimum value of engine coolant temperature when the engine
is started and5 min have been passed after leaving the vehicle 6 h or more. If the difference between the
maximum and the minimum values of the engine coolant temperature is below 6 C {10.8 F}, the PCM
determines that there is an ECT circuit range/performance problem.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note 01-02
CONDITION
ECT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
PCM
ECT SENSOR
3 5
A 2AH
3 5
B 2AY
PCM
ECT SENSOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
B A
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to ne, then go next step.
recorded?
3 INSPECT ECT SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the ECT sensor connector.
01-0263
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 64

4 INSPECT ECT SENSOR Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 6.
Inspect the ECT sensor. (See01-40-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
(See01-40-25 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR No Go to the next step.
Leave vehicle for8 h. TC].)
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and wait for5 min.
Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC])
PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC])
End Of Sie
id010239804000
DTC P0117 ECT sensor circuit low input

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor signal. If the PCM detects the ECT sensor voltage below 0.2 V, the
PCM determines that the ECT sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (Engine cooling system).
Connect or terminal malfunction
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal A and PCM connector terminal 2AH
CAUSE
Short to each wiring harness in ECT signal circuit and ECT ground circuit
PCM malfunction
01-0264
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 65

DTC P0117 ECT sensor circuit low input
PCM
ECT SENSOR
3 5 6
A 2AH
01-02
3 6
B 2AY
PCM
B A
(Engine cooling system related) been
recorded?
3 INSPECT FOR BENT TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
Inspect ECT sensor terminals A and B (part-
side) for bending.
4 CLASSIFY ECT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 7.
WIRING HARNESS MALFUNCTION (See01-40-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Access the ECT PID. No Go to the next step.
Verify the ECT value when disconnecting the
ECT sensor connector.
Does the ECT value change?
01-0265
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 66

5 INSPECT ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
TO GROUND then go to Step 7.
Inspect for continuity between ECT sensor
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
6 INSPECT ECT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short, then go to
WIRING HARNESSES the next step.
Inspect for continuity between ECT sensor No Go to the next step.
terminal A and B (wiring harness-side).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
End Of Sie
id010239804100
DTC P0118 ECT sensor circuit high input

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor signal. If the PCM detects the ECT sensor voltage is above 4.6 V, the
PCM determines that the ECT sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (Engine cooling system).
Connect or terminal malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in the wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
CAUSE Short to power supply in the wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
Open circuit in the wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2AY
PCM malfunction
01-0266
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 67

DTC P0118 ECT sensor circuit high input
PCM
ECT SENSOR
3 5 6
A 2AH
7 01-02
3 8 6
B 2AY
PCM
B A
recorded?
3 INSPECT POOR CONNECTION OF ECT Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 9.
CONNECTION
Disconnect ECT sensor connector.
4 CLASSIFY ECT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 9.
WIRING HARNESS MALFUNCTION No Go to the next step.
Access the ECT PID.
Connect a jumper wire between ECT sensor
terminals A and B.
Verify the ECT value.
Is the voltage 4.6 V or below?
01-0267
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 68

5 INSPECT ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
SHORT TO POWER supply, then go to Step 9.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between ECT sensor
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
7 INSPECT ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the continuity between ECT sensor then go to Step 9.
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2AH.
8 INSPECT ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between ECT sensor then go to the next step.
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2AY.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
id010239804200
DTC P0122 TP sensor No.1 circuit low input

If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.1 voltage is below 0.2 V after the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the PCM determines that TP circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
TP sensor malfunction
CAUSE Short to ground between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
Open circuit between throttle body terminal B and PCM terminal 2AO
01-0268
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 69

TP SENSOR NO.1
(THROTTLE BODY) PCM
4
3 5
B 2AO
01-02
3 6
A 2AK
7
D 2AP
THROTTLE BODY PCM


D B A
recorded?
3 CLASSIFY TP SENSOR OR HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION No Go to step 5.
Connect the M-MDS.
Access the TP1 PID.
Disconnect the throttle body connector.
Connect a jumper wire between throttle body
terminals A and B (harness-side).
4 INSPECT TP SENSOR Yes Inspect for poor throttle body connector terminal B
Perform the TP sensor inspection. connection. Repair or replace if necessary, then go to Step
(See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) 8.
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) No Replace throttle body, then go to Step 8.
Is the TP sensor normal?
01-0269
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 70

5 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.
AT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR No Repair or replace for an open circuit between throttle body
connector terminal B (harness-side) and PCM connector
Note terminal 2AO (harness-side).
If DTC P0107 and P2228 are also retrieved Then, then go to Step 8.
with P0122, go to CONSTANT VOLTAGE
troubleshooting procedure.

off).
Measure the voltage at throttle body terminal B
(harness-side).
6 VERIFY TP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the suspected harness, then go to Step
Turn the ignition switch off. 8.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body
terminal A (harness-side) and PCM terminal
2AK (harness-side).
7 VERIFY TP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
GROUND the next step.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body No Go to the next step.
terminal A (harness-side) and body ground.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239804300
DTC P0123 TP sensor No.1 circuit high input

If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.1 voltage is above 4.9 V after ignition switch to the ON position,
PCM determines that TP circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Open circuit between throttle body terminal D and PCM terminal 2AP
Short to the constant voltage supply circuit between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
01-0270
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 71

TP SENSOR NO.1
(THROTTLE BODY) PCM
5
3 4 6 8
B 2AO
01-02
3 4 9 8
A 2AK
3 4 7 8
D 2AP
THROTTLE BODY PCM


D B A
recorded?
3 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Connect the connector securely, then go to Step 10.
Verify that the throttle body connector is
connected securely.
Is connector normal?
4 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTION FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring terminal, then go to
POOR CONNECTION Step 10.
Disconnect throttle body connector. No Go to the next step.
5 INSPECT TP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the TP sensor inspection. No Replace the throttle body, then go to Step 10.
(See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP)
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC])
01-0271
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 72

6 INSPECT TP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace for short to a power supply. Then, go to
off).
Measure the voltage between throttle body
terminal B (harness-side) and body ground.
7 VERIFY TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace for an open circuit between TP sensor
Inspect for continuity between throttle body connector terminal B (harness-side) and PCM connector
connector terminal D (harness-side) and PCM terminal 3P (harness-side). Then, go to Step 10.
connector terminal 2AP.
CONNECTION No Go to Step 10.
9 VERIFY TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
CONSTANT VOLTAGE CIRCUIT the next step.
terminals A and B (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239804400
DTC P0125 Excessive time to enter closed loop fuel control

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor signal after the engine is started while the engine is cold. If the engine
coolant temperature does not reach the expected temperature for a specified period, the PCM determines
that it has taken an excessive amount of time for the engine coolant temperature to reach the temperature
necessary to start closed-loop fuel control.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (Engine cooling system).
cycle.
POSSIBLE Cooling system malfunction
CAUSE Poor connection of connectors
PCM malfunction
01-0272
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 73

DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA and DIAGNOSTIC
(Engine cooling system related) been 01-02
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to available
AVAILABILITY Service Information.
Verify related Service Information availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
Is any related Service Information available? No Go to the next step.
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS: IS Yes Intermittent concern exists. Go to the INTERMITTENT
CONCERN INTERMITTENT OR CONSTANT CONCERNS TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
Start the engine. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Warm up the engine completely. TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
Is the ECT PID above 60 C {140 F}?
4 INSPECT ECT SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
5 INSPECT ECT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ECT sensor. No Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 7.
(See01-40-25 ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Is it normal?
the M-MDS.
(Engine off).
Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS.
Wait until ECT PID below 8 C {46 F}.
End Of Sie
01-0273
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 74

DTC P0126, P0128[L3 WITH TC]
id010239815400
DTC P0126
Coolant thermostat stuck open
DTC P0128
DTC P0126
If the ECT signal never exceeds 71 C {160 F} after engine start for specified period, PCM determines that
the coolant thermostat is stuck open.
IAT: above 10 C {14 F}
Vehicle speed: over 9.4 km/h {5.8 mph}
DTC P0128
PCM monitors MAF, IAT, VSS and EAT signals and calculate radiator heat radiation ratio while following
monitoring conditions are met. If calculated value exceeds threshold, PCM determines that the coolant
thermostat is stuck open.
DETECTION MONITORING CONDITIONS
CONDITION ECT at engine start: below 36 C {97 F}
IAT: above 10 C {14 F}
Difference between ECT at engine start and minimum IAT: below 6 C {10.8 F}
Vehicle speed: over 32 km/h {20 mph}
This is an intermittent monitor (Engine cooling system).
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first the drive cycle.
DTC is stored in PCM memory.
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS is available.
POSSIBLE
Coolant thermostat malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
HAVE BEEN RECORDED MONITORING TEST RESULTS on repair order, then go to
Have FREEZE FRAME DATA and the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
3 INSPECT FOR OTHER DTCS Yes Repair circuit malfunction for applicable DTCs.
Have other DTCs been stored? No Go to the next step.
4 INSPECT COOLANT THERMOSTAT FOR Yes Inspect ECT sensor.
WHETHER STUCK OPEN Replace ECT sensor if necessary, then go to the next step.
Perform coolant thermostat inspection. No Replace coolant thermostat, then go to the next step.
Is coolant thermostat normal?
01-0274
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 75

5 VERIFY MONITORING CONDITION FOR Yes Take corrective action (e.g. cool down engine), then repeat
REPAIR VERIFICATION this step.
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected No Go to the next step for DTC P0126 or go to step 7 for DTC
connectors. P0128.
Cool down engine.
Note 01-02
If workshop inside and outside
temperature difference is significant,
PCM might not operate thermostat
monitor. Therefore, it is recommended to
cool down engine out of workshop.
Turn ignition switch to ON (Engine off).

the M-MDS.
Access ECT, IAT PIDs and make sure that
each value is within following specifications.
ECT: below 36 C {97 F} (for P0128 only)
IAT: above 10C {14F}
Difference between ECT and IAT: below
6C {43F}
Is there any PID that is out of specification?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0126 Yes Go to Step 8.
COMPLETED No Replace PCM, then go to Step 8.
Start engine and turn off E/L and A/C.
Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
RESULTS using the M-MDS and monitor TEST
#10: E1: 81 (ECT).
Note
This test requires actual driving. Chassis
roller cannot be used for this test.
During test drive, constant speed should
be maintained, although 2 or 3 stops
during every5 minutes of driving time
(e.g. for traffic signals) is acceptable.
Stop-and-go (e.g. in case of traffic
congestion) is not acceptable during the
test period.
Test period depends on ECT at engine
start. (e.g. if ECT is 10C {14F},
monitoring period is38 minutes and
ECT is 30 C {86 F}, monitoring period
is 8 minutes)
Verify TEST #10: E1: 81 (ECT) value.

Is value above minimum value?
01-0275
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 76

7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0128 Yes Go to the next step.
COMPLETED No Replace PCM, then go to the next step.
Start engine and turn off E/L and A/C.
Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
RESULTS using the M-MDS and monitor TEST
#10: E1: 80 (Heat radiation ratio) or #10: E1: 81
(ECT).
Note
This test requires actual driving. Chassis
roller cannot be used for this test.
During test drive, constant speed should
be maintained, although 2 or 3 stops
(e.g. for traffic signals) is acceptable.
Stop-and-go (e.g. in case of traffic
congestion) is not acceptable during the
test period.
Verify TEST #10: E1: 80 (Heat radiation ratio)

and #10: El: 81 (ECT) value.
Are value of TEST #10: E1: 80 (Heat radiation
ratio) below maximum value and value of TEST
#10: E1: 81 (ECT) above minimum value?
Perform the After Repair Procedure. No Troubleshooting completed.
Is any DTC present?
End Of Sie
id010239804600
DTC P0131 Front HO2S circuit low input

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the front HO2S when the engine is running. If the input voltage is
above 1.0 V for 25 s, the PCM determines that the front HO2S circuit voltage is low.
This is a continuance monitor (HO2S).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
CONDITION in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
Front HO2S malfunction
Open circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
POSSIBLE Short to ground in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
CAUSE Open circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
Short to ground in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
Short to ground in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1A and PCM terminal 2AD
PCM malfunction
01-0276
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 77

DTC P0131 Front HO2S circuit low input
FRONT HO2S PCM
5 6 9 8
1C 2Z
01-02
5 6 9 8
7 1B 2AC
5 6 9 8
1A 2AD
FRONT HO2S PCM


1D 1B 2D 2B
(HO2S related) been recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING OR STORED DTC Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedures.
Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
position (Engine off). No Go to the next step.
Verify the pending code or stored DTCs using
the M-MDS.
Are other DTCs present?
Is DTC P0131 on FREEZE FRAME DATA? FREEZE FRAME DATA.
(See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
01-0277
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 78

6 INSPECT FRONT HO2S CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
TO GROUND ground, then go to Step 10.
terminals and body ground:
Front HO2S terminal 1A (wiring harness-
side) and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 1B (wiring harness-
Front HO2S terminal 1C (wiring harness-
7 INSPECT FRONT HO2S Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the front HO2S. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
9 INSPECT FRONT HO2S CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
circuits:
side) and PCM terminal 2AC (wiring
harness-side)
side) and PCM terminal 2Z (wiring harness-
side)
the M-MDS.
Perform HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0278
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 79

id010239804700
DTC P0132 Front HO2S circuit high input

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the front HO2S when the engine is running. If the input voltage is
less than 1.0 V for 2 s, the PCM determines that the front HO2S circuit voltage is high.
This is a continuance monitor (HO2S).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or 01-02
CONDITION in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
The DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
POSSIBLE Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
CAUSE Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1A and PCM terminal 2AD
PCM malfunction
FRONT HO2S PCM
5 6 8
1C 2Z
5 6 8
7 1B 2AC
5 6 8
1A 2AD
FRONT HO2S PCM


1C 1A 2C 2A
1D 1B 2D 2B 2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 2AQ 2AM 2AI 2AE 2AA 2W 2S 2O 2K 2G 2C
01-0279
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 80

position (Engine off). No Go to the next step.
Verify the pending code or stored DTCs using
the M-MDS.
6 INSPECT FRONT HO2S CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
TO POWER SUPPLY the power supply, then go to Step 9.
(Engine off).
Front HO2S terminal 1A (wiring harness-
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0280
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 81

id010239804800
DTC P0133 Front HO2S circuit slow response

An oxygen sensor malfunction can be detected by measuring the average frequency of the oxygen sensor
signal, time required to pass from rich to lean, and the time required to pass from lean to rich.
The average frequency of the oxygen sensor signal is more than the threshold value.
HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode 01-02
Front HO2S heater monitor is completed.
ECT sensor and front HO2S heater are normal
Engine speed: 1,750 3,500 rpm.
DETECTION Charging efficiency: 35 63% (at engine speed of 2,500 rpm)
CONDITION Fuel system loop status is closed loop fuel control.
Engine coolant temperature above 70 C {158 F}
This is an intermittent monitor (HO2S).
Front HO2S deterioration
Front HO2S looseness
Fuel pressure sensor malfunction
Clogged or restricted fuel line
POSSIBLE
Fuel leakage in the fuel line between the fuel delivery pipe and the fuel pump
CAUSE
Exhaust system leakage
Purge solenoid valve malfunction
Improper connection purge solenoid hose
Insufficient compression
Engine malfunction (Engine coolant leakage)
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING AND STORED Yes Go to DTC P0443 troubleshooting procedures, then go to
DTC Step 14.
Verify the pending or stored DTCs using the M-
MDS.
Is DTC P0443 also present?
DATA No Go to troubleshooting procedures for DTC on FREEZE
Is DTC P0133 on FREEZE FRAME DATA? FRAME DATA.
01-0281
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 82

5 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to Step 8.
Warm up the engine. No Go to the next step.
Access the O2S11 PID using the M-MDS.
Inspect the PID under the following accelerator
pedal conditions in NEUTRAL.
Is the PID normal?
Less than 1mA when the accelerator pedal
is suddenly depressed (rich condition).
More than 1mA just after accelerator pedal
is released (lean condition).
6 INSPECT INSTALLATION OF FRONT HO2S Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect if the front HO2S is loosely installed. No Retighten the front HO2S, then go to Step 14.
Is the front HO2S installed securely?
7 INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning exhaust part, then go
SYSTEM to Step 14.
Visually inspect if any gas leakage is found No Replace sensor, then go to Step 14.
between the exhaust manifold and front HO2S.
Is there gas leakage?
8 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE (HIGH-SIDE) Yes Go to Step 13.
Access and monitor the FUEL PRES PID. No Go to the next step.
Is the FUEL PRES PID value within the
specification?
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
9 IDENTIFY CAUSE BY FUEL PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR OR HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP No Go to Step 11.
Is the vehicle accelerate performance
normally?
10 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. No Replace the fuel delivery pipe, then go to Step 14.
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
Is the fuel pressure sensor normal?
11 INSPECT HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Yes Retest Step 14.
Replace the high pressure fuel pump. No Go to the next step.
Monitor FUEL_PRES PID.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the
specified?
TC].)
12 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE (LOW-SIDE) Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the fuel pressure gauge between fuel No Inspect for the following:
pump and high pressure fuel pump. Fuel line restriction
Measure the low side fuel pressure. Fuel filter clogging
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR If normal replace the fuel pump. Then go to Step 14.
Is the low side fuel pressure within the
specification?
13 INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT Yes Go to the next step.
PASSAGE No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Perform the ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE inspection results.
INSPECTION. Then go to the next step.
(See01-12-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
01-0282
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 83

(Engine off)
Clear the DTC from the memory using the M- 01-02
MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239804900
DTC P0134 Front HO2S no activity detected

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the HO2S when the following conditions are met. If under the
following monitoring conditions, the input voltage more than 3.22 V, the PCM determines that the front
HO2S is not activated.
HO2S, HO2S heater and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode
The following conditions are met
Front HO2S heater is tuned on for above 30 s
DETECTION
Battery voltage: 10 18 V
CONDITION
Leakage exhaust system
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
POSSIBLE
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between front HO2S terminal 1A and PCM terminal 2AD
Engine malfunction
01-0283
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 84

DTC P0134 Front HO2S no activity detected
PCM
FRONT HO2S
7
1C 2Z
7
1B 2AC
MAIN RELAY 7
1A 2AD
FRONT HO2S HEATER

7
2B 2D 2C
FRONT HO2S
PCM

1D 1B 2D 2B
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING AND STORED Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedures.
DTC No Go to the next step.
Note
If fuel monitor, DTC P0132 is retrieved,
ignore it until P0134 is fixed.
Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON

position. (Engine off)
Verify pending and stored DTCs using the M-
MDS.
Is the DTC P2237 or P2251 also present?
01-0284
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 85

Access O2S11 PID using the M-MDS. 01-02
Verify the PID while racing engine in
NEUTRAL.
Is the PID normal?
1.0 1.0 A when idle
More than 0.25 mA just after releasing the
of accelerator pedal is released (lean
condition)
6 INSPECT INSTALLATION OF FRONT HO2S Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect if the front HO2S is loosely installed. No Install the sensor securely, then go to Step 10.
Is the sensor installed securely?
7 INSPECT EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR GAS Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning exhaust part, then go
LEAKAGE to Step 10.
Visually inspect if there is any gas leakage No Inspect the following wiring harnesses at the wiring
between the exhaust manifold and front HO2S. harness-side connector terminals for an open circuit,
Is there gas leakage? repair or the replace wiring harness if necessary.
Front HO2S terminal 1A and PCM terminal 2AD
Front HO2S terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
Front HO2S terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
Front HO2S terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
If all the items above are normal, replace the
malfunctioning sensor.
Then go to Step 10.
8 INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
PASSAGE inspection results, then go to Step 10.
Perform the ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE No Go to the next step.
INSPECTION.
9 INSPECT ENGINE COMPRESSION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the engine compression. No Perform the engine overhaul for repairs, then go to the next
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION step.
Is it normal?
(Engine off)
MDS.
Perform the PCM Adaptive Memory Produce
Drive Mode and the HO2S heater, HO2S, and
TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0285
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 86

id010239805000
DTC P0137 Rear HO2S circuit low input

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the rear HO2S. If the input voltage from the rear HO2S sensor
is below 0.1 V for 41.6 s, the PCM determines that the circuit input is low.
HO2S,HO2S heater and TWC repair verification drive mode.
The following conditions are met.
Engine speed is above 1,500 rpm.
Engine coolant temperature is above 70 C {158 F}.
Fuel injector control in rear HO2S is in closed loop control.
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the rear HO2S when the following conditions are met. Under
the following monitoring conditions, if the input voltage from the rear HO2S does not exceed 0.1 V
through the short term fuel trim is controlled up to 20.5% for 9.6 s, the PCM determines that the sensor
DETECTION circuit input is low.
CONDITION MONITORING CONDITIONS
HO2S,HO2S heater and TWC repair verification drive mode.
The following conditions are met for more than 20.8 s.
Engine speed is more than 1,500 rpm.
Engine coolant temperature is more than 70 C {158 F}.
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive
cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first drive cycle.
Rear HO2S malfunction
POSSIBLE
Open circuit or short to ground in wiring between rear HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
REAR HO2S PCM
5 6
A 2Q
B 1BC
REAR HO2S
PCM

B D


01-0286
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 87

(HO2S related) been recorded? 01-02
AVAILABILITY repair information. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line next step.
STORED DTC (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
DATA No Go to the troubleshooting for the DTC on the FREEZE
5 INSPECT REAR HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair for a short to ground circuit, then go to Step 7.
SHORT TO GROUND AT HARNESS No Go to the next step.
Disconnect rear HO2S and PCM connectors.
Verify the continuity between rear HO2S
sensor terminal A (wiring harness side) and
body ground.
6 INSPECT REAR HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Replace the rear HO2S then go to the next step.
SHORT TO GROUND AT REAR HO2S No Go to the next step.
Rear HO2S connector disconnected.
Verify the continuity between rear HO2S
sensor terminal A (part side) and body ground.
the M-MDS.
Perform the HO2S heater, HO2S and TWC
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0287
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 88

id010239805100
DTC P0138 Rear HO2S circuit high input

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the rear HO2S. If the input voltage from the rear HO2S sensor is
above 1.2 V for 0.8 s, the PCM determines that the circuit input is high.
DETECTION This is an intermittent monitor (HO2S).
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in the wiring harness between rear HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
CAUSE Rear HO2S or PCM terminal shorted
PCM malfunction
REAR HO2S PCM
5
A 2Q
B 1BC
REAR HO2S
PCM

B D


01-0288
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 89

(HO2S related) been recorded? 01-02
Verify related service bulletins and/or repair If vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
Information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related Service Information available?
position. (Engine off) No Go to the next step.
Verify pending code or stored DTCs using M-
MDS.
Is other DTC present?
DATA No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for the DTC on the
5 INSPECT REAR HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Replace short to power supply, then go to Step 7.
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
Disconnect rear HO2S connector.
(Engine off)
ground.
Is there any voltage?
6 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Replace the sensor, then go to the next step.
Start the engine. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
Access the O2S12 PID using the M-MDS. INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Verify the PID while racing the engine at least No Go to the next step.
10 times in NEUTRAL.
Does the PID stay above 0.55 V?
(Engine off)
MDS.
Run the PCM adaptive memory procedure
drive mode and HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC
repair verification drive mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0289
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 90

id010239805200
DTC P0139 Rear HO2S circuit problem

The PCM monitors the rich (0.4 V) to lean (0.3 V) response time of the rear HO2S. The PCM measures the
response time when the following conditions are met. The PCM determines that the rear HO2S response
deteriorated when the measured response time is more than the threshold value (130 ms) five consecutive
times.
HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode or EGR, HO2S heater, HO2S, TWC, and
Fuel cut during deceleration
Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
HO2S (rear) output voltage is more than 0.4 V.
The PCM monitors for a time-out malfunction (when rear HO2S remains above 0.3 V for longer than a
specified period of time during fuel cut control). The PCM measure the amount of time from when the
following conditions are met until the rear HO2S output voltage drops below 0.3 V. The PCM determines
that a HO2S time-out malfunction has occurred when the detected time is more than the threshold value
DETECTION (6.4 s) three consecutive times.
CONDITION
HO2S heater, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode or EGR, HO2S heater, HO2S, TWC, and
Fuel cut during deceleration
Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
HO2S (rear) is activated (more than 0.55 V).
Rear HO2S deterioration
Rear HO2S looseness
Pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit) malfunction
Fuel pump malfunction
POSSIBLE Fuel filter (built-in fuel pump unit) clogged or restricted
CAUSE Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel delivery pipe to fuel pump
Improper connection of purge solenoid hoses
Engine malfunction (Leakage engine coolant)
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
01-0290
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 91

3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING AND STORED Yes Go to DTC P0443 troubleshooting procedures, then go to
DTC Step 13.
Verify pending and/or stored DTCs using the
M-MDS.
Is DTC P0443 also present? 01-02
Access the O2S12 PID using the M-MDS.
Inspect the PID under the following accelerator
pedal conditions or NEUTRAL.
Is the PID normal?
More than 0.55 V the accelerator pedal is
suddenly depressed (rich condition).
Less than 0.55 V just after accelerator
pedal is released (lean condition).
6 INSPECT INSTALLATION OF REAR HO2S Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect if the rear HO2S is loosely installed. No Retighten the sensor, then go to Step 13.
7 INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning faulty exhaust part,
SYSTEM then go to Step 13.
Visually inspect if there is any gas leakage No Replace sensor, then go to Step 13.
between the exhaust manifold and the rear
HO2S.
Is there gas leakage?
8 INSPECT LONG TERM FUEL TRIM Yes The engine is driven under a rich condition. Go to the next
Access the LONGFT1 PIDs step.
Compare it with the FREEZE FRAME DATA No The engine is driven under a lean condition. Go to Step 10.
recorded at Step 1.
Is it below the FFD value?
9 INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE (Excessive Yes Go to Step 12.
fuel line pressure) No Inspect fuel pump maximum pressure and fuel return pipe
Turn the ignition switch off. for clogging.
Inspect the fuel line pressure while the engine (See01-14-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION[L3 WITH
is running. TC].)
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If there is any problem, repair or replace the parts.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If all items above are normal, replace the fuel pump
Is the fuel line pressure normal? unit.
Then go to Step 13.
10 INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE (Low fuel line Yes Go to Step 12.
pressure) No Go to the next step.
Inspect the fuel line pressure while the engine
is running.
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE
Is the fuel line pressure normal?
11 INSPECT FUEL LINE FROM FUEL PUMP TO Yes Replace the fuel line, then go to Step 13.
FUEL DELIVERY PIPE No Inspect the fuel filters for the following:
Visually inspect the fuel line for any leakage. Foreign material or staining inside the fuel filter (low-
Is there fuel leakage? pressure side)
Perform the following actions according to the result.
If foreign material or staining is found inside fuel filter
(low-pressure side), clean the fuel tank and filter.
If normal, replace fuel pump unit.
Then go to Step 13.
01-0291
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 92

12 INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT Yes Go to the next step.
PASSAGE No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Perform the ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE inspection results.
INSPECTION. Then go to the next step.
(Engine off)
MDS.
Drive Mode and HO2S heater, HO2S, and
TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239805300
DTC P0140 Rear HO2S no activity detected

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the rear HO2S when the following conditions are met. Under the
following monitoring conditions, if the input voltage from the rear HO2S does not even exceed 0.55 V
though the short term fuel trim is controlled up to 20.5% for 9.6 s, the PCM determines that sensor circuit is
not activated.
HO2S, HO2S heater and TWC repair verification drive mode
The following conditions are met for above 20.8 s.
Engine speed is above 1,500 rpm.
DETECTION
Engine coolant temperature is above 70 C {158 F}.
CONDITION
Rear HO2S voltage is above0.1V.
Rear HO2S deterioration
POSSIBLE Exhaust system leakage
CAUSE Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between rear HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
Engine malfunction
01-0292
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 93

DTC P0140 Rear HO2S no activity detected
REAR HO2S PCM
7
A 2Q
01-02
B 1BC
REAR HO2S
PCM

B D


3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING AND STORED Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedures.
DTC (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Note
If the fuel monitor, DTC P0132 is retrieved,
ignore it until P0140 is fixed.
Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON

position. (Engine off)
MDS.
01-0293
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 94

Access the O2S12 or the P0140 PID using the
M-MDS.
Verify the PID while racing the engine at least
10 times in NEUTRAL.
Is the PID reading normal?
More than 0.55 V at least once during
engine racing
6 INSPECT INSTALLATION OF REAR HO2S Yes Go to the next step.
Check if the rear HO2S is loosely installed. No Install the sensor securely, then go to Step 10.
7 INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning exhaust part, then go
SYSTEM to Step 10.
Visually check if any gas leakage is found No Inspect the following wiring harness for an open or short
between the exhaust pipe and the rear HO2S. to the ground circuit, repair or replace the wiring
Is there gas leakage? harness if necessary.
Rear HO2S terminal A (wiring harness-side) to PCM
terminal 2Q (wiring harness-side)
Repair or replace the wiring harness if necessary.
If all items above are normal, replace the malfunctioning
sensor.
Then go to Step 10.
8 INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT Yes Repair or the replace the malfunctioning part according to
PASSAGE the inspection result.
Perform the ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE Then go to Step 10.
INSPECTION. No Go to the next step.
Is the cooling system hold pressure normal?
Inspect the engine compression. No Perform engine overhaul for repairs, then go to the next
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION step.
Is it normal?
(Engine off)
MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-0294
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 95

id010239805400
DTC P0192 Fuel pressure sensor circuit low input

If the input voltage from the fuel pressure sensor is less than 0.19 V for 1.3 s, the PCM determines that the
fuel pressure sensor circuit is low.
DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle. 01-02
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between fuel pressure sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2R
PCM malfunction
PCM
3 6
C 2I
5 3 4 6
B 2R
3 6
A 2P
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

C B A
recorded?
01-0295
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 96

3 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the fuel pressure sensor connector.
4 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
Inspect for continuity between the fuel pressure
sensor terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
5 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Replace the fuel pressure sensor, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) No Go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
id010239805500
DTC P0193 Fuel pressure sensor circuit high input

If the input voltage from the fuel pressure sensor is more than 4.8 V for 1.3 s, the PCM determines that the
fuel pressure sensor circuit is high.
DETECTION
Open circuit in the wiring harness between fuel pressure sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2P
POSSIBLE
Short to power in the wiring harness between fuel pressure sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2R
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
01-0296
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 97

DTC P0193 Fuel pressure sensor circuit high input
PCM
3 6
C 2I
01-02
5 3 4 6
B 2R
3 7 6
A 2P
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

C B A
recorded?
3 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the fuel pressure sensor connector.
4 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY power supply, then go to the Step 8.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between the fuel pressure
sensor terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Replace the fuel pressure sensor, then go to Step 8.
Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-0297
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 98

7 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
Inspect for continuity between the fuel pressure
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2P (wiring harness-side).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P02XX
id010239805600
DTC P0201 Injector circuit/open cylinder No.1

If the fuel injection verification signal is not input at 255 times continuously even though the PCM drives the
fuel injector No.1, the PCM determines that there is an open circuit in the fuel injector No.1 control circuit.
Engine speed: 4,000 rpm or less
DETECTION Battery voltage: 10.03 V or more
CONDITION Fuel injection control: except during fuel cut
Fuel injector No.1 malfunction
Open circuit between fuel injector No.1 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BG
POSSIBLE Open circuit between fuel injector No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BB
CAUSE Short to power supply between fuel injector No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BB
Short to ground between fuel injector No.1 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BG
Short to ground between fuel injector No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BB
PCM malfunction
01-0298
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 99

PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.1
3 4 9 8
B 2BG 01-02
6 7
3 4 5 9 8
A 2BB
FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 PCM


B A
recorded?
3 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 10.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the fuel injector No.1 connector.
4 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
SHORT TO GROUND ground, then go to Step 10.
terminals:
Fuel injector No.1 terminal B (wiring
Fuel injector No.1 terminal A (wiring
01-0299
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 100

SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY power supply, then go to Step 10.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between the fuel injector
No.1 terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 Yes Replace fuel injector No.1, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the fuel injector No.1. (See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
7 INSPECT PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the PCM. No Go to the next step.
Is there malfunction?
9 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
terminals:
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BG
(wiring harness-side)
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BB
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02100
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 101

id010239805700

If the fuel injection verification signal is not input at 255 times continuously even though the PCM drives the
Engine speed: 4,000 rpm or less 01-02
Open circuit between fuel injector No.2 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
POSSIBLE Open circuit between fuel injector No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BC
CAUSE Short to power supply between fuel injector No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BC
Short to ground between fuel injector No.2 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
Short to ground between fuel injector No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BC
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.2
3 4 9 8
B 2BH
6 7
3 4 5 9 8
A 2BC


B A
recorded?
01-02101
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 102

terminals:
(Engine off).
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.2 Yes Replace the fuel injector No.2, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the fuel injector No.2. (See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
terminals:
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BH
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BC
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02102
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 103

id010239805800

If the fuel injection verification signal is not input at 255 times continuously even though the PCM drives
Engine speed: 4,000 rpm or less
DETECTION Battery voltage: 10.03 V or more 01-02
Open circuit between fuel injector No.3 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
POSSIBLE Open circuit between fuel injector No.3 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BD
CAUSE Short to power supply between fuel injector No.3 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BD
Short to ground between fuel injector No.3 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
Short to ground between fuel injector No.3 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BD
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.3
3 4 9 8
B 2BH
6 7
3 4 5 9 8
A 2BD


B A
recorded?
01-02103
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 104

terminals:
(Engine off).
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect fuel injector No.3. (See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
terminals:
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BH
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BD
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02104
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 105

id010239805900

If the fuel injection verification signal is not input at 255 times continuously even though the PCM drives
Engine speed: 4,000 rpm or less 01-02
Open circuit between fuel injector No.4 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BG
POSSIBLE Open circuit between fuel injector No.4 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AZ
CAUSE Short to power supply between fuel injector No.4 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AZ
Short to ground between fuel injector No.4 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BG
Short to ground between fuel injector No.4 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AZ
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.4
3 4 9 8
B 2BG
6 7
3 4 5 9 8
A 2AZ


B A
recorded?
01-02105
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 106

terminals:
(Engine off).
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect fuel injector No.4. (See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
terminals:
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BG
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AZ
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02106
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 107

id010239806000

If PCM detects that the TP sensor No.2 voltage is below 0.2 V after the ignition switch to the ON position,
the PCM determines that TP circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
Open circuit between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
POSSIBLE
Short to ground between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
CAUSE
Short to ground between throttle body terminal B and PCM terminal 2AO
PCM malfunction
TP SENSOR NO.2
(THROTTLE BODY) PCM
4
3 5
B 2AO
3 6
C 2AL
7
3
D 2AP
THROTTLE BODY PCM

HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

D C B
RECORDED No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on repair order, then go to
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been the next step.
recorded?
01-02107
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 108

3 INSPECT TP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TP sensor connector.
3 CLASSIFY TP SENSOR OR HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS.
Access the TP2 PID.
Connect a jumper wire between throttle body
terminals B and C (harness-side).
Is the voltageabove 4.9 V?
4 INSPECT TP SENSOR Yes Inspect throttle body connector terminal B connection for
Perform the TP sensor inspection. poor connection. Repair or replace if necessary, then go to
(See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) Step 8.
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) No Replace throttle body, then go to Step 8.
AT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR No Repair or replace for an open circuit between throttle body
connector terminal B and PCM connector terminal 2AO
Note (harness-side).
If DTC P0107 and P2228 are also retrieved Then, then go to Step 8.
with P0122, go to the CONSTANT
VOLTAGE troubleshooting procedure.

off).
Measure the voltage at throttle body terminal B
(harness-side).
Is the voltagewithin 4.5 5.5 V?
6 INSPECT TP2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Turn the ignition switch off. Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body
2AL.
7 INSPECT TP2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
TO GROUND the next step.
off).
the M-MDS2.3 5.0 kPa {0.023 0.05 kgf/
cm2, 0.34 0.72 psi}.
End Of Sie
01-02108
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 109

id010239806100

If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.2 voltage is above 4.85 V after the ignition switch to the ON
position, the PCM determines that the TP circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Short to power supply between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
PCM malfunction
TP SENSOR NO.2
(THROTTLE BODY) PCM
5
3 7
B 2AO
3 5 7
C 2AL
3 6 7
D 2AP
THROTTLE BODY PCM


D C B
recorded?
3 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected terminal, then go to Step
POOR CONNECTION 8.
Disconnect the throttle body connector. No Go to the next step.
01-02109
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 110

Perform the TP sensor inspection. No Replace the throttle body, then go to Step 8.
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC])
5 INSPECT TP2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace for a short to a power supply. Then, go to
TO POWER SUPPLY Step 8.
off).
6 INSPECT TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace for an open circuit between throttle body
OPEN CIRCUIT terminal D (harness-side) and PCM connector terminal
Inspect for continuity between throttle body 2AP (harness-side). Then, go to Step 8.
connector terminal D (harness-side) and body No Go to the next step.
ground.
7 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair terminal, then go to the next step.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02110
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 111

id010239806200
DTC P0234 Turbocharger over boost condition

If the manifold absolute pressure or charging efficiency are more than the specification for the specified
period of time, the PCM determines that the turbocharger is in an over boost condition.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm or more.
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note 01-02
This is a continuous monitor (Other).
Wastegate control solenoid valve malfunction
POSSIBLE
Vacuum hose looseness or damage
CAUSE
Improper installation of the vacuum hose
recorded?
3 INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the wastegate control solenoid valve, then go to
VALVE Step 5.
Inspect the wastegate control solenoid valve. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-13-14 WASTEGATE CONTROL INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH No Go to the next step.
TC].)
4 INSPECT VACUUM HOSE Yes Repair or replace the suspected part, then go to the next
Inspect the vacuum hose condition for the step.
following: No Go to the next step.
Looseness
Damage
Improper installation
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02111
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 112

id010239806300
DTC P0245 Turbocharger wastegate solenoid low

When the PCM turns the wastegate control solenoid valve off but the wastegate control solenoid valve
circuit voltage is low, the PCM determines that the wastegate control solenoid valve control circuit voltage is
low.
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (Other).
Open circuit in the wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A and main relay
POSSIBLE Open circuit in the wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal
CAUSE 2AA
Short to ground in the wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and PCM
terminal 2AA
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
7
4 7 6
A B 2AA
3 3
5
PCM
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
B A
01-02112
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 113

recorded?
3 INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
VALVE CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the wastegate control solenoid
valve connector.
4 INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
VALVE CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND ground, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between the wastegate
control solenoid valve terminal B and body
ground.
VALVE Step 8.
TC].)
7 INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Turn the ignition switch off. then go to the next step.
terminals:
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and main relay
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B
(wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal
2AA (wiring harness-side)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02113
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 114

id010239806400
DTC P0246 Turbocharger wastegate solenoid high

When the PCM turns the wastegate control solenoid valve on but the wastegate control solenoid valve
circuit voltage is high, the PCM determines that the wastegate control solenoid valve control circuit voltage
is high.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (Other).
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Short to power supply in the wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and PCM
CAUSE
terminal 2AA
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
6 5
A B 2AA
3 3
4
PCM
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
B A 2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 2AP 2AL 2AH 2AD 2Z 2V 2R 2N 2J 2F 2B

recorded?
3 INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
VALVE CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the wastegate control solenoid
valve connector.
01-02114
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 115

VALVE Step 7.
TC].)
6 INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO power supply, then go to the next step.
POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the wastegate
control solenoid valve terminal B (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P03XX
id010239806500
DTC P0300 Random misfire detected

The PCM monitors the CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM calculates the change of interval
time for each cylinder. If the change of interval time exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects
a misfire in the corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts the number of misfires
that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000 crankshaft revolutions and calculates a misfire
ratio for each crankshaft revolution. If the ratio exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM determines
that a misfire, which can damage the catalytic converter or affect emission performance, has occurred.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (Misfire).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission performance in two consecutive
drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects a misfire which can damage the catalytic converter during the first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission performance during the
first drive cycle.
DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
01-02115
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 116

DTC P0300 Random misfire detected
Ignition coil malfunction
Ignition system malfunction
MAF sensor contamination
Excess air suction in intake air system (between MAF sensor and intake manifold)
High pressure fuel pump malfunction
Relief valve (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction
Spill valve control solenoid valve (built-in high pressure fuel pump) malfunction
Improper fuel pump speed control operation
Fuel pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit) malfunction
POSSIBLE
Fuel line clogged
CAUSE
Fuel filter clogged
Fuel leakage in fuel line
Fuel runout
Poor quality fuel
Purge control solenoid valve malfunction
PCV valve malfunction
EGR valve malfunction
Vacuum hoses damage or improper connection
Related connector and terminal malfunction
Related wiring harness malfunction
Variable valve timing control system improper
(Misfire related) been recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting.
Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON No Go to the next step.
Verify related pending code or stored DTCs.
4 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the suspected circuit and/or part according to the
(KEY TO ON/IDLE) inspection results.
Access APP1, APP2, ECT, IAT, MAF, RPM, TP, (See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
and VSS PIDs using the M-MDS. Then go to Step 26.
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH No Go to the next step.
TC].)
Is there any signal that is far out of specification
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and the engine idles?
5 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the suspected circuit and/or part according to the
UNDER TROUBLE CONDITION inspection results.
Inspect the same PIDs as in Step 4 while (See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
simulating FREEZE FRAME DATA condition. Then go to Step 26.
Is there any signal which causes drastic No Go to the next step.
changes?
Inspect the CMP sensor. No Inspect the installation condition for damage to the timing
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) chain and gears, repair the malfunctioning part.
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If it is normal, replace the CMP sensor.
Is the CMP sensor normal? Then go to Step 26.
01-02116
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 117

7 VERIFY CKP SENSOR INSTALLATION Yes Retighten the CKP sensor, then go to Step.
CONDITION No Go to the next step.
Inspect the CKP sensor for looseness.
Is the CKP sensor loose?
8 INSPECT IGNITION COIL HARNESSES Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ignition coil related wiring harness No Repair the suspected wiring harnesses, then go to Step 26.
condition (intermittent open or short) for all 01-02
cylinders.
Are wiring harness conditions normal?
9 INSPECT IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Carry the out spark test. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM spark test result.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]) Then go to Step 26.
Is a strong blue spark visible at each cylinder?
10 INSPECT MAF PID Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Replace the MAF sensor, then go to Step 26.
Access the MAF PID using the M-MDS.
Race the engine and verify that the MAF PID
changes quickly according to the change in the
engine speed.
Is the MAF PID response normal?
11 INSPECT IN INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FOR Yes Repair or replace suspected part, then go to Step 26.
EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION No Go to the next step.
Inspect for air leakage at the following:
Between the MAF sensor and throttle body
Between throttle body and intake manifold
12 INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to Step 14.
Inspect fuel line pressure. No If the fuel line pressure is too low, go to the next step.
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If the fuel line pressure is too high, replace the fuel pump
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) unit,
Is the fuel line pressure normal? then go to Step 26.
13 INSPECT FUEL LINE FROM FUEL PUMP TO Yes Replace suspected fuel line, then go to Step 20.
FUEL DELIVERY PIPE No Inspect the fuel filters for following:
Visually inspect fuel line for fuel leakage. Foreign material or stain inside fuel filter (low-pressure
Is there any fuel leakage? side)
Perform following actions depend on the result above.
If foreign materials or stain is found inside fuel filter
(low-pressure side), clean the fuel tank and filter (low-
pressure side).
If normal, replace the fuel pump unit.
Then, go to Step 26.
Inspect the engine compression. No Perform engine overhaul for repairs, then go to Step 26.
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION
Is it normal?
15 INSPECT VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Inspect variable valve timing control system variable valve timing control system inspection results, then
operation. go to Step 26.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC])
Does the variable valve timing control system
work properly?
01-02117
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 118

16 INSPECT OPERATION OF PURGE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the purge control solenoid valve, then go to Step
Turn the ignition switch off. 26.
Connect the vacuum pump to the purge control
solenoid valve and apply vacuum to the
solenoid.
Verify that the solenoid holds vacuum.
(Engine off).
Access EVAPCP PID in the SIMULATION
TEST using the M-MDS.
Set duty value to 100% for the EVAPCP PID.
Apply vacuum while turning the solenoid from
OFF to ON and simulating the EVAPCP PID
with a 100% duty value.
Verify that the solenoid releases vacuum while
the solenoid is turned on.
Is the purge control solenoid valve operation
normal?
17 INSPECT PCV VALVE OPERATION Yes Replace the PCV valve, then go to Step 26.
Remove the PCV valve and inspect the valve
operation.
(See01-16-14 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is the PCV valve operation normal?
18 INSPECT OPERATION OF EGR VALVE Yes Repair or replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 26.
Remove the EGR valve. No Go to the next step.
Visually inspect the if EGR valve is stuck open.
Is the EGR valve stuck open?
19 VERIFY FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
OPERATION No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according to
Perform Fuel Pump Speed Control Inspection. inspection results.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Then go to Step 26.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Does the fuel pump speed control work
properly?
Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. No Go to the next step.
specification?
TC].)
normally?
23 INSPECT HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Yes Go to Step 26.
Replace the high pressure fuel pump No Go to the next step.
Monitor FUEL_PRES PID
specified?
TC].)
01-02118
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 119

Connect the fuel pressure gauge between the No Inspect for the following.
fuel pump and the high pressure fuel pump. Fuel line restriction
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If normal replace the fuel pump.Then go to Step 26.
Is the low side fuel pressure within the 01-02
specification?
PASSAGE inspection results.
Perform ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE Then go to the next step.
26 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF MISFIRE DTC Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
(Engine off).
MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304[L3 WITH TC]
id010239806600
DTC P0301 Cylinder No.1 misfire detected

The PCM monitors the CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM calculates the change of interval
time for each cylinder. If the change of interval time exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects
a misfire in the corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts the number of misfires
that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000 crankshaft revolutions and calculates a misfire
ratio for each crankshaft revolution. If the ratio exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM determines
that a misfire, which can damage the catalytic converter or affect emission performance, has occurred.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (Misfire).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission performance in two consecutive
drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects a misfire which can damage the catalytic converter during the first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission performance during first
drive cycle.
Spark plug malfunction
POSSIBLE Fuel injector malfunction
CAUSE Air suction in intake air system (between dynamic chamber and cylinder head)
Inadequate engine compression due to engine internal malfunction
Related connector or terminal malfunction
Related wiring harness
01-02119
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 120

(Misfire related) been recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting.
STORED DTCs (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
4 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the suspected circuit and/or part according to
(KEY TO ON /IDLE) inspection results. Then go to Step 14.
Access APP1, APP2, ECT, IAT, MAF, RPM, TP (See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
and VSS PIDs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
TC].)
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and the engine idles?
5 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the suspected circuit and/or part according to
UNDER TROUBLE CONDITION inspection results. Then go to Step 14.
Inspect the same PIDs as in Step 4 while (See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
simulating the FREEZE FRAME DATA No Go to the next step.
condition.
Is there any signal which causes drastic
changes?
6 INSPECT SPARK PLUG CONDITION Yes If a spark plug is wet, fuel flooding is suspected. Then
Turn the ignition switch off. go to Step 14.
Remove the spark plug from the suspected If a spark plug has cracks, excessive wear or an
cylinder. improper gap, replace the malfunctioning spark plug.
Inspect the spark plug condition: Then go to Step 14.
Cracks No Go to the next step.
Excess wear
Gap
Wetness
Is there any problem found on the spark plug?
7 INSPECT INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM FOR AIR Yes Repair or replace suspected part, then go to Step 14.
SUCTION No Go to the next step.
Inspect for air leakage at the following:
Around connection of dynamic chamber and
intake manifold
Around connection of intake manifold and
cylinder head
Is air leakage found?
PASSAGE inspection results.
Perform ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE Then go to Step 14.
01-02120
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 121

9 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the intake air system parts. No Inspect the fuel injector wiring harnesses.
Disconnect the fuel injector connector on Repair or replace if necessary, then go to Step 14.
suspected cylinder.
Connect the NOID LIGHT to the fuel injector
terminals.
Inspect the light dim during cranking. 01-02
Does the light not illuminate?
10 INSPECT IGNITION COIL HARNESSES Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ignition coil related wiring harness No Repair the suspected wiring harnesses, then go to Step 14.
condition (intermittent open or short circuit) of
the suspected cylinder.
Are the wiring harness conditions normal?
Carry out the spark test. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]) Then go to Step 14.
Is a strong blue spark visible at the suspected
cylinder?
Inspect the engine compression. No Overhaul the engine, then go to the next step.
Is the engine compression normal?
13 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION Yes Go to Step 14.
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. No Go to the next step.
Access INJ#1, INJ#2, INJ#3, INJ#4 PIDs.
Start the engine and warm it up to the normal
operating temperature.
Turn the fuel injector off from on using the PID
simulation function.
Does the engine speed decrease while the fuel
injectors are turned off?
14 VERIFY IF TROUBLESHOOTING OF MISFIRE Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
DTC COMPLETED (See01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Repair Verification Drive Mode. (See01-02-10
OBD-II DRIVE MODE[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02121
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 122

id010239806700
DTC P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input

PCM monitors the input signal from the knock sensor when the engine is running. If the input voltage at the
PCM terminals between 2V and 2U is below 0.12 V, the PCM determines that the knock sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
Knock sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE Open or short to ground circuit between knock sensor connector terminal A and PCM terminal 2U
CAUSE Open or short to ground circuit between knock sensor connector terminal B and PCM terminal 2V
Knock sensor wires (2) shorted
PCM malfunction
PCM
KNOCK SENSOR
4 7
3 5 6 8
A 2U
7
3 5 6 8
B 2V
KNOCK SENSOR PCM

WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

A B
recorded?
3 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Repair the terminal, then go to Step 9.
TERMINAL FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the knock sensor connector.
Check for poor connection at terminals A and B
(such as damaged, pulled-out pins, corrosion).
01-02122
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 123

4 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the knock sensor inspection. No Replace the knock sensor, then go to the next step.
(See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC])
Is the knock sensor normal?
5 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to 01-02
Disconnect the knock sensor connector. Step 9.
Inspect the continuity between the following
circuits:
Knock sensor female terminal A (harness-
side) and PCM terminal 2U (harness-side)
Knock sensor female terminal B (harness-
side) and PCM terminal 2V (harness-side)
6 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
SHORT TO GROUND Step 9.
Inspect the continuity between the following No Go to the next step.
circuits:
Knock sensor female terminal A (harness-
Knock sensor female terminal B (harness-
7 INSPECT FOR SHORT CIRCUITS Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Inspect for continuity between knock sensor Step 9.
female terminals A and B (harness-side). No Go to the next step.
8 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL FOR Yes Repair the terminal, then go to the next step.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals 2V and
2U (such as damaged, pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02123
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 124

id010239806800
DTC P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input

PCM monitors the input signal from the knock sensor when the engine is running. If the input voltage at the
PCM terminals between 2V and 2U is below 4.9 V, the PCM determines that the knock sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
Knock sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between knock sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2U
CAUSE
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between knock sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2V
PCM malfunction
PCM
KNOCK SENSOR
4
3 5 6
A 2U
3 5 6
B 2V
KNOCK SENSOR PCM


A B
01-02124
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 125

recorded?
3 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Repair terminal, then go to step 7.
TERMINAL FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the knock sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals A and
B (such as damaged, pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
4 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the knock sensor inspection. No Replace the knock sensor, then go to step 7.
(See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Is the knock sensor normal?
5 INSPECT KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to the
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY power supply, then go to step 7.
off).
Measure the voltage between knock sensor
terminal A (harness-side) and body ground and
knock sensor terminal B (harness-side) and
body ground.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02125
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 126

id010239806900
DTC P0335 CKP sensor circuit malfunction

If the PCM does not receive the input voltage from the CKP sensor for 4.2 s while the MAF is 2.0 g/s {0.26
lb/min.} or above, the PCM determines that the CKP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CKP sensor is dirty.
Short to the power supply between CKP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2P
Short to the power supply between CKP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2W
Short to ground between CKP sensor terminal C and main relay
POSSIBLE
Short to ground between CKP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2W
CAUSE
Open circuit between CKP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2P
Open circuit between CKP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2W
Open circuit between CKP sensor terminal C and main relay
CKP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
Both CKP sensor wires are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
CKP SENSOR PCM
4
3 6
C
7 9
10
4 8
5 6
B 2W
7 9
4 8
5 9
A 2P
CKP SENSOR PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

C B A
01-02126
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 127

recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available the
3 VERIFY CKP SENSOR VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the CKP sensor connector. No Go to step 10.
Connect the voltmeter between the CKP
sensor connector terminals B and C (sensor-
side).
Inspect the voltage in the AC range while
cranking the engine.
4 INSPECT CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Reconnect the connector, then go to Step 11.
Verify that the CKP sensor connector is
connected securely.
Is connector normal?
5 INSPECT CKP CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
POWER SUPPLY Step 11.
Turn ignition switch OFF No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.
off).
Measure the voltage between following
terminals (harness-side):
CKP sensor terminal A
CKP sensor terminal B
6 INSPECT CKP CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
GROUND Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between following No Go to the next step.
terminal and body ground:
CKP sensor connector terminal C (harness-
side)
CKP sensor connector terminal B (harness-
side)
7 INSPECT CKP CIRCUITS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Inspect for continuity between CKP sensor Step 11.
connector terminals B and C (harness-side). No Go to the next step.
9 INSPECT CKP CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between the following No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
circuits: Step 11.
CKP sensor terminal A (harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2P (harness-side)
CKP sensor terminal B (harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2W (harness-side)
CKP sensor terminal C (harness-side) and
main relay
Are there continuity?
01-02127
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 128

Turn the ignition switch off. No Inspect the CKP sensor pulse wheel for damage. Replace
Perform the CKP sensor inspection. the CKP sensor pulse wheel and go to the next step.
(See01-40-43 CRANKSHAFT POSITION
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC])
off).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Note
The MAF PID should indicate 2.0 g/s
{0.26 lb/min.} or above during this test

End Of Sie
id010239807000
DTC P0340 Camshaft position (CMP) sensor circuit malfunction

PCM monitors the input voltage from the CMP sensor when engine is running. If the PCM does not receive
the input voltage from the CMP sensor while the PCM receives the input signal from the CKP sensor, the
PCM determines that the CMP circuit has a malfunction.
MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CMP sensor is dirty
Short to the power circuit between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2S
Short to the power circuit between CMP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2P
Short to ground circuit between CMP sensor terminal A and main relay
Short to ground circuit between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2S
Open circuit between CMP sensor terminal A and main relay
POSSIBLE Open circuit between CMP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2P
CAUSE Open circuit between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2S
Both CMP sensor wires are shorted to each other
CMP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
CMP sensor misinstallation
Timing chain misinstallation
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing
Loose camshaft sprocket lock bolt
Loose crankshaft pulley lock bolt
PCM malfunction
01-02128
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 129

DTC P0340 Camshaft position (CMP) sensor circuit malfunction
MAIN RELAY
CMP SENSOR PCM
4
3 6
A
7 9 01-02
10
4 8
3 5 6
C 2S
7 9
4 8
5 9
B 2P
CMP SENSOR PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

C B A 2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 2AQ 2AM 2AI 2AE 2AA 2W 2S 2O 2K 2G 2C

recorded?
3 VERIFY CMP SENSOR VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the CMP sensor connector. No Go to step 10.
Connect a voltmeter between CMP sensor
connector terminals A and C (sensor-side).
Inspect the voltage in AC range while cranking
the engine.
4 INSPECT CMP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Reconnect the connector, then go to Step 15.
Verify that the CMP sensor connector is
connected securely.
Is the connector normal?
01-02129
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 130

5 INSPECT CMP CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
POWER Step 15.
Turn ignition switch OFF. No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the CMP sensor connector.
off)
Measure voltage between the following
terminals:
CMP sensor connector terminal C (harness-
CMP sensor connector terminal B (harness-
Is the voltage B+?
6 INSPECT CMP CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
GROUND Step 15.
Inspect for continuity between the following No Go to the next step.
terminal and body ground:
CMP sensor connector terminal A (harness-
side)
CMP sensor connector terminal C (harness-
side)
7 INSPECT CMP CIRCUITS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Inspect for continuity between CMP sensor Step 15.
connector terminals A and C (harness-side). No Go to the next step.
9 INSPECT CMP CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between the following No Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
circuits: Step 15.
CMP sensor terminal A (harness-side) and
main relay
CMP sensor terminal B (harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2P (harness-side)
CMP sensor terminal C (harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2S (harness-side)
10 INSPECT CMP SENSOR Yes Go to the Step 15.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Replace the CMP sensor and go to Step 15.
Perform the CMP sensor inspection.
11 VERIFY CMP SENSOR INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Verify the CKP sensor installation. No Reinstall the CKP sensor and go to Step 15.
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
Is the CMP sensor installed correctly?
12 VERIFY VALVE TIMING MECHANISM Yes Go to the next step.
INSTALLATION No Reinstall the following parts and go to Step 15.
Verify the valve timing mechanism installation Timing chain
for the following parts: Camshaft sprocket
Timing chain misinstallation Crankshaft pulley
Loose camshaft sprocket lock bolt
Loose crankshaft pulley lock bolt
Is the valve timing mechanism installed
correctly?
01-02130
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 131

13 INSPECT STOPPER PIN MECHANISM Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the timing chain. No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to Step
Inspect the stopper pin. 15.
(See01-10-27 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the stopper pin mechanism normal?
14 INSPECT ROTOR POSITION Yes VARIABLE VALVE TIMING MECHANISM NORMAL 01-02
Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
(See01-10-28 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING Note
ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 This DTC is detected as an intermittent concern.
WITH TC]) The intermittent concern might be removed by
Is the rotor position at the maximum valve cleaning the variable valve timing mode control
timing retard? function.

No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to the
next step.
off).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Note
The MAF PID should indicate 1.95 g/s
{0.25 lb/min.} or above during this test

End Of Sie
WM: DTC P04XX
id010239815300
DTC P0401 EGR flow insufficient detected

PCM monitors the difference in intake manifold pressures when the EGR is operated and when it is
stopped. If the difference is too small, the PCM determines that the EGR flow is insufficient.
DETECTION This is an intermittent monitor (EGR system).
POSSIBLE
EGR gasket malfunction
CAUSE
Vacuum hose looseness or damage
PCM malfunction
01-02131
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 132

(EGR system related) been recorded?
3 INSPECT FOR OTHER DTCS Yes Repair the circuit malfunction for applicable DTCs.
Have other DTCs been stored?
4 INSPECT VACUUM HOSE CONDITION Yes Replace the vacuum hoses, then go to Step 8.
Inspect freezing vacuum hoses for clogs, No Go to the next step.
damage, frozen, or vacuum leakage.
5 INSPECT EGR VALVE MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the EGR valve. No Replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 8.
(See01-16-12 EGR VALVE INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is the EGR valve normal?
6 INSPECT MAP SENSOR MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the MAP sensor inspection. No Replace the MAP sensor, then go to Step 8.
(See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
7 INSPECT EGR VALVE PASSAGE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Install the gasket correctly, then go to the next step.
Remove the EGR valve.
Is the gasket installation normal?
8 MONITOR EGR SYSTEM BY DRIVE MODE Yes Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using No Retry this step.
the M-MDS.
Run the PCM Adaptive Memory Procedure
Drive Mode.
TC].)
Stop the vehicle and access the ON BOARD
READINESS TEST to inspect the DRIVE
MODE completion status.
Verify the FUEL_EVAL and EGR_EVAL PIDs
status.
Do the FUEL_EVAL and EGR_EVAL PIDs
change to Yes?
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0401 Yes Go to the next step.
COMPLETED No Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
connectors.
Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
TEST RESULTS.
(See01-02-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST[L3 WITH TC].)
Verify the TEST #10: 31: 83 (EGR pressure
variation) value.
Is the value within the specification?
01-02132
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 133

End Of Sie

id010239807100
DTC P0403 EGR valve (stepper motor) circuit malfunction

PCM monitors the input voltage from the EGR valve. If the voltage remain low or high, the PCM determines
that the EGR valve circuit has a malfunction.
CONDITION MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in one 01-02
drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
DTCs are not stored in the PCM memory.
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2AQ
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2AM
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AR
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2AN
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2AQ
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2AM
POSSIBLE
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AR
CAUSE
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2AN
Open circuit in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2AQ
Open circuit in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2AM
Open circuit in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AR
Open circuit in the wiring harness between EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2AN
Open circuit in the wiring harness between main relay terminal D and EGR valve terminal C
Open circuit in the wiring harness between main relay terminal D and EGR valve terminal D
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
EGR VALVE PCM

9
3 3 6 7 8
C E 2AQ
9
3 6 7 8
C A 2AM
4
5
9
3 3 6 7 8
D B 2AR
9
3 6 7 8
F 2AN
EGR VALVE
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR PCM
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

E C A 2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 2AP 2AL 2AH 2AD 2Z 2V 2R 2N 2J 2F 2B
F D B
01-02133
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 134

recorded?
3 INSPECT EGR VALVE CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminals and/or connector, then go
CONNECTION to Step 10.
Disconnect the EGR valve connector.
4 INSPECT POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit
off). then go to Step 10.
Measure the voltage following the terminal and
body ground.
EGR valve terminal C (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal D (harness-side)
Is voltage B+?
5 INSPECT EGR VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the EGR valve inspection. No Replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 10.
(See01-16-12 EGR VALVE INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
6 INSPECT FOR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
EGR valve terminal E (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal A (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal B (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal F (harness-side)
is there continuity?
7 INSPECT FOR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace wiring harness for a short to power
TO POWER SUPPLY supply, then go to Step 10.
(Engine off).
EGR valve terminal E (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal A (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal B (harness-side)
EGR valve terminal F (harness-side)
Is voltage B+?
8 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminals and/or connector, then go
CONNECTION to Step 10.
Disconnect PCM connector.
01-02134
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 135

9 INSPECT CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace harness for open circuit then go to the
Remove the PCM with PCM connector next step.
connected.
terminals (harness-side):
Between EGR valve terminal E and PCM 01-02
terminal 2AQ
Between EGR valve terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AM
Between EGR valve terminal B and PCM
terminal 2AR
Between EGR valve terminal F and PCM
terminal 2AN
the M-MDS.
Perform the AFTTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239807300
DTC P0421 Warm up catalyst system efficiency below threshold

The PCM compares the number of front HO2S and rear HO2S inversions for a predetermined time. The
PCM monitors the number of inversions the rear side performs while the front side inverts for a specified
number of times when the following monitoring conditions are met. The PCM detects the inversion ratio. If
the inversion ratio is below the threshold, The PCM determines that the catalyst system has deteriorated.
Engine speed:1,500 3,000 rpm
Calculated TWC temperature: above 400 C {752 F}
LOAD:15 48% (at engine speed of 2,000 rpm)
DETECTION
This is an intermittent monitor (Catalyst).
cycle.
TWC deterioration or malfunction
Exhaust gas leakage
POSSIBLE
Loose front HO2S
CAUSE
Loose rear HO2S
PCM malfunction
(Catalyst related) been recorded?
01-02135
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 136

3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
DTCs.
4 INSPECT EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR EXHAUST Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step
GAS LEAKAGE 7.
Visually inspect for exhaust gas leakage in the No Go to the next step.
exhaust system.
Is there exhaust gas leakage?
5 INSPECT INSTALLATION OF FRONT AND Yes Go to the next step.
REAR HO2S No Retighten the sensor, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the front and rear HO2S for looseness. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
Is it normal? INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
6 INSPECT TWC Yes Replace the heated oxygen sensor, then go to the next
Clear the DTC using the M-MDS generic OBD step.
function. No Replace the TWC, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off then back to the ON
position.
Inspect the TWC.
(See01-16-14 WARM-UP THREE-WAY
CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC)
Is it normal?
(Engine off).
MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02136
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 137

id010239041100
DTC P0441 Evaporative emission control system incorrect purge flow

PCM measures the purge line pressure under the following conditions. If the vacuum between the charcoal
canister and the intake manifold does not reach the specification, PCM determines that the EVAP system is
clogged.
Engine speed: 1,500 3,000 rpm 01-02
Vehicle speed: 53 136 km/h {32.9 84.5 mph}
CONDITION This is an intermittent monitor (Evaporative emission system).
cycle.
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULT is available.
Evaporative emission system leak detection pump malfunction
POSSIBLE Charcoal canister malfunction
CAUSE EVAP hose damaged or loose
EVAP pipe damaged
PCM malfunction
(Evaporative emission system related) been
recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
STORED DTCS No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON
Is DTC P0443 present?
4 DETERMINE IF LEAK CONCERN OR Yes Go to Step 6.
BLOCKAGE CONCERN No Go to the next step.
Perform the evaporative system leak
inspection.
Does the system inspection fail?
5 INSPECT IF PURGE SOLENOID VALVE STUCK Yes Inspect the following parts for clogging.
CLOSED Vacuum hoses between the intake manifold to the
Inspect if the purge solenoid valve is stuck charcoal canister
closed. Catch tank
(See01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE Charcoal canister
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) Repair or replace the part, then go to Step 11.
Is the purge solenoid valve normal? No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 11.
01-02137
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 138

6 LOCATE LEAK POINT Yes Repair leakage or replace the part, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the following for leakage using the No Go to the next step.
ultrasonic leak detector.
Charcoal canister
Catch tank
Fuel filler cap
EVAP hoses and pipes
Fuel tank
Is leakage found?
7 INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Go to Step 9.
PUMP No Go to the next step.
Connect all disconnected connectors and
hoses.
Place a clamp on the EVAP system leak
detection pump hose between the EVAP
system leak detection pump and air filter.
inspection.
Does the test result fail (red light turns on)?
8 CONFIRM EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
PUMP LEAKAGE Step 10.
Remove the clamp. No Go to the next step.
inspection.
9 INSPECT FUEL PUMP UNIT INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the fuel tank. No Repair or replace the fuel tank or sealing, then go to the
Visually inspect for damage, insufficient sealing next step.
or a poorly installed pump unit.
Is it normal?
10 PERFORM LEAK INSPECTION Yes Leakage still exists. Locate leak the point and repair.
Connect all disconnected connectors and Then go to the next step.
hoses. No Go to the next step
inspection.
Start the engine and let it idle.
Clear the DTC using the M-MDS.
Perform the EVAP System Repair Verification
Drive Mode.
TC])
End Of Sie
01-02138
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 139

id010239807500
DTC P0442 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (small leak)
PCM measures the pump load current (EVAP line pressure) when the specified period has passed after the
EVAP system is sealed when the monitoring conditions are met. If the load does not reach the reference
current value within the specified period, the PCM determines that the EVAP system has a small leak.
The ignition switch is turned off. 01-02
IAT: 5 35 C {40 95 F}
Atmospheric pressure: 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or above
DETECTION Fuel tank level: 15 85%
This is an intermittent monitor (Evaporative emission system).
cycle.
EVAP system leak detection pump malfunction
Charcoal canister malfunction
POSSIBLE Fuel filler cap malfunction
CAUSE Fuel tank malfunction
Fuel pump unit poor seal
EVAP hose damaged or loose
EVAP pipe damaged
recorded?
Verify related PENDING CODE or stored
DTCs.
4 CLASSIFY INTERMITTENT CONCERN OR Yes Go to the next step.
CONTINUOUS CONCERN No Intermittent concern exists. Inspect the purge solenoid
Perform evaporative system leak inspection. valve and the EVAP system leak detection pump circuit for
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM an intermittent concern.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Does the test result fail? TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
5 LOCATE LEAK POINT Yes Repair the leakage or replace the part, then go to Step 10.
Inspect for leakage for the following using the No Go to the next step.
Evaporative Emissions Tester.
Charcoal canister
Catch tank
Fuel filler cap
Fuel tank
Is leakage found?
01-02139
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 140

6 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect purge solenoid valve is stuck closed. No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 10.
(See01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
Is the purge solenoid valve normal?
hoses.
Place the clamp on the EVAP system leak
system leak detection pump and the air filter.
inspection.
Does the test result fail?
inspection.
Does the test result failed?
Is it normal?
10 PERFORM LEAK INSPECTION Yes Leakage still exists. Locate the leak point and repair.
hoses. No Go to the next step
inspection.
Does the test result failed?
End Of Sie
id010239807600
DTC P0443 EVAP control system purge control valve circuit malfunction
PCM monitors the input voltages from the purge solenoid valve. If the voltage remains low or high, the PCM
determines that the purge solenoid valve circuit has a malfunction.
This is an continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
CONDITION one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
Short to ground in the wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AB
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the main relay and purge solenoid valve terminal A
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AB
Short to the power supply between purge solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AB
PCM malfunction
01-02140
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 141

DTC P0443 EVAP control system purge control valve circuit malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM

7
5 5 9 8
A B 2AB
01-02
6
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE PCM


B A
recorded?
3 CLASSIFY OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO Yes Go to Step 5.
GROUND MALFUNCTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the purge solenoid valve tube that
is connected to the intake manifold.
Connect the vacuum pump to the purge
solenoid valve.
Pump the vacuum pump several times and
stop.
Wait a few seconds.
Is the vacuum maintained?
4 INSPECT PASSAGE CONTROL OF PURGE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
SOLENOID VALVE then go to Step 10.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 10.
Disconnect the purge solenoid valve connector.
Pump the vacuum pump several times and wait
a few seconds.
Is the vacuum maintained?
5 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 10.
Inspect for poor connection (damaged/pulled-
Perform the purge solenoid valve inspection. No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 10.
01-02141
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 142

7 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE POWER Yes Go to the next step.
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine then go to Step 10.
off).
Measure the voltage between purge solenoid
valve connector terminal A and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
9 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
CIRCUIT supply, then go to the next step.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Inspect for continuity between purge solenoid valve
off). terminal B (harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AB (harness-
Measure voltage between purge solenoid valve side).
terminal B (harness-side) and body ground. If there is continuity, go to the next step.
Is the voltage B+? If there is no continuity, repair or replace the wiring
harness for an open circuit, then go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239807700
DTC P0446 Change over valve (COV) (EVAP system leak detection pump) stuck close
The PCM monitors the pump load current (EVAP line pressure), while the EVAP leak monitor is operating.
When the decrease in the pump load current is less than the specification after the reference current value
has been obtained, the PCM determines that the change over-valve (COV) in the EVAP system leak
detection pump has a malfunction.
DETECTION This is an intermittent monitor (CCM).
cycle.
COV (in EVAP system leak detection pump.) malfunction
POSSIBLE
Short to the power circuit between the EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and PCM terminal 1V
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
01-02142
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 143

DTC P0446 Change over valve (COV) (EVAP system leak detection pump) stuck close
MAIN RELAY EVAP SYSTEM LEAK PCM
DETECTION PUMP
3
A C 1V
01-02
M D 1AS
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PCM WIRING

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

A 1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 1AP 1AL 1AH 1AD 1Z 1V 1R 1N 1J 1F 1B
C
B
D 1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 1AQ 1AM 1AI 1AE 1AA 1W 1S 1O 1K 1G 1C
(EVAP system related) been recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform the repair or diagnostic according to the available
Check for related Service Bulletins and/or on- If the vehicle is not repaired, then go to the next step.
3 CHECK COV CONTROL (EVAP SYSTEM LEAK Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 5.
DETECTION PUMP CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
POWER)
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (engine
OFF).
Disconnect the EVAP system leak detection
pump connector.
Measure the voltage between EVAP system
leak detection pump connector terminal C
(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
4 INSPECT COV (EVAP SYSTEM LEAK Yes Go to the next step.
DETECTION PUMP) No Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
Inspect the EVAP system leak detection pump. the next step.
(See01-16-7 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
(EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
Is the COV (EVAP system leak detection
pump) normal?
01-02143
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 144

connectors.
(Engine off).
the M-MDS.
Perform the EVAP system test using the M-
MDS.
Note
If the EVAP system test function is not
available, preform the following
procedure:
Perform EVAP System Repair
(See01-02-10 OBD-II DRIVE
MODE[L3 WITH TC])
Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC
present?
End Of Sie
id010239815500
DTC P0455 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (gross leak)
PCM measures the pump load current (EVAP line pressure) when a specified period has passed after the
EVAP system is sealed when monitoring conditions are met. If the load does not reach the reference
current value within the specified period, the PCM determines that the EVAP system has a gross leak.
IG switch OFF
IAT: 5 35 C {40 95 F}
DETECTION Fuel tank level: 15 85%
This is an intermittent monitor (Evaporative system monitor).
cycle.
Loose, missing or detective fuel filler cap
POSSIBLE Charcoal canister malfunction
Fuel tank misinstallation
Poor connection or damaged vacuum hose
01-02144
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 145

(Evaporative emission system related) been 01-02
recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedure.
DTCs.
Are DTCs P0443 and/or P0446 present?
Perform the evaporative system leak valve and the EVAP system leak detection pump circuit for
inspection. an intermittent concern.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
Does test result fail?
5 INSPECT FUEL FILLER CAP Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the fuel-filler cap is neither No Retighten the fuel-filler cap or replace it if it is damaged.
disconnected nor loose or damaged. Go to Step 17.
Is it normal?
Note
When a fuel-filler cap other than an OEM
cap is attached, it is considered a
malfunction.
6 INSPECT IF PURGE SOLENOID VALVE IS Yes Go to the next step.
STUCK No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 17.
Inspect the purge solenoid valve.
7 INSPECT COV (EVAP SYTEM LEAK Yes Go to the next step.
DETECTION PUMP) No Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
Inspect the EVAP system leak detection pump. Step 17.
Is the COV (EVAP leak detection pump)
normal?
8 DETERMINE IF EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM FOR Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning area, then go to Step 17.
LEAKAGE OR BLOCKAGE No Go to the next step.
Note
If the evaporative emission tester is not
available, then go to the next step.
Perform the Evaporative System Leak

Inspection.
Does the system test fail?
9 INSPECT LEAKAGE OF CHARCOAL CANISTER Yes Go to the Step 13.
TO FUEL PUMP No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the fuel tank side vacuum hose at
the charcoal canister.
Apply vacuum 1.7 KPa {13 mmHg, 0.5 inHg}
to the disconnected vacuum hose using a
vacuum pump.
Does the vacuum hold for a minimum of 2
min?
01-02145
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 146

10 VERIFY POOR CONNECTION OF VACUUM Yes Connect the vacuum hose correctly, then go to Step 17.
HOSE No Go to the next step.
Verify the vacuum hose installation condition
between the fuel tank and the charcoal
canister.
Is a poor connection detected?
11 INSPECT FUEL TANK INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the fuel tank. No Repair or replace the fuel tank or sealing, then go to Step
Visually inspect for damage, insufficient sealing 17.
or poorly installed fuel pump unit.
Is it normal?
12 INSPECT FUEL TANK Yes Replace the vacuum hose from the charcoal canister to the
Inspect the fuel tank. fuel tank, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? No Replace the fuel tank, then go to the next step.
13 INSPECT LEAKAGE FROM CHARCOAL Yes Go to the Step 17.
CANISTER TO PURGE SOLENOID VALVE No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the purge solenoid valve side
vacuum hose at the charcoal canister.
Apply vacuum 3.3 KPa {25 mmHg, 1.0 inHg}
to the disconnected vacuum hose using a
vacuum pump.
Does the vacuum hold for a minimum of 2
min?
14 VERIFY POOR CONNECTION OF VACUUM Yes Connect the vacuum hose correctly, then go to Step 17.
HOSE No Go to the next step.
Verify the vacuum hose installation condition
between the purge solenoid valve and the
charcoal canister.
Is a poor connection detected?
15 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE FOR Yes Go to the next step.
DAMAGE OR AIR LEAKAGE No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 17.
Remove the purge solenoid valve and inspect
for damage and air leakage.
Is it normal?
16 INSPECT CHARCOAL CANISTER Yes Replace the vacuum hose from the charcoal canister to the
Remove the charcoal canister and inspect for purge solenoid valve, then go to the next step.
clogging, damage and pinholes. No Replace the charcoal canister, then go to the next step.
Is it normal?
Connect all disconnected connectors. Then go to the next step.
Perform the evaporative system leak No Go to the next step
inspection. (See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02146
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 147

id010239807900
DTC P0456 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (very small leak)
PCM measures the pump load current (EVAP line pressure) when a specified period has passed after the
EVAP system is sealed when monitoring conditions are met. If the load does not reach the reference load
value or the rate of the load increase is lower than the specification within a specified period, the PCM
determines that the EVAP system has a very small leak.
MONITORING CONDITION 01-02
IG switch OFF
IAT: 5 35 C {40 95 F}
DETECTION
Fuel tank level: 15 85%
CONDITION
This is an intermittent monitor (Evaporative system monitor).
cycle.
POSSIBLE Fuel cap malfunction
Fuel pump unit poor seal
EVAP pipe damaged
recorded?
Turn the ignition switch off then ON position
(Engine off).
DTCs.
Are other DTC present?
Perform the evaporative system leak valve and the EVAP system leak detection pump circuit for
inspection. an intermittent concern.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
Does the system test result fail?
01-02147
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 148

5 LOCATE LEAK POINT Yes Repair the leakage or replace the part, then go to Step 10.
Check for leakage for the following using the No Go to the next step.
Evaporative Emission Tester
Charcoal canister
Catch tank
Fuel filler cap
Fuel tank
Is leakage found?
Inspect if the purge solenoid valve is stuck No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 10.
closed.
hoses.
Place a clamp on the EVAP system leak
system leak detection pump and the air filter.
TC].)
TC].)
Is it normal?
hoses. No Go to next step
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02148
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 149

id010239808000
DTC P0461 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit range/performance

PCM monitors the fuel level voltage difference before and after the PCM-calculated fuel consumption has
reached 25 L {26.4 US qt., 22 Imp qt.}. If the difference is 5% less than the PCM-calculated fuel
consumption, the PCM determines that the fuel gauge sender unit range/performance is in error.
cycle.
Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction or substandard performance
POSSIBLE
Instrument cluster malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to the
Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit. next step.
(See09-22-14 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
INSPECTION.)
Is the fuel gauge sender unit normal?
4 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Repair or replace the suspected malfunction, then go to the
Perform the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/ next step.
OUTPUT CHECK MODE procedure. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
End Of Sie
01-02149
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 150

id010239808100
DTC P0462 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low input

The PCM monitors the signals of the fuel level and fuel gauge sender unit output voltage from the
instrument cluster. If the PCM detects that the fuel level or fuel gauge sender unit output voltage is too low,
the PCM determines that the fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.
CONDITION MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in one
drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
INSPECTION.)
Perform the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/ next step.
connectors.
off).
MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02150
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 151

id010239808200
DTC P0463 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high input

The PCM monitors the signals of the fuel level and fuel gauge sender unit output voltage from the
instrument cluster. If the PCM detects that the fuel level or fuel gauge sender unit output voltage is too high,
the PCM determines that the fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
INSPECTION.)
Perform INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/ next step.
connectors.
off).
MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02151
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 152

id010239807400
DTC P0480 Fan control circuit problem

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the fan control module No.1. If the voltage remains low or high,
the PCM determines that the fan control circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
Fan control module No.1 malfunction
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between fan control module No.1 terminal 1B and PCM
POSSIBLE
terminal 1AE
CAUSE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between fan control module No.1 terminal 1B and PCM terminal 1AE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between fan control module No.1 terminal 1B and PCM terminal 1AE
PCM malfunction
FROM COOLING FAN FUSE
FAN CONTROL MODULE No.1 PCM
1A
3 4 5 6
8 1B 1AE
7
1C
FAN CONTROL MODULE No.1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR PCM

1C 1B 1A 1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 1AP 1AL 1AH 1AD 1Z 1V 1R 1N 1J 1F 1B

01-02152
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 153

recorded?
3 INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE No.1 Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the fan control module No.1
connector.
4 INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE No.1 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER then go to Step 9.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between fan control
module No.1 terminal 1B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect for continuity between fan control
and body ground.
7 INSPECT FAN CONTROL module No.1 SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between fan control then go to Step 9.
and PCM terminal 1AE.
8 INSPECT FAN CONTROL module No.1 Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the fan control module No.1 No Replace the fan control module No.1, then go to the next
inspection. step.
Is the fan control module No.1 normal?
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using TC].)
the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Turn A/C switch to ON.
End Of Sie
01-02153
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 154

id010239815200
DTC P0481 Fan control circuit problem

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the fan control module No.2. If the voltage remains low or high,
the PCM determines that the fan control circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
Fan control module No.2 malfunction
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between fan control module No.2 terminal 2B and PCM
POSSIBLE
terminal 1R
CAUSE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between fan control module No.2 terminal 2B and PCM terminal 1R
Open circuit in the wiring harness between fan control module No.2 terminal 2B and PCM terminal 1R
PCM malfunction
FROM COOLING FAN FUSE
FAN CONTROL MODULE No.2 PCM
2A
3 4 5 6
8 2B 1R
7
2C
FAN CONTROL MODULE No.2

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR PCM

2C 2B 2A
recorded?
3 INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE No.2 Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the fan control module No.2
connector.
01-02154
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER then go to Step 9.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between fan control
module No.2 terminal 2B (wiring harness-side) 01-02
and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect for continuity between fan control
and body ground.
7 INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE No.2 Yes Go to the next step.
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between fan control then go to Step 9.
and PCM terminal 1R.
8 INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE No.2 Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the fan control module No.2 No Replace the fan control module No.2, then go to the next
inspection. step.
Is the fan control module No.2 normal?
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using TC].)
the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Turn A/C switch to ON.
End Of Sie
DTC P050A[L3 WITH TC]
WM: DTC P05XX
id010239800000
DTC P050A Cold start idle air control system performance

Actual idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 8.4 s when target idle speed is above 0 rpm at
cold start or ignition retard value is above 8.9 deg.CA.
Note
If atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or intake air temperature is
below -10 C {14 F}, the PCM cancels diagnosis of P0506.
DETECTION
CONDITION
cycle.
01-02155
DTC P050A Cold start idle air control system performance
The air into the fuel line by exchange or re-installation
Electronic throttle control system malfunction
POSSIBLE
Throttle valve stuck or blockage
CAUSE Air suction in intake air system
PCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA and diagnostic
HAVE BEEN RECORDED monitoring test results on the repair order, then go to the
Have FREEZE FRAME DATA and next step.
(CCM related) been recorded?
Is P050A on FREEZE FRAME DATA? FRAME DATA.
4 INSPECT FUEL SYSTEM Yes Perform the air bleeding of fuel system.
Were any exchange or re-installation of fuel Start the engine and warm it up until engine speed is
system performed just before the P050A stable then go to the next step.
stored? No Go to Step 6.
5 CONFIRM THE PENDING CODE Yes Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using No Go to Step 9.
the M-MDS.
Cool down the engine still ECT below 30 C {86
F}.
Perform the cold start.
6 CHECK AIR SUCTION IN INTAKE AIR SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part, then go to Step 9.
Start the engine. No Go to the next step.
Check air suction between MAF sensor and
intake manifold.
Is there any air suction in the intake air
system?
7 VERIFY ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM OPERATION No Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to
Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System inspection result.
Operation Inspection. Then go to Step 9.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC],
Electronic Throttle Control System Inspection.)
Does the electronic throttle control system
operate properly?
8 VERIFY THROTTLE VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Clean the throttle valve and retest.
Remove the throttle valve with connector If the problem does not resolve, replace the throttle body.
connected. Then go to the next step.
Access ETC_DSD PID using the M-MDS.
Turn the ignition switch to ON position (Engine
off).
Move the throttle valve using the ETC_DSD
PID simulation function.
Dose the throttle valve move smoothly?
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P050A Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Clear DTC from the PCM memory using the M-
MDS.
Perform the KOER self-test using the M-MDS.
01-02156 Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06)

10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.(See01-02-13
Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-02-10 AFTER REPAIR No Go to the next step.
Are any DTC present?
End Of Sie
DTC P050B[L3 WITH TC] 01-02

id010239799900
DTC P050B Cold start ignition timing performance

The PCM monitors actual ignition timing using the CKP sensor while electronic spark advance control fast
idle correction operating. If the ignition timing is out of specified range, the PCM determines that the ignition
timing at cold condition has performance problem.
cycle.
The air into the fuel line by exchange or re-installation
Damaged CKP sensor
POSSIBLE Damaged CMP sensor
CAUSE Damaged or chipped CKP sensor pulse wheel
Damaged or chipped CMP sensor pulse wheel
PCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA and diagnostic
HAVE BEEN RECORDED monitoring test results on the repair order, then go to the
Have FREEZE FRAME DATA and next step.
(CCM related) been recorded?
Is P050B on FREEZE FRAME DATA? FRAME DATA.
4 INSPECT FUEL SYSTEM Yes Perform the air bleeding of fuel system.
Were any exchange or re-installation of fuel Start the engine and warm it up until engine speed is
system performed just before the P050B stable then go to the next step.
stored? No Go to Step 6.
5 CONFIRM THE PENDING CODE Yes Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using No Go to Step 10.
the M-MDS.
Cool down the engine still ECT below 30 C {86
F}.
Perform the cold start.
6 VISUALLY INSPECT CKP SENSOR AND PULSE Yes Replace the suspected part, then go to Step 10.
WHEEL No Go to the next step.
Visually inspect for CKP sensor and pulse
wheel.
Is there any damage or chip on CKP sensor
and pulse wheel?
Inspect CKP sensor. No Replace the CKP sensor, then go to Step 10.
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06) 01-02157

8 VISUALLY INSPECT CMP SENSOR AND PULSE Yes Replace the suspected part, then go to Step 10.
WHEEL No Go to the next step.
Visually inspect for CMP sensor and pulse
wheel.
Is there any damage or chip on CMP sensor
and pulse wheel?
Inspect CMP sensor. No Replace the CMP sensor, then go to the next step.
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P050B Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Clear DTC from the PCM memory using the M-
MDS.
Perform the KOER self-test using the M-MDS.
Are any DTC present?
End Of Sie

id010239808400
DTC P0500 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction

Wheel speed signal from the DSC HU/CM is below 3.7 km/h {2.3 mph} when the following conditions are
met:
Neutral switch and CPP switch are off
Load is above 40%
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm or above
Brake switch is OFF
cycle.
Front ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE DSC malfunction
PCM malfunction
RECORDED No Record FREEZE FRAME PID DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME PID DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
Check for related Service Information If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
Is any related Service Information available?
3 VERIFY STORED DTC IN DSC HU/CM Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (See04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
(Engine off). No Go to the next step.
Verify stored DTCs in the DSC HU/CM.
(See04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Are DTCs stored?
01-02158
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 159

off).
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using 01-02
the M-MDS.
Warm up the engine.
Access the RPM and LOAD PID using the M-
MDS.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 18s.
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm or above
Gear: Gear is in other than NEUTRAL
Load: 40% or above
End Of Sie
id010239808500
DTC P0505 IAC system problem

DETECTION
The PCM cannot control idle speed toward the target idle speed during the KOER self test.
CONDITION
Air cleaner element clogged
Air intake passage clogged
A/C relay control circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE
Generator control circuit malfunction
CAUSE
Low engine compression (Over capacity of blow-by gas)
Electronic throttle control system improper operation
PCM malfunction
2 VERIFY RELATED PENDING OR STORED DTCs Yes Perform the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
position. (Engine off) No Go to the next step.
Verify pending code or stored DTCs using the
M-MDS.
Are DTCs P0506, P0507, P0638, P2100,
P2101, P2102, P2103, P2108, or P2119
present?
3 VERIFY ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Perform the TP sweep inspection. inspection result.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Then go to Step 9.
Does the electronic throttle control system
work properly?
01-02159
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 160

4 INSPECT A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION Yes Go to A/C ALWAYS ON / A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
CONTINUOUSLY. of ENGINE SYMPTOM
Note TROUBLESHOOTING then go to Step 9.
The following test should be performed for (See01-03-5 ENGINE SYMPTOM
vehicles with A/C. Go to the next step for TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
vehicles without A/C No Go to the next step.
Turn the fan switch off.

Is the magnetic clutch still on?
5 INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION No Repair for a short to the power supply in the generator
Apply electrical load. control circuit, then go to Step 9.
Does the engine speed increase?
6 INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENT Yes Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then go to Step 9.
Remove the air cleaner element with the No Go to the next step.
engine running.
7 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY PASSAGE Yes Clean or replace the throttle body passage, then go to Step
Is the throttle body clogged? 9.
Inspect the engine compression. No Overhaul the engine, then go to the next step.
Clear the DTC using the M-MDS.
Perform the KOER Self-Test.
End Of Sie
id010239808600
DTC P0506 Idle control system RPM lower than expected

Actual idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 14 s when the brake pedal is depressed (brake
switch is on) and the steering wheel is held straight ahead (power steering pressure switch is off).
Note
If the atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or the intake air temperature
is below 10 C {14 F}, the PCM cancels the diagnosis of P0506.
DETECTION
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
Air cleaner element clogged
Air intake passage clogged
POSSIBLE A/C relay control circuit malfunction
CAUSE Generator malfunction
Low engine compression (Over capacity of blow-by gas)
PCM malfunction
01-02160
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 161

recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING OR STORED Yes Repair the applicable DTCs.
DTCS (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Turn ignition switch to OFF, then ON (Engine No Go to the next step.
off).
M-MDS.
4 INSPECT A/C MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION Yes Refer to A/C is always on or A/C compressor runs
Turn the blower motor switch off. continuously. of ENGINE SYMPTOM
Is the magnet clutch still on? TROUBLESHOOTING, then go to Step 11.
(See01-03-69 NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY[L3 WITH TC].)
5 INSPECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION No Replace the necessary parts, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the following parts:
APP sensor
(See01-40-33 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
POSITION (APP) SENSOR
TP sensor
Are they normal?
MALFUNCTION No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 11.
Perform the purge solenoid valve inspection.
7 INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENT Yes Replace the air cleaner element, then go to Step 11.
Remove the air cleaner element with the No Go to the next step.
engine running.
8 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY PASSAGE Yes Clean or replace the throttle body passage, then go to Step
Is the throttle body clogged? 11.
Inspect the engine compression. No Overhaul the engine, then go to Step 11.
10 INSPECT GENERATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the generator inspection. No Repair or replace the related part, then go to the next step.
(See01-17-6 GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is the generator normal?
01-02161
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 162

connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Depress the brake pedal for 14 s or more.
End Of Sie
id010239808700
DTC P0507 Idle control system RPM higher than expected

Actual idle speed is higher than expected by 200 rpm for 14 s when the brake pedal is depressed (brake
switch is on) and steering wheel is held straight ahead (power steering pressure switch is off).
Note
If the atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or the intake air temperature
is below 10 C {14 F}, the PCM cancels diagnosis of P0507.
DETECTION
CONDITION
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Vacuum hose misconnection
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING OR STORED Yes Repair applicable DTCs.
DTCS (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Turn ignition switch to off, then ON position No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
M-MDS.
4 INSPECT VACUUM HOSE CONNECTION Yes Go to the next step.
Are the vacuum hoses connecting accurately? No Reconnect the vacuum hoses correctly, then go to step 6.
(See01-13-4 VACUUM HOSE ROUTING
DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC].)
01-02162
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 163

5 INSPECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION No Replace the necessary parts, then go to the next step.
Inspect the following parts:
APP sensor
POSITION (APP) SENSOR
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) 01-02
TP sensor
Are they normal?
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Depress the brake pedal for 14 s or more.
End Of Sie
01-02163
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 164

id010239808800
DTC P0550 PSP switch circuit malfunction

The PCM monitors the PSP switch signal, If the input voltage is low voltage (switch stays on) for 1 min.
when the VSS is above 60.0 km/h {37.4 mph} and the ECT is above 60 C {140 F}, the PCM determines
that the PSP switch circuit has a malfunction.
cycle.
PSP switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in the wiring harness between the PSP switch terminal and PCM terminal 2T
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the PSP switch terminal and PCM terminal 2T
PCM malfunction
PCM
5 7 6
2T
3
A
PSP SWITCH 4
PSP SWITCH PCM


A
recorded?
line repair formation availability. No Go to the next step.
01-02164
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 165

3 INSPECT PSP CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the PSP connector.
4 INSPECT PSP SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the PSP switch inspection. No Replace the PSP switch, then go to Step 8.
(See01-40-22 POWER STEERING
PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is the PSP switch normal?
5 INSPECT PSP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the PCM connector. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the PSP switch
terminal (harness-side) and body ground.
Turn ignition switch to OFF
7 INSPECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT step.
Inspect for continuity between PSP terminal A No Go to the next step.
(harness-side) and PCM terminal 2T (harness-
side).
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle above 60 km/h {37.3 mph}
for1 min.
Verify that the ECT PID is above 60 C {140
F} using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02165
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 166

id010239808900
DTC P0564 Cruise control switch circuit malfunction

The PCM monitors the cruise control switch signal. If the PCM detects that any one of following switches
(Main, CANCEL, SET/COAST, RESUME/ACCEL) remains on for 2 min, the PCM determines that the
cruise control switch circuit has a malfunction.
Cruise control switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
Short to power circuit in wiring harness from cruise control switch terminal 2and PCM terminal 1AQ
CAUSE
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness from cruise control switch terminal 2and PCM terminal 1AQ
PCM malfunction
PCM
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
5 3 4
2 1AQ
PCM
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
8 7 5 4 3 2 1 1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 1AQ 1AM 1AI 1AE 1AA 1W 1S 1O 1K 1G 1C

01-02166
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 167

2 INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH Yes Repair or the replace the terminal, then go to Step 6. 01-02
3 INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace for a short to ground, then go to Step 6.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the cruise control switch and PCM
connectors.
Inspect for continuity between cruise control
switch terminal 2 (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
4 INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER No Repair or replace for a short to the power supply, then go to
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Step 6.
(Engine off).
Inspect the voltage between cruise control
switch terminal 2 (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage below 1.0 V?
5 INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
OPERATION No Replace the cruise control switch, then go to the next step.
Inspect the cruise control switch.
(See01-20-1 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
Is the cruise control switch normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF P0564 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle using cruise control for 2 min.
or more.
End Of Sie
01-02167
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 168

id010239809000
DTC P0571 Brake switch circuit problem

The PCM monitors the change in the input voltage for brake switch No.1 and No.2. If the PCM detects that
both brake switches No.1 and No.2 remain on or off for 15 s, it determines that the brake switch circuit has
a malfunction.
Brake switch malfunction
Open circuit between brake switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1AF
POSSIBLE Open circuit between brake switch terminal C and body ground
CAUSE Short to the power between brake switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1AF
Short to the ground circuit between brake switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1AF
PCM malfunction
BATTERY BRAKE SWITCH PCM

5
4 4
B D 1AB
9
4 4
C A
6
1AF
7 8
BRAKE SWITCH PCM


C A
D B
RECORDED No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair, then go to the
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been next step.
recorded?
01-02168
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 169

DTCs.
Is the DTC P0703 also present? 01-02
4 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 10.
Disconnect the brake switch connector.
pull-out pins, corrosion).
5 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the brake switch. No Replace the brake switch, then go to Step 10.
Is the brake switch normal?
6 INSPECT GROUND CIRCUIT OF BRAKE Yes Go to the next step.
SWITCH NO.2 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between brake switch then go to Step 10.
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
7 INSPECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OF BRAKE SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground
NO.2 FOR SHORT TO GROUND circuit, then go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between brake switch No Go to the next step.
ground.
8 INSPECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OF BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
NO.2 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between brake switch then go to Step 10.
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
instrument cluster terminal 1AF (wiring
harness-side).
9 INSPECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OF BRAKE SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
NO.2 FOR SHORT TO POWER supply, then go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between brake switch
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
(Engine off).
Depress and release the brake pedal more
than 5 times.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P06XX
01-02169
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 170

id010239809100
DTC P0601 Internal control module memory check sum error

PCM internal memory check sum error.
CONDITION MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE
PCM internal memory malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF P0601 Yes Replace the PCM, go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
id010239809200
DTC P0602 PCM programming error

No configuration data in PCM
Note
If the PCM CONFIGURATION is successful, the PCM stores DTC P0602 and illuminates the MIL
(System is normal). Clear DTC P0602 using the M-MDS after the PCM CONFIGURATION.
DETECTION MIL turns off after three drive cycles with no failure (DTCs remain in PCM).
CONDITION
POSSIBLE Configuration has not been completed.
CAUSE PCM malfunction
01-02170
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 171

recorded?
line repair information availability. No Perform PCM configuration procedure, then go to the next
Is any related repair information available? step.
(See01-40-21 PCM CONFIGURATION[L3 WITH TC].)
off).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
id010239809300
DTC P0604 PCM RAM error

PCM internal RAM malfunction.
POSSIBLE
PCM internal RAM malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
01-02171
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 172

End Of Sie

id010239809400
DTC P0606 ECM/PCM processor

PCM internal CPU malfunction.
POSSIBLE
PCM internal CPU malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF P0606 Yes Replace PCM, go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start engine.
End Of Sie
id010239809500
DTC P0607 PCM performance problem

PCM internal malfunction.
CONDITION MIL does not illuminate.
POSSIBLE
PCM internal malfunction
CAUSE
Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded? the next step.
01-02172
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 173

3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF P0607 Yes Replace PCM, go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start engine. 01-02
End Of Sie
id010239809600
DTC P0610 PCM vehicle options error

PCM data configuration error
POSSIBLE Configuration procedure has not been completed
recorded?
(Engine off).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02173
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 174

id010239809800
DTC P0638 Throttle actuator control range/performance

The PCM compares the actual TP with the target TP when the engine is running. If the difference is more
than the specification, the PCM determines that there is a throttle actuator control circuit range/
performance problem.
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in the first drive cycle.
Throttle actuator malfunction
POSSIBLE
Throttle valve malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded? the next step.
3 INSPECT FOR OTHER DTCS Yes Perform the diagnostic procedure for the applicable DTCs.
Have other DTCs been stored? No Go to the next step.
4 INSPECT THROTTLE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the throttle actuator. (See 01-13-12 No Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
THROTTLE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC])
Is the throttle actuator normal?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and let it idle.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P07XX
id010239809900
DTC P0703 Brake switch No.1 circuit malfunction

PCM monitors changes in the input voltage from the brake switch. If the PCM does not detect the voltage
change while alternately accelerating and decelerating 8 times, the PCM determines that the brake switch
cycle.
01-02174
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 175

DTC P0703 Brake switch No.1 circuit malfunction
Brake switch malfunction
Poor connection of the brake switch connector or the PCM connector
POSSIBLE Short to the power supply between brake switch terminal D and PCM connector terminal 1AB
CAUSE Open circuit between brake switch terminal D and PCM connector terminal 1AB
Open circuit between the battery positive terminal and brake switch terminal B
PCM malfunction
B+ 01-02
7
4 10 PCM
B
12 6 8
BRAKE 1AB
SWITCH
9
D 13
4 10
BRAKE SWITCH PCM


C A
D B 1BH 1BD 1AZ 1AV 1AR 1AN 1AJ 1AF 1AB 1X 1T 1P 1L 1H 1D
recorded?
3 CLASSIFY HIGH INPUT OR LOW INPUT Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Go to Step 10.
Access the BOO PID.
Verify the BOO PID during brake pedal
operation.
Is the BOO PID always off?
Turn the ignition switch to off.
Disconnect the brake switch connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged
pulled-out terminals, corrosion).
01-02175
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 176

5 CLASSIFY BRAKE SWITCH OR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Access the BOO PID.
Connect a jumper wire between brake switch
terminal B and D (harness-side).
Is the BOO PID on?
6 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to Step 14.
Perform the brake switch inspection. No Replace the brake switch, then go to Step 14.
(See04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION.)
7 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH POWER CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the brake switch power circuit for an open
Measure the voltage between brake switch circuit, then go to Step 14.
connector terminal B (harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
9 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT then go to Step 14.
Inspect for continuity between brake switch No Go to Step 14.
1AB (harness-side).
Disconnect brake switch connector.
11 CLASSIFY BRAKE SWITCH OR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Access the BOO PID.
Verify that the BOO PID changes from on to off
when the brake switch connector is
disconnected.
Does BOO PID change from on to off?
12 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to Step 14.
Perform the brake switch inspection. No Replace the brake switch, then go to Step 14.
(See04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION.)
13 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY supply, then go to Step 14.
Measure the voltage between brake switch No Go to the next step.
connector terminal D (harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
MDS.
Drive vehicle at 30 km/h {18.6 mph} or more.
Depress and release brake pedal more than 8
times while driving the vehicle.
01-02176
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 177

End Of Sie 01-02

WM: DTC P12XX
id010239815600
DTC P1260 Immobilizer system problem

The instrument cluster detects an immobilizer system malfunction.
POSSIBLE Immobilizer system malfunction
recorded?
3 VERIFY STORED DTC IN INSTRUMENT Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
CLUSTER No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Verify stored DTCs in instrument cluster.
Are DTCs stored?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine or perform the KOEO self-test
with M-MDS.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P20XX
01-02177
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 178

id010239810200
DTC P2004 Variable swirl control system shutter valve stuck open
PCM monitors the mass variable swirl shutter valve position using the variable swirl shutter valve switch. If
the PCM turns variable swirl solenoid valve on but variable swirl shutter valve position still remains open
(variable swirl shutter valve switch is on), the PCM determines that the variable swirl shutter valve is stuck
open.
cycle.
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck open)
Misconnected or pulled out vacuum hose
Variable swirl shutter valve switch malfunction
Variable swirl solenoid valve malfunction
Open circuit in the wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AS
POSSIBLE
Short to power in the wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal
CAUSE
2AS
Open circuit in the wiring harness between variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A and PCM terminal
2AE
Short to power in the wiring harness between variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AE
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
9 9 11 10
A B 2AS
5 12
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH
11 10
A 2AE
9 12
7
VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE PCM


B A

A B
01-02178
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 179

recorded?
CONTINUOUS CONCERN No Intermittent concern exists. Go to INTERMITTENT
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
the M-MDS. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Drive the vehicle under the following TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
conditions:
Engine coolant temperature is above 63 C
{145 F}.
Engine speed: below 3,750 rpm
Throttle opening angle is as follows:
Engine speed below 1,500 rpm: above
35%
Engine speed between 1,500 2,500
rpm: between 25 35%
Engine speed above 2,500: below 25%
4 VERIFY IF STORED OTHER DTCs STORED Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedures.
Verify stored DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
Is DTC P2088 or P2089 present?
5 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Perform VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID No Replace variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step 13.
VALVE INSPECTION.
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the variable swirl solenoid valve normal?
6 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
ACTUATOR No Replace the intake manifold, then go to Step 13.
Perform VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR INSPECTION.
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
Is the variable swirl shutter valve actuator
normal?
SWITCH No Replace the intake manifold, then go to Step 13.
Perform the VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER
VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION.
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
Is the variable swirl shutter valve switch
normal?
8 VERIFY CONNECTION OF VACUUM HOSE Yes Go to the next step.
ROUTING No Connect the vacuum hoses properly, then go to the next
Verify that the vacuum hoses are connected step.
properly.
Are the vacuum hoses connected properly?
01-02179
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 180

9 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 13.
OR VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE No Go to the next step.
SWICTH CONNECTOR FOR POOR
CONNECTION
Disconnect the variable swirl solenoid valve
connector and variable swirl shutter valve
switch connector.
OR VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE SW No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT then go to Step 13.
terminals:
Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B
(harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AS
(harness-side).
Variable swirl shutter valve sw terminal A
(harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AE
(harness-side).
12 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
OR VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE supply, then go to the next step.
SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER No Go to the next step.
SUPPLY
connector and variable swirl shutter valve
switch connector.
off).
terminals and body ground.
PCM terminal 2AS (harness-side).
PCM terminal 2AE (harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
COMPLETED (See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected No Go to the next step.
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle under following conditions:
{145 F}.
Throttle opening angle is as follows
35%
rpm: between 25 35%
Engine speed above 2,500:below 25%
01-02180
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 181

End Of Sie

id010239810300
DTC P2006 Variable swirl control system shutter valve stuck closed
PCM monitors the mass variable swirl shutter valve position using the variable swirl shutter valve switch. If
PCM turns the variable swirl solenoid valve off but the variable swirl position still remains closed (variable
swirl shutter valve switch is off), the PCM determines that the variable swirl shutter valve is stuck closed.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Variable swirl shutter valve malfunction (stuck closed)
CAUSE
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck closed).
Short to ground circuit between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AS
Short to ground in the wiring harness between variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AE
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
7 7 9 8
A B 2AS
6

7 9 8
A 2AE
7
B


B A


A B
01-02181
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 182

recorded?
CONTINUOUS CONCERN No Intermittent concern exists. Go to INTERMITTENT
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
the M-MDS. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Drive the vehicle under following conditions: TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
{145 F}.
35%
rpm: between 25 35%
4 VERIFY STORED OTHER DTCS Yes Go to appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedures.
Verify stored DTCs using M-MDS or No Go to the next step.
equipment.
Is other DTC present except P0117, P0118,
P0121, P0122, P0123 and/or P0335?
ACTUATOR No Replace the variable swirl shutter valve actuator, then go to
Perform the Variable Swirl System Operation Step 10.
Inspection.
Is the variable swirl shutter valve actuator
normal?
Perform the variable swirl solenoid valve No Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step
airflow inspection. 10.
7 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair the terminal, then go to Step 10.
OR VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE No Go to the next step.
SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR POOR
CONNECTION
connector and the variable swirl shutter valve
switch connector.
Inspect for poor connection at the PCM
terminals (such as damaged, pulled-out
terminals, corrosion).
01-02182
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 183

9 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
OR VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE then go to the next step.
SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
GROUND
PCM terminal 2AS (harness-side). 01-02
PCM terminal 2AE (harness-side).
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following
conditions:
{145 F}.
35%
rpm: between 25 35%
End Of Sie
01-02183
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 184

id010239810400
DTC P2009 Variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit low

PCM monitors the variable swirl solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns variable swirl solenoid valve
off but the voltage still remains low, the PCM determines that the variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit
has a malfunction.
cycle.
Poor connection of connectors at PCM and/or variable swirl solenoid valve
Short to ground in the wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal
2AS
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between main relay and variable swirl solenoid valve terminal A
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AS
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
5
7 8 6
A B 2AS
3 3
4


B A
recorded?
01-02184
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 185

Perform the variable swirl solenoid valve No Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step 9.
inspection.
5 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step. 01-02
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Disconnect the variable swirl solenoid valve then go to Step 9.
connector.
off).
Measure voltage between variable swirl
solenoid valve terminal A (harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect for poor connection at PCM terminal
2AS. (such as damaged, pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
7 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 9.
Inspect for continuity between variable swirl No Go to the next step.
solenoid valve terminal B (harness-side) and
body ground.
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open or short to
Connect variable swirl solenoid valve ground circuit, then go to the next step.
connector.
off).
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal
2AS (harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02185
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 186

id010239810500
DTC P2010 Variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit high

PCM monitors the variable swirl solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns variable swirl solenoid valve
on but the voltage still remains high, the PCM determines that the variable swirl solenoid valve control
cycle.
Poor connection of connectors at the PCM and/or the variable swirl solenoid valve
Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM
POSSIBLE
terminal 2AS
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
6 5
A B 2AS
3 3
4


B A
01-02186
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 187

recorded?
Perform variable swirl solenoid valve No Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step 7.
inspection.
2AS. (such as damaged, pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
6 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER supply, then go to the next step.
Remove the variable swirl solenoid valve.
off).
Measure voltage between PCM terminal 2AS
(harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02187
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 188

id010239810600
DTC P2088 OCV actuator circuit low

PCM monitors the OCV voltage. If the PCM detects that the OCV control voltage (calculated from OCV) is
below the threshold voltage (calculated from battery positive voltage), the PCM determines that the OCV
Poor connection of connectors at the PCM and/or OCV
Short to ground in the wiring harness between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2AF
POSSIBLE Open circuit in the wiring harness between main relay and OCV terminal B
CAUSE Open circuit in the wiring harness between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2AF
OCV malfunction
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
OCV
5
7 8 6
B A 2AF
3 3
4
OCV PCM
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

B A
01-02188
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 189

recorded?
3 INSPECT OCV CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 9.
4 INSPECT OCV Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the OCV inspection. No Replace OCV, then go to Step 9.
(See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Is the OCV normal?
5 INSPECT OCV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the OCV connector. then go to Step 9.
off).
Measure voltage between OCV terminal B
Is the voltage B+?
2AF. (such as damaged, pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
7 INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
Inspect for continuity between OCV terminal A No Go to the next step.
8 INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open or short to
Connect the OCV connector. ground circuit, then go to the next step.
off).
Check for continuity between OCV terminal A
(harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AF
(harness-side).
the M-MDS.
01-02189
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 190

End Of Sie

id010239810700
DTC P2089 OCV actuator circuit high

PCM monitors the OCV voltage. If the PCM detects that the OCV control voltage (calculated from OCV) is
above the threshold voltage (calculated from battery positive voltage), the PCM determines that the OCV
Poor connection at the PCM and/or OCV connectors
POSSIBLE Short to the power supply in the wiring harness between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2AF
CAUSE OCV malfunction
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY PCM
OCV
6 5
B A 2AF
3 3
4
OCV PCM
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

B A
recorded?
3 INSPECT OCV CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
4 INSPECT OCV Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the OCV inspection. No Replace the OCV, then go to Step 7.
(See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Is the OCV normal?
01-02190
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 191

2AF. (such as damaged, pulled-out pins,
corrosion). 01-02
6 INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
TO POWER SUPPLY supply, then go to the next step.
Remove the OCV. No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Measure voltage between PCM terminal 2AF
and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239810800
DTC P2096 Target A/F feedback system too lean

The PCM monitors the target A/F fuel trim while under target A/F feedback control. If the fuel trim is more
than the specification, the PCM determines that the target A/F feedback system is too lean.
Rear HO2S sensor voltage is more than 0.1 V
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (Fuel system).
cycle.
Exhaust gas leakage
Air suction in intake-air system
Insufficient fuel line pressure
POSSIBLE Fuel pressure sensor malfunction
CAUSE Relief valve (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction
Leakage fuel
Improper operation ignition system
Insufficient engine compression
Fuel injector malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02191
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 192

(Fuel system related) been recorded?
2 VERIFY REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
Verify related service repair information repair information.
availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? No Go to the next step.
DTCs.
DATA No Go to FREEZE FRAME DATA DTC inspection.
5 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS OF Yes Go to the next step.
REAR HO2S No Visually inspect for the exhaust gas leakage between the
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. TWC and rear HO2S.
Start the engine and warm it up completely. If there is no leakage, replace the rear HO2S.
Access O2S12 PID. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
Read O2S12 PID under the following INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
accelerator pedal condition (in NEUTRAL). Then go to Step 20.
More than 0.45 V when accelerator pedal is
Less than 0.45 V just after release of
accelerator pedal (lean condition)
Is the PID normal?
6 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Inspect the malfunctioning part according to the inspection
Verify the following PIDs. results.
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH Then go to Step 20.
TC].)
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
Are the PIDs normal?
UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA CONDITION No Inspect the malfunctioning part according to the inspection
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. results.
Verify the following PIDs under the FREEZE Then go to Step 20.
TC].)
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
01-02192
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 193

FRONT HO2S No Visually inspect for the exhaust gas leakage between the
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. exhaust manifold and front HO2S.
Start the engine and warm it up completely. If there is no leakage, replace front HO2S.
Access the O2S11 PID. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
Read the O2S11 PID under following INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
accelerator pedal condition (in NEUTRAL). Then go to Step 20. 01-02
0.1 0.1A when idle.
More than 0.25 mA just after release of
accelerator pedal (lean condition).
Is the PID normal?
MAF SENSOR No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 20.
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Verify that the MAF PID changes quickly
according to engine speed.
Is the PID normal?
10 INSPECT INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM FOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step
EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION 20.
Visually inspect the hose in intake-air system No Go to the next step.
for looseness, cracks or damages.
11 INSPECT IGNITION COIL WIRING HARNESSES Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ignition coil related wiring harness No Repair the wiring harnesses, then go to Step 20.
condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for
all cylinders.
Are wiring harness conditions normal?
Perform the spark test. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) Then go to Step 20.
Is strong blue spark visible at each cylinder?
Inspect the engine compression. No Overhaul the engine, then go to Step 20.
Access and monitor FUEL_PRES PID. No Go to the next step.
specified?
TC].)
normally?
16 INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Go to Step 18.
specified?
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-02193
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 194

Connect the fuel pressure gauge between fuel No Inspect for following:
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If okay replace the fuel pump. Then go to Step 20.
specified?
19 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR Yes Replace the fuel injector, then go to the next step.
Inspect the fuel injector. (See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
the M-MDS.
Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239810900
DTC P2097 Target A/F feedback system too rich

The PCM monitors the target A/F fuel trim while under target A/F feedback control. If the fuel trim is less
than specification, the PCM determines that the target A/F feedback system is too rich.
This is a continuous monitor. (Fuel system)
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive
cycle.
Exhaust gas leakage
Excessive fuel line pressure
POSSIBLE Fuel pressure sensor malfunction
CAUSE Relief valve (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction
Purge valve malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02194
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 195

(Fuel system related) been recorded? 01-02
2 VERIFY REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
Verify related service repair information repair information.
availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? No Go to the next step.
DTCs.
REAR HO2S No Visually inspect for the exhaust gas leakage between TWC
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. and rear HO2S.
Start the engine and warm it up completely. If there is no leakage, replace rear HO2S.
More than 0.45 V when accelerator pedal is
Less than 0.45 V just after release of
Is the PID normal?
Verify the following PIDs: results.
TC].)
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
Verify the following PIDs under FREEZE Then go to Step 15.
TC].)
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
01-02195
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 196

FRONT HO2S No Visually inspect for exhaust gas leakage between the
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. exhaust manifold and front HO2S.
Start the engine and warm it up completely. If there is no leakage, replace front HO2S.
0.1 0.1A when idle
Is the PID normal?
specified?
TC].)
normally?
specified?
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If normal replace the fuel pump. Then go to Step 15.
specified?
14 INSPECT LONG TERM FUEL TRIM Yes Inspect the purge valve.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC_2. (See01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3
Access LONGFT1 PID. WITH TC].)
Compare the LONGFT1 PID with recorded If there is any malfunction, replace the purge valve.
FREEZE FRAME DATA at Step 1. Then go to the next step.
Is the LONGFT1 PID above FREEZE FRAME No Go to the next step.
DATA?
the M-MDS.
Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P21XX
01-02196
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 197

id010239811000
DTC P2100 Throttle actuator circuit open

PCM monitors the electronic throttle valve motor current. If the PCM detects that the electronic throttle
valve motor current is below the threshold current, the PCM determines that the electronic throttle valve
motor circuit has a malfunction.
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM). 01-02
Throttle valve motor malfunction
Open circuit between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
Open circuit between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
Short to the power supply between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
POSSIBLE
Short to the power supply between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
CAUSE
Short to the ground between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
Short to the ground between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
Poor connection of throttle body connector or PCM connector
PCM malfunction
THROTTLE ACTUATOR PCM
9
4 8 9 7
F 2A
4 10 11 7
E 2B
PCM
THROTTLE BODY
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR

F E 2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 2AQ 2AM 2AI 2AE 2AA 2W 2S 2O 2K 2G 2C

recorded?
01-02197
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 198

CONTINUOUS CONCERN No Go to INTERMITTENT CONCERNS
Clear the DTC using the M-MDS. TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
Start the engine and let it idle. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Is the same PENDING CODE present? TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
4 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 12.
Check for poor connection (such as damaged,
pulled out terminals, corrosion).
5 INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE ELECTRICAL Yes Go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION No Replace the throttle body, then go to Step 12.
Measure resistance between throttle body
terminal E and F (part-side).
Is resistance approx.1.3 ohms?
6 CLASSIFY MALFUNCTION ET POWER SUPPLY Yes Malfunction at control circuit.
CIRCUIT OR CONTROL CIRCUIT Go to the next step.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Malfunction at power supply circuit.
off). Go to the next step.
terminal F (harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Check for poor connection (such as damaged,
8 INSPECT POWER CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness to a short to ground,
Turn the ignition switch to off. No Go to the next step.
Check for continuity between throttle body
Turn the ignition switch to off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Check for continuity between throttle body then go to Step 12.
terminal F (harness-side) and PCM terminal 2A
(harness-side).
10 INSPECT CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
terminal E (harness-side) and body ground.
11 INSPECT CONTROL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Check for continuity between throttle body then go to the next step.
2B (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
01-02198
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 199

End Of Sie 01-02

id010239811100
DTC P2101 Throttle actuator circuit range/performance

If the PCM detects any of the following conditions, the PCM determines that the throttle circuit has a
malfunction.
Default throttle angle that the PCM stored and the throttle angle with drive-by-wire-relay off is not
significant.
Voltage from drive-by-wire-relay is too high or too low
DETECTION PCM detects large voltage difference between the drive-by-wire-relay and the main relay
CONDITION PCM internal malfunction
This is a continuous monitor.
Drive-by-wire-relay and related circuit malfunction
Main relay and related circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE
Throttle position sensor No.1 and related circuit malfunction
CAUSE
Throttle position sensor No.2 and related circuit malfunction
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING AND STORED Yes Go to appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedure.
DTCS No Go to the next step.
Turn ignition switch to OFF, then ON (Engine
off).
MDS.
6 INSPECT MAIN RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE Yes Go to Step 13.
Connect the PCM connector.
off).
1BE and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
01-02199
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 200

7 INSPECT MAIN RELAY CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 22.
Disconnect the main relay.
8 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY OF MAIN RELAY Yes Go to the next step.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
off). then go to Step 22.
Measure the voltage between main relay
Is the voltage B+?
9 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY FOR CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT OF MAIN RELAY No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
off).
Measure the voltage between main relay
terminal A (harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
10 INSPECT MAIN RELAY Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the main relay. No Replace the main relay, then go to Step 22.
(See09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Is the main relay normal?
Disconnect the main relay and the PCM then go to Step 22.
connector.
Check for continuity between main relay
1BE (harness-side).
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Check for continuity between main relay then go to Step 22.
1AT (harness-side).
13 INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY OUTPUT Yes Go to the next step.
VOLTAGE No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine supply, then go to Step 22.
off).
1BF (harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
14 INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 22.
Disconnect the drive-by-wire-relay.
Check drive-by-wire-relay connector (harness-
side) for poor connection (such as damaged,
15 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY OF DRIVE-BY- Yes Go to the next step.
WIRE-RELAY No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
off).
Measure the voltage between drive-by-wire-
relay terminal D (harness-side) and body
ground.
01-02200
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 201

16 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY FOR CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT OF DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine between drive-by-wire-relay terminal E and main relay
off). terminal C, then go to Step 22.
Measure the voltage between drive-by-wire-
relay terminal E (harness-side) and body
ground. 01-02
Is the voltage B+?
17 INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the drive-by-wire-relay. No Replace the drive-by-wire-relay, then go to Step 22.
(See09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Is the drive-by-wire-relay normal?
Check for continuity between drive-by-wire- then go to Step 22.
relay terminal C (harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1BF (harness-side).
Check for continuity between drive-by-wire- then go to Step 22.
relay A (harness-side) and PCM terminal 1AX
(harness-side).
20 INSPECT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR NO.1 Yes Go to the next step.
OUTPUT VOLTAGE No Check the throttle position sensor No.1 and related circuits
Turn the ignition switch to off. and terminal.
Connect the PCM connector. (See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
off). Repair or replace if necessary, then go to Step 22.
Check voltage between PCM terminal 2AK and
body ground.
Is the voltage 0.40 0.60 V?
21 INSPECT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR NO.2 Yes Go to the next step.
OUTPUT VOLTAGE No Check the throttle position sensor No.2 and related circuits
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine and terminal.
off). (See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
Check the voltage between PCM terminal 2AL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
and body ground. Repair or replace as necessary, then go to the next step.
Is the voltage 4.40 4.60 V?
off).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and run it at idle.
Turn ignition switch to OFF then ON (Engine
off).
End Of Sie
01-02201
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 202

id010239811200
DTC P2102 Throttle actuator circuit low input

PCM monitors the throttle actuator circuit current. If the PCM detects that the throttle actuator circuit current
is excessively low, the PCM determines that the throttle actuator circuit was a malfunction.
DETECTION
Open circuit between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
Open circuit between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
Short to ground circuit between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
POSSIBLE
Short to ground circuit between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
CAUSE
Poor connection of throttle body or PCM connector
PCM malfunction
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
(THROTTLE BODY) PCM
9
4 5 6 7
F 2A
4 8 7
E 2B
THROTTLE BODY PCM


F E
recorded?
01-02202
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 203

3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND Yes Go to appropriate the DTC troubleshooting procedure, then
STORED DTCS go to Step 10.
off).
M-MDS.
Is the DTC P2100 also present? 01-02
pulled-put pins, corrosion).
5 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF Yes Go to the next step.
THROTTLE ACTUATOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
off).
Is the voltage B+?
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground
THROTTLE ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO circuit, then go to Step 10.
Check continuity between throttle body
8 INSPECT CONTROL CIRCUIT OF THROTTLE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
ACTUATOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT then go to Step 10.
2B (harness-side).
Inspect the throttle actuator. No Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
(See01-13-12 THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Is it normal?
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02203
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 204

id010239811300
DTC P2103 Throttle actuator circuit high input

PCM monitors the throttle actuator circuit current. If the PCM detects that the throttle actuator circuit current
is excessively high, the PCM determines that the electronic throttle actuator circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
Short to the power supply between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
(THROTTLE BODY) PCM
4
F 2A
3
E 2B
THROTTLE BODY PCM


F E
recorded?
01-02204
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 205

3 INSPECT CONTROL CIRCUIT OF THROTTLE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY supply, then go to Step 5.
Disconnect the throttle body and PCM
connectors.
off). 01-02
terminal E (harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect the throttle actuator. No Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
(See01-13-12 THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Is it normal?
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239811400
DTC P2107 Throttle actuator control module processor problem

Throttle actuator control module internal processor error
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in the first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE
Throttle actuator control module internal processor malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
01-02205
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 206

End Of Sie
id010239811500
DTC P2108 Throttle actuator control module performance problem

If the PCM detects either of the following conditions, the PCM determines that throttle actuator control
system has a malfunction.
TP sensor power supply voltage below 4.4 V
TP sensor No.1 output voltage below 0.20 V or above 4.85 V (DTC P0122 or P0123)
TP sensor No.2 output voltage below 0.20 V or above 4.85 V (DTC P0222 or P0223)
DETECTION PCM internal circuit for TP sensor No.1 input circuit malfunction.
CONDITION
TP sensor No.1 malfunction
Open circuit between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
POSSIBLE Short to ground between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
CAUSE Open circuit between throttle body terminal B and PCM terminal 2AO
Short to the power supply between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
Short to the power supply between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND Yes Go to appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedure, then go
STORED DTCS to Step 7.
off).
M-MDS.
Is the DTC P0122, P0123, P0222 or P0223
also present?
4 VERIFY INTERMITTENT MALFUNCTION AT TP Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part, according to
SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT inspection result, the go to Step 7.
Perform the INTERMITTENT No Go to the next step.
TROUBLESHOOTING procedure to TP sensor
No.1 related harnesses and connectors.
(See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
01-02206
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 207

5 VERIFY INTERMITTENT MALFUNCTION AT TP Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part, according to
SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT inspection result, the go to Step 7.
Perform the INTERMITTENT No Go to the next step.
TROUBLESHOOTING procedure to TP sensor
No.2 related harnesses and connectors.
(See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].) 01-02
Is there any malfunction
Inspect the TP sensor. No Replace the throttle body, then go to nest step.
the M-MDS.
off).
End Of Sie
id010239811600
DTC P2119 Throttle actuator control throttle body range/performance problem

The PCM compares the TP with the default TP when the ignition switch is off. If the TP is higher than the
default TP, the PCM determines that there is a throttle actuator control throttle body range/performance
problem.
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in the first drive cycles.
POSSIBLE
Throttle valve malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT THROTTLE ACTUATOR Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to Step 5.
Inspect the throttle actuator. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-13-12 THROTTLE ACTUATOR INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4 INSPECT TP SENSOR Yes Replace the TP sensor, then go to the next step.
Inspect the TP sensor. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-13-12 THROTTLE ACTUATOR INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-02207
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 208

the M-MDS.
(Engine off), then off.
End Of Sie
id010239811700
DTC P2122 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor No.1 circuit low input
The PCM monitors the APS No.1 signal. If the PCM detects that the APP sensor No.1 voltage is below 0.2
V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
APP sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1Y
CAUSE Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1Y
Open circuit between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1Q
Short to ground between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1Q
APP SENSOR PCM
4
3 5
D 1Q
3 6
F 1Y
7 8
E 1U
APP SENSOR PCM


F E D
01-02208
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 209

recorded?
3 CLASSIFY APP SENSOR OR HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS.
Access the APP1 PID.
Connect a jumper wire between APP sensor
terminals D and F (harness-side).
Is the PID approx. 100%?
4 INSPECT APP SENSOR Yes Inspect for poor APP sensor connector terminal D
Perform the APP sensor inspection. connection. Repair or replace if necessary, then go to Step
(See01-40-33 ACCELERATOR PEDAL 9.
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 No Replace the APP sensor, then go to Step 9.
WITH TC].)
Is the APP sensor normal?
AT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR No Repair or replace open circuit between APP sensor
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine connector terminal D and PCM connector terminal 1Q
off). (harness-side).
Measure the voltage at APP sensor terminal D Then, then go to Step 9.
(harness-side).
6 VERIFY APP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
Inspect continuity between APP sensor No Go to the next step.
terminal D and body ground.
Is this continuity?
7 VERIFY APP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to off. Step 9.
Inspect continuity between APP sensor
terminal F (harness-side) and PCM terminal 1Y
(harness-side).
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor No Go to the next step.
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02209
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 210

id010239811800
DTC P2123 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor No.1 circuit high input
The PCM monitors the APP sensor No.1 signal. If the PCM detects that the APP sensor No.1 voltage is
above 4.5 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE
Open circuit between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1U
CAUSE
Open circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1Y
Short to power supply circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1Y
APP SENSOR PCM
5
3 4 9 8
D 1Q
3 4 6 9 8
F 1Y
3 4 8
E 1U
7
APP SENSOR PCM


F E D
recorded?
3 INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to off. No Connect the connector securely, then go to Step 10.
Verify that the APP sensor connector is
connected securely.
01-02210
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 211

4 INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected terminal, then go to Step
POOR CONNECTION 10.
Disconnect the APP sensor connector. No Go to the next step.
5 INSPECT APP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step. 01-02
Perform the APP sensor inspection. No Replace the APP sensor, then go to Step 10.
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
6 INSPECT APP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace a short to power supply. Then, go to Step
TO POWER SUPPLY 10.
off).
Measure the voltage between APP sensor
7 VERIFY APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace for an open circuit between APP sensor
OPEN CIRCUIT terminal F (harness-side) and PCM connector terminal 1Y
Disconnect the PCM connector. (harness-side). Then, go to Step 10.
terminal E (harness side) and PCM terminal
1U (harness side).
9 VERIFY TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT the next step.
terminals D and F (harness side).
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02211
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 212

id010239811900
DTC P2127 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor No.2 circuit low input
below 0.2 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE
Open circuit between APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AC
CAUSE
Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AC
Open circuit between APP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 1AJ
APP SENSOR PCM
4
3 5
A 1AJ
3 6
C 1AC
7
B 1AV
APP SENSOR PCM


F E D
01-02212
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 213

recorded?
3 CLASSIFY APP SENSOR OR HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS.
Access the APP2 PID.
Connect a jumper wire between APP sensor
terminals A and C (harness-side).
Is the PID approx. 100%?
4 INSPECT APP SENSOR Yes Inspect for poor APP sensor connector terminal A
Perform the APP sensor inspection. connection. Repair or replace if necessary, then go to Step
(See01-40-33 ACCELERATOR PEDAL 8.
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 No Replace the APP sensor, then go to Step 8.
WITH TC].)
AT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR No Repair or replace for an open circuit between APP sensor
Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine connector terminal A and PCM connector terminal 1AJ
off). (harness-side).
Measure the voltage at APP sensor terminal A Then, then go to Step 8.
(harness-side).
6 VERIFY APP2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to off. Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor
1AC (harness-side).
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor
terminal A (harness-side) and PCM terminal
1AT (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02213
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 214

id010239812000
DTC P2128 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor No.2 circuit high input
above 4.5 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CAUSE Open circuit between APP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1AV
Short to power supply circuit between APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AC
APP SENSOR PCM
5
3 4 9 8
A 1AJ
3 4 6 9 8
C 1AC
3 4 8
B 1AV
7
APP SENSOR PCM


E D
recorded?
3 INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to off. No Connect the connector securely, then go to Step 10.
Verify that the APP sensor connector is
connected securely.
01-02214
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 215

4 INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the suspected terminal, then go to Step
POOR CONNECTION 10.
Disconnect the APP sensor connector. No Go to the next step.
5 INSPECT APP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step. 01-02
Perform the APP sensor inspection. No Replace the APP sensor, then go to Step 10.
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
6 INSPECT APP2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace for a short to power supply. Then, go to
TO POWER SUPPLY Step 10.
off).
Measure the voltage between APP sensor
7 VERIFY APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace for an open circuit between APP sensor
OPEN CIRCUIT terminal C (harness-side) and PCM connector terminal
Disconnect the PCM connector. 1AC (harness-side). Then, go to Step 10.
Inspect the continuity between APP sensor No Go to the next step.
terminal B (harness-side) and PCM terminal
1AV (harness-side).
9 VERIFY APP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT the next step.
Inspect the continuity between throttle body No Go to the next step.
terminals A and C (harness-side).
off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
01-02215
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 216

id010239812100
DTC P2135 TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem

The PCM compares the input voltage from TP sensor No.1 with the input voltage from TP sensor No.2
when the engine is running. If the difference is more than the specification, the PCM determines that there
is a TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem.
POSSIBLE TP sensor No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
recorded?
4 INSPECT TP SENSOR Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to Step 6.
Inspect the TP sensor. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) No Go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02216
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 217

id010239812200
DTC P2138 APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem

The PCM compares the input voltage from APP sensor No.1 with the input voltage from APP sensor No.2
when the engine is running. If the difference is more than the specification, the PCM determines that there
is an APP sensor No.1/No.2 angle correlation problem.
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM). 01-02
APP sensor No.1 malfunction
POSSIBLE APP sensor No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the APP sensor connector.
4 INSPECT APP SENSOR Yes Replace the APP sensor, then go to Step 6.
Inspect the APP sensor. (See01-13-17 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
(See01-40-33 ACCELERATOR PEDAL INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 No Go to the next step.
WITH TC].)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02217
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 218

id010239812300
DTC P2177 Fuel system too lean at off idle

PCM monitors the short term fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long term fuel trim (LONGFT) during closed loop fuel
control at off-idle. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims exceed the preprogrammed criteria,
the PCM determines that the fuel system is too lean at off-idle.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor. (Fuel system)
CONDITION MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
cycle.
Misfire
Pressure regulator malfunction
POSSIBLE Fuel pump malfunction
CAUSE Fuel filter clogged or restricted
Fuel leakage on fuel line
Purge solenoid valve improper operation
Purge solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
Purge solenoid hoses improper connection
Variable valve timing control system improper operation
PCM malfunction
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes If misfire the DTC is present, go to Step 8.
STORED DTCS If other DTCs is present, go to the applicable DTC
Turn the ignition switch to off, then to the ON inspection.
position (Engine off). (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Verify related pending code or stored DTCs. No If driveability concern is present, go to Step 8.
Are other DTCs present? If not, go to the next step.
5 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the sensor and excessive resistance in related
(IGNITION SWITCH TO THE ON POSITION/ wiring harnesses.
IDLE) Repair if necessary.
Access the APP1, APP2, ECT, MAF, TP and Then go to Step 20.
VSS PIDs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
when the ignition switch is at the ON position
and the engine runs?
01-02218
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 219

6 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the sensor and related wiring harnesses repair or
UNDER TROUBLE CONDITION replace it.
Inspect the same PIDs as Step 5 while Then go to Step 20.
simulating FREEZE FRAME DATA condition. No Go to the next step.
changes?
7 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS OF Yes Go to the next step. 01-02
FRONT HO2S No Visually inspect for any gas leakage between the exhaust
Access the O2S11 for P2177 PID using the M- manifold and the front HO2S.
MDS. Then go to Step 20.
Check the PID under following accelerator
pedal condition in NEUTRAL.
0.1 0.1 A when idle
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Is the PID normal?
9 INSPECT FOR EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION OF Yes Repair or replace the source of air suction, then go to Step
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM 20.
Visually inspect for loosen, cracks or damages No Go to the next step.
hoses on intake-air system.
10 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the Purge Control System Inspection. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM inspection result, then go to Step 20.
Does the purge control system work properly?
specified?
TC].)
normally?
Is fuel leakage found?
specified?
specified?
01-02219
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 220

16 INSPECT IGNITION SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM spark test result, then go to Step 20.
Inspect the engine compression. No Implement the engine overhaul for repairs, then go to Step
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION 20.
Is it normal?
SYSTEM OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Inspect the variable valve timing control system inspection results, then go to Step 20.
operation.
work properly?
19 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the fuel injector. No Replace the fuel injector, then go to the next step.
Inspect the fuel injector (resistance, injection
amount).
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR
Is the fuel injector normal?
the M-MDS.
Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239812400
DTC P2178 Fuel system too rich at off idle

control at off-idle. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims exceed the preprogrammed criteria,
the PCM determines that fuel system is too rich at off-idle.
cycle.
01-02220
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 221

DTC P2178 Fuel system too rich at off idle
Misfire
01-02
POSSIBLE High pressure fuel pump malfunction
CAUSE Fuel pump malfunction
EGR valve improper operation
Variable swirl control improper operation
PCM malfunction
6 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Inspect the sensor and related wiring harnesses, repair or
changes?
0.1 0.1 A when idle
01-02221
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 222

Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Is the PID normal?
10 INSPECT PCV VALVE OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the PCV valve operation. No Replace the PCV valve, then go to Step 19
WITH TC].)
Is the PCV valve normal?
11 INSPECT EGR VALVE OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the EGR Control System Inspection. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Does the EGR control system work properly?
12 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Perform the Variable Swirl Control Operation inspection result, then go to Step 19.
Inspection.
Does the variable swirl control work properly?
operation.
work properly?
specified?
TC].)
normally?
specified?
01-02222
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 223

(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If okay replace the fuel pump. Then go to the next step.
Is the low side fuel pressure within the 01-02
specified?
the M-MDS.
Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239812500
DTC P2187 Fuel system too lean at idle

control at idle. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims exceed the preprogrammed criteria, the
PCM determines that fuel system is too lean at idle.
cycle.
Misfire
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Fuel filter clogged or restricted
Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel delivery pipe and fuel pump
PCM malfunction
01-02223
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 224

3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes If misfire DTC is present, go to Step 8.
STORED DTCS If other DTC is present, go to the applicable DTC
Access the APP1, APP2, ECT, MAF and TP Then go to Step 20.
PIDs using the M-MDS.) No Go to the next step.
changes?
FRONT HO2S No Visually inspect for any gas leakage between exhaust
Access the O2S11 for P2177 PID using the M- manifold and front HO2S.
0.1 0.1 A when idle
Below 0.25 mA just after release of
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Is the PID normal?
9 INSPECT FOR EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION OF Yes Repair or replace the source of air suction, then go to Step
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM 20.
hoses on intake-air system.
01-02224
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 225

10 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE STUCK Yes Replace the purge solenoid valve.
OPEN Then go to Step 20.
Disconnect the both hoses from purge solenoid
valve.
Blow the air through purge solenoid valve.
Does the air blow through? 01-02
specified?
TC].)
normally?
specified?
specified?
16 INSPECT IGNITION SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM spark test results, then go to Step 20.
Inspect the engine compression. No Implement the engine overhaul for repairs, then go to Step
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION 20.
Is it normal?
operation.
work properly?
19 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the fuel injector. No Replace the fuel injector, then go to the next step.
Inspect the fuel injector (resistance, injection
amount).
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR
Is the fuel injector normal?
01-02225
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 226

the M-MDS.
Drive Mode.
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239812600
DTC P2188 Fuel system too rich at idle

control at idle. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims exceed the preprogrammed criteria, the
PCM determines that fuel system is too rich at idle.
cycle.
Misfire
POSSIBLE High pressure fuel pump malfunction
CAUSE Fuel pump malfunction
EGR valve stuck open
Variable swirl control improper operation
PCM malfunction
01-02226
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 227

4 IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME Yes Go to the next step. 01-02
IDLE) Repair or if necessary.
and engine runs?
changes?
0.1 0.1 A when idle
Below 0.25 mA just after release of
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Is the PID normal?
10 INSPECT PCV VALVE OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the PCV valve operation. No Replace the PCV valve, then go to Step 19.
WITH TC].)
Is the PCV valve normal?
11 INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Perform the Variable Swirl Control Operation inspection result, then go to Step 19.
Inspection.
Does the variable swirl control work properly?
01-02227
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 228

operation.
work properly?
13 INSPECT IF EGR VALVE IS STUCK OPEN Yes Clean or replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 19.
Remove the EGR valve. No Go to the next step.
Does the EGR valve stuck open?
specified?
TC].)
normally?
specified?
specified?
the M-MDS.
Drive Mode. (See01-02-10 OBD-II DRIVE
MODE[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02228
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 229

id010239812700
DTC P2195 Front HO2S signal stuck lean

The PCM monitors the front HO2S output current when the following conditions are met. If the average
output current is more than 1.2 A for25 s, the PCM determines that the front HO2S has a malfunction.
ECT: more than 70 150 C {158 302 F}
Engine speed: 1,000 3,200 rpm 01-02
Charging efficiency: 20 62.5%
Output voltage from the rear HO2S: 0.2 V or above
DETECTION
cycle.
The DTCs are stored in the PCM memory.
Insufficient fuel line pressure
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Exhaust gas leakage
Air suction at intake-air system malfunction
Fuel leakage
PCM malfunction
Turn the ignition switch to off, then to ON No Go to the next step.
DTCs.
TC].)
APP1
APP2
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
01-02229
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 230

Verify the following PIDs under FREEZE Then go to Step 16.
TC].)
APP1
APP2
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
7 INSPECT INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM FOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step
EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION 16.
hose in intake-air system.
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Is the PID normal?
10 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR Yes Replace the suspected fuel injector, then go to Step 16.
specified?
TC].)
normally?
specified?
01-02230
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 231

(See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL Fuel filter clogging
PUMP INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If okay replace the fuel pump. Then go to the next step.
Measure the low side fuel pressure.
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE 01-02
specified?
the M-MDS.
Perform the PCM Adopted Memory Produce
Drive Mode and HO2S heater, and TWC
TC].)
End Of Sie
id010239812800
DTC P2196 Front HO2S signal stuck rich

The PCM monitors the front HO2S output current when the following conditions are met. If the average
output current is less than 0.85 A for 25 s, the PCM determines that the front HO2S has a malfunction.
ECT: more than 70 150 C {158 302 F}
Engine speed: 1,000 3,200 rpm
Charging efficiency: 20 62.5%
Output voltage from the rear HO2S: 0.8 V or less
DETECTION
cycle.
Excessive fuel pressure
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Restriction in intake-air system
PCM malfunction
01-02231
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 232

Turn the ignition switch to off, then ON position No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
DTCs.
TC].)
APP1
APP2
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
Verify the following PIDs under the FREEZE Then go to Step 15.
APP1
APP2
ECT
MAF
TP
VSS
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID.
Is the PID normal?
9 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR Yes Replace the suspected fuel injector, then go to Step 15.
01-02232
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 233

Access and monitor FRP PID. No Go to the next step.
Is the FRP PID value within the specified?
TC].)
SENSOR OR HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP No Go to Step 16. 01-02
normally?
specified?
specified?
the M-MDS.
Perform the PCM Adopted Memory Produce
Drive Mode and HO2S heater, and TWC
TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P22XX
id010239812900
DTC P2228 BARO sensor circuit low input

PCM monitors the input voltage from the BARO sensor. If the input voltage at the PCM is below 1.95 V, the
PCM determines that the BARO sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE BARO sensor malfunction
01-02233
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 234

recorded?
3 INSPECT BARO SENSOR MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Access the BARO PID using the M-MDS.
Inspect that the BARO PID is within the
specification.
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239813000
DTC P2229 BARO sensor circuit high input

PCM monitors the input voltage from the BARO sensor. If the input voltage at the PCM is above 4.45 V, the
PCM determines that the BARO sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
POSSIBLE BARO sensor malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT BARO SENSOR MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Access the BARO PID using the M-MDS.
Inspect that the BARO PID is within the
specification.
01-02234
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 235

connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
MDS.
End Of Sie
id010239813100
DTC P2237 Front HO2S positive current control circuit open

The PCM monitors the front HO2S positive current control circuit voltage. If the voltage does not change
with the PCM control value while the engine is running, the PCM determines that the front HO2S positive
current control circuit is open.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (HO2S).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive cycles
or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
CAUSE Open circuit between PCM terminal 2AD and front HO2S terminal 1A
PCM malfunction
FRONT HO2S PCM
1C 2Z
1B 2AC
4 6 5
1A 2AD
FRONT HO2S PCM


1C 1A 2C 2A
1D 1B 2D 2B
01-02235
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 236

AVAILABILITY repair information. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line next step.
4 INSPECT FRONT HO2S CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step.
5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step.
6 INSPECT FRONT HO2S POSITIVE CURRENT Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AT PCM - FRONT HO2S No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open, then go to
Front HO2S and PCM connectors the next step.
disconnected.
Verify the continuity between PCM terminal
2AD and front HO2S terminal 1A.
the M-MDS.
TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE same DTC present?
End Of Sie
01-02236
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 237

id010239813200
DTC P2245 Front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit low input
The PCM monitors is front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit voltage. If the voltage below the threshold
value while the engine is running, the PCM determines that the front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit
is low.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (HO2S). 01-02
cycle.
CAUSE Short to ground circuit between PCM terminal 2Y and front HO2S sensor terminal 2C
PCM malfunction
FRONT HO2S PCM
4 5 7 6
2C 2Y
4 6
2A 2M
FRONT HO2S PCM


1D 1B 2D 2B
01-02237
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 238

5 INSPECT FRONT HO2S REFERENCE VOLTAGE Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND AT FRONT No Go to the next step.
HO2S
Turn the ignition switch to the off.
Front HO2S connector disconnected.
Inspect the continuity between front HO2S
terminal 2C (part-side) and ground.
7 INSPECT FRONT HO2S REFERENCE VOLTAGE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND AT PCM - ground between PCM terminal 2Y and front HO2S sensor
FRONT HO2S terminal 2C, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the off. No Go to the next step.
Front HO2S and PCM connectors
disconnected.
Inspect the continuity between front HO2S
terminal 2C (harness-side) and ground.
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02238
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 239

id010239813300
DTC P2246 Front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit high input
The PCM monitors the front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit voltage. If the voltage is above the
threshold value while the engine is running, the PCM determines that the front HO2S sensor reference
voltage circuit is high.
cycle.
POSSIBLE Short to the power circuit between PCM terminal 2Y and front HO2S terminal 2C
CAUSE Open circuit between PCM terminal 2Y and front HO2S terminal 2C
Open circuit between PCM terminal 2M and front HO2S terminal 2A
PCM malfunction
FRONT HO2S PCM
4 5 6 7
2C 2Y
8
4 7
2A 2M
8
FRONT HO2S PCM


1C 1A 2C 2A
01-02239
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 240

5 INSPECT FRONT HO2S REFERENCE VOLTAGE Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to Step 9.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER AT FRONT No Go to the next step.
HO2S
(engine off).
terminal 2C (part-side) and ground.
6 INSPECT FRONT HO2S REFERENCE VOLTAGE Yes Repair or replace for a short to power, then go to Step 9.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER AT PCM - No Go to the next step.
FRONT HO2S
(engine off).
terminal 2C (harness-side) and ground.
8 INSPECT FRONT HO2S REFERENCE VOLTAGE Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AT PCM - FRONT HO2S No Repair or replace for an open circuit, then go to the next
Front HO2S and PCM connectors step.
disconnected.
Verify the continuity between following
terminals at harness-side connectors.
PCM terminal 2Y front HO2S terminal 2C
PCM terminal 2M front HO2S terminal 2A
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
01-02240
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 241

id010239813400
DTC P2251 Front HO2S negative current control circuit open

The PCM monitors the front HO2S negative current control circuit voltage. If the voltage does not change
with the PCM control value while the engine is running, the PCM determines that the front HO2S negative
current control circuit is open.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
Open circuit between PCM terminal 2AC and front HO2S terminal 1B
CAUSE
Front HO2S heater cannot be controlled
PCM malfunction
FRONT HO2S PCM
5 6
1C 2Z
5 7 6
1B 2AC
5 6
1A 2AD
FRONT HO2S PCM

1C 1A 2C 2A
01-02241
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 242

Turn the ignition switch to off, then ON position No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Is the DTC P0030, P0031 or P0032 also
present?
7 INSPECT FRONT HO2S NEGATIVE CURRENT Yes Replace the front HO2S, then go to the next step.
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AT PCM - No Repair or replace for open circuit, then go to the next step.
FRONT HO2S
The front HO2S and the PCM connectors
disconnected.
Verify the continuity between the PCM terminal
2AC and the front HO2S terminal 1B at
harness-side connectors.
the M-MDS.
TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P24XX
01-02242
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 243

id010239813500
DTC P2401 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit low
If the pump load current is lower than specified, the PCM determines that the EVAP system leak detection
pump motor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION This is a intermittent monitor (CCM). 01-02
cycle.
Open circuit between main relay and EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A
POSSIBLE Open circuit between EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and PCM terminal 1AS
CAUSE Short to ground circuit between EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and PCM terminal 1AS
Poor connection at the EVAP system leak detection pump or the PCM connector
PCM malfunction
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK

DETECTION PUMP MAIN RELAY PCM
5
4
A
4 6
C 1V
9
4 7 6
M D 1AS
8
4
B
EVAP SYSTEM DETECTION PUMP PCM


C
B
01-02243
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 244

recorded?
3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to appropriate DTC inspection.
STORED DTC (See01-02-249 DTC P2405[L3 WITH TC].)
Turn the ignition switch to the OFF then ON No Go to the next step.
Verify related PENDING CODE or stored DTC.
Is DTC P2405 present?
4 INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 10.
PUMP CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect EVAP system leak detection pump
connector.
5 INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Go to the next step.
PUMP MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Disconnect the main relay. then go to Step 10.
Inspect continuity between EVAP system leak
detection pump terminal A (harness-side) and
main relay.
7 INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
PUMP MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO then go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between EVAP system
leak detection pump terminal D (harness-side)
and body ground.
PUMP MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect continuity between EVAP system leak then go to Step 10.
detection pump terminal D (harness-side) and
PCM terminal 1AS (harness-side).
PUMP No Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
Perform the EVAP system leak detection pump the next step.
inspection.
Is the EVAP system leak detection pump
normal?
01-02244
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 245

connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform the EVAP system test using the M- 01-02
MDS.
Note
If EVAP system test function is not
available, take following procedure.
Start the engine and perform the
EVAP System Repair Verification
Drive Mode.
MODE[L3 WITH TC].)
present?
End Of Sie
01-02245
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 246

id010239813600
DTC P2402 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit high
If the pump load current is higher than specified, the PCM determines that the EVAP system leak detection
pump motor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION This is a intermittent monitor (CCM).
cycle.
POSSIBLE Short to the power supply between the EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and PCM terminal
CAUSE 1AS
PCM malfunction
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK

DETECTION PUMP MAIN RELAY PCM
4
A
C 1V
5
M D 1AS
EVAP SYSTEM DETECTION PUMP PCM


C
B
recorded?
01-02246
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 247

3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR Yes Go to the next step.
STORED DTCS No Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
Turn the ignition switch to the OFF then ON step 6. (See 01-16-7 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
position (Engine off). SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/
Verify related pending code or stored DTCs. INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
4 INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection. 01-02
PUMP (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Inspect the EVAP system leak detection pump. No Go to the next step.
(See 01-16-7 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
normal?
5 CHECK EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
PUMP CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER step.
Disconnect the EVAP system leak detection
pump connector.
Measure the voltage between EVAP system
leak detection pump terminal D (harness-side)
and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
connectors.
the M-MDS.
MDS.
Note
Start the engine and perform the EVAP

System Repair Verification Drive Mode.
(See01-02-10 OBD-II DRIVE MODE[L3
WITH TC].)
present?
End Of Sie
01-02247
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 248

id010239813700
DTC P2404 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor circuit malfunction
After obtaining the reference current value, If the pump load current is greater than or equal to the
reference current value plus 2 mA within the specified time, the PCM determines that the air filter has a
malfunction.
DETECTION This is a intermittent monitor (CCM).
cycle.
Air filter clogging
POSSIBLE
EVAP hose bending
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
3 CHECK EVAP HOSE BENDING Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the EVAP hose for bending. No Repair or replace the suspected hose, then go to Step 5.
Is the EVAP hose normal?
4 CHECK AIR FILTER FOR CLOGGING Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the air filter for clogging. No Replace the air filter, then go to the next step.
Is the air filter normal?
connectors.
the M-MDS.
MDS.
Note
Perform the EVAP System Repair
MODE[L3 WITH TC].)
present?
End Of Sie
01-02248
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 249

id010239813800
DTC P2405 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor circuit low input
If the current is lower than the specification while the PCM obtains the reference current value, the PCM
determines that the EVAP system leak detection pump orifice has a malfunction.
DETECTION This is a intermittent monitor (CCM). 01-02
cycle.
EVAP system leak detection pump orifice has fallen off
POSSIBLE
EVAP system leak detection pump motor malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
recorded?
line repair information availability. No Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
Is any related repair information available? the next step.
connectors.
the M-MDS.
MDS.
Note
Start the engine and perform the
EVAP System Repair Verification
Drive Mode.
MODE[L3 WITH TC].)
present?
End Of Sie
01-02249
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 250

id010239813900
DTC P2407 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor circuit intermittent
The PCM monitors pump the load current (EVAP line pressure), while the EVAP leak monitor is operating.
When either of the following is detected6 times or more successively, the PCM determines that the
EVAP system leak detection pump heater has a malfunction:
While obtaining the reference current value, the change in pump load current exceeds the specification.
After obtaining the reference current value, the pump load current is kept lower than the maximum pump
load current for more than the specified time.
CONDITION This is a intermittent monitor (CCM).
cycle.
POSSIBLE EVAP system leak detection pump heater malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION Yes Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to
PUMP HEATER the next step.
Perform the EVAP system leak detection pump No Go to the next step.
inspection.
normal?
connectors.
the M-MDS.
MDS.
Note
Start the engine and perform the EVAP

System Repair Verification Drive Mode.
(See01-02-10 OBD-II DRIVE MODE[L3
WITH TC].)
present?
01-02250
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 251

End Of Sie

WM: DTC P25XX
id010239814000
DTC P2502 Charging system voltage problem

PCM determines that the generator output voltage is above 17 V or the battery voltage is below 11 V while
the engine is running.
DETECTION
The MIL does not illuminate. 01-02
Open circuit between generator terminal B and battery positive terminal
Battery malfunction
POSSIBLE
Generator malfunction
CAUSE
PCM is poorly connected
PCM, generator and/or battery are poorly connected
GENERATOR PCM
D 2AI
MAIN RELAY
P 2AJ
1BE
4 6
B
- + 5
BATTERY 3
PCM
GENERATOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
B D P
*


recorded?
01-02251
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 252

3 INSPECT BATTERY Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Replace the battery, then go to Step 8.
Inspect the battery.
Is the battery normal?
4 INSPECT GENERATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the generator. No Replace the generator, then go to Step 8.
(See 01-17-6 GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3 (See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC]) WITH TC])
Is the generator normal?
5 INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF Yes Tighten the generator terminal B installation nut, then go to
GENERATOR TERMINAL Step 8.
Inspect for looseness of generator terminal B
installation nut.
Is the nut loose?
6 INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF BATTERY Yes Connect the battery positive terminal correctly, then go to
POSITIVE TERMINAL Step 8.
Inspect for looseness of battery positive No Go to the next step.
terminal.
Is the terminal loose?
7 INSPECT BATTERY CHARGING CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the generator terminal B. No Repair or replace the wiring harness between generator
Measure the voltage between generator terminal B and battery positive terminal, then go to the next
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body step.
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Make sure to reconnect all connectors. TC].)
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
id010239814100
DTC P2503 Charging system voltage low

PCM needs more than 20 A from the generator, and determines that generator output voltage is below 8.5
V while the engine is running.
DETECTION
PCM and/or generator are poorly connected
Open and/or short to ground in the wiring harness from between generator terminal P and PCM terminal
POSSIBLE
2AJ
CAUSE
Open and/or short to ground in the wiring harness from between generator terminal D and PCM terminal
2AI
Drive chain misadjustment
01-02252
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 253

DTC P2503 Charging system voltage low
GENERATOR PCM
5 6 4
D 2AI
8 MAIN RELAY
01-02
5 7 4
P 2AJ
9 4
1BE
5
B
- +
BATTERY
PCM
B D P
*


recorded?
3 INSPECT DRIVE CHAIN CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the drive chain auto tensioner No Replace the and/or adjust drive chain, then go to Step 10.
indicator mark does not exceed limit.
Is the front drive chain normal?
4 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair the terminals, then go to Step 10.
5 INSPECT GENERATOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminals, then go to Step 10.
Disconnect the generator connector.
01-02253
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 254

6 INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
FOR SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between generator No Go to the next step.
ground.
7 INSPECT GENERATOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,
MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between generator No Go to the next step.
terminal P (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
8 INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between generator then go to Step 10.
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2AI (wiring harness-side).
9 INSPECT GENERATOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE Yes Repair or replace the generator, then go to the next step.
MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit,
Inspect for continuity between generator then go to the next step.
terminal P (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2AJ (wiring harness-side).
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
id010239814200
DTC P2504 Charging system voltage high

PCM determines that the generator output voltage is above 18.5 V or the battery voltage is above 16.0 V
while the engine is running.
DETECTION
Short to the power circuit between generator connector terminal D and PCM connector terminal 2AI
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM and/or generator are poorly connected
01-02254
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 255

DTC P2504 Charging system voltage high
GENERATOR PCM
4
3 6 7 5
D 2AI
MAIN RELAY
01-02
3 5
P 2AJ
5
1BE
3
B
- +
BATTERY
PCM
B D P
*


recorded?
3 INSPECT GENERATOR CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminals, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the generator connector.
4 CLASSIFY GENERATOR MALFUNCTION OR Yes Go to the next step.
OTHER MALFUNCTION No There is a malfunction at the generator.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Go to Step 7.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between generator
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
01-02255
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 256

5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the pins, then go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
FOR SHORT TO POWER supply, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to Step 8.
(engine off).
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
7 INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL TERMINAL Yes Repair or replace the generator, then go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER No Go to the next step.
terminal D (part-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
the M-MDS.
Perform the KOER self-test.
Start the engine.
Ares any DTCs present?
End Of Sie
id010239814300
DTC P2507 PCM +BB (back-up battery) voltage low

The PCM monitors the voltage of the back-up battery positive terminal. If the PCM detects that the battery
positive terminal voltage isbelow 2.5 V for2 s, the PCM determines that the backup voltage circuit has
a malfunction.
Melt down EEC fuse
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the EEC fuse and PCM terminal 1BA
POSSIBLE
Short to ground between the EEC fuse and PCM terminal 1BA
CAUSE
Poor connection of the PCM connector.
PCM malfunction
01-02256
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 257

DTC P2507 PCM +BB (back-up battery) voltage low
3 PCM
EEC
FUSE 6 5
1BA
4
- +
01-02
BATTERY
PCM


recorded?
3 INSPECT EEC FUSE Yes Go to step 6.
Turn the ignition switch to off. No If the EEC fuse has been melt down, then go to the next
Inspect the EEC fuse for failure and proper. step.
Is it normal? If the EEC fuse is not installed correctly, install it
correctly then go to Step 7.
4 INSPECT MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground
GROUND and install new fuse, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the battery cables. No Go to step 7.
Inspect for continuity between EEC fuse
terminal and body ground.
5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair the terminals, then go to Step 7.
6 INSPECT MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the battery cables. then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between EEC fuse
terminal and PCM terminal 1BA (harness-
side).
01-02257
1871-1U-06B(01-02).fm 258

(Engine off).
the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
WM: DTC P26XX
id010239814400
DTC P2610 PCM internal engine off timer performance

PCM internal engine off timer is damaged.
cycle.
POSSIBLE
PCM internal engine off timer is damaged.
CAUSE
recorded?
Verify related service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
End Of Sie
01-02258
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC]

01-03 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING NO.21 ENGINE NOISE
DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-032 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0366
FOREWORD[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . 01-034 NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE)
ENGINE SYMPTOM [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0367
TROUBLESHOOTING NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-035 SUFFICIENTLY[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . 01-0368 01-03
CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE AND NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
CONTROL RELATIONSHIP CHART COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-036 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0369
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART NO.25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-038 WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS
NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0370
FUSES[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0315 NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0370
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0316 NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS
NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0371
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0317 NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT
NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG OFF ISSUES[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-0372
CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION
CRANK[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0320 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0373
NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER INTERMITTENT CONCERN
START/AT IDLE[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . 01-0323 TROUBLESHOOTING
NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0376
NOT START[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-0328 Vibration Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0376
NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE Water Sprinkling Method . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0377
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0332 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING OPERATION INSPECTION
IDLE[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0334 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0378
NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON Input Signal System
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0337 Investigation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0378
NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING Main Relay Operation Inspection . . . . . 01-0381
DECELERATION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . 01-0339 Intake Manifold
NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS, Vacuum Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0382
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES, Electronic Throttle Control
BUCK/JERK, HESITATION/STUMBLE, System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0382
SURGES[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0341 Variable Swirl System
NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER Operation Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0383
(ACCELERATION/CRUISE) Fuel Injector
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0346 Operation Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0384
NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING Fuel Cut Control
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0350 System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0385
NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY Fuel Pump Operation Inspection. . . . . . 01-0385
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0353 Fuel Pump Control
NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0386
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0356 Fuel Pump Speed
NO.16 HIGH OIL Control Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0386
CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE Spark Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0387
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0359 EGR Control
NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0387
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING Purge Control System Inspection . . . . . 01-0388
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0360 A/C Cut-off Control
NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0389
CONCERNS-RUNS COLD Cooling Fan Control
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0361 System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0389
NO.19 EXCESSIVE BLACK SMOKE Wastegate Control System
NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE Variable Valve Timing Control
COMPARTMENT)[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . 01-0365 System Operation Inspection . . . . . . . 01-0390
Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
System Leak Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 01-0391
End of Toc
01-031
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 2

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
WM: SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM)
id010339800100
c 2BG
FUEL INJECTOR
1AY
2BB NO.1
b
a 1BE FUEL INJECTOR
NO.4
2AZ
1BA
2BH
FUEL INJECTOR
1AZ NO.3
2BD
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.2
2BC
1AR 2BF
1M 2BE
MAF 1AK
1AW
SENSOR
1P
1Q
HO2S HEATER (REAR)
1AV 2D
APP 1Y
1U
1AC
COOLING FAN
RELAY NO.1
1AJ
PCM
1AO b
2P
2I
COOLING FAN
2AY RELAY NO.2
ECT SENSOR 1K
2AH
A/C RELAY b
1I
2AV
MAP 1AA
2AG
SENSOR
2N
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
SENSOR 2AU
1BC
HO2S (REAR)
2Q FUEL PUMP RELAY
1H
2M b
1AT
2AD
MAIN RELAY
HO2S
(FRONT) 2AC
STARTER RELAY c
2Z 1B
IGNITION
2Y
SWITCH
DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY
2X
1BF
CKP SENSOR
2W 1AX
BATTERY
CMP SENSOR 2S
f a
d e
acxuuw00002267
01-032
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 3
d e f
EGR VALVE
2AQ
2AM
2V
KS 01-03
2U 2AR
2AN
2AK
2AP
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK
DETECTION PUMP
TP SENSOR
2AL 1V
b
2AO 1AS

SOLENOID VALVE
1AF
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
2AS
2AE 2AF
2E
1AU 2B
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
1J
2F
2T
2G
SOLENOID VALVE
2H
1BB
1AQ
1BD
1BH

GENERATOR 2AJ

1AM
CAN
1AI
2AI GENERATOR
acxuuw00002268
End Of Sie
01-033
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 4

FOREWORD[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800300
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication and
diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to the following flowchart:
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
If no DTC exists and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the applicable symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03-8 QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART[L3 WITH TC].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES

CHECK FOR CHECK DTC

PRIORITIZED DTC IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING TEST
DTC
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM

(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC TABLE 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DTC 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
TROUBLESHOOTING 3. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW
acxuuw00002431
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), Generator Warning Light, Security Light

End Of Sie
01-034
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 5

ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800500
Verify malfunction symptoms using the following diagnostic index, then go to the appropriate troubleshooting
chart.
Diagnostic Index
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION
2 MIL illuminates MIL is illuminated. 01-03
3 Will not crank Starter does not work.
Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine requires excessive
4
crank cranking time before starting.
5 Engine stalls. After start/at idle Engine stops unexpectedly at idle or after start or both.
6 Cranks normally but will not start Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
7 Slow return to idle Engine takes more time than normal to return to idle speed.
Engine speed fluctuates between specified idle speed and lower
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle
speed and engine shakes excessively.
Engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up.
9 Fast idle/runs on
Engine runs after ignition switch is turned off.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or recovery
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration
from deceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration or during
Engine stalls/quits. Acceleration/cruise acceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly while cruising.
Engine runs rough. Acceleration/cruise Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
11 Misses Acceleration/cruise Engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, cruising, or deceleration.
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration
Surges Acceleration/cruise Momentary minor irregularity in engine output
Performance is poor under load.
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise
(e.g., power down when climbing hills)
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something other
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise
than spark plug. (e.g., hot spot in combustion chamber)
14 Poor fuel economy Fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
15 Emission compliance Fails emissions test.
16 High oil consumption/leakage Oil consumption is excessive.
Cooling system
17 Overheating Engine runs at higher than normal temperature/overheats.
concerns
Cooling system
18 Runs cold Engine does not reach normal operating temperature.
concerns
19 Exhaust smoke Blue, black, or white smoke from exhaust system
20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment) Gasoline fuel smell or visible leakage
21 Engine noise Engine noise from under hood
22 Vibration concerns (engine) Vibration from under hood or driveline
A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when A/C is turned
23 A/C does not work sufficiently.
on.
A/C is always on or A/C compressor runs
24 A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage.
continuously.
25 A/C is not cut off under WOT conditions. A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under WOT.
26 Exhaust sulphur smell Rotten egg smell (sulphur) from exhaust
27 Fuel refill concerns Fuel tank does not fill smoothly.
28 Fuel filling shut off issues Fuel does not shut off properly.
29 Spark plug condition Incorrect spark plug condition
End Of Sie
01-035
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 6

CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE AND CONTROL RELATIONSHIP CHART[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800200
X: Applied
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONTROL

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL
EVAPORATIVE PURGE CONTROL
FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL

STARTER CUT-OFF CONTROL
ELECTRICAL FAN CONTROL
VARIABLE SWIRL CONTROL
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL
HO2S HEATER CONTROL
A/C CUT-OFF CONTROL
GENERATOR CONTROL
WASTEGATE CONTROL
FUEL PUMP CONTROL
Item
CRUISE CONTROL
EGR CONTROL
ESA CONTROL
CAN
IAC
Input device
IAT sensor X X X X X X X X X
MAF sensor X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TP sensor No.1, No.2 X X X X X X X X
APP sensor No.1,
X X X X X X X X X X
No.2
MAP sensor X X X X X
ECT sensor X X X X X X X X X X X X X
CMP sensor X X X X X
CKP sensor X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
KS X
HO2S (front, rear) X X X
BARO sensor X X X X X X X
Neutral switch X X X X X X X X X
CPP switch X X X X X X X X X
Brake switch X X X X
Instrument cluster (A/
X X X
C on request signal)
Refrigerant pressure
switch
X X X
(low pressure switch,
high pressure switch)
switch (medium X X
pressure switch)
Battery X X X X X X X X X X X
Generator (Terminal
X X
P: starter coil)
Vehicle speed signal X X X X X X X X X
Cruise control switch X
Instrument cluster
X X X X X X X
(CAN signal)
Ignition switch X X X X X X X
Fuel pressure sensor X X X X
Boost air temperature
X X X X X
sensor
Output device
Throttle actuator X X X
Drive-by-wire-relay X
01-036
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 7
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONTROL

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL
EVAPORATIVE PURGE CONTROL
FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL

STARTER CUT-OFF CONTROL
ELECTRICAL FAN CONTROL
VARIABLE SWIRL CONTROL
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL
HO2S HEATER CONTROL

01-03
A/C CUT-OFF CONTROL
GENERATOR CONTROL
WASTEGATE CONTROL
FUEL PUMP CONTROL
Item
CRUISE CONTROL
EGR CONTROL
ESA CONTROL
CAN
IAC
Variable swirl shutter

X
valve actuator
OCV X
Injector driver module X
Fuel pump relay X
Ignition coil X
EGR valve X
Purge solenoid valve X
HO2S heater (front,
X
rear)
A/C relay X
Fan control module X
Starter relay X X
Generator (Terminal
X
D: field coil)
ABS HU/CM (With
X
ABS) (CAN signal)
Instrument cluster
X
(CAN signal)
Spill valve control
X
solenoid valve
Wastegate control
X
solenoid valve
Fuel pump speed
X
control relay
End Of Sie
01-037
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 8

QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800600
X: Applied
Possible factor
Starter motor malfunction (Mechanical or electrical)
Starter circuit including ignition switch is open
Water and anti-freeze mixture is improper
hoses,overflow system, thermostat, etc.)

Improper tension or damaged drive belts
Cooling system malfunction (Radiator,

Improper engine coolant level

Base engine malfunction

Low or dead battery
Flywheel is seized
Improper dipstick
2 MIL illuminates
3 Will not crank x x x x x x
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x x x
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x
7 Slow return to idle x x
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x
9 Fast/idle runs on
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x
Buck/jerk deceleration
x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x
14 Poor fuel economy x x x x
15 Emission compliance x x x
16 High oil consumption/leakage x x
17 Cooling system concerns Overheating x x x x x
18 Cooling system concerns Runs cold x x
19 Exhaust smoke x x x
21 Engine noise x
22 Vibration concerns (engine)
23 A/C does not work sufficiency
A/C always on or A/C compressor
24
runs continuously.
25 A/C does not cut off under wide open throttle
26 Exhaust sulphur smell
29 Spark plug condition x
acxuuw00000310
01-038
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 9
X: Applied
Possible factor
Engine or transaxle mounts are improperly installed.
Coolant leakage (internal, turbocharger, external)

Cooling fan or condenser fan seats are improper.
01-03
Oil leakage (internal, turbocharger, external)
Variable tumble control system malfunction
Air cleaner element clogging or restriction
Air leakage from intake-air system (loose

Variable valve timing system malfunction
tubes, cracks, gaskets blockage)

Intake-air system restriction

Improper oil or fluid level
Engine overheating
Fuel quality
2 MIL illuminates x x
3 Will not crank
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x x x x x
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x x x x x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x x x x x x
7 Slow return to idle x
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x x x
9 Fast/idle runs on x x
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Buck/jerk deceleration x x x x x x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x x
14 Poor fuel economy x x x
15 Emission compliance x x x x x
16 High oil consumption/leakage x x
17 Cooling system concerns Overheating x
18 Cooling system concerns Runs cold
19 Exhaust smoke x x x x
21 Engine noise x
22 Vibration concerns (engine) x x
24
runs continuously.
26 Exhaust sulphur smell x
acxuuw00000311
01-039
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 10
X: Applied
Possible factor
Initial ignition timing misadjustment (CKP and pulse wheel
Fuel pump (low-pressure side) malfunction (Mechanically
Pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit at fuel tank)

Vacuum leakage (Vacuum hose damage, misrouting)
Ignition coil malfunction (e.g. open, short or cracks)
Inadequate fuel pressure (High-pressure side)
Inadequate fuel pressure (Low-pressure side)

Electronic throttle control improper operation
Improper operation of wastegate system
Fuel line restriction or clogging

Charge air cooler malfunction
Turbocharger malfunction
Throttle body malfunction

misadjustment)
or electrically)
2 MIL illuminates x
3 Will not crank
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x x x x x x x x x
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x x x x x x x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x x x x x x x x
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x x x x x
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x x x x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Buck/jerk deceleration x x x x x x x x x x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x x x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
14 Poor fuel economy x x x x x x x x
15 Emission compliance x x x x x x x x x
16 High oil consumption/leakage x
17 Cooling system concerns Overheating
19 Exhaust smoke x x x x x
20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment) x x
21 Engine noise x x
24
runs continuously.
26 Exhaust sulphur smell x x x
29 Spark plug condition x x x x x x
acxuuw00000312
01-0310
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 11
X: Applied
Possible factor
Spill valve control solenoid valve malfunction (built-in high

Fuel pressure limiter malfunction (built-in common rail)
Exhaust system or catalytic converter restriction

01-03
Fuel pump resister or related circuit malfunction

Incorrect fuel injection timing or amount
Fuel injector malfunction (inoperative)
Improper air/fuel ratio mixture control
EVAP control system malfunction

Fuel filters restriction or clogging
Catalytic converter malfunction
EGR system malfunction

Fuel leakage at fuel line

Exhaust gas leakage
pressure fuel pump)
2 MIL illuminates x x x x x
3 Will not crank
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x x x x x x x x x x x x
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x x x x x x x x x x x x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x x x x x x x x x x x x
7 Slow return to idle x x x
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x x x x x x x x
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x x x x x x x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x x
Buck/jerk deceleration x x x x x x x x x x x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x x x x
14 Poor fuel economy x x x x x x x x
15 Emission compliance x x x x x x x x x x x
16 High oil consumption/leakage x
19 Exhaust smoke x x x x
20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment) x x x
21 Engine noise
24
runs continuously.
27 Fuel refill concerns x
28 Fuel filling shut off issues x
29 Spark plug condition x x x x
acxuuw00000313
01-0311
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 12
X: Applied
Possible factor
IAT sensor 1 (integrated in MAF sensor) or related circuit
Boost air temperature sensor (integrated in MAP sensor)

Front or rear HO2S sensor or related circuit malfunction
Main relay malfunction (mechanically or electrically)
Fuel pressure sensor or related circuit malfunction

Poor PCM ground or vehicle ground (open)
Constant voltage supply circuit malfunction
Brake switch or related circuit malfunction
MAP sensor or related circuit malfunction

ECT sensor or related circuit malfunction
Electrical connector disconnection
No battery power supply to PCM
Fuel shut off valve malfunction
or related circuit malfunction

Nonreturn valve malfunction
malfunction
2 MIL illuminates x x x x x x x x
3 Will not crank x
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x x x
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x x x x x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x x x x
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x x
9 Fast/idle runs on x
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x x x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
x x x x x x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x x x x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x x x
14 Poor fuel economy x x x x x
15 Emission compliance x x x x x x
16 High oil consumption/leakage
21 Engine noise
24
runs continuously.
27 Fuel refill concerns x x
28 Fuel filling shut off issues x x
29 Spark plug condition x x x
acxuuw00000314
01-0312
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 13
X: Applied
Possible factor
Accelerator position sensor or related circuit malfunction

lmproper gap between CKP sensor and pulse wheel
CMP sensor pulse wheel (camshaft) is damaged
P/S pressure switch or related circuit malfunction

CMP sensor damaged (e.g.open or short circuit)
CKP sensor damaged (e.g.open or short circuit)

01-03
A/C relay (A/C control signal circuit) malfunction

Cruise control system operation improperly
Knock sensor or related circuit malfunction
MAF sensor or related circuit malfunction
P/N position switch in TR switch open
TP sensor or related circuit malfunction
Improper refrigerant charging amount

CKP sensor pulse wheel damaged
A/C system improper operation

Improper vehicle speed signal
Troubleshooting item TR switch misadjustment
2 MIL illuminates x x x x x x x x
3 Will not crank x x
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x x x x x x
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x x x x x x x x x x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x x x x x x x
7 Slow return to idle x x x x x x x x x
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x x x x x x x x x
9 Fast/idle runs on x x x x
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x x x x x x x x x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x x x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x x x x
14 Poor fuel economy x x x x x x x x x
15 Emission compliance x x x x x x x x x
17 Cooling system concerns Overheating x x
21 Engine noise
23 A/C does not work sufficiency x x x
24
runs continuously.
x x
25 A/C does not cut off under wide open throttle x
acxuuw00000315
01-0313
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 14
X: Applied
Possible factor
Immobilizer system or related circuit malfunction

A/C compressor magnetic clutch malfunction
Advanced keyless entry system malfunction

Immobilizer system operating properly
Improper balance of wheels and tires
ATX related parts malfunction
Suspension malfunction
Drive line malfunction
Improper ATF level
Brake dragging
Loose parts
2 MIL illuminates
3 Will not crank x x x
4 Hard start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank
5 Engine stalls After start/at idle x
6 Cranks normally but will not start x
7 Slow return to idle
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle
9 Fast/idle runs on
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x
Buck/jerk deceleration x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration/cruise x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x
12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise
14 Poor fuel economy x x
15 Emission compliance
19 Exhaust smoke
21 Engine noise x
22 Vibration concerns (engine) x x x x
23 A/C does not work sufficiency x
A/C always on or A/C compressor x
24
runs continuously.
29 Spark plug condition
acxuuw00000316
End Of Sie
01-0314
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 15

NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800700
1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES

[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
Inspect condition of fuse.
01-03
Shorted wiring harness Deterioration
Fuse Replace fuse

Repair shorted wiring harness and replace fuse
Damaged fuse Related wiring harness

MAIN MAIN fuse
Starter
Generator
IGN 1 IGN 1 fuse
Room fuse
Ignition switch
Starter relay
Starter relay No.2
PCM
IGN 2 IGN 2 fuse
Ignition switch
Starter relay
Engine fuse
Meter fuse
Starter
ENGINE (15A) ENGINE fuse (15A)
Fuel pump speed control relay
Fuel pump relay
Injector relay
Ignition coil
PCM
ENGINE (30A) ENGINE fuse (30A)
Main relay
FAN 1 FAN 1 fuse
Cooling fan relay No.1
Fan control module main
FAN 2 FAN 2 fuse
PCM
Fan control module sub
FUEL FUEL fuse
Fuel pump resistor
Fuel pump relay
Fuel pump unit
METER METER fuse
Starter relay No.2
TCM
ROOM ROOM fuse
DLC-2
INJ INJ fuse
Injector relay
PCM
01-0315
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 16

Damaged fuse Related wiring harness
ETC ETC fuse
PCM
Drive-by-wire relay
ECM ECM fuse
PCM
Drive-by-wire relay
ENG BAR 1 ENG BAR 1 fuse
Evapo system leak detection pump
Mass air flow sensor
Purge solenoid
Waste gate control valve
Variable swirl solenoid valve
Camshaft position sensor
Crankshaft position sensor
PCM
Oil control valve
EGR valve
HO2S (front)
HO2S (rear)
PCM
End Of Sie
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800800
2 MIL ILLUMINATES
DESCRIPTION MIL illuminates incorrectly.
PCM illuminates for emission-related concern (DTC is stored in PCM)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Note
If the MIL blinks at a steady rate, a misfire condition could possibly exist.
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC. Yes DTC is displayed:
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Go to the appropriate DTC test.
Retrieve any DTCs. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Is a DTC displayed? No No DTC is displayed:
Inspect for an open or short to circuit between
instrument cluster terminal 2T and PCM terminal
1AI
Inspect for an open or short to circuit between
instrument cluster terminal 2R and PCM terminal
1AM
(See09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION.)
If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform the
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
calibration is available. Retest.
End Of Sie
01-0316
NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800900
3 WILL NOT CRANK

DESCRIPTION Starter does not work.
Open starter circuit between the ignition switch and the starter
Low or dead battery
Starter malfunction 01-03
TR switch misadjustment
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P/N position switch in TR switch open
Seized/hydro-locked engine, flywheel
Immobilizer system and/or related circuit malfunction
Immobilizer system operates properly (Key is not registered.)
Advanced keyless entry system malfunction
1 Note Yes Inspect the advanced keyless entry system and repair
The following test should be performed on or replace according to the inspection result.
the advanced keyless entry system. If not No Go to the next step.
equipped, go to the next step.
Start the engine using the standard ignition key.

Does the engine start?
2 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. Yes Both conditions are appear:
Do any of the following conditions appear? Go to Step 6.
Engine does not complete start. No Either or other condition appears:
DTC B1681 is displayed. Go to the next step.
3 Is the coil connector securely connected to the Yes Go to the next step.
coil? No Connect the connector securely, retest from Step 2.
4 Does the security light illuminate? Yes Go to the next step.
No Inspect and repair or replace the following:
Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
With advanced keyless entry system
Between keyless CM 3X and instrument cluster 2R
Between keyless CM 3W and instrument cluster 2T
Without advanced keyless entry system
Between PCM 1AM and instrument cluster 2R
Between PCM 1AI and instrument cluster 2T
5 Retrieve DTCs using the M-MDS. Are any of the Yes Go to the appropriate DTC test.
following DTCs present? (See09-02B-3 DTC TABLE[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
DTC B1213, B1342, B1600, B1601, B1602, (ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM)].)
B1681, B2103, B2431 No Advanced keyless entry system is not equipped:
Advanced keyless entry system is equipped:
Go to Step 11.
6 Is there continuity between PCM terminal 1BD, Yes Go to the next step.
1AZ, 1BH and ground? No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
7 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Yes Go to the next step.
(Engine off.) No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Measure voltage between PCM terminal 1BD,
1AZ, 1BH and ground.
Is the voltage below 1.0V?
8 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
(Engine off) No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Access the VPWR PID.
Is the VPWR PID normal?
VPWR PID
Battery voltage
9 Disconnect the coil connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness between coil
(Engine off) connector terminal D and the fuse panel.
Is there battery voltage at coil connector terminal
D?
Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06) 01-0317

10 Inspect the following wiring harness and Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
connectors. No With advanced keyless entry system
Between coil terminal A and keyless CM
terminal 3U Without advanced keyless entry system
Between coil terminal B and keyless CM Go to Step 14.
terminal 3V
Between coil terminal A and instrument
cluster 2Q
Between coil terminal B and instrument
cluster 2S
Is there any malfunction (open or short circuit,
terminal corrosion, etc.)?
11 Is there continuity between the keyless CM Yes Go to the next step.
harness-side connector terminal 2B and body No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
ground?
Measure the voltage between keyless CM No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
harness-side connector terminal 2B and body
ground.
Measure the voltage between keyless CM
harness-side connector terminal 2A, 2C, 2D and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
14 Inspect the following wiring harnesses and Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Between keyless CM terminal 3W and PCM
1AI
Between keyless CM terminal 3X and PCM
1AM
15 Turn the ignition switch off. Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the coil connector. No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
(Engine off.)
Measure the voltage between coil harness-side
connector terminal D and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
16 Is there continuity between PCM terminal 1B Yes Go to the next step.
and the starter relay with P or N position? No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
17 Inspect the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Battery connection No Service if necessary.
Battery condition Repeat Step 1.
Fuses
Are all items normal?
18 Is a clicking sound heard from the starter when Yes Go to the next step.
the ignition switch is turned to the START No Go to Step 20.
position?
19 Inspect the starting system. Yes Inspect for a seized/hydro-locked engine, flywheel.
(See01-19-3 STARTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH No Repair or replace components if necessary required.
TC].)
Is the starting system normal?
20 Do any other electrical accessories work? Yes Go to the next step.
No Inspect the charging system.
(See01-17-2 BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-17-6 GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
21 Inspect adjustment of TR switch. Yes Go to the next step.
(See05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) No Perform N position leaning.
SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) If problem remains replace TR switch.
Is TR switch adjusted properly? (See05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
01-0318 Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06)

1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 19

22 Perform the self-test function using the M-MDS. Yes DTC is displayed:
Inspect the following:
START circuit in the ignition switch
Open circuit between ignition switch and starter 01-03
Starter interlock switch
End Of Sie
01-0319
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 20

NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801000
4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK

Starter cranks the engine at normal speed but the engine requires excessive cranking time before
DESCRIPTION starting.
Battery is operating normally
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Starting system malfunction
Erratic signal to ignition coils
Air leakage from intake-air system
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control
Incorrect fuel injection timing
Erratic signal from CKP sensor
Erratic signal from CMP sensor
Front and/rear HO2S sensor or related circuit malfunction
Improper operation of electronic throttle control system
Inadequate fuel pressure (high or low pressure side)
Relief valve malfunction (built-in delivery pipe)
Spill valve control solenoid valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
Fuel filter clogging
Fuel line restriction
Fuel leakage
Fuel pump (low-side) resister or related circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuel pressure sensor malfunction
Exhaust system or three-way catalytic converter restriction
Low engine compression
Warning
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis and repair
procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel system services:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injury or
death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete
BEFORE REPAIR ROCEDURE and AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE described in this
manual.
(See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-14-4 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly
cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release
connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of
foreign material.
01-0320
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 21

1 Inspect for the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Fuel quality (proper octane, contamination, No Service if necessary.
winter/summer blend) Repeat Step 1.
Fuel leakage
Intake-air system leakage or restriction
Vacuum leakage
01-03
3 Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the ECT PID isless than 116C No The cause of this concern could be from the cooling
{241F} during driving. system overheating.
Is the ECT PID less than specified? Perform the symptom troubleshooting NO.17
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS - OVERHEATING.
(See01-03-60 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING[L3 WITH TC].)
4 Will the engine run smoothly at part throttle? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 6.
5 Perform the TP sweep inspection. Yes Visually inspect the throttle body (damage/scratching.)
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM If normal, go to the next step.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
Does the electronic throttle control system work to the inspection results.
properly?
6 Perform the EGR system operation inspection. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) to the inspection results.
Does the EGR system operate properly?
7 Perform the Purge Control System Operation Yes Go to the next step.
inspection. No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM to the inspection results.
Does the purge solenoid valve work properly?
8 Inspect the CMP and CKP sensor for the Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
following; the inspection results.
Installation condition No Go to the next step.
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION
(CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/
(CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/
Damaged trigger wheel and camshaft
Open or short circuit in the wiring harnesses.
Is there any malfunction detected?
9 Access and monitor following the PIDs using the Yes Go to the next step.
data monitor function. No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and the
ECT related harnesses.
MAF If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
O2S11 concern troubleshooting.
O2S12 (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
LONGFT1 TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
SHTFT1
Do the PIDs indicate the correct values under
trouble condition?
10 Remove and shake the PCV valve. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the PCV valve rattle? No Replace the PCV valve.
11 Inspect for restriction in the exhaust system and Yes Replace the malfunctioning part.
the three-way catalytic converter (TWC). No Go to the next step.
Is there any restriction?
01-0321
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 22

12 Perform the spark test. Yes Go to the next step.
13 Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. Yes Go to Step 38.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the No Go to the next step.
specification?
14 Is the vehicle accelerate performance normally? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 16.
15 Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. Yes Go to Step 17.
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR No Replace the delivery pipe.
16 Replace the high pressure fuel pump. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
Monitor FUEL_PRES PID. Go to Step 21.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the No Inspect the fuel pressure sensor.
specified? (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
17 Connect the fuel pressure gauge between the Yes Go to the next step.
fuel pump and the high pressure fuel pump. No Inspect for the following:
Measure the fuel pressure line of the low Fuel line restriction
pressure side. Fuel filter clogging
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR If normal replace the fuel pump.
Is the fuel pressure within the specification?
18 Inspect the fuel injector for each cylinder. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR No Replace the suspected fuel injector.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
Are the fuel injectors normal? INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
19 Measure the compression pressure for each Yes Go to the next step.
cylinder. No Inspect for the following:
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 Damaged valve seat
WITH TC].) Worn valve stem and valve guide
Does the starting system work properly? Worn or stuck piston ring
Worn piston, piston ring or cylinder
Service if necessary.
20 Inspect the starting system. Yes Replace the injector driver module.
(See01-19-3 STARTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH If the problem remains, overhaul the engine.
TC].) No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Does the starting system work properly?
End Of Sie
01-0322
NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801100
5 ENGINE STALLS - AFTER START/AT IDLE

DESCRIPTION Engine stops unexpectedly.
Improper operation of electronic throttle control system 01-03
Vacuum leakage
Engine overheating
Poor fuel quality
Exhaust system and/or three-way catalytic converter (TWC) restriction or clogging
Electrical connector disconnection
Open or short circuit in the fuel pump (low-side) body or related wiring harness
Fuel pump resister or related circuit malfunction
No battery power supply to PCM or poor ground
Fuel pump (low-side) body mechanical malfunction
Fuel leakage
POSSIBLE CAUSE Ignition coil malfunction
No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wiring harness or wrong installation
Front and/or rear HO2S sensor or related circuit malfunction
Accelerator positions sensor or related circuit malfunction
Improper operation variable valve timing control system
Immobilizer system and/or circuit malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0323
Engine does not start completely. No Either or other condition appears:
2 Does the engine stall after approx. 2s from Yes Go to the next step.
when it is started? No Is the immobilizer system is normal?
Go to Step 16.
3 Is the coil connector securely connected to coil? Yes Go to the next step.
No Connect the connector securely, retest from Step 2.
Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
5 Retrieve the DTC using the M-MDS. Yes Go to appropriate DTC test.
Are any of the following DTCs present? (See09-02B-3 DTC TABLE[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
DTC B1213, B1342, B1600, B1601, B1602, (ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM)])
B1681, B2103, B2431 No Go to the next step.
1BD, 1AZ, 1BH and ground.
VPWR PID
Battery voltage
D?
10 Inspect the following wiring harness and Yes Repair or replace malfunction part.
With advanced keyless entry system Go to the next step.
Between coil terminal A and keyless CM Without advanced keyless entry system
terminal 3U Go to Step 14.
Between coil terminal B and keyless CM
terminal 3V
cluster 2Q
cluster 2S
ground?
ground.
01-0324 Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06)

body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
connectors.
01-03
1AI
1AM
(Engine off.)
Is the voltage B+?
Intake-air system leakage and restriction
Electrical connectors
Poor connection for PCM ground and body
ground
Fuel leakage
Vacuum leakage
17 Perform the self-test function using M-MDS. Yes DTC is displayed:
Is the DTC displayed? No No DTC is displayed:
Verify that the ECT PID is less than 116 C {241 No The cause of this concern could from be cooling
F} during driving. system overheating.
19 Access the VPWR PID. Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness between main
(Engine off) relay terminal D and PCM terminal 1BE and 2E.
Does the VPWR PID indicateB+?
20 Perform the A/C Cut-off Operation Inspection. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts according to the
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) inspection results.
Does the A/C Cut-off Operation work properly?
21 Will the engine run smoothly at part throttle? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 23.
22 Perform the TP sweep inspection. Yes Visually inspect the throttle body (damaged/
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM scratching.)
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If normal, go to the next step.
Does the electronic throttle control system work No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
properly? to the inspection results.
Does EGR system operate properly?
Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06) 01-0325
25 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control Yes Inspect the valve timing.
System Operation Inspection. No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
work properly?
26 Inspect the CMP and CKP sensor for the Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
following; inspection results.
Installation condition No Go to the next step.
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION
Open or short circuit in the wiring harnesses
27 Access and monitor the following PIDs using the Yes Go to the next step.
data monitor function. No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and
APP If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
MAF concern troubleshooting procedure.
O2S12 TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
the malfunction condition?
28 Remove and shake the PCV valve. Does the Yes Go to the next step.
PCV valve rattle? No Replace the PCV valve.
29 Inspect for restriction in the exhaust system and Yes Replace malfunctioning part.
Three-way catalytic converter (TWC). No Go to the next step.
31 Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. Is the Yes Go to Step 35.
FUEL_PRES PID value within the specification? No Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 34.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the No Inspect the fuel pressure sensor.
specified? (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If normal, replace the fuel pump.
01-0326
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 27

37 Measure the compression pressure for each Yes Replace the injector driver module.
cylinder. If the problem remains, overhaul the engine.
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 No Inspect for the following:
WITH TC].) Damaged valve seat
Are the compression pressures within the Worn valve stem and valve guide
specification? Worn or stuck piston ring
Worn piston, piston ring or cylinder 01-03
End Of Sie
01-0327
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 28

NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801200
6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT NOT START

Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting No.5 Engine stalls if this symptom appears after the engine stalls.
DESCRIPTION
Fuel is in tank.
Battery is in normal condition.
Open PCM ground or vehicle body ground
Engine overheating
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect installation
No signal from CMP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect installation
Exhaust system or three-way catalytic converter (TWC) malfunction
Disconnected electrical connector
Open or short in fuel pump (low-side) body and related harness
Relief valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
Fuel line clogging or restriction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuel pump resistor or control relay malfunction
Fuel pump (low-side) mechanical malfunction
Fuel leakage
Improper variable valve timing control system operation
Immobilizer system or related circuit malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0328
Engine does not completely start. No Either or other condition appears:
2 Does the engine stall after approx. 2s from Yes Go to the next step.
when it is started? No Is the Is the immobilizer system is normal. 01-03
Go to Step 20.
3 Is the coil connector securely connected to coil? Yes Go to the next step.
No Connect the connector securely, retest from Step 1.
Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
5 Retrieve the DTC using the M-MDS. Yes Go to appropriate DTC test.
Are any of the following DTCs present? (See09-02B-3 DTC TABLE[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
DTC (ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM)].)
B1213, B1342, B1600, B1601, B1602, B1681, No Go to the next step.
B2103, B2431
1BD, 1AZ, 1BH and ground.
VPWR PID
Battery voltage
D?
10 Inspect the following wiring harness and Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
With advanced keyless entry system Go to the next step.
Between coil terminal A and keyless CM Without advanced keyless entry system
terminal 3U
Go to Step 14.
Between coil terminal B and keyless CM
terminal 3V
cluster 2Q
cluster 2S
ground?
ground.
Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06) 01-0329

body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
1AI
1AM
(Engine off.)
Is the voltage B+?
Intake-air system leakage and restriction
Electrical connectors
Fuses
Fuel leakage
Vacuum leakage
Poor connection for PCM ground and body
ground
Verify that the ECT PID is less than 116C No The cause of this concern could be from the cooling
19 Does the engine start with throttle close? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 25.
20 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control Yes Inspect the valve timing.
work properly?
21 Will the engine start and run smoothly at part Yes Go to the next step.
throttle? No Go to Step 23.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM scratching.)
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If normal, go to the next step.
Does the electronic throttle control system work No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
properly? the to inspection results.
23 Access the RPM PID using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the RPM PID indicating engine speed when No Inspect the CKP sensor for following;
the cranking engine. Installation condition
(See01-40-42 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
Open or short circuit in wiring harnesses Is there
any malfunction detected?
01-0330 Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06)

1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 31

24 Inspect CMP sensor for the following; Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
Installation condition inspection results.
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION No Go to the next step.
Open or short circuit in wiring harnesses Is
there any malfunction detected?
01-03
27 Access and monitor the following PIDs using the Yes Go to the next step.
O2S12 TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
the malfunction condition?
28 Inspect for restriction in the exhaust system and Yes Replace malfunctioning part.
three-way catalytic converter (TWC). No Go to the next step.
specification?
MOnitor FUEL_PRES PID. Go to Step 37.
specified?
33 Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR If normal, replace the fuel pump.
01-0331
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 32

Are the compression pressures within the Worn valve stem and valve guide
End Of Sie
NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801300
7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE

Engine takes more time than normal to return to idle speed.
DESCRIPTION
Engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up
Thermostat is stuck open
Fuel injection timing is incorrect
Cooling fan control system malfunction
Improper load signal input
Injector driver module or related circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Warning

manual.
Caution
foreign material.
1 Inspect air suction in intake-air system Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
components while racing engine to higher No Go to the next step.
speed.
Is any air suction?
01-0332
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 33

3 Access the ECT PID. Yes Go to the next step.
Start and warm-up engine to normal operating No Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.18 COOLING 01-03
temperature. SYSTEM CONCERNS, RUNS COLD.
Is the ECT PID readingbelow 82C {180F}? (See01-03-61 NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-RUNS COLD[L3 WITH TC].)
4 Verify the cooling fan operation. Does the Yes Go to the next step.
cooling fan operate properly according ECT PID No Perform the Cooling Fan Control System Operation
value? Inspection.
5 Inspect CMP and CKP sensor for the following; Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
6 Access and monitor following the PIDs using the Yes Go to the next step.
PSP (PCM terminal 2T) (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
Do the PIDs indicate the correct values under TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
trouble condition?
specification?
No Go to Step 10.
specified?
Are fuel injectors normal? INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
12 Remove the thermostat and inspection Yes Inspect and repair or replace the throttle body.
operation. If throttle body is normal or the problem remains,
(See01-12-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/ replace the injector driver module.
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) No Replace thermostat.
(See01-12-11 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is the thermostat normal?
01-0333
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 34

End Of Sie
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801400
8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE

Engine speed fluctuates between the specified idle speed and lower speed and, engine shakes
DESCRIPTION excessively.
Idle speed is too slow and the engine shakes excessively.
Erratic signal to ignition coil
Low engine compression or excessive unbalance for each cylinder
Improper variable valve timing control system
Poor fuel quality
Exhaust system or three-way catalytic converter (TWC) restriction or clogging
Disconnected electrical connectors
Fuel pump (low-side) body mechanical malfunction
Fuel filter restriction or clogging
Fuel leakage
Unbalanced fuel injection amount for each cylinder
POSSIBLE CAUSE Erratic signal from CKP sensor
Erratic or no signal from CMP sensor
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor or related circuit malfunction
Incorrect or no load signal input
Engine overheating
Vacuum leakage
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0334
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 35

Intake-air system restriction or leakage
Electrical connectors connection
Fuel leakage in fuel system
Vacuum leakage
01-03
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts according to
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM scratching.) If normal, go to the next step.
Does the electronic throttle control system work the to inspection results.
properly?
8 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control Yes Go to the next step.
work properly?
9 Inspect CMP and CKP sensor for the following; Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Installation condition the inspection results.
01-0335
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 36

10 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. Yes Go to the next step.
Access and monitor following PIDs using the No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and the
data monitor function. related harnesses.
ACSW If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
APP concern troubleshooting procedure.
ECT (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
MAF TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
MAP
PSP (PCM terminal 2T)
trouble condition?
specification?
No Go to Step 17.
specified?
(See01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE If normal replace the fuel pump.
19 Inspect fuel injector for each cylinder. Yes Go to the next step.
Are compression pressures within the Worn valve stem and valve guide
End Of Sie
01-0336
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 37

NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801500
9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON
Engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up.
DESCRIPTION
Engine runs after the ignition switch is turned off.
Suction control valve (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
Fuel injector malfunction 01-03
Accelerator pedal position sensor or related circuit malfunction
Cruise control system operation improperly
Improper load signal input
Improper operation of electric throttle control system
Warning
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0337
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 38

1 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC. Yes Go to the next step.
Access the ECT PID. No ECT PID is higher than 112 C {234 F}:
Start and warm-up engine to normal operating Go to symptom troubleshooting "NO.17 COOLING
temperature. SYSTEM CONCERNS - OVERHEATING".
Is ECT PID reading between82 112 C {180 ECT PID is less than 82 C {180 F}
234 F}? Go to symptom troubleshooting "NO.18 COOLING
SYSTEM CONCERNS - RUNS COLD".
3 Inspect for leakage in intake-air system. Yes Repair or replace for leakage.
Is there any leakage found? No Go to the next step.
properly?
Access and monitor the following PIDs using the No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and the
ECT If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
APP concern troubleshooting.
ACSW (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
PSP (PCM terminal 2T) TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
trouble condition?
6 Inspect the high pressure fuel pump. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP No Replace the high pressure fuel pump.
Is the high pressure fuel pump normal?
8 Inspect the operation of cruise control system. Yes Inspect and repair or replace the injector driver module
Does the cruise control system work properly? or related circuit.
No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
inspection results.
End Of Sie
01-0338
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 39

NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801600
10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION

DESCRIPTION Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or recovery from deceleration.
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
Air leakage from intake-air system 01-03
EVAP control system malfunction
Brake switch or related circuit malfunction
TR switch or related circuit malfunction
Improper A/C magnetic clutch operation
Suction control valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
Fuel leakage
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuel injector malfunction
Vacuum leakage
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
1 Does the engine idle rough? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.8 ENGINE RUNS
ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE.
(See01-03-34 NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/
ROLLING IDLE[L3 WITH TC].)
2 Verify the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Fuel quality (proper octane, contamination, No Service if necessary. Repeat Step 2.
winter/summer blend)
Fuel leakage in fuel system
Vacuum leakage
01-0339
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 40

3 Inspect CMP and CKP sensor for the following; Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
ACSW If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
APP concern troubleshooting procedure.
BOO (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
ECT TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
MAF
TP
O2S11
O2S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
PSP (PCM terminal 2T)
trouble condition?
properly?
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts according to
10 Inspect adjustment of TR switch. Yes Go to the next step.
(See05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) No Perform N position leaning.
SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See .)
Is TR switch adjusted properly? If problem remains replace TR switch.
(See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specification?
No Go to Step 15.
01-0340
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 41

14 Replace the high pressure fuel pump Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
Monitor FUEL_PRES PID. Go to the Step 18.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the No Go to the next step. 01-03
specified?
End Of Sie
NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS, ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES, BUCK/JERK, HESITATION/STUMBLE,
SURGES[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801700
ENGINE STALLS/QUITS (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)

ENGINE RUNS ROUGH (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)
11 BUCK/JERK (ACCELERATION/CRUISE/DECELERATION)
HESITATION/STUMBLE (ACCELERATION)
SURGES (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration or during cruise.
Engine stops unexpectedly while cruising.
Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
DESCRIPTION Engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, during or deceleration.
Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration
Momentary minor irregularity in engine output
01-0341
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 42

ENGINE STALLS/QUITS (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)
11 BUCK/JERK (ACCELERATION/CRUISE/DECELERATION)
HESITATION/STUMBLE (ACCELERATION)
SURGES (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)
Improper operation of wastegate control system
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Main relay intermittent malfunction
Engine overheating
Variable swirl system malfunction
Air cleaner restriction
Improper valve timing due to jumping out timing chain
Exhaust system and/or three-way catalytic converter restriction
Intermittent open or short circuit in fuel pump circuit
Improper fuel pump speed control operation
Fuel pump mechanical malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation
Neutral switch or related circuit malfunction
IAT sensor No.1 or related circuit malfunction
Intermittent open or short circuit MAF sensor, accelerator position sensor, TP sensor and VSS
ATX malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0342
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 43

Air cleaner element
Clutch slippage
01-03
Fuel leakage from fuel line
Vacuum leakage
4 Perform the Main Relay Operation Inspection Yes Go to the next step.
with wiggle the related harness. No Repair or replace for the intermittent fault.
Does the main relay operate properly?
6 Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. Yes Go to the Step 13.
Access and monitor following PIDs using the No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and
data monitor function while wiggle the harness related harnesses.
and under trouble condition. If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
APP concern troubleshooting.
ECT (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
MAF TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
IAT If the MAP PID remains without specified, go to the
IAT2 next step.
MAP
FP
VSS
O2S11
O2S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
Do the PIDs indicate correct values?
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts, according to
01-0343
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 44

properly?
10 Perform the Variable Swirl Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Operation Inspection. No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
Does the variable swirl system work properly?
Inspection. No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
12 Perform the Fuel Pump Speed Control Yes Go to the next step.
properly?
13 Perform the Wastegate Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Does the wastegate control system work
properly?
14 Remove the parts necessary to inspect Yes Replace the turbocharger.
turbocharger without removing the turbocharger. No Go to the next step.
Inspect if turbocharger compressor wheel is
bent, damaged, or interfering with housing on
vehicle.
(See01-13-17 TURBOCHARGER
Is there any problem?
15 Inspect the turbocharger compressor wheel Yes Replace the turbocharger.
locknut is loose or has fallen down inside No Go to the next step.
turbocharger.
16 Inspect turbocharger compressor wheel by Yes Go to the next step.
hand. No Replace the turbocharger.
Does the wheel turn easily and smoothly?
17 Inspect the turbocharger turbine wheel is Yes Replace the turbocharger.
damaged, cracked or interfering with housing on No Go to the next step.
vehicle.
Note
Inspect all fins on each turbine wheel.

18 Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger Yes Excessive amount of oil is found:
turbine housing? Replace the turbocharger.
Small amount of oil is found:
Wipe oil out of vehicle, then go to the next step.
19 Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger Yes Wipe oil out vehicle and install all removed parts in
compressor housing? Step 14. Then, go to the next step.
No Turbocharger is normal.
Install all parts removed in Step 14.
Then, go to the next step.
01-0344
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 45

specification? 01-03
No Go to Step.26.
25 Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. Yes Go to the Step 27.
specified?
Is the fuel pressure with in the specification?
End Of Sie
01-0345
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 46

NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801800
12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)

DESCRIPTION Performance is poor under load (e.g., powers down when climbing hills).
Improper A/C system operation
Improper operation of A/C cut-off control
Air leakage or restriction from intake-air system
Loose turbocharger compressor-to-intake manifold duct connecting
Turbocharger rotating assembly binding or dragging
Wastegate valve malfunction (stuck open)
Brake dragging
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
Incorrect signal to ignition coil
Engine overheating
Air cleaner restriction or dirty
Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing chain
Improper operation of variable valve timing control system
Restriction in exhaust system or three-way catalytic converter (TWC)
Leakage at exhaust manifold or turbocharger mounting flange
Intermittent open or short fuel pump related circuit
Inadequate fuel pressure (high-or low pressure side)
Suction control valve or related circuit malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Improper fuel pump speed control operation
Fuel pump mechanical malfunction
MAF/IAT sensor or related circuit malfunction
Intermittent open or short circuit MAF sensor, accelerator position sensor, TP sensor and VSS
ATX malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0346
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 47

Air cleaner restriction or dirty
Charge air cooler condition (restriction or
damaged)
01-03
Turbocharger compressor-to-intake manifold
duct loose connection
Leakage at exhaust manifold or turbocharger
mounting flange
Vacuum leakage
Clutch slippage
Brake dragging
3 Is the engine overheating? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.17 COOLING
SYSTEM CONCERN-OVERHEATING.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) the inspection results.
6 Perform the TP sweep inspection. Yes Visually inspect throttle body (damaged/scratching.) If
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM normal, go to the next step.
Does the variable swirl system work properly? to the inspection results.
8 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control Yes Go to the next step.
work properly?
10 Perform Fuel Pump Speed Control Inspection. Yes Go to the next step.
properly?
Does the wastegate control system work
properly?
01-0347
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 48

12 Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. Yes Go to the next step.
IAT (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
IAT2 TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
APP
TP
MAP
FP (Low side pressure line)
VSS
Do the PIDs indicate correct values under
trouble condition?
13 Inspect CMP and CKP sensor for following; Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
Open or short circuit in wiring harnesses Is
there any malfunction detected?
14 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Go to the next step.
15 Inspect spark plug condition. Yes Spark plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Is spark plug wet, covered with carbon or grayish Perform the Spark Test and repair or replace
white? malfunctioning part according to inspection result.
Spark plug is grayish white:
Go to Step 23.
No Install spark plugs on original cylinders.
16 Inspect for restriction in exhaust system and Yes Replace malfunctioning part.
17 Remove parts necessary to inspect Yes Replace turbocharger.
vehicle.
(See01-13-17 TURBOCHARGER
18 Inspect turbocharger compressor wheel locknut Yes Replace turbocharger.
is loose or has fallen down inside turbocharger. No Go to the next step.
19 Inspect turbocharger compressor wheel by Yes Go to the next step.
hand. No Replace turbocharger.
Does wheel turn easily and smoothly?
20 Inspect turbocharger turbine wheel is damaged, Yes Replace turbocharger.
cracked or interfering with housing on vehicle. No Go to the next step.
Note
Inspect all fins on each turbine wheel.

21 Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger Yes Excessive amount of oil is found:
turbine housing? Replace turbocharger.
Small amount of oil is found:
Wipe oil out of vehicle, then Go to the next step.
01-0348
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 49

22 Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger Yes Wipe oil out vehicle and install all removed parts in
compressor housing? Step 16. Then, Go to the next step.
No Turbocharger is normal.
Install all parts removed in Step 17.
Then, Go to the next step.
23 Inspect for leakage in fuel line. Yes Repair or replace suspected part.
Is there any fuel leakage found? No Go to the next step. 01-03
24 Access and monitor FUEL_PRES PID. Yes Go to Step 27.
specification?
specified?
27 Connect the fuel pressure gauge between fuel Yes Go to the next step.
pump and high pressure fuel pump. No Inspect for the following:
28 Inspect fuel injector for each cylinder. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR No Replace suspected fuel injector.
29 Measure compression pressure for each Yes Replace the injector driver module.
End Of Sie
01-0349
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 50

NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING[L3 WITH TC]
id010339801900
13 KNOCKING/PINGING
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something other than a spark plug (e.g., hot spot in
DESCRIPTION
the combustion chamber).
Poor fuel quality
Engine overheating due to cooling system malfunction
Variable swirl valve stuck closed
Improper operation of electronic throttle system
Air leakage or restriction from intake-air system
Incorrect fuel injection timing or amount
Knock sensor or related circuit malfunction
Inadequate engine compression
Inadequate fuel pressure (high-pressure side)
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor or related malfunction
Wastegate valve malfunction (stuck closed)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Suction control valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
Exhaust system and/or three-way catalytic converter (TWC) restriction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0350
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 51

Access the ECT PID. No The cause of this concern could be from the cooling
Verify that the ECT PID is less than 116C system overheating.
{241F} during driving. Perform the symptom troubleshooting NO.17
Is ECT PID less than specified? COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS - OVERHEATING.
(See01-03-60 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM 01-03
Air leakage or restriction from intake-air No Service if necessary.
system Repeat Step 2.
Fuel quality (proper octane, contamination,
Exhaust system and/or three-way catalytic
converter (TWC) restriction
damaged)
4 Inspect the knock sensor. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) No Replace the knock sensor.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAL/
Is the knock sensor normal? INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
properly?
01-0351
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 52

APP
TP
MAP
trouble condition?
specification?
No Go to the Step 15.
specified?
16 Measure compression pressure for each Yes Inspect fuel injector for each cylinder.
cylinder. (See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION[L3
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
WITH TC].) No Inspect following:
Are compression pressure within the specified? Damaged valve seat
Worn valve stem and valve guide
Worn or stuck piston ring
Service as necessary.
End Of Sie
01-0352
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 53

NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802000
14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY

DESCRIPTION Fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
Contaminated air cleaner element
Engine cooling system malfunction
Improper ATF level
Weak spark 01-03
Poor fuel quality
Contaminated MAF sensor
VSS or related circuit malfunction
Improper coolant level
Injection timing is incorrect
Fuel injector or related circuit malfunction
Fuel leakage
POSSIBLE CAUSE Brake dragging
Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing chain
Exhaust system and/or three-way catalytic converter clogging
Vacuum leakage
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0353
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 54

Air cleaner element for contamination No Service if necessary.
Intake-air system restriction Repeat Step 1.
Fuel quality (proper octane, contamination,
Coolant level
ATF level
Brake dragging
damaged)
Vacuum leakage
Fuel leakage
MAF sensor contaminated
converter restriction
3 Perform the Cooling Fan Control System Yes Go to the next step.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) the inspection results.
Is the strong blue spark visible at each cylinder?
01-0354
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 55

Access and monitor following PIDs using the No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and the
APP
01-03
TP
MAP
VSS
Do the PIDs indicate the correct values
according to the engine operating condition?
specification?
No Go to Step 15.
specified?
16 Inspect the turbocharger. Yes Replace the turbocharger.
(See01-13-17 TURBOCHARGER No Go to the next step.
Is there any problem in turbocharger?
End Of Sie
01-0355
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 56

NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802100
15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE
DESCRIPTION Fails emissions test.
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum lines leakage or blockage
Cooling system malfunction
Engine overheating
Wastegate control system improper operation
PCV valve malfunction or incorrect valve installation
Exhaust system and/or three-way catalytic converter restriction
Fuel tank ventilation system malfunction
Charcoal canister damage
Air cleaner element clogging or restriction
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation
Front or rear HO2S or related circuit malfunction
ECT or related circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Accelerator position sensor or related circuit malfunction
VSS or related circuit malfunction
Fuel injector or related circuit malfunction
Three-way catalytic converter (TWC) malfunction
Engine internal parts malfunction
Excessive carbon is built-up in combustion chamber
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-0356
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 57

1 Is the engine overheating? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.17 COOLING
SYSTEM CONCERNS - OVERHEATING.
2 Is the engine runs cold? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.18 COOLING
SYSTEM CONCERNS - RUNS COLD.
No Go to the next step. 01-03
3 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC. Yes DTC is displayed:
Perform the self-test function using the M-MDS. Go to appropriate DTC test.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No No DTC is displayed:
Retrieve any DTCs. Go to the next step.
Is a DTC displayed?
4 Inspect for the following. Yes Go to the next step.
damaged)
Air cleaner element (clogging or restriction)
Intake-air system leakage
PCV valve installation
Vacuum line leakage or blockage
Fuel leakage at fuel system
Charcoal canister damaged
converter restriction
properly?
9 Perform the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Yes Go to the next step.
System Leak Inspection. No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning parts, according
01-0357
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 58

APP
TP
MAP
VSS
O2S11
O2S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
Do the PIDs indicate the correct values
according to the engine operating condition?
specification?
No Go to Step 17.
specified?
18 Inspect the turbocharger. Yes Replace the turbocharger.
(See01-13-17 TURBOCHARGER No Go to the next step.
Is there any problem in turbocharger?
19 Inspect the three-way catalytic converter (TWC). Yes Go to the next step.
Is the TWC normal? No Replace the TWC.
01-0358
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 59

01-03
End Of Sie
NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802200
16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE

DESCRIPTION Oil consumption is excessive.
Improper dipstick
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Engine internal parts malfunction
Seal leakage at the compressor or turbine end of turbocharger (indicated by oil in housing on wheel)
Oil leakage
Proper dipstick No Service if necessary.
Proper engine oil viscosity Repeat Step 2.
Engine oil level
3 Inspect the oil leakage from outside of the Yes Repair or replace oil leakage part.
engine. No Go to the next step.
Is there any oil leakage found?
4 Remove the parts to necessary to inspect Yes Excessive amount of oil is found:
turbocharger without removing the turbocharger. Replace the turbocharger.
Visually inspect for the oil leakage inside Small amount of oil is found:
turbocharger compressor and turbine housing. Wipe oil out of vehicle, then go to the next step.
Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger No Go to the next step.
compressor or turbine housing?
5 Is any engine oil found around oil pipes attached Yes If oil leaks from damaged pipe, replace oil pipe.
on turbocharger center housing? Install the removed parts at Step 4.
No Inspect internal engine parts such as valves, valve
guides, valve stem seals, cylinder head drain passage,
and piston rings.
Then install the removed parts at Step 4.
End Of Sie
01-0359
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 60

NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802300
17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS -OVERHEATING

DESCRIPTION Engine runs at higher than normal temperature/overheats.
Improper coolant level
Blown fuse
Coolant leakage (engine internal, turbocharger, external)
Excessive A/C system pressure
A/C system operation is improper
Improper water/anti-freeze mixture
Fans reverse rotation
Poor radiator condition
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Thermostat malfunction
Radiator hose damage
Cooling fan inoperative
Condenser fan inoperative
Improper or damaged radiator cap
Coolant overflow system malfunction
Improper drive belt tension
Drive belt damage
Engine coolant level No Service if necessary.
Coolant leakage (around heater unit in Repeat Step 1.Service if necessary.
passenger compartment, coolant hoses and/
or radiator.)
Water and anti-freeze mixture
Radiator condition
Collapsed or restricted radiator hoses
Radiator pressure cap
Coolant overflow system
Fan rotational direction
Fan rotation direction
Fuses
2 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. Yes DTC is displayed:
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Go to appropriate DTC test.
(Engine off). No No DTC is displayed:
Is there any DTCs displayed?
3 Perform the KOEO and KOER self-test function Yes DTC is displayed:
using the M-MDS. Go to appropriate DTC test.
(See01-02-10 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 No No DTC is displayed: Go to the next step.
WITH TC].)
Is there any DTCs displayed?
4 Start the engine and run it at idle speed. Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the A/C switch off. No Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.24 A/C ALWAYS
Does the A/C compressor disengaged? ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY.
(See01-03-69 NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY[L3 WITH
TC].)
5 Perform the Cooling Fan Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Operation Inspection. No Repair or replace malfunctioning part, according to
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM inspection results.
Does the cooling fan system operate properly?
6 Is the drive belt normal? Yes Go to the next step.
No Replace the drive belt.
7 Is there any leakage around heater unit in Yes Inspect and service heater unit for leakage.
passenger compartment? No Go to the next step.
8 Is there any leakage at coolant hoses and/or Yes Replace the malfunctioning part.
radiator? No Go to the next step.
01-0360
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 61

9 Cool down the engine. Yes Thermostat is normal.
Remove the thermostat and inspect operation. Inspect the cylinder block for leakage or blockage.
(See01-12-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/ No Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS.
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature gauge
(See01-12-11 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION[L3 readings.
WITH TC].) If the temperature gauge on instrument cluster
Is thermostat normal? indicates normal but ECT PID is not same as 01-03
temperature gauge reading, inspect the ECT sensor.
If the temperature gauge on instrument cluster
indicates overheating but ECT PID is normal, inspect
the instrument cluster.
(See09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802400
18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS - RUNS COLD

DESCRIPTION Engine takes excessive time to reach normal operating temperature.
Thermostat malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Condenser fan system malfunction
1 Is customer complaint Lack of passenger Yes Inspect the A/C heater system.
compartment heat only? No Go to the next step.
2 Does the engine speed continue at fast idle? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.9 FAST IDLE/
RUNS ON.
(See01-03-37 NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON[L3 WITH
TC].)
3 Cool down the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
Remove the thermostat and inspect operation. No Replace the thermostat.
(See01-12-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/
(See01-12-11 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is thermostat normal?
4 Perform the Cooling Fan Control System Yes Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS.
Operation Inspection. Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature gauge
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM readings.
OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If the temperature gauge on instrument cluster
Does the cooling fan system operate properly? indicates normal but ECT PID is not same as
temperature gauge reading, inspect the ECT sensor.
(See01-40-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
If the temperature gauge on instrument cluster
indicates overheating but ECT PID is normal, inspect
the instrument cluster.
(See09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION.)
No Repair or replace malfunctioning part, according to
inspection results.
01-0361
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 62

End Of Sie
NO.19 EXCESSIVE BLACK SMOKE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802500
19 EXHAUST SMOKE
DESCRIPTION Blue, black, or smoke from the exhaust system
Blue smoke (Burning oil):
Engine internal oil leakage
Oil leakage at the compressor or turbine end of the turbocharger
White smoke (Water in combustion):
Cooling system malfunction (coolant loss)
Engine internal coolant leakage
Coolant leakage at the compressor or the turbine end of the turbocharger
Black smoke (Rich fuel mixture):
Air cleaner restriction
Intake-air system is collapsed or restricted
Leakage at engine intake or exhaust manifold
Wastegate valve malfunction (stuck open)
Improper fuel injection timing and amount
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
1 What color is smoke coming from the exhaust Blue Burning oil is indicated.
system? Go to the next step.
White Water in combustion is indicated.
Go to the Step 5.
Black Rich fuel mixture is indicating.
Go to the Step 6.
01-0362
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 63

3 Remove the parts necessary to inspect Yes Install all parts removed in this step.
turbocharger without removing the turbocharger. Perform the following, according to inspection
Visually inspect for the turbocharger compressor results. Excessive amount of oil is found:
housing. Replace the turbocharger.
Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger Small amount of oil is found:
compressor housing? Wipe oil out of vehicle, then Go to the next step.
No Turbocharger is normal. 01-03
Install all parts removed in this step.
Then, Go to the next step.
4 Inspect for the following engine internal parts. Yes Repair or replace suspected parts, according to the
Damaged valve guide, stems or valve seals inspection results.
Blocked oil drain passage in cylinder head No Engine internal parts are normal.
Piston ring is not seated, seized or worn If other driveability symptoms are present, return to
Damage cylinder bore diagnostic index to service additional symptoms.
Are there ant problem found?
5 Does cooling system hold the coolant pressure? Yes Inspect for the following:
(See01-12-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE Cylinder head gasket leakage
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) Intake manifold gasket leakage
Cracked or porous engine block
If other driveability symptoms are present, return to
diagnostic index to service additional symptoms.
No Inspect for the cause.
6 Inspect for the following for intake-air system. Yes Go to the next step.
Air cleaner restriction No Repair or replace the suspected part.
Collapsed or restricted
Leakage
Access following PIDs. No Inspect and repair or replace suspected parts and the
ECT the related harnesses.
MAF If the malfunction remains, perform the intermittent
IAT concern troubleshooting procedure.
IAT2 (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
APP TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
TP
MAP
VSS
O2S11
O2S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
Monitor the PIDs under the black smoke
appeared engine condition.
Do all PID indicate normal according to engine
conditions?
8 Inspect the wastegate. Yes Perform the wastegate control system operation
(See01-13-16 WASTEGATE ACTUATOR inspection.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Does the wastegate stuck open? OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to the
inspection results.
01-0363
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 64

9 Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. Yes Go to the next step.
APP
TP
MAP
VSS
O2S11
O2S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
trouble condition?
specification?
11 Is vehicle accelerate performance normally? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 13.
Monitor FUEL_PRES PID. Retest Step 16.
specified?
15 Measure the compression pressure for each Yes Inspect the fuel injector for each cylinder.
cylinder. (See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION[L3
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC])
WITH TC].) No Inspect for the following:
Are compression pressures within the Damaged valve seat
specification? Worn valve stem and valve guide
Worn or stuck piston ring
End Of Sie
01-0364
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 65

NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT)[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802600
20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT)

DESCRIPTION Gasoline fuel smell or visible leakage
Fuel system vent system blockage
Evaporative gas leakage 01-03
Improper connection of evaporative related vacuum hoses
Fuel leakage from fuel system
Warning
POSSIBLE CAUSE keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
1 Visually inspect fuel leakage at fuel line. Yes Service if necessary.
Is there any fuel leakage? No Go to the next step.
2 Inspect the vacuum hose routine. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-13-4 VACUUM HOSE ROUTING No Reconnect the vacuum hose.
DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC].)
Are vacuum hoses routines properly?
3 Perform the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Yes Repair or replace suspected part according to the
System Leak Inspection. inspection results.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Go to the next step.
Is there any problem found?
4 Inspect the airflow of purge solenoid valve. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the purge solenoid valve.
Is the purge solenoid airflow properly?
5 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. Yes Inspect the charcoal canister for fuel saturation.
Access the FUEL_PRESPID. If excess amount of liquid fuel is present, replace the
Monitor the FUEL_PRES PID while idle and race charcoal canister.
the engine. No Inspect the fuel pressure sensor and the high pressure
Is the FUEL_PRES PID indicate15 MPa {153 fuel pump.
kgf/cm2, 2175 psi} or less? (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
(See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
End Of Sie
01-0365
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 66

NO.21 ENGINE NOISE[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802700
21 ENGINE NOISE
DESCRIPTION Engine noise under hood
Squeal, click or chirp noise:
Loose installation of solenoid valves
Rumble or grinding sound noise:
Loose parts
Fluid revel low or air in power the steering fluid
Hiss sound noise:
Vacuum leakage
Loose spark plug
Air leakage from the intake-air system
Rattle noise:
Loose parts
Rap or roar noise:
Exhaust system looseness
Excessive noise from turbocharger:
Foreign objects or material in the compressor inlet to the intake manifold ducting or the compressor
housing
Carbon built-up in the turbine housing
Turbocharger routing assembly banding or dragging
Loose intake or exhaust ducting systems
POSSIBLE CAUSE Other noise:
Camshaft friction gear noise or MLA noise
Timing chain noise
Warning
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis and
repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel system
services:
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
1 Is the noise from the turbocharger? Yes Go to Step 8.
No Go to the next step
2 Is squeal, click or chirp sound present? Yes Inspect the engine oil level, solenoid valves installation
or drive belt tension.
3 Is rumble or grinding sound present? Yes Inspect and repair the following;
Drive belt tension
Loose parts in engine compartment
Power steering system fluid level
If normal, perform the power steering fluid line air
bleed.
(See06-14-3 AIR BLEEDING.)
4 Is rattle sound present? Yes Inspect the location of rattle for loose parts.
01-0366
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 67

5 Is hiss sound present? Yes Inspect and repair the following;
Vacuum leakage
Spark plug looseness
Intake-air system leakage
6 Is rap or roar sound present? Yes Inspect the exhaust system or loose parts.
No Go to the next step. 01-03
7 Is knocking noise present? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting NO.13 KNOCKING/
PINGING.
(See01-03-50 NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING[L3 WITH
TC].)
No If noise comes from engine internal, inspect for the
friction gear, timing chain or MLA noise.
8 Inspect the intake and exhaust housing system Yes Repair installation or replace suspected part.
for loose installation. No Go to the next step.
Is there any problem found?
9 Remove the parts necessary to inspect Yes Replace the turbocharger.
vehicle.
10 Inspect the turbocharger compressor wheel Yes Replace the turbocharger.
locknut is loose or has fallen down inside No Go to the next step.
turbocharger.
11 Turn the turbocharger compressor wheel by Yes Go to the next step.
hand. No Replace the turbocharger.
Does the wheel turn easily and smoothly?
12 Visually inspect the turbine housing. Yes Clean built-up carbon or remove foreign materials.
Is there any carbon built-up or foreign material If turbine housing damaged, replace the turbocharger.
on turbine housing? No Install the removal parts at Step 9, and inspect all
turbocharger related parts installed correctly.
End Of Sie
NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE)[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802800
22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE)

DESCRIPTION Vibration from under the hood or driveline
Loose attaching bolts or worn parts
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Components malfunction such as worn parts
1 Inspect the following components for loose Yes Inspect the following systems:
attaching bolts or worn parts: Wheels
Cooling fan Transmission and mounts
Condenser fan Driveline
Drive belt and pulley Suspension
Engine mounts Service if necessary.
Exhaust system No Readjust or retighten suspect parts installation
Are all items normal? position.
Service if necessary for other parts.
01-0367
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 68

End Of Sie
NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY[L3 WITH TC]
id010339802900
23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY.

DESCRIPTION A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when A/C switch is turned on.
Improper refrigerant charging amount
Open A/C magnetic clutch
Open circuit between the A/C relay and the A/C magnetic clutch
Poor ground of A/C magnetic clutch
POSSIBLE CAUSE Refrigerant pressure switch is stuck open.
A/C relay is stuck open.
Seized A/C compressor
Open circuit between the A/C switch and the PCM through both the refrigerant pressure switch and
the A/C amplifier
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Go to the appropriate DTC test.
Are there any DTCs displayed?
2 Disconnect the A/C compressor connector. Yes Inspect for the ground condition of magnetic clutch on
Start the engine and turn the A/C switch on. A/C compressor.
Is there correct voltage at terminal of A/C If ground condition is normal, inspect for an open circuit
compressor magnetic clutch connector? magnetic clutch coil.
Specification No Go to the next step.
10.5 V or more
3 Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch Yes Inspect the refrigerant pressure switch operation.
connector. If switch is normal, go to the next step.
Connect jumper wire between terminals of A/C No Inspect for the following:
high-pressure switch connector. A/C switch is stuck open.
Connect jumper wires between terminals of Open circuit between refrigerant pressure switch
refrigerant pressure switch connector. and PCM terminal 1AC
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Open circuit between blower motor fan switch and
Turn A/C switch on and set blower fan to any resistor (if blower motor does not operate)
speed. Evaporator temperature sensor and A/C amplifier
Does A/C work?
4 Remove jumper wire from switch connector. Yes Inspect the whether A/C relay is stuck open.
Reconnect connector to refrigerant pressure Replace if necessary.
switch. No Inspect the following and repair or replace if necessary:
Start engine and turn A/C switch on. Refrigerant charging amount
Does fan operate? A/C compressor for seizure
calibration is available. Retest.le. Retest.
End Of Sie
01-0368
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 69

NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803000
24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY.

DESCRIPTION A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage.
A/C compressor magnetic clutch engagement is stuck.
A/C relay is stuck closed.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Short to ground between A/C switch and PCM
Short to ground circuit between A/C relay and PCM 01-03
A/C relay to magnetic clutch circuit shorted to battery power
2 Start the engine and idle it. Yes Inspect for the following:
Turn the A/C switch on. A/C relay is stuck closed.
Remove the A/C relay. Short to ground circuit between A/C relay and PCM
Does the A/C magnetic clutch disengage? terminal 1I.
If both items normal, go to the next step.
No Inspect if circuit between A/C relay and magnetic clutch
shorts to battery power circuit.
If circuit is normal, inspect magnetic clutch for stuck
engagement or clearance.
3 Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch Yes Inspect for a short to ground circuit between refrigerant
connector. pressure switch and PCM terminal 1AU.
Start the engine and turn the A/C switch on. No Go to the next step.
Note
A/C should not work when disconnecting
connector. If A/C remains working, short
to ground circuit may be present.
Does A/C remain working?

4 Reconnect refrigerant pressure switch Yes Inspect for the following:
connector. Short to ground circuit between A/C switch and A/C
Turn off A/C switch. amplifier
Short to ground circuit between A/C amplifier and
Note refrigerant pressure switch
A/C should not work when turning A/C No Inspect the whether A/C switch is stuck closed.
switch off. If A/C remains working, short to
ground circuit may be present.
Does A/C remain working?

End Of Sie
01-0369
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 70

NO.25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803100
25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WOT CONDITIONS.

DESCRIPTION A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under WOT.
Accelerator position sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Loosely installed accelerator position sensor.
1 Does the A/C compressor disengage when A/C Yes Go to the next step.
switch is turned off? No Go to symptom troubleshooting No.24 A/C is always
on or A/C compressor runs continuously.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Go to appropriate DTC test.
Retrieve any DTCs. Inspect the accelerator position sensor.
End Of Sie
NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803200
26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL

DESCRIPTION Rotten egg smell (sulphur) from exhaust
Electrical connectors are disconnected or connected poorly
Vacuum lines are disconnected or connected improperly.
Improper fuel pressure
Poor fuel quality
Warning
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair
procedures. Read following warnings before servicing fuel system:
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE and AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE described in this
manual.
(See 01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-14-4 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
foreign material.
1 Are any driveability or exhaust smoke concerns Yes Go to the appropriate flow chart.
present? No Go to the next step.
Electrical connections No Service if necessary.
Vacuum lines Repeat Step 2.
Fuel quality
01-0370
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 71

Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the No Go to the next step. 01-03
specified?
(See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
No Go to Step 7.
(See 01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR No Go to the next step.
specified?
(See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
8 Inspect the charcoal canister for fuel saturation. Yes Replace the charcoal canister.
Is excess amount of liquid fuel present in No Inspect the fuel tank vent system.
canister? If fuel tank vent system is normal, suggest trying a
different brand since sulfur content can vary in different
fuels.
If fuel tank vent system is not normal, repair or replace
the malfunctioning parts.
End Of Sie
NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803300

DESCRIPTION Fuel tank does not fill smoothly.
Clogged EVAP pipes
Improper use of fuel nozzle
Inadequate fuel filling speed
Warning
procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system:
POSSIBLE Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
CAUSE death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete
manual.
Caution
connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
01-0371
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 72

2 Remove the fuel-filler pipe. Yes Inspect for the following:
Make sure nonreturn valve is installed properly. Improper use of fuel nozzle
Inspect the nonreturn valve operation. Inadequate fuel filling speed
Is nonreturn valve normal? No Nonreturn valve is installed improperly:
Reinstall the nonreturn valve to proper position.
Nonreturn valve does not operate properly:
Replace the nonreturn valve.
End Of Sie
NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF ISSUES[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803400

DESCRIPTION Fuel does not shut off properly.
Clogged EVAP pipes
Fuel shut-off valve malfunction
Fuel nozzle malfunction
Fuel nozzle is not inserted correctly.
Warning
POSSIBLE
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
CAUSE
manual.
Caution
connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
2 Remove the fuel-filler pipe. Yes Inspect for the following:
Make sure nonreturn valve is installed properly. Improper use of fuel nozzle
Inspect the nonreturn valve operation. Fuel is not inserted correctly.
Is nonreturn valve normal? Inspect fuel shut-off valve.
No Nonreturn valve is installed improperly:
Reinstall the nonreturn valve to proper position.
Nonreturn valve does not operate properly:
Replace the nonreturn valve.
01-0372
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 73

01-03
End Of Sie
NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803600
29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION

DESCRIPTION Incorrect spark plug condition
Note
Inspecting the condition of the spark plugs can determine whether a problem is related to a
specific cylinder or possibly all cylinders.
Wet/carbon stuck on specific plug:

Spark Weak, not visible
Air/fuel mixture Excessive fuel injection volume
Compression No compression, low compression
Malfunctioning spark plug
Grayish white with specific plug:
Air/fuel mixture Insufficient fuel injection volume
Malfunctioning spark plug
Wet/carbon is stuck on all plugs:
Spark Spark weak
Air/fuel mixture Too rich
Compression Low compression
Clogging in intake/exhaust system
Grayish white with all plugs:
POSSIBLE CAUSE Air/fuel mixture Too lean
Warning
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
1 Remove all the spark plugs. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Inspect the spark plug condition. No Specific plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Is the spark plug condition normal? Go to the next step.
Specific plug looks grayish white:
Go to Step 9.
All plugs are wet or covered with carbon:
Go to Step 11.
All plugs look grayish white:
Go to Step 19.
2 Is the spark plug wet/covered with carbon from Yes Inspect all areas related to oil.
engine oil? No Go to the next step.
01-0373
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 74

3 Inspect the spark plugs for the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Cracked insulator No Replace the spark plug.
Heat range
Air gap
Worn electrode
Is the spark plug normal?
4 Inspect the compression pressure at the Yes Go to the next step.
suspected malfunctioning cylinder. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Is the compression pressure correct?
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
5 Install all the spark plugs. Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the spark test at the suspected No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
malfunctioning cylinder.
Is a strong blue spark visible?
(Compare with normal cylinder.)
6 Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. Yes Inspect the suspected cylinders fuel injector for the
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the following:
specification? Open or short circuit in the fuel injector
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
8 Inspect the high pressure fuel pump. Yes Replace the delivery pipe.
(See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Retest Step 6
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If the FUEL_PRES PID indication is other that the
Is the high pressure fuel pump normal? specification, replace the high pressure fuel pump.
No Replace the high pressure fuel pump.
9 Inspect the spark plug for the following. Yes Go to the next step.
Heat range No Replace the spark plug.
Air gap
Is the spark plug normal?
10 Perform the KOER self-test function using the M- Yes Go to appropriate the DTC test.
MDS. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-02-10 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 No Inspect the suspect cylinder fuel injector for the
WITH TC].) following:
Is the suspected cylinder injector circuit related Resistance
DTC (P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204) present? (See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
11 Is the air cleaner element free of blockage? Yes Go to the next step.
No Replace the air cleaner element.
(See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
13 Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. Yes Go to step 16.
specification?
15 Inspect the high pressure fuel pump. Yes Replace the delivery pipe.
(See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP Retest Step 13.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If the FUEL_PRES PID indication is other that the
Is the high pressure fuel pump normal? specification, replace the high pressure fuel pump.
No Replace the high pressure fuel pump.
01-0374
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 75

16 Inspect the following PIDs: Yes Go to the next step.
ECT No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
O2S11 (When engine can be started)
MAF
17 Perform the purge control inspection. Yes Go to the next step. 01-03
(When engine can be started) No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Is the purge control correct?
18 Perform the compression inspection. Yes Inspect for clogging in the exhaust system.
Is the compression correct? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
19 When the engine cannot be started, inspect the Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
intake-air system for air leakage. No Go to the next step.
When the engine can be started, perform the
intake manifold vacuum inspection.
Is air sucked in from the intake-air system?
20 Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. Yes Inspect for the following PIDs:
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the ECT
specification? O2S11
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) O2S12
MAF
Inspect the PCM ground condition.
No Go to Step 13.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the No Inspect following PIDs.
specified? ECT
(See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) O2S11
O2S12
MAF
Inspect PCM ground condition.
End Of Sie
01-0375
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 76

INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC]
id010339800400
Vibration Method
If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform the steps below.
Note
There are several reasons why the vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction.
Check the following:
Connectors are not fully seated.
Wiring harnesses do not have full play.
Wires laying across brackets or moving parts.
Wires routed too close to hot parts.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause a wiring harness to become
pinched between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where the wiring harnesses pass through the firewall
and body panels are the major areas to be checked.
Inspection Method for Switch Connectors or Wires

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off).
Note
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
3. Access the PIDs for the switch you are inspecting.

4. Turn the switch on manually.
5. Slightly shake each connector or wiring harness
vertically and horizontally while monitoring the
PID.
If the PID value is unstable, check for a poor
connection.
acxuuw00002361
Inspection Method for Sensor Connectors or Wires

Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idling.
3. Access the PIDs for the switch you are inspecting.

PID.
If the PID value is unstable, check for poor
connection.
acxuuw00002362
01-0376
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 77

Inspection Method for Sensors
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
3. Access the PIDs for the switch you are inspecting. 01-03
4. Shake the sensor slightly with your finger.
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, check for a poor connection or a poorly mounted
sensor or both.
Inspection Method for Actuators or Relays

Note
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idling.
3. Prepare the output state control function for actuators or relays that you are inspecting.
4. Shake the actuator or relay with your finger for 3 s
after the output state control function is activated.
If a variable click sound is heard, check for a
poor connection or a poorly mounted actuator
or both, or the relay.
Note
Shake the relays too strongly may result in
open circuits.
acxuuw00002368
Water Sprinkling Method

If a malfunction occurs only during high humidity or rainy/snowy weather, perform the following steps:
Caution
Indirectly change the temperature and humidity by spraying water onto the front of the radiator.
If a vehicle is subject to water leakage, the leakage may damage the control module. When testing
a vehicle with a water leakage problem, special caution must be used.
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps is idling.
3. Access the PIDs for the sensor or the switch if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
4. If you are inspecting the switch, turn it on manually.
5. Spray water onto the vehicle or run it through a
car wash.
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction
occurs, repair or replace parts if necessary.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001941
01-0377
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 78

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id010339803700
Input Signal System Investigation Procedure
1. Find an unusual signal. (See01-03-78 Finding unusual signals.)
2. Locate the source. (See01-03-78 Locating the source of unusual signals.)
3. Repair or replace the defective part.
4. Confirm that the unusual signal has been erased.
Finding unusual signals

While referring to 01-02-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST[L3 WITH TC], use the PID/DATA monitor and record
function to inspect the input signal system relating to the problem.
1. Start the engine and idle the vehicle. You can assume that any signals that are out of specification by a wide
margin are unusual.
2. When recreating the problem, any sudden change in the monitor input signals that is not consciously created
by the driver can be determined as unusual.
Locating the source of unusual signals
Caution
Compare the M-MDS monitor voltage with the measurement voltage using the digital
measurement system function. If you use another tester, a misreading may occur.
When measuring the voltage, attach the tester ground to the ground of the PCM that is being
tested, or to the engine itself. If this is not done, the measured voltage and actual voltage may
differ
After connecting the pin to a waterproof coupler, confirm continuity and measure the voltage, and
inspect the waterproof connector for cracks. If there are any, use sealant to fix them. Failure to do
this may result in deterioration of the wiring harness or terminal from water damage, leading to
problems with the vehicle.
Variable resistance type 1 (TP sensor)
PCM
VREF 4 3
INPUT 1 2
GND 6 5
acxuuw00002364
Investigate the input signal system for variable resistance type 1

1. When an unusual signal is received, measure the #1 PCM terminal voltage.
If the #1 terminal voltage and the M-MDS monitor voltage are the same, proceed to the next step.
If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect for the following points concerning the PCM connector:
Female terminal opening is loose.
Coupler (pin holder) damage
Pin discoloration (blackness)
Wiring harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
2. Measure the #2 sensor terminal voltage.
If there is a 0.5 V or more difference between the sensor and M-MDS voltages, inspect the wiring harness
for open or short circuits.
If the sensor and M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect for the following points concerning the sensor
connector:
If there are no problems, proceed to next investigation below.
01-0378
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 79

Investigate the standard power supply system for variable resistance type 1
Confirm that the #3 terminal is at 5 V.
If the measured voltage on the #3 terminal is5 V, inspect the following points on the sensor connector.
If there is no problem, inspect for the following:
Female terminal opening loose
If the #3 terminal measures other than 5 V, inspect for the following: 01-03
Open or short circuit in wiring harness
Investigate the ground system for variable resistance type 1

Confirm that terminal sensor #5 is at 0 V.
If it is at0 V, inspect the sensor.
If necessary, replace the sensor.
If not, inspect for the following:
Female terminal opening is loose causing an open or short circuit in wiring harness
Variable resistance type 2 (fuel tank level sensor and mass air flow (MAF) sensor)
PCM
INPUT 1 2
GND 5 4
acxuuw00002365
Investigate the ground system for variable resistance type 2

If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor.
If not at 0 V, inspect for the following:
Open circuit in wiring harness
Investigate the input signal system for variable resistance type 2

If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect for the following points concerning the PCM connector:
If the sensor and M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect the following points concerning the sensor
connector:
01-0379
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 80

Investigate the electrical supply system for variable resistance type 2
Confirm that the sensor #3 terminal is B+.
If the measured voltage on the #3 terminal is B+, inspect the following points on the sensor connector.
If the #3 terminal measures other than B+, inspect the following:
Thermistor type (IAT sensor and ECT sensor)
PCM
INPUT 1 2
GND 4 3
acxuuw00002366
Investigate the input signal system for thermistor type

If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect the following points concerning the PCM connector:
Female terminal opening loose
If the sensor and M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect the following points concerning the sensor
connector:
Investigate the ground system for thermistor type

If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary, replace the sensor.
01-0380
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 81

VSS
PCM
INPUT 1 2
01-03
3
acxuuw00002367
1. Measure the #1 PCM terminal voltage and confirm that it is at 0 V or 5 V when the ignition switch to the ON
position and the engine is idling.
If it is at 0 V or 5 V, intermittent concern exists. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
If not, inspect the following points concerning the PCM connector.
2. Measure the #2 sensor terminal voltage and confirm that it is at 0 V or 5 V when the ignition switch to the ON
position and the engine is idling.
If it is at 0 V or 5 V, intermittent concern exists. (See01-03-76 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
If not, inspect the following points concerning the sensor connector:
If there is no problem, inspect for the following.
3. Confirm that the #3 terminal switch voltage is at 0 V.
If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary, replace the sensor.
Main Relay Operation Inspection

1. Verify that the main relay clicks when the ignition switch is turned to ON position and then off.
If there is no operation sound, inspect the following:
Main relay (See09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Wiring harness and connector between ignition switch and main relay terminal A.
Wiring harness and connector between PCM terminal 1AT and main relay terminal B.
01-0381
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 82

Intake Manifold Vacuum Inspection
1. Verify air intake hoses are installed properly.
2. Start the engine and run it is idling.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the intake manifold and purge solenoid valve from the intake manifold
side.
4. Connect a vacuum gauge to the intake manifold and measure the intake manifold vacuum.
If not as specified, inspect the following:
Specification
More than 60 kPa {450 mmHg, 18 inHg}
Note
Air suction can be located by the engine speed change when lubricant is sprayed on the area where
suction is occurring.
Air suction at throttle body, charge air cooler, intake manifold and PCV valve installation points
EGR valve (stuck open)
Engine compression
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Electronic Throttle Control System Inspection
Engine coolant temperature compensation inspection
2. Select the following PIDs:
ECT
IAT
RPM
3. Verify that the engine is cold, then start the engine.
4. Verify that the engine speed decreases as the engine warms up.
If the engine speed does not decrease or decreases slowly, inspect the following:
ECT sensor and related wiring harness
(See01-40-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Electronic throttle body and related wiring harness
(See01-13-12 THROTTLE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Load compensation inspection
3. Verify that DTC P0506 or P0507 is not displayed.
If DTC P0506, or P0507 is displayed, perform the DTC inspection.
4. Select the RPM PID.
Note
Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the loads are turned on.
5. Verify that the engine speed is within the specification under each load condition.
If the load condition is not as specified, inspect the following:
A/C switch and related wiring harness
(See07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See07-40-16 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
Fan switch and related wiring harness
(See07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See07-40-16 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
PSP switch and related wiring harness
(See01-40-22 POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Engine speed
Engine speed (rpm)
Load condition
P, N position D position
No load 650 750 575 675
E/L operating*1 650 750 600 700
P/S operating 650 750 650 750
A/C operating 650 750 650 750
*1
: When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan No.1, cooling fan No.2, and
the blower motor (2-step or more.)
01-0382
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 83

Throttle position (TP) sweep inspection
2. Reform the KOER self-test function.
(See01-02-10 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Verify that none of the following DTCs are displayed:
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2107, P2108, P2119, P2122, P2123,
P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138
If any one DTC is displayed, perform the DTC inspection. 01-03
4. Access the TP_REL PID.
5. Verify that the PID reading is within the CTP value. (See01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
If the PID reading is out of range, perform the following:
Remove the air duct from the throttle valve body.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the throttle position sensor and the related wiring harness.
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle actuator control motor and the related wiring
harness.
6. Gradually depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading increases lineally.
If the PID reading drops momentarily, inspect the following:
Throttle position sensor
7. Fully depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading is within the WOT value. (See01-40-6 PCM
If the PID reading is out of range, perform the following:
Remove the air duct from throttle valve body with connector connected.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when throttle pedal is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the throttle position sensor and the related wiring harness.
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle actuator control motor and the related wiring
harness.
Variable Swirl System Operation Inspection
2. Access the ECT PID.
3. Verify that the ECT PID is below 60C {140F}.
5. Inspect the rod operation under the following conditions:
Rod operation
3,750 rpm
Engine speed
Below Above
Shutter valve actuator Operate Not operate
If the rod operation is not specified, inspect as follows:

1. Perform the KOER self-test using the M-MDS and verify that DTCs No. P2004, P2006, P2009 or P2010 are not
displayed.
If DTC No. P2004, P2006, P2009 or P2010 are displayed, perform DTC inspection.
If simulation function of M-MDS is used:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Engine off)
2. Turn the variable swirl solenoid valve from off to on using the IMRC PID and verify that the operation sound of
the solenoid valve is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, replace the variable swirl solenoid valve.
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
Vacuum hose and vacuum chamber for looseness or damage
Shutter valve actuator
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Check valve is stuck open or closed
Shutter valve cannot move smoothly
If simulation function of M-MDS is not used:
1. Inspect variable swirl solenoid valve.
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
If the variable swirl solenoid valve is not normal, replace the variable swirl solenoid valve.
If the variable swirl solenoid valve is normal, inspect the following:
Vacuum hose and vacuum chamber for looseness or damage
Shutter valve actuator
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Check valve is stuck open or closed
Shutter valve cannot move smoothly
01-0383
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 84

Fuel Injector Operation Inspection
1 Start the engine and warm it up until normal Yes Fuel injector work properly
operating temperature. No Engine speed does not drop an any cylinder:
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. Go to the next steps.
Select the INJ#1, INJ#2, INJ#3, and INJ#4 PIDs. Engine speed drops on some cylinders:
Turn the fuel injector from on to off using the Go to step 3.
PIDs for each cylinder.
Does the engine speed drop?
2 Perform the Main Relay Operation Inspection. Yes Go to the next step.
(See01-03-81 Main Relay Operation Inspection.) No Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Does the main relay work properly?
3 Inspect the fuel injector of the suspected Yes Inspect the following for the suspected cylinder.
cylinder. Fuel injector power and/or ground systems related wiring
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR harness and connectors.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If all items normal replace the PCM.
Is the fuel injector normal? (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
No Replace the fuel injector.
(See 01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
4 Perform KOER self-test function using the M- Yes Go to the appropriate DTC test.
(See01-02-10 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 No Go to the next step.
WITH TC].)
Are DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203 and/or P0204
present?
5 Inspect the fuel injector of the suspected Yes Inspect the following for the suspected cylinder:
cylinder. PCM terminals (pulled-out pins, corrosion)
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR Fuel injector terminals (pulled-out pins, corrosion)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) If all items are normal replace the PCM.
Is the fuel injector normal? (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
No Replace the fuel injector.
(See 01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/

1 Perform the KOER self-test function using the M- Yes Go to appropriate DTC test.
(See01-02-10 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 No Go to the next step.
WITH TC].)
Are DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203 and/or P0204
present?
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR No Replace the fuel injector.
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/
Is the fuel injector normal? INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3 Inspect the following for the suspected cylinder: Yes Replace the PCM.
Fuel injector power and/or ground system (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
related wiring harnesses and connectors. TC].)
PCM terminals (pulled-out pins, corrosion) No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Fuel injector terminals (pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
01-0384
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 85

Fuel Cut Control System Inspection
Note
This inspection has to be performed after the Fuel Injector Operation Inspection.

1. Warm up the engine and idle it.
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. 01-03
3. Select the RPM and the FUELPW1 PIDs.
4. Monitor both PIDs while performing the following steps.
(1) Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the RPM PID to 4,000 rpm.
(2) Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify that the FUELPW1 PID is 0
msec., and 2 5 msec. when the RPM PID drops below 1,200 rpm.
If not as specified, inspect the following.

2. Measure the fuel injector control signal wave profile using the oscilloscope while performing the following steps.
(1) Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the engine speed to 4,000 rpm.
(2) Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify that the wave profile
constantB+, and the wave appears when the engine speed drops below 1,200 rpm.
If not as specified, inspect the following.
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection

2. Remove the fuel-filler cap.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
4. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on using the FP PID and inspect if the operation sound of the fuel pump is
heard.
If no operation sound is heard, proceed to the next step.
5. Measure the voltage at the wiring harness side fuel pump connector terminal B with the FIP PID turned on.
If the voltage is as specified, inspect the following:
Fuel pump continuity
Fuel pump ground
Wiring harness between the fuel pump relay and PCM terminal 1H
Fuel pump relay
Wiring harness connector (Main relayfuel pump relayfuel pump resisterfuel pump.)
Specification
8.0 11.5 V (Ignition switch at ON)
Caution
Connecting the wrong check connector terminal may possibly cause a malfunction. Carefully
connect the specified terminal only.
1. Short the check connector terminal F/P to body ground using a jumper wire.
4. Verify that the fuel pump operation sound is heard.
If no operation sound is heard, proceed to the next step.
01-0385
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 86

5. Measure the voltage at wiring harness side fuel pump connector terminal B.
If the voltage is as specified, inspect the following:
Fuel pump continuity
Fuel pump ground
Wiring harness between the fuel pump relay and PCM terminal, 1H
Fuel pump relay
Wiring harness connector (Main relayfuel pump relayfuel pump resisterfuel pump.)
Specification
8.0 11.5 V (Ignition switch at on)
Fuel Pump Control System Inspection

3. Select the FP PID.
4. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on and inspect if the operation sound of the fuel pump relay is heard.
If no operation sound is heard, inspect the fuel pump relay.
If the fuel pump relay is normal, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relayfuel pump relayPCM terminal 1H)

1. Crank the engine and verify that the fuel pump relay operation sound is heard.
2. If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
Fuel pump relay
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relayfuel pump relayPCM terminal 1H)
Fuel Pump Speed Control Inspection

1. Perform the Fuel Pump Operation Inspection.
4. Turn the fuel pump speed control relay from off to on using the FPRR PID and verify that the fuel pump speed
control relay operation sound is heard.
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relayfuel pump speed control relayPCM terminal 1AA)
7. Turn the fuel pump speed control relay from off to on using the FPRR PID and inspect if the operation sound
frequency of the fuel pump is higher than when the FPRR PID is off.
If it cannot be verified, inspect the following:
Fuel pump resister
Wiring harness and connectors (open circuit at fuel pump speed control relay terminal Cfuel pump
relay terminal D)

1. Perform the fuel pump operation inspection.
2. Verify that fuel pump relay operation sound is heard, while cranking the engine.
Fuel pump relay
Wiring harnesses and connectors (Main relay fuel pump relay PCM terminal 1H)
4. Verify that the fuel pump unit operation sound frequency at cranking is higher than during idle.
If it cannot verified, inspect for the following:
Fuel pump resister
Fuel pump relay
Wiring harnesses and connectors (open circuit at fuel pump relay terminal C fuel pump terminal B)
01-0386
Spark Test
1. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Verify that each ignition coil and connector is connected properly.
3. Inspect the ignition system in the following procedure.
Warning
High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical shock which can result in serious
injury. Avoid direct contact to the vehicle body during the following spark test.
01-03
1 Disconnect the ignition coil from the spark Yes Go to the next step.
plugs. No Perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times to
Remove the spark plugs. burn off the carbon deposits.
Verify that the spark plugs do not have Repeat Step 1.
carbon deposits.
Are the spark plugs normal?
2 Inspect the spark plugs for damage, wear, Yes Go to the next step.
and proper plug gap. No Replace spark plugs, then go to the next step.
Are the spark plugs normal?
3 Reconnect the spark plugs to the ignition Yes Ignition system is normal.
coil. No Some cylinders do not spark:
Ground the spark plugs to the engine.
Is a strong blue spark visible at each cylinder
while cranking the engine? All cylinders do not spark:
Go to Step 5.
4 Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an Yes Inspect and replace the ignition coil.
open or short circuit: (See01-18-2 IGNITION COIL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Ignition coil No.1 terminal CPCM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step 1.
terminal 2BA
Ignition coil No.2 terminal CPCM
terminal 2AW
terminal 2AX
terminal 2AT
Are the wiring harnesses normal?
5 Measure the voltage at terminal A in each Yes Go to the next step.
ignition coils. No Inspect the power supply circuit of ignition coils.
Is the voltage B+?
6 Does the PCM connector or ignition coil Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 1.
connectors have poor connection? No Go to the next step.
7 Are the following parts normal? Yes Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness and
CKP sensor and crankshaft pulley connector of the CKP sensor.
No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step 1.
EGR Control System Inspection

1. Crank the engine and verify that the EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0403 is
shown. Perform the DTC inspection. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Start the engine run it is idling.
3. Increase the step value of the EGR valve from 0 to 57 using the SEGR PID of the simulation function.
4. Operate the EGR valve and inspect if the engine speed becomes unstable or the engine stalls.
If the engine speed does not change, proceed to the following.
(1) Stop the engine.
(2) Remove the EGR valve.
(3) Connect the EGR valve connector.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(5) Increase the step value of EGR valve from 0 to 57 using SEGRP PID.
(6) Verify that the EGR valve operates according to the SEGRP PID.
If the EGR valve is operated, clean the EGR valve and the EGR gas passage.
If the EGR valve does not operate, replace the EGR valve.
5. Start the engine and warm it up completely.
6. Access the following PIDs.
ECT, RPM, SEGRP, APP1, APP2, TP_REL, VSS
7. Idle the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is 0.
Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06) 01-0387

8. Put the vehicle in drive.
9. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP value increases.
If the SEGRP value does not increase, inspect the VSS, TP and ECT PIDs. (See01-40-6 PCM
10. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is returns to 0.

1. Verify that EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0403 is
shown. Perform the DTC inspection. (See01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Start the engine and idle it.
3. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
4. Select the following PIDs:
ECT, RPM, SEGRP, APP1, APP2, TP_REL, VSS
5. Let the vehicle idle and verify that the SEGRP value is 0.
6. Put the vehicle in drive.
7. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP value is increased.
If the EGR valve increases, inspect the following:
EGR valve (stuck open or closed)
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relayEGR valvePCM)
If the SEGRP value does not increase, inspect the VSS, APP1, APP2, TP_REL and ECT PIDs. (See01-40-
6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value returns to 0.
Purge Control System Inspection

2. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid valve and the charcoal canister.
3. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied when the engine is cold.
If there is a vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid valvePCM terminal 2AB)
Purge solenoid valve (stuck open)
4. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0403 is displayed. Perform the DTC inspection.
(See01-02-133 DTC P0403[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Select the EVAPCP PID.
6. Increase the duty value of the purge solenoid valve to 50% and inspect if the operation sound of the valve is
heard.
If the operation sound is heard, inspect for loose or damaged vacuum hoses. (Intake manifoldpurge
solenoid valvecharcoal canister)
If the operation sound is not heard, perform the purge solenoid valve inspection. (See01-16-9 PURGE
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Monitor the EVAPCP PID using the M-MDS, and drive the vehicle approx. 2000 rpm for 30 s or more.
If the EVAPCP PID is 0%, inspect the following.
MAF, APP1, APP2, TP_REL and LOAD PIDs.

2. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid valve and the charcoal canister.
3. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied when the engine is cold.
If there is vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid valvePCM terminal, 2AB)
Purge solenoid valve
4. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
5. Stop the engine.
6. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0443 is shown. Perform DTC inspection. (See01-
02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Select the ECT PID.
9. Verify that the engine coolant temperature is above 60C {140F}.
If the M-MDS indicates that the temperature is below 60C {140F}, perform the ECT sensor inspection.
01-0388
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 89

10. Set the vehicle on the dynamometer or chassis roller.
Warning
When the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, there is a possibility that the operator may
come into contact with or be caught up in the rotating parts, leading to serious injuries or death.
When performing work while the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, be careful not to
contact or be caught up in any of the rotating parts.
01-03
11. Drive vehicle at an engine speed to approx. 2000 rpm for 30 s or more.
12. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied during Step 2.
If there is no vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connector (Main relaypurge solenoid valvePCM terminal 2AB)
MAF, APP1, APP2, TP_REL and LOAD PIDs
If there is vacuum, inspect the following:
Vacuum hose (Purge solenoid valvecharcoal canister)
A/C Cut-off Control System Inspection
2. Turn the A/C switch and fan switch on.
3. Verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch actuates.
If it does not actuate, go to symptom troubleshooting No.23 A/C does not work sufficiently.
4. Fully open the throttle valve and verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not actuate for 2 5 s.
If it actuates, inspect as follows:
A/C relay
Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness and connectors (Ignition switchA/C relayPCM
terminal 1I)
A/C related parts
APP1, APP2 PIDs
Cooling Fan Control System Inspection
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Perform the KOER self-test.
(See01-02-10 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Verify that the DTC P0480 is not shown and the cooling fan operates during the KOER self-test.
If DTC P0480 is shown, perform the DTC troubleshooting procedure.
(See01-02-152 DTC P0480[L3 WITH TC].)
If the cooling fans do not operate, proceed to the following:
(1) Verify the clicking sound of the cooling fan relay when the ignition switch is turned from the off to the ON
position.
(2) If there is no the clicking sound, inspect the cooling fan relay for an open circuit between the ignition switch
and the cooling fan relay.
If there is a clicking sound, go to the next step.
Inspect the following parts in the indicated order in accordance with fan operation conditions.
Cooling fans do not operate
Open circuit between the fan control module and the cooling fan relay
Open circuit between fan control module and ground
Poor connection of the fan control module connector
Fan control module
(See01-12-14 FAN CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Cooling fan motor No.1 does not operate
Open or short to ground circuit between the fan control module and cooling fan motor No.1
Poor connection of the fan control module connector or cooling fan motor No.1 connector
Cooling fan motor No.1
(See01-12-14 FAN MOTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Fan control module
Cooling fan motor No.2 does not operate
Open or short to ground circuit between the fan control module and the cooling fan motor No.2
Poor connection of the fan control module connector or the cooling fan motor No.1 connector
Cooling fan motor No.2
(See01-12-14 FAN MOTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Fan control module
01-0389
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 90

Wastegate Control System Operation Inspection
2. Disconnect the hose between the wastegate control solenoid valve and the intake pipe.
3. Put a finger to the wastegate control solenoid valve and verify that there is no pressure applied.
If there is pressure, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Wastegate control solenoid valve PCM terminal 2AA)
Wastegate control solenoid valve (Stuck open)
5. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that DTC P0245 or P0246 are shown. Perform the DTC
inspection.
(See01-02-112 DTC P0245[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-02-114 DTC P0246[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Select the VGT PID.
7. Increase the duty value of the wastegate control solenoid valve and inspect if the operation sound of the
solenoid valve is heard.
If the operation sound is heard, inspect for loose or damaged vacuum hoses. (Wastegate actuator
wastegate control solenoid valveintake hose)
If the operation sound is not heard, perform the wastegate control solenoid valve inspection.
(See01-13-14 WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
9. Monitor the VGT and APP PIDs using the M-MDS.
10. Run the engine with the APP PID above 30% and verify that the VGT PID value increases from 0%.
If the VGT PID is 0%, inspect the APP PID.

2. Disconnect the hose between the wastegate control solenoid valve and the intake pipe.
3. Put a finger to the wastegate control solenoid valve and verify that there is no pressure applied.
If there is pressure, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Wastegate control solenoid valvePCM terminal 2AA)
Wastegate control solenoid valve (Stuck open)
5. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0245 or P0246 are shown. Perform the DTC
inspection.
(See01-02-112 DTC P0245[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-02-114 DTC P0246[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Monitor the VGT and APP PIDs using the M-MDS.
8. The hose between the wastegate control solenoid valve and intake pipe is disconnected.
9. Run the engine with the APP PID above 30% and verify that the VGT PID value increases from 0% and there
is pressure applied.
If the VGT PID is 0%, inspect the TP_REL PID.
If there is no pressure applied, inspect for the following:
Wastegate control solenoid valve (Stuck closed)
Hose connection (Intake hose (turbocharger compressor downstream side) wastegate actuator
intake hose (turbocharger compressor upstream side))
Variable Valve Timing Control System Operation Inspection

When idling cannot be continued
1. Remove the oil control valve (OCV) and verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position.
2. Connect the oil control valve (OCV).
4. Verify that the spool valve is at the maximum retard position.
If the spool valve is stuck in the advance direction, inspect for the following:
Short circuit in wiring harnesses or connectors between the oil control valve (OCV) and the PCM.
5. Inspect the variable timing actuator.
01-0390
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 91

When idling can be continued
4. Select the VT DUTY1 PID.
5. Increase the oil control valve (OCV) duty value and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
If as specified, inspect the timing belt component (valve timing deviation). 01-03
If not as specified, go to the next step.
6. Remove the oil control valve (OCV) while the connector is connected.
8. Select VT DUTY1 PID.
9. Increase the oil control valve (OCV) duty value and verify that the spool valve operates in the advance direction.
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passage for clogging and/or leakage.
Oil pressure switchoil control valve (OCV)
Oil control valve (OCV) camshaft
Camshaft internal passage
Oil control valve (OCV) operation
Harness and connectors for open or short circuit (Oil control valve (OCV) PCM terminal 2AF)
10. If they are normal, replace the intake camshaft pulley (with a built-in variable valve timing actuator).
1. Disconnect the oil control valve (OCV) connector.
3. Apply battery voltage to the oil control valve (OCV) and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
If the engine idles roughly or stalls, inspect the timing belt component (valve timing deviation).
If the engine does not idle roughly or stalls, go to the next step.
4. Remove the oil control valve (OCV) and perform the spool valve operation inspection.
(See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Oil control valve (OCV)
Harnesses and connectors between oil control valve (OCV) and PCM have an open or short circuit.
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passages for clogging or leakage or both:
Oil pressure switchoil control valve (OCV)
Oil control valve (OCV) camshaft
Camshaft internal passage
5. If they are normal, replace the camshaft pulley (with built-in variable valve timing actuator).
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Inspection

To verify that the problem has been fixed properly after repairs, the run-drive cycle or EVAP system leak
inspection must be performed.
EVAP system leak inspection using the M-MDS
Note
EVAP system test outline
The EVAP system test, which can substituted for the run-drive cycle as an EVAP control system repair
confirmation method, can be done while operating the M-MDS in the KOEO (Key On Engine Off) condition
instead of actually driving the vehicle.
EVAP system test description
The EVAP system test finds gas leaks in the system using the PCM to monitor changes in the air pump
load current of the EVAP system leak detection pump. This test starts after sending an on-demand test
signal from the M-MDS to the PCM. The PCM controls the air pump and change-over-valve operation and
also stores the load current of the air pump as follows:
i. The PCM turns the air pump on and retrieves the air pump load current value (LDP_MON PID) as a
reference current (LDP_REF PID).
ii. After retrieving the reference current value, the PCM commands the change-over-valve to open, then
captures the air pump load current value (LDP_MON PID) as the idle current (LDP_IDL PID). The
EVAP system will be pressurized from this phase.
01-0391
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 92

iii. The PCM continues to monitor the air
pump load current value (LDP_MON
CHANGE-
PID) until the end of the test. OVER-VALVE CLOSED
OPEN
AIR-PUMP ON OFF
(LDP-REF) PASS
LOAD FAIL
CURRENT
(LDP-MON)
(LDP-IDL)
acxuuw00000321
You can confirm whether any EVAP gas leak

has occurred or not by reading the test INTAKE
results. MANIFOID
FUEL TANK PURGE-VALVE

CANISTER
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION
PUMP
CHANGE-OVER-VALVE
ORIFICE
P
AIR-PUMP
AIR FILTER
AIR
acxuuw00000322
EVAP system malfunction judgment

The PCM calculates the stored air pump load current value and sends the results to the M-MDS as DTCs:
DTC No. Condition

P0442 EVAP control system leak detected (small leak)
P0446 Change over valve (COV) (EVAP system leak detection pump) stuck closed
P0455 EVAP control system leak detected (gross leak)
P0456 EVAP control system leak detected (very small leak)
P2401 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit low
P2402 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit high
P2404 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor circuit malfunction
P2405 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor circuit low input
P2407 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor circuit intermittent
01-0392
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 93

Evaporative system test procedure
1. Select the EVAP system test from the Toolbox on the M-MDS display and follow the instructions.
2. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the specifications at the pre-test confirmation screen.
Note
To successfully perform this procedure, all PIDs must be within the following specifications before
proceeding to the next step.
The PCM will cancel the EVAP system test if the B+ PID value falls lower than 11.0 V during the test. 01-03
Specification
PID PID Range
BARO 72.2 kPa {543 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or more
FLI 15 85%
IAT 5 45 C {41 113 F}
B+ 11.0 V or more

4. Drive the vehicle or let the engine idle more than 20 min.
5. Turn the ignition switch off, then turn it to the ON position again (Key On Engine Off).
6. Press the tick icon to start the test.
7. Verify that no DTCs are present after the completion of the test.
If any test result is indicated with red, diagnose the problem using the following DTC troubleshooting procedure
or component inspection procedure.
If any DTCs are detected, diagnose the problem using the appropriate DTC troubleshooting procedure.
EVAP system leak inspection using leak tester

1. Perform the following SST (EVAP System Tester 134-01049) self-test:
Note
If the tester does not work correctly during the self-test, refer to the tester operators manual for a more
detailed self-test procedure.
(1) Verify that the control valve on the panel is in

the HOLD position, then open the nitrogen PRESSURE VALVE "TEST AND HOLD"
GAUGE
bottle valve.
(2) Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of
the SST) to the SELF TEST port located on
the control panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do
not overtighten.)
(3) Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
(4) The gauge should read 331 381 mm {13
15 in} of water.
If the gauge is not reading in this range,
SELF-TEST
adjust the pressure by turning the black
PORT
knob on the low pressure regulator at the
nitrogen bottle.
(5) Turn the control valve to the HOLD position.
(6) Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that .020 TEST .040 TEST
the flow meter reads no flow. PORT PORT
If there is no drop in pressure and no flow, acxuuw00000323
the tester passes the self-test.
If the gauge leaks down, refer to the
operators manual.
01-0393
1871-1U-06B(01-03).fm 94

2. Connect the SST to the vehicle.
(1) Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD position then open the nitrogen bottle valve.
(2) Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or equivalent, replace it.
(3) Connect the receiver assembly (SST: 134- CAP ADAPTER VEHICLE CAP
01059) to the vehicle cap test hose assembly TEST HOSE
(part of SST) and the fuel-filler cap from the ASSEMBLY
vehicle.
(4) Connect the cap adaptor (SST: 134-01058) to VEHICLE
INTERFACE
the vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of
HOSE
the SST) and to the fuel-filler neck.
(5) Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of
the SST) to the center fitting of the vehicle cap
test hose assembly (part of the SST).
RECEIVER
3. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. ASSEMBLY
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine
acxuuw00000324
off).
5. Request the PCM on-board device control (Mode
08) using the M-MDS to close the change-over valve (COV) in the EVAP system leak detection pump.
Note
The COV is closed for 10 min unless any of the following actions are performed:
The engine is started.
The ignition switch is turned off.
6. Make sure the control valve on the 134-01049 is in the HOLD position and that the valve on the cylinder of
nitrogen gas is open.
7. Turn the control valve to the open position and let the system fill. You should note a drop in the gauge pressure
along with the flow meter being pegged at maximum flow for several minutes depending on how full or empty
the fuel tank is, and how long it takes to completely fill and pressurize the evaporative emissions system hoses.
8. If the gauge and the flow meter do not settle to a measurable level after 2 3 min, then refer to the Mazda
Workshop Manual to verify that the cut or vent valve is properly closed.
9. Verify the pressure gauge and flow meter reading to determine if there is an evaporative emissions leak:
NO EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The flow meter registers zero flow and the pressure gauge returns to the pre-set pressure of 356 mm {14
in} of water (H2O).
EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The pressure does not return to the preset level of 356 mm {14 in} of water (H2O) when measuring the
flow. See SETTING LEAK STANDARD FOR TESTING (.020 to. 040 inch H2O) of the Evaporative
Emissions Tester operators manual (134-01067).
Note
Turn the control valve to the HOLD position then disconnect the SST.
End Of Sie
01-0394
MECHANICAL [L3 WITH TC]
01-10 MECHANICAL [L3 WITH TC]
MECHANICAL LOCATION INDEX CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-102 REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . 01-1020
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION Camshaft Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1022
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-103 Cylinder Head Removal Note . . . . . . . . 01-1022
DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Cylinder Head Installation Note. . . . . . . 01-1022
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-103 Camshaft Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 01-1023 01-10
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-104 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1023
VALVE CLEARANCE Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1024
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-104 Front Oil Seal Removal Note. . . . . . . . . 01-1025
Valve Clearance Front Oil Seal Installation Note . . . . . . . 01-1025
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-104 Crankshaft Pulley Lock
Valve Clearance Bolt Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1025
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-105 REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1026
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-109 Rear Oil Seal Installation Note . . . . . . . 01-1027
TIMING CHAIN VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-1028
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1010 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
Cylinder Head Cover REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1012 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1028
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1012 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
No.3 Engine Mount [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1029
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1012 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Front Oil Seal Removal Note . . . . . . . . 01-1014 INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-1029
Chain Tensioner Removal Note . . . . . . 01-1014 Coil Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 01-1029
Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Spool Valve Operation Inspection . . . . . 01-1029
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1015 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Oil Pump Drive Sprocket
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1031
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1015
No.1 Engine Mount
Oil Pump Driven Sprocket
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1033
No.3 Engine Mount Rubber, No.4
Timing Chain Installation Note . . . . . . . 01-1016
Engine Mount Bracket
Front Oil Seal Installation Note . . . . . . 01-1016
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1033
Engine Front Cover
Engine Mount Installation Note . . . . . . . 01-1033
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1017
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
No.3 Engine Mount
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1035
ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . 01-1035
Crankshaft Pulley Lock
Engine Tune-up Preparation . . . . . . . . . 01-1035
Bolt Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1018
Ignition Timing Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1036
Cylinder Head Cover
Idle Speed Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1036
Idle Mixture Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1036
End of Toc
WM: ENGINE COMPLETE
Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06) 01-101

MECHANICAL LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
id011039800100
8
1
7
6
4
acxuuw00000134
1 Drive belt 5 Cylinder head gasket

(See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION[L3 WITH (See01-10-20 CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
TC].) REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/ 6 Front oil seal
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-10-23 FRONT OIL SEAL
(See01-10-4 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) 7 Rear oil seal
2 Tappet (See01-10-26 REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT[L3
(See01-10-4 VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION/ WITH TC].)
ADJUSTMENT[L3 WITH TC].) 8 OCV
3 Engine (See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
(See01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
WITH TC].) (See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
(See01-10-31 ENGINE REMOVAL/ INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) 9 Variable valve timing actuator
(See01-10-35 ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-10-28 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
(See01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].) ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
4 Timing chain (See01-10-28 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
(See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/ ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) TC].)
01-102 Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06)

1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 3

End Of Sie
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

WM: DRIVE BELT
id011039801500
Note
Drive belt deflection/tension inspection is not necessary because of the use of the drive belt auto
tensioner.
1. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner indicator mark does not exceed the limit.
If it exceeds the limit, replace the drive belt. 01-10
(See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
INDICATOR
MARK
NORMAL
MALFUNCTION
acxuuw00000135
DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011039801600
1. Remove the splash shield (RH).
2. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner in the
direction shown in the figure and remove the drive
belt.
3. Install the drive belt.
4. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner indicator
mark does not exceed the limit. (See01-10-3
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Install the splash shield (RH).
End Of Sie
WM: DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER
acxuuw00000136
01-103
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 4

DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039801700
1. Remove the drive belt. (See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner moves
smoothly in the operational direction.
Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if
necessary.
3. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner pulley by
hand and verify that it rotates smoothly.
Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if
necessary.
4. Install the drive belt. (See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) DRIVE BELT
End Of Sie AUTO TENSIONER
WM: ENGINE COMPLETE
acxuuw00000137
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT[L3 WITH TC]

id011039800200
Valve Clearance Inspection
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the charge air cooler. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the high pressure fuel pump. (See01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/
5. Remove the ignition coils. (See01-18-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Disconnect the wiring harness.
7. Remove the ventilation hose.
8. Remove the cylinder head cover. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
9. Measure the valve clearance.
(1) Rotate the crankshaft clockwise so that the No.1 cylinder is at TDC of the compression stroke.
(2) Measure the valve clearance of location A
A B A B
shown in the figure.
Standard valve clearance [Engine cold]

IN: 0.22 0.28 mm {0.0087 0.011 in} EX
EX: 0.27 0.33 mm {0.011 0.012 in} No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
(3) If it is not within the specification, replace the IN

tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the
median value of the standard.
A A B B
Note
Make sure to note down the measured
acxuuw00000156
values for choosing the suitable replacement

tappets.
(4) Rotate the crankshaft clockwise 360 so that the No.4 cylinder is at TDC of the compression stroke.
(5) Measure the valve clearance of location B shown in the figure.

IN: 0.22 0.28 mm {0.0087 0.011 in}
EX: 0.27 0.33 mm {0.011 0.012 in}
(6) If not within the specification, replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the median value of the
standard.
10. Install the cylinder head cover. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
11. Install the ventilation hose.
12. Connect the wiring harness.
13. Install the ignition coils. (See01-18-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
14. Install the high pressure fuel pump. (See01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/
15. Install the charge air cooler. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
17. Connect the negative battery cable.
01-104
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 5

Valve Clearance Adjustment
6. Disconnect the wiring harness. 01-10
10. Remove the engine front cover lower blind plug.
11. Remove the engine front cover upper blind plug.
UPPER
BLIND
PLUG
LOWER BLIND
PLUG
acxuuw00000157
12. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug, and

install the SST.
13. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at TDC
of the compression stroke. (Until the crank weight
contacts SST and stops.)
303-507
acxuuw00000541
14. Release the tension on the timing chain shown in

the figure.
2
BOLT(M6 x 1.0)
3
acxuuw00000159
01-105
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 6

(1) Using a suitable screwdriver or equivalent tool, unlock the chain tensioner ratchet.
(2) Rotate the exhaust camshaft clockwise using a suitable wrench on the cast hexagon and loosen the
tension on the timing chain.
(3) Using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0 length
25mm 35mm {0.99 1.3 in}) at the engine
front cover upper blind plug, secure the RIB
tensioner arm at the position where the RIB
tension is released.
acxuuw00000160
15. Fix the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the

cast hexagon, and loosen the camshaft sprocket
installation bolt.
acxuuw00000161
16. Remove the installation bolt and remove the

exhaust camshaft sprocket.
17. Remove the oil control valve (OCV). (See01-10-
29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/
EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT
SPROCKET
acxuuw00000162
18. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three

passes in the order shown in the figure and 1 3 5 4 2
remove the camshaft cap.
Note EX
The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
for correct reassembly in their original
positions. Do not mix the caps. IN
19. Remove the camshafts for the intake and exhaust

sides. 2 4 6 5 3 1
20. Remove the tappet.
acxuuw00000163
21. Install an appropriate tappet based on the results
of the valve clearance inspection.
Selected tappet = Removed tappet thickness + Measured valve clearance - Standard valve clearance

IN: 0.22 0.28 mm {0.0087 0.011 in}
EX: 0.27 0.33 mm {0.011 0.012 in}
22. Install the camshaft with No.1 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of the compression stroke.
01-106
23. Carefully apply adhesive agent (Loctite 518 or
962) to the area indicated in the figure so that it
does not leak into the sliding part.
Thickness SEALANT
1.0 mm {0.039 in}
01-10
INTAKE REAR CAMSHAFT CAP

acxuuw00000164
24. Install the camshaft caps and temporarily tighten

5 3 1 2 4
the camshaft cap bolts evenly in two or three
passes, and then tighten the camshaft cap bolts
in two passes, using the following two steps and
in the order shown in the figure. EX
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4

Tightening procedure
1. 5.0 9.0 Nm {51 91 kgfcm, 45 79 IN
inlbf}
2. 14.0 17.0 Nm {1.5 1.7 kgfm, 10.4
12.5 ftlbf
5 3 1 2 4 6
acxuuw00000165
25. Install the OCV. (See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL
VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
26. Install a new washer.
acxuuw00000166
27. Install the exhaust camshaft sprocket.
Caution
Do not tighten the camshaft sprocket
installation bolt at this stage. Verify the
valve timing before performing the bolt
tightening.
EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT
SPROCKET
acxuuw00000162
Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07) 01-107

28. Install the SST on the camshaft as shown in the
figure. 303-1061
29. Remove the installation bolt for the engine front (49 UN30 310610)
cover upper blind plug (M6 X 1.0 length 25
35mm {0.99 1.3 in}), and apply tension to the
timing chain.
30. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and verify that
the No.1 cylinder is at TDC of the compression
stroke. (The position crank weight contacts the
SST.)
acxuuw00000167
31. Fix the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the

cast hexagon, and tighten the sprocket installation
bolt.
Tightening torque
69 75 Nm {7.1 7.6 kgfm, 51 55 ftlbf}
32. Remove the SST from the camshaft.

33. Remove the SST installed in the cylinder block
lower blind plug hole.
34. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and
inspect the valve timing.
If it is not aligned, repeat the procedure.
acxuuw00002396
35. Apply the silicone sealant and install the engine

front cover upper blind plug.
Tightening torque
8.0 11.5 Nm {82 117 kgfcm, 71 101
inlbf}
BLIND
PLUG
acxuuw00000168
36. Install the cylinder block lower blind plug.
Tightening torque
18 22 Nm {1.9 2.2 kgfm, 14 16 ftlbf}
BLIND
PLUG
acxuuw00000169
37. Install a new engine front cover lower blind plug.

ENGINE FRONT
Tightening torque COVER LOWER
10.0 14.0 Nm {102 142 kgfcm, 89 123 BLIND PLUG
inlbf}
38. Install the drive belt. (See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
39. Install the cylinder head cover. (See01-10-10
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
acxuuw00000170
01-108
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 9

43. Install the high pressure fuel pump. (See01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/
46. Connect the negative battery cable. 01-10
End Of Sie
COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039800300
Warning
Hot engines can cause severe burns. Be careful not to burn yourself during removal/installation of
each component.
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing death, serious injury, or damage. Always
1. Verify that the battery is completely charged. (See01-17-2 BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Warm up the engine.
Warning
Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are dangerous. Fuel can easily ignite
and cause serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent
this, always perform the Fuel Line Safety Procedure. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR
3. Remove the charge air cooler.

5. Remove all the spark plugs. (See01-18-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
6. Remove the fuel pump relay. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove the fuel injector relay.
8. Measure the compression pressure using the following procedure.
(1) Press the compression gauge into the spark
plug hole.
(2) Fully open the throttle valve.
(3) Crank the engine and measure the
compression pressure.
Compression
Standard: 1,280 kPa {13.1 kgf/cm2, 185.65
psi} [250rpm]
Minimum: 896 kPa {9.14 kgf/cm2, 129.96 psi}
[250rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders: acxuuw00000151
196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm2, 28.5 psi}
(4) Perform Steps (1) to (3) for all cylinders.

(5) If it is less than the minimum specification, or there is a cylinder with a compression value that differs from
that of other cylinders by 196.1 kPa or more {2.0 kgf/cm2, 28.5 psi}, add a small quantity of engine oil
through the spark plug hole and perform Steps (1) to (3).
If the pressure increases by adding the engine oil, the piston ring or the cylinder surface is worn, or they
are damaged. Perform overhaul servicing.
If the pressure does not increase, valve seizure, valve attachment failure, or pressure leakage from the
cylinder head gasket might be occurring. Perform overhaul servicing.
9. Install the fuel injector relay.
10. Install the fuel pump relay. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
11. Install the spark plugs. (See01-18-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
13. Install the charge air cooler.
End Of Sie
WM: TIMING CHAIN
01-109
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 10

TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039801000
2. Remove the under cover.
3. Remove the splash shield.
10. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See01-40-42 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
11. Remove the P/S oil pump with the hoses and pipes still connected. (See06-14-21 POWER STEERING OIL
PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Note
Position and secure the P/S oil pump out of the way with a rope or wire.
12. Remove the bracket shown in the figure, and

place the power steering pressure hose outside of FRONT
the vehicle.
POWER STEERING
13. Remove in the order indicated in the figure. PRESSURE HOSE 7.810.8
14. Install in the reverse order of removal. {80110,
15. Start the engine and inspect and adjust the 7095 }
following:
(1) Engine oil amount (See01-11-3 ENGINE OIL
LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Runout and contact of pulley and belt.
(3) Ignition timing, idle speed, and idle mixture Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
STEERING GEAR
(CO and HC) verification (See01-10-35
acxuuw00002076
ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
01-1010
7.810.8 Nm {80110
kgfcm, 7095 inlbf}
74.5104.9
SST {7.610.6,
55.077.3 }
6
8.09.5 Nm {8296
kgfcm, 7184 inlbf}
74.5104.9 01-10
{7.610.6, 1
55.077.3 } SEALANT
7 8.011.5 Nm
4055 {82117 kgfcm,
{4.15.6, 71101 inlbf}
3040}
74.5104.9
{7.610.6, 13
55.077.3 }
5
R
R
2030 OIL
{2.13.0,
SST
1522} 8
SEALANT
3
4
SEALANT
SEALANT
1723
2 R SST {1.82.3, 1316}
96104 {9.810.6, 9
70.976.7}
+8793
A
12 R
A : 8.011.5 Nm
{82117 kgfcm, SST
71101 inlbf}
10
16
19 14
15 2030
18 {2.13.0,
A
1522}
11 A
8.011.5 Nm
{82117 kgfcm, 17
71101 inlbf} Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002555
1 Cylinder head cover 9 Chain tensioner

(See01-10-12 Cylinder Head Cover Removal Note.) (See01-10-14 Chain Tensioner Removal Note.)
(See01-10-19 Cylinder Head Cover Installation Note.) 10 Tensioner arm
Crankshaft pulley lock bolt 11 Chain guide
(See01-10-12 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal 12 Timing chain
2 Note.) (See01-10-16 Timing Chain Installation Note.)
(See01-10-18 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation
Note.) 13 Oil jet
3 Crankshaft pulley 14 Oil pump chain tensioner
4 Water pump pulley 15 Oil pump chain guide
5 Front drive belt idler pulley 16 Oil pump driven sprocket
(See01-10-15 Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Removal
6 No. 3 engine mount Note.)
(See01-10-12 No.3 Engine Mount Removal Note.) (See01-10-16 Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Installation
(See01-10-17 No.3 Engine Mount Installation Note) Note.)
7 Engine front cover 17 Oil pump chain
(See01-10-17 Engine Front Cover Installation Note.)
18 Crankshaft sprocket
8 Front oil seal
(See01-10-14 Front Oil Seal Removal Note.) 19 Oil pump drive sprocket
(See01-10-16 Front Oil Seal Installation Note.) (See01-10-16 Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Installation
Note.)
Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06) 01-1011

Cylinder Head Cover Removal Note
1. Loosen the cylinder head cover bolts in the order
shown in the figure. 9 12 8 3
4
5 13 14
2
1
6
10 11 7
acxuuw00000219
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note

engine rotation and remove the cylinder block
lower blind plug when the No. 1 cylinder is at the
point prior to top dead center (TDC) of
compression, then install the SST.
303-507
acxuuw00000678
3. Install the SST to the crankshaft pulley and lock

the crankshaft against rotation.
205-07202
205-126
acxuuw00002077
No.3 Engine Mount Removal Note

1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See09-16-11 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the air cleaner and air cleaner bracket. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
4. To install the front shaft (RH) of the SST, remove
the clip shown the figure. COOLER PIPE
acxuuw00000222
01-1012
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 13

5. Install the SST using the following procedure.
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for MAIN FRAME
the basic handing procedure.
REAR SHAFT
01-10
SIDE BAR
FRONT SHAFT
FRONT FOOT No.1

(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)
FRONT FOOT No.2

acxuuw00000223
(1) Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the

bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in
the figure.
(2) Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt 49 C017 5A0 49 C017 5A0
of the left shock absorber. (Identical position
to the right side)
acxuuw00000224
(3) Temporarily tighten the bolt (M6 x 1.0) to the

air cleaner bracket installation position and LH
49 C017 5A0
install front foot No. 2 to the left/right front
shaft of the SST, and align the front shaft hole
of the SST with the bolt as shown in the
figure.
(4) Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so
that they are the same height (left and right)
and horizontal.
(5) Make sure each joint is securely tightened. RH
acxuuw00000225
01-1013
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 14

6. Support the engine using the SST.
49 C017 5A0
acxuuw00000226
Front Oil Seal Removal Note

1. Remove the front oil seal using a flathead
screwdriver or similar tool.
acxuuw00000227
Chain Tensioner Removal Note

1. Press the timing chain tensioner ratchet to the left
using a thin flathead screwdriver (precision
screwdriver) to unlock the plunger. RATCHET
PLUNGER
acxuuw00000228
2. Slowly press the plunger back in the direction

shown in the figure while pressing the ratchet.
RATCHET
acxuuw00000229
01-1014
3. Release the ratchet with the plunger still pressed
down.
RATCHET
01-10
acxuuw00000230
4. Press-in the plunger until the ratchet position is as

indicated in the figure, and then insert the wire to RATCHET
lock the plunger.
WIRE INSERTION
HOLE
acxuuw00000231
Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Removal Note

1. Temporarily install the crankshaft pulley and
crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft, and
lock the oil pump against rotation as shown in
figure.
2. Remove the oil pump driven sprocket, and then
remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft
pulley lock bolt.
CRANKSHAFT OIL PUMP DRIVEN

PULLEY SPROCKET
acxuuw00002573
Oil Pump Drive Sprocket Installation Note

1. The oil pump drive sprocket has the assembly
direction as shown in the figure. OIL PUMP DRIVE SPROCKET
ENGINE FRONT
CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET
acxuuw00000233
Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06) 01-1015

Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Installation Note
figure.
2. Install the oil pump driven sprocket, and then
pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
2030 Nm {2.13.0 kgfm, 1522 ftlbf}
CRANKSHAFT OIL PUMP DRIVEN
PULLEY SPROCKET
acxuuw00002573
Timing Chain Installation Note

1. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown in the
figure. 303-1061
2. Install the timing chain. (49 UN30 310610)
3. Remove the wire or paper clip from the chain
tensioner piston and apply tension to the timing
chain.
acxuuw00000234
Front Oil Seal Installation Note

1. Apply clean engine oil to a new front oil seal.
2. Push the front oil seal in the engine front cover by hand.
3. Use the SST to tap in the front oil seal.
49 H010 401
acxuuw00000235
HAMMER FRONT COVER BODY

Front oil seal press-in amount
0 0.5 mm {0 0.019 in} 00.5 mm
{00.019 in}
49 H010 401
FRONT OIL SEAL
acxuuw00000236
01-1016 Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06)

1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 17

Engine Front Cover Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the engine front cover.
Caution
Install the engine front cover within 10 min of applying the silicone sealant.
Silicone sealant is not needed in area C
shown in the figure. B
01-10
Thickness
A: 2.2 3.2 mm {0.087 0.12 in}
B: 1.5 2.5 mm {0.06 0.098 in}
C B
acxuuw00000237
2. Tighten the engine front cover installation bolts in

the order shown in the figure. 20 21 22
Installation 18
Tightening Torque
Position
8.0 11.5 Nm {82 117 kgfcm, 71 17
118
101 inlbf} 11
40 55 Nm {4.1 5.6 kgfm, 30 40 10
1922
ftlbf}
7 8
4
3 1
5
2
19
6
9 12
13
16
15 14
acxuuw00000238
No.3 Engine Mount Installation Note

1. Tighten the No.3 engine mount stud bolts.
Tightening torque
7.0 13 Nm {72 132 kgfcm, 62 115
inlbf}
No.3 ENGINE
Note MOUNT
If the No.3 engine joint bracket and the BRACKET
engine are removed, retighten the No.3 STUD BOLT
engine mount stud bolt
acxuuw00000239
01-1017
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 18

2. Temporarily tighten the bolts and nuts in the order
2
4
3 5
1
FRONT
acxuuw00000241
3. Tighten the bolts and nuts in the order shown in
the figure. 4
Tightening torque 1
74.5 104.9 Nm {7.6 10.6 kgfm, 55.0
77.3 ftlbf}
5 2
FRONT
3
acxuuw00000242
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note

figure. 303-1061
2. Verify that cylinder No.1 is at TDC of the (49 UN30 310610)
compression stroke. (Position crank weight
contacts SST.)
acxuuw00000234
3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily
tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0
length 25 35 mm {0.99 1.3 in}), fix the
crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
BOLT
acxuuw00000243
4. Install theSSTs to the crankshaft pulley, lock the
crankshaft against rotation, and tighten the
crankshaft pulley lock bolt using the following two 205-07202
steps.
(1) 96 104 Nm {9.8 10.6 kgfm, 70.9
76.7 ftlbf}
(2) 87 93
205-126
acxuuw00002077
01-1018
5. Remove the bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25 35 mm {0.99 1.3 in}) installed to the crankshaft pulley.
7. Remove the SST installed in the cylinder block lower blind plug hole.
8. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
If not aligned, repeat from Step 1.
Tightening torque 01-10

18 22 Nm {1.9 2.2 kgfm, 14 16 ftlbf}
BLIND
PLUG
acxuuw00000244
Cylinder Head Cover Installation Note

1. Apply silicone sealant to the areas shown in the
figure.
SEALANT
SEALANT
acxuuw00000245
Thickness
5.0 mm {0.20 in}
SEALANT
SEALANT
acxuuw00000246
2. Tighten the cylinder head cover bolts in the order

shown in the figure. 6 3 7 12
11
Tightening torque 10 2 1
8.09.5 Nm {8296 kgfcm, 7184 inlbf}
13
End Of Sie
WM: CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 14
9
5 4 8
acxuuw00000247
Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06) 01-1019

CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC]
id011039800700
Warning
this, always perform the Fuel Line Safety Procedure. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR
1. Remove the timing chain. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the generator. (See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Note
Place the generator out of the way with the wiring harnesses connected.
3. Remove the exhaust manifold. (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the intake manifold. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Disconnect the heater hose and radiator hose.
7. To firmly support the engine, first set the engine ENGINE, TRANSAXLE
jack and attachment to the oil pan.
8. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
10. Bleed the air from the cooling system. (See01-12- ATTACHMENT
5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH
TC].)
11. Inspect the compression pressure. (See01-10-9
COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
ENGINE JACK
acxuuw00000249
01-1020
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 21
8.011.5 Nm {82117 5.09.0 Nm {5191 kgfcm, 4579 inlbf}

+1417 {1.51.7, 1112}
kgfcm, 71101 inlbf}
SEALANT
01-10
1
OIL 2
3.011 Nm {31112 kgfcm, 2797 inlbf}

+1317 Nm {133173 kgfcm, 116150 inlbf}
+4347 {4.44.7, 3234}
+8892
+8892
R 4
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000250
1 OCV 3 Cylinder head

(See01-10-22 Cylinder Head Removal Note.)
2 Camshaft
(See01-10-22 Cylinder Head Installation Note.)
(See01-10-22 Camshaft Removal Note.)
(See01-10-23 Camshaft Installation Note.) 4 Cylinder head gasket
01-1021
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 22

Camshaft Removal Note
Note
The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered for correct reassembly in their original positions.
1. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three

passes in the order shown, and remove them. 1 3 5 4 2
EX
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
IN
2 4 6 5 3 1
acxuuw00000251
Cylinder Head Removal Note

1. Loosen the cylinder head installation bolts in two
to three passes in the order shown in the figure 3 7 10 6 2
and remove them.
4 8 9 5 1
acxuuw00000252
Cylinder Head Installation Note

1. Measure the length of each cylinder head bolt.
Replace any cylinder head bolts that exceed
the maximum length.
Cylinder head bolt length

Standard: 144.7 145.3 mm {5.697 5.720
in}
Maximum: 146 mm {5.74 in} L
acxuuw00000253
Tightening procedure 8 4 1 5 9
1. 3.0 11 Nm {31 112 kgfcm, 27 97
inlbf}
2. 13 17 Nm {133 173 kgfcm, 116 150
inlbf}
3. 43 47 Nm {4.4 4.7 kgfm, 32 34 ftlbf}
4. 88 92
5. 88 92
7 3 2 6 10
acxuuw00000254
01-1022
Camshaft Installation Note
1. Install the camshaft with No.3 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of compression stroke.
2. Carefully apply adhesive agent (Loctite 518 or
962) to the area indicated in the figure so that it
does not leak into the sliding part.
Thickness SEALANT
1.0 mm {0.039 in} 01-10
INTAKE REAR CAMSHAFT CAP
acxuuw00000255
3. Install the camshaft caps and temporarily tighten

the camshaft cap bolts evenly in two or three 5 3 1 2 4
passes, and then tighten the camshaft cap bolts
using the following two steps, in the order shown
in the figure. EX
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4

1. 5.0 9.0 Nm {51 91 kgfcm, 45 79 IN
inlbf}
2. 14 17 Nm {1.5 1.7 kgfm, 11 12 ftlbf}
5 3 1 2 4 6
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT OIL SEAL acxuuw00000256
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC]

id011039800800
5. Remove the high pressure fuel pump. (See 01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/
10. Remove cylinder head cover. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
12. Remove the bracket shown in the figure, and
place the power steering pressure hose outside of FRONT
the vehicle.
13. Remove in the order indicated in the figure. POWER STEERING
7.810.8
PRESSURE HOSE
14. Install in the reverse order of removal. {80110,
7095 }
STEERING GEAR Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002078
Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07) 01-1023

2 R
R
SST
1 3
R SST
OIL
96104 {9.810.6 , 70.976.7} +8793 Nm { kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002584
1 Crankshaft pulley lock bolt 2 Crankshaft pulley

(See01-10-24 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal 3 Front oil seal
Note.) (See01-10-25 Front Oil Seal Removal Note.)
(See01-10-25 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation (See01-10-25 Front Oil Seal Installation Note.)
Note.)
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note

lower blind plug when the No. 1 cylinder is at the
point prior to top dead center (TDC) of
303-507
acxuuw00001897
3. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley and lock

the crankshaft against rotation.
205-07202
205-126
acxuuw00002079
01-1024
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 25

Front Oil Seal Removal Note
1. Remove the oil seal lip using a razor.
2. Remove the oil seal using a flathead screwdriver
with the tip protected by a rag to prevent
crankshaft oil seal damage.
FRONT OIL SEAL
01-10
RAG
acxuuw00000199
Front Oil Seal Installation Note

1. Apply clean engine oil to a new oil seal.
2. Insert the oil seal into the engine front cover.
3. Tap in the oil seal using the SST.
49 H010 401
acxuuw00000200
HAMMER FRONT COVER BODY

Front oil seal press-in amount
0 0.5 mm {0 0.019 in} 00.5 mm
{00.019 in}
49 H010 401
FRONT OIL SEAL
acxuuw00000201
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note

figure. 303-1061
2. Verify that cylinder No.1 is at TDC of the (49 UN30 310610)
compression stroke. (Position crank weight
contacts SST.)
acxuuw00000202
01-1025
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 26

3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily
tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 x 1.0), fix
the crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
BOLT
acxuuw00000203
4. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley and lock

the crankshaft against rotation, and tighten the
crankshaft pulley lock bolt using the following two 205-07202
steps.
(1) 96 104 Nm {9.8 10.6 kgfm, 70.9
76.7 ftlbf}
(2) 87 93
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley installation bolt (M6 205-126

X 1.0).
acxuuw00002079
7. Remove the SST installed in the cylinder block
lower blind plug hole.
8. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
If not aligned, repeat from Step 1.
Tightening torque
18 22 Nm {1.9 2.2 kgfm, 14 16 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
WM: REAR OIL SEAL
BLIND
PLUG
acxuuw00000204
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC]

id011039800900
1. Remove the drive plate. (See 05-17-52 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. 8.011.5
1 Bolt {82117,
71101}
2 Rear oil seal
(See01-10-27 Rear Oil Seal Installation Note.) 1
1
8.011.5
OIL
{82117, R SST
71101} 2
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00000146
01-1026
Rear Oil Seal Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the areas shown in the
figure.
Caution
Install the rear oil seal within 10 min of
applying the silicone sealant.
01-10
Thickness
4.0 6.0 mm {0.16 0.23 in}
SEALANT
2. Apply clean engine oil to a new rear oil seal.

acxuuw00000147
3. Install the SST to the non-woven fabric side of the

rear oil seal. NON-WOVEN FABRIC
303-328
(49 UN30 3328)
acxuuw00002559
4. From the back side of the rear oil seal, verify that BACK SIDE OF REAR OIL SEAL
there is no damage or separation in the lip area of
the rear oil seal. LIP AREA
acxuuw00002560
5. Install the rear oil seal to the engine as shown in
the figure.
acxuuw00002561
6. Tighten the rear oil seal installation bolts in the

order shown in the figure. 3
5
Tightening torque
8.0 11.5 Nm {82 117 kgfcm, 71 101
inlbf}
1
End Of Sie
WM: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
2 4
acxuuw00000149
Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06) 01-1027

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039801200
Caution
Due to the precision interior construction of the variable valve timing actuator, it cannot be
disassembled.
4. Remove the spark plugs. (See01-18-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove cylinder head cover. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Verify that the groove of the rotor and notch of the
cover on the variable valve timing actuator are
aligned and fitted.
If they are not aligned, rotate the crankshaft in
the direction of engine rotation two times and NOTCH
verify that they are aligned.
If they will not align, replace the variable
valve timing actuator.
If under any condition, the variable valve
timing actuator always makes a hitting noise
directly after the camshaft exceeds maximum
lift while rotating the crankshaft two times in
the direction of engine rotation, replace the acxuuw00000143
variable valve timing actuator as it has not
been fixed.
9. Install the cylinder head cover. (See01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
12. Install the spark plugs. (See01-18-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039801100
Caution
Remove the variable valve timing actuator and camshaft sprocket as a single unit.
Note
The variable valve timing actuator and camshaft sprocket cannot be disassembled.
1. Referring to the valve clearance adjustment procedure, remove the variable valve timing actuator and the
camshaft on the intake air side as a single unit. (See01-10-4 VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION/
ADJUSTMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
(1) Place alignment marks on the camshaft and variable valve timing actuator as shown in the figure so that the
variable valve timing actuator is re-assembled in its original position.
(2) Fix the camshaft in a vise.
(3) Loosen the variable valve timing actuator
installation bolt.
End Of Sie
MARK
acxuuw00000144
01-1028
01-10-28 MECHANICAL [L3 WITH TC]
3. Install a new washer.

4. Install the variable valve timing actuator.
(1) Fix the camshaft in a vise.
(2) Align the marks on the camshaft and the
variable valve timing actuator.
Caution
If replacing with a new variable valve R 0110
timing actuator, place alignment marks in
the same positions as those prior to the
replacement.
acxuuw00000145
(3) Tighten the variable valve timing actuator
installation bolt.
Tightening torque
69 75 Nm {7.1 7.6 kgfm, 51 55 ftlbf}
5. Referring to the valve clearance adjustment procedure, install the variable valve timing actuator and camshaft
on the intake air side as a single unit. (See01-10-4 VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT[L3
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
01-10-281
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY

LEFT BLANK
01-10-282
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 29

OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039801300
7. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 01-10
8.011.5 {82117,
1
1 OCV 71101}
Tightening torque
8.0 11.5 Nm {82 117 kgfcm, 71 101
inlbf}
End Of Sie
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00000138
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011039801400
Coil Resistance Inspection
2. Disconnect the OCV connector.
3. Measure the coil resistance between terminals A
and B using a tester.
If it is not within the specification, replace the
OCV.
A B
OCV resistance
6.9 7.9 ohms [20C {68F}]
4. Connect the OCV connector.

acxuuw00000139
Spool Valve Operation Inspection

3. Remove the OCV. (See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Verify that the spool valve in the OCV is in the
maximum valve timing retard position as indicated
in the figure.
If not as specified, replace the OCV.
5. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
If not as specified, recharge the battery.
SPOOL VALVE
(MAXIMUM VALVE TIMING RETARD POSITION
acxuuw00000140
01-1029
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 30

6. Apply battery positive voltage between the OCV
terminals and verify that the spool valve operates
and moves to the maximum valve timing advance
position.
If not as specified, replace the OCV. A B
acxuuw00000139
Note
When applying battery positive voltage
between the OCV terminals, the connection
VALVE TIMING VALVE TIMING
can be either of the following:
ADVANCE RETARD
Positive battery cable to terminal A,
Negative battery cable to terminal B
Positive battery cable to terminal B,
Negative battery cable to terminal A
SPOOL VALVE
(MAXIMUM VALVE TIMING ADVANCE POSITION)
acxuuw00000142
7. Stop applying battery positive voltage and verify that the spool valve returns to the maximum valve timing retard
position.
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See01-10-29 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/
8. Connect the OCV connector.
End Of Sie
WM: ENGINE COMPLETE
01-1030
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 31

ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011039800400
Warning
keep sparks and flames away from fuel.'
this, always perform the Fuel Line Safety Procedure. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR 01-10
1. Disconnect both battery cable.

2. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the charge air cooler duct. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the air cleaner. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Remove the front tire. (See02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
6. Remove the under cover, splash shield and mudguard.
8. Disconnect the heater hose. (See07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
9. Disconnect the radiator hose. (See01-12-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].
10. Disconnect the brake vacuum hose.
11. Disconnect the fuel hose and vacuum hose. (See 01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/
12. Disconnect the selector cable from the transaxle side. (See05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
13. Disconnect the wiring harnesses.
14. Drain the engine coolant (See01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
15. Drain the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF). (See05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
16. Remove the propeller shaft (AWD). (See03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
17. Remove the front pipe and rear HO2S. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
18. Disconnect the front drive shaft (RH) from the joint shaft side. (See03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
19. Disconnect the front drive shaft (LH) from the transaxle side. (See03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
20. Remove the A/C compressor with the pipes still connected. (See07-11-13 A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Note
Position and secure the A/C compressor out of the way with rope.

23. Start the engine, and inspect and adjust the following:
Air bleeding (See 06-14-3 AIR BLEEDING.)
Front wheel alignment (See 02-11-2 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
Bleed the air from the cooling system. (See01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
Runout and contact on pulley and belt
Leakage of engine oil, engine coolant, automatic transmission fluid, or fuel.
Ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture (CO and HC)
Engine accessories operation
24. Perform a road test and verify that there is no abnormal vibration or noise.
01-1031
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 32

25.
74.5104.9 {7.610.6, 55.077.3}
66.693.1 {6.89.4,
2 5068}
66.693.1
{6.89.4,
5068}
74.5104.9
{7.610.6,
55.077.3}
1
B
A
93.1116.6 {9.511.8, 68.785.9}
B
A
85.3116.6
{8.711.8,
63.085.9}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000185
1 No.1 engine mount 3 No.3 engine mount rubber

(See01-10-33 No.1 Engine Mount Removal Note.) (See01-10-33 No.3 Engine Mount Rubber, No.4
(See01-10-33 Engine Mount Installation Note.) Engine Mount Bracket Removal Note.)
(See01-10-33 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
2 No.4 engine mount bracket
(See01-10-33 No.3 Engine Mount Rubber, No.4 4 Engine and transaxle
Engine Mount Bracket Removal Note.)
(See01-10-33 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
01-1032
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 33

No.1 Engine Mount Removal Note
1. Remove the No.1 engine mount bracket from the
underside of the vehicle.
FRONT
01-10
No.1 ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET
acxuuw00000186
2. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber and the

front crossmember as a single unit. (See02-13-10
FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
No.1 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
acxuuw00000187
No.3 Engine Mount Rubber, No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Removal Note
1. Secure the engine and transaxle using an engine ENGINE, TRANSAXLE
jack and attachment.
ATTACHMENT
ENGINE JACK
acxuuw00000188
Engine Mount Installation Note

1. Tighten the No. 3 engine mount stud bolt.
Tightening torque
7.0 13 Nm {72 132 kgfcm, 62 115
inlbf}
No.3 ENGINE
MOUNT
BRACKET
STUD BOLT
acxuuw00000189
01-1033
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 34

2. Tighten the No.1 engine mount bracket in the
order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
93.1 116.6 Nm {9.5 11.8 kgfm, 68.7
FRONT
85.9 ftlbf}
2
1
acxuuw00000190
3. Secure the engine and transaxle using an engine ENGINE, TRANSAXLE

jack and attachment.
ATTACHMENT
ENGINE JACK
acxuuw00000188
4. Temporarily tighten the No.3 engine mount nuts in

the order shown in the figure.
1
FRONT
acxuuw00000191
5. Tighten the No.3 engine mount nuts in the order

1
Tightening torque
74.5 104.9 Nm {7.6 10.6 kgfm, 55.0
77.3 ftlbf}
FRONT
acxuuw00000191
6. Temporarily tighten the No.4 engine mount

bracket in the order shown in the figure. 4
2 FRONT
1
acxuuw00000192
01-1034
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 35

7. Tighten the No.4 engine mount bracket in the
order shown in the figure. 3
Tightening torque
Installation
Tightening Torque
Position
66.6 93.1 Nm {6.8 9.4 kgfm, 50 1
13
68 ftlbf} 01-10
74.5 104.9 Nm {7.6 10.6 kgfm,
4
55.0 77.3 ftlbf}
2 FRONT
4
acxuuw00000193
8. Tighten the No.1 engine mount bolt A shown in

the figure
Tightening torque
85.3 116.6 Nm {8.7 11.8 kgfm, 63.0 FRONT
85.9 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000194
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC]

id011039800500
1. Remove the engine from the transaxle. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2. Remove the intake-air system. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the exhaust system. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the generator. (See01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Remove the starter. (See01-19-2 STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC]
id011039800600
Note
If the accelerator pedal is depressed continuously for a specified time, the engine speed may decrease to
the idle speed. This is due to the fuel cut control operation, which prevents overheating, and it does not
indicate a malfunction.
Engine Tune-up Preparation

1. Verify that the selector lever is in P, N position.
3. Verify that no DTCs are available.
4. Warm up the engine (ECT is approx. 80C {176
F} or more).
5. Turn off the electrical loads.
6. Wait until the cooling fans stop.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000150
01-1035
1871-1U-06B(01-10).fm 36

Ignition Timing Inspection
Note
The ignition timing cannot be adjusted.
The M-MDS is required to verify the ignition timing.
1. Verify the ignition timing (M-MDS: SPARKADV) using the PID/data monitor function of the M-MDS.
Ignition timing
Approx. BTDC 10
2. Verify that ignition timing advances when the engine speed increases gradually.
If there is malfunction, refer to ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING. (See01-03-5 ENGINE
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
Idle Speed Inspection
Note
Idle speed is not adjustable.
Idle speed verification requires M-MDS.
1. Verify that the idle speed (M-MDS: RPM PID) is within the specification using M-MDS.
If there is malfunction, refer to ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING. (See01-03-5 ENGINE
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
Idle speed (P, N position)

No load: 650 750 rpm
Electrical load on*1: 650 750 rpm
P/S operation: 650 750 rpm
A/C operation: 650 750 rpm
Idle speed (D position)

Electrical load on*1: 600 700 rpm
P/S operation: 650 750 rpm
A/C operation: 650 750 rpm
*1 : When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan No.1, cooling fan No.2, and
Idle Mixture Inspection

1. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are within the specification. (See01-10-36 Idle Speed Inspection.)
(See01-10-36 Ignition Timing Inspection.)
2. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer to the tailpipe.
3. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are within the regulation.
Idle mixture
HC concentration: Within the regulation
CO concentration: Within the regulation
End Of Sie
01-1036
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 1
LUBRICATION [L3 WITH TC]

01-11 LUBRICATION [L3 WITH TC]
LUBRICATION SYSTEM OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . 01-111 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-116
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-112 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-116
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION Oil Pan Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-117
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-113 Oil Pan Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-118 01-11
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-114 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-119
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT Oil Pump Sprocket
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-115 Removal/Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 01-1110
Oil Pump Installation Note. . . . . . . . . . . 01-1110
End of Toc
LUBRICATION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
WM: LUBRICATION SYSTEM
id011139800100
2
7 6
OIL PAN DRAIN PLUG
WASHER
acxuuw00001987
1 Dipstick 4 Oil cooler

(See 01-11-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 (See 01-11-6 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/
WITH TC].) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-11-4 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3 5 Oil pan
WITH TC].) (See 01-11-6 OIL PAN REMOVAL/
2 Oil pressure switch INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-11-2 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION[L3 6 Oil strainer
WITH TC].) (See 01-11-9 OIL PUMP REMOVAL/
3 Oil filter INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-11-4 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3 7 Oil pump component
WITH TC].) (See 01-11-9 OIL PUMP REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
WM: OIL PRESSURE
01-111
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 2

OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011139800300
Warning
Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it and the
engine oil have cooled.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous. It can slip or fall,
causing death or serious injury. Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely
supported on safety stands.
Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your
skin by washing with soap and water immediately after working with engine oil.

3. Remove the oil pressure switch.
4. Screw the SSTs into the oil pressure switch
installation hole.
5. Connect the negative battery cable. 49 0187 280A
6. Warm up the engine to normal operating
temperature.
7. Run the engine at the specified speed, and note
the gauge readings.
If not within the specification, inspect for the
cause and repair or replace if necessary.
Note 49 E019 001

The oil pressure can vary with oil viscosity
acxuuw00001988
and temperature.
Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100 C {212 F}]

297 551 kPa {3.03 5.61 kgf/cm2, 43.1 79.9 psi} [3,000 rpm]
8. Stop the engine and wait until it is cool.

10. Remove the SSTs.
Caution
Make sure that there is no sealant between 1.0 2.0 mm {0.04 0.07 in} from the end of the oil
pressure switch to prevent a possible operation malfunction.
11. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pressure switch

threads as shown in the figure.
12. Install the oil pressure switch. 1.02.0 mm {0.040.07 in}
Tightening torque
12 18 Nm {1.3 1.8 kgfm, 9 13 ftlbf}

14. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil
leakage. SEALANT
If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the

applicable part.
acxuuw00001989
15. Install the under cover.
End Of Sie
WM: ENGINE OIL
01-112
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 3

ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011139800500
1. Position the vehicle on level ground.
3. Stop the engine and allow approx. 5 min before continuing.
4. Rotate the service hole cap (installed to charge
air cooler duct) used to remove/install the dipstick
CHARGE AIR
in the direction shown in the figure and remove it. COOLER DUCT 01-11
SERVICE HOLE CAP
acxuuw00002001
5. Remove the dipstick and verify that the oil level is

between the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick.
If the oil level is below the MIN mark, add
engine oil.
MIN MAX
MIN MARK MAX MARK
acxuuw00002002
6. Install the service hole cap by rotating it in the

direction shown in the figure.
CHARGE AIR
End Of Sie COOLER DUCT
SERVICE HOLE CAP
acxuuw00002003
01-113
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 4

ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC]
id011139800400
Warning
Caution
If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it off completely. If you fail to wipe the spilled
engine oil, it will produce fumes because of the heat.
1. Position the vehicle on level ground.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.
3. Remove the service hole cover (installed to under
cover) used to drain the engine oil. FRONT UNDER
4. Remove the oil pan drain plug. COVER
5. Drain the engine oil into a container.
6. Install the oil pan drain plug with a new washer.
SERVICE
Oil pan drain plug tightening torque HOLE
30 41 Nm {3.1 4.1 kgfm, 23 30 ftlbf} COVER
Note
The amount of residual oil in the engine can SCREW
vary according to factors such as the
acxuuw00001998
replacement method and oil temperature.
Verify the oil level after engine oil
replacement.
7. Refill with the following type and amount of the engine oil.
Engine oil capacity (approx. quantity)

Oil replacement: 5.3 L {5.6 US qt, 4.7 Imp qt}
Oil and oil filter replacement: 5.7 L {6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt}
Total (dry engine): 6.4 L {6.8 US qt, 5.6 Imp qt}
Engine oil specification

Item U.S.A. and CANADA Except U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine oil grade
(ILSAC)
(ILSAC)
API SL or ILSAC
Engine oil viscosity 5W-30
8. Install the oil filler cap.

9. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage.
If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the applicable part.
10. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-11-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
11. Install the service hole cover.
End Of Sie
01-114
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 5

OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC]
WM: OIL FILTER
id011139800700
Warning
supported on safety stands. 01-11
Caution
If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it off completely. If you fail to wipe the spilled
engine oil, it will produce fumes because of the heat.
To avoid damage to the oil filter, use only specified oil filter.

2. Loosen the oil filter drain plug. (Do not remove.)
3. Loosen the filter cover for 1 turn using a
commercially available, cup-type oil filter wrench
(74 mm {2.9 in} diameter, 14 sided).
4. Remove the oil filter drain plug, and drain the
engine oil.
Note
Oil could be easily drained when the air is in
the filter. OIL FILTER COVER
OIL FILTER DRAIN PLUG
5. Loosen the oil filter cover for another 1 turn.
acxuuw00002007
6. Remove the oil filter cover and the oil filter.

7. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface
on the oil filter adapter and the oil filter cover.
8. Apply clean engine oil to a new O-ring of the oil
filter cover.
9. Apply clean engine oil to a new O-ring of the oil
filter drain plug.
10. Install the oil filter, oil filter drain plug, and oil filter
cover. OIL FILTER
11. Tighten the oil filter cover and the oil filter drain
plug. O-RING OIL
R
Tightening torque
Oil filter cover: 30 35 Nm {3.1 3.5 OIL FILTER COVER
kgfm, 22.2 25.8 ftlbf}
Oil filter drain plug: 9 11 Nm {91.8 R OIL
O-RING
OIL FILTER DRAIN PLUG
112.2 kgfcm, 79.6 97.2 inlbf}
acxuuw00002008
12. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil
leakage.
End Of Sie
WM: OIL COOLER
01-115
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 6

OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011139800800
Warning

3. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface on the oil filter adapter and the oil cooler.
6. Install in the reverse order of the removal.
7. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
.
1 Water hose
3440 {3.54.0, 25.129.4}
2 Oil cooler
End Of Sie
R 2 1
WM: OIL PAN
1
OIL
OIL FILTER
ADAPTER
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002009
OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011139800200
Warning
1. Complete the BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See 01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Drain the engine oil. (See 01-11-4 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove the charge air cooler, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE
AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See 01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-116
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 7

10. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
11. Loosen the water pump pulley bolts before removing the drive belt.
12. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
13. Remove the P/S oil pump with hose and pipe still connected. Position the P/S oil pump out of the way. (See 06-
14-21 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See 01-40-42 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
15. Remove the engine front cover. (See 01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) 01-11
18. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See 01-11-4 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3
WITH TC].)
22. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
23. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
3752 {3.85.3,
2838}
8.011.5 Nm
{82117 kgfcm,
71101 inlbf}
A
SEALANT 2 R
3
A
1723 {1.82.3, 12.616.9}
1723 {1.82.3, 12.616.9}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
3752 {3.85.3, 2838}
acxuuw00001991
1 Dipstick pipe 3 Oil pan

2 O-ring (See 01-11-7 Oil Pan Removal Note.)
(See 01-11-8 Oil Pan Installation Note.)
Oil Pan Removal Note

1. Remove the oil pan using a separator tool.
acxuuw00001992
01-117
1871-1U-06B(01-11).fm 8

Oil Pan Installation Note
Caution
Apply the silicon sealant in a single, unbroken line around the whole perimeter.
Using bolts with the old seal adhering could cause cracks in the housing.
1. Completely clean and remove any oil, dirt, sealant

or other foreign material that may be adhering to
the housing and oil pan.
2. When reusing the oil pan installation bolts, clean DAMAGE
any old sealant from the bolts.
OLD SEALANT
acxuuw00001993
3. Use a square ruler to align the oil pan and the

cylinder block junction side on the engine front
cover side.
acxuuw00001994
4. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan along the

inside of the bolt holes as shown in the figure.
Thickness 2.23.2 mm
2.2 3.2 mm {0.087 0.126 in} {0.0870.126 in}
acxuuw00001995
5. Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.

13 8 4 1 5 9
Tightening torque
17 23 Nm {1.8 2.3 kgfm, 12.6 16.9
ftlbf} 10
11
12 7 3 2 6
acxuuw00001996
01-118
6. Tighten the oil pan-transaxle installation bolts.
Tightening torque
37 52 Nm {3.8 5.3 kgfm, 28 38 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
WM: OIL PUMP
01-11
OIL PAN-TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION BOLTS

acxuuw00001997
OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011139800600
Warning
1. Complete the BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See 01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH
TC].)
5. Drain the engine oil. (See 01-11-4 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove the charge air cooler, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE
AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See 01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE
15. Remove the engine front cover. (See 01-10-10 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
16. Remove the oil pan. (See 01-11-6 OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
19. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See 01-11-4 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT[L3
WITH TC].)
24. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
25. Inspect the oil pressure. (See 01-11-2 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-119
2
8.011.5
{82117,
71101}
4
3
B
5
6
R
OIL
8.011.5
{82117,
1
71101}
A : 2030 Nm {2.13.0 kgfm, 1522 ftlbf}

Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
B : 812 Nm {82122 kgfcm, 71105 inlbf}, 1723 Nm {1.82.3 kgfm, 12.616.9 ftlbf}
acxuuw00002574
1 Oil strainer 5 Oil pump sprocket

2 Oil pump chain guide (See 01-11-10 Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/
Installation Note.)
3 Oil pump chain tensioner
6 Oil pump
4 Oil pump chain (See 01-11-10 Oil Pump Installation Note.)
Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/Installation Note

figure.
2. Remove/install the oil pump sprocket, and then
pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
2030 Nm {2.13.0 kgfm, 1522 ftlbf} CRANKSHAFT OIL PUMP
PULLEY SPROCKET
acxuuw00002575
Oil Pump Installation Note

1. Tighten the oil pump bolts in two steps in the
order shown in the figure.
1
Tightening torque 4
Step 1: 8 12 Nm {82 122 kgfcm, 71
105 inlbf}
Step 2: 17 23 Nm {1.8 2.3 kgfm, 12.6
16.9 ftlbf}
3
End Of Sie 2
acxuuw00002006
01-1110 Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06)

COOLING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-12 COOLING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX Radiator Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1210
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-122 THERMOSTAT
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-122 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1211
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION THERMOSTAT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-123 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1211 01-12
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION WATER PUMP
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-124 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1212
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-125 O-ring Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1212
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE FAN MOTOR
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-126 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1212
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-127 ATF Oil Cooler Pipe
COOLANT RESERVE TANK Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1214
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Cooling Fan Component
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-127 Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1214
Coolant Reserve Tank FAN MOTOR INSPECTION
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-128 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1214
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Part Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1214
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-128 FAN CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
Upper Mount Rubber Bracket [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1214
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1210
End of Toc
WM: COOLING SYSTEM
01-121
COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800100
2 9
2 7
1
8
5
3
4
acxuuw00002010
.
1 Cooling system cap 5 Water pump

(See 01-12-7 COOLING SYSTEM CAP (See 01-12-12 WATER PUMP REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2 Coolant reserve tank 6 Cooling fan motor No.1
(See 01-12-3 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL (See 01-12-12 FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-12-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK (See 01-12-14 FAN MOTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) TC]01-12-14 FAN MOTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
3 Radiator TC].)
(See 01-12-4 ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION 7 Cooling fan motor No.2
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-12-12 FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/
(See 01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-12-14 FAN MOTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
(See 01-12-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE TC].)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) 8 Fan control module No.1
(See 01-12-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/ (See 01-12-14 FAN CONTROL MODULE
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
4 Thermostat 9 Fan control module No.2
(See 01-12-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/ (See 01-12-14 FAN CONTROL MODULE
(See 01-12-11 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800200
Warning
Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is
running, or when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot
out and cause serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very careful when removing the cap.
Wrap a thick cloth around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while
the pressure escapes.
When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap using the cloth, turn it, and
remove it.
Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition switch is
turned off. Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is
not operating to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan. Always disconnect the
negative battery cable when servicing the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
01-122 Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06)

1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 3

ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800300
Warning
Wrap a thick cloth around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while 01-12
remove it.
Note
If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use FL22 type engine coolant.
FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a
diluted solution (55% coolant, 45% water).
Use the solution as is when replacing
coolant.
acxuuw00002056
1. Remove the cooling system cap.

2. Verify that the engine coolant is filled close to the top of the radiator filler neck.
If the engine coolant level is low, add engine coolant.
3. Verify that the engine coolant level in the coolant
reserve tank is between the FULL and LOW
marks.
If the engine coolant level is below the LOW
mark, add engine coolant.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002057
01-123
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 4

ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800400
1. Measure the engine coolant temperature and specific gravity using a thermometer and a hydrometer.
Caution
Use engine coolant at a concentration that meets the environmental conditions in which the
vehicle is driven, otherwise engine damage could occur.
The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Do not use coolants containing Alcohol, Methanol, Borate or Silicate. These coolants could
damage the cooling system.
Use only soft (demineralized) water in the coolant mixture. Water that contains minerals will cut
down on the coolants effectiveness.
Engine coolant damages paint. If engine coolant does get on a painted surface, rinse it off quickly.
Note
coolant.
acxuuw00002058
2. Determine the engine coolant protection level by

SPECIFIC COOLANT PROTECTION
referring to the graph shown in the figure. (EXCEPT FL22 TYPE ENGINE COOLANT)
GRAVITY
If the engine coolant protection level is not
1.10
correct, add water or engine coolant.
End Of Sie 1.09
1.08
1.07 55%
1.06
45%
1.05
35%
1.04
1.03
1.02
1.01
1.00
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
{32} {41} {50} {59} {68} {77} {86} {95} {104} {113} {122}
COOLANT TEMPERATURE C {F}

acxuuw00002059
01-124
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 5

ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800600
Warning
remove it.
Caution
Use engine coolant at a concentration that meets the environmental conditions in which the
vehicle is driven, otherwise engine damage could occur.
The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Do not use coolants containing Alcohol, Methanol, Borate or Silicate. These coolants could
damage the cooling system.
Use only soft (demineralized) water in the coolant mixture. Water that contains minerals will cut
down on the coolant's effectiveness.
Engine coolant damages paint. If engine coolant does get on a painted surface, rinse it off quickly.
Note
coolant.
Engine coolant capacity (approx. quantity)

9.0 L {9.5 US qt, 7.9 Imp qt}
acxuuw00002061

2. Remove the radiator drain plug and drain the COOLING SYSTEM CAP
engine coolant into a container.
3. Flush the cooling system with water until all traces
of color are gone.
4. Let the system drain completely.
5. Tighten the radiator drain plug with a new gasket.
Tightening torque
1.5 2.4 Nm {15 25 kgfcm, 13 21 inlbf}
6. Referring to the following chart, select the correct RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG
volume percentage of the water and engine
acxuuw00002062
coolant.
Antifreeze solution mixture percentage (Except FL22 type engine coolant)
Volume percentage (%)
Engine coolant protection Gravity at 20 C {68 F}
Water Coolant
Above -16 C {3 F} 65 35 1.057
Above -26 C {-15 F} 55 45 1.072
Above -40 C {-40 F} 45 55 1.086
01-125
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 6

7. Refill the engine coolant from the radiator filler neck until it is close to the top of the radiator filler neck.
8. Refill the engine coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the FULL mark on the tank.
9. Install the cooling system cap.
Caution
If the water temperature gauge rises too high, stop the engine and decrease the engine coolant
temperature to prevent overheating. Then, verify the malfunctioning part and repair or replace it.
10. Start the engine and warm up the engine by idling.

11. After the engine warms up, perform the following steps. At this time, be careful of the engine coolant
temperature to prevent overheating.
Note
(1) Run the engine at approx. 5,000 rpm for 1 min.

(2) Run the engine at idle for 5 s.
(3) Repeat steps (1), (2) several times.
(4) Operate the heater at the maximum temperature and airflow, and verify that hot air blows from vent.
12. Stop the engine, and inspect the engine coolant level after the engine coolant temperature decreases. If it is
low, repeat steps 7 11.
End Of Sie
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800500
Warning
remove it.
1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-12-3 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Install the SST and a radiator cap tester to the
radiator filler neck.
4. Apply pressure using the radiator cap tester.
49 9200 145
Caution
Applying more than 142.2 kPa {1.45 kgf/
cm2, 20.6 psi} can damage the hoses,
fittings, and other components, and
cause leakage.
Pressure
142.2 kPa {1.45 kgf/cm2, 20.6 psi} [1 min] acxuuw00002060
5. When pressurizing the cooling system, verify that the pressure is maintained.
If the gauge needle drops, it may indicate water leakage. Repair or replace the applicable part.
End Of Sie
WM: COOLING FAN MOTOR
01-126
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 7

COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239801500
Warning
01-12
remove it.
1. Clean the cooling system cap and the sealed part.
2. Inspect the cooling system cap for cracks or everted seal.
If there is any malfunction, replace the cooling system cap.
3. Attach the cooling system cap to the SST and a
radiator cap tester.
49 9200 145
4. Hold the cooling system cap downward and apply
pressure gradually. Verify that the pressure is held
stable for 10 s.
If the pressure is not held stable, replace the
cooling system cap.
Cooling system cap valve opening pressure

112.8 142.2 kPa {1.15 1.45 kgf/cm2, COOLING SYSTEM CAP
16.4 20.6 psi}
acxuuw00002014
End Of Sie
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239801000
1. Remove the charge air cooler duct. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.. A
1 Wiring harness
2 Hose 2
3 Coolant reserve tank
(See 01-12-8 Coolant Reserve Tank Removal Note.)
3
acxuuw00002066
01-127
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 8

Coolant Reserve Tank Removal Note
1. Remove the coolant reserve tank from the
TAB
radiator cowling tabs shown in the figure by lifting
them with a flathead screwdriver.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002067
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011239801400
Warning
remove it.

3. Remove the charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-12-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
5. Remove the dipstick pipe. (See 01-11-6 OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the cooling fan component. (See 01-12-12 FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Disconnect the ATF oil cooler hose from the radiator.
10. Install in the reverse order of the removal.
13. Inspect the ATF level. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
01-128
3. Select Module. DLC-2 01-02
4. Select PCM.
2. Select PCM.
acxuuw00001891
If there is no operation sound from the relay, motor, and solenoid after the simulation function inspection is
performed, it is possible that there is an open or short circuit in the wiring harness, relay, motor or solenoid,
or sticking and operation malfunction.
End Of Sie
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801400
The purpose of this test mode is to confirm the result of the OBD-II monitor diagnostic test results. The result
values stored when a particular monitor is completed are displayed. If the monitor is not completed, the initial
value is displayed.
TEST ID Description Related system
10: 01: 80 HO2S (Front) lean-to-rich response time (calculated)
10: 02: 03 Low HO2S (Rear) voltage for switch time calculation (constant)
HO2S
10: 02: 04 High HO2S (Rear) voltage for switch time calculation (constant)
10: 02: 05 HO2S (Rear) rich-to-lean response time (calculated)
10: 21: 80 Front and HO2S (Rear) switching time ratio Catalyst
10: 31: 83 EGR pressure variation EGR
10: 3A: 80 EVAP system leak detection pump gross leak check
10: 3B: 80 EVAP system leak detection pump small leak check
EVAP
10: 3C: 80*1 EVAP system leak detection pump very small leak check
10: 3D: 80 Purge flow monitor
Misfire
10: E1: 80 Heat radiation ratio Engine cooling
10: E1: 81 Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles system
End Of Sie
01-029
id010239801100
2. Cycle the ignition switch from the off to the ON
position.
3. Any retrieved DTCs.
4. Clear all diagnostic data using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DLC-2
acxuuw00001892
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST[L3 WITH TC]

id010239801200
Note
Perform a KOER self test with the engine idling after the engine speed increases to 2,000 rpm.
1. Perform the necessary vehicle preparation and visual inspection.
2. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle DLC-2 16-pin connector located in the driver compartment.
3. Retrieve the KOEO/KOER DTCs using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
OBD-II DRIVE MODE[L3 WITH TC]
id010239801300
Using the OBD-II drive mode, the monitoring item requested by OBD-II regulations can be easily diagnosed.
Performing the Drive Mode inspects the OBD-II system for proper operation and must be performed to ensure
that no additional DTCs are present.
The OBD-II drive mode is divided into the specific drive mode and single drive mode.
For the specific drive mode, specified drive modes have been set for each individual monitoring item requested
by OBD-II regulations, and they can be diagnosed individually. For the single drive mode, the entire monitoring
item requested by OBD-II regulations can be diagnosed.
The following modes are in the specific drive mode. The applicable system is diagnosed by driving in the
following drive modes.
PCM Adaptive Memory Produce Drive Mode
The following systems are diagnosed with the single drive mode.
EGR system
Oxygen sensor (HO2S)
Oxygen sensor heater
Catalytic converter (TWC)
Fuel, misfire and evaporative (EVAP) system
Caution
While performing the Drive Mode, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
When the M-MDS is used to observe monitor system status while driving, be sure to have another
technician with you, or record the data in the M-MDS using the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD
function and inspect later.
Note
Vehicle speed and engine speed detected by the PCM may differ from that indicated by the speedometer
and tachometer. Use the M-MDS to monitor vehicle speed.
If the OBD-II system inspection is not completed during the Drive Mode, the following causes are
considered:
The OBD-II system detects the malfunction.
The Drive Mode procedure is not completed correctly.
Disconnecting the battery will reset the memory. Do not disconnect the battery during and after Drive
Mode.
The M-MDS can be used at anytime through the course of the Drive Mode to monitor the completion
status. Monitoring can be done by viewing the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu.
The OBD monitoring status can be confirmed with the ignition switch operation. During KOEO, the MIL
illuminates for a fail-light inspection for approx. 17 s. The OBD monitoring status is confirmed after the
fail-light inspection.
If all of the diagnosis is completed even one time, the MIL will continue to illuminate.
If all of the diagnosis is not completed, the MIL flashes for approx. 7 s, and then it illuminates until the
engine is started.
01-0210 Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07)

1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 11

THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239801200
Warning
remove it.
3. Remove the front splash shield (RH).
TC].)
10. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12-6
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].).
1 Water hose
2 Lower radiator hose
3 Thermostat component
4 Gasket
8.011.5
End Of Sie 3 {82117,
71101}
R 4
8.011.5
{82117,
71101}
2 1
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002011
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239801300
1. Inspect the thermostat for the following.
Warning
During inspection, the thermostat and water are extremely hot and can cause severe burns. Do not
touch the thermostat and water.
The valve should not open under normal temperature.
Opening temperature and valve lift
If there is a malfunction, replace the thermostat.
Thermostat initial-opening temperature
80 84 C {176 183 F}
Thermostat full-open temperature
97 C {207 F}
Thermostat full-open lift

More than 8.0 mm {0.31 in}
01-1211
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 12

End Of Sie
WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011239800700
Warning
remove it.

TC].)
10. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12-6
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].).
1 Water pump pulley
2 Water pump
3 O-ring
(See 01-12-12 O-ring Installation Note.)
R
3
2
1723
{1.82.3, 8.011.5 Nm
1316} {82117 kgfcm,
71101 inlbf}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002063
O-ring Installation Note

1. Apply engine coolant to a new O-ring.
2. Install the O-ring.
End Of Sie
FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239801600
Warning
remove it.
01-1212
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 13

4. Remove the charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR
5. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-12-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
6. Remove the dipstick pipe. (See 01-11-6 OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) 01-12
4
1.83.3
{1834, 1629}
2 1
1.83.3
5.98.3
{1834,
{6184, 5372} 1 1629}
11 7
2.75.0
{2850,
2543}
6 9
10
5.98.3
{6184, 5372}
A
4.97.9
{5080,
4469}
8
7.810.8 {80110, 7095}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002074
.
1 Fan control module connectors 6 Cooling fan component

2 Fan control module No.2 (See 01-12-14 Cooling Fan Component Removal
Note.)
3 Upper radiator hose
7 Fan control module No.1
4 Wiring harness
8 Cooling fan No.1
5 ATF oil cooler pipe
(See 01-12-14 ATF Oil Cooler Pipe Removal Note.) 9 Cooling fan No.2
10 Cooling fan motor No.1
11 Cooling fan motor No.2
01-1213
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 14

ATF Oil Cooler Pipe Removal Note
1. Remove the ATF oil cooler pipe with the hoses still connected. Position the ATF oil cooler pipe so that it is out of
the way.
Cooling Fan Component Removal Note

1. Remove the cooling fan component from above the engine compartment.
End Of Sie
FAN MOTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011239800900
Part Inspection
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See 01-17-2 BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
3. Disconnect the cooling fan motor connector (2 terminals).
4. Install a tester and battery to the cooling fan
motor connector (2 terminals) as shown in the B
figure. COOLING FAN
5. Verify that each fan motors operate smoothly at MOTOR
the standard current. NO.1, NO.2
If there is any malfunction, replace the CONNECTOR
applicable part.
A
Cooling fan motor No.1, No.2 standard current

17.5 22.5 A COOLING FAN MOTOR NO.1, NO.2 CONNECTOR
End Of Sie B A
WM: COOLANT RESERVE TANK
WM: COOLING SYSTEM CAP

WM: FAN CONTROL MODULE
acxuuw00002065
FAN CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011239801100
TC].)
3. Start and warm up the engine.
4. Monitor the engine coolant temperature with the
M-MDS.
DLC-2
acxuuw00002068
5. Measure the voltage at terminal A of the fan

control module connector (2 terminals) as shown
in the table. FAN CONTROL MODULE NO.1, NO.2 CONNECTOR
If not within the specification, inspect the input
signals from the following parts.
A B
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
sensor
Throttle Position (TP) sensor
Refrigerant pressure switch (middle)
acxuuw00002069
01-1214
1871-1U-06B(01-12).fm 15

Fan control module No.1
Inspection
Result
Condition A/C Engine coolant temp.
IG SW ON OFF 95 C {203 F} or less 0 V (Fan stops.)
IG SW ON (Idling) OFF 95 C {203 F} or less 0 V (Fan stops.)
IG SW ON (Idling) ON*1 95 C {203 F} or less 4.1 V
IG SW ON (Idling) ON*2 95 C {203 F} or less 6.2 V 01-12
IG SW ON (Idling) OFF 100 C {212 F} or more 4.1 14.6 V
Fan control module No.2

Inspection
Result
Condition A/C Engine coolant temp.
IG SW ON OFF 95 C {203 F} or less 0 V (Fan stops.)
IG SW ON (Idling) OFF 95 C {203 F} or less 0 V (Fan stops.)
IG SW ON (Idling) OFF 100 C {212 F} or more 4.1 14.6 V
*1 : Refrigerant pressure switch (middle) is off.

*2 : Refrigerant pressure switch (middle) is on.
6. If all the above parts are normal, replace the fan control module.
End Of Sie
WM: RADIATOR
WM: THERMOSTAT
WM: WATER PUMP
WM: COOLING FAN MOTOR
01-1215
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 1
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

01-13 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX CHARGE AIR COOLER INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-132 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1311
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM AIR BYPASS VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-133 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1311
VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM THROTTLE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-134 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1312 01-13
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM MANIFOLD Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1312
VACUUM INSPECTION Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1312
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-134 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM ACTUATOR INSPECTION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1313
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-135 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE
Resonance Chamber INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-1313
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-137 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1313
Air Hose Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-137 WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID
Air Duct Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-137 VALVE INSPECTION
Throttle Body Removal Note . . . . . . . . 01-137 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1314
Intake Manifold Removal Note . . . . . . . 01-137 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1315
Turbocharger Removal Note . . . . . . . . 01-138 WASTEGATE ACTUATOR
Turbocharger Installation Note . . . . . . . 01-139 INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-1316
Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1310 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1317
Throttle Body Installation Note. . . . . . . 01-1310 Compressor Wheel Inspection . . . . . . . 01-1317
Air Cleaner Case Turbine wheel inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1317
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1310 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1311 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1317
End of Toc
WM: INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
01-131
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 2

INTAKE AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
id011339800100
7
10
4
6 1
acxuuw00000152
.
1 Air cleaner 6 Air bypass valve

(See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/ (See01-13-11 AIR BYPASS VALVE
(See01-13-11 AIR CLEANER ELEMENT 7 Turbocharger
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
2 Throttle body INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/ (See01-13-17 TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION[L3
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) WITH TC].)
(See01-13-12 THROTTLE ACTUATOR 8 Wastegate actuator
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-13-16 WASTEGATE ACTUATOR
3 Variable swirl shutter valve actuator INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/ 9 Wastegate control solenoid valve
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-13-14 WASTEGATE CONTROL
4 Variable swirl solenoid valve SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/ 10 Accelerator pedal
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-13-17 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
(See01-13-13 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-40-33 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
5 Charge air cooler (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See01-13-11 CHARGE AIR COOLER
01-132
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 3

End Of Sie
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]

id011339800200
RESONANCE
CHAMBER
01-13
FRESH-AIR AIR CHARGE AIR

TURBOCHARGER
DUCT CLEANER COOLER
AIR BYPASS
VALVE
THROTTLE BODY
INTAKE MANIFOLD
THROTTLE COMBUSTION
VALVE CHAMBERS
VARIABLE SWIRL
SHUTTER VALVE
: INTAKE AIR FLOW
acxuuw00000282
End Of Sie
01-133
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 4

VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
id011339800300
CHECK VALVE
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
PCV VALVE
VARIABLE SWIRL SHATTER

VALVE ACTUATOR
acxuuw00000153
End Of Sie
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011339804200
1. Verify that the intake air hoses are installed securely.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the check valve and the intake manifold from the intake
manifold and install the vacuum gauge. (See 01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
4. Measure the intake manifold vacuum while idling (no load) using the vacuum gauge.
If not within the specification, perform the following inspections.
Accelerator cable play
Compression pressure (See 01-10-9 COMPRESSION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Air suction (installation areas of throttle body, fuel injector, PCV valve, intake manifold)
Note
If any air suction exists, the change in engine speed can be made apparent by spraying the penetrant
lubricating spray on the applicable part.
Standard
71 kPa {533 mmHg, 21 inHg} or more
End Of Sie
01-134
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 5

INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011339800400
Warning
A hot engine and intake air system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before removing the intake air system.
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and 01-13
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the Fuel Line
Safety Procedure. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)

2. Remove the charge air cooler duct.
01-135
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 6

7. Complete the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].) .
7.810.8
{80110, 7095} 7
23.535.3 Nm
{2.403.59 kgfm,
17.426.0 ftlbf}
8
18.625.5 Nm
{1.902.60 kgfm, 4.9 {5043}
13.818.8 ftlbf}
7.810.8
7.910.7 {80110,
9 {81109, 7095}
7094}
R R
A 7.810.8
{80110,
4.9 {5043} 7095}
16
17
0.550.85
R {5.78.6,
4.97.5}
3.95.9
{4060, 3552}
1
11
23.535.3 Nm
2.53.4
{2.403.59 kgfm,
{2634,
17.426.0 ftlbf}
811.5 2330}
14
{82117,
71101} R
R
3
10
37.251.9 Nm
{3.805.29 kgfm,
13 27.538.2 ftlbf}
7.810.8
{80110, 7095} 2.53.4
{2634,
R 2330}
A
7.810.8
{80110, 4
7095} 2
811.5
{82117,
71101}
5
15
R
1723 Nm 12
{1.82.3 kgfm,
1316 ftlbf}
18.625.5 Nm
{1.902.60 kgfm,
13.818.8 ftlbf}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00000205
01-136
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 7

1 MAF/IAT sensor 12 Throttle body
2 Fresh air duct (See01-13-7 Throttle Body Removal Note.)
(See01-13-10 Throttle Body Installation Note.)
3 Air cleaner cover
13 Vacuum chamber
4 Air cleaner element
14 Variable swirl solenoid valve
5 Air cleaner case
15 Intake manifold
6 Resonance chamber (See01-13-7 Intake Manifold Removal Note.)
(See01-13-7 Air Hose Removal Note.) 01-13
16 Wastegate control solenoid valve
7 Charge air cooler cover (See01-13-10 Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve
8 Charge air cooler Installation Note.)
9 Air bypass valve 17 Turbocharger
10 Air hose (See01-13-8 Turbocharger Removal Note.)
(See01-13-7 Air Hose Removal Note.) (See01-13-9 Turbocharger Installation Note.)
11 Air duct (See 01-13-7 Air Duct Removal Note)
Resonance Chamber Removal Note

1. Remove the mudguard (LF).
2. Remove the resonance chamber.
Air Hose Removal Note

1. Disconnect the variable swirl shutter valve switch connector.
2. Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector.
3. Disconnect the ventilation hose connected to the air hose.
4. Remove the air hose.
Air Duct Removal Note

1. Disconnect the wastegate control solenoid valve connector.
2. Disconnect the purge solenoid valve connector.
3. Disconnect the EGR valve connector.
4. ATF gage pipe out of the way.
5. Remove the air duct.
Throttle Body Removal Note

1. Disconnect the throttle body connector.
2. Drain the engine coolant before removing the water hose. (See01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT
REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the throttle body.
Intake Manifold Removal Note

1. Remove the fuel delivery pipe cover.
2. Disconnect the quick connector connected to the
intake manifold.
3. Remove the EGR pipe.
FUEL DELIVERY
4. Disconnect the variable swirl solenoid valve PIPE COVER
connector.
6. Disconnect the PSP switch connector.
7. Remove the oil level gauge pipe. (See01-11-6 OIL
PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Remove the splash shield (RF).
9. Remove the drive belt. (See01-10-3 DRIVE BELT
acxuuw00000206
10. Set the power steering oil pump out of the way.
11. Disconnect the fuel pressure sensor connector.
12. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the intake manifold and the master cylinder from the intake
manifold.
13. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
14. Remove the intake manifold installation bolts.
15. Disconnect the evaporative hose connected between the intake manifold and the PCV valve from the intake
manifold.
16. Remove the intake manifold.
01-137
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 8

Turbocharger Removal Note
1. Remove the middle pipe (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the rear HO2S connector.
3. Remove the front pipe. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
When removing the cowl grille, a part or tool may hit the edge of the windshield and could damage
it. Protect the windshield by covering it with a clean rag to prevent damage to the windshield.

5. Remove the windshield wiper motor.
6. Remove the cowl panel.
7. Remove the insulator (Exhaust manifold upper side). (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
8. Set the generator out of the way. (See01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
9. Remove the insulator (Exhaust manifold lower side). (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
10. Disconnect the front HO2S connector.
11. Remove the insulator (WU-TWC top side). (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
12. Remove the vacuum hose (Brake master back side).
13. Remove the front HO2S. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
14. Remove the WU-TWC. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
15. Remove the oil pipes.
OIL PIPE
OIL PIPE
OIL PIPE
acxuuw00000207
16. Remove the turbocharger.

R
acxuuw00000285
01-138
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 9

Turbocharger Installation Note
1. Install the turbocharger.
R 3851 Nm
Tightening torque {3.95.2 kgfm,
38 51 Nm {3.9 5.2 kgfm, 29 37 ftlbf} 2937 ftlbf}
2. Install the WU-TWC. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST

SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH 01-13
TC].)
3. Install the front HO2S. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
acxuuw00000208
4. Tight the oil pipe installation bolt while the stopper

of the oil pipe is faced to the turbocharger.
R
STOPPER
23.535.3 Nm
{2.403.59 kgfm,
17.426.0 ftlbf}
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
acxuuw00000209
5. Install the oil pipes and, insert the oil hose until it
reaches the stopper.
7.810.8 {80110, 7095}
OIL HOSE
STOPPER
23.535.3 Nm
{2.403.59 kgfm,
17.426.0 ftlbf}
7.810.8
{80110, 7095}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00000210
01-139
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 10

Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve Installation Note
1. Install the wastegate control solenoid valve.
Tightening torque
7.8 10.8 Nm {80 110 kgfcm, 70 95 inlbf}
13 mm
{0.040.11 in}
(36)
A
(95)
DETAIL A
B
WASTEGATE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
(190)
7.810.8 Nm 14 mm
{80110 kgfcm, {0.040.15 in}
7095 inlbf} DETAIL B
acxuuw00000211
2. Install the hose as shown in the figure.
Throttle Body Installation Note

1. Tighten the throttle body installation bolts in the
order shown in the figure. !
Tightening torque
8 11.5 Nm {82 117 kgfcm, 71 101 729)4,
inlbf}
"
acxuuw00000284
Air Cleaner Case Installation Note
Caution
Before assembling the air cleaner, verify that the rubber mounts have not fallen off from the air
cleaner bracket (3 locations).
Always install the air cleaner case using the following procedure.
Note
When inserting the rubber mounts into the air cleaner case, soapy water can be applied.
1. Verify that the rubber mounts are set in the air cleaner bracket (3 locations).
2. Install the projections on the frame side (2 locations).
3. Verify that the projections on the frame side are installed securely.
4. Install the projection on the engine side (remaining location).
5. Verify that the projection on the engine side installed securely.
01-1310
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 11

End Of Sie
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

WM: AIR CLEANER
id011339800800
1. Remove the air cleaner element. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Verify that the air cleaner element surface is free of dirt.
If there is dirt, use an air gun or similar tool to clean the element.
If the replacement time limit has passed, replace the element.
End Of Sie 01-13
CHARGE AIR COOLER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: CHARGE AIR COOLER
id011339800900
2. Remove the charge air cooler cover. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the air bypass valve. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Plug ports A and B.
6. Verify that there is no air leakage when air is sent
from port C.
If there is leakage, replace the charge air
cooler.
End Of Sie
WM: INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
PORT A
PORT B
PORT C
acxuuw00000509
AIR BYPASS VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011339800500
2. Remove the air bypass valve. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Connect the vacuum pump to the vacuum ports of
VACUUM PORT
the air bypass valve.
PORT A
ROD
VACUUM PUMP PORT B

acxuuw00000287
Approx. value
VALVE OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
7.5 {0.30}
ROD STROKE
(mm {in}) VALVE
OPEN
0.5 {0.02}
P1 P2
VACUUM
P1=49.365.3 kpa {370489 mmHg, 15.019.2 inHg}
P2=86.1115.3 kpa {646864 mmHg, 25.534.0 inHg}
acxuuw00000286
01-1311
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 12

4. Verify that the airflow is as indicated in the table.
If there is any malfunction, replace the air bypass valve.
Vacuum Valve operation Airflow between
(kPa {mmHg, inHg}) condition port A B
66 {496, 20}
Open Yes
or more
49 {367, 14}
Closed No
or less
End Of Sie
THROTTLE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: THROTTLE ACTUATOR
id011339801300
Note
Perform the following inspection only when directed.
Resistance Inspection
2. Disconnect the throttle body connector.
3. Measure the resistance between the throttle actuator terminals using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the throttle body. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
If as specified, carry out the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Specification
Ambient temperature (C {F}) Resistance (ohm)
Approx. 20 {68} 0.3 100
Circuit Open/Short Inspection

1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an
open or short circuit (continuity check). THROTTLE ACTUATOR
F E
acxuuw00000024
PCM
2BE 2BA 2AW 2AS 2AO 2AK 2AG 2AC 2Y 2U 2Q 2M 2I 2E 2A 1BE 1BA 1AW 1AS 1AO 1AK 1AG 1AC 1Y 1U 1Q 1M 1I 1E 1A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 2AP 2AL 2AH 2AD 2Z 2V 2R 2N 2J 2F 2B 1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 1AP 1AL 1AH 1AD 1Z 1V 1R 1N 1J 1F 1B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 2AQ 2AM 2AI 2AE 2AA 2W 2S 2O 2K 2G 2C 1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 1AQ 1AM 1AI 1AE 1AA 1W 1S 1O 1K 1G 1C
2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AV 2AR 2AN 2AJ 2AF 2AB 2X 2T 2P 2L 2H 2D 1BH 1BD 1AZ 1AV 1AR 1AN 1AJ 1AF 1AB 1X 1T 1P 1L 1H 1D
acxuuw00000025
Open circuit
If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Throttle actuator terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
Throttle actuator terminal E and PCM terminal 2B
Short circuit
If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Throttle actuator terminal F and power supply
Throttle actuator terminal F and ground
Throttle actuator terminal E and power supply
Throttle actuator terminal E and ground
End Of Sie
WM: VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
01-1312
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 13

VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011339801200
1. Remove the air hose. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the variable swirl control solenoid valve.
3. Connect a vacuum pump to the variable swirl shutter valve actuator.
4. Apply vacuum and verify that the rod moves.
If the rod does not move, replace the intake manifold. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
01-13
Vacuum
Rod movement
kPa {mmHg, inHg}
2.7 {20, 0.7} or less Not move
33.4 {251, 9.9} or more Fully pulled
End Of Sie
VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
id011339801100
1. Remove the variable swirl solenoid valve.
2. Inspect the airflow between the ports under the
following conditions.
If not as specified, replace the variable swirl B A
control solenoid valve. B A
If as specified, carry out the Circuit Open/
Short Inspection.
: Continuity : Airflow
Terminal Port
Step
A B A B
1
acxuuw00000026
2 B+ GND
acxuuw00000027

2. Inspect the following wiring harness for open or
short circuit (continuity check). VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE
B A
acxuuw00000028
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00002335
01-1313
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 14
PCM
acxuuw00000029
Open circuit
Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AS
Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal A and main relay terminal E
Short circuit
Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and power supply
Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and body ground
End Of Sie
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: AIR CHARGING PRESSURE COMPONENT
id011339800600
1. Remove the wastegate control solenoid valve. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
2. Inspect the airflow between the ports under the
following conditions.
If not as specified, replace the wastegate B A
control solenoid valve. B A
Short Inspection.
Terminal Port
Step
A B A B
1
acxuuw00000030
2 B+ GND
acxuuw00000031
01-1314
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 15

2. Inspect the following wiring harness for an open
or short circuit (continuity check).
WASTEGATE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
01-13
B A
acxuuw00000032
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00002335
PCM
acxuuw00000033
Open circuit
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AA
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A and main relay terminal E
Short circuit
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and power supply
Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and body ground
End Of Sie
01-1315
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 16

WASTEGATE ACTUATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011339800700
1. Remove the air hose and air duct. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC])
2. Disconnect the hose from the wastegate actuator.
3. Plug the wastegate actuator as shown in the
figure.
4. Connect the vacuum pump to the port
49 H080 740A
WASTEGATE
ACTUATOR
ROD
PLUG
acxuuw00000663
5. Raise the pressure slowly and take a WASTEGATE ACTUATOR

measurement of the pressure when the rod stroke OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
110 {825, 32}
OPERATION PRESSURE
is 1.5 mm {0.06 in}.

If the rod does not move, replace the PRESSURIZATION
(kPa {mmHg, inHg})
100 {750, 30}

turbocharger. 90 {675, 27}
80 {600, 24}
Specification (rod stroke: 1.5 mm {0.06 in})
DEPRESSURIZATION
78.0 83.4 kPa {586 625 mmHg, 23.1 70 {525, 21}
24.6 inHg} 60 {450, 18}
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
{0.0} {0.039} {0.079} {0.12} {0.16} {0.20}
End Of Sie
WM: TC
ROD STROKE (mm {in})
acxuuw00000664
01-1316
1871-1U-06B(01-13).fm 17

TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011339801000
Compressor Wheel Inspection
1. Remove the turbocharger. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Visually inspect the compressor wheel from view
A for the cracks, damage, or bending on all the
compressor wheel blades.
If there are any cracks or damage, replace the
turbocharger. 01-13
A
Note
If there is contact between the compressor
wheel and compressor housing, there may
be cracks, damage, or bending on the blade
end area.
If there are cracks, damage, or bending on
the compressor wheel, verify the following
after replacing the turbocharger.
Intake air/exhaust system related COMPRESSOR
components WHEEL
Oil pipe damage
acxuuw00000477
Turbine wheel inspection

1. Remove the turbocharger. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Visually inspect the turbine wheel from view B for
the cracks, damage, or bending on all the turbine
wheel blades.
If there are cracks, damage, or bending on the
turbine wheel, replace the turbocharger.
Note
If there is contact between the turbine wheel
and turbine housing, there may be cracks,
damage, or bending on the blade end area.
B
If there are cracks, damage, or bending on
the turbine wheel, verify the following after
replacing the turbocharger.
Intake air/exhaust system related
components TURBINE WHEEL
Oil pipe damage
End Of Sie
WM: ACCELERATOR PEDAL
acxuuw00000478
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011339801400
1 Connector 1
2 Accelerator pedal 3
7.810.8 {80110, 6995}
End Of Sie
7.810.8 {80110, 6995}

2
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002531
01-1317
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 1
FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

01-14 FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-142 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Engine Room Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-142 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1415
Fuel Tank Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-143 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR INSPECTION
FUEL SYSTEM DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1416
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-143 Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1416 01-14
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Fuel Line Safety Procedure . . . . . . . . . 01-144 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1416
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Fuel Leakage Inspection After High
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-144 Pressure Fuel Pump Installation . . . . . 01-1418
Fuel Leakage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 01-144 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-1419
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-145 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
Low Pressure Line (From the Fuel Tank REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
to the High Pressure [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1419
Fuel Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-145 Quick Release Connector Type. . . . . . . 01-1419
High Pressure Line (From the High Type A Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1420
Pressure Fuel Pump to the Type B Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1421
Fuel Injector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-146 Type C Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1422
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Type A Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1422
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-147 Type B Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1423
Rivet Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-149 Type C Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1423
Fuel-filler Pipe Removal Note . . . . . . . 01-149 FUEL INJECTOR
Joint Hose Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 01-149 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Breather Hose Installation Note . . . . . . 01-1410 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1423
FUEL SHUT-OFF/ROLLOVER VALVE High Pressure Line Pipe
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-1410 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1424
FUEL PUMP UNIT Fuel Injector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . 01-1425
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Fuel Delivery Pipe
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1411 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1426
FUEL PUMP UNIT High Pressure Line Pipe
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1426
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1413 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1427
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1413 Operation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1427
Continuity Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1413 Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1427
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-1414 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1428
Fuel Pump Hold PRESSURE REGULATOR INSPECTION
Pressure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1414 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1428
End of Toc
WM: FUEL SYSTEM
01-141
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 2

FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
id011439800100
Engine Room Side
3
5
1
7
6
acxuuw00000154
.
1 Fuel injector 4 High pressure fuel pump

(See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/ (See01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-14-27 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION[L3 (See01-14-19 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
WITH TC].) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
2 Fuel delivery pipe 5 Fuel pump relay
(See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/ 6 Fuel pump speed control relay
7 Fuel pump resistor
3 Fuel pressure sensor (See01-14-15 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAL/
(See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) (See01-14-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
(See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-142
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 3

Fuel Tank Side
3
01-14
acxuuw00000155
1 Fuel tank 3 Nonreturn valve

(See01-14-7 FUEL TANK REMOVAL/ 4 Fuel filler pipe
2 Fuel pump unit
(See01-14-11 FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/
(See01-14-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-14-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
FUEL SYSTEM DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
id011439800200
HIGH PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE REGULATOR
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP SENSOR
D6U114ZWC006
End Of Sie
01-143
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 4

BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC]
id011439800300
Warning
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the following Fuel
Line Safety Procedure.
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death or
serious injury. Before performing work on the fuel system, discharge static electricity by touching
the vehicle body.
Fuel Line Safety Procedure
Note
Fuel in the fuel system is under high pressure even when the engine is not running.
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap and release the pressure in the fuel tank.
2. Remove the fuel pump relay.
4. After the engine stalls, crank the engine several
times. MAIN FUSE BLOCK
6. Install the fuel pump relay.
End Of Sie
FUEL PUMP RELAY
acxuuw00000262

id011439800400
Warning
damage. When installing the fuel hose, perform Fuel Leakage Inspection described below.
Fuel Leakage Inspection
Warning
damage. Always carry out the following procedure with the engine stopped.
serious injury. Before performing work on the fuel system, discharge static electricity by touching
the vehicle body.
Caution
Connecting to the wrong check connector terminal may cause a malfunction. Carefully connect
only to the specified terminal.
01-144
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 5

1. Start the fuel pump using the following procedure.
Using M-MDS
2. Using the simulation function FP, start the
fuel pump.
Without using M-MDS
2. Remove the fuel pump relay. 01-14
Caution
Short the specified terminals because
shorting the wrong terminal of the main
fuse block may cause malfunctions.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000288
3. Using a jumper wire, short fuel pump relay

terminals C and D in the main fuse block. MAIN FUSE BLOCK
(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
4. Connect the negative battery cable and
operate the fuel pump. A E
2. Pressurize the system in this manner for at least
5 min to be sure there is no leakage. C
If there is fuel leakage, inspect the fuel hoses, D
hose clamps, and fuel pipe sealing surface,
and replace if necessary.
3. After repair, assemble the system and repeat
Steps 1 to 3.
End Of Sie acxuuw00000183
FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011439800500
Low Pressure Line (From the Fuel Tank to the High Pressure Fuel Pump)
Warning
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death.
Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly cause
damage to the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release connector
joint area before disconnecting/connecting using cloth or soft brush, and make sure that it is free
of foreign material.
1. Complete the BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.

(See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC])
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the intake manifold that connecting to the power brake unit.
Caution
The quick release connector may be damaged if the tab is turned too far. Do not turn the tab over
the stopper.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel tank. (See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
5. Push the SST quick release connector into the fuel pipe and plastic fuel hose into the SST until a click is heard.
01-145
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 6

6. Turn the lever parallel to the hose of the SST as shown.
49 B019 901B
49 N013 101A
49 N013 102A
acxuuw00000248
7. Connect the vacuum hose to the intake manifold that connecting to the brake booster.
9. Start the engine and let it idle. Measure the fuel line pressure.
Zero or low
FP circuit
FP
Fuel line (clogged)
Fuel leakage inside pressure regulator
High
Pressure regulator for high pressure cause
Fuel line pressure

410 490 kPa {4.2 4.9 kgf/cm2, 60 71 psi}

11. Measure the fuel hold pressure after 5 min.
FP hold pressure
Fuel injector for leakage
Fuel line for improper routing, kinks or leakage
Fuel hold pressure

More than 230 kPa {2.3 kgf/cm2, 33 psi}
12. Complete the BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.

(See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC])
13. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the intake manifold that connecting to the brake booster.
14. Disconnect the SST.
15. Connect the quick release connector. (See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/
High Pressure Line (From the High Pressure Fuel Pump to the Fuel Injector)
1. Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
2. Inspect the high pressure fuel pump. (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
WM: FUEL TANK
01-146
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 7

FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439801600
Warning
Repairing a fuel tank that has not been properly steam-cleaned can be dangerous. Explosion or
fire may cause death or serious injury. Always properly steam clean a fuel tank before repairing it.
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of
the fuel pump unit when removing or installing. 01-14
serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the
vehicle body.
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may cause damage to
the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area
before disconnecting/connecting using a cloth or soft brush, and make sure that it is free of
foreign material.
1. Level the vehicle.

2. Complete the BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the rear seat cushion.
5. Remove the fuel pump unit. (See01-14-11 FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the fuel gauge sender unit.
7. Siphon the fuel from the fuel tank.
8. Remove the middle pipe. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
9. Remove the propeller shaft. (4WD) (See03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the rear under cover (LR, RR).
11. Remove the rear parking brake cable installation bolts, then move the rear parking brake cable out of the way.
12. Disconnect the joint hose connected between the fuel tank and the fuel-filler pipe from the fuel-filler pipe.
13. Disconnect the breather hose connected between the fuel tank and the fuel-filler pipe from the fuel-filler pipe.
14. Disconnect the evaporative hose connected between the fuel tank and the charcoal canister from the charcoal
canister.
01-147
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 8

15. Remove in the order indicated in the table. .
A
9.013.0 Nm
B {92132 kgfcm, 80115 inlbf}
4
RIVET
43.160.8
{4.406.20, 31.844.8}
1
RIVET
43.160.8
{4.406.20, 31.844.8}
43.160.8
{4.406.20, 31.844.8}
Nm {kgfm,ftlbf}
acxuuw00000195
1 Strap 5 Evaporative hose (See 01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE

2 Fuel tank CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC])
3 Joint hose (See 01-14-9 Joint Hose Installation
Note) 6 Insulator (See 01-14-9 Rivet Removal Note)
4 Breather hose (See 01-14-10 Breather Hose 7 Fuel-filler cap
Installation Note) 8 Fuel-filler pipe (See 01-14-9 Fuel-filler Pipe
Removal Note)
01-148
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 9

17. Complete the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Rivet Removal Note
Caution
Be careful not to damage the fuel tank when removing the rivet. If the fuel tank is damaged, it may
cause fuel leakage. 01-14
Note
The insulator is installed using rivets.
When resin stalling the rivet, install the same rivet or M5 bolt and nut.
1. Push out the mandrel using a hammer and punch HAMMER

(22.8 mm {0.080.11 in} diameter).
INSULATOR
FUEL TANK MANDREL
acxuuw00000260
2. Remove the flange using a drill (5 mm {0.20 in} drill bit).
DRILL
FLANGE
acxuuw00000261
Fuel-filler Pipe Removal Note

1. Remove the rear tire (LH).
2. Remove the mudguard (LH).
3. Remove the air filter.
4. Remove the fuel-filler pipe.
Joint Hose Installation Note

1. Install the joint hose and clamp as shown in the
figure.
30 30
CLAMP
TIGHTENING AREA
JOINT HOSE VIEW A
acxuuw00000265
01-149
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 10

Breather Hose Installation Note
1. Install the breather hose and clamp as shown in
the figure. CLAMP
End Of Sie
WM: FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE
TIGHTENING AREA BREATHER HOSE
45
45
VIEW B
acxuuw00000266
FUEL SHUT-OFF/ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011439801800
Caution
foreign material.
Note
This inspection is for fuel shut-off valve and rollover valve integrated in the fuel tank.
1. Disconnect the quick release connector and the fuel pump unit connector. (See01-14-11 FUEL PUMP UNIT
2. Remove the fuel tank with the fuel pump unit. (See01-14-7 FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Plug the port as shown in the figure.
4. Level the fuel tank. A
B PLUG
PLUG
FUEL PUMP UNIT
acxuuw00000122
5. Blow through port B and verify that there is airflow

FUEL PUMP UNIT
from port A.
If there is no airflow, replace the fuel tank.
If there is airflow, turn the fuel tank upside
down, and proceed to Step 6.
6. Blow through port B and verify that there is no
airflow from port A.
If there is airflow, replace the fuel tank. PLUG
End Of Sie
WM: FUEL PUMP
C
B
A PLUG
acxuuw00000123
01-1410
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 11

FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439800900
Warning
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the Fuel Line
Safety Procedure.
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, before performing the fuel pump unit 01-14
removal/installation, always complete the Fuel Leak Inspection After Fuel Pump Unit
Installation.
serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the
vehicle body.
Caution
Because the fuel tank is constructed such that the fuel level is higher than the installation surface
of the fuel pump, fuel leakage could occur. If the fuel gauge indicates a fuel level of half or more,
perform the following Steps 1-6 to drain approx. 10 L {11 US gal, 8.8 lmp gal} of fuel.
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly cause
damage to the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release connector
joint area before disconnecting/connecting using a cloth or soft brush, and make sure that it is
free of foreign material.
To prevent the SST from coming off the fuel pump cap while performing the work, always perform
the removal/installation procedure with 2 people. One person presses the SST against cap from
directly above, while the other person rotates the SST.
TC].)
3. Remove the service hole cover.
SERVICE HOLE COVER
acxuuw00000510
4. Disconnect the quick release connector

QUICK RELEASE
connected to the fuel pump unit. FRONT CONNECTOR
5. Connect a long hose to the disconnected quick
release connector and drain the fuel into a
container used for collecting gasoline.
HOSE
acxuuw00000181
01-1411
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 12

Using M-MDS
fuel pump.
Without using M-MDS
1. Remove the fuel pump relay.
Caution
DLC-2
acxuuw00000288
(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
Caution C
The fuel pump could be damaged if it is D
operated (fuel pump idling) while there is
no fuel in the fuel tank. Verify the amount
of fuel being discharged from the hose
and stop operation of the fuel pump
when essentially no fuel is being
acxuuw00000183
discharged.
7. When essentially no fuel is being discharged, stop the fuel pump.

Using M-MDS
1. Using the simulation function FP, stop the fuel pump.
Without using M-MDS
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position to stop the fuel pump.
2. Disconnect the jumper wire from the check connector.
9. Remove the fuel pump bracket installation screws.
1
6
5 R
2
4
3
acxuuw00000289
1 Connector 4 Fuel pump unit

2 Quick release connector 5 Packing
(See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR 6 Fuel pump bracket
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
3 Quick release connector
(See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])

End Of Sie
01-1412
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 13

FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC]
id011439801000
Warning
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of
the fuel pump unit when removing or installing.
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table. 01-14

2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. .
1 Fuel filter body

2 Fuel pressure regulator
3 Fuel pump
4 Transfer
1
5 Filter
End Of Sie
R
R
2
3
R
5
4
R
acxuuw00002338
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439801100
Continuity Inspection
Note
Perform the following test only when directed.
3. Remove the service hole cover.
4. Disconnect the fuel pump unit connector.
SERVICE HOLE COVER
acxuuw00000510
5. Inspect for continuity between fuel pump unit
connector terminals B and D. FUEL PUMP UNIT PUMP
If there is no continuity, replace the fuel pump SIDE CONNECTOR
body.
Short Inspection. C A
D B
acxuuw00000034
01-1413
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 14

1. Inspect the following wiring harnesses as for open
FUEL PUMP UNIT FUSE BOX
or short circuit (continuity check). WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR (FUEL PUMP RELAY)
A E
C A C
D B
D
acxuuw00000035
Open circuit
Fuel pump unit terminal B and fuel pump relay terminal A
Fuel pump unit terminal D and body ground
Short circuit
Fuel pump unit terminal B and power supply
Fuel pump unit terminal B and body ground
Fuel pump unit terminal D and power supply
Fuel Pump Hold Pressure Inspection
Warning
damage. Always carry out the following procedure with the engine stopped.
Caution
foreign material.
Note
TC].)
3. Remove the battery and battery tray.
Caution
The quick release connector may be damaged if the tab is bent excessively. Do not expand the tab
over the stopper.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel tank. (See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
5. Turn the lever 90 against the hose of the SST to
plug the SST outlet. 49 B019 901B
6. Push the SST quick release connector into the
fuel pipe until a click is heard. 49 N013 101A
LEVER
7. Set the fuel hose into a container to avoid fuel TO FUEL TANK
spills.
49 N013 102A
acxuuw00000036
01-1414
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 15

Using M-MDS
fuel pump.
Without using M-MDS
1. Remove the fuel pump relay. 01-14
Caution
DLC-2
acxuuw00000288

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
10. Measure the fuel pump hold pressure after 5 C
min. D
If not as specified, replace the fuel pump after
inspecting the following:
Fuel line for clogging or leakage
Fuel pump hold pressure

acxuuw00000183
More than 230 kPa {2.3 kgf/cm2, 33 psi}
11. Disconnect the jumper wire.

12. Disconnect the SST.
13. Connect the quick release connector. (See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439801200
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Disconnect the fuel pump resistor connector.
4. Remove in the fuel pump resistor.
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR

acxuuw00002402
5. Install in the order as shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
4.2 6.2 Nm {43 63 kgfcm, 38 54 inlbf} 2
6. Connect the fuel pump resistor connector.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002403
01-1415
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 16

FUEL PUMP RESISTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439801300
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the fuel pump resister. (See 01-14-15 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Verify that the continuity between the fuel pump
resister terminal A and B is within the
specification.
If not within the specification, replace the fuel
A B
resistor.
Fuel pump resistor continuity

0.304 0.336 ohms (20 C {68 F})
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002331
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011439801400
Caution
Do not disassemble the high pressure fuel pump.
Do not scratch or damage the fuel sealing surface of the high and low fuel ports.
When removing the high pressure fuel pipe, secure the joint (pump side) so that it dose not rotate,
and loosen the screw (pipe side).
Note
If the high pressure fuel pump is removed, replace the O-ring with a new one.
TC].)
4. Disconnect the spill valve control solenoid valve connector.
5. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE
7. Remove the air duct. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
01-1416
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 17

Warning
If the high pressure fuel pump joint nut is loosened, fuel leakage may occur resulting in death or
serious injury, or damage to the equipment or the vehicle. Fuel can also irritate the skin and eyes.
When removing the high pressure line pipe, always tighten the high pressure line pipe installation
nut while fixing the high pressure fuel pump joint nut with a wrench. If the high pressure fuel pump
joint nut has rotated, replace the high pressure fuel pump with a new one.
8. Disconnect the high pressure line pipe of the high pressure fuel pump.
01-14
SPILL VALVE CONTROL DO NOT ALLOW JOINT
SOLENOID VALVE NUT TO ROTATE
JOINT NUT
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

PIPE INSTALLATION NUT
HIGH PRESSURE
WATER OUTLET CASE LINE PIPE
INSTALLATION BOLT
acxuuw00000291
(1) Fix the joint nut with a wrench on the high pressure fuel pump side as shown in the figure.
(2) Loosen the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
9. Drain engine coolant. (See01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
10. Loosen the water outlet case installation bolts securing the high pressure line pipe.
11. Remove the high pressure fuel pump.
8.511.5 Nm
{87117 kgfcm,
76101 inlbf}
OIL
O-RING R
OIL
acxuuw00000292
12. Remove the high pressure fuel pump cover.
13. Tighten the bolts on the high pressure fuel pump R 1723 Nm
{1.82.3 kgfm,
cover. 1316 ftlbf}
Tightening torque
17 23 Nm {1.8 2.3 kgfm, 13 16 ftlbf}
acxuuw00000293
01-1417
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 18

Caution
If the high pressure fuel pump installation bolts are tightened with the high pressure fuel pump
tilted, the high pressure fuel pump may not operate correctly. Tighten the high pressure fuel pump
installation bolts in a few passes with equal torque.
14. Tighten the bolts on the high pressure fuel pump.
Tightening torque
8.5 11.5 Nm {87 117 kgfcm, 76 101 inlbf}
Warning
If the high pressure fuel pump joint nut is loosened, fuel leakage may occur resulting in death or
serious injury, or damage to the equipment or the vehicle. Fuel can also irritate the skin and eyes.
When installing the high pressure line pipe, always tighten the high pressure line pipe installation
nut while fixing the high pressure fuel pump joint nut with a wrench. If the high pressure fuel pump
joint nut has rotated, replace the high pressure fuel pump with a new one.
15. Assemble the high pressure line pipe.

JOINT NUT
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

HIGH PRESSURE
INSTALLATION BOLT
acxuuw00000294
(2) Tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
Tightening torque
23.5 35.5 Nm {2.40 3.59 kgfm, 17.4 26.0 ftlbf}
16. Tighten the water outlet case installation bolts.
Tightening torque
8 11.5 Nm {82 117 kgfcm, 71 101 inlbf}
17. Install the quick release connector. (See01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/
Fuel Leakage Inspection After High Pressure Fuel Pump Installation

1. Verify that the high pressure fuel pump is assembled securely.
2. Drive the vehicle starting from a standstill and brake suddenly five to six times at a low speed.
3. Stop the vehicle and verify from outside the vehicle that there is no fuel leakage around the high pressure fuel
pump.
End Of Sie
01-1418
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 19

HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439801500
Note
The following vacuum values are indicated by relative pressure from the fuel pressure sensor.
1. Verify that the fuel pressure sensor is normal. (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
01-14
off).
4. Select the FUEL_PRES, and LOAD, RPM PIDs
on the M-MDS.
Caution
If the engine is run at a high speed, it
could be damaged. When racing the
engine, do not race it up to 6,700 rpm or
more.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000263
5. After the LOAD PID is 60% or more while the
engine is raced with the accelerator pedal fully
depressed, verify that the FUEL_PRES PID is approx. 11.5Mpa.
If not as verified, replace the high pressure fuel pump.
End Of Sie
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
id011439801700
Warning
Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the pressurized fuel system, it will cause
serious injury or death and facility breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
always complete the Fuel Line Safety Procedure, while referring to the BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION.
Quick Release Connector Type

Caution
There are three types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly.
C
A
B A
B B
C
C
acxuuw00000053
01-1419
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 20

Type A Removal
1. Follow BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE before performing any work operations to prevent fuel from spilling
from the fuel system. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
The quick release connector may be damaged if the release tab is bent excessively. Do not expand
the release tab over the stopper.
Note
The fuel hose can be removed by pushing it to the pipe side to release the lock.
2. Rotate the release tab on the quick release

connector to the stopper position.
RELEASE TAB
STOPPER
acxuuw00000054
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe
and disconnect it.
FUEL PIPE FUEL HOSE
acxuuw00000055
4. Cover the disconnected quick release connector

and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar
material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
acxuuw00000056
01-1420
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 21

Type B Removal
Caution
Be careful not to damage the pipe when unlocking the retainer.
Note
When removing the quick connector, either SST 49 E042 001 or 49 N013 103A.
01-14
When using SST 49 N013 103A
1. Follow BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before performing
any work operations. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Insert the SST into the quick release connector.
and disconnect it.
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
FUEL PIPE
49 N013 103A
acxuuw00002337
When using SST 49 E042 001
Note
If the quick release connector is removed, replace the retainer with a new one.
1. Follow BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before performing
any work operations. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
Note
The retainer is attached to the pipe even after the connector is disconnected.
2. Set the SST parallel to the quick release

connector. 49 E042 001
Note
The quick release connector can be
removed by pushing the center of the
retainer tabs.
3. Hold the center of the retainer tabs with the SST

ends and press the retainer.
4. Pull the connector side and disconnect the quick
release connector.
acxuuw00000057
5. Raise a retainer tab using the SST and remove

the retainer.
49 E042 001
and evaporative hose with vinyl sheeting or a
similar material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
R RETAINER
acxuuw00000058
01-1421
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 22

Type C Removal
1. Follow BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before performing any
work operations. (See01-14-4 BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Move the retainer upward using a small flathead
screwdriver or a similar tool. FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER RETAINER
and disconnect it.
QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR
acxuuw00000059

acxuuw00000056
Type A Installation
Note
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the fuel hose.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick
release connector for new fuel hoses and
evaporative hoses. Remove the checker tab CHECKER TAB
from the quick release connector after the
connector is completely engaged with the
fuel pipe.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing

surface for damage and deformation.
If there is any malfunction, replace it with a NEW FUEL HOSE
new one.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the
acxuuw00000060
sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Reconnect the fuel hose straight to the fuel pipe
until a click is heard.
Note
If the quick release connector does not move at all, disconnect it, verify that the O-ring is not damaged or
has not slipped, and then reconnect the quick release connector.
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it can move 2.0
3.0 mm {0.08 0.12 in} and is connected securely.
5. Inspect all related parts by performing AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 AFTER REPAIR
01-1422
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 23

Type B Installation
Note
A checker tab is integrated with the quick
release connector for new fuel hoses and
evaporative hoses. Remove the checker tab CHECKER TAB
from the quick release connector after the 01-14
connector is completely engaged with the
fuel pipe.
Caution
Be sure to replace the retainer with a new
one to prevent gas leakage. NEW FUEL HOSE
To prevent evaporative gas leakage, be
sure not to damage the connecting part
acxuuw00000060
between the charcoal canister and pipe,
and the locks between the quick release
connector and retainer. If any of them are damaged, replace the charcoal canister or hose with a
new one.
1. Remove the retainer remaining on the charcoal canister pipe.

2. Install a new retainer to the quick release connector.
3. Reconnect the hose straight to the pipe until a click is heard.
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it is connected
securely.
5. Inspect all related parts by performing AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 AFTER REPAIR
Type C Installation
Note
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
If there is any malfunction, replace it with a new one.
2. Install the quick release connector.
Insert the fuel pipe straight to the end of the
quick release connector. 2
Push down the retainer using a finger.
If the retainer cannot be pushed down,
push the fuel pipe further to the quick
release connector.
1
3. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector
a few times by hand, and then verify that it is
connected securely.
4. Inspect all related parts by performing AFTER
REPAIR PROCEDURE. (See01-14-4 AFTER
acxuuw00000061
REPAIR PROCEDURE[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: FUEL INJECTOR
id011439800600
Caution
foreign material.
Note
When the fuel pressure sensor replaces, replace a new fuel delivery pipe with a new fuel pressure
sensor.(See 01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
01-1423
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 24

TC].)
3. Remove the intake manifold. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
811.5 Nm
1723 21.525.5
{82117 kgfcm,
{1.82.3, 1316} {2.202.60, 15.918.8}
71101 inlbf}
2
R
1
1723
{1.82.3,
R 1316}
5
1624
SST {1.72.4, 1217}
4
3
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000267
1 High pressure line pipe 2 Fuel delivery pipe

(See01-14-24 High Pressure Line Pipe Removal (See01-14-26 Fuel Delivery Pipe Installation Note.)
Note.) 3 Fuel injector bracket
(See01-14-26 High Pressure Line Pipe Installation
Note.) 4 Fuel injector
(See01-14-25 Fuel Injector Removal Note.)
5 Relief valve

High Pressure Line Pipe Removal Note

1. Drain engine coolant. (See01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the high pressure line pipe of the high pressure fuel pump. (See01-14-16 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL
PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)

JOINT NUT
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

HIGH PRESSURE
INSTALLATION BOLT
acxuuw00000268
(2) Loosen the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
3. Remove the high pressure line pipe.
01-1424
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 25

Fuel Injector Removal Note
Note
Depending on the driving conditions, carbon may accumulate on the inserted part of the fuel injector,
causing the fuel injector to stick. Remove the fuel injector using the following procedure.
1. Install the SST to the fuel injector confirming that

the SST faces the correct direction as shown in 01-14
the figure.
Caution
If the SST slips while ratcheting up the
fuel injector, the fuel injector or 49 G013 101
surrounding parts could be damaged.
Press fit the SST to the fuel injector firmly
and operate carefully. DEEP OPENING
When ratcheting up the fuel injector, the SIDE
fuel injector connector may contact the
cylinder head and damage the fuel
injector. Ratchet up the fuel injector so CONNECTOR
that the fuel injector connector does not SIDE R OIL
contact the cylinder head.

FUEL
INJECTOR
GASKET
R
OIL
acxuuw00000269
Note
If fuel injector No.3 contacts the oil
separator, cut the tab on the oil separator as
shown in the figure. Carefully cut the tab so
that the oil separator is not deformed or 6 mm {0.2 in}
TAB
damaged, with no clearance on the mating OR LESS
surfaces of the oil separator and engine.
PCV VALVE
acxuuw00000270
2. Keep ratcheting the SST so that the fuel injector becomes free enough to ratchet up without using the SST.
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the fuel injector connector because the fuel injector could be
damaged.
3. Pull out the fuel injector by ratcheting it upright.

4. Verify that there are no gasket in the cylinder heads after removing the fuel injectors.
Warning
If foreign material such as metal shavings penetrates the fuel injector installation hole on the
cylinder block, the engine could be damaged. Remove all foreign material and cap the fuel injector
installation hole after removing the fuel injector.
5. Clean the fuel injector and around the insertion hole using a vacuum cleaner.
01-1425
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 26

Fuel Delivery Pipe Installation Note
Tightening torque 4 2 1 3 5
17 23 Nm {1.8 2.3 kgfm, 13 16 ftlbf}
FUEL DELIVERY PIPE
acxuuw00000271
High Pressure Line Pipe Installation Note

1. Temporarily tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.
1
2
3 4
acxuuw00000272
2. Tighten No.1 bolts shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
17 23 Nm {1.8 2.3 kgfm, 13 16 ftlbf}
01-1426
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 27

3. Tighten No.2 bolts shown in the figure.

01-14
JOINT NUT
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

HIGH PRESSURE
INSTALLATION BOLT
acxuuw00000273
(2) Tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
Tightening torque
23.5 35.5 Nm {2.40 3.61 kgfm, 17.4 26.1 ftlbf}
4. Tighten No.3, No.4 bolts shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
17 23 Nm {1.8 2.3 kgfm, 13 16 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011439800700
Operation Test
1. Carry out the Fuel Injector Operation Inspection. (See01-03-78 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION
If not as specified, perform the further inspection for the fuel injectors.
Note
Perform the following procedure only when directed.

3. Remove the fuel delivery pipe. (See 01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Disconnect the fuel injector connectors.
5. Measure the resistance of the fuel injector using a
tester.
If not as specified, replace the fuel injector.
(See01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/ A B
If as specified but Operation Test is failed,
carry out the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Inspect for open or short circuit.
Fuel injector resistance

1.0 1.2 ohms [20 C {68 F}]
acxuuw00000038
01-1427
1871-1U-06B(01-14).fm 28

open or short circuit (continuity check).
FUEL INJECTOR
A B
acxuuw00000039
PCM
acxuuw00000040
Open circuit
No.1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and PCM terminal 2BB
No.2 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and PCM terminal 2BC
No.3 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and PCM terminal 2BD
No.4 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and PCM terminal 2AZ
No.1 cylinder fuel injector terminal B and PCM terminal 2BG
No.2 cylinder fuel injector terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
No.3 cylinder fuel injector terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
No.4 cylinder fuel injector terminal B and PCM terminal 2BG
Short circuit
No.1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and power supply
No.1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and body ground
No.1 cylinder fuel injector terminal B and power supply
No.1 cylinder fuel injector terminal B and body ground
End Of Sie
PRESSURE REGULATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: PRESSURE REGULATOR
id011439800800
Note
Due to the adoption of the mechanical returnless fuel system, the pressure regulator cannot be inspected
separately.
1. Perform FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION. (See 01-14-5 FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
01-1428
EXHAUST SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-15 EXHAUST SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION Exhaust Manifold Insulator (Upper)
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-151 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-153
EXHAUST SYSTEM WU-TWC Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-153
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Exhaust Manifold
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-152 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-154
Seal Ring Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 01-153 WU-TWC Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 01-154 01-15
HO2S Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-153 Seal Ring Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 01-154
End of Toc
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: EXHAUST SYSTEM
id011539800100
1. Start the engine and inspect each exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage.
If there is leakage, repair or replace if necessary.
End Of Sie
01-151
EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011539800200
Warning
A hot engine and exhaust system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before removing the exhaust system.
3. Remove the charge air cooler cover. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC])
4. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
4364
{4.46.5, 3247} 8
4364
{4.46.5, 3247} TURBOCHARGER
R 14
R
7.810.8 Nm
15 {80110 kgfcm,
10 7095 inlbf}
7 2949
6 {3.04.9, 2236}
SST
7.810.8 Nm 2949 9 11
{80110 kgfcm, {3.04.9, 2236}
7095 inlbf} 13
SST 4
R R A
SST
2
3851 R
{3.95.2, 2937} 5
SST
12
3851
{3.95.2, 2937}
3851
{3.95.2, 2937}
3 1
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002568
.
01-152 Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07)

1 Main silencer 8 Exhaust manifold insulator (Upper)
2 Seal ring (middle pipe side) (See 01-15-3 Exhaust Manifold Insulator (Upper)
(See 01-15-3 Seal Ring Removal Note.) Removal Note.)
(See 01-15-4 Seal Ring Installation Note.)
9 Front HO2S
3 Middle pipe (See01-15-3 HO2S Removal Note.)
4 Front pipe 10 Exhaust manifold insulator (Lower)
5 Seal ring (WU-TWC side) 11 WU-TWC insulator
(See 01-15-3 Seal Ring Removal Note.) 01-15
12 WU-TWC bracket
(See 01-15-4 Seal Ring Installation Note.)
13 WU-TWC
6 Clip
(See 01-15-3 WU-TWC Removal Note.)
7 Rear HO2S (See 01-15-4 WU-TWC Installation Note.)
(See 01-15-3 HO2S Removal Note.)
14 Exhaust manifold
(See 01-15-4 Exhaust Manifold Installation Note.)
15 Exhaust manifold gasket
Seal Ring Removal Note

1. Remove the seal ring using a flathead screwdriver
being careful not to damage the pipe. SEAL RING
FLATHEAD SCREWDRIVER
acxuuw00002569
HO2S Removal Note

1. Remove the HO2S using the SST before
removing the exhaust manifold.
49 L018 001
49 L018 001
acxuuw00000172
Exhaust Manifold Insulator (Upper) Removal Note

1. Remove the charge air cooler bracket.
2. Remove the exhaust manifold insulator (upper)
WU-TWC Removal Note

2WD
1. Remove the generator duct. (See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
2. Remove the WU-TWC.
4WD
1. Remove the cowl grille.
2. Remove the windshield wiper motor.
3. Remove the cowl panel. (See 09-10-13 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Remove the generator duct. (See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
5. Set the generator out of the way.
6. Remove the WU-TWC.
01-153
Exhaust Manifold Installation Note
1. Tighten the exhaust manifold installation nuts in
the order shown.
Tightening torque
43 64 Nm {4.4 6.5 kgfm, 32 47 ftlbf}
8 2 3
7
9
10
6 4 1 5
acxuuw00000175
WU-TWC Installation Note

1. Temporarily tighten No.1 shown in the figure.
4. Completely tighten No.1 shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
38 51 Nm {3.9 5.2 kgfm, 29 37 ftlbf}
5. Completely tighten No.2 shown in the figure. 1 R

Tightening torque
3851 Nm
38 51 Nm {3.9 5.2 kgfm, 29 37 ftlbf} {3.95.2 kgfm, 2937 ftlbf}
3 2
6. Completely tighten No.3 shown in the figure.
Tightening torque 3851 Nm {3.95.2 kgfm, 2937 ftlbf}

38 51 Nm {3.9 5.2 kgfm, 29 37 ftlbf}
acxuuw00002588
Seal Ring Installation Note
Caution
If installation is performed without using the SST, the seal ring will be damaged and deformed,
resulting in an incorrect installation. Always use the SST to install the seal ring.
1. Temporarily install the seal ring to the pipe so that

the seal ring is even with the flange. SEAL RING
FLANGE
acxuuw00002570
01-154 Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07)

2. Install the SST to the seal ring so that the SST is
even with the flange.
49 G040 002
01-15
49 G040 001 FLANGE
acxuuw00002571
3. Press in the seal ring by tapping the SST using a
plastic hammer until the seal ring contacts the 49 G040 001
flange.
End Of Sie
49 G040 002 FLANGE

PLASTIC HAMMER
acxuuw00002572
Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06) 01-155

EMISSION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-16 EMISSION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) Airflow Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-168
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1681
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-162 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1682
Engine Compartment Side. . . . . . . . . . 01-162 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
Exhaust system side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-162 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Fuel Tank Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-163 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-169 01-16
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-169
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-164 Airflow Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-169
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1610
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-164 CHECK VALVE INSPECTION
Leakage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-164 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1611
AIR FILTER INSPECTION EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-165 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1611
CHARCOAL CANISTER EGR VALVE INSPECTION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1612
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-166 Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1612
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-1613
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-166 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1614
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-167 CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION
2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-167 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1614
AWD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-167
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-168
End of Toc
WM: EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06) 01-161

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
id011639800100
Engine Compartment Side
4
acxuuw00000176
.
1 Purge solenoid valve 3 PCV valve

(See 01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE (See 01-16-14 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION[L3
(See 01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE WITH TC].)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]) 4 Check valve
2 EGR valve (See 01-16-11 CHECK VALVE INSPECTION[L3
(See 01-16-11 EGR VALVE REMOVAL/ WITH TC].)
(See 01-16-12 EGR VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
Exhaust system side
1
acxuuw00000177
.
1 WU-TWC 2 TWC
01-162
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 3

Fuel Tank Side
01-16
1
2
TO PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
acxuuw00000178
.
1 Fuel shut-off valve 4 EVAP system leak detection pump

2 Rollover valve (See 01-16-7 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/
3 Charcoal canister INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-16-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/ (See 01-16-7 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
(See 01-16-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
5 Air filter
(See 01-16-5 AIR FILTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
6 Fuel filler cap
(See 01-16-4 FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
01-163
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 4

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
id011639800200
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK

DETECTION PUMP PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE
CHARCOAL CANISTER
AIR FILTER
EGR VALVE
FUEL SHUT-OFF ROLLOVER VALVE
VALVE
PCV VALVE
acxuuw00000062
End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: FUEL FILLER CAP
id011639801300
Leakage Inspection
1. Perform the following SST (Evaporative Emission System Tester 134-01049) self-test:
Note
If the tester does not work correctly during self-test, refer to the tester operators manual for more detailed
procedures.
(1) Verify that the gas cylinder valve is closed and the control valve located on the tester is in the TEST
position. All tester displays should be off at this time.
(2) Connect the long hose (part of SST) to the
tester.
(3) Connect the manifold assembly (part of SST)
to the long hose as shown.
(4) Open the gas cylinder valve and verify the gas
cylinder regulator left gauge reads 69 82
kPa {0.71 0.83 kgf/cm2, 10 12 psi}
(preset at factory).
If not, refer to the tester operators manual
to contact tester manufacturer.
(5) Press the ON/OFF switch to turn on the SST
and make sure the left display reads 0.0. acxuuw00002343
(6) Turn the control valve on the tester to the FILL
position.
(7) Verify the left display reading is within 13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
If not, adjust the pressure using the regulator knob located on the right side of the tester.
(8) Turn the control valve to TEST position and press the START switch.
(9) After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, the right display shows the total pressure loss for that
period. A 0.5 in of water loss is acceptable on the self-test.
If the loss is more than 0.5 in of water, do one or more self-test. If the failed test repeats, check for leak
using the ultrasonic leak detector (part of SST).
2. Press the RESET switch to set the left display reading to 0.0.
01-164
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 5

3. Connect the fuel cap receiver assembly (part of
SST) to the manifold assembly and fuel-filler cap
from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a genuine part,
replace it.
4. Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
5. Wait (maximum 20 s) until the left display reads
13.9 to 14.0 in of water. 01-16
If the reading is slightly below the
specification, adjust it using the regulator
knob.
If the reading is far below, the fuel-filler cap
acxuuw00002344
has leak. Replace it.
6. Turn the control valve to the TEST position and
press the START switch.
7. After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, check the test result (the failed/passed light on the
tester).
If the green light turns on, the fuel-filler cap is normal.
If the red light turns on, the fuel-filler cap has leakage. Replace it.
8. Close the gas cylinder valve.
9. Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
10. Press the ON/OFF switch to turn off the tester.
End Of Sie
AIR FILTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: AIR FILTER (EMISSION SYSTEM)
id011639800600
1. Remove the air filter.
2. Blow from port A and verify that there is airflow from port B.
If not as specified, replace the air filter.
3. Blow from port B and verify that there is airflow EVAP SYSTEM LEAK
from port A. ATMOSPHERE
DETECTION PUMP
SIDE
If not as specified, replace the air filter. SIDE
End Of Sie
WM: CHARCOAL CANISTER
A B
B6U0116W004
01-165
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 6

CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011639801500
1. Remove the under cover (LR).
1 Evaporative hose
2 Quick release connector 9.013.0 2
{92132, 80115}
(See 01-14-19 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]) 1
3 Charcoal canister 9.013.0
4 Charcoal canister bracket {92132, 80115}
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. 3

End Of Sie
9.013.0
{92132, 80115} Nm {kgfcm,inlbf}
acxuuw00000216
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011639800500
1. Remove the charcoal canister. (See01-16-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Plug ports A and C, then blow air into port B.
Caution
Do not apply the pressure more than 20
kPa {0.2 kgf/cm2, 2.9 psi} to the charcoal
canister. Doing so will damage the
charcoal canister.
A
3. Verify that there is no air leakage from the case. B
If not as specified, replace the charcoal C
canister. (See01-16-6 CHARCOAL
CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 acxuuw00000179
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
01-166
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC]
id011639800700
2WD
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table..
1 Connector
2 Evaporative hose 3 01-16
9.013.0
3 EVAP system leak detection pump {92132, 80115}

1
9.013.0
{92132, 80115} 2
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00000258
AWD
Note
Because the AWD EVAP system leak detection pump is installed surrounded by the rear differential, there
is insufficient space for removing the pump from the vehicle. Therefore, it is necessary to remove the
EVAP system leak detection pump and bracket separately from the vehicle.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table..
1 Connector
2 Evaporative hose
3 9.013.0
3 EVAP system leak detection pump and bracket
{92132,
(See 01-16-8 EVAP system leak detection pump 1 80115}
and bracket removal note)
4 EVAP system leak detection pump
(See 01-16-8 EVAP system leak detection pump
4
and bracket removal note)
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. 9.013.0

{92132,
80115}
2
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002564
Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06) 01-167

EVAP system leak detection pump and bracket removal note
Note
Because the AWD EVAP system leak detection pump is installed surrounded by the rear differential, there
is insufficient space for removing the pump from the vehicle. Therefore, it is necessary to remove the
EVAP system leak detection pump and bracket separately from the vehicle.
1. Reverse the EVAP system leak detection pump

and bracket.
acxuuw00002565
2. Remove the installation screws from the EVAP

system leak detection pump. EVAP SYSTEM LEAK
3. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump. DETECTION PUMP
4. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump

bracket.
End Of Sie
BRACKET
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK

DETECTION PUMP
INSTATION SCREW
acxuuw00002567
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011639800800
Airflow Inspection
Note

2. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump. (See01-16-7 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM
LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Blow air into port A and verify that there is airflow
from port B. EVAP SYSTEM LEAK CHARCOAL
DETECTION PUMP
If not as specified, replace the EVAP system CANISTER SIDE
leak detection pump.
4. Blow air into port B and verify that there is airflow A
from port A.
If not as specified, replace the EVAP system
leak detection pump. AIR FILTER
B
SIDE
If as specified, perform the following
Resistance Inspection.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000041
01-168 Revised 10/2006 (Ref. No. R144/06)

01-16-8 EMISSION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
Note
Perform the following procedure only when directed.

2. Inspect resistance of the EVAP system leak
detection pump. 01-16
EVAP SYSTEM
If not as specified, replace the EVAP system LEAK DETECTION PUMP
leak detection pump. 1V
Short Inspection. A MAIN RELAY PCM
Terminals Resistance (ohm)

C
A B 20 50
M D
A C 26.6 32.4 B
1AS
A D MAX. 118
acxuuw00000042
011681
open or short circuit (continuity check).
EVAP SYSTEM
LEAD DETECTION PUMP
A
C
B
D
acxuuw00000043
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00002334
PCM
acxuuw00000044
Open circuit
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A and main relay terminal E
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal B and the body ground
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and PCM terminal 1V
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and PCM terminal 1AS
Short circuit
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A and body ground
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal B and power supply
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and power supply
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and body ground
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and power supply
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and body ground
End Of Sie
011682
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 9

PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011639803500
1 Connector
3
2 Vacuum hose 1
3 Purge solenoid valve 01-16
2
End Of Sie
2
acxuuw00000217
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011639800900
Airflow Inspection
Note

2. Remove the purge solenoid valve. (See 01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
3. Inspect airflow between the ports under the following conditions.
If not as specified, replace the purge solenoid valve. (See 01-16-9 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/
Short Inspection.
Terminal Port B A
Step
A B A B
B
1 A
2 B+ GND
acxuuw00000045
acxuuw00000046
01-169
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 10

1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
open or short circuit (continuity check). PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
B A
acxuuw00000047
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00002335
PCM
acxuuw00000048
Open circuit
Purge solenoid valve terminal A and main relay terminal E
Purge solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AB
Short circuit
Purge solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
Purge solenoid valve terminal B and power supply
Purge solenoid valve terminal B and body ground
End Of Sie
WM: CHECK VALVE (EMISSION SYSTEM)
01-1610
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 11

CHECK VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011639801400
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the check valve and the purge solenoid valve from the purge
solenoid valve.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the check valve and the intake manifold from the intake
manifold.
4. Blow through the check valve and verify that air flows as specified.
If not as specified, replace the check valve. 01-16
Specification
Condition Airflow PORT A
Air applied from port A to B Yes
Air applied from port B to A No*
* : The check valve is normal if the aeration to port B

is 3.5 kPa/min {0.03 kgf/cm2 min, 0.5 psi/min}
or less when 130 kPa {1.32 kgf/cm2, 18.9 psi}
is applied to port A.
PORT B
End Of Sie
WM: EGR VALVE
acxuuw00000214
EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

id011639801000
3. Disconnect the EGR valve connector.
4. Remove the air hose and air duct. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC])
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
1 Water hose
2 EGR valve
End Of Sie 2030 Nm

2 {2.13.0 kgfm,
1522 ftlbf}
R
1
acxuuw00000511
01-1611
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 12

EGR VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011639801100
Note

2. Inspect resistance of the EGR valve coils.
If not as specified, replace the EGR valve.
(See 01-16-11 EGR VALVE REMOVAL/
If as specified, carry out the Circuit Open/ 2AQ
Short Inspection.
2AM
Terminals Resistance (ohm) PCM EGR VALVE
C E
C A E
8 9 C
D B A MAIN
D F RELAY
B
D
F
2AR
2AN
acxuuw00000049
C
A
E
F D B
acxuuw00000050
01-1612
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 13

1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for open or
EGR VALVE
short circuit (continuity check).
E C A
01-16
F D B
acxuuw00000051
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00002336
PCM
acxuuw00000052
Open circuit
EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2AM
EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AR
EGR valve terminal C or D and main relay terminal E
EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2AQ
EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2AN
Short circuit
EGR valve terminal A and power supply
EGR valve terminal A and body ground
EGR valve terminal B and power supply
EGR valve terminal B and body ground
EGR valve terminal C or D and body ground
EGR valve terminal E and power supply
EGR valve terminal E and body ground
EGR valve terminal F and power supply
EGR valve terminal F and body ground
3. Remove the EGR valve, and inspect for any damage or clogging.
If there is no damage or clogging, replace the EGR valve. (See 01-16-11 EGR VALVE REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
WM: PCV VALVE
01-1613
1871-1U-06B(01-16).fm 14

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011639800400
1. Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
2. Remove the PCV valve.
3. Blow through the valve and verify that air flows as
specified. B
If not as specified, replace the PCV valve.
Specification
Condition Airflow
Air applied from port A to B Yes
Air applied from port B to A No
End Of Sie
WM: CATALYTIC CONVERTER
A
acxuuw00001930
WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011639801200
Caution
Perform the following procedures, DTC P0421 is indicated only.

2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn off the engine.
4. Verify that the engine compression is within the
specification. (See 01-10-9 COMPRESSION
If the compression pressure is not within the
specification, repair or replace the
malfunction part.
5. Drive the vehicle for 10 min at 65 96 km/h
DLC-2
{40 60 mph} to allow the WU-TWC to reach
acxuuw00000264
operating
6. Stop the vehicle and leave it in a safe space.
7. Access Test ID 10:21:80 on the Diagnostic Monitoring Test Result function.
8. Verify that the test result is within the specified indicated on the M-MDS.
If it is not as specified, replace the WU-TWC. (See01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
01-1614
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 1
CHARGING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

01-17 CHARGING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-171 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-174
BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Generator Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 01-175
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-172 Generator Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 01-175
Battery Box Installation Note . . . . . . . . 01-172 GENERATOR INSPECTION
BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-176 01-17
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-172 Generator Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-176
Electrolyte Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . 01-172 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-176
Battery Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-173 Generator Inner Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-178
Back-up Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-173 GENERATOR
BATTERY RECHARGING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-174 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-1711
End of Toc
CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
WM: CHARGING SYSTEM
id011739800100
2
1
acxuuw00002015
1 Battery 2 Generator
(See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/ (See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/
(See 01-17-2 BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH (See 01-17-6 GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].) TC].)
(See 01-17-4 BATTERY RECHARGING[L3 WITH (See 01-17-11 GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/
TC].) ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: BATTERY
01-171
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 2

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011739800500
5.06.9 {51.070.3,
4 5
1 Negative battery cable 44.361.0}
2
2 Positive battery cable cap
1
3 Positive battery cable 2.94.9
4 Battery clamp {29.649.9,
25.743.3} 6
5 Battery box
(See 01-17-2 Battery Box Installation Note.)
6 Battery 8.812.7 3
{89.8129.5, 2.94.9
7 Battery tray 78.0112.4} {29.649.9,
25.743.3}
7
8.812.7
{89.8129.5,
78.0112.4}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002031
Battery Box Installation Note

1. Install the battery box so that the side with the
notch points toward the front fender (LH). LH FRONT FENDER
End Of Sie
NOTCH
FRONT
acxuuw00002032
BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id011739800600
Warning
Since battery acid is toxic, be careful when handling the battery.
Since battery acid is highly corrosive, be careful not to allow it to contact clothing or the vehicle.
In case battery acid contacts skin, eyes, or clothing, flush it immediately with running water.
Especially if the acid gets in the eyes, flush with water for more than 15 min and get prompt
medical attention.
Electrolyte Specific Gravity

1. Measure the electrolyte specific gravity using a hydrometer.
If it is less than the specification, recharge the battery. (See 01-17-4 BATTERY RECHARGING[L3 WITH
TC].)
Battery electrolyte specific gravity [20 C {68 F}]

1.22 1.29
01-172
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 3

Battery Voltage
1. Inspect the battery as follows:
Step Inspection Action
1 Measure the battery 12.4 V or Go to Step
positive voltage. more 3.
Less Go to the
than next step.
12.4 V 01-17
2 Quick charge for 30 12.4 V or Go to the
min and recheck more next step.
voltage. Less Replace the
than battery.
12.4 V
3 Using the battery load Yes Normal
tester, apply load No Replace the
current (see battery battery.
load test current) and
record battery voltage
after 15 s. Is voltage
more than the
specification?
Battery load test current

55D23L (48): 180 A
80D26L (55): 195 A
Standard specification
Battery temp. (C {F}) Minimum voltage (V)
4 {39} 9.3
10 {50} 9.4
16 {61} 9.5
21 {70} 9.6
Back-up Current
1. Verify that the ignition switch is off (key has been removed) and that all doors are closed.
3. Connect the tester between the negative battery terminal and negative battery cable, leave the battery
undisturbed for 30 min, and then measure the back-up current.
If not within the specification, measure the back-up current while removing the fuses one by one from the
inside of the main fuse block and the inside of the fuse block.
Note
If the battery is not left undisturbed for 30 min, the tester will indicate a high value (approx. 300 mA).
If the key or any electrical accessory is operated within approx. 30 min after the tester is connected, the
battery must be left undisturbed for approx. 30 min from that point.
Caution
Operating electrical loads while the back-up current is being measured can damage the tester.
Note
For vehicles with the immobilizer system, the system periodically shifts synchronization of the security
light flashing. Therefore, 65 mA (0.1 s) current is supplied when the security light is illuminated, and 55
mA (2 s) current is supplied when the security light is not illuminated. In addition, the measuring
instrument, which shows the average value, indicates around 60 mA.
Battery back-up current

Vehicles with immobilizer system: 55 65 mA
Vehicles without immobilizer system: 60 mA or less
4. Inspect and repair wiring harnesses and connectors of the fuse where the current has decreased.
End Of Sie
01-173
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 4

BATTERY RECHARGING[L3 WITH TC]
id011739800700
Warning
Keep all flames away from the battery, otherwise evaporated gas from the battery fluid may catch
fire, and cause serious injury.
Remove the battery filler caps when recharging to prevent battery deformation or damage.
Caution
Do not quick charge for more than 30 min. It will damage the battery.
1. Remove the battery and then place it in a pan of

water.
2. Connect a battery charger to the battery and
adjust the charging current as follows.
BATTERY BATTERY
CHARGER
Battery slow charge current
55D23L (48): 4.5 5.5 A
80D26L (55): 5.5 6.5 A
Battery quick charge current [30 min]

55D23L (48): 30 A
80D26L (55): 35 A
acxuuw00002033
3. After the battery is recharged, verify that the

voltage is within the specification and remains at the same value for 1 h or more after the recharging has been
completed.
If not within the specification, replace the battery.
Standard voltage
12.4 V or more
End Of Sie
GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: GENERATOR
id011739800200
Warning
Remove and install all parts when the engine is cold, otherwise they can cause severe burns or
serious injury.
When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body with generator terminal B will
generate sparks. This can cause personal injury, fire, and damage to the electrical components.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable before performing the following operation.
Caution
The generator can be damaged by the heat from the exhaust manifold. Make sure the generator
duct is installed securely.

2. Remove the charge air cooler duct and charge air cooler cover. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
01-174
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 5
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm,
87130 inlbf}
3
01-17
7.810.8 Nm 4
{79.6110.1 kgfcm,
69.195.5 inlbf}
2
3851
{3.95.2,
2937}
A
7.810.8 Nm
{79.6110.1 kgfcm,
69.195.5 inlbf} B
5
C
3851 {3.95.2, 2937}
1
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002016
1 Generator duct 4 Generator connector

2 Wiring harness bracket 5 Generator
3 Terminal B cable (See 01-17-5 Generator Removal Note.)
(See 01-17-5 Generator Installation Note.)
Generator Removal Note

1. Remove the cooler hose bracket nut and set the
6.99.8
cooler hose out of the way before performing the {7199,
COOLER HOSE
generator removal/installation. 6285}
2. Remove the generator from above the engine
compartment.
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002017
Generator Installation Note

1. Tighten bolt A temporarily.
2. Tighten bolt B, C to the specified tightening torque.
3. Tighten bolt A to the specified tightening torque.
End Of Sie
01-175
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 6

GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011739800300
Caution
Do not apply direct battery positive voltage to generator terminal D, otherwise it could cause
damage to the internal parts (power transistor) of the generator.
Generator Warning Light

2. Verify that the drive belt deflection/tension is correct. (See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. With the ignition switch turned to the ON position, verify that the generator warning light illuminates.
If it does not illuminate, inspect the generator warning light and the wiring harness.
If the generator warning light and the wiring harness are normal, inspect the PCM.
4. Verify that the generator warning light goes out after the engine is started.
If it does not go out, inspect if any one of the following DTCs in the on-board diagnostic system are
displayed: P0112, P0113, P2502, P2503, P2504. (See 01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Generator
Voltage
3. Turn off all electrical loads.
5. Verify that the generator rotates smoothly without any noise while the engine is running.
If there is any noise, find the cause and repair or replace the generator.
6. Measure the voltage at each terminal using a
tester.
If it is not as specified, find the cause and
repair or replace the applicable part.
D P
Generator standard voltage [IG-ON]
Terminal B: B+
Terminal P: Approx. 1 V or less
Terminal D: Approx. 0 V
Generator standard voltage [Idle, 20 C {68

F}]
acxuuw00002018
Terminal B: 13 15 V
Terminal P: Approx. 3 8 V
Terminal D: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster) on and verify
that the voltage reading increases.
Current
Note
Since the charging current decreases rapidly after starting the engine, carry out the following procedure
quickly, and read the maximum current value.

4. Connect a tester, which can read 120 A or more, between generator terminal B and the wiring harness.
6. Turn off all electrical loads.
8. Increase engine speed to 2,500 rpm.
Note
When the electrical load on the vehicle is low, the specified current cannot be verified although the
generator is normal. In this case, increase the electrical load (Leave the headlights turned on for a while,
then discharge the battery, or use a similar method.) and recheck.
When the generator itself or the ambient temperature are too high, the specified current also cannot be
verified. In this case, cool down the generator and recheck.
01-176
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 7

9. Turn the following electrical loads on and verify that the current reading increases more than the minimum
value indicated below.
If it is not as specified, go to the PCM and generator shearing inspection. (See 01-17-7 PCM and generator
shearing inspection.)
Headlights (high-beam)
Blower motor (HI)
Rear window defroster
Brake lights 01-17
Generator generated current minimum value
70 % of the nominal output current (nominal output current: 110 A)
[Ambient temp. 20 C {68 F}, voltage 13.0 15.0 V, both engine and generator are hot]
PCM and generator shearing inspection

DLC-2
acxuuw00002019
2. Inspect as follows:
1 Measure the generator terminal B voltage when the 15 V or more Go to Step 2.
electrical loads*1 are on and off. 13 15 V Normal*2
13 V or less Go to Step 3.
2 Monitor the ALTT V PID using the M-MDS, or measure the Yes Go to Step 4.
voltage of PCM terminal 2AJ using a tester. Is the voltage No PCM input error.
between 13 and 15 V ?
3 Monitor the ALTT V PID using the M-MDS, or measure the Yes Go to Step 5.
voltage of PCM terminal 2AJ using a tester. Is the voltage No PCM input error.
between 13 and 15 V ?
4 Monitor the ALTF PID using the M-MDS, or calculate the Yes PCM input error.
duty value of the PCM terminal 2AI using an oscilloscope. No PCM, generator, or
Is the duty value 100 % ? both are not
normal.
A
0V
A
x 100 (%) = DUTY (%)
B
01-177
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 8

5 Monitor the ALTF PID using the M-MDS, or calculate the Yes PCM input error.
duty value of the PCM terminal 2AI using an oscilloscope. No PCM, generator, or
Is the duty value 0 % ? both are not
normal.
A
0V
A
x 100 (%) = DUTY (%)
B
*1
: Headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, and brake lights.
*2 : If the generator field coil duty value does not change when electrical loads (such as headlights, blower motor,
rear window defroster, brake lights) are on or off, inspection with discharged battery is needed.
Generator Inner Parts

Rotor
1. Measure the resistance between the slip rings
using a tester.
If not within the specification, replace the
rotor.
Generator rotor resistance (between slip

rings) [20 C {68 F}]
1.8 2.2 ohm
acxuuw00002021
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the slip

ring and core using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the rotor.
3. Inspect the slip ring surface condition.
If the slip ring surface is rough, use a lathe or
fine sandpaper to smooth it.
acxuuw00002022
01-178
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 9

Stator coil
1. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the
table.
1 6
2 5
3 4
01-17
acxuuw00002023
If there is any malfunction, replace the stator.

: Continuity
Terminal
1 2 3 4 5 6
acxuuw00002024
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the

stator coil leads and core using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the stator coil.
acxuuw00002025
Brush
1. Inspect brushes for wear.
If any brush is worn almost to or beyond the
limit, replace all of the brushes.
MINIMUM
Generator brush length
Standard: 22.5 mm {0.89 in}
Minimum: 5.0 mm {0.20 in}
STANDARD
acxuuw00002026
01-179
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 10

Brush spring
1. Measure the force of the brush spring using a spring pressure gauge.
2. Read the spring pressure gauge at the brush tip
projection of 2 mm {0.079 in}.
Replace the brush spring if necessary.
Generator brush spring force

Standard: 4.1 5.3 N {0.42 0.54 kgf, 0.92 2 mm
{0.079 in}
1.19 lbf}
Minimum: 1.7 N {0.17 kgf, 0.38 lbf}
acxuuw00002027
Rectifier (Using an analog circuit tester)

1. Inspect for continuity of the diodes using an
analog circuit tester. P4 P5
P6
If not as specified, replace the rectifier.
Specification P3
Negative Positive Continuity
P2
E P1, P2, P3, P4, Yes
B P5, P6 No P1
P1, P2, P3, P4, E No
P5, P6 B Yes
E B
acxuuw00002028
Rectifier (Using a digital circuit tester)

1. Inspect for continuity of the diodes using a digital circuit tester.
If not as specified, replace the rectifier.
Specification
Negative Positive Continuity
E P1, P2, P3, P4, No
B P5, P6 Yes
P1, P2, P3, P4, E Yes
P5, P6 B No
Bearing
1. Inspect for abnormal noise, looseness, and
sticking.
Replace the bearing if necessary.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002029
01-1710
1871-1U-06B(01-17).fm 11

GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC]
id011739800400
Caution
Melt the solder quickly, otherwise the diodes (rectifier) and regulator will be damaged by excessive
heat.
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.

2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. 01-17
4
1
2
3.55.3 6
{3555, 3147}
6.910.8
11 {70110, 6196}
9
5
2.94.9
{3050,
2643}
98137 Nm
3
{10.013.9 kgfm, 7
2.94.9
72101 ftlbf} 2.94.9
{3050,
2643} {3050,
2643}
10
1.52.5 2.94.9
{1525, 1322} {3050,
2643}
8
1.52.5
{1525, 1322}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002030
1 Rotor component 7 Generator heat insulator

2 Stator coil component 8 Stator coil
3 Pulley 9 Rectifier
4 Rotor 10 Brush holder
5 Bearing 11 Rear bracket
6 Front cover
End Of Sie
01-1711
1871-1U-06B(01-18).fm 1
IGNITION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

01-18 IGNITION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX SPARK PLUG
IGNITION COIL [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-183
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-182 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-183
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-183 01-18
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-182 Plug Gap Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-183
Ignition Coil Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-182 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-183
Ignition Coil with Built-in Igniter Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-184
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-182 Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-184
End of Toc
IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
WM: IGNITION SYSTEM
id011839800100
acxuuw00002034
1 Ignition coil 2 Spark plug

(See 01-18-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/ (See 01-18-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/
(See 01-18-2 IGNITION COIL INSPECTION[L3 (See 01-18-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION[L3 WITH
WITH TC].) TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: IGNITION COIL
01-181
1871-1U-06B(01-18).fm 2

IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011839800200
2. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.. 6.09.5 {6296, 5483}
1 Connector
2 Ignition coil 2
End Of Sie
1 Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002035
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011839800300
Ignition Coil Inspection
1. Perform the spark test and identify the malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Replace the ignition coil of the malfunctioning cylinder with that of a normal cylinder, and reperform the spark
test.
If the spark is not normal due to a malfunctioning ignition coil, replace that ignition coil.
It is unlikely that all four ignition coils fail to operate properly. To prevent replacing a normal component,
perform the above procedure, identify the malfunctioning ignition coil, and replace it.
Ignition Coil with Built-in Igniter Inspection

2. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Disconnect the ignition coil connector.
4. Measure the resistance between each terminal on the ignition coil connector using an analog circuit tester.
If the measurement corresponds to the table, replace the ignition coil.
Tester Connection Position
Item Condition
Positive Negative
C A
A C
0 ohm is not normal ( ohm is normal)
C B
Terminal
B C
A B
or 0 ohm is not normal (several kilohm is normal)
B A
End Of Sie
WM: SPARK PLUG A B C
acxuuw00001990
01-182
SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011839800400
Caution
If a spark plug that is not as specified is installed, engine performance will be deteriorated. Install
only the specified spark plug when replacing.

2. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) 01-18
4. Remove the spark plugs using a plug-wrench.
Tightening torque
10 14 Nm {1.1 1.4 kgfm, 8.0 10 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011839800500
Specification
Spark plug type

L3K9 18 110A, L3Y3 18 110
Plug Gap Inspection
Caution
To avoid possible damage to the tip, do not adjust the plug gap.
To prevent damaging the tip, use a wire type plug gap gauge when inspecting the plug gap.
1. Measure the spark plug gap using a wire type plug gap gauge.
If not within the specification, replace the spark plug.
Spark plug gap

0.7 0.8 mm {0.028 0.031 in}
Cleaning
Caution
Carbon may adhere to the tip of the spark plug during vehicle delivery or repeated short distance
driving during the winter time. If there is any malfunction such as rough idling or start difficulty
due to carbon adhesion causing plug fouling, burn off the carbon by performing no-load racing of
the engine.
When performing the no-load racing, apply the side brake and foot brake, move the selector lever
to P position to prevent an accident and serious injury.
To avoid possible damage to the spark plug tip, do not use a wire brush for cleaning.
Note
To avoid possible damage to the tip, use gasoline to clean the spark plugs after removing dirt.
Do not perform no-load racing at high engine speed continuously for 10 s or more.
1. If there is carbon adhering to the spark plug, perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times.
Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06) 01-183

Visual Inspection
1. Inspect the following items:
If any of the following malfunctions are DAMAGE BREAKAGE
indicated, replace the spark plug. BURNS
Insulator breakage
Worn electrode
Damaged gasket
Badly burned insulator (sparking side) WEAR AND
CARBON
DEPOSITS
acxuuw00002036
1. Measure the resistance of the spark plug using a
tester as shown in the figure.
spark plug.
Spark plug resistance [25C {77 F}]

3.0 7.5 kilohms
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002037
01-184
STARTING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-19 STARTING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-194
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-191 No-load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-194
STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Magnetic Switch
Heater Pipe Removal Note . . . . . . . . . 01-193
Pinion Gap Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-19-41 01-19
Starter Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-193
Starter Inner Parts Inspection . . . . . . 01-19-41
Starter Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-193
STARTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
STARTER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-197
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-194
End of Toc
STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
WM: STARTING SYSTEM
id011939800100
1
acxuuw00002038
1 Starter
(See 01-19-2 STARTER REMOVAL/
(See 01-19-4 STARTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH
TC].)
(See 01-19-7 STARTER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: STARTER
Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06) 01-191

STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id011939800200
Warning
Remove and install all parts when the engine is cold, otherwise they can cause severe burns or
serious injury.
When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body with starter terminal B will
generate sparks. This can cause personal injury, fire, and damage to the electrical components.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable before performing the following operation.
2. Remove the charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
TURBOCHARGER
9.811.7 Nm
{100119 kgfcm,
86.8103.5 inlbf}
3 A
16.323.5
{1.72.3, 12.117.3}
3851 {3.95.2, 2937}
5
3851 {3.95.2, 2937}
2
16.323.5
{1.72.3, 12.117.3}
1
7.810.8 Nm
{79.6110.1 kgfcm, 69.195.5 inlbf}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002039
.
1 Wiring harness and wiring harness bracket 4 Terminal S connector

2 Heater pipe 5 Starter
(See 01-19-3 Heater Pipe Removal Note.) (See 01-19-3 Starter Removal Note.)
3 Terminal B cable (See 01-19-3 Starter Installation Note.)
01-192 Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06)

Heater Pipe Removal Note
1. Remove the heater pipe with the water hoses still connected. Position the heater pipe so that it is out of the way.
Starter Removal Note

1. Remove the starter from above the engine compartment.
Starter Installation Note

01-19
Note
If there is peeling on or damage to the
PEELING
insulator, attach a new insulator using the
following procedure:
1. Peel off the insulator from the starter completely

using a scraper.
INSULATOR
STARTER
acxaaw00000762
2. Degrease the insulator attachment area.
INSULATOR STARTER
ATTACHMENT AREA
acxaaw00000763
3. Attach a new insulator to the starter.

End Of Sie
INSULATOR STARTER
acxaaw00000764
Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06) 01-193

STARTER INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id011939800300
On-vehicle Inspection
2. The starter is normal if it rotates smoothly and without any noise when the engine is cranked.
If the starter does not operate, inspect the following:
Remove the starter, and inspect the starter unit.
Inspect the related wiring harnesses, the ignition switch, and the transaxle range switch.
No-load Test
2. Connect the starter, battery, and a tester as
IG SW TESTER
3. Operate the starter and verify that it rotates
A
smoothly.
If the starter does not rotate smoothly, inspect B
the starter unit. M TESTER

4. Measure the voltage and current while the starter S TERMINAL V BATTERY
is operating. STARTER
starter.
Starter no-load test voltage

acxuuw00002040
11 V
Starter no-load test current

90 A or less
Magnetic Switch Operation Inspection

Pull-out test
Note
Depending on the battery charge condition, the starter motor pinion may rotate while in an extended state.
This is due to current flowing to the starter motor through the pull-in coil to turn the starter motor, and does
not indicate an abnormality.
1. Verify that the starter motor pinion is extended TERMINAL S

while battery positive voltage is connected to
terminal S and the starter body is grounded.
If the starter motor pinion is not extended,
repair or replace the starter.
acxuuw00002041
01-194
Return test
01-19-4 STARTING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
1. Disconnect the motor wire from terminal M.

2. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal M
and ground the starter body. TERMINAL M
3. Pull out the drive pinion with a screwdriver. Verify
that it returns to its original position when
released.
If it does not return, repair or replace the 01-19
starter.
acxuuw00002042
Pinion Gap Inspection

1. Pull out the drive pinion with the battery positive TERMINAL S
voltage connected to terminal S and the starter
body grounded.
Caution
Applying power for more than 10 s can
damage the starter. Do not apply power
for more than 10 s.
acxuuw00002041
2. Measure the pinion gap while the drive pinion is

extended.
If not as specified, adjust with an adjustment
washer (between drive housing front cover
and magnetic switch).
Starter pinion gap

0.5 2.0 mm {0.02 0.07 in}
PINION GAP
acxuuw00002043
Starter Inner Parts Inspection

Armature
commutator and the core at each segment using
a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the armature.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00002044
01-19-41

LEFT BLANK
01-19-42
1871-1U-06B(01-19).fm 5

commutator and the shaft using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the armature.
01-19
acxuuw00002045
3. Place the armature on V-blocks, and measure the

runout using a dial indicator.
Starter armature runout

0.05 mm {0.002 in} max.
acxuuw00002046
4. Measure the commutator diameter.

If not within the minimum specification,
replace the armature.
Starter commutator diameter

acxuuw00002047
5. Measure the segment groove depth of the

commutator.
undercut the grooves to the standard depth.
Segment groove depth of starter commutator

Standard: 0.4 0.6 mm {0.016 0.023 in}
acxuuw00002048
01-195
1871-1U-06B(01-19).fm 6

Magnetic switch
1. Inspect for continuity between terminals S and M
TERMINAL S
using a tester. TERMINAL M
If there is no continuity, replace the magnetic
switch.
acxuuw00002049
2. Inspect for continuity between terminal S and the TERMINAL S

body using a tester.
If there is no continuity, replace the magnetic
switch.
acxuuw00002050
3. Verify that there is no continuity between

TERMINAL M
terminals M and B using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the magnetic
switch.
TERMINAL B
acxuuw00002051
Brush and brush holder

1. Verify that there is no continuity between each
insulated brush and plate using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the brush holder.
acxuuw00002052
01-196
1871-1U-06B(01-19).fm 7

2. Measure the brush length.
If any brush is worn almost to or beyond the
minimum specification, replace all of the
brushes. MINIMUM
BRUSH
Starter brush length LENGTH
Minimum: 7.0 mm {0.28 in} 01-19
CONTACT FACE WITH COMMUTATOR
acxuuw00002053
3. Measure the brush spring force using a spring
balance.
replace the brush and brush holder
component.
Starter brush spring force

Standard: 18.3 24.9 N {1.87 2.53 kgf,
4.12 5.59 lbf}

STARTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY[L3 WITH TC]
id011939800400
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
9.811.8
1 {100120,
87104}
4.17.6
{4277,
3766}
6
4.47.1
8 {4572,
4062}
11
2.44.4
{2544,
2238}
10 2
3
9
4
5 Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002055
.
1 Magnetic switch 7 Front cover

2 Rear housing 8 Lever
3 Brush and brush holder 9 Drive pinion
4 Armature 10 Internal gear
5 Yoke 11 Gear shaft
6 Planetary gear
01-197
1871-1U-06B(01-20).fm 1
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

01-20 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-201
End of Toc
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
id012039800100 01-20
2. Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the cruise control switch connector.
4. Inspect for resistance and continuity between the
cruise control switch terminals using an
ohmmeter.
D
If not as specified, replace the cruise control CRUISE
switch. CONTROL MAIN E
SWITCH
B
: Continuity : Resistance : Diode
A B C D E F G H
Terminal CANCEL SWITCH
Switch position
B C D E SET/COAST
Cruise control main SWITCH
switch held at on RESUME/ACCEL
CANCEL switch R1 SWITCH
held at on
SET/COAST C
R2
switch held at on
RESUME/ACCEL
R3
switch held at on acxuuw00000280
Neutral
R1: 117.6122.4 ohms R2: 666.4693.6 ohms
R3: 2,1562,244 ohms
acxuuw00000281
End Of Sie
01-201
CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-40 CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENT Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4032
LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . 01-402 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-4033
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-403 (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION
CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4033
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-404 Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4033 01-40
PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-4034
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-406 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PCM Connector Connection Note . . . . 01-406 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4035
PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . 01-40-61 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
Without Using the M-MDS . . . . . . . . . 01-40-61 INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-4035
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-4036
(Reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4013 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)
Using the M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4016 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4037
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4021 HO2S Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4037
POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)
SWITCH INSPECTION INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-4037
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4022 Front HO2S Current Inspection. . . . . . . 01-4037
Continuity Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4022 Front HO2S Heater
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4022 Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4038
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE Front HO2S Circuit
SWITCH INSPECTION Open/Short Inspection (Sensor) . . . . 01-4038
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4023 Rear HO2S Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4039
Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4023 Rear HO2S Circuit
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4024 Open/Short Inspection (Sensor) . . . . . 01-4040
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Rear HO2S Heater
(ECT) SENSOR Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4041
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Rear HO2S Circuit Open/Short
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4024 Inspection (Heater). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4041
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4025 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4042
ECT Sensor Resistance Inspection . . . 01-4025 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4042
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4025 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4042
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-4026 SENSOR INSPECTION
Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4026 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4043
Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4026 Air Gap Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4043
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4026 Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4043
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4043
SENSOR INSPECTION Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-4044
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4027 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4027 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4028 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4045
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
(MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . 01-4045
TEMPERATURE SENSOR Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4045
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4045
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4029 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-4046
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
(MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4029 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4047
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4030 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION
BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4047
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-4031 Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4047
Resistance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4031 Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . . 01-4048
Circuit Open/Short Inspection . . . . . . . 01-4031 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO)
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR SENSOR INSPECTION
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . 01-4032 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-4048
End of Toc
Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06) 01-401
CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX[L3 WITH TC]
WM: ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
id014039800200
WU-TWC 7
9
5
6
12
1
2
10
11
8 13
4
acxuuw00000130
1 PCM (Built-in BARO sensor) 4 TP sensor

(See01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 (See01-40-32 THROTTLE POSITION (TP)
WITH TC].) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-40-7 PCM terminal voltage table 5 ECT sensor
(Reference).) (See01-40-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(See01-40-21 PCM CONFIGURATION[L3 WITH (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
TC].) WITH TC].)
(See01-40-48 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) (See01-40-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
2 PSP switch 6 MAF/IAT sensor
(See01-40-22 POWER STEERING PRESSURE (See01-40-26 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
(PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
3 APP sensor (See01-40-27 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT)
(See01-40-33 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-402
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 3

7 HO2S 10 KS
(See01-40-37 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) (See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAL/
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-40-37 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) (See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
8 MAP/boost air temperature sensor 11 CKP sensor
(See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (See01-40-42 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
(MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
01-40
TC].) (See01-40-43 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
(See01-40-29 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) 12 Fuel pressure sensor
(See01-40-31 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
9 CMP sensor (See01-40-35 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH 13 Variable swirl shutter valve switch
TC].) (See01-40-23 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
(See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SWITCH INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
id014039800300
MAP/BOOST AIR BARO SENSOR

TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VARIABLE SWIRL
SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH
PCM
CMP SENSOR
TP SENSOR APP SENSOR

ECT SENSOR KS
CKP SENSOR
HO2S (FRONT) FUEL PRESSURE MAF/IAT SENSOR

HO2S (REAR)
SENSOR
: TO PCM
acxuuw00000131
End Of Sie
01-403
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 4

CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM[L3 WITH TC]
id014039800400
c 2BG
FUEL INJECTOR
1AY
2BB NO.1
b
a 1BE FUEL INJECTOR
NO.4
2AZ
1BA
2BH
FUEL INJECTOR
1AZ NO.3
2BD
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.2
2BC
1AR 2BF
1M 2BE
MAF 1AK
1AW
SENSOR
1P
1Q
HO2S HEATER (REAR)
1AV 2D
APP 1Y
1U
1AC
COOLING FAN
RELAY NO.1
1AJ
PCM
1AO b
2P
2I
COOLING FAN
2AY RELAY NO.2
ECT SENSOR 1K
2AH
A/C RELAY b
1I
2AV
MAP 1AA
2AG
SENSOR
2N
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
SENSOR 2AU
1BC
HO2S (REAR)
2Q FUEL PUMP RELAY
1H
2M b
1AT
2AD
MAIN RELAY
HO2S
(FRONT) 2AC
STARTER RELAY c
2Z 1B
IGNITION
2Y
SWITCH
DRIVE-BY-WIRE-RELAY
2X
1BF
CKP SENSOR
2W 1AX
BATTERY
CMP SENSOR 2S
f a
d e
acxuuw00002265
01-404
d e f
EGR VALVE
2AQ
2AM
2V
KS 01-40
2U 2AR
2AN
2AK
2AP
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK
DETECTION PUMP
TP SENSOR
2AL 1V
b
2AO 1AS

SOLENOID VALVE
1AF
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
2AS
2AE 2AF
2E
1AU 2B
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
1J
2F
2T
2G
SOLENOID VALVE
2H
1BB
1AQ
1BD
1BH

GENERATOR 2AJ

1AM
CAN
1AI
2AI GENERATOR
acxuuw00002266
End Of Sie
WM: PCM
01-405
PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039802400
Note
For PCM replacement, set up the M-MDS and perform the PCM configuration. (See 01-40-21 PCM
CONFIGURATION[L3 WITH TC].)

TC].)
3. Remove the Battery and battery tray. (See01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the mudguard (LH).
6. When replacing the PCM on the vehicles, perform the following.
PCM parameter reset (See09-14-11 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/KEY
ADDITION AND CLEARING[ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM].) (See09-14-20 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
VIEW FROM A
A
7.810.8
{80110,
6995} FRONT
3
1
7.810.8
{80110, 6995}
FRONT TIRE (LH) SIDE

7.810.8
{80110, 6995} 7.810.8
{80110, 6995}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001858
1 PCM connector 2 PCM

3 PCM bracket
(See 01-40-6 PCM Connector Connection Note.)
PCM Connector Connection Note
Caution
If the PCM connector is inserted at an
angle and the lever is moved, the
connector could be damaged. Verify that
the PCM connector is inserted straight.
End Of Sie
acxaaw00000768
01-406 Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06)

1. Verify that the PCM connector lever is tilted
01-40-6
WM: PCM CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
LEVER
towards the wiring harness side as shown in the PCM
WIRING
figure.
HARNESS
2. Insert the PCM connector straight until it contacts
the PCM and verify that the lever reverts upward
naturally.
01-40
PCM CONNECTOR
acxuuw00002577
3. Push the lever until a click is heard.

End Of Sie
acxuuw00002578
PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id014039802500
Without Using the M-MDS
Note
The PCM terminal voltage can vary with the conditions when measuring and changes due to aged
deterioration on the vehicle, causing false diagnosis. Therefore determine comprehensively where the
malfunction occurs among the input systems, output systems, and the PCM.
PCM inspection preparation
3. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
5. Remove the windshield wiper motor. (See09-19-6 WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the cowl panel. (See09-10-13 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the PCM bracket with the PCM connector still connected. (See01-40-6-1 Verify that the PCM
connector lever is tilted towards the wiring harness side as shown in the figure..)
End Of Sie
Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06) 01-40-61


LEFT BLANK
01-40-62
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 7

PCM terminal voltage table (Reference)
PCM
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 2AQ 2AM 2AI 2AE 2AA 2W 2S 2O 2K 2G 2C 1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 1AQ 1AM 1AI 1AE 1AA 1W 1S 1O 1K 1G 1C 01-40
acxuuw00000125
Voltage
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Inspection item
(V)
1A
Ignition switch off after 10 s Below 1.0 Starter relay
1B Starter relay control Starter relay Related wiring
Ignition switch to the ON position Below 1.0 harness
1C
1D
1E
1F
1G
Ignition switch to the ON position
B+ Fuel pump relay
after 10 s
1H Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay Related wiring
Cranking B+
harness
Idle Below 1.0
A/C operating Below 1.0 A/C relay
1I A/C A/C relay Idle A/C not Related wiring
B+ harness
operating
Refrigerant
pressure is
more than the
specification. Below 1.0
(Refrigerant
pressure switch Refrigerant pressure
Refrigerant Refrigerant (middle) is on.) switch
1J pressure switch pressure switch A/C ON
Refrigerant Related wiring
(middle) (middle)
pressure is less harness
than the
specification. B+
(Refrigerant
pressure switch
(middle) is off.)
1K
1L
IAT 20 C
Ignition switch {68 F} 2.42.6 MAF/IAT sensor
1M IAT MAF/IAT sensor to the ON Related wiring
position IAT 30 C harness
1.71.9
{86 F}
1N
1O
Related wiring
1P MAF sensor ground MAF/IAT sensor Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Related wiring
Approx.
1Q APP sensor voltage APP sensor Ignition switch to the ON position harness
5.0
APP sensor
01-407
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 8

Voltage
(V)
Fan not operate Below 1.0 Fan control module
Fan control module Fan control No.2
1R Approx.
(No.2) module No.2 Fan operates Related wiring
3.5 harness
1S
1T
Related wiring
1U APP sensor ground APP sensor Under any condition Below 1.0 harness
APP sensor
EVAP leak detection
EVAP leak
EVAP leak pump
1V detection pump Ignition switch to the ON position B+
detection pump Related wiring
(solenoid)
harness
1W
1X
When the
accelerator 1.56
pedal is 1.65
Ignition switch released APP sensor
1Y APP sensor (No.1) APP sensor to the ON Related wiring
position When the harness
accelerator 3.65
pedal is 3.93
depressed
1Z
B+ Fuel pump relay
after 10 s
1AA Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay Related wiring
Cranking Below 1.0
harness
Idle Below 1.0
Brake pedal depressed B+ Brake switch No.1
1AB Brake (No.1) Brake switch No.1 Related wiring
Brake pedal released Below 1.0 harness
When the
accelerator 1.01
pedal is 1.10
Ignition switch released APP sensor
1AC APP sensor (No.2) APP sensor (No.2) to the ON Related wiring
position When the harness
accelerator 3.10
pedal is 3.38
depressed
1AD
Fan control module
Inspect using the wave profile.
Fan control module Fan control No.1
1AE (See01-40-6 PCM inspection
(No.1) module No.1 Related wiring
preparation.)
harness
Brake pedal depressed B+ Brake switch No.2
1AF Brake (No.2) Brake switch No.2 Related wiring
Brake pedal released Below 1.0 harness
1AG
1AH
CAN related Because this terminal is for CAN, no valid Related wiring
1AI CAN (L)
module determination of terminal voltage is possible harness
Approx. Related wiring
1AJ Constant voltage APP sensor Ignition switch to the ON position
5.0 harness
Approx.
0.7 MAF/IAT sensor
1AK MAF MAF/IAT sensor Related wiring
Approx. harness
Idle
1.3
1AL
CAN related Because this terminal is for CAN, no valid Related wiring
1AM CAN (H)
module determination of terminal voltage is possible harness
1AN
01-408
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 9

Voltage
(V)
1AO
1AP
ON/OFF switch
Approx. 0
pressed in
CANCEL switch Approx.
pressed in 1.1 01-40
SET/COAST
Ignition switch Approx. Cruise control switch
Cruise control Cruise control switch pressed
1AQ to the ON 3.1 Related wiring
switch switch in
position harness
RES/ACCEL
Approx.
switch pressed
4.2
in
Approx.
Except above
5.0
Related wiring
1AR IAT sensor ground MAF/IAT sensor Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Ignition switch to the ON position Below 1.0 EVAP leak detection
EVAP leak
EVAP leak pump
1AS detection pump
detection pump Idling B+ Related wiring
(pump)
harness
Ignition switch off after 10 s B+ Main relay
1AT Main relay control Main relay Related wiring
Refrigerant
A/C switch and switch (high, low)
1AU A/C on signal pressure switch Idle B+
fan switch on Related wiring
(high, low)
harness
Related wiring
1AV APP sensor ground APP sensor Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Related wiring
1AW Injector control Fuel Injector relay Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Ignition switch off after 10 s B+ Related wiring
1AX Drive-by-wire relay Drive-by-wire relay
Ignition switch off Below 1.0 Related wiring
1AY Ignition switch Ignition switch
Ignition switch to the ON position B+ harness
Related wiring
1AZ Ground Ground Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Battery
Back-up power Battery (positive
1BA Under any condition B+ Related wiring
supply terminal)
harness
Related wiring
1BB Ground Ground Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
HO2S (rear)
1BC Sensor ground HO2S (rear) Under any condition Below 1.0 Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
1BD Ground Ground Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Ignition switch off after 10 s Below 1.0 Battery
1BE B+ Main relay Related wiring
Ignition switch off after 10 s Below 1.0 Related wiring
1BF Drive-by-wire relay Drive-by-wire relay
Related wiring
1BG Ground Ground Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Related wiring
1BH Ground Ground Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Ignition switch off
Approx. Throttle actuator
Throttle actuator
2A Throttle body 1.5 Related wiring
control (+)
01-409
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 10

Voltage
(V)
Ignition switch off
Approx. Throttle actuator
Throttle actuator
2B Throttle body 1.5 Related wiring
control ()
Inspect using the wave profile. HO2S (front)
HO2S (front) heater HO2S (front)
2C (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
control heater
preparation.) harness
Engine speed above 5,000 HO2S (rear) heater
HO2S (rear) heater HO2S (rear)
2D rpm (Heater control not B+ Related wiring
control heater
operating) harness
Main relay, Ignition switch off after 10 s Below 1.0
Variable swirl Main relay
variable swirl
2E solenoid valve Related wiring
solenoid valve, Ignition switch to the ON position B+
power supply harness
CMP sensor
Ignition switch off Below 1.0 High pressure fuel
Approx. pump
High pressure fuel High pressure fuel Ignition switch to the ON position
2F 9.7 Related wiring
pump control (+) pump
Approx. harness Related
Idle wiring harness
9.4
Ignition switch off Below 1.0 High pressure fuel
Approx. pump
High pressure fuel High pressure fuel Ignition switch to the ON position
2G 9.6 Related wiring
pump control () pump
Approx. harness Related
Idle wiring harness
8.6
Related wiring
2H Ground Body ground Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Constant voltage Fuel pressure Approx. Related wiring
2I Ignition switch to the ON position
(Vref) sensor 5.0 harness
2J
2K
2L
Related wiring
2M Sensor ground HO2S (front) Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
IAT 20 C Boost air temperature
MAP/Boost air Ignition switch 2.42.6
Boost air {68 F} sensor
2N temperature to the ON
temperature IAT 30 C Related wiring
sensor position 1.71.9
{86 F} harness
2O
Fuel pressure sensor
Fuel pressure
2P Sensor ground Under any condition Below 1.0 Related wiring
sensor
harness
HO2S (rear)
2Q HO2S (rear) HO2S (rear) Idle 01 Related wiring
harness
Ignition switch off Below 1.0
Approx. Fuel pressure sensor
Fuel pressure Fuel pressure Ignition switch to the ON position
2R 1.1 Related wiring
sensor sensor
Approx. harness
Idle
1.7
Inspect using the wave profile. CMP sensor
2S CMP CMP sensor (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
Steering wheel PSP switch
at straight B+ Power steering
2T PSP PSP switch Idle ahead position system
While turning Related wiring
Below 1.0 harness
steering wheel
01-4010
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 11

Voltage
(V)
(Use digital type voltmeter,
KS
because measurement voltage Approx.
2U Knocking (+) KS Related wiring
will be detected less than true 4.3
harness
voltage when using analog type
voltmeter)
01-40
(Use digital type voltmeter,
KS
because measurement voltage
2V Knocking () KS Below 1.0 Related wiring
will be detected less than true
harness
voltage when using analog type
voltmeter)
Inspect using the wave profile. CKP sensor
2W CKP CKP sensor (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
KS, CMP sensor,
CKP sensor,
HO2S (Front), Related wiring
2X Internal ground Under any condition Below 1.0
Variable swirl harness
solenoid valve, TP
sensor
Ignition switch off after 10s Below 1.0 HO2S (front)
HO2S (front)
2Y HO2S (front) Approx. Related wiring
calibration resistor Ignition switch to the ON position
3.9 harness
HO2S (front)
HO2S (front) power Approx.
2Z HO2S (front) Idle (after warm up) Related wiring
supply 6.2
harness
Wastegate control
Wastegate control Wastegate control solenoid valve
2AA (See01-40-6 PCM inspection
solenoid valve solenoid valve Related wiring
preparation.)
harness
Inspect using the wave profile. Purge solenoid valve
Purge solenoid Purge solenoid
2AB (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
valve valve
HO2S (front)
Approx.
2AC HO2S (front) VSIP HO2S (front) Idle (after warm up) Related wiring
3.7
harness
Idle (after warm up)
Approx. HO2S (front)
2AD HO2S (front) IP+ HO2S (front) 3.7 Related wiring
After racing 2.14.8 harness
variable swirl shutter valve close Below 1.0 Variable swirl shutter
Variable swirl Variable swirl
valve switch
2AE shutter valve shutter valve
variable swirl shutter valve open B+ Related wiring
monitor switch
harness
Inspect using the wave profile. OCV valve
2AF OCV control OCV (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
Ignition switch to the ON position)
Approx. MAP sensor
Manifold absolute
2AG MAP sensor 1.9 Related wiring
pressure
Idle (after warm up) Below 1.0 harness
ECT 20 C 3.04
Ignition switch {68 F} 3.14 ECT sensor
2AH ECT ECT sensor to the ON Related wiring
position ECT 60 C 1.29 harness
{140 F} 1.39
Inspect using the wave profile. Generator
Generator field coil Generator
2AI (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
control (terminal D)
Inspect using the wave profile. Generator
Generator output Generator
2AJ (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
voltage (terminal P)
01-4011
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 12

Voltage
(V)
Ignition switch APP is released 0.40.6 TP sensor
2AK TP sensor (No. 1) TP sensor (No. 1) to the ON APP is Related wiring
position 4.74.9 harness
depressed
Ignition switch APP is released 4.44.6 TP sensor
2AL TP sensor (No. 2) TP sensor (No. 2) to the ON APP is Related wiring
position 0.10.3 harness
depressed
Ignition switch to the ON position B+ EGR valve
EGR valve #3 coil EGR valve
2AM Related wiring
control (terminal A) Ignition switch off Below 1.0 harness
2AN Related wiring
control (terminal F) Idle B+ harness
TP sensor
Constant voltage Approx.
2AO TP sensor Ignition switch to the ON position Related wiring
(Vref) 5.0
harness
TP sensor
2AP TP sensor Ground TP sensor Under any condition Below 1.0 Related wiring
harness
Ignition switch to the ON position Below 1.0 EGR valve
2AQ Related wiring
control (terminal E) Idle Below 1.0 harness
2AR Related wiring
control (terminal B) Ignition switch off Below 1.0 harness
ECT 62 C {144 F} or more and Variable swirl
B+
Variable swirl Variable swirl engine speed 3,250 rpm or more solenoid valve
2AS
control solenoid valve ECT less than 62 C {144 F} and Related wiring
Below 1.0 harness
engine speed less than3,250 rpm
Inspect using the wave profile. Ignition coil No.4
Ignition coil (No.4
2AT IGT4 (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
cylinders)
Constant voltage Approx. Related wiring
2AU MAP sensor Ignition switch to the ON position
(Vref) 5.0 harness
Related wiring
2AV Sensor ground MAP sensor Under any condition Below 1.0
harness
Ignition coil (No.2
2AW IGT2 (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
cylinders)
Ignition coil (No.3
2AX IGT3 (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
cylinders)
ECT sensor
2AY Sensor ground ECT sensor Under any condition Below 1.0 Related wiring
harness
Inspect using the wave profile. Fuel injector No.4
Fuel injection Fuel injector
2AZ (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
()(#4) (No.4)
Ignition coil (No.1
2BA IGT1 (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
cylinders)
2BB (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
()(#1) (No.1)
2BC (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
()(#2) (No.2)
2BD (See01-40-6 PCM inspection Related wiring
()(#3) (No.3)
Ignition switch off Below 1.0 Fuel Injector relay
Fuel injector power
2BE Fuel Injector relay Related wiring
supply 1 Ignition switch to the ON position B+ harness
01-4012
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 13

Voltage
(V)
Ignition switch off Below 1.0 Fuel Injector relay
Fuel injector power
2BF Fuel Injector relay Related wiring
supply 2 Ignition switch to the ON position B+ harness
Fuel injector No.1,
Fuel injection Fuel injector No.4
2BG (See01-40-6 PCM inspection
(+)(#1, #4) (No.1,No.4) Related wiring 01-40
preparation.)
harness
Fuel injector No.2,
Fuel injection Fuel injector No.3
2BH (See01-40-6 PCM inspection
(+)(#2, #3) (No.2, No.3) Related wiring
preparation.)
harness
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope (Reference)

Fan control module (No.1) signal
PCM terminals
1AE (+) body ground ()
Oscilloscope setting
5 V/DIV (Y), 20 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up (no load, P/S off, A/C off)
0V
acxuuw00000274
HO2S (front) heater control signal

PCM terminals
2C (+) body ground ()
Vehicle condition
0V
acxuuw00000275
CMP sensor signal

PCM terminals
2S (+) body ground ()
Vehicle condition
0V
acxuuw00000127
01-4013
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 14

CKP sensor signal
PCM terminals
2W (+) body ground ()
Vehicle condition
ov
acxuuw00000128
Wastegate control solenoid valve signal

PCM terminals
2AA (+) body ground ()
Vehicle condition
Ignition switch to the ON position 0V
acxuuw00002325
Purge control signal

PCM terminals
2AB (+) body ground ()
Vehicle condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
0V
ampjjw00001527
OCV signal
PCM terminals
2AF (+) body ground ()
2.5 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
ov
acxuuw00000129
01-4014
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 15

Generator field coil control signal
PCM terminals
2AI (+) body ground ()
0.5 V/DIV (Y), 2 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up (engine speed approx. 650
rpm, no load) 0V
01-40
ampjjw00001528
Generator output voltage signal

PCM terminals
2AJ (+) body ground ()
2 V/DIV (Y),1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
0V
ampjjw00001529
IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4 control signals

PCM terminals
IGT1 (No.1): 2BA (+) body ground ()
IGT2 (No.2): 2AW (+) body ground ()
IGT3 (No.3): 2AX (+) body ground ()
IGT4 (No.4): 2AT (+) body ground ()
ov
Vehicle condition
ampjjw00000781
Fuel injection control ()

PCM terminals
Fuel injection No.1: 2BB (+) body ground ()
Fuel injection No.2: 2BC (+) body ground ()
Fuel injection No.3: 2BD (+) body ground ()
Fuel injection No.4: 2AZ (+) body ground ()
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up (no load, P/S off, A/C off) 0V
acxuuw00002326
01-4015
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 16

Fuel injection control (+)
PCM terminals
Fuel injection No.1, No.4: 2BG (+) body ground
()
Fuel injection No.2, No.3: 2BH (+) body ground
()
20 V/DIV (Y), 400 s/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition 0V
acxuuw00000277
Using the M-MDS
Note
PIDs for the following parts are not available on this model. Perform the specific inspections for the
following parts:
CMP sensor (See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
Main relay

3. Measure the PID value.
If PID value is not within the specification,
follow the instructions in the Inspection item
column.
Note
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors
the calculated value of the input/output
signals in the PCM. Therefore, an output
DLC-2
device malfunction is not directly indicated
acxuuw00000278
as a malfunction of the monitored value for
the output device. If a monitored value of an
output device is out of specification, inspect the monitored value of the input device related to the output
control.
For input/output signals except those of the monitoring items, use a voltmeter to measure the PCM
terminal voltage.
The simulation items that are used in the ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION are
as follows.
ACCS, ALTF, ARPMDES, FAN_DUTY, EVAPCP, FP, FUELPW, GENVDSD, HTR11, HTR12, IMRC,
INJ_1, INJ_2, INJ_3, INJ_4, SEGRP, test, VT DUTY1, WGC
01-4016
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 17

PID/DATA monitor table (reference)
Monitor item Unit/ Condition/Specification PCM
Inspection item
(Definition) Condition (Reference) terminal
AAT (Ambient air Ignition switch to the ON position:
C F MAF/IAT sensor 1M
temperature) Indicate the ambient air temperature
Refrigerant pressure is more than
AC_REQ (Refrigerant the specification or less than the
Refrigerant pressure switch (high,
pressure switch (high, On/Off specification. (Refrigerant pressure 1AU 01-40
low)
low)) switch (high, low) is off.): Off
Except above: On
The following PIDs:
A/C relay is ON: On
ACCS (A/C relay) On/Off RPM, TP, ECT 1I
A/C relay is OFF: Off
A/C relay
2Q
2Z
AFR (Air/fuel ratio) Target air-oil ratio is displayed HO2S
2AC
2AD
2Q
AFR_ACT (Actual air/ 2Z
Actual air-oil ratio is displayed HO2S
fuel ratio) 2AC
2AD
Ignition switch to the ON position:
0% The following PIDs:
ALTF (Generator field
% Idle: 0 100% IAT, ECT, RPM, VPWR, ALTT V 2AI
coil control duty value)
Just after A/C switch ON and fan Generator
switch ON at idle: Duty value rises
Idle (no E/L): Approx. 14 V (This is
ALTT V (Generator
V an internal calculation value and Generator 2AJ
output voltage)
differs from the terminal voltage.)
Accelerator pedal is released: 0% The following PIDs:
APP (Accelerator pedal 1Y
% Accelerator pedal is depressed: APP1, APP2
position) 1AC
100% APP sensor
Accelerator pedal is released:
31.0 32.4%
%
Accelerator pedal is depressed:
APP1 (Accelerator 69.8 81.8%
APP sensor 1Y
pedal position) Accelerator pedal is released:
1.56 1.65 V
V
3.65 3.93 V
Accelerator pedal is released:
20.2 21.4%
%
APP2 (Accelerator 58.8 70.8%
APP sensor 1AC
pedal position) Accelerator pedal is released:
1.01 1.10 V
V
3.10 3.38 V
Shift position: P or N
The following PIDs:
No load: 700 rpm
ARPMDES (Target IAT, RPM, MAP, ECT, MAF, TP,
RPM E/L operating: 700 rpm
engine speed) INGEAR, PSP, ALTT V
P/S operating: 700 rpm
CKP sensor
A/C ON: 700 rpm
Ignition switch is ON at sea level:
kPa, Bar, psi
BARO (Barometric Approx. 101 kPa {1.01 Bar, 14.6psi}
BARO sensor
pressure) Ignition switch is ON at sea level:
V
Approx. 4.0 V
MAP/boost air temperature
BAT C Boost air temperature is displayed 2N
sensor
Boost air temperature 20 C {68 F}:
2.4 2.6 V MAP/boost air temperature
BAT_V V 2N
Boost air temperature 30 C {86 F}: sensor
1.7 1.9 V
BOO Brake pedal depressed: On 1AB
On/Off Brake switch No.1/No.2
(Brake switch) Brake pedal released: Off 1AF
01-4017
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 18

Inspection item
BPA
Brake pedal depressed: On 1AB
(Brake pressure On/Off Brake switch No.1/No.2
Brake pedal released: Off 1AF
applied switch)
CATT11_DSD
Indicate the estimated catalytic Perform applicable DTC
(Estimated catalytic C F
converter temperature troubleshooting.
converter temperature)
CHRGLP (Generator Perform applicable DTC
On/Off On
warning light) troubleshooting.
Idle: Off
Refrigerant pressure is more than
the specification. (Refrigerant
COLP (Refrigerant
pressure switch (middle) is on.): On Refrigerant pressure switch
pressure switch ON/OFF 1J
Refrigerant pressure is less than the (middle)
(middle))
specification. (Refrigerant pressure
switch (middle) is off.): Off
DTCCNT (Number of Perform applicable DTC
Indicates number of DTC
DTC detected) troubleshooting.
C F
ECT (Engine coolant Indicate the ECT
ECT sensor 2AH
temperature) ECT 20 C {68 F}: 3.04 3.14 V
V
ECT 60 C {140 F}: 1.29 1.39 V
EQ_RAT11
Perform applicable DTC
(Equivalence ratio Idling after warm-up: Approx. 1
troubleshooting.
(lambda))
EQ_RAT11_DSD Perform applicable DTC
Idling after warm-up: Approx. 1
(Front oxygen sensor) troubleshooting.
ETC_ACT (Electronic Perform applicable DTC 2AK
Indicate the desired TP by angle
throttle control actual) troubleshooting. 2AL
% Indicate the desired TP by percent The following PIDs:
ETC_DSD (Electronic 2AK
APP1, APP2, ETC_ACT
throttle control desired) Indicate the desired TP by angle TP sensor
2AL
The following PIDs:
EVAPCP (Purge Ignition switch to the ON position: IAT, RPM, ECT, MAF,
solenoid valve duty % 0% O2S11,BARO, INGEAR, 2AB
value) Idle: 0% VPWR
ECT less than 98 C {208 F}: 0%
ECT 100 C {212 F}: 30% 1R
FAN_DUTY % Fan control module
ECT 106 C {223 F}: 70% 1AE
ECT 110 C {230 F}: 100%
FIA (Fuel injection Fuel injector
Indicate the fuel injection amount.
amount) Fuel Injector relay
FLI Fuel gauge level F: Approx. 100% Perform applicable DTC
%
(Fuel level) Fuel gauge level E: Approx. 0% troubleshooting.
The following PIDs:
Idle: On
FP (Fuel pump relay) On/Off RPM 1H
Cranking: On
Fuel pump relay
Spill valve control solenoid valve
work: On 2F
FP_Hi_PRES On/Off High pressure fuel pump
Spill valve control solenoid valve 2G
dont work: Off
Idle: Approx. 3 MPa
FUEL_PRES Pa Load 60 % or more: Approx. 11.5 Fuel pressure sensor 2R
MPa
FUEL_PRES_V V Approx. 1.1 V Fuel pressure sensor 2R
Idle: Approx. 1.7 V
The following PIDs:
2AZ
ECT, IAT, RPM, TP, MAF,
FUELPW (Fuel injector 2BB
sec Idle: Approx. 2.0 ms O2S11, O2S12, MAP, VSS,
duration) 2BC
TR, BOO, AC_REQ, COLP,
2BD
VPWR
01-4018
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 19

Inspection item
The following PIDs:
OL/CL/
Ignition switch to the ON position: IAT, MAF, TP, MAP, ECT, RPM,
FUELSYS OL-Drive/
OL_Drive O2S11, O2S12, INGEAR, PSP,
(Fuel system status) OL-Fault/
Idle (after warm up): CL VPWR, ALTT V
CL-Fault
Fuel injector
GENVDSD 01-40
Idle: Approx. 13.83 V*1(E/L not Perform applicable DTC
(Generator voltage V
operating) troubleshooting.
desired)
HTR11 The following PIDs:
On/Off Idle (after warm up): OnOff 2C
(HO2S heater (front)) IAT, MAF, TP, ECT, RPM
Idle: On
HTR12 The following PIDs:
On/Off Engine speed is above 4,000 rpm: 2D
(HO2S heater (rear)) IAT, MAF, ECT, RPM, ACSW
Off
C F
IAT position: Indicate the IAT
MAF/IAT sensor 1M
(Intake air temperature) IAT 20 C {68 F}: 2.4 2.6V
V
IAT 30 C {86 F}: 1.7 1.9V
Engine speed is below Approx.
The following PIDs:
IMRC (Variable swirl 3,750 rpm and ECT is below 60 C
On/Off TP, ECT, RPM 2AS
solenoid valve) {140 F}: On
Variable swirl solenoid valve
Others: Off
Driving range: On
INGEAR (Load/no load Perform applicable DTC
On/Off Except above: Off
condition) troubleshooting.
Others: On
Idle/ APP closed: Idle Perform applicable DTC 2AK
IVS (CTP condition)
Off Idle Others: Off Idle troubleshooting. 2AL
Ignition switch to the ON position: 0
KNOCKR (Knocking 2U
KS
retard) 2V
Idle: 0
LDP_EVAPCP (EVAP
system leak detection Indicate the EVAP control system Perform applicable DTC
A
pump detect incorrect incorrect purge flow detection value troubleshooting.
purge flow)
LDP_IDL (EVAP
Indicate the EVAP system leak Perform applicable DTC
system leak detection A
detection pump idle current troubleshooting.
pump idle current)
LDP_MON (EVAP
system leak detection Indicate the EVAP system leak Perform applicable DTC
A
pump monitoring detection pump monitoring current troubleshooting.
current)
LDP_REF (EVAP
system leak detection Indicate the EVAP system leak Perform applicable DTC
A
pump reference detection pump reference current troubleshooting.
current)
LDP_SLDV (EVAP
Indicate the EVAP control system Perform applicable DTC
system small leak A
small leak detection value troubleshooting.
detection value)
LDP_VSL_FV*1(EVAP Indicate EVAP system very small Perform applicable DTC
system very small leak mA/sec
leak detection fail value troubleshooting.
detection fail value)
LDP_VSL_SV*1 (EVAP Indicate EVAP system very small Perform applicable DTC
system very small leak mA/sec
leak detection safe value troubleshooting.
detection safe value)
LDP_VSLDV*1 (EVAP Indicate the EVAP control system Perform applicable DTC
system small leak mA/sec
vary small leak detection value troubleshooting.
detection value)
0%
LOAD (Engine load) % Idle (after warm up): 17.1 18.5% MAF/IAT sensor
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm: 14.2
15.2
01-4019
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 20

Inspection item
LONGFT1 (long term Perform applicable DTC
% Idle (after warm up):14 14%
fuel trim) troubleshooting.
Approx. 0 g/s
g/s Idle (after warm up): 2.72 2.94 g/s
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm: 8.00
MAF (Mass airflow) 8.66 MAF/IAT sensor 1AK
V Approx. 0.7 V
Idle (after warm up): Approx. 1.3 V
Pa
Indicate the atmospheric pressure
MAP (Manifold
Ignition switch to the ON position: MAP sensor 2AG
absolute pressure)
V Approx. 1.9 V
Idle (after warm up): Below 1.0 V
MIL (Malfunction Perform applicable DTC
On/Off On
indicator lamp) troubleshooting.
Idle: Off
MIL_DIS (Traveled
No DTC: 0 km {0 mile} Perform applicable DTC
distance since the MIL km mile
DTC detected: Not 0 km {0 mile} troubleshooting.
illuminated)
Idle (after warm up): 1.0 1.0 A 2Z
O2S11
A Deceleration (after warm up): HO2S (front) 2AC
(Front oxygen sensor)
0.25 A or more 2AD
O2S12
V Idle: 0 1 V HO2S (rear) 2Q
(Rear oxygen sensor)
Steering wheel in straight ahead
PSP (Power steering
High/Low position: Low PSP switch 2T
pressure switch)
Others: High
RO2FT1 (Rear oxygen The following PID
Idle after warm-up: Approx. 0.2 2Q
sensor fuel trim) O2S12
E/L operating: 650 750 rpm
RPM (Engine speed) RPM CKP sensor 2W
P/S operating: 650 750 rpm
A/C ON: 650 750 rpm
Press ON/OFF: Approx. 0 V
SCCS Press CANCEL: Approx. 1.1 V
(Speed control V Press SET/COAST: Approx. 3.1 V Cruise control switch 1AQ
command switch) Press RES/ACCEL: Approx. 4.2 V
Others: Approx. 5.0 V
SEGRP The following PIDs:
Idle: 0 step
(EGR valve (stepping MAF, TP, ECT, RPM, VSS
Cranking: 0 60 steps
motor) position) EGR valve
SEGRP DSD
(Desired EGR valve The following PIDs:
% Idle: 0%
(stepping motor) MAF, TP, ECT, RPM, VSS
position)
SELTESTDTC
(DTC of KOEO/KOER
troubleshooting.
self-test)
SHRTFT1
Idle (after warm up): Approx.30 Perform applicable DTC
(Short term fuel trim %
25% troubleshooting.
[front HO2S])
SHRTFT12 Idle (after warm up): Approx.30 Perform applicable DTC
%
(Short term fuel trim) 25% troubleshooting.
The following PIDs:
SPARKADV (Ignition MAF, TP, ECT, RPM, INGEAR,
(BTDC) Idle: BTDC Approx. 10
timing) PSP, ACSW, VPWR
Ignition timing
test (Test mode) On/Off
TIRESIZE (Tire Indicate the tire circumference
rev/mile
revolution per mile) length
01-4020
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 21

Inspection item
2AK
TP REL (Relative TP) % APP is released: Approx. 5% TP sensor
2AL
APP is depressed: Approx. 46 %
% APP is released: Approx. 15%
APP is depressed: Approx. 55 % 01-40
TP1 (TP sensor 1) TP sensor 2AK
V APP is released: 0.4 0.6 V
APP is depressed: 4.7 4.9 V
% APP is released: Approx. 15%
APP is depressed: Approx. 56%
TP2 (TP sensor 2) TP sensor 2AL
V APP is released: 4.4 4.6 V
APP is depressed: 0.1 0.3 V
TPCT
Ignition switch to the ON position: 2AK
(Lowest closed throttle V TP sensor
Approx 1.0 V 2AL
voltage)
VPWR (Battery
V Indicate the battery voltage Battery 1BA
positive voltage)
VSS (Vehicle speed) KPH MPH Indicate the vehicle speed
troubleshooting.
The following PIDs:
VT ACT1 (Actual valve
Idle: Approx. 0 TP, ECT, RPM
timing)
OCV
VT DIFF1 (Difference
The following PIDs:
between actual valve
Idle: Approx. 0 TP, ECT, RPM 2AF
timing and target valve
OCV
timing)
The following PIDs:
VT DUTY1 % Idle: Approx. 11.5% TP, ECT, RPM 2AF
OCV
Variable swirl shutter valve switch
ON: On
VTC On/Off Variable swirl shutter valve switch 2AE
Variable swirl shutter valve switch
OFF: Off
Racing with the accelerator pedal
WGC % fully depressed: 10 100 % Wastegate control solenoid valve 2AA
Fully closed: 0 %
End Of Sie
PCM CONFIGURATION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039802600
1. Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
1. Select the Module Programming.
1. Select Programming.
2. Select Module Programming.
3. Then, select the Programmable Module
Installation, PCM from the screen menu.
Note DLC-2
If the PCM is replaced with a new one, the acxuuw00000279
PCM stores DTC P0602, illuminates the MIL
even though no malfunction is detected. When the configuration is completed, DTC P0602 is cleared.
4. Retrieve DTCs using the M-MDS, then verify that DTC are present.
If a DTC is present, perform the applicable DTC inspection.
End Of Sie
01-4021
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 22

POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
id014039803100
Note
Before performing the following inspection, make sure to follow the procedure as indicated in the
troubleshooting flowchart. (See 00-00-3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.)
Continuity Inspection
1. Inspect the following if the power steering is inoperative (See06-14-3 POWER STEERING FLUID
INSPECTION.):
Power steering fluid level
Power steering fluid leakage
Power steering fluid pressure
2. Disconnect the PSP switch connector.
4. Inspect for continuity between the PSP switch terminal and ground using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the PSP switch. (See06-14-21 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
If the PSP switch is normal, but PID value is out of specification, perform the Circuit Open/Short
Inspection.
Specification
: Continuity
Condition Terminal GND
Steering wheel in straight
ahead position
While turning steering
wheel
acxuuw00000116
PSP SWITCH
acxuuw00000117
PCM
acxuuw00000118
2. Inspect the following harnesses for an open or short circuit. (Continuity check)
Open circuit
PSP switch terminal and PCM terminal 2T
Short circuit
If there is no continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
PSP switch terminal and body ground
01-4022
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 23

End Of Sie
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

WM: SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH
id014039803000
Note
troubleshooting flowchart. (See00-00-3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.)
Voltage Inspection
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). 01-40
2. Verify that the PCM terminal 2AE voltage is as VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
shown in the following table when the variable ACTUATOR ROD
swirl shutter valve actuator rod is depressed and OPEN POSITION
released by hand. (RELEASED)
CLOSED POSITION
(DEPRESSED)
acxuuw00000113
PCM
acxuuw00000114
If not as specified, perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.

If there is no open or short circuit, replace the intake manifold. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
Variable swirl shutter valve switch output voltage

Condition PCM terminal 2AE
Released (Open position) B+
Depressed (Closed position) Below 1.0 V
01-4023
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 24


A B
acxuuw00000115
PCM
acxuuw00000114

2. Inspect the following harnesses for an open or short circuit. (Continuity check)
Open circuit
Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A and PCM terminal 2AE
Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal B and body ground.
Short circuit
Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A and power supply
Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A and body ground
Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal B and power supply
End Of Sie
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: TEMPERATURE SENSOR
id014039801900
Warning
A hot engine can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool before removing
the ECT sensor.

TC].)
4. Remove the air cleaner and air hose. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See01-12-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].)
01-4024
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 25

7. Remove the ECT sensor.
Tightening torque
ECT SENSOR
10 14 Nm {102 142 kgfcm, 89 123
inlbf}
9. Refill the engine coolant. (See01-12-2 COOLING 01-40

SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000091
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id014039802000
Note
ECT Sensor Resistance Inspection

1. Drain the engine coolant. (See01-12-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the ECT sensor (located above the starter).
3. Place the ECT sensor in water with a thermometer, and heat the water gradually.
4. Measure the resistance between the ECT sensor terminals A and B using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the ECT sensor.
If the ECT sensor is normal, but PID value is out of specification, perform the Circuit Open/Short
Inspection.
Specification
Water temperature (C {F}) Resistance (kilohm)
20 {68} 35.48 39.20
80 {176} 3.65 4.02
ECT SENSOR
B A
acxuuw00000092
PCM
acxuuw00000093

2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit. (Continuity check)
01-4025
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 26

Open circuit
ECT sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
ECT sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2AY
Short circuit
ECT sensor terminal A and power supply
ECT sensor terminal A and body ground
ECT sensor terminal B and power supply
End Of Sie
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
id014039800700
Visual Inspection
Note
1. Visually inspect for the following on the MAF sensor. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
Damage
Cracks
Bent terminals
Terminal rust
If any of the above are found, replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
If the monitor item status/specification (reference) is not within the specification even though there is no
malfunction, perform the "Circuit Open/Short Inspection".
Voltage Inspection
1. Remove the MAF/IAT sensor without disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
3. As the air gradually approaches the MAF detection part of the MAF/IAT sensor, verify that the voltage at PCM
terminal 1AK (M-MDS PID: MAF) varies.
If it cannot be verified even though the related harnesses have no malfunction, replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
MAF/IAT SENSOR
E D C B A
acxuuw00000076
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00000538
01-4026
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 27
PCM
01-40
acxuuw00000078

2. Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
Open circuit
MAF/IAT sensor terminal A and main relay terminal E
MAF/IAT sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1P
MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
Short circuit
MAF/IAT sensor terminal A and body ground
MAF/IAT sensor terminal B and power supply
MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and power supply
MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and body ground
End Of Sie
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
id014039802200
Note
1. Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor.

2. Measure the resistance between the MAF/IAT
sensor terminals D and E using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the MAF/IAT
sensor. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) E D C B A
If the MAF/IAT sensor is normal, but the PID
is out of specification, perform the Circuit
Open/Short Inspection.
Specification
Ambient temperature (C {F}) Resistance (kilohm)
20 {68} 2.21 2.69
60 {140} 0.493 0.667 acxuuw00000096
01-4027
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 28

MAF/IAT SENSOR
E D C B A
acxuuw00000097
PCM
acxuuw00000098

Open circuit
MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1M
MAF/IAT sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AR
Short circuit
MAF/IAT sensor terminal E and power supply
MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and power supply
MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and body ground
End Of Sie
WM: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
01-4028
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 29

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039801000
TC].)
3. Remove the oil level gauge pipe. (See01-11-6 OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Disconnect the MAP/boost air temperature sensor connector.
5. Remove MAP/boost air temperature sensor from 01-40
the intake manifold.
Tightening torque
5.0 7.0 Nm {51 71 kgfcm, 45 61 inlbf}
End Of Sie
MAP/BOOST AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
acxuuw00000082
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id014039800900
Note
The following vacuum values are indicated by relative pressure from the MAP sensor.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (Engine off).
3. Select MAP PID on the M-MDS.
4. Verify that the MAP PID (pressure) and
barometric pressure are practically equal.
If not as verified, perform the Circuit Open/
Short Inspection.
If there is no open or short circuit, replace
the MAP sensor.
If as verified, go to next step.
5. Apply vacuum of 25.0 kPa {187 mmHg, 7.38
DLC-2
inHg} to the MAP sensor, and verify that the MAP
acxuuw00000079
variation from that of Step 4 is approx. 25.0 kPa
{187 mmHg, 7.38 inHg}.
If not as verified, perform the Circuit Open/Short inspection.
If there is no open or short circuit, replace the barometric pressure sensor. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR
01-4029
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 30

MAP/BOOST AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D C B A
acxuuw00000080
PCM
acxuuw00000081

Open circuit
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AV
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AU
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2AG
Short circuit
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal A and power supply.
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal C and body ground.
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal D and power supply.
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal D and body ground
End Of Sie
WM: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
01-4030
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 31

BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039802100
Note
1. Disconnect MAP/boost air temperature sensor. 01-40

2. Measure the resistance between the MAP/boost
air temperature sensor terminals A and B using a
tester.
If not as specified, replace the MAP/boost air
temperature sensor. (See01-13-5 INTAKE D C B A
AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
If the MAP/boost air temperature sensor is
normal, but PID are out of specification,
perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Specification
Ambient temperature (C {F}) Resistance (kilohm)
acxuuw00000094
20 {68} 2.4 2.7
60 {140} 0.59 0.64
D C B A
acxuuw00000094
PCM
acxuuw00000095
Open circuit
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AV
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2N
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AU
Short circuit
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal A and power supply
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal B and power supply
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal B and body ground
MAP/boost air temperature sensor terminal C and body ground
01-4031
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 32

End Of Sie
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

WM: THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
id014039802700
Note
Voltage Inspection
1. Verify that no DTC related to the APP sensor has been detected.
If any DTCs related to the APP sensor have been detected, perform the DTC inspection.
2. Start the engine and warm it up (ECT: more than 80C {176 F}).
4. Verify that the PCM terminal 2AK and 2AL change smoothly while the throttle valve is gradually opened.
If not as verified, perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
If there is no open or short circuit, replace the throttle body.
5. Verify that the PCM terminal 2AK and 2AL voltages are as shown in the following table.
PCM
acxuuw00000108
If the voltage is not according to the following table, perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
If there is no open or short circuit, replace the throttle body.
TP sensor output voltage TP SENSOR CHARACTERISTICS (REFERENCE)
PCM terminal PCM terminal
Condition 2AK 2AL
(TP sensor No.1) (TP sensor No.2)
HIGH TP SENSOR No.1
APP is released 0.4 0.6 V 4.4 4.6 V
APP is depressed 4.7 4.9 V 0.1 0.3 V
OUTPUT TP SENSOR No.2

VOLTAGE
LOW
THROTTLE
SMALL LARGE
OPENING ANGLE
acxuuw00000109
01-4032
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 33

TP SENSOR
F E D C B A
01-40
acxuuw00000110
PCM
acxuuw00000108

Open circuit
Throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
Throttle body terminal B and PCM terminal 2AO
Throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
Throttle body terminal D and PCM terminal 2AP
Short circuit
Throttle body terminal A and power supply
Throttle body terminal A and body ground
Throttle body terminal B and body ground
Throttle body terminal C and power supply
Throttle body terminal C and body ground
Throttle body terminal D and power supply
End Of Sie
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
id014039803200
Note
Voltage Inspection
2. Verify that the PCM terminal 1Y and 1AC change smoothly while throttle valve is gradually opened.
If not as verified, perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
If there is no open or short circuit, replace the throttle body. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
01-4033
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 34

3. Verify that the PCM terminal 1Y and 1AC voltages are as shown in the following table.
PCM
acxuuw00000119
If the voltage is not according to the following table, perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
If there is no open or short circuit, replace accelerator pedal. (See01-13-17 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
APP sensor output voltage THE CHARACTERISTICS OF

TP SENSOR (REFERENCE)
PCM terminal
PCM terminal 1Y
1AC
Condition (APP sensor
(APP sensor HIGH APP SENSOR No.1
No.1)
No.2)
APP is depressed 3.65 3.93 V 3.10 3.38
APP is released 1.56 1.65V 1.01 1.10
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE APP SENSOR No.2
LOW
THROTTLE
SMALL LARGE
OPENING ANGLE
acxuuw00000120
APP SENSOR
F E D C B A
acxuuw00001926
PCM
acxuuw00000119
01-4034
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 35

Open circuit
APP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 1AJ
APP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1AV
APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AC 01-40
APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1Q
APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1U
APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1Y
Short circuit
APP sensor terminal A and body ground
APP sensor terminal B and power supply
APP sensor terminal C and power supply
APP sensor terminal C and body ground
APP sensor terminal D and body ground
APP sensor terminal E and power supply
APP sensor terminal F and power supply
APP sensor terminal F and body ground
End Of Sie
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
id014039801200
Note
If the fuel pressure sensor is removed, do not reuse the fuel pressure sensor and the fuel delivery pipe.
When you replace the fuel pressure sensor, replace a new fuel delivery pipe with a new fuel pressure
sensor. (See 01-14-23 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
End Of Sie
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039801300
Note

off).
3. Select the FUEL_PRES PID on the M-MDS.
4. After warming up the engine, verify that the
FUEL_PRES PID is at the standard value under
the following conditions.
If not as verified, replace the fuel delivery
pipe.
Step Condition FUEL_PRES PID
1 Idle Approx. 3 MPa DLC-2
90 s after engine is acxuuw00000084
started
2 Idle Approx. 530 kPa
Spill valve solenoid
valve connector is
disconnected
5. After connecting the spill valve control solenoid valve connector, clear the DTC.
01-4035
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 36


C B A
acxuuw00000085
PCM
acxuuw00000086

Open circuit
Fuel pressure sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2P
Fuel pressure sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2R
Fuel pressure sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2I
Short circuit
Fuel pressure sensor terminal A and power supply.
Fuel pressure sensor terminal B and power supply.
Fuel pressure sensor terminal B and body ground.
Fuel pressure sensor terminal C and body ground
End Of Sie
WM: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
01-4036
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 37

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039804000
Warning
A hot engine and exhaust system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before removing the exhaust system.

2. Remove the charge air cooler duct. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH 01-40
TC].)
1 Connector SST
2 2949
Front HO2S {3.04.9, 2236}
2
(See01-40-37 HO2S Removal Note.)
3 Rear HO2S 1
(See01-40-37 HO2S Removal Note.) SST
3 2949
{3.04.9, 2236}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000259
HO2S Removal Note

1. Remove the HO2S using the SST.
End Of Sie 49 L018 001
ampjjw00001053
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id014039802300
Note
Front HO2S Current Inspection

2. Using the M-MDS, monitor the following:
Vehicle speed (PID: VSS)
Engine speed (PID: RPM)
Front HO2S current (PID: O2S11)
3. Drive the vehicle and decelerate the engine speed by releasing the accelerator pedal fully when the engine
speed is 3,000 rpm or more.
01-4037
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 38

4. Verify that the front HO2S current (PID: O2S11) is 0.25 mA or more while decelerating as shown in the figure.
VSS
0 KPH
3,000 RPM
2,000 RPM
RPM
1,000 RPM
0 RPM
0.25 mA
0.25 mA OR MORE
O2S11
0 mA
acxuuw00000099
If not within the specification, inspect the HO2S for an open or short circuit. (See01-40-38 Front HO2S
Circuit Open/Short Inspection (Sensor).) Then if there is no malfunction in the wiring harness, replace the
front HO2S.
Front HO2S Heater Resistance Inspection

2. Measure the resistance between front HO2S
terminals 2B and 2D.
If not within the specification, replace the front
HO2S. (See01-40-37 HEATED OXYGEN 1C 1A 2C 2A
SENSOR (HO2S) REMOVAL/ 2D 2B
1D 1B
Front HO2S heater resistance

1 10 ohms
acxuuw00000100
Front HO2S Circuit Open/Short Inspection (Sensor)

1. Disconnect the PCM connector.
open or short circuit. (Continuity inspection) FRONT HO2S
1C 1A 2C 2A
1D 1B 2D 2B
acxuuw00000101
01-4038
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 39
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
01-40
acxuuw00000538
PCM
acxuuw00000103
Open circuit
If there is no continuity in the following wiring harnesses, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring
harness.
Front HO2S terminal 1A and PCM terminal 2AD
Front HO2S terminal 1B and PCM terminal 2AC
Front HO2S terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
Front HO2S terminal 2A and PCM terminal 2M
Front HO2S terminal 2B and main relay terminal E
Front HO2S terminal 2C and PCM terminal 2Y
Front HO2S terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
Short circuit
If there is continuity in the following wiring harnesses, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring
harness.
Front HO2S terminal 1A and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 1A and power supply
Front HO2S terminal 1B and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 1B and power supply
Front HO2S terminal 1C and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 1C and power supply
Front HO2S terminal 2A and power supply
Front HO2S terminal 2B and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 2C and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 2C and power supply
Front HO2S terminal 2D and body ground
Front HO2S terminal 2D and power supply
Rear HO2S Voltage Inspection

2. Using the M-MDS, monitor the following:
Vehicle speed (PID: VSS)
Engine speed (PID: RPM)
Rear HO2S voltage (PID: O2S12)
3. Drive the vehicle and decelerate the engine speed by releasing the accelerator pedal fully when the engine
speed is 3,000 rpm or more.
01-4039
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 40

4. Verify that the rear HO2S outputs a voltage of 0.6 V or more, one time or more, then verify that the rear HO2S
voltage (PID: O2S12) is 0.3 V or less while decelerating as shown in the figure.
VSS
0 KPH
3,000 RPM
RPM 2,000 RPM
1,000 RPM
0 RPM
1V
O2S12 0.5V
0.3V OR LESS
0V
acxuuw00000104
If not within the specification, inspect the HO2S for an open or short circuit. (See01-40-40 Rear HO2S
Circuit Open/Short Inspection (Sensor).) Then if there is no malfunction in the wiring harness, replace the
rear HO2S.
Rear HO2S Circuit Open/Short Inspection (Sensor)

REAR HO2S
A C
B D
acxuuw00000105
PCM
acxuuw00000103

3. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit. (Continuity inspection)
01-4040
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 41

Open circuit
Rear HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
Rear HO2S terminal B and PCM terminal 1BC
Short circuit
Rear HO2S terminal A and body ground
Rear HO2S terminal A and power supply 01-40
Rear HO2S terminal B and power supply
Rear HO2S Heater Resistance Inspection

2. Measure the rear HO2S resistance between
REAR HO2S
terminals C and D.
HO2S.
A C
Rear HO2S heater resistance
2 50 ohms B D
acxuuw00000106
Rear HO2S Circuit Open/Short Inspection (Heater)

REAR HO2S
A C
B D
acxuuw00000107
PCM
acxuuw00000103
Open circuit
Rear HO2S terminal C and ignition switch
Rear HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
Short circuit
If there is no continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Rear
Rear HO2S terminal A and body ground
Rear HO2S terminal B and power supply
Rear HO2S terminal B and body ground
01-4041
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 42

End Of Sie
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]

WM: CRANKSHAFT POSITION PLATE
id014039800600
Removal
TC].)
5. Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.
6. Remove the installation bolts to remove the CKP sensor.
Installation
Caution
When foreign material, such as an iron chips, gets on the CKP sensor, it can cause abnormal
output from the sensor because of flux turbulence and adversely affect engine control. Be sure
there is no foreign material on the CKP sensor when replacing.
1. Perform the following procedure so that piston No.1 is at the top dead center.
(1) Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the
lower blind plug when the No. 1 cylinder is at
the point prior to top dead center (TDC) of
(2) Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at
TDC of the compression stroke. (Until the
crank weight contacts SST and stops.)
303-507
acxuuw00001899
2. Using a straight edge, draw a straight line directly EMPTY SPACE

in the center of the twentieth tooth of the
crankshaft pulley pulse wheel (counting
counterclockwise from the empty space). MARK LINE AT CENTER
OF 20TH TOOTH
Caution
If the line is not accurately drawn, CENTER LINE
ignition timing, fuel injection and other OF SENSOR
engine control systems will be adversely
effected. Draw the straight line carefully
using a straight edge.
3. Align the center line of the crankshaft position

sensor and the line drawn in Step 2, then install
the sensor.
4. Install the CKP sensor fitting bolts.
CKP SENSOR
Tightening torque acxuuw00000075
5.5 7.5 Nm {57 76 kgfcm, 49 66 inlbf}
5. Remove the SST then install the cylinder block lower blind plug.
Tightening torque
18 22 Nm {1.9 2.2 kgfm, 14 16 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
01-4042
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 43

CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039800500
Note
Air Gap Inspection

1. Verify that the CKP sensor is securely installed. 01-40
2. Using a thickness gauge, measure the air gap
between the plate projections at the back of
crankshaft pulley and the CKP sensor.
If not within the specification, inspect the plate
projections for cracks or bending. PROJECTION
If there is any malfunction, replace the
plate. AIR GAP
If the monitor item condition/specification
(reference) is not within the specification,
even though there is no malfunction, carry
out the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Air gap
0.5 1.5 mm {0.02 0.05 in}
CKP SENSOR
acxuuw00000070
Visual Inspection
2. Remove the CKP sensor. (See01-40-42 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/
3. Verify that there are no metal shavings on the sensor.
If the monitor item condition/specification (reference) is without the specification even though there is no
malfunction, carry out the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Voltage Inspection
1. Idle the engine.
Caution
Water penetrating the connector will cause sensor malfunction. To prevent this, be careful not to
damage the wiring harnesses or the waterproof connector so as to cause water penetration.
2. Measure the output voltage using an

oscilloscope.
If not within the specification, replace the CKP CKP SENSOR
sensor. WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
(reference) is without the specification, even C B A
though the voltage is within the specification,
carry out the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Voltage
Terminal Voltage (V) Condition
A Below 1.0 Under any condition acxuuw00000071
4.8 or more High output*
B
0.8 or less Low output*
C B+ Under any condition
*
: Output voltage varies with crankshaft rotation.
01-4043
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 44

CKP SENSOR
C B A
acxuuw00000071
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00000538
PCM
acxuuw00000073
Open circuit
If there is no continuity, the circuit is open. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
CKP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2P
CKP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2W
CKP sensor terminal C and main relay terminal E
Short circuit
If there is continuity, the circuit is shorted. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
CKP sensor terminal A and power supply
CKP sensor terminal B and power supply
CKP sensor terminal B and body ground
CKP sensor terminal C and body ground
End Of Sie
WM: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
01-4044
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 45

CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
id014039801500
Caution
When replacing the CMP sensor, make sure there is no foreign material on it such as metal
shavings. If it is installed with foreign material, the sensor output signal will malfunction resulting
from fluctuation in magnetic flux and cause a deterioration in engine control.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 01-40

TC].)
3. Remove the charge air cooler cover. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector.
5. Remove the CMP sensor installation bolt.
6. Remove the CMP sensor from the cylinder head
cover.
Tightening torque
5.5 7.5 Nm {57 76 kgfcm, 49 66 inlbf}
CMP SENSOR
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000090
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id014039801400
Note
Visual Inspection
2. Remove the CMP sensor. (See01-40-45 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/
3. Verify that there are no metal shavings on the sensor.
If the monitor item condition/specification (reference) is not within the specification even though there is no
malfunction, carry out the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Voltage Inspection
1. Idle the engine.
Caution
Water penetrating the connector will cause sensor malfunction. To prevent this, be careful not to
damage the wiring harnesses or the waterproof connector so as to cause water penetration.
01-4045
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 46

2. Measure the output voltage using an
oscilloscope. CMP SENSOR
If not within the specification, replace the WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
CMP sensor.
(reference) is not within the specification,
C B A
even though the voltage is within the
specification, carry out the Circuit Open/
Short Inspection.
Voltage
Terminal Voltage (V) Condition
acxuuw00000087
A B+ Under any condition
B Below 1.0 Under any condition
4.8 or more High output*
C
0.8 or less Low output*
* : Output voltage varies with camshaft rotation.
CMP SENSOR
C B A
acxuuw00000087
FUSE BOX
(MAIN RELAY)
B
FRONT
A E
D
acxuuw00000538
PCM
acxuuw00000089
01-4046
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 47

Open circuit
If there is no continuity, the circuit is open. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
CMP sensor terminal A and main relay terminal E
CMP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2P
CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2S
Short circuit
If there is continuity, the circuit is shorted. Repair or replace the wiring harness. 01-40
CMP sensor terminal A and body ground
CMP sensor terminal B and power supply
CMP sensor terminal C and body ground
CMP sensor terminal C and power supply
End Of Sie
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: KNOCK SENSOR
id014039802900
Caution
Be careful not to impact the sensor.
Verify that there is no debris between the sensor and the cylinder block before installing.

2. Remove the intake manifold. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
3. Remove the KS attachment bolt to remove the
KS.
Tightening torque
16 24 Nm {1.7 2.4 kgfm, 12 17 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
KS
VIEW A
acxuuw00001859
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]

id014039802800
Note
2. Disconnect the KS connector.
3. Measure the resistance between KS terminals A and B using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the KS. (See01-40-47 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
If the KS is normal, but the PID value is out of specification, perform the Circuit Open/Short Inspection.
Specification
Approx. 4.87 megohms
01-4047
1871-1U-06B(01-40).fm 48

KS
A B
acxuuw00000111
PCM
acxuuw00000112

Open circuit
KS terminal A and PCM terminal 2U
KS terminal B and PCM terminal 2V
Short circuit
KS terminal A and power supply
KS terminal A and body ground
KS terminal B and power supply
KS terminal B and body ground
End Of Sie
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC]
WM: FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
id014039801100
Note
troubleshooting flowchart. (See00-00-3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.)

3. Select BARO on the M-MDS.
4. Verify that the BARO PID (pressure) and
barometric pressure are practically equal.
If not as verified, replace the PCM. (See01-
40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
DLC-2
acxuuw00000083
01-4048
1871-1U-06B(01-50).fm 1
TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]

01-50 TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]
ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA
[L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-501
End of Toc
ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA[L3 WITH TC]
WM: ENGINE
id015039800100 01-50
Item Specification
IN: 0.220.28 mm {0.00870.011 in}
EX: 0.270.33 mm {0.0110.012 in}
Standard:1,280 kPa {13.1 kgf/cm2, 185.65 psi}[250rpm]
Compression Minimum:896 kPa {9.14 kgf/cm2, 129.96 psi}[250rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders:196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm2, 28.5
psi}
Standard
144.7145.3 mm {5.6975.720 in}
Cylinder head bolt length
Maximum:
146 mm {5.74 in}
Front oil seal press-in amount 00.5 mm {00.019 in}
OCV resistance 6.97.9 ohms [20C {68F}]
Ignition timing Approx. BTDC 10
No load: 650750 rpm
Idle speed (P, N position) Electrical load on*1: 650750 rpm
P/S operation: 650750 rpm
A/C operation: 650750 rpm
No load: 575675 rpm
Idle speed (D position) Electrical load on*1: 600700 rpm
P/S operation: 650750 rpm
A/C operation: 650750 rpm
HC concentration: Within the regulation
Idle mixture
CO concentration: Within the regulation
Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100 C
{212 F}] 297551 kPa {3.035.61 kgf/cm2, 43.179.9 psi} [3,000 rpm]
Oil replacement: 5.3 L {5.6 US qt, 4.7 Imp qt}
Engine oil capacity (approx. quantity) Oil and oil filter replacement: 5.7 L {6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt}
Total (dry engine): 6.4 L {6.8 US qt, 5.6 Imp qt}
Engine coolant capacity (approx. quantity) 9.0 L {9.5 US qt, 7.9 Imp qt}
Cooling fan motor No.1, No.2 standard current 17.522.5 A
Cooling system cap valve opening pressure 112.8142.2 kPa {1.151.45 kgf/cm2, 16.420.6 psi}
Thermostat initial-opening temperature 8084 C {176183 F}
Thermostat full-open temperature 97 C {207 F}
Thermostat full-open lift More than 8.0 mm {0.31 in}
Fuel line pressure 410490 kPa {4.24.9 kgf/cm2, 6071 psi}
Fuel pump hold pressure More than 230 kPa {2.3 kgf/cm2, 33 psi}
Fuel injector resistance 1.01.2 ohms [20 C {68 F}]
Battery electrolyte specific gravity [20 C {68 F}] 1.221.29
55D23L (48): 180 A
Battery load test current
80D26L (55): 195 A
Vehicles with immobilizer system: 5565 mA
Battery back-up current
Vehicles without immobilizer system: 60 mA or less
55D23L (48): 4.55.5 A
Battery slow charge current
80D26L (55): 5.56.5 A
55D23L (48): 30 A
Battery quick charge current [30 min]
80D26L (55): 35 A
Terminal B: B+
Generator standard voltage [IG-ON] Terminal P: Approx. 1 V or less
Terminal D: Approx. 0 V
01-501
1871-1U-06B(01-50).fm 2
TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]

Item Specification
Terminal B: 1315 V
Terminal P: Approx. 38 V
Generator standard voltage [Idle, 20 C {68 F}]
Terminal D: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear
window defroster) on and verify that the voltage reading increases.
70 % of the nominal output current (nominal output current: 110 A)
Generator generated current minimum value [Ambient temp. 20 C {68 F}, voltage 13.015.0 V, both engine and
generator are hot]
Generator rotor resistance (between slip rings) [20 C
1.82.2 ohm
{68 F}]
Generator brush length
Standard: 4.15.3 N {0.420.54 kgf, 0.921.19 lbf}
Generator brush spring force
1 3 4 2 (all cylinders independent firing)
CYLINDER No.
CRANKSHAFT
ENGINE
PULLEY
Firing order 1
Spark plug type L3K9 18 110A, L3Y3 18 110

Spark plug gap 0.70.8 mm {0.0280.031 in}
Spark plug resistance [25C {77 F}] 3.07.5 kilohms
Starter no-load test voltage 11 V
Starter no-load test current 90 A or less
Starter pinion gap 0.52.0 mm {0.020.07 in}
Starter armature runout 0.05 mm {0.002 in} max.
Starter commutator diameter
Standard: 0.40.6 mm {0.0160.023 in}
Segment groove depth of starter commutator
Starter brush length
Standard: 18.324.9 N {1.872.53 kgf, 4.125.59 lbf}
Starter brush spring force
*1 : When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan No.1, cooling fan No.2, and
Engine oil specification

Item U.S.A. and CANADA Except U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine oil grade
(ILSAC) (ILSAC)
API SL or ILSAC
Engine oil viscosity 5W-30
End Of Sie
01-502
SERVICE TOOLS [L3 WITH TC]
01-60 SERVICE TOOLS [L3 WITH TC]
ENGINE SST[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . 01-601
End of Toc
ENGINE SST[L3 WITH TC]
WM: ENGINE
id016039800100
1: Mazda SST number 01-60
Example
1:49 UN01 052
2:310D005
Spring lock
coupler tool
(green)
1:49 UN30 3328 1: 1:

2:303328 2:303507 2:205-126
Rear oil seal Crankshaft TDC Holding tool

replacer timing peg
1: 1:49 UN30 1:49 H010 401

2:20507202 310610 2:
2:3031061
Crankshaft Oil seal installer
holding tool pins Camshaft
alignment
timing tool
1:49 G013 101 1:49 C017 5A0 1:49 9200 145

2: 2: 2:
Remover Engine support Radiator cap

set tester adapter
set
1:49 N013 101A 1:49 0187 280A 1:49 E019 001

2: 2: 2:
Body Oil pressure Adapter

(Components gauge
part of 49 N013
1A0D)
1:49 E042 001 1: 1:49 H080 740A
2: 2:134-01049 2:
Remover Evaporative Pressure tester

emission
system tester
Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06) 01-601

SERVICE TOOLS [L3 WITH TC]
1:49 L018 001 1:49 N013 102A 1:49 B019 901B
2: 2: 2:
O2 sensor Adapter Hose Gauge

wrench (Components (Components
part of 49 N013 part of 49 N013
1A0D) 1A0D)
1:49 G040 001 1:49 G040 002

2: 2:
Handle Installer
End Of Sie
01-602 Revised 11/2006 (Ref. No. R172/06)

1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 1
SUSPENSION 02SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC . . . . 02-02 WHEEL AND TIRES. . . . . . . . . 02-12
02-02
SYMPTOM FRONT SUSPENSION . . . . . . . 02-13
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . 02-03 REAR SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . 02-14
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . 02-10 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 02-50
WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . 02-11 SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 02-60
Toc of SCT
02-02 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Freeze Frame PID Data Access
SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM . . 02-022 Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-024
With Advanced Keyless System . . . . . . 02-022 DTC Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-025
With Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . 02-022 PID/DATA Monitor Table . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-025
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Active Command Modes Table. . . . . . . 02-026
SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT
DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-023 IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-027
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) DTC B2143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-028
Test Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-023 DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871. . . . . 02-028
Reading DTCs Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 02-023 DTC U0127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-029
Clearing DTCs Procedures . . . . . . . . . . 02-023 With Advanced Keyless System. . . . . . 02-029
PID/Data Monitor and Record With Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . 02-0210
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-024 DTC U2616, U2617, U2618, U2619. . . . . 02-0211
Active Command Modes Procedure . . . 02-024
End of Toc
WM: TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
02-021
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM
id020200800100
With Advanced Keyless System
WHEEL UNIT
NO.1 NO.2 NO.3 NO.4
KEYLESS
RF SIGNAL
RECEIVE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
PCM
ANTENNA
KEYLESS CM CAN_H
2R
CAN_L
2T
A 3A 3Q 2N
C 3C
CAN
DRIVER
E 2B
2A
DLC-2
acxuuw00002405
With Keyless Entry System
WHEEL UNIT
NO.1 NO.2 NO.3 NO.4
RF SIGNAL
KEYLESS
INSTRUMENT
RECEIVER
CLUSTER
PCM
ANTENNA
CAN_H
2R
A
CAN_L
2T
B
CAN
D 2N DRIVER
2A
DLC-2
acxuuw00002406
End Of Sie
02-022
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
id020200800200
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test Description
The OBD test inspects the integrity and function of the TPMS and outputs the results when requested by the
specific tests.
On-board diagnostic test also:
Provides a quick inspection of the TPMS usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred during service.
The OBD test is divided into 3 tests:
Read/clear diagnostic results, PID monitor and active command mode.
02-02
Read/clear diagnostic results
This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the instrument cluster memory.
PID/Data monitor and record

This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and system status
information.
Active command modes

This function allows you to control devices through the M-MDS.
Reading DTCs Procedure

1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 connector.
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
3. Select Module.
4. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001190
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DCTs stored in the TPMS. (See 02-02-3 Clearing DTCs Procedures.)
Clearing DTCs Procedures

3. Select Module.
4. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001190
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
02-023
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID/Data Monitor and Record Procedure
3. Select Module.
4. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001190
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table.
the screen.
Note
The PID/Data monitor function is used for monitoring the calculated value. Therefore, if the monitored
value of the output parts is not within the specification, inspection of the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to applicable output part control is necessary. In addition, because the system does not
display output part malfunction as abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output
part individually using a active command modes function.
Active Command Modes Procedure

3. Select Module.
4. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001190
3. Select the active command modes from the PID
table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the operations for each parts.
If there is no operation sound from the relay, motor, and solenoid after the active command mode
inspection is performed, it is possible that there is an open or short circuit in the wiring harness, relay, motor
or solenoid, or sticking and operation malfunction.
Freeze Frame PID Data Access Procedure

1. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
This function is available for only the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select the Body tab.
2. Select TPMS Functions.
3. Select Freeze Frame Data.
02-024
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC Table
DTC
Description Page
M-MDS
B1342 Instrument cluster internal malfunction (See 09-02E-5 DTC B1342[INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
B2143 ID registration failure (See 02-02-8 DTC B2143.)
B2477 Instrument cluster configuration not performed (See 09-02E-5 DTC B2477[INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
B2868 Wheel unit No.1 internal malfunction (See 02-02-8 DTC B2868, B2869, B2870,
B2871.) 02-02
B2871.)
B2871.)
B2871.)
U0127 Communication failure between instrument (See 02-02-9 DTC U0127.)
cluster and keyless receiver
U2616 Wheel unit No.1 (No response) (See 02-02-11 DTC U2616, U2617, U2618,
U2619.)
U2619.)
U2619.)
U2619.)
PID/DATA Monitor Table

PID Name Unit/
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition
AI_WU1_ID
AI_WU2_ID
Replace the wheel unit.
AI_WU3_ID Indicates the wheel unit ID code.
Perform the wheel unit ID
AI_WU4_ID (During wheel unit ID registration.)
registration.
(Wheel unit ID code (during ID
registration))
AI_WU1_P
AI_WU2_P Adjust tire pressure.
AI_WU3_P Indicates the tire pressure. (During ID Replace the wheel unit.
Pa/psi
AI_WU4_P registration.) Perform the wheel unit ID
(Tire pressure value (during ID registration.
registration))
FFD1_WU1_P
FFD1_WU2_P
FFD1_WU3_P Indicates the tire pressure. (Freeze
Pa/psi Adjust tire pressure.
FFD1_WU4_P frame PID data 1)
(Tire pressure value (freeze frame
PID data 1))
FFD2_WU1_P
FFD2_WU2_P
FFD2_WU3_P Indicates the tire pressure. (Freeze
Pa/psi Adjust tire pressure.
FFD2_WU4_P frame PID data 2)
(Tire pressure value (freeze frame
PID data 2))
FFD1_WU1_T
FFD1_WU2_T
FFD1_WU3_T Indicates the internal tire air
C/F Adjust tire pressure.
FFD1_WU4_T temperature. (Freeze frame PID data 1)
(Internal tire air temperature value
(freeze frame PID data 1))
02-025
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID Name Unit/
(Definition) Condition
FFD2_WU1_T
FFD2_WU2_T
FFD2_WU3_T Indicates the internal tire air
C/F Adjust tire pressure.
FFD2_WU4_T temperature. (Freeze frame PID data 2)
(Internal tire air temperature value
(freeze frame PID data 2))
FFD1_MLG
Indicates the mileage. (Freeze frame
(Wheel unit mileage value (freeze m/mi (ft) Adjust tire pressure.
PID data 1)
frame PID data 1))
FFD2_MLG
Indicates the mileage. (Freeze frame
(Wheel unit mileage value (freeze m/mi (ft) Adjust tire pressure.
PID data 2)
frame PID data 2))
FFD1_SPD
Indicates the speed. (Freeze frame PID
(Wheel unit speed value (freeze KPH/MPH Adjust tire pressure.
data 1)
frame PID data 1))
FFD2_SPD
Indicates the speed. (Freeze frame PID
(Wheel unit speed value (freeze KPH/MPH Adjust tire pressure.
data 2)
frame PID data 2))
IC_DTC_CNT
Indicates number of DTC Perform the DTC inspection.
(Number of continuous DTCs)
ID_LAST*
Indicates the last ID that is transmitted Replace the wheel unit.
(Last received tire transmitter ID
from the wheel unit. Perform the configuration.
code value)
ID_WU1*
ID_WU2* Replace the wheel unit.
Indicates the registered ID that is
ID_WU3* Perform the wheel unit ID
transmitted from the wheel unit.
ID_WU4* registration.
(Registered wheel unit ID code)
WU1_P*
WU2_P*
Indicates the tire pressure. (See 02-50- Adjust tire pressure.
WU3_P* Pa/psi
1 SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA.) Replace the wheel unit.
WU4_P*
(Tire pressure value)
WU1_T*
WU2_T*
Indicates the internal tire air
WU3_T* C/F Replace the wheel unit.
temperature.
WU4_T*
(Internal tire air temperature value)
* : Data transmission from the wheel unit occurs when the vehicle speed is 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more. Due to
this, the current air pressure and temperature data can only be displayed after the vehicle is driven at 25 km/h
{15.5 mph} or more. Also, the ID_LAST, and tire pressure and internal tire air temperature data are erased
when the instrument cluster connector and the battery terminal are disconnected. If the instrument cluster is
replaced or the battery terminals are disconnected, drive the vehicle at 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more and
display the tire pressure PID after the data transmission.
Active Command Modes Table

Command Name Definition Operation Note
IDR_MODE Wheel unit ID registration mode ON/OFF Ignition switch at ON
End Of Sie
02-026
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT IDENTIFICATION
id020200800300
Note
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) does not identify the location of the malfunctioning wheel
unit on the vehicle (RF, LF, LR, RR). The TPMS identifies each wheel unit as No.1, No.2, No.3 and No.4. In
order to identify the location of the wheel unit, perform the following procedure.
1. Adjust the air pressure as follows:

RF: 220 kPa {2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi}
LF: 240 kPa {2.4 kgf/cm2, 35 psi} 02-02
LR: 260 kPa {2.6 kgf/cm2, 38 psi}
RR: 280 kPa {2.8 kgf/cm2, 40 psi}
5. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 2 min or more.
6. Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS, and monitor them.
WU1_P
WU2_P
WU3_P
WU4_P
7. Determine which wheel unit identification code
matches which wheel and tire by comparing the AIR PRESSURE
PID MONITOR VALUE
PID monitor values with the air pressure values VALUE SET IN STEP.1
set in Step 1. RF 220 KPA WU1_P 240 KPA
8. Select the ID_LAST PID using the M-MDS, and LF 240 KPA WU2_P 220 KPA
take a note of four displayed identification codes. LR 260 KPA
9. Inspect the DTCs using the M-MDS. WU3_P 280 KPA
End Of Sie RR 280 KPA WU4_P 260 KPA
FR: WU2_P
FL: WU1_P
RL: WU4_P
RR: WU3_P
acxuuw00001191
02-027
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2143
id020200800400
DTC B2143 ID registration failure

DETECTION
Two or more codes are overlapping.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
ID registration procedure has not been performed properly.
CAUSE
1 VERIFY THE PROGRAMMED ID Yes Register the wheel unit ID, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION.)
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Go to the next step.
Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
ID_WU1
ID_WU2
ID_WU3
ID_WU4
Is the same code in the output ID?
2 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Clear the DTC from the memory. If the malfunction recurs, replace the instrument cluster
(See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE and/or wheel unit.
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON- (See 09-22-2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) INSTALLATION.)
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT REMOVAL/
mph} or more for 10 min or more. INSTALLATION.)
Is the same DTC present? No Go to the next step.
3 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (See 02-02-3 TIRE
Are there any other DTCs present? PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871
id020200800500
B2868 Wheel unit No.1 (internal malfunction)

DTC
DETECTION
The instrument cluster receives error signals from the wheel unit.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
Internal malfunction of wheel unit
CAUSE
1 IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT Identify the malfunctioning wheel unit.
(See 02-02-7 MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT Replace and register the wheel unit. (See 02-12-4
IDENTIFICATION.) WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION.)
2 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Go to Step 1.
Clear the DTC from the memory. No Go to the next step.
(See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-
BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5
mph} or more for 10 min or more.
DIAGNOSIS.)
End Of Sie
02-028
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC U0127
id020200800600
DTC U0127 Communication failure between instrument cluster and keyless receiver
DETECTION
The instrument cluster cannot receive signal from the keyless CM or keyless receiver.
CONDITION
With advanced keyless system
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the keyless CM terminal 3Q and the instrument
cluster terminal 2N.
Keyless control module malfunction.
Instrument cluster malfunction.
POSSIBLE Poor connection at connectors (female terminal) 02-02
CAUSE With keyless entry system
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the keyless receiver terminal D and the instrument
cluster terminal 2N.
Keyless receiver malfunction.
Instrument cluster malfunction.
Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)

1 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit
Turn the ignition switch off. between keyless CM terminal 3Q and instrument cluster
Disconnect keyless CM and instrument terminal 2N, then go to Step 5.
cluster connectors.
Inspect for continuity between keyless CM
terminal 3Q (harness-side) and instrument
cluster terminal 2N (harness-side).
2 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
TO POWER between keyless CM terminal 3Q and instrument cluster
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal 2N, then go to Step 5.
Disconnect keyless CM and instrument No Go to the next step.
cluster connectors.
terminal 3Q (harness-side) and ground.
Is there B+?
3 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground
TO GROUND between keyless CM terminal 3Q and instrument cluster
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal 2N, then go to the next step.
Disconnect keyless CM and instrument No Go to the next step.
cluster connectors.
Inspect for continuity between keyless CM
terminal 3Q (harness-side) and ground.
4 INSPECT FOR KEYLESS CM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02C-3 DTC
Turn the ignition switch off. TABLE[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC SYSTEM)].)
inspection for the keyless CM. No Go to the next step.
Is any DTCs present?
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes If the malfunction recurs, replace the instrument cluster.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (See 09-22-2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
and drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h INSTALLATION.)
{15.5 mph} or more. Configure the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-3
Clear the DTC from the memory. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
(See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE Register the wheel unit ID. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON- ID REGISTRATION.)
BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) Go to the next step.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD
mph} or more for 10 min or more. DIAGNOSIS.)
Are there any other DTCs present? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
02-029
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open circuit
Turn the ignition switch off. between keyless receiver terminal D and instrument cluster
Disconnect keyless receiver and instrument terminal 2N, then go to Step 4.
cluster connectors.
Inspect for continuity between keyless
receiver terminal D (harness-side) and
instrument cluster terminal 2V (harness-
side).
2 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power
TO POWER between keyless receiver terminal D and instrument cluster
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal 2N, then go to Step 4.
Disconnect keyless receiver and instrument No Go to the next step.
cluster connectors.
Measure the voltage between keyless
ground.
Is there B+?
3 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground
TO GROUND between keyless receiver terminal D and instrument cluster
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal 2N, then go to the next step.
Disconnect keyless receiver and instrument No Replace keyless receiver, then go to the next step. (See 09-
cluster connectors. 14-36 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect for continuity between keyless
ground.
Clear the DTC from the memory. (See 09-22-2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
(See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE INSTALLATION.)
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON- Configure the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-3
BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Register the wheel unit ID. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
and wait for 30 s. ID REGISTRATION.)
Is the same DTC present? Go to the next step.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD
mph} or more for 10 min or more. DIAGNOSIS.)
Are there any other DTCs present? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
02-0210
1871-1U-06B(02-02).fm 11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC U2616, U2617, U2618, U2619
id020200800700
U2616 Wheel unit No.1 (No response)

DTC
DETECTION
The keyless receiver has continuously not received a signal from the wheel unit for a certain period.
CONDITION
Wheel unit identification code is not registered in the instrument cluster.
POSSIBLE No signal is received from the wheel unit.
CAUSE Wheel unit is not installed. 02-02
Poor connection at connectors (female terminal).
1 VERIFY WHEEL UNIT IS INSTALLED TO Yes Go to the Step 3.
EACH WHEEL No Install the wheel unit. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
Are all four wheels equipped with a wheel REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
unit? Register the wheel unit ID. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
ID REGISTRATION.)
2 INSPECT FOR DTCs Yes Go to the next step.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 No With advanced keyless system: go to the Step 4.
mph} or more for 10 min or more. With keyless entry system: go to the Step 5.
3 IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT Identify the malfunctioning wheel unit.
(See 02-02-7 MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT Replace the wheel unit. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
IDENTIFICATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Register the wheel unit ID. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
ID REGISTRATION.)
Go to the Step 5.
4 INSPECT FOR KEYLESS CM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02C-3 DTC
Turn the ignition switch off. TABLE[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC SYSTEM)].)
inspection for the keyless CM. No Go to the next step.
Is any DTCs present?
Clear the DTC from the memory. (See 09-22-2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
(See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE INSTALLATION.)
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON- Configure the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-3
BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 Register the wheel unit ID. (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT
mph} or more for 10 min or more. ID REGISTRATION.)
Is the same DTC present? Go to the next step.
DIAGNOSIS.)
Note
If the installed wheel unit ID number is known, verification of whether the instrument cluster is receiving
data from the wheel unit can be easily confirmed using the following procedure:
1. Drive the vehicle at 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more, and send data from the wheel unit.
2. Select [ID_LAST] from the PID items, and monitor the data.
3. Verification that the instrument cluster is receiving data is possible if the monitored ID number
matches the installed wheel unit ID number.
If the wheel unit has been newly replaced, the TPMS warning light may flashes before the ID registration
is complete, and DTC U2616, U2617, U2618 and U2619 may be stored in the memory. In this case, re-
implement the wheel unit ID registration, and after confirming that the TPMS warning light is no longer
flashing, erase the DTC. If the TPMS warning light does not go out, a malfunction on any one of the wheel
units may have occurred and the ID registration will not have been correctly performed. Repeat the
diagnostic procedure from Step 1 and perform and inspection.
End Of Sie
02-0211
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
02-03 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
TIRE PRESSURE No.1 TPMS WARNING LIGHT
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY . . . . . 02-034
WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-032 No.2 TPMS WARNING LIGHT
With Advanced Keyless System. . . . . . 02-032 (LOW PRESSURE WARNING)
With Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . 02-032 ILLUMINATES AFTER ENGINE
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-032 START AND TURNS OFF AFTER
PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-033 DRIVING FOR PERIOD OF TIME . . . . . 02-035
Intermittent Concern No.3 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION 02-03
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-033 CANNOT BE PERFORMED
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . 02-034 (TPMS WARNING LIGHT FLASHES) . . 02-036
Display Of M-MDS (Example) . . . . . . . . 02-037
End of Toc
02-031
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 2
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM
id020300800100
WHEEL UNIT
NO.1 NO.2 NO.3 NO.4
KEYLESS
RF SIGNAL
RECEIVE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
PCM
ANTENNA
KEYLESS CM CAN_H
2R
CAN_L
2T
A 3A 3Q 2N
C 3C
CAN
DRIVER
E 2B
2A
DLC-2
acxuuw00002407
WHEEL UNIT
NO.1 NO.2 NO.3 NO.4
RF SIGNAL
KEYLESS
INSTRUMENT
RECEIVER
CLUSTER
PCM
ANTENNA
CAN_H
2R
A
CAN_L
2T
B
CAN
D 2N DRIVER
2A
DLC-2
acxuuw00002408
End Of Sie
FOREWORD
id020300800200
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic Inspection. To
check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
(TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
End Of Sie
02-032
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 3
PRECAUTION
id020300800300
Intermittent Concern Troubleshooting
Vibration method
If malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating, perform
the steps below.
Note
There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction. Some of
the things to check for are:
Connectors not fully seated. 02-03
Wire harnesses not having full play.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wire harnesses pass through the firewall, body
panels and other panels are the major areas to be checked.
Inspection method for switch and/or sensor connectors or wires

1. Connect M-MDS to DLC-2.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (engine off).
Note
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
3. Access PIDs for the switch you are inspecting.

4. Turn switch on manually.
5. Shake each connector or wire harness a bit
PID.
If PID value is unstable, check for poor
connection.
acxuuw00000958
Inspection method for sensors

1. Connect M-MDS to DLC-2.
Note

4. Vibrate the sensor slightly with your finger.
If PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, check for poor connection and/or poorly mounted sensor.
02-033
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 4
Connector terminal check method
1. Check the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert male terminal; fit the female terminal side
to female terminal and check to see whether the
malfunction is in the female terminal or not.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000959
id020300800400
No. Symptom
1 TPMS warning light illuminates continuously.
TPMS warning light (low pressure warning) illuminates after engine start and turns off after driving for a period
2
of time.
3 Wheel unit ID registration cannot be performed (TPMS warning light flashes).
End Of Sie
No.1 TPMS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY
id020300800500
Caution
The tire pressure cannot be measured accurately after driving for a long period due to the internal
temperature and pressure. Stop the vehicle for approx. 1 hour and then perform the tire pressure
measurement and adjustment.
Use a high accuracy digital gauge for measurement of the tire pressure.
Note
If the DTC clearing procedure is implement, the TPMS warning light turns off.
1 TPMS warning light illuminates continuously

Tire pressure is lower than the specification.

1 INSPECT THE TIRE Yes Remove any foreign object. Replace the tire if necessary,
Is there any foreign object adhering to the and then go to the next step.
tire? No Go to the next step.
2 INSPECT THE TIRE PRESSURE Yes Adjust the tire pressure to the specification when the engine
Is the tire pressure lower than the is cold, and then go tot the next step.
specification? No Go to the next step.
3 DOES THE TPMS WARNING LIGHT TURN Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain to the customer what
OFF? has been repaired.
4 DRIVE THE VEHICLE AT 25 KM/H FOR 10 Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain to the customer what
MIN. has been repaired.
Does the TPMS warning light turn off? No Adjust the tire pressure to the specification, and then return
to Step 1.
Note
If the TPMS warning light does not turn off after
repeating this step, the tire may be flat.
End Of Sie
02-034
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 5
No.2 TPMS WARNING LIGHT (LOW PRESSURE WARNING) ILLUMINATES AFTER ENGINE START AND
TURNS OFF AFTER DRIVING FOR PERIOD OF TIME
id020300800600
Caution
The tire pressure cannot be measured accurately after driving for a long period due to increased
internal temperature and pressure. Stop the vehicle for approx. 1 hour and then perform the tire
pressure measurement and adjustment.
Use a high accuracy digital gauge for measurement of the tire pressure.
Note
02-03
The tire pressure normally decreases by approx. 7 kPa {0.07 kgf/cm2, 1.02 psi} per month even if the
tire is normal.
The FFD (temperature and pressure) stored when the TPMS warning light is turned on or off can be
verified by operating the M-MDS.
TPMS warning light (low pressure warning) illuminates after engine start and turns off after driving
2
for a period of time.
The tire pressure decreases (approaches value to illuminate TPMS warning light) when the internal temperature of the tire
is low.

1 INSPECT THE TIRE Yes Remove any foreign object. Replace the tire if necessary,
Is there any foreign object adhering to the and then go to the next step.
tire? No Go to the next step.
2 MEASURE THE TIRE PRESSURE WHEN THE Yes Adjust the tire pressure to the specification, and then go to
ENGINE IS COLD the next step.
Has the tire pressure decreased No Go to the next step.
(approaches value to illuminate TPMS
warning light)?
3 IS THE MALFUNCTION CORRECTED? Yes Troubleshooting completed.
No Verify troubleshooting again and return to Step 1 if the
malfunction recurs.
End Of Sie
02-035
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 6
No.3 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE PERFORMED (TPMS WARNING LIGHT FLASHES)
id020300800900
Caution
Activate the wheel unit ID registration mode using the M-MDS, and perform the following steps if
the TPMS warning light does not turn off after driving at 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min or
more.
4 Wheel unit ID registration cannot be performed (TPMS warning light flashes).

New wheel unit malfunction (caused when installing to wheel)
Any malfunction on an old wheel unit which has not been replaced.

1 CAN THE WHEEL UNIT ID BE REGISTERED? Yes Trouble shooting completed. (Adjust the tire pressure on
Connect the M-MDS. four wheels, and then return the vehicle to the customer.)
Display the wheel unit ID registration No Go to the next step.
condition (ID and tire pressure table) using
the M-MDS.
Temporarily remove the battery and reinstall
it immediately.
Note
If the battery is removed, the tire
pressure data for WU_1 to WU_4
stored in the instrument cluster is
reset.
Pressure is 0 kPa {0 kgf/cm2, 0 psi}
when it is displayed again using the M-
MDS.
Set tire pressure for the four wheels

separately.
Perform the wheel unit ID registration again.
Can the ID be registered?
2 VERIFY THE WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION Yes Replace with a new wheel unit, and then go to Step 4.
CONDITIONS (ID AND TIRE PRESSURE No Go to the next step.
TABLE) USING THE M-MDS
Refer to [M-MDS display (example)] to
specify wheel unit for which the ID could not
be registered. (See 02-03-7 Display Of M-
MDS (Example).)
Is the wheel unit for which the ID could not
be registered a new wheel unit?
Caution
ID numbers of WU_1 to WU_4 are
updated when wheel on all of four
wheels are registered.
3 Replace the old wheel unit, and then go tot the next step (any malfunction on an old wheel unit which has not been
replaced).
4 CAN THE WHEEL UNIT ID BE REGISTERED? Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Perform the wheel unit ID registration using No Verify troubleshooting again and return to Step 1 if the
the M-MDS. malfunction recurs.
02-036
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 7
Display Of M-MDS (Example)
Registered ID: 0xAAAAAAAA, 0xBBBBBBBB, 0xCCCCCCCC, and 0xDDDDDDDD (AAAAAAAA, BBBBBBBB,
CCCCCCCC, and DDDDDDDD mean arbitrary numbers.)
Unregistered ID: 0x00000000
Tire pressure: aaa kPa, bbb kPa, ccc kPa, ddd kPa (aaa, bbb, ccc, and ddd mean measurement value.)
* The battery is removed, the stored tire pressure is reset to 0 kPa.
Three registered wheel units and a replaced wheel unit

When a replaced wheel unit malfunctions
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD 02-03
ID Number (Candidate) 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Stored) aaa kPa bbb kPa ccc kPa 0 kPa
Tire Pressure (Candidate) 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
When a registered wheel unit malfunctions

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD
ID Number (Candidate) 0xEEEEEEEE 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Stored) aaa kPa bbb kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
Tire Pressure (Candidate) eee kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
When two registered wheel unit malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
Tire Pressure (Stored) aaa kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
When a replaced wheel unit and a registered wheel unit malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When a replaced wheel unit and two registered wheel units malfunctions
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When three registered wheel units malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
Tire Pressure (Stored) 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
Two registered wheel units and two replaced wheel units

When aa replaced wheel unit malfunctions
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
02-037
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 8
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Candidate) 0xEEEEEEEE 0xFFFFFFFF 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Candidate) eee kPa fff kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
When two replaced wheel units malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When two registered wheel units malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When two replaced wheel units and a registered wheel unit malfunction
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When a replaced wheel unit and two registered wheel units malfunction
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
A registered wheel unit and three replaced wheel units

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Candidate) 0xEEEEEEEE 0xFFFFFFFF 0xGGGGGGGG 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Candidate) eee kPa fff kPa ggg kPa 0 kPa
When a replaced wheel unit malfunctions

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
02-038
1871-1U-06B(02-03).fm 9
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When two replaced wheel units malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD 02-03
When two replaced wheel units and a registered wheel unit malfunction
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
When three replaced wheel units malfunction

WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
End Of Sie
02-039
1871-1U-06B(02-10).fm 1
GENERAL PROCEDURES
02-10 GENERAL PROCEDURES
PRECAUTION (SUSPENSION). . . . . . . . 02-101 Brake Lines
Wheels and Tires Disconnection/Connection . . . . . . . . . 02-101
Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-101 Power Steering Components
Suspension Links Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-101
Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-101
End of Toc
PRECAUTION (SUSPENSION)
WM: SUSPENSION
02-10
id021000800100
Wheels and Tires Removal/Installation
1. When a wheel is installed, tighten it to
88.2 117.6 Nm {9.00 11.99 kgfm, 65.06
86.73 ftlbf}.
1
4 3
2 5
acxuuw00001032
Suspension Links Removal/Installation

1. Tighten any part of the suspension that uses rubber bushings only after the vehicle has been lowered to the
ground and unloaded.
Note
Unloaded: Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified levels. Spare tire, jack and tools
are in designated position.
Brake Lines Disconnection/Connection
Caution
Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. If brake fluid does get on a painted surface, wipe it off
immediately.
1. Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the SST (49 0259 770B). Be sure to modify the brake pipe flare nut
tightening torque to allow for use of a torque wrench-SST combination.
(See 00-00-13 SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
2. If any brake line has been disconnected anytime during the procedure, add brake fluid, bleed the brakes, and
inspect for leakage after the procedure has been completed.
Power Steering Components Removal/Installation

1. If any steering fluid line has been disconnected, perform the following after installation of the power steering
components.
Power steering fluid amount inspection
Power steering fluid leakage inspection
Air bleeding
Power steering fluid

ATF (M-III or M-V, or equivalent (e.g. DexronII))
End Of Sie
02-101
1871-1U-06B(02-11).fm 1
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
02-11 WHEEL ALIGNMENT
WHEEL ALIGNMENT Steering Angle Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 02-112
PRE-INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-111 Camber and Caster Adjustment . . . . . . 02-113
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . 02-112 Total Toe-in Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-113
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . 02-114
Total Toe-in Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-114
End of Toc
WHEEL ALIGNMENT PRE-INSPECTION
WM: SUSPENSION
02-11
id021100800100
1. Park the vehicle on a level ground, in an unloaded condition*, and with the wheels straight forward.
*
: Unloaded condition.....Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire, jack
and tools are in designated position.
2. Inspect the tire pressure.
Adjust to the recommended pressure if necessary. (See 02-50-1 SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA.)
3. Inspect the wheel bearing play.
Correct if necessary. (See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION.) (See 03-12-2
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
4. Inspect the wheel runout.
Correct if necessary. (See 02-50-1 SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA.)
5. Rock the vehicle, and verify that there is no looseness in the steering wheel joint and suspension ball joint.
6. Rock the vehicle, and verify that the shock absorber operates properly.
7. Measure height H from the center of the wheel to FENDER BRIM
the fender brim. SEC. A-A MEASUREMENT POINT
8. Verify that the difference between the left and
A
right dimension H is within the specification.
If it exceeds the specification, repeat the Step
2 7.
H
A
Standard
10 mm {0.39 in} or less
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT SUSPENSION
acxuuw00001033
02-111
1871-1U-06B(02-11).fm 2
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT
id021100800200
Front wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1

Fuel gauge indication
Item
Empty 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full
Maximum steering angle Inner 3606
[Tolerance 3] Outer 3054
[Tolerance 2 {0.08}] (mm {in}) 0 {0.00}
Total toe-in
(degree) 000009
Caster angle*2 [Tolerance 1] 302 305 308 310 312
Camber angle [Tolerance 1]
*2 019 020
Steering axis inclination (Reference value) 1142 1143 1144
*1 : Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire, jack and tools are in designated position.
*2 : Difference between left and right must not exceed 130.
Note
Total toe-in measuring position
Tire: A indicated in the figure (between the A
center of the tires)
Rim inner: B indicated in the figure (between
the inner side of the rims)
B
acxuuw00000347
Steering Angle Adjustment

1. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on safety stands.
2. Loosen the locknut of the tie-rod end.
3. Remove the rack boot clamp.
4. Rotate the tie rod and adjust the steering angle.
Note
The travel distance of the right and left tie rods should be the same.
5. Rotate the tie rod and adjust so that the length L

shown in the figure is within the specification.
Dimension L (reference value)

9.5 23.5 mm {0.38 0.92 in}
Difference between left and right

3 mm {0.12 in} or less
6. Tighten the locknut of the tie-rod end. L
Tightening torque
acxuuw00000348
68.6 98.0 Nm {7.00 9.99 kgfm, 50.6
72.2 ftlbf}
7. Correct the rack boot twists.

8. Install and fix the rack boot clamp.
9. After adjusting the steering angle, always inspect and adjust the toe angle.
02-112
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Camber and Caster Adjustment
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-11 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the mounting rubber nuts.
02-11
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
acxuuw00002203
5. Push the shock absorber and coil spring

VEHICLE OF FRONT
component downward, and turn the direction
indicator to the desired position. DIRECTION DIRECTION
INDICATOR INDICATOR
C C
A B B A
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE

acxuuw00001947
Adjustment value from original position

Direction indicator position Camber angle Caster angle
A 0 -022
B +022 -022
C +022 0
6. Install the shock absorber and coil spring, then tighten the mounting rubber nuts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
46.1 62.7 Nm {4.71 6.39 kgfm, 34.1 46.2 ftlbf}
7. Install the cowl grille. (See 09-16-11 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

8. Install the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Total Toe-in Adjustment

2. Loosen the locknut of the tie-rod end.
3. Remove the rack boot clamp.
4. Adjust the total toe-in by rotating each tie rod (left and right) in the opposite directions by the same amount
respectively.
Note
Toe angle changes by approx. 6 mm {0.2 in} per one rotation of the tie rod for one wheel.
Each tie rod has a right-hand thread. When increasing the toe-in angle, rotate the right tie rod toward the
front of the vehicle and rotate the left tie rod toward the rear of the vehicle by the same amount.
5. Tighten the locknut of the tie-rod end.
Tightening torque
68.6 98.0 Nm {7.00 9.99 kgfm, 50.6 72.2 ftlbf}
6. Verify that the rack boot does not have any twisting and install the rack boot clamp.
End Of Sie
Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07) 02-113

WHEEL ALIGNMENT
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT
WM: REAR SUSPENSION
id021100800300
Rear wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1

Item
[Tolerance 4 {0.16}] (mm {in}) 2 {0.08}
Total toe-in
(degree) 010020
Camber angle*2 (Reference value) 051 054 057 100 103
[Tolerance 1]
Thrust angle (Reference value) [Tolerance 048] 0
Note
Total toe-in measuring position
Tire: A indicated in the figure (between the A
center of the tires)
Rim inner: B indicated in the figure (between
the inner side of the rims)
B
acxuuw00001034
Total Toe-in Adjustment

1. Loosen the securing nut of the adjusting cam bolt.
2. Rotate the adjusting cam bolt in either direction to
adjust the toe-in. LEFT WHEEL
Left wheel Right wheel

Toe-out direction Counterclockwise Clockwise
Toe-in direction Clockwise Counterclockwise
3. Tighten the nut.
Tightening torque
80 100 Nm {8.2 10.1 kgfm, 59.1 73.7 ADJUSTING CAM BOLT
ftlbf}
acxuuw00001035
End Of Sie
02-114
WHEEL AND TIRES
02-12 WHEEL AND TIRES
WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION . . . 02-121 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION . . . . . . 02-124
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT . . . . 02-122 Using M-MDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-124
Adhesive-type Balance Weight Without Using M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-124
(Outer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-122 WHEEL UNIT
Knock-type Balance Weight (Inner) . . . 02-123 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 02-124
Remaining Amount of Unbalance Valve Core Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 02-125
Confirmation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-123 Wheel Unit Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 02-125
TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT Wheel Unit Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 02-126 02-12
(WITH TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-123
End of Toc
WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION
WM: WHEELS AND TIRES
id021200800100
Wheel and tire

Item Specification
Standard tire and wheel
Size 18 7 1/2J
Offset (mm {in}) 50 {1.97}
Wheel
Pitch circle diameter (mm {in}) 114.3 {4.50}
Material Aluminum alloy
Size P235/60R18 102H 235/60R18 103H (Mexico spec.)
Air pressure Front 220 {2.2, 32} 230 {2.3, 34} (Mexico spec.)
Tire
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) Rear 220 {2.2, 32} 230 {2.3, 34} (Mexico spec.)
Remaining tread (mm {in}) 1.6 {0.06}
Radial
1.5 {0.06} max.
Wheel and tire runout direction
(mm {in}) Lateral
Wheel and 2.0 {0.08} max.
direction
tire
Adhesive-type*1: 10 {0.35} max.
Wheel imbalance (g {oz})
Knock-type*2: 6 {0.21} max.
Tightening torque (Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}) 88.2117.6 {9.0011.99, 65.0686.73}
Temporary spare tire
Size 18 4T 16 5J
Offset (mm {in}) 40 {1.57} 45 {1.77}
Wheel
Material Steel
Size T155/90D18 103M 205/80R16 100M
Tire Air pressure
420 {4.2, 60} 250 {2.5, 36}
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
Radial
2.0 {0.08} max.
Wheel and Wheel and tire runout direction
tire (mm {in}) Lateral
2.5 {0.10} max.
direction
*1 : Total weight exceeds 160 g {5.65 oz}.

*2 : One balance weight: 60 g {2.12 oz} max. If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.53 oz} on one side, rebalance
after moving the tire around on the rim. Do not use three or more balance weights.
End Of Sie
Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07) 02-121

WHEEL AND TIRES
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
id021200800200
Caution
Adjust the outer wheel balance first, then the inner wheel balance.
Be careful not to scratch the wheels.
Adhesive-type Balance Weight (Outer)

1. Remove the old balance weight from the wheel.
2. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape remaining on the wheel, then clean and degrease the bonding area.
3. Set the wheel on a wheel balancer, measure the amount of unbalance and the position with the mode set for
knock-type balance weight.
4. Multiply the amount of unbalance by 1.6 to obtain the balance weight value.
5. Select a balance weight closest to the weight
ADHESIVE-TYPE
value and attach the balance weight on the BALANCE WEIGHT ATTACH ALONG GAP
position (outer) indicated by the wheel balancer. WHEEL
Example calculation of balance weight value TIRE

Indicated amount of unbalance: 23 g {0.81 CENTER OF
oz} BALANCE WEIGHT
23 g {0.81 oz}1.6 = 36.8 g {1.30 oz}
Selected balance weight value: 35 g {1.24
oz} INNER OUTER POSITION INDICATED
BY WHEEL BALANCER
Note
When selecting a balance weight, select one
acxuuw00001036
closest to the calculated value.

Example: 32.4 g {1.14 oz} = 30 g {1.06 oz}
Caution
Use a genuine balance weight or equivalent (steel).
When attaching the weight, press the weight with a force of 25 N {2.5 kgf, 5.5 lbf} per 5 g for 2 s or
more.
6. If attaching tow balance weights, position them so

that each is on either side of the position indicated
by the wheel balancer. ATTACH ON EITHER SIDE
Caution
Do not attach weight balances in a row.
Do not overlap the balance weights.
Total weight must not exceed 160 g {5.65
oz}. POSITION INDICATED BY WHEEL BALANCER
NO GOOD NO GOOD
(DO NOT ATTACH (DO NOT OVERLAP)
IN A ROW)
acxuuw00001037
02-122
1871-1U-06B(02-12).fm 3
WHEEL AND TIRES

Knock-type Balance Weight (Inner)
1. Measure the amount of unbalance with a wheel balancer.
2. Attach a weight corresponding to the measured
weight value on the position (inner) indicated by KNOCK-TYPE
the wheel balancer. BALANCE WEIGHT WHEEL CENTER OF
BALANCE WEIGHT
Caution
Do not attach three or more balance
weights.
TIRE
One balance weight must not exceed 60 g
{2.12 oz}, and a total of tow balance POSITION INDICATED 02-12
weights must not exceed 100 g {3.53 oz}. BY WHEEL BALANCE
INNER SIDE OUTER SIDE
acxuuw00001038
Remaining Amount of Unbalance Confirmation

1. After installing the outer and inner balance weights, operate the wheel balancer again.
2. Confirm that the remaining unbalance does not exceed the following on either side.
If the remaining unbalance exceeds the specifications, adjust the wheel balance again.
Specifications
Outer (Adhesive-type): 10 g {0.35 oz}
Inner (Knock-type): 6 g {0.21 oz}
End Of Sie
TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (WITH TPMS)
id021200800300
1. Use of a digital gauge is recommended for accurate measurement of the air pressure.
2. Tire pressure lowers gradually as time passes. Due to this, monthly air pressure inspection is recommended.
3. Perform tire pressure adjustment before driving. (When tires are cold.)
Tire pressure will increase after driving because the internal temperature of the tire is high. If tire pressure
is adjusted to specifications when the internal temperature of the tire is high, tire pressure will decrease
when the internal temperature of the tire decreases to the same level as ambient temperature. If the tire
pressure is lower than the lower-limit pressure, the TPMS warning light may illuminate.
Even though the air pressure is adjusted to specifications, the indicated air pressure may be higher than the
specified value when the internal temperature of the tire is higher than ambient temperature. (Example: Air
pressure changes approx. 10 kPa {0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi} when the temperature changes 10 C {18 F})
Caution
In an area or a season with varying temperatures, tire pressure will change due to ambient
temperature change. If the tire pressure is lower than the lower-limit pressure due to low ambient
temperature, the TPMS warning light may illuminate. Adjust the pressure when the TPMS warning
light illuminates.
Do not tilt or use excessive side force when checking air pressure or inflating the tire with air.
Which can provide enough leverage to easily bend or break the wheel unit.
To prevent damage to the valve area of
the wheel unit or pressure loss during air
pressure adjustment, use a type B tool TYPE A TYPE B
with a round end as shown in the figure,
not a type A tool.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001039
02-123
1871-1U-06B(02-12).fm 4
WHEEL AND TIRES

WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION
id021200800400
Note
After the wheel unit replacement, registration of the wheel unit identification codes must be performed.
ID registration can be done using the M-MDS, or not using the M-MDS.
Using M-MDS
1. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
This function is available for only the IDS (notebook PC).
1. Select the Body tab.
2. Select the TPMS Functions.
3. Select the Wheel Unit ID Registration.
2. Leave the vehicle with the engine off for 15 min or more.
3. Verify that the TPMS warning light turns on and off in 0.5 s cycles repeatedly.
4. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min to implement the wheel unit ID
registration.
Note
If the ID registration is not completed even after driving the vehicle for 10 min or more at a speed of 25
km/h {15.5 mph} or more, the TPMS warning light flashes.
5. Verify that the TPMS warning light turns off.
Note
If the wheel unit ID registration cannot be performed after driving 10 min or more, refer to the symptom
troubleshooting procedure.
Without Using M-MDS

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, then turn it off.
2. Leave the vehicle with the engine off for 15 min or more.
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min or more.
4. After driving for 10 min, verify that the TPMS warning light does not flash and is not illuminated.
End Of Sie
WHEEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: WHEEL SENSOR
id021200800600
3. When replacing wheel unit (s), register the new wheel unit ID (s). (See 02-12-4 WHEEL UNIT ID
REGISTRATION.)
Note
If the wheel unit is replaced with a new one, the ID registration must be performed. When the ID
registration is finished, the data for the new wheel unit is displayed on the M-MDS.
02-124
1871-1U-06B(02-12).fm 5
WHEEL AND TIRES
2 R
3 R
7.58.5 02-12
{7786, 6775}
5 R
6
R
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001040
1 Valve cap 4 Wheel unit

2 Valve core (See 02-12-5 Wheel Unit Removal Note.)
(See 02-12-5 Valve Core Removal Note.) (See 02-12-6 Wheel Unit Installation Note.)
3 Valve nut and washer 5 Seal washer
6 Seal
Valve Core Removal Note

1. Remove the valve core of the wheel unit, and bleed the air from the tire.
Wheel Unit Removal Note

1. Push the tire valve completely into the tire.
Caution
Breaking the tire bead with the wheel unit installed normally could damage the unit. Be sure to
always push the wheel unit so that it is completely inside the tire to prevent any damage.
2. Position the shoe (bead breaker) of the tire changer 10 20 mm {0.40 0.78 in} from the outer edge of the
wheel, and break both tire beads.
3. Remove the bead from one side of the wheel.
4. Remove the wheel unit.
02-125
1871-1U-06B(02-12).fm 6
WHEEL AND TIRES

Wheel Unit Installation Note
1. Insert the wheel unit valve into the valve hole so
that the polyurethane foam side faces the rim. WHEEL UNIT
Note
Maintain the wheel unit in contact with the
rim, then start manually to screw the valve
nut for a few turns.
2. Install the nut from the outer side of the wheel.

3. Tighten the valve nut slowly (15 rpm max.) to 8.0 VALVE HOLE
Nm {82 kgfcm, 71 inlbf} in one rotation.
acxuuw00001041
Caution
Do not retighten the valve nut after the
initial operation.
4. Set the tire changer so that it is 45 away (point A)

from the valve hole. POINT A
Caution
Do not position the tire changer near the
tire valve to avoid any damage to the
wheel unit.
TIRE ROTATION
VALVE DIRECTION
45
VALVE
THE ARM OF
THE TIRE
45 CHANGER
POINT A TIRE ROTATION DIRECTION

acxuuw00001042
5. Fill the tire with air and verify the valve nut
tightening torque.
TYPE A TYPE B
Caution
To prevent damage to the valve area of
the wheel unit or charging loss during air
pressure adjustment, use a type B tool
with a round end as shown in the figure,
not a type A tool.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001043
02-126
FRONT SUSPENSION
02-13 FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SUSPENSION FRONT STABILIZER
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-132 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 02-138
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER Front Stabilizer Installation Note . . . . . . 02-138
AND SPRING Stabilizer Bushing Installation Note. . . . 02-139
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . 02-133 Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note . . . . 02-139
Front Shock Absorber and STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
Coil Spring Installation Note. . . . . . . . 02-133 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-139
FRONT CROSSMEMBER 02-13
Cap Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-134 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 02-1310
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND Tie-rod End Ball Joint
SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1311
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-134 Steering Gear And Linkage,
Piston Rod Nut Disassembly Note . . . . 02-135 Front Stabilizer, Front Lower Arm
Coil Spring Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . 02-135 And Front Crossmember
Upper Spring Seat Assembly Note . . . 02-135 Component Removal Note . . . . . . . . . 02-1311
Mounting Rubber Assembly Note . . . . 02-136 Front Crossmember Mounting
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER Rubber (front) Installation Note . . . . . . 02-1312
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-136 Front Crossmember Mounting
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER Rubber (rear) Installation Note . . . . . . 02-1312
DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-136 Steering Gear And Linkage,
FRONT LOWER ARM Front Stabilizer, Front Lower Arm
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-137 And Front Crossmember
FRONT LOWER ARM INSPECTION . . . 02-137 Component Installation Note. . . . . . . . 02-1313
TRANSVERSE MEMBER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 02-1314
End of Toc
WM: SUSPENSION
Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06) 02-131

FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX
id021300800100
acxuuw00001673
1 Front shock absorber and coil spring 4 Front stabilizer

(See 02-13-3 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND (See 02-13-8 FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL/
SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) INSTALLATION)
(See 02-13-4 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND 5 Stabilizer control link
SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY) (See 02-13-9 STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
2 Front shock absorber INSPECTION)
(See 02-13-6 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER 6 Front crossmember
INSPECTION) (See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
(See 02-13-6 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
DISPOSAL)
7 Transverse member
3 Front lower arm (See 02-13-14 TRANSVERSE MEMBER
(See 02-13-7 FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
INSTALLATION)
(See 02-13-7 FRONT LOWER ARM INSPECTION)
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING
02-132
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021300800200
Caution
Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel-speed sensor may
possibly cause an open circuit in the harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the
following procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it to an appropriate
place where the sensor will not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle.
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-11 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 02-13
5. Inspect for front wheel alignment, and adjust it as necessary. (See 02-11-2 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
4
46.162.7 {4.716.39,
34.146.2} 5
163.0194.0
{16.719.7,
120.3143.0}
2
7.810.8 Nm
{79.6110.1 kgfcm,
69.195.5 inlbf}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002562
1 ABS wheel-speed sensor 5 Stiffener

2 Clip 6 Front shock absorber and coil spring
3 Cap (See 02-13-3 Front Shock Absorber and Coil Spring
(See 02-13-4 Cap Installation Note.)
Installation Note)
4 Nut
Front Shock Absorber and Coil Spring Installation Note

1. Install the front shock absorber and coil spring so FRONT
that the identification mark on the mounting
rubber is facing to the position indicated in the RH
LH
figure.
IDENTIFICATION
MARK
acxuuw00001046
Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06) 02-133

FRONT SUSPENSION
Cap Installation Note
Caution
If the pad in the strut mount area is removed, clean the attachment surface and install the cap. If
the cap is not installed, the front shock absorber may corrode due to water penetration and cause
a malfunction.
End Of Sie
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id021300800300
1. Remove the front shock absorber and coil spring. (See 02-13-3 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING
Warning
Removing/installing the piston rod nut is dangerous. The shock absorber and spring could fly off
under tremendous pressure and cause serious injury or death. Secure the shock absorber in the
SSTs before removing the piston rod nut.

3. Assemble in the reverse order of disassemble.
R SST
1 89.2127.4
{9.1012.99,
2 65.893.9}
SST 9
3
10 5
11 7
RUBBER
GREASE
8 GREASE
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001060
1 Piston rod nut 6 Upper spring seat rubber

(See 02-13-5 Piston Rod Nut Disassembly Note) 7 Dust boot
2 Washer 8 Bound stopper
3 Mounting rubber 9 Coil spring
(See 02-13-6 Mounting Rubber Assembly Note) (See 02-13-5 Coil Spring Assembly Note)
4 Bearing 10 Lower spring seat
5 Upper spring seat 11 Front shock absorber
(See 02-13-5 Upper Spring Seat Assembly Note)
02-134 Revised 9/2006 (Ref. No. R115/06)

1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 5
FRONT SUSPENSION
Piston Rod Nut Disassembly Note
Warning
Removing the piston rod nut is dangerous. The shock absorber and spring could fly off under
tremendous pressure and cause serious injury or death. Secure the shock absorber in the SSTs
before removing the piston rod nut.
1. Protect the coil spring using a piece of cloth, then set the SSTs.
2. Compress the coil spring using the SSTs, and
49 T034 1A0
remove the piston rod nut.
02-13
ampjjw00000644
Coil Spring Assembly Note

1. Compress the coil spring using the SST.
2. Install the shock absorber so that the lower end of
the coil spring is seated on the step of the lower
spring seat.
49 T034 1A0
ampjjw00000536
Upper Spring Seat Assembly Note

1. Install the upper spring seat so that the notch is
facing to the out side of the vehicle.
FRONT
LH RH
NOTCH SPRING SEAT NOTCH
OUT OUT
SIDE SIDE
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER BOTTOM BRACKET
acxuuw00001061
02-135
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 6
FRONT SUSPENSION
Mounting Rubber Assembly Note
1. Slide the mounting rubber identification mark
away from the notch of the spring seat and install. FRONT
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER
LH RH
IDENTIFICATION
MARK
45 5
45 5
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER BOTTOM BRACKET
acxuuw00001062
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION

id021300800800
1. Remove the front shock absorber. (See 02-13-3 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) (See 02-13-4 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
2. Inspect for damage and oil leakage.
3. Inspect the rubber bushing for deterioration and wear.
4. Compress and extend the shock piston at least three times. Verify that the operational force does not change
and that there is no unusual noise.
If not as specified, replace the shock absorber.
(1) Compress the shock absorber piston and release it.
(2) Verify that the piston extends fully at a normal speed.
End Of Sie
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER DISPOSAL
id021300800900
Warning
Whenever drilling into a shock absorber, wear protective eye wear. The gas in the shock absorber
is pressurized, and could spray metal chips into the eyes and face when drilling.
1. Clamp a shock absorber on a flat surface or with the piston pointing downwards.
2. Drill a 2 3 mm {0.08 0.12 in} hole at a point
20 30 mm {0.8 1.2 in} from the bottom of the
tube, so that the gas can escape. DRILLING LOCATION
3. Turn the hole downwards. 2030 mm
4. The oil can be collected by moving the piston rod {0.81.2 in}
several times up and down and cutting the tube at
the end.
5. Dispose of waste oil according to the waste
disposal law.
Note
Shock absorber gas is nitrogen gas.
Shock absorber oil is mineral oil.
acxuuw00001104
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT LOWER ARM
02-136
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 7
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021300800600
47.059.0
{4.806.01,
34.743.5} 7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
69.195.5 inlbf}
02-13
R
85.7100.0
{8.7410.19, 1
63.2173.75}
85.7100.0 43.158.8
{8.7410.19, {4.405.99,
63.2173.75} 31.843.3}
A
3
43.160.8
{4.326.12,
31.244.3} 4
2
5
SST
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001260
1 ABS wheel speed sensor 4 Front lower arm ball joint

2 Tie-rod end ball joint 5 Front lower arm
(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
3 Stabilizer control link lower nut
End Of Sie
FRONT LOWER ARM INSPECTION
id021300800700
1. Remove the lower arm from the vehicle.
2. Inspect the arm for bending or damage, and the ball joint for excessive looseness.
If there is any malfunction, replace the lower arm.
3. Rotate the ball joint stud 5 times. Install the SST
and M6 bolt (bolt length (measured from below
the head): 20 mm {0.79 in}) to the ball joint stud,
measure the rotational torque using a torque
wrench.
lower arm.
M6 BOLT
(BOLT LENGTH
Front lower arm rotational torque (MEASURED FROM
1.4 2.0 Nm {15 20 kgfcm, 13 17 inlbf} BELOW THE HEAD):
49 FT01 389
20 mm {0.79 in})
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT STABILIZER acxuuw00001103
02-137
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 8
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021300800400
1. Remove the side cover and under cover.
2. Drain the power steering fluid. (See 06-14-3 POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION.)
3. Remove the transverse member. (See 02-13-14 TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front crossmember component. (See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
43.160.8
2 {4.406.19,
31.844.8}
5 3
42.360.1 4
GREASE
RUBBER 1
{4.326.12,
31.244.3}
GREASE
42.360.1
{4.326.12,
31.244.3}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001098
1 Front stabilizer component 4 Stabilizer bushing

2 Front stabilizer control link (See 02-13-9 Stabilizer Bushing Installation Note)
3 Stabilizer bracket 5 Front stabilizer
(See 02-13-9 Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note) (See 02-13-8 Front Stabilizer Installation Note)
Front Stabilizer Installation Note

1. Install the stabilizer bar so that the identification
mark is on the left side of the vehicle. FRONT
POSITIONING PLATE
IDENTIFICATION
MARK
acxuuw00001099
02-138
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 9
FRONT SUSPENSION
Stabilizer Bushing Installation Note
1. Align the outer side of the positioning plate with
the stabilizer bushing. FRONT
IDENTIFICATION
MARK STABILIZER
BUSHING
02-13
POSITIONING PLATE
acxuuw00001100
Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note

1. Install the stabilizer bracket so that the arrow is
pointed to the front.
End Of Sie
WM: STABILIZER CONTROL LINK (FRONT/REAR)
ampjjw00000547
STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION

id021300800500
1. Remove the stabilizer control link from the vehicle. (See 02-13-8 FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Inspect for bending and damage.
3. Measure the ball joint starting torque.
(1) Rock the ball joint stud side to side 10 times.
(2) Rotate the ball joint stud 10 times.
(3) Measure the starting torque using a suitable
allen socket and a torque wrench.
Front stabilizer control link ball joint starting

torque
0.2 0.9 Nm {2.1 9.1 kgfcm, 1.8 7.9
inlbf}
End Of Sie
WM: FRONT CROSSMEMBER
ampjjw00002979
02-139
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 10
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021300801000
2. Drain the power steering fluid. (See 06-14-3 POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION.)
4. Remove the intermediate shaft installation bolt, and disconnect the steering shaft. (See 06-14-6 STEERING
WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. When replace the front crossmember, inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-
2 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
43.160.8
7 {4.406.19,
31.844.8}
42.360.1
74.4104.8
{4.326.12,
{7.5910.68,
31.244.3}
54.8877.29} 8
29.444.1 C
{3.004.49,
R
A 5
21.732.5}
2 SST
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
12
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
11 70.095.5 inlbf}
85.7100
D {8.7410.1,
63.373.3}
9 1
C
119.6154.8
{12.2015.78,
88.3114.1} R
6 B
4 3 4759
42.360.1 {4.86.0,
{4.326.12, 3543}
119.6154.8 D 31.244.3}
{12.2015.78, 10 93.1116.6 85.7100 43.158.8 B
88.3114.1} {9.5011.88, {4.405.99,
68.785.9}
{8.7410.1,
31.843.3}
A
63.373.3}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001942
1 ABS wheel speed sensor 6 No. 1 engine mount

2 Tie-rod end ball joint 7 Front stabilizer
(See 02-13-11 Tie-rod End Ball Joint Removal Note) 8 Steering gear and linkage
3 Front lower arm ball joint 9 Front lower arm
4 Stabilizer control link lower side nut 10 Front crossmember
5 Steering gear and linkage, front stabilizer, front 11 Front crossmember mounting rubber (front)
lower arm and front crossmember component (See 02-13-12 Front Crossmember Mounting
(See 02-13-11 Steering Gear And Linkage, Front Rubber (front) Installation Note)
Stabilizer, Front Lower Arm And Front
Crossmember Component Removal Note) 12 Front crossmember mounting rubber (rear)
(See 02-13-13 Steering Gear And Linkage, Front (See 02-13-12 Front Crossmember Mounting
Stabilizer, Front Lower Arm And Front Rubber (rear) Installation Note)
Crossmember Component Installation Note)
02-1310
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 11
FRONT SUSPENSION
Tie-rod End Ball Joint Removal Note
1. Remove the tie-rod end ball joint locknut.
2. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint using the
SST.
49 T028 3A0
02-13
ampjjw00003208
Steering Gear And Linkage, Front Stabilizer, Front Lower Arm And Front Crossmember Component
Removal Note
1. Support the crossmember component with a jack.
acxuuw00001339
2. Loosen the bolts of the No.1 engine mount

(engine side).
acxuuw00001689
3. Remove the No.1 engine mount bolt (engine

side).
4. Lower the steering gear and linkage, front
stabilizer, front lower arm and front crossmember
component slightly.
acxuuw00001690
02-1311
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 12
FRONT SUSPENSION
5. Disconnect the return hose indicated in the figure.
6. Disconnect the pressure hose (power steering
pump side) indicated in the figure.
acxuuw00001691
Front Crossmember Mounting Rubber (front) Installation Note

1. Install the front crossmember mounting rubber
(front) so that the smaller outer diameter is facing
upward. UPPER SIDE OF THE VEHICLE
FoMoCo
acxuuw00001341
Front Crossmember Mounting Rubber (rear) Installation Note

1. Install the front crossmember mounting rubber
(rear) so that the larger outer diameter is facing
upward. UPPER SIDE OF THE VEHICLE
FoMoCo
acxuuw00001342
02-1312
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 13
FRONT SUSPENSION
Steering Gear And Linkage, Front Stabilizer, Front Lower Arm And Front Crossmember Component
Installation Note
1. Raise the steering gear and linkage, front
stabilizer, front lower arm and front crossmember
component to the appropriately level, and install
the return hose and pressure hose.
Tightening torque
Return hose: 7.8 10.8 Nm {80 110
kgfcm, 69.1 95.5 inlbf}
Pressure hose (power steering pump side): 02-13
29.4 44.1 Nm {3.00 4.49 kgfm, 21.7
32.5 ftlbf}
acxuuw00001691
2. Temporarily install the No.1 engine mount bolt A

indicated in the figure.
3. Tighten the No.1 engine mount bolts B indicated
in the figure. B
Tightening torque
93.1 116.6 Nm {9.50 11.8 kgfm, 68.7
85.9 ftlbf}
4. Teighten the No.1 engine mount bolt A at the

specified torque. A
acxuuw00001692
Tightening torque
85.3 116.6 Nm {8.70 11.8 kgfm, 63.0
85.9 ftlbf}
5. Install the steering gear and linkage, front stabilizer, front lower arm and front crossmember component.
6. Tighten the No.1 engine mount bolt (crossmember side).
End Of Sie
WM: TRANSVERSE MEMBER
02-1313
1871-1U-06B(02-13).fm 14
FRONT SUSPENSION
TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021300801100
1. Remove the transverse member.
TRANSVERSE
MEMBER
93.1131.3
{9.5013.38,
68.6796.84}
93.1131.3
{9.5013.38,
68.6796.84} 119.6154.8
{12.2015.78,
119.6154.8 88.3114.1}
{12.2015.78,
88.3114.1} Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001674
2. Install the transverse member so that the arrow is

pointing to the front of the vehicle.
FRONT
acxuuw00001675
3. Tighten the nut A, then tighten the bolts in the

order of B, C to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
Nut A: 119.6 154.8 Nm {12.20 15.78
kgfm, 88.3 114.1 ftlbf} A
Bolts B and C: 93.1 131.3 Nm {9.50
13.38 kgfm, 68.67 96.84 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
C
B
acxuuw00001676
02-1314
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 1
REAR SUSPENSION
02-14 REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION TRAILING LINK
LOCATION INDEX[2WD] . . . . . . . . . . . 02-142 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] . . . . . 02-1415
REAR SUSPENSION Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor
LOCATION INDEX[AWD] . . . . . . . . . . . 02-143 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1416
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER Brake Caliper Component
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-144 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1416
Nut Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-145 Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower Side)
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1416 02-14
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-145 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER Rear Upper Arm Outer Side)
DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-145 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1416
REAR COIL SPRING Rear Trailing Link Component
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-146 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1417
Bolt (Rear Lower Arm Outer Side) Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-146 Rear Upper Arm Outer Side)
Rear Coil Spring Installation Note . . . . 02-147 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1417
REAR LOWER ARM REAR CROSSMEMBER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-148 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD] . . . . . 02-1418
REAR LATERAL LINK Bolt (Rear Upper Arm Outer Side And
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-148 Rear Lateral Link Outer Side)
REAR UPPER ARM Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1419
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-1410 Rear Crossmember Component
REAR STABILIZER Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1419
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 02-1411 Bolt (Rear Upper Arm Outer Side And
Rear Stabilizer Installation Note. . . . . . 02-1411 Rear Lateral Link Outer Side)
Bushing Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1412 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1419
Stabilizer Control Link Rear Cross Bar Installation Note. . . . . . 02-1419
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1412 REAR CROSSMEMBER
STABILIZER CONTROL LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] . . . . . 02-1420
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1412 Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor
TRAILING LINK Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1421
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD] . . . . 02-1412 Brake Caliper Component
ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1421
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1414 Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower Side)
Caliper Component Removal Note . . . 02-1414 Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1421
Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower Side) Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1414 Rear Upper Arm Outer Side)
Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1422
Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Rear Crossmember And
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1414 Rear Differential Removal Note. . . . . . 02-1422
Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And
Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Rear Upper Arm Outer Side)
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1414 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-1422
Rear Cross Bar Installation Note. . . . . . 02-1422
End of Toc
WM: REAR SUSPENSION
02-141
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 2
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX[2WD]
id0214008004a1
9
2
6
5
A
7
VIEW FROM A
4 8
acxuuw00001677
1 Rear shock absorber 5 Rear lateral link

(See 02-14-4 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER (See 02-14-8 REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAL/
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 02-14-5 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER 6 Trailing link
INSPECTION.) (See 02-14-12 TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-5 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLATION[2WD].)
DISPOSAL.)
7 Rear stabilizer
2 Rear coil spring (See 02-14-11 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-6 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
8 Stabilizer control link
3 Rear upper arm (See 02-14-12 STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
(See 02-14-10 REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAL/ INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
9 Rear crossmember
4 Rear lower arm (See 02-14-18 REAR CROSSMEMBER
(See 02-14-8 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
02-142
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 3
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX[AWD]
id0214008004a3
02-14
9
6 5 A
7
VIEW FROM A
4 8
acxuuw00001678
1 Rear shock absorber 5 Rear lateral link

(See 02-14-4 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER (See 02-14-8 REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-5 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER 6 Rear trailing arm
INSPECTION.) (See 02-14-15 TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-5 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLATION[AWD].)
DISPOSAL.)
7 Rear stabilizer
2 Rear coil spring (See 02-14-11 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-6 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
8 Stabilizer control link
3 Rear upper arm (See 02-14-12 STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
(See 02-14-10 REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAL/ INSPECTION)
INSTALLATION.)
9 Rear crossmember
4 Rear lower arm (See 02-14-20 REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-8 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION[AWD].)
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
WM: REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
02-143
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 4
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400801300
24.534.6
{2.503.49, 18.125.2} 3
4
5
46.162.7 4
2
{4.716.39, 34.146.2} 1
75.5102
{7.7010.4, 55.775.2}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001680
1 Nut 4 Retainer
(See 02-14-5 Nut Removal Note) 5 Bushing
2 Rear shock absorber component 6 Rear shock absorber
3 Piston rod nut
02-144
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 5
REAR SUSPENSION
Nut Removal Note
1. Support the rear axle with the jack.
02-14
JACK
acxuuw00001975
2. Remove the service hole cover on the trunk side

trim.
3. Remove the nuts.
SERVICE HOLE
End Of Sie COVER
acxuuw00001719
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION

id021400801400
1. Inspect the rear shock absorber in the same way as the front shock absorber. (See 02-14-5 REAR SHOCK
ABSORBER INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER DISPOSAL
id021400801500
1. Dispose the rear shock absorber in the same way as the front shock absorber. (See 02-14-5 REAR SHOCK
ABSORBER DISPOSAL.)
End Of Sie
WM: REAR COIL SPRING
02-145
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 6
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400800700
1. Remove the middle pipe. (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See 02-14-11 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Inspect the rear wheel alignment. (See 02-11-4 REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
B 3
A
C
2
75.5102 1
{7.7010.4, 55.775.2}
B
A C
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001681
1 Bolt (rear lower arm outer side) 2 Rear coil spring

(See 02-14-6 Bolt (Rear Lower Arm Outer Side) (See 02-14-7 Rear Coil Spring Installation Note)
Removal Note) 3 Upper spring seat rubber
Bolt (Rear Lower Arm Outer Side) Removal Note

1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded
condition with a jack.
2. Loosen the inner and outer bolts of the lateral link.
3. Loosen the outer bolt of the upper arm.
JACK
acxuuw00001976
02-146
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 7
REAR SUSPENSION
4. Support the lower arm with a jack.
5. Loosen the inner bolt of the lower arm.
6. Remove the outer bolt of the lower arm.
7. Jack down slowly and remove the coil spring.
Warning
Removing the coil spring is dangerous.
The coil spring could fly off, the cause
serious injury or death.
JACK 02-14
acxuuw00002442
Rear Coil Spring Installation Note

1. Position the jack under the lower arm and jack up slowly.
Warning
Installing the coil spring is dangerous. The coil spring could fly off, and cause serious injury or
death.
2. Install the lower arm (outer side) bolt.

3. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
4. Tighten the outer bolt of the upper arm.
Tightening torque
75.5 102 Nm {10.0 12.2 kgfm, 72.3 75.2 ftlbf}
5. Tighten the inner and outer bolts of the lateral link.
Tightening torque
75.5 102 Nm {10.0 12.2 kgfm, 72.3 75.2 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
WM: REAR LOWER ARM
02-147
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 8
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400800900
80100
{8.1610.1, 60.073.7}
B A
1
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
B A
3
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001682
1 Rear coil spring component 2 Bolt (rear lower arm inner side)
(See 02-14-6 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/ 3 Rear lower arm
INSTALLATION.)
4 Bound stopper
End Of Sie
REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: REAR LATERAL LINKS
id021400801200
Note
Jacking up the rear suspension to the no-
occupant position will lighten the force on the
bushing and make it easier to perform the
procedure.
JACK
acxuuw00001977
02-148
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 9
REAR SUSPENSION
2. Remove the rear lateral link.
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
02-14
REAR LATERAL LINK Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001684
3. Install the rear lateral link shown in the figure.

4. Inspect the rear wheel alignment. (See 02-11-4 SECTION A-A
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
End Of Sie
WM: REAR UPPER ARM
FRONT FRONT
acxuuw00001685
02-149
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 10
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400800800
1. Raise the trailing link to the unloaded condition
with the jack.
Note
procedure.
2. Remove the rear upper arm.

JACK
acxuuw00001978
REAR UPPER ARM
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001683
3. Install the rear upper arm.

End Of Sie
WM: REAR STABILIZER
02-1410
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 11
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400800500
02-14
43.160.8
{4.406.19,
31.844.8}
43.160.8
{4.406.19,
43.160.8 31.844.8}
{4.406.19,
31.844.8} 4
RUBBER 3
GREASE
GREASE 2
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001686
1 Stabilizer control link 3 Bushing

(See 02-14-12 Stabilizer Control Link Installation (See 02-14-12 Bushing Installation Note.)
Note.) 4 Rear stabilizer
2 Stabilizer bracket (See 02-14-11 Rear Stabilizer Installation Note.)
Rear Stabilizer Installation Note

1. Install the rear stabilizer so that the side with the
wider marking area points towards the right side
of the vehicle. FRONT
LH RH
10 20
MARKING
acxuuw00001795
02-1411
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 12
REAR SUSPENSION
Bushing Installation Note
1. Align the outer side of the marking with the
stabilizer bushing.
FRONT
RH
MARKING
BUSHING
acxuuw00001796
Stabilizer Control Link Installation Note

1. Install the control link with white marking to the
left side of the vehicle. LH RH
End Of Sie
WM: STABILIZER CONTROL LINK (FRONT/REAR)
WHITE MARKING
acxuuw00001797
STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION

id021400800300
1. Remove the stabilizer control link from the vehicle. (See 02-14-11 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Measure the ball joint starting torque.
(1) Rock the ball joint stud side to side 10 times.
(2) Rotate the ball joint stud 10 times.
(3) Measure the starting torque using a suitable
Allen socket and a torque wrench.
Rear stabilizer control link ball joint starting

torque
0.2 0.8 Nm {2.1 8.1 kgfcm, 1.8 7.0
inlbf}
End Of Sie
WM: REAR TRAILING LINKS
ampjjw00002979
TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]

id0214008001a1
Caution
3. Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-6 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
02-1412
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 13
REAR SUSPENSION
78.4101.9
{8.0010.3,
57.975.1}
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
75.5102 55.775.2} 3
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
5 02-14
7
4
2
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm,
87130 inlbf}
97.7132.3
{9.9713.49,
72.0697.57}
75.5102
6 8 {7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
98120
1 {10.012.2, 11
72.388.5} 10
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001785
1 ABS wheel-speed sensor 6 Bolt (rear lateral link outer side)

(See 02-14-14 ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Removal (See 02-14-14 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side
Note) And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note.)
2 Parking brake cable (See 02-14-14 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side
(See 04-12-3 PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/ And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note.)
INSTALLATION[2WD].) 7 Bolt (rear upper arm outer side)
3 Caliper component (See 02-14-14 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side
(See 02-14-14 Caliper Component Removal Note) And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note.)
(See 02-14-14 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side
4 Disc plate And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note.)
(See 04-11-22 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) 8 Trailing link, rear wheel hub component and parking
brake component
5 Bolt (rear shock absorber lower side)
(See 02-14-14 Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower 9 Rear wheel hub component
Side) Removal Note) (See 03-12-3 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD])
10 Parking brake component
11 Trailing link
02-1413
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 14
REAR SUSPENSION
ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Removal Note
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor and
rear ABS wheel-speed sensor harness connected
to the rear trailing link.
acxuuw00001786
Caliper Component Removal Note

1. Suspend the caliper aside with cable.
Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower Side) Removal Note

1. Support the trailing link with a jack.
2. Remove the bolts (rear shock absorber lower
side).
JACK
acxuuw00001787
Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note
with a jack.
Note
procedure.
2. Remove the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and

rear upper arm outer side). JACK
acxuuw00001787
Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note
Note
procedure.
2. Tighten the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and

02-1414
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 15
REAR SUSPENSION
TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]
id0214008001a3
Caution
1. Remove the middle pipe. (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC]
2. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See 02-14-11 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
02-14
78.4101.9
{8.0010.3,
57.975.1}
75.5102
{7.7010.4, 4
75.5102 55.775.2}
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
6
8
5
235275
2 {23.9728.04,
173.4202.8}
3 R
97.7132.3
{9.9713.49,
72.0697.57}
75.5102
7 9 {7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm,
87130 inlbf}
98120
1 {10.012.2, 12
72.388.5} 11
10
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001790
1 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor 3 Locknut

(See 02-14-16 Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor (See 03-12-5 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
Removal Note) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD])
2 Parking brake cable 4 Brake caliper component
(See 04-12-8 PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/ (See 02-14-16 Brake Caliper Component Removal
INSTALLATION[AWD].) Note
02-1415
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 16
REAR SUSPENSION
5 Disc plate 8 Bolt (rear upper arm outer side)
(See 04-11-22 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/ (See 02-14-16 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side
INSTALLATION.) And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note.)
6 Bolt (rear shock absorber lower side) (See 02-14-17 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side
(See 02-14-16 Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note.)
Side) Removal Note.) 9 Trailing link, rear wheel hub component and parking
7 Bolt (rear lateral link outer side) brake component
(See 02-14-16 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side 10 Rear wheel hub component
And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note.) 11 Parking brake component
And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note.) 12 Trailing link
Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Removal Note

to the rear trailing link.
acxuuw00001786
Brake Caliper Component Removal Note

1. Suspend the caliper aside with cable.

2. Remove the bolt.
JACK
acxuuw00001787
with a jack.
Note
procedure.

acxuuw00001787
02-1416
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 17
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear Trailing Link Component Removal Note
Caution
Removing the trailing link is dangerous.
The trailing link could fall and cause
serious injury or death. Verify that the
jack securely supports the trailing link.
2. Separate the rear drive shaft (rear axle side) from

the wheel hub. 02-14
3. Remove the rear trailing link. JACK
acxuuw00001787
Note
procedure.

End Of Sie
WM: REAR CROSSMEMBER acxuuw00001787
02-1417
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 18
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]
id0214008010a1
Caution
1. Remove the center trunk board.

2. Remove the main silencer and middle pipe. (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
5. Remove the rear lower arm. (See 02-14-8 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
43.160.8
{4.406.19,
31.844.8}
4
97.7132
{9.9713.4, 72.197.3} 43.160.8
{4.406.19,
31.844.8} 75.5102
7 {7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
8
1 75.5102
{7.7010.4,
5 55.775.2}
2
97.7132
{9.9713.4,
43.160.8 75.5102
72.197.3}
{4.406.19, {7.7010.4,
31.844.8} 55.775.2}
6
3 75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001928
1 Rear cross bar 4 Rear crossmember component

(See 02-14-19 Rear Cross Bar Installation Note.) (See 02-14-19 Rear Crossmember Component
2 Bolt (rear upper arm outer side) Removal Note.)
(See 02-14-19 Bolt (Rear Upper Arm Outer Side 5 Rear upper arm
And Rear Lateral Link Outer Side) Removal Note.) 6 Rear lateral link
(See 02-14-19 Bolt (Rear Upper Arm Outer Side
And Rear Lateral Link Outer Side) Installation Note.) 7 Dynamic damper
3 Bolt (rear lateral link outer side) 8 Rear crossmember
And Rear Lateral Link Outer Side) Removal Note.)
And Rear Lateral Link Outer Side) Installation Note.)
02-1418
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 19
REAR SUSPENSION
Bolt (Rear Upper Arm Outer Side And Rear Lateral Link Outer Side) Removal Note
Note
procedure.
2. Remove the bolts (rear upper arm outer side and 02-14
rear lateral link outer side). JACK
acxuuw00001979
Rear Crossmember Component Removal Note
Warning
Removing the crossmember is dangerous. The crossmember component could fall and cause
serious injury or death. Verify that the jack securely supports the crossmember component.
1. Support the crossmember component using a

jack and remove the nuts.
2. Remove the crossmember component.
JACK
acxuuw00001528
Bolt (Rear Upper Arm Outer Side And Rear Lateral Link Outer Side) Installation Note
2. Tighten the bolts (rear upper arm outer side and
rear lateral link outer side).
JACK
acxuuw00001979
Rear Cross Bar Installation Note

1. Install the cross bar so that the triangular marking
is facing to the front of the vehicle.
End Of Sie
FRONT
TRIANGULAR
MARKING
acxuuw00001929
02-1419
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 20
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]
id0214008010a3
Caution
1. Remove the center trunk board.

WITH TC].)
3. Remove the propeller shaft. (See 03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the lower arm (See 02-14-8 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13
97.7132 43.160.8
{9.9713.4, {4.406.19, 75.5102 43.160.8
72.197.3} 31.844.8} {7.7010.4, {4.406.19,
55.775.2} 31.844.8}
75.5102
A 19 {7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
78.4101.9
B 75.5102 {8.0010.3,
20 {7.7010.4, 95.975.1}
75.5102 55.775.2}
{7.7010.4, 4
55.775.2} 75.5102
18 {7.7010.4,
C 55.775.2}
D 7
6
9
75.5102
43.160.8 97.7132
75.5102 {7.7010.4, 5
{4.406.19, {9.9713.4,
{7.7010.4, 55.775.2} 17
55.775.2}
31.844.8} 72.197.3}
F
E
43.160.8
A {4.406.19,
31.844.8}
10
97.7132.3
8 75.5102
15 {9.9713.49, {7.7010.4, 1
16 72.0697.57} 55.775.2} R
B 235275
C {23.9728.04,
14 9.814.7 Nm 173.4202.8}
{100149 kgfcm,
11 87130 inlbf}
12
15 18.625.5
75.5102
{1.902.60,
{7.7010.4, D 2 13.818.8}
55.775.2}
3 EF
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001793
1 Locknut 2 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor

(See 03-12-5 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT (See 02-14-21 Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].) Removal Note.)
02-1420
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 21
REAR SUSPENSION
3 Parking brake cable 10 Rear trailing link and wheel hub component
4 Brake caliper component (See 02-14-15 TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/
(See 02-14-21 Brake Caliper Component Removal INSTALLATION[AWD].)
Note) 11 Differential oil temperature sensor connector
5 Disc plate 12 AWD solenoid connector
(See 04-11-22 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/ 13 Rear crossmember and rear differential component
INSTALLATION.) (See 02-14-22 Rear Crossmember And Rear
6 Rear cross bar Differential Removal Note.)
(See 02-14-22 Rear Cross Bar Installation Note.) 14 Rear differential mounting rubber
7 Bolt (rear shock absorber lower side) 15 Front differential mounting rubber
(See 02-14-21 Bolt (Rear Shock Absorber Lower
02-14
Side) Removal Note.) 16 Rear differential
8 Bolt (rear lateral link outer side) 17 Rear lateral link
(See 02-14-22 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side 18 Rear upper arm
And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note.) 19 Dynamic damper
(See 02-14-22 Bolts (Rear Lateral Link Outer Side 20 Rear crossmember
And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note.)
9 Bolt (rear upper arm outer side)
And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Removal Note.)
And Rear Upper Arm Outer Side) Installation Note.)
Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Removal Note

to the trailing link.
acxuuw00001786

1. Remove the caliper, and suspend it aside with cable.

2. Remove the bolt (rear shock absorber lower side).
JACK
acxuuw00001787
02-1421
1871-1U-06B(02-14).fm 22
REAR SUSPENSION
Note
procedure.

acxuuw00001787
Rear Crossmember And Rear Differential Removal Note
Warning
Removing the crossmember is dangerous. The crossmember component could fall and cause
serious injury or death. Verify that the jack securely supports the crossmember component.
1. Support the rear crossmember component with a

jack.
2. Remove the rear crossmember component.
JACK
acxuuw00001529
Note
procedure.

acxuuw00001787
Rear Cross Bar Installation Note

1. Install the cross bar so that the triangular marking
is facing to the front of the vehicle.
End Of Sie
FRONT
TRIANGULAR
MARKING
acxuuw00001794
02-1422
TECHNICAL DATA
02-50 TECHNICAL DATA
SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . 02-501
End of Toc
SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA
WM: SUSPENSION
id025000800100
*1
Front wheel alignment (Unloaded)
Item 02-50
Maximum steering angle Inner 3606
[Tolerance 3] Outer 3054
[Tolerance 2 {0.08}] (mm {in}) 0 {0.00}
Total toe-in
(degree) 000009
Caster angle*2[Tolerance 1] 302 305 308 310 312
Camber angle*2[Tolerance 1] 019 020
Steering axis inclination (Reference value) 1142 1143 1144
Rear wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1

Item
[Tolerance 4 {0.16}] (mm {in}) 2 {0.08}
Total toe-in
(degree) 010020
Camber angle*2 (Reference value) 051 054 057 100 103
[Tolerance 1]
Thrust angle (Reference value) [Tolerance 048] 0
02-501
TECHNICAL DATA
Wheel and tire
Item Specification
Standard tire and wheel
Size 18 7 1/2J
Offset (mm {in}) 50 {1.97}
Wheel
Material Aluminum alloy
Size P235/60R18 102H 235/60R18 103H (Mexico spec.)
Air pressure Front 220 {2.2, 32} 230 {2.3, 34} (Mexico spec.)
Tire
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) Rear 220 {2.2, 32} 230 {2.3, 34} (Mexico spec.)
Remaining tread (mm {in}) 1.6 {0.06}
Wheel and tire runout Radial direction 1.5 {0.06} max.
(mm {in}) Lateral direction 2.0 {0.08} max.
Wheel and
tire Adhesive-type*1: 10 {0.35} max.
Wheel imbalance (g {oz})
Knock-type*2: 6 {0.21} max.
Tightening torque (Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}) 88.2117.6 {9.0011.99, 65.0686.73}
Temporary spare tire
Size 18 4T 16 5J
Offset (mm {in}) 40 {1.57} 45 {1.77}
Wheel
Material Steel
Size T155/90D18 103M 205/80R16 100M
Tire Air pressure
420 {4.2, 60} 250 {2.5, 36}
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
Wheel and Wheel and tire runout Radial direction 2.0 {0.08} max.
tire (mm {in}) Lateral direction 2.5 {0.10} max.
*1 : Total weight exceeds 160 g {5.65 oz}.

*2 : One balance weight: 60 g {2.12 oz} max. If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.53 oz} on one side, rebalance
after moving the tire around on the rim. Do not use three or more balance weights.
Suspension
Item Specification
Front lower arm rotational torque 1.42.0 Nm {1520 kgfcm, 1317 inlbf}
Front stabilizer control link ball joint starting torque 0.20.9 Nm {2.19.1 kgfcm, 1.87.9 inlbf}
Rear stabilizer control link ball joint starting torque 0.20.8 Nm {2.18.1 kgfcm, 1.87.0 inlbf}
End Of Sie
02-502 Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07)

1871-1U-06B(02-60).fm 1
SERVICE TOOLS
02-60 SERVICE TOOLS
SUSPENSION SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02-601
End of Toc
SUSPENSION SST
WM: SUSPENSION
id026000800100
49 T034 1A0 49 T028 3A0 49 FT01 389
Coil spring Ball Joint Puller Preload adapter 02-60

compressor set set
End Of Sie
02-601
1871-1U-06B(03-02).fm 1
DRIVELINE/AXLE 03SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC . . . . 03-02 DIFFERENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-14
SYMPTOM PROPELLER SHAFT . . . . . . . . 03-15
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . 03-03 TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-16
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . 03-10 ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) . . . 03-19 03-02
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-11 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 03-50
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-12 SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 03-60
DRIVE SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-13
Toc of SCT
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL Clearing DTCs Procedures . . . . . . . . . 03-022
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . 03-021 DTC Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-022
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL DTC P1887. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-023
SYSTEM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS . . . . 03-022 DTC P1888. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-025
Reading DTCs Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 03-022
End of Toc
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
WM: DIFFERENTIAL (FF/FR)
id030200800100
AWD CM ELECTRONIC CONTROL

COUPLING
K O
IGNITION SWITCH
I
P
AWD SOLENOID
CAN_H PCM
G
DIFFERENTIAL OIL A
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR C
H
CAN_L
BATTERY OTHER SYSTEMS
CAN DRIVER
(TCM, DSC HU/CM,
INSTRUMENT
N CLUSTER ETC.)
acxuuw00002222
End Of Sie
03-021
1871-1U-06B(03-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL SYSTEM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
id030200800200
3. Select Module.
4. Select 4WD.
2. Select 4WD.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001063
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the AWD CM. (See 03-02-2 Clearing DTCs Procedures)

3. Select Module.
4. Select 4WD.
2. Select 4WD.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001063
screen.
DTC Table
DTC Diagnosis system component Page
P1887 AWD solenoid circuit (See 03-02-3 DTC P1887)
P1888 Differential oil temperature sensor circuit (See 03-02-5 DTC P1888)
U0073 CAN system communication error (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM])
U0100 Communication error to PCM (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX
U0101 Communication error to TCM (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX
U0121 Communication error to DSC HU/CM (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX
U0155 Communication error to instrument cluster (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX
End Of Sie
03-022
1871-1U-06B(03-02).fm 3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC P1887
id030200800300
DTC P1887 AWD solenoid circuit

Current detection circuit in AWD CM detects current above specification for more than specified period.
AWD CM detects that AWD solenoid control signal differs from current detected at current detection
DETECTION
circuit for more than specified period.
CONDITION
Relay voltage detection circuit detects that voltage does not concur with relay ON/OFF signal for more
than specified period.
Open circuit or short to GND in harness between battery and AWD CM terminal K
Open circuit or short to GND between AWD CM terminal O and AWD solenoid terminal B
Open circuit or short to GND between AWD CM terminal P and AWD solenoid terminal A
Open circuit between AWD CM terminal N and body GND
POSSIBLE
Open or short circuit in AWD CM internal circuit
CAUSE
ENG B+ (25A) fuse malfunction 03-02
AWD solenoid malfunction
AWD CM malfunction
Poor connection of connectors (female terminals)
FUSE (ENG B+ (25A)) AWD CM
RELAY AWD SOLENOID

K
O B
BATTERY
P A
AWD CM CONNECTOR AWD SOLENOID CONNECTOR
O M K I G E C A
P N L J H F D B B A
03-023
1871-1U-06B(03-02).fm 4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID CONDITION Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition key to OFF. No Replace AWD solenoid, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect AWD solenoid connector.
Inspect AWD solenoid.
(See 03-19-11 AWD SOLENOID
INSPECTION)
Is it okay?
2 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID TO AWD CM Yes Go to next step.
(POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT) FOR OPEN No Repair or replace harness for open circuit between AWD
CIRCUIT CM and AWD solenoid, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect AWD CM connector.
Inspect for continuity between AWD CM
terminal O and AWD solenoid terminal B.
3 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID TO AWD CM Yes Repair or replace harness for short to ground between AWD
(POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT) FOR SHORT TO CM and AWD solenoid, then go to Step 7.
GROUND No Go to next step.
terminal O and ground.
4 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID TO AWD CM Yes Go to next step.
(GROUND CIRCUIT) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace harness for open circuit between AWD
Inspect for continuity between AWD CM CM and AWD solenoid, then go to Step 7.
terminal P and AWD solenoid terminal A.
5 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID TO AWD CM Yes Repair or replace harness for short to ground between AWD
(GROUND CIRCUIT) FOR SHORT TO CM and AWD solenoid, then go to Step 7.
GROUND No Go to next step.
terminal P and ground.
6 INSPECT AWD CM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Yes Replace AWD CM, then go to Step 7.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace harness for open circuit between AWD
Measure voltage between AWD CM terminal CM and AWD solenoid, then go to next step.
K and ground.
Is voltage B+?
7 INSPECT FUSE CONDITION Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition key to OFF. No Replace fuse, then go to Step 9.
Is ENG B+ (25A) fuse okay?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace AWD CM, then go to next step.
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected No Go to next step.
connectors.
Clear DTC from memory.
(See 03-02-2 ELECTRONIC AWD
CONTROL SYSTEM ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS)
Drive vehicle.
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Is there any other DTC present? No Troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
03-024
1871-1U-06B(03-02).fm 5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC P1888
id030200800400
DTC P1888 Differential oil temperature sensor circuit

DETECTION
Differential oil temperature sensor voltage monitor circuit detects abnormal input voltage.
CONDITION
Open circuit, or short to battery or GND between AWD CM terminal A and differential oil temperature
sensor terminal A
Open circuit or short to battery between AWD CM terminal C and differential oil temperature sensor
POSSIBLE
terminal B
CAUSE
Differential oil temperature sensor malfunction
AWD CM malfunction
Poor connection of connectors (female terminals)
AWD CM DIFFERENTIAL OIL 03-02

TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A A
C B
AWD CM CONNECTOR DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE

SENSOR CONNECTOR
O M K I G E C A
B A
P N L J H F D B
03-025
1871-1U-06B(03-02).fm 6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT DIFFERENTIAL OIL Yes Go to next step.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONDITION No Replace differential oil temperature sensor, then go to Step
Turn ignition key to OFF. 7.
Disconnect differential oil temperature
sensor connector.
Is it okay?
2 INSPECT AWD CM TO DIFFERENTIAL OIL Yes Go to next step.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR OPEN No Repair or replace harness for open circuit between AWD
CIRCUIT CM and differential oil temperature sensor, then go to Step
Disconnect AWD CM connector. 7.
terminal A and differential oil temperature
sensor terminal A.
3 INSPECT AWD CM TO DIFFERENTIAL OIL Yes Repair or replace harness for short to power between AWD
TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR SHORT TO CM and differential oil temperature sensor, then go to Step
POWER 7.
Inspect voltage between AWD CM terminal A No Go to next step.
and ground.
Is voltage B+?
4 INSPECT AWD CM TO DIFFERENTIAL OIL Yes Repair or replace harness for short to ground between AWD
TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR SHORT TO CM and differential oil temperature sensor, then go to Step
GROUND 7.
Inspect for continuity between AWD CM No Go to next step.
terminal A and ground.
5 INSPECT AWD CM TO DIFFERENTIAL OIL Yes Go to next step.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR OPEN No Repair or replace harness for open circuit between AWD
CIRCUIT CM and differential oil temperature sensor, then go to Step
Inspect for continuity between AWD CM 7.
terminal C and differential oil temperature
sensor terminal B.
6 INSPECT AWD CM TO DIFFERENTIAL OIL Yes Repair or replace harness for short to power between AWD
TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR SHORT TO CM and differential oil temperature sensor, then go to next
GROUND step.
Inspect voltage between AWD CM terminal No Replace AWD CM, then go to next step.
C and ground.
Is voltage B+?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace AWD CM, then go to next step.
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected No Go to next step.
connectors.
Clear DTC from memory.
(See 03-02-2 ELECTRONIC AWD
CONTROL SYSTEM ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS)
Drive vehicle.
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Is there any other DTC present? No Troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
03-026
1871-1U-06B(03-03).fm 1
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL NO.1 FREQUENT FRONT WHEEL
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . 03-031 SLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-033
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-032 NO.2 TIGHT CORNER BRAKING . . . . . . 03-034
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . 03-032 NO.3 ABNORMAL NOISE AND/OR
VIBRATION FROM COUPLING
COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-035
End of Toc
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id030300800100
03-03
AWD CM ELECTRONIC CONTROL
COUPLING
K O
IGNITION SWITCH
I
P
AWD SOLENOID
CAN_H PCM
G
DIFFERENTIAL OIL A
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR C
H
CAN_L
BATTERY OTHER SYSTEMS
CAN DRIVER
(TCM, DSC HU/CM,
INSTRUMENT
N CLUSTER ETC.)
acxuuw00002222
End Of Sie
03-031
1871-1U-06B(03-03).fm 2
FOREWORD
id030300800200
Malfunction vehicle delivered
Questionnaire Confirm all customer problems using a questionnaire.
Verify malfunction symptoms Confirm malfunction on actual vehicle.
Symptom troubleshooting DTC inspection Inspect for DTCs using M-MDS.
Perform applicable troubleshooting inspection according to

diagnostic index.
Verify that malfunctions have been repaired
Troubleshooting completed
acxuuw00001066
End Of Sie
id030300800300
Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No. Symptom Description
1 Frequent front wheel slip Front wheels slip frequently during acceleration on low-friction road.
2 Brakes seem to be applied during tight cornering while driving very
Tight corner braking effect
slowly on paved road.
3 Abnormal noise and/or vibration from There is abnormal noise and/or vibration from coupling unit during
coupling unit driving.
End Of Sie
03-032
1871-1U-06B(03-03).fm 3
NO.1 FREQUENT FRONT WHEEL SLIP
id030300800400
1 Frequent front wheel slip

Tire traction performance is extremely poor for given road friction. (AWD system is normal.)
Improper wheel alignment (AWD system is normal.)
Rear differential oil temperature is extremely high (Fail-safe condition)
Differential oil temperature sensor malfunction (Fail-safe condition)
Compare slip frequency with another vehicle of the same model (under the same road conditions and tire traction
performance).
Replace tires with others of the same model and perform test under the same road conditions to determine if the
malfunction was caused by tire traction performance.
Coupling component malfunction
AWD solenoid malfunction 03-03
Warning
During simulation driving, vehicle stability may decrease extremely and cause an accident. Be
sure to perform the simulation test driving in a safe area.
1 VERIFY DSC, PCM, AND AWD SYSTEM DTCs Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Verify DSC, PCM, and AWD system DTCs No Go to next step.
using the M-MDS.
Are there any DTCs present?
2 VERIFY TIRE AIR PRESSURE Yes Go to next step.
Inspect tire air pressure. No Adjust tire air pressure, then go to next step.
Is it within specification?
3 COMPARE WITH SAME MODEL TIRES Yes Go to next step.
Install tires of the same model. No AWD system is okay.
Perform simulation driving.
Does malfunction recur?
4 COMPARE WITH SAME MODEL VEHICLE Yes AWD system is okay.
Install tires of malfunctioning vehicle to No Go to next step.
another same model vehicle.
Perform simulation driving.
5 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID Yes Inspect harness between AWD solenoid and AWD CM, then
Inspect AWD solenoid. go to next step.
(See 03-19-11 AWD SOLENOID No Replace coupling component. (See 03-19-4 COUPLING
INSPECTION) COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is coupling component solenoid okay?
6 INSPECT WHEEL ALIGNMENT Yes Replace coupling component. (See 03-19-4 COUPLING
Inspect wheel alignment. COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is it okay? No Inspect wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary.
End Of Sie
03-033
1871-1U-06B(03-03).fm 4
NO.2 TIGHT CORNER BRAKING
id030300800500
2 Tight corner braking

Because the coupling component locks up easily (similar to direct AWD), rotational difference between the front
and rear wheels cannot be absorbed and brake-like phenomenon occurs.
Due to the coupling component construction, slight tight corner braking effect occurs during tight cornering on a
paved road. (AWD system is okay. Compare with another same model vehicle to determine malfunction.)
AWD solenoid malfunction
1 VERIFY DSC, PCM, AND AWD SYSTEM DTCS Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
using the M-MDS.
2 VERIFY TIRE AIR PRESSURE Yes Go to next step.
Inspect tire air pressure. No Adjust tire air pressure, then go to next step.
Is it within specification?
3 INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to next step.
Inspect ABS wheel-speed sensor. No Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Is it okay?
4 COMPARE WITH SAME MODEL VEHICLE Yes AWD system is okay.
Perform simulation driving with another same No Go to next step.
model vehicle.
Does malfunction recur on the same model
vehicle?
5 PERFORM SIMULATION DRIVING WITH AWD Yes Replace coupling component. (See 03-19-4 COUPLING
SOLENOID CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Turn ignition key OFF. No Go to next step.
Disconnect AWD solenoid connector.
Perform simulation driving. (Clear DTC after
simulation driving.)
6 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID Yes Inspect harness between AWD solenoid and AWD CM, then
Inspect AWD solenoid. go to next step.
(See 03-19-11 AWD SOLENOID No Replace coupling component. (See 03-19-4 COUPLING
INSPECTION) COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is it okay?
End Of Sie
03-034
1871-1U-06B(03-03).fm 5
NO.3 ABNORMAL NOISE AND/OR VIBRATION FROM COUPLING COMPONENT
id030300800600
3 Abnormal noise and/or vibration from coupling component

Abnormal noise and/or vibration from coupling component during driving
Propeller shaft is malfunctioning or attached improperly.
Engine mount or differential mount malfunction
Resonance of rotating parts on vehicle (engine, propeller shaft, rear differential, tire, etc.)
Resonance with engine vibration (mainly with exhaust system parts)
Rear differential malfunction
STEP INSPECTION ACTION 03-03
1 VERIFY DSC, PCM, AND AWD SYSTEM DTCS Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
using the M-MDS.
2 VERIFY INSTALLATION CONDITION OF Yes Go to next step.
VEHICLE PARTS No Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Verify installation condition for following:
Propeller shaft (including bending and
joint operation)
Center bearing
Engine mount
Differential mount
Hub bearing
Exhaust system parts
ABS wheel-speed sensor
Are they properly installed?
3 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION IS CAUSED Yes Reinstall customers vehicle tire. Go to next step.
BY REAR DIFFERENTIAL No AWD system is okay.
Install tires of another brand. Reinstall customers vehicle tire.
Note
When tires of another brand are
installed, the same malfunction can
occur due to conditions different from
customer explanation. Be careful not
to confuse it with customer complaint.
Perform simulation driving at the same

engine speed, gear position, and vehicle
speed that customer vehicle had
malfunction.
Does the same malfunction occur?
4 INSPECT REAR DIFFERENTIAL Yes Replace coupling component.
Inspect rear differential for following: No Inspect malfunctioning part and adjust it if necessary.
Backlash
Teeth contact
(See 03-14-10 REAR DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY)
Are they okay?
End Of Sie
03-035
1871-1U-06B(03-10).fm 1
GENERAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL PROCEDURES Suspension Links
(FRONT AND REAR AXLES) . . . . . . . 03-101 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-101
Wheel and Tire Installation . . . . . . . . . 03-101 Connector Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 03-101
Electronic AWD Control System
Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-101
End of Toc
GENERAL PROCEDURES (FRONT AND REAR AXLES)
WM: DRIVELINE/AXLE
id031000800100
Wheel and Tire Installation
1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the 03-10
wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following
tightening torque.
Tightening torque 1
88.2 117.6 Nm {9.00 11.99 kgfm, 4 3
65.06 86.73 ftlbf}
2 5
acxuuw00000002
Suspension Links Removal/Installation

1. For the joint sections with rubber bushings, raise the vehicle using a lift, and then temporarily tighten the
installation bolts and nuts. Lower the vehicle to the ground and tighten them completely with the specified
torque.
Connector Disconnection
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable before performing any work that requires handling of connectors. (See
01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Electronic AWD Control System Parts

1. After servicing the electronic AWD control system parts, verify that no DTC has been stored. Clear any DTCs
remaining in the memory.
End Of Sie
03-101
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 1
FRONT AXLE
03-11 FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . 03-111 Brake Caliper Removal Note . . . . . . . . . 03-114
FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT Wheel Hub Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 03-115
REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-112 Wheel Bearing Removal Note . . . . . . . . 03-115
WHEEL HUB, STEERING Dust Cover Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 03-115
KNUCKLE INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . 03-112 Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note . . . . . . . 03-116
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note . . . . . 03-116
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-112 Dust Cover Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 03-116
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE Wheel Bearing Installation Note . . . . . . 03-117
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 03-113 Wheel Hub Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 03-117
Locknut Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-114 Locknut Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-117
03-11
End of Toc
FRONT AXLE LOCATION INDEX
WM: FRONT AXLE
id031100800100
ampjjw00003178
1 Wheel hub bolt 2 Wheel hub, steering knuckle

(See 03-11-2 FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT (See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
REPLACEMENT.) INSPECTION.)
(See 03-11-3 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
End Of Sie
03-111
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 2
FRONT AXLE
FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT
id031100800200
1. Remove the brake calliper component from the steering knuckle and suspend it out of the way using a cable.
2. Remove the disc plate.
3. Tap the dust cover (the part shown in the figure)
with a chisel lightly and bend the processing point
back to the steering knuckle side.
BEND THIS PART
acxuuw00001094
4. Remove the wheel hub bolt using the SST as

5. Place a new wheel hub bolt in the wheel hub.
49 T028 3A0
acxuuw00001095
6. Install the wheel hub by placing a proper sized

washer on the hub, and tightening the nut as HUB BOLT
End Of Sie
WHEEL NUT
BRASS BAR WHEEL NUT WASHER
acxuuw00001096
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION

id031100800300
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play Inspection
1. Install the magnetic base and dial gauge as
shown in the figure and measure the wheel
bearing axial excessive play.
If it exceeds the maximum specification,
replace the wheel hub bearing.
Front wheel bearing maximum play

0.05 mm {0.002 in}
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001097
03-112
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 3
FRONT AXLE
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031100800400
Caution
possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing
the following procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (axle side) and fix
the wiring harness to an appropriate place where it will not be pulled by mistake while servicing
the vehicle.
1. Remove the front ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See 04-15-11 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. 03-11
4. After installation, inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-2 FRONT WHEEL
ALIGNMENT.)
14 SST R
163.0194.0
{16.6319.78,
13
120.3143.0}
7 R
SST
12
R
11 SST
R 10
1
9
47.059.0
C {4.806.01, R 15
34.743.5}
A
43.158.8
C {4.405.99,
6 31.843.3}
SST 4
5
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm,
B
87129 inlbf}
42.360.8 B
{4.326.19,
31.244.8}
2 R
8 235.2274.4
107.8127.4 A {23.9927.98,
{11.0012.99, 173.5202.3}
79.5193.96}
3
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001113
1 Brake hose clip 6 Tie-rod end ball joint

2 Locknut (See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
(See 03-11-4 Locknut Removal Note.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 03-11-7 Locknut Installation Note.) 7 Nut (front shock absorber lower side)
3 Brake caliper component 8 Front lower arm ball joint
(See 03-11-4 Brake Caliper Removal Note.) 9 Wheel hub, steering knuckle component
4 Disc plate 10 Wheel hub
5 Stabilizer control link (lower side) (See 03-11-5 Wheel Hub Removal Note.)
(See 03-11-7 Wheel Hub Installation Note.)
03-113
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 4
FRONT AXLE
11 Retaining ring 14 Steering knuckle
12 Wheel bearing 15 Wheel hub bolt
(See 03-11-5 Wheel Bearing Removal Note.) (See 03-11-6 Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note.)
(See 03-11-7 Wheel Bearing Installation Note.) (See 03-11-6 Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note.)
13 Dust cover
(See 03-11-5 Dust Cover Removal Note.)
(See 03-11-6 Dust Cover Installation Note.)
Locknut Removal Note

1. Lock the hub by applying the brakes.
2. Knock the crimped portion of the locknut outward
using a small chisel and a hammer.
3. Remove the locknut.
4. Install a spare nut onto the drive shaft so that the
nut is flush with the end of the drive shaft.
acxuuw00001114
5. Tap the nut with a copper hammer to loosen the

drive shaft from the front wheel hub.
6. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub.
acxuuw00001115
Brake Caliper Removal Note

1. Remove the brake caliper component from the
steering knuckle and suspend it out of the way
using a cable.
acxuuw00001116
03-114
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 5
FRONT AXLE
Wheel Hub Removal Note
1. Remove the wheel hub using the SSTs.
Substitution SST 49 G033 102 49 G033 105
49 G033 105
Outer diameter: 37 43 mm {1.5 1.6 in}
49 F026 103
acxuuw00001117 03-11
2. If the bearing inner race remains on the front
wheel hub component, grind a section of the
bearing inner race until approx. 0.5 mm {0.02 in}
remains. Then remove it using a chisel.
acxuuw00001118
Wheel Bearing Removal Note

1. Remove the wheel bearing using the SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 G033 106 49 G033 106 49 G033 102
49 F026103
acxuuw00001119
Dust Cover Removal Note
Note
The dust cover does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced.
1. Mark the dust cover and steering knuckle for

proper installation.
MARKING
acxuuw00001120
03-115
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 6
FRONT AXLE
2. Remove the dust cover using a chisel.
acxuuw00001121
Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note
Note
The hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being replaced.
1. Remove the hub bolt using a press.
acxuuw00001122
Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note

1. Install the new hub bolt using a press.
acxuuw00001123
Dust Cover Installation Note

1. Mark the new dust cover in the same way as the
removed one.
2. Align the marks of the new dust cover and the
knuckle.
acxuuw00001124
03-116
1871-1U-06B(03-11).fm 7
FRONT AXLE
3. Install the new dust cover using the SSTs.
Substitution SST STEEL PLATE
49 G033 107A 49 G033 107A
Inner diameter: 98 108 mm {3.9 4.2 in}
Tube with board thickness 3 mm {0.2 in} or
more
49 F027 009
49 F027 009
acxuuw00001125
03-11
Wheel Bearing Installation Note
1. Install the new wheel bearing using the SSTs.
Substitution SST 49 F027 003
49 F027 004
Outer diameter: 78 83 mm {3.1 3.2 in} 49 F027 004
49 F027 009
49 F027 009
acxuuw00001126
Wheel Hub Installation Note

1. Install the wheel hub using the SSTs.
Substitution SST 49 G033 102
49 G033 105
Outer diameter: 39 48 mm {1.6 1.8 in} 49 G033 105
49 B025 004
49 B025 004
acxuuw00001127
Locknut Installation Note

1. Install a new locknut and stake it as shown.
End Of Sie 0.5 mm {0.02 in} OR MORE
acxuuw00001576
03-117
1871-1U-06B(03-12).fm 1
REAR AXLE
03-12 REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . 03-121 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
REAR WHEEL HUB BOLT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]. . . . . 03-123
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-122 Brake Caliper Component
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-124
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-122 Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note . . . . . . . 03-124
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note . . . . . 03-124
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-122 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] . . . . . 03-125
End of Toc
03-12
REAR AXLE LOCATION INDEX
WM: REAR AXLE
id031200800100
AWD
2WD
2 1
1
acxuuw00001132
1 Wheel hub bolt 2 Wheel hub component

(See 03-12-2 REAR WHEEL HUB BOLT (See 03-12-2 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT.) INSPECTION.)
(See 03-12-3 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
(See 03-12-5 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
End Of Sie
03-121
1871-1U-06B(03-12).fm 2
REAR AXLE
REAR WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT
id031200800200
1. Remove the brake calliper component and suspend it out of the way using a cable.
2. Remove the disc plate.
3. Remove the parking brake shoe.
4. Remove the wheel hub bolt using the SST as
5. Place a new wheel hub bolt in the wheel hub.
49 T028 3A0
acxuuw00001133
6. Install the wheel hub by placing a proper sized

washer on the hub, and tightening the nut as HUB BOLT
End Of Sie
WHEEL NUT
BRASS BAR WHEEL NUT WASHER
acxuuw00001134
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT INSPECTION

id031200800300
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play Inspection
1. Install the magnetic base and dial gauge as
shown in the figure and measure the wheel
bearing axial excessive play.
replace the wheel hub component.
Rear wheel bearing maximum play

0.05 mm {0.002 in}
End Of Sie
B3E0312W002
03-122
1871-1U-06B(03-12).fm 3
REAR AXLE
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]
id0312008004a1
Caution
the following procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (body side) and fix
the vehicle.
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].)
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. 03-12
2
98120 78.4101.9
{10.012.2, {8.0010.39,
72.388.5} 57.8375.15} 3
1
6
7 9.814.7 Nm
R 5 {100149 kgfcm,
87130 inlbf}
4
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001943
1 Parking brake end cable 4 Disc plate

(See 04-12-3 PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/ (See 04-11-22 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].) INSTALLATION
2 Brake hose clip 5 Wheel hub component
3 Brake caliper component 6 Parking brake component
(See 03-12-4 Brake Caliper Component Removal 7 Wheel hub bolt
Note.) (See 03-12-4 Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note.)
(See 03-12-4 Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note.)
03-123
1871-1U-06B(03-12).fm 4
REAR AXLE
1. Remove the brake caliper component from the trailing link and suspend it out of the way using a cable.
Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note
Note
The wheel hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being replaced.
1. Remove the wheel hub bolt using a press.
acxuuw00001145
Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note

1. Install the new wheel hub bolt using a press.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001146
03-124
1871-1U-06B(03-12).fm 5
REAR AXLE
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]
id0312008004a3
Caution
the following procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (body side) and fix
the vehicle.
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See 04-15-14 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION[AWD].)
3. Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-6 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 03-12
4. Remove the trailing link. (See 02-14-15 TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
98120
{10.012.2, 78.4101.9
72.388.5} {8.0010.39,
57.8375.15}
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2} 2
97.7132.3
{9.9713.49,
3
R 1 R
72.0697.57}
235275
{24.028.0,
174202}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001944
1 Wheel hub component 3 Wheel hub bolt

2 Parking brake shoe component (See 03-12-3 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
End Of Sie
03-125
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 1
DRIVE SHAFT
03-13 DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT LOCATION INDEX . . . . . 03-132 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
JOINT SHAFT PRE-INSPECTION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 03-1315
[2WD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-132 Boot Band (Wheel Side)
JOINT SHAFT Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1316
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD] . . . . 03-133 Boot Band (Transaxle Side)
Joint Shaft Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-134 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1316
Clip Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-134 Outer Ring Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . 03-1316
JOINT SHAFT Snap Ring, Tripod Joint
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] . . . . 03-134 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1317
Joint Shaft Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-135 Boot Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1317
Clip Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-135 Boot Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1317 03-13
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY[2WD]. . . 03-136 Tripod Joint, Snap Ring
Dust Seal (Axle Side) Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1318
Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-136 Outer Ring Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-1318
Joint Shaft Disassembly Note . . . . . . . 03-136 Boot Band (Transaxle Side)
Dust Seal (Differential Side) Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1318
Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-137 Boot Band (Wheel Side)
Bearing Disassembly Note. . . . . . . . . . 03-137 Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1319
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY[AWD] . . 03-137 REAR DRIVE SHAFT
Dust Seal Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . 03-137 PRE-INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1319
Bearing Disassembly Note. . . . . . . . . . 03-138 REAR DRIVE SHAFT
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY[2WD]. . . . . . 03-138 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 03-1320
Bearing Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-138 Rear Drive Shaft Removal Note . . . . . . 03-1320
Dust Seal (Differential Side) Clip Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1321
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-139 REAR DRIVE SHAFT
Dust Seal (Axle Side) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 03-1321
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-139 Boot Band (Wheel Side)
Joint Shaft Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-139 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1322
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY[AWD] . . . . . 03-1310 Boot Band (Differential Side)
Bearing Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1310 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1322
Joint Shaft Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-1310 Clip Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1322
Dust Seal Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-1311 Snap Ring Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . 03-1322
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT Balls, Inner Ring, Cage
PRE-INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1311 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1323
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT Boot Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1323
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 03-1312 Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring
Locknut Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1313 Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1323
Front Drive Shaft Removal Note . . . . . 03-1313 Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note . . . . . . 03-1324
Clip Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1313 Boot Band (Differential Side)
Front Drive Shaft Installation Note . . . . 03-1314 Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1324
Locknut Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1314 Boot Band (Wheel Side)
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1325
End of Toc
WM: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
03-131
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 2
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT LOCATION INDEX
id031300800100
2WD
3
2
AWD
2
acxuuw00001153
1 Joint shaft 2 Front drive shaft

(See 03-13-2 JOINT SHAFT PRE- (See 03-13-11 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT PRE-
INSPECTION[2WD]) INSPECTION)
(See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/ (See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD]) INSTALLATION)
(See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/ (See 03-13-15 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
INSTALLATION[AWD]) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY)
(See 03-13-6 JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY[2WD]) 3 Rear drive shaft (AWD)
(See 03-13-7 JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY[AWD]) (See 03-13-19 REAR DRIVE SHAFT PRE-
(See 03-13-8 JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY[2WD]) INSPECTION)
(See 03-13-10 JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY[AWD]) (See 03-13-20 REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
(See 03-13-21 REAR DRIVE SHAFT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY)
End Of Sie
JOINT SHAFT PRE-INSPECTION[2WD]
WM: JOINT SHAFT
id0313008008a3
1. Verify that the joint shaft is not twisted or cracked.
Replace it as necessary.
03-132
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 3
DRIVE SHAFT
2. Turn the joint shaft by hand and verify that the
bearing rotates smoothly and freely.
Replace it as necessary.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001164
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]
id0313008009a3 03-13
Caution
place where the sensor will not be pulled by mistake while the vehicle is being serviced.
4262
{4.36.3, 3145}
4
47.059.0
{4.806.01, R A
34.743.5}
2
5
R
1 SST
A
43.158.8
{4.405.99,
31.843.3}
42.360.1
3 {4.326.12,
31.244.3}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001184
1 Tie-rod end ball joint 4 Joint shaft

(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER (See 03-13-4 Joint Shaft Removal Note)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) 5 Clip
2 Stabilizer control link (lower side) (See 03-13-4 Clip Installation Note)
3 Lower arm ball joint
03-133
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 4
DRIVE SHAFT
Joint Shaft Removal Note
1. Separate the right side drive shaft from the joint
shaft by tapping on a brass bar inserted between
them.
2. Remove the bolts.
3. Pull the joint shaft straight out.
Caution
The sharp edges of the joint shaft can
slice or puncture the oil seal. Be careful
when removing the joint shaft from the
transaxle.
acxuuw00001185
Clip Installation Note

1. Install a new clip onto the joint shaft with the opening facing upward. Ensure that the diameter of the clip does
not exceed the specification on installation.
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter. If it
exceeds the specification, repeat Step 1 using a
new clip. CLIP
Clip outer diameter specification

OPENING
34.0 mm {1.34 in} max.
End Of Sie
OUTER
DIAMETER
acxuuw00001186
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]

id0313008009a5
Caution

03-134
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 5
DRIVE SHAFT
1927
{1.932.75, 14.119.9}
2 4
47.059.0
{4.806.01,
34.743.5} R
A
SST 5 R
1
03-13
43.158.8
{4.405.99,
31.843.3}
A
3 42.360.1
{4.326.12,
31.244.3}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001187
1 Tie-rod end ball joint 4 Joint shaft

(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER (See 03-13-5 Joint Shaft Removal Note)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) 5 Clip
2 Stabilizer control link (lower side) (See 03-13-5 Clip Installation Note)
3 Lower arm ball joint
Joint Shaft Removal Note

shaft by tapping on a brass bar inserted between
them.
2. Remove the bolts.
3. Pull the joint shaft straight out.
Caution
The sharp edges of the joint shaft can
when removing the joint shaft from the
transaxle.
acxuuw00001188

03-135
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 6
DRIVE SHAFT
exceeds the specification, repeat Step 1 using a
new clip.
CLIP
Outer diameter specification
34.0 mm {1.34 in} max. OPENING
End Of Sie
OUTER
DIAMETER
acxuuw00001189
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY[2WD]

id0313008010a3
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table. .
SST
7 SST
6
2
1
3
5
4
acxuuw00001302
1 Cover 5 Joint shaft

2 Dust seal (axle side) (See 03-13-6 Joint Shaft Disassembly Note)
(See 03-13-6 Dust Seal (Axle Side) Disassembly 6 Dust seal (differential side)
Note) (See 03-13-7 Dust Seal (Differential Side)
3 Snap ring Disassembly Note)
4 Snap ring 7 Bearing
(See 03-13-7 Bearing Disassembly Note)
8 Bearing housing
Dust Seal (Axle Side) Disassembly Note

1. Remove the dust seal using a flathead screwdriver.
Joint Shaft Disassembly Note

1. Remove the joint shaft using a press.
ampjjw00003305
03-136
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 7
DRIVE SHAFT
Dust Seal (Differential Side) Disassembly Note
Bearing Disassembly Note

1. Remove the bearing using a press and the SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 B014 001 49 B014 001
49 W034 301
Inner diameter: 67.5 72 mm {2.7 2.8 in}
Inner depth: 16 mm {0.63 in} or more 49 W034 301
Plate thickness: 1 mm {0.04 in} or more
End Of Sie 03-13
acxuuw00001303
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY[AWD]

id0313008010a5
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table..
3
5
6
1
acxuuw00001353
1 Dust seal 4 Joint shaft

(See 03-13-7 Dust Seal Disassembly Note) 5 Bearing
2 Clip (See 03-13-8 Bearing Disassembly Note)
3 Snap ring 6 Bearing housing
Dust Seal Disassembly Note

03-137
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 8
DRIVE SHAFT
1. Remove the bearing from the joint shaft using a
press.
End Of Sie
BEARING
acxuuw00001354
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY[2WD]

id0313008011a3
1. Assemble in the order indicated in the table.
R GREASE
SST
2 SST R
4
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm, 69.195.5 inlbf}
8
5 7 SST
R 6
SST
3
R R
1
GREASE
acxuuw00001348
1 Bearing housing 5 Dust seal (axle side)

2 Bearing (See 03-13-9 Dust Seal (Axle Side) Assembly Note)
(See 03-13-8 Bearing Assembly Note) 6 Joint shaft
3 Snap ring (See 03-13-9 Joint Shaft Assembly Note)
4 Dust seal (differential side) 7 Snap ring
(See 03-13-9 Dust Seal (Differential Side) Assembly 8 Cover
Note)
Bearing Assembly Note

1. Install the new bearing using a press and the
SSTs. 49 G030 797
Substitution SST
49 B025 004
Outer diameter: 61 mm {2.4 in}
Inner diameter: 46 mm {1.8 in} 49 B025 004
acxuuw00001349
03-138
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 9
DRIVE SHAFT
Dust Seal (Differential Side) Assembly Note
1. Apply grease to the new dust seal lip.
2. Install the dust seal (differential side) using a
press and the SSTs. 49 G030 797
Substitution SST
49 B025 004
Outer diameter: 58 59.8 mm {2.2 2.3 in}
or less 49 B025 004
Inner diameter: 53 mm {2.1 in} or more
Inner depth: 7.5 mm {0.30 in} or more
03-13
acxuuw00001349
Dust Seal (Axle Side) Assembly Note

2. Install the dust seal (axle side) using a press and
the SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 G028 203
49 G028 203
Outer diameter: 64 mm {2.5 in} or more
Inner diameter: 57.6 59.0 mm {2.27 2.32
in}
Inner depth: 6.8 mm {0.27 in} or more 49 W034 301
49 W034 301
in}
acxuuw00001350
Joint Shaft Assembly Note

1. Install the joint shaft using a press and the SST.
Substitution SST
49 F401 337A JOINT SHAFT
Inner diameter: 35.2 mm {1.4 in} or more
End Of Sie
49 F401 337A
acxuuw00001351
03-139
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 10
DRIVE SHAFT
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY[AWD]
id0313008011a5
1. Assemble in the order indicated in the table. .
R
3 R
2 SST
6
R 5
SST R
acxuuw00001355
1 Bearing housing 4 Joint shaft

2 Bearing (See 03-13-10 Joint Shaft Assembly Note)
(See 03-13-10 Bearing Assembly Note) 5 Clip
3 Snap ring 6 Dust seal
(See 03-13-11 Dust Seal Assembly Note)

1. Install the new bearing to the bracket.
Note
When the bearing is not installed to the
bracket by hand, install it using the SST.
Substitution SST 49 V001 525

49 V001 525
acxuuw00001356
Joint Shaft Assembly Note

1. Install the joint shaft using a press and the SST.
Substitution SST
49 V001 525
in}
49 V001 525
acxuuw00001357
03-1310
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 11
DRIVE SHAFT
Dust Seal Assembly Note
2. Install the new dust seal using a press and the
SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 G028 203
Inner diameter: 57.6 59.0 mm {2.27 2.32 49 G028 203
in}
End Of Sie
WM: DRIVE SHAFT
03-13
acxuuw00001358
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT PRE-INSPECTION

id031300800200
1. Inspect the dust boot on the drive shaft for cracks,
damage, leaking grease, and looseness in the
boot band.
2. Inspect the drive shaft for bends, cracks, and
wear in the joint or splines.
Repair or replace the drive shaft or boot/band
as necessary.
End Of Sie
A6E0313W033
03-1311
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 12
DRIVE SHAFT
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031300800300
Caution

6 R
5 R
47.059.0
{4.806.01,
34.743.5}
SST
2
1 R
R 6 235.2274.4
{23.9927.98,
173.5202.3}
A
3
42.360.1 4 43.158.8
{4.326.12, {4.405.99,
31.244.3} 31.843.3}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001222
1 Locknut 4 Front lower arm ball joint

(See 03-13-13 Locknut Removal Note.) 5 Front drive shaft
(See 03-13-14 Locknut Installation Note.) (See 03-13-13 Front Drive Shaft Removal Note.)
2 Tie-rod end ball joint (See 03-13-14 Front Drive Shaft Installation Note.)
(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER 6 Clip
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 03-13-13 Clip Installation Note.)
3 Front stabilizer control link (lower side)
03-1312
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 13
DRIVE SHAFT
Locknut Removal Note
1. Lock the hub by applying the brakes.
2. Knock the crimped portion of the locknut outward
using a small chisel and a hammer.
3. Remove the locknut.
03-13
acxuuw00001114
Front Drive Shaft Removal Note

1. Install a spare nut onto the drive shaft so that the nut is flush with the end of the drive shaft.
2. Tap the nut with a copper hammer to loosen the
drive shaft from the front wheel hub.
3. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub.
Caution
The sharp edges of the drive shaft can
when removing the drive shaft from the
transaxle.
acxuuw00001115
4. Separate the left side drive shaft from the

transaxle by prying with a bar inserted between
the outer ring and the transaxle, as shown in the
figure.
acxuuw00001223

shaft by tapping on a bar inserted between them.
acxuuw00001224

1. Install a new clip onto the drive shaft with the opening facing upward. Ensure that the diameter of the clip does
03-1313
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 14
DRIVE SHAFT
exceeds the specification, repeat Steps 1 2
using a new clip.
CLIP

LH: 33.5 mm {1.32 in} OPENING
RH (joint shaft): 34.0 mm {1.34 in}
OUTER
DIAMETER
acxuuw00001225
Front Drive Shaft Installation Note
Caution
The sharp edges of the drive shaft can slice or puncture the oil seal. Be careful when installing the
drive shaft to the transaxle.
The oil seals are damaged easily if this
procedure is not done correctly.
acxuuw00001226
Left side
1. Insert the drive shaft into the wheel hub.
2. Apply transaxle oil to the oil seal lip.
3. Push the drive shaft into the transaxle.
4. After installation, pull the transaxle side outer ring forward to confirm that the drive shaft is securely held by the
clip.
Right side
1. Insert the drive shaft into the wheel hub.
2. Insert the drive shaft into the joint shaft.
3. After installation, pull the transaxle side outer ring forward to confirm that the drive shaft is securely held by the
clip.
Locknut Installation Note

1. Install a new locknut and stake it as shown.
End Of Sie 0.5 mm {0.02 in} OR MORE
acxuuw00001128
03-1314
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 15
DRIVE SHAFT
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id031300800400
SST 1
R
GREASE
8 R
GREASE
1 SST R
R 2
R 03-13
9
7 RIGHT SIDE
GREASE
R 8
2
R
5 R 6
3
4
acxuuw00001241
1 Boot band (wheel side) 6 Snap ring

(See 03-13-16 Boot Band (Wheel Side) (See 03-13-17 Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly
Disassembly Note.) Note.)
(See 03-13-19 Boot Band (Wheel Side) Assembly (See 03-13-18 Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly
Note.) Note.)
2 Boot band (transaxle side) 7 Tripod joint
(See 03-13-16 Boot Band (Transaxle Side) (See 03-13-17 Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly
Disassembly Note.) Note.)
(See 03-13-18 Boot Band (Transaxle Side) (See 03-13-18 Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly
Assembly Note.) Note.)
3 Clip 8 Boot
4 Outer ring (See 03-13-17 Boot Disassembly Note.)
(See 03-13-16 Outer Ring Disassembly Note.) (See 03-13-17 Boot Assembly Note.)
(See 03-13-18 Outer Ring Assembly Note.) 9 Shaft and ball joint component
5 Roller cassette
03-1315
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 16
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band (Wheel Side) Disassembly Note
Note
The boot band does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced.
1. Remove the boot clamp with end clamp pliers as

shown and discard the clamp.
acxuuw00001242
Boot Band (Transaxle Side) Disassembly Note

1. Pry up the locking clips using a screwdriver.
2. Pull back the end of the band.
acxuuw00001243
Outer Ring Disassembly Note

1. Mark the outer ring and the shaft for proper
assembly. MARK
acxuuw00001244
2. Remove the clip.

3. Remove the outer ring.
acxuuw00001245
03-1316
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 17
DRIVE SHAFT
Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly Note
1. Mark the shaft and tripod joint for proper assembly.
2. Remove the snap ring using snap-ring pliers.
3. Remove the tripod joint from the shaft.
Caution
Do not tap the tripod joint with a hammer.
MARK
03-13
acxuuw00001246
Boot Disassembly Note
Note
The wheel side boot does not need to be removed unless replacing it or the ball joint and shaft
component.
Do not strip the tape until the boot is assembled.
1. Wrap the shaft splines with tape.

2. Remove the boot.
TAPE
acxuuw00001247
Boot Assembly Note
Note
The wheel side and transaxle side boots are different.
1. Fill the boot (wheel side) with the specified grease.
Caution
Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to prevent foreign matter from entering
the boot.
Grease amount
110 130 g {3.89 4.58 oz}
2. With the splines of the shaft still wrapped in tape from disassembly, install the boot.
3. Remove the tape.
03-1317
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 18
DRIVE SHAFT
Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly Note
1. Align the marks and install the tripod joint using a
bar and a hammer.
2. Install the new snap ring using snap-ring pliers. MARK
Caution
Be sure the snap ring engages correctly
in the groove of the shaft.
acxuuw00001248
Outer Ring Assembly Note

1. Fill the outer ring and boot (transaxle side) with the specified grease.
Caution
the boot.
Grease amount
240 260 g {8.48 9.17 oz}
2. Install the roller cassettes.

3. Align the marks, and install the outer ring on to the shaft.
4. Install a new clip.
5. Install the boot.
6. Set the drive shaft to the standard length.
Front drive shaft length

LH: 658.2 668.2 mm {25.92 26.30 in}
RH: 621.2 631.2 mm {24.46 24.85 in}
7. Release any trapped air from the boots by

carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with
a cloth- wrapped flathead screwdriver.
Caution
Do not let grease leak.
Do not damage the boot.
8. Verify that the drive shaft length is within the

standard.
acxuuw00001249
Boot Band (Transaxle Side) Assembly Note

1. Fold the band in the direction opposite to the
forward revolving direction of the drive shaft and
use pliers to pull it tight.
2. Lock the end of the band by bending the locking
clips.
Caution
Install the band into the groove securely.
acxuuw00001250
03-1318
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band (Wheel Side) Assembly Note
1. Adjust clearance A by turning the adjusting bolt of
the SST.
Clearance A ADJUSTING BOLT

2.9 mm {0.11 in} A
49 T025 001
acxuuw00001251 03-13
2. Crimp the wheel side small boot band using the
SST. Verify that clearance B is within the B
specification.
If clearance B is more than the specification,
reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the
boot again.
If clearance B is less than the specification, 49 T025 001
replace the boot band, increase clearance A
of the SST, and crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
2.4 2.8 mm {0.095 0.110 in}
acxuuw00001252
3. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from

the boot band installation area.
If it does, replace the boot band and repeat Steps 2 and 3.
4. Fill the boot with the repair kit grease.
5. Adjust clearance A by turning the adjusting bolt of the SST.
Clearance A
3.2 mm {0.13 in}
6. Crimp the wheel side big boot band using the SST.
7. Verify that clearance B is within the specification.
If clearance B is more than the specification, reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot again.
If clearance B is less than the specification, replace the boot band, increase clearance A of the SST and
crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
2.4 2.8 mm {0.095 0.110 in}
8. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
End Of Sie
REAR DRIVE SHAFT PRE-INSPECTION
WM: REAR DRIVE SHAFT
id031300800500
1. Inspect each connecting part for looseness.
Tighten or replace parts if necessary.
2. Inspect the dust boot on the drive shaft for cracks,
damage, leaking grease, and looseness in the
boot band.
3. Inspect the drive shaft for bends, cracks, and
wear in the joints or splines.
Repair or replace the drive shaft or boot band
if necessary.
End Of Sie
A6J63172101
03-1319
DRIVE SHAFT
REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031300800600
Caution
following procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (wheel side) and fix it to an
appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by mistake while the vehicle is being
serviced.
1. Drain the rear differential oil into a container. (See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT.)
4. After installation, add the specified rear differential oil. (See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT.)
5. Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-4 REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
78.4101.9
{8.010.3,
57.975.1} 75.5102
75.5102
{7.7010.4, {7.7010.4,
3 R 55.775.2}
55.775.2}
2 SST
97.7132.3 R
{10.013.4, 75.5102
{7.7010.4, 235275
72.197.5} {23.9728.0,
55.775.2}
174202.}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002554
1 Trailing link, knuckle component 2 Rear drive shaft

(See 02-14-15 TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/ (See 03-13-20 Rear Drive Shaft Removal Note)
INSTALLATION[AWD]) 3 Clip
(See 03-13-21 Clip Installation Note)
Rear Drive Shaft Removal Note

1. Disengage the rear drive shaft using the SSTs.
49 B025 017
OR
Note
49 B025 016 +
Be careful not to damage the rear differential
oil seal. 49 0223 630B
49 B025 010
acxuuw00002550
03-1320 Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06)

1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 21
DRIVE SHAFT
exceeds the specification, repeat Steps 1 2
using a new clip.
CLIP

29.5 mm {1.16 in} max. OPENING
End Of Sie
OUTER
DIAMETER
03-13
acxuuw00001259
REAR DRIVE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id031300800700
R
3
7
6
R
2
4
9 R
5 2
R
8 R
GREASE
1
9
R
1
10
GREASE
acxuuw00001295
1 Boot band (wheel side) 6 Balls

(See 03-13-22 Boot Band (Wheel Side) (See 03-13-23 Balls, Inner Ring, Cage Disassembly
Disassembly Note) Note)
(See 03-13-25 Boot Band (Wheel Side) Assembly (See 03-13-23 Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring
Note) Assembly Note)
2 Boot band (differential side) 7 Inner Ring
(See 03-13-22 Boot Band (Differential Side) (See 03-13-23 Balls, Inner Ring, Cage Disassembly
(See 03-13-24 Boot Band (Differential Side) (See 03-13-23 Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring
Assembly Note) Assembly Note)
3 Clip 8 Cage
(See 03-13-22 Clip Disassembly Note) (See 03-13-23 Balls, Inner Ring, Cage Disassembly
(See 03-13-24 Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note) Note)
4 Outer ring (See 03-13-23 Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring
(See 03-13-24 Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note) Assembly Note)
5 Snap ring 9 Boot
(See 03-13-22 Snap Ring Disassembly Note) (See 03-13-23 Boot Assembly Note)
(See 03-13-23 Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring 10 Drive shaft, joint component
Assembly Note)
03-1321
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 22
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band (Wheel Side) Disassembly Note
Note
The boot band does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced.
1. Remove the boot clamp with end clamp pliers as

shown and discard the clamp.
acxuuw00001242
Boot Band (Differential Side) Disassembly Note

1. Pry up the locking clips using a screwdriver.
2. Pull back the end of the band.
acxuuw00001243
Clip Disassembly Note

1. Mark the drive shaft and outer ring for proper
MARK
assembly.
Caution
Mark with paint; do not use a punch.
2. Remove the clip.
acxuuw00001296
Snap Ring Disassembly Note

1. Mark the drive shaft end and inner ring for proper
reassembly.
Caution
2. Remove the snap ring using snap-ring pliers.
MARK
acxuuw00001297
03-1322
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 23
DRIVE SHAFT
Balls, Inner Ring, Cage Disassembly Note
1. Mark the inner ring and cage for proper reassembly.
Caution
2. Turn the cage approx. 22.5 and pull the cage

22.5
and balls from the inner ring.
03-13
acxuuw00001298
Boot Assembly Note
Note
The wheel side and differential side boots are different.
1. Fill the wheel side boot with the specified grease.
Caution
the boot.
Grease amount
70 90 g {2.48 3.17 oz}
2. With the splines of the shaft wrapped in tape, install the boot.
3. Remove the tape.
Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring Assembly Note

1. Align the marks and install the balls and cage to
CAGE BALLS
the inner ring in the direction shown in the figure.
Caution
Install the cage so that the major
diameter is at the same side as the snap
ring groove. If incorrectly installed, the
drive shaft may become disengaged.
SNAP RING INNER
2. Align the marks and install the inner ring to the GROOVE RING MARK
shaft.
3. Install a new snap ring.
acxuuw00001299
03-1323
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 24
DRIVE SHAFT
Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note
1. Fill the outer ring and boot (differential side) with the specified grease.
Caution
the boot.
Grease amount
90 110 g {3.18 3.88 oz}
2. Align the marks, and install the outer ring on to

MARK
the shaft.
3. Install a new clip to the outer ring clip groove.
4. Install the boot.
acxuuw00001296
5. Release any trapped air from the boots by

carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with
a cloth wrapped screwdriver.
Caution
Do not let grease leak.
Do not damage the boot.
6. Set the drive shaft to the standard length.
Rear drive shaft standard length

LH: 840.8 850.8 mm {33.11 33.49 in}
acxuuw00001300
RH: 862.3 872.3 mm {33.95 34.34 in}
7. Verify that the drive shaft length is within the standard.

If not, repeat from Step 5.
Boot Band (Differential Side) Assembly Note

1. Fold the band in the direction opposite to the
forward revolving direction of the drive shaft and
use pliers to pull it tight.
2. Lock the end of the band by bending the locking
clips.
Caution
Install the band into the groove securely.
acxuuw00001250
03-1324
1871-1U-06B(03-13).fm 25
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band (Wheel Side) Assembly Note
1. Adjust clearance A by turning the adjusting bolt of
the SST.
Clearance A ADJUSTING BOLT

2.9 mm {0.11 in} A
49 T025 001
acxuuw00001251 03-13
2. Crimp the wheel side small boot band using the
SST. Verify that clearance B is within the B
specification.
If clearance B is more than the specification,
reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the
boot again.
If clearance B is less than the specification, 49 T025 001
replace the boot band, increase clearance A
of the SST, and crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
2.4 2.8 mm {0.095 0.110 in}
acxuuw00001252
3. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from

the boot band installation area.
4. Fill the boot with the repair kit grease.
5. Adjust clearance A by turning the adjusting bolt of the SST.
Clearance A
3.2 mm {0.13 in}
6. Crimp the wheel side big boot band using the SST.
7. Verify that clearance B is within the specification.
If clearance B is more than the specification, reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot again.
If clearance B is less than the specification, replace the boot band, increase clearance A of the SST and
crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
2.4 2.8 mm {0.095 0.110 in}
8. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
End Of Sie
03-1325
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 1
DIFFERENTIAL
03-14 DIFFERENTIAL
REAR DIFFERENTIAL Bearing Inner Race (Rear Bearing)
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-141 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-148
DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION . . . . . 03-142 Bearing Outer Race
DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT . . 03-142 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-148
OIL SEAL (SIDE GEAR) Ring Gear Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . 03-149
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-142 Side Bearing Inner Race
OIL SEAL (COMPANION FLANGE) Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-149
REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-143 REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY. . . . . 03-1410
REAR DIFFERENTIAL Side Bearing Inner Race
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 03-145 Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1411
REAR DIFFERENTIAL Thrust washer Assembly Note . . . . . . . 03-1411 03-14
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-146 Ring Gear Assembly Note. . . . . . . . . . . 03-1412
Rear Cover Disassembly Note . . . . . . . 03-147 Bearing Outer Race Assembly Note . . . 03-1412
Bearing Cap Disassembly Note . . . . . . 03-147 Spacer, Bearing Inner Race
Rear Differential Component Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1413
Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-147 Locknut Assembly Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1415
Locknut Disassembly Note. . . . . . . . . . 03-148 Adjusting Shim Assembly Note . . . . . . . 03-1415
Drive Pinion Disassembly Note . . . . . . 03-148 Bearing Cap Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . 03-1417
Rear Cover Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-1418
Oil Seal Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1418
End of Toc
REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCATION INDEX
id031400800300
acxuuw00001575
1 Differential oil 3 Oil seal (companion flange)

(See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION) (See 03-14-3 OIL SEAL (COMPANION FLANGE)
(See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT)
REPLACEMENT) 4 Rear differential
2 Oil seal (side gear) (See 03-14-5 REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL/
(See 03-14-2 OIL SEAL (SIDE GEAR) INSTALLATION)
REPLACEMENT) (See 03-14-6 REAR DIFFERENTIAL
DISASSEMBLY)
(See 03-14-10 REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY)
End Of Sie
03-141
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 2
DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION
id031400800100
1. Place the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the filler plug and washer.
3. Verify that the oil is at the brim of the filler plug FILLER PLUG
hole.
4. If it is low, add the specified oil.
5. Install a new washer and the filler plug, and
tighten.
Tightening torque
39.2 53.9 Nm {4.0 5.4 kgfm, 29.0 39.7
ftlbf}
End Of Sie E6U314ZWC009
DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT

id031400800200
2. Remove the filler plug.
3. Remove the drain plug and drain the differential FILLER PLUG
oil into a container.
4. Install a new washer and the drain plug, and
tighten.
Tightening torque
39.2 53.9 Nm {4.0 5.4 kgfm, 29.0 39.7
ftlbf}
5. Add the specified differential oil from the filler plug DRAIN PLUG
until the level reaches the brim of the plug hole.
E6U314ZWC010
Rear differential oil type

Grade: API service GL-5
Viscosity: SAE 80W-90
Rear differential oil capacity (approximate quantity)

1.00 L {1.06 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt}
6. After filling with differential oil, perform oil level inspection.

7. Install a new washer and the drain plug, and tighten.
Tightening torque
39.2 53.9 Nm {4.0 5.4 kgfm, 29.0 39.7 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
OIL SEAL (SIDE GEAR) REPLACEMENT
id031400800700
1. Remove the drain plug and the drain differential oil into a container.
2. Install a new washer and the drain plug, and tighten.
3. Remove the rear drive shaft. (See 03-13-20 REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the clip from the drive shaft.
Caution
Wrap the end of a screwdriver with cloth to prevent scratches to the inside of the differential
casing.
03-142
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 3
DIFFERENTIAL
5. Remove the oil seal from the differential casing
using a screwdriver.
6. Apply differential oil to the new oil seal lip.
acxuuw00001378
03-14
7. Install the new oil seal to the differential carrier
using the SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 G030 796
8. After installing the new clip onto the drive shaft,
insert the drive shaft into the differential. (See 03-
13-20 REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
49 G030 796
INSTALLATION.) 49 G030 797
9. Verify that the drive shaft cannot be pulled out.
acxuuw00001379
10. Add the specified differential oil.
11. After adding the oil, perform an oil level
inspection. (See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION.)
12. Install a new washer and the oil filler plug, and tighten.
Tightening torque
39.2 53.9 Nm {4.0 5.4 kgfm, 29.0 39.7 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
OIL SEAL (COMPANION FLANGE) REPLACEMENT
id031400800800
1. Drain the differential oil into a container.
3. Remove the locknut using the SST.
4. Support the differential using a jack.
49 S120 710
acxuuw00001373
5. After removing the front side of the differential

mount, gradually lower the jack and tilt the front
side of the differential downward.
DIFFERENTIAL
JACK
acxuuw00001374
03-143
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 4
DIFFERENTIAL
6. Pull the companion flange off using the SST.
7. Remove the oil seal from the differential carrier 49 0839 425C
using a screwdriver or similar tool.
acxuuw00001375
9. Install the new oil seal to the differential carrier

using the SST.
49 W011 102
Substitution SST
49 W011 102
or more
10. Install the companion flange to the drive pinion.
11. Jack up the differential and install the front side of
the differential mount.
acxuuw00001376
Tightening torque
75.5 102 Nm {7.7 10.4 kgfm, 55.7 75.2
ftlbf}
12. Install the washer and a new locknut.

13. Tighten the locknut to the specified torque using
the SST.
Tightening torque
167 226 Nm {17.1 23.0 kgfm, 124 166
ftlbf}
14. Install the propeller shaft. (See 03-15-3 49 S120 710

PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
15. Add the specified differential oil from the filler
plug. (See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL
acxuuw00001377
REPLACEMENT.)
End Of Sie
03-144
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 5
DIFFERENTIAL
REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031400800400
1. Drain the rear differential oil into a container.
WITH TC].)
4. Remove the rear drive shaft. (See 03-13-20 REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Add the specified rear differential oil. (See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT.)
8. Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-4 REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
75.5102
{7.7010.4, 03-14
55.775.2}
A B
75.5102
C {7.7010.4, 1
D 55.775.2}
75.5102
{7.7010.4, E
55.775.2} 43.160.8
F {4.406.194,
A 3 31.844.8}
B
C 75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
D
E
22.626.4 7
{2.312.69,
2 75.5102 16.719.4}
F {7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
75.5102
{7.7010.4,
4 55.775.2}
6 5
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001971
1 Rear crossmember and rear differential component 5 Front differential mounting rubber (LH)
(See 02-14-20 REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/ 6 Coupling component
INSTALLATION[AWD]) (See 03-19-4 COUPLING COMPONENT
2 Rear differential component REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3 Rear differential mounting rubber 7 Rear differential
4 Front differential mounting rubber (RH)
End Of Sie
03-145
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 6
DIFFERENTIAL
REAR DIFFERENTIAL DISASSEMBLY
id031400800500
Warning
The engine stand is equipped with a self-lock mechanism, however, if the rear differential is in a
tilted condition, the self-lock mechanism could become inoperative. If the rear differential
unexpectedly rotates it could cause injury, therefore do not maintain the rear differential in a tilted
condition. When turning the rear differential, grasp the rotation handle firmly.
7 3 2
10 6
SST
13 14
11
19
15
5 18 3
23
SST
17
22
21 25 23
21 SST 5
20
1 24 6
22 4
SST
24
16
15
12
8 9
SST
acxuuw00001405
1 Differential oil temperature sensor 12 Bearing inner race (front bearing)

2 Rear cover 13 Bearing inner race (rear bearing)
(See 03-14-7 Rear Cover Disassembly Note) (See 03-14-8 Bearing Inner Race (Rear Bearing)
3 Bearing cap Disassembly Note)
(See 03-14-7 Bearing Cap Disassembly Note) 14 Spacer
4 Rear differential component 15 Bearing outer race
(See 03-14-7 Rear Differential Component (See 03-14-8 Bearing Outer Race Disassembly
5 Side bearing outer race 16 Differential carrier
6 Adjusting shim 17 Ring gear
7 Spacer (See 03-14-9 Ring Gear Disassembly Note)
8 Locknut 18 Knock pin
(See 03-14-8 Locknut Disassembly Note) 19 Pinion shaft
9 Washer 20 Pinion gear
10 Drive pinion 21 Side gear
(See 03-14-8 Drive Pinion Disassembly Note) 22 Thrust washer
11 Collapsible spacer
03-146
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 7
DIFFERENTIAL
23 Side bearing inner race 24 Oil seal
(See 03-14-9 Side Bearing Inner Race Disassembly 25 Gear case
Note)
Rear Cover Disassembly Note

1. Install the SSTs to the engine stand.
49 L027 0A2 03-14
49 0107 680A
acxuuw00001406
2. Install the rear differential to the SSTs.

3. Remove the rear cover using an oil seal cutter.
49 0107 680A
49 L027 0A2
acxuuw00001407
Bearing Cap Disassembly Note

1. Place alignment marks on the bearing cap and
carrier.
MARK
acxuuw00001408
Rear Differential Component Disassembly Note

1. Remove the rear differential component using the
SSTs.
2. Mark or otherwise distinguish between the 49 T032 317
removed left and right adjusting shims, spacers
and side bearing outer races so that they are not
mixed up at the time of reassembly. 49 T032 316
49 L027 004
acxuuw00001409
03-147
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 8
DIFFERENTIAL
Locknut Disassembly Note
1. Remove the locknut using the SSTs.
49 L027 006
49 L027 007
acxuuw00001410
Drive Pinion Disassembly Note

1. Remove the drive pinion by lightly tapping with a
copper hammer.
acxuuw00001411
Bearing Inner Race (Rear Bearing) Disassembly Note

1. Remove the bearing inner races (rear bearing)
using the SST and a press.
49 H027 002
acxuuw00001412
Bearing Outer Race Disassembly Note

1. Remove the bearing outer races using the 2
grooves in the carrier and alternately tapping the
sides of the races with a brass bar.
acxuuw00001413
03-148
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 9
DIFFERENTIAL
Ring Gear Disassembly Note
1. Secure the gear case in a vice and remove the
bolts.
2. Lightly tap around the ring gear using a plastic
hammer to remove the ring gear from the gear
case.
acxuuw00001414 03-14
Side Bearing Inner Race Disassembly Note
Note
Mark or otherwise distinguish between the left and right side bearings so that they are not mixed up at the
time of reassembly.
1. Remove the side bearing inner races from the

gear case using the SST and a press.
End Of Sie
49 0839 425C
acxuuw00001415
03-149
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 10
DIFFERENTIAL
REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
id031400800600
Warning
The engine stand is equipped with a self-lock mechanism, however, if the rear differential is in a
tilted condition, the self-lock mechanism could become inoperative. If the rear differential
unexpectedly rotates it could cause injury, therefore do not maintain the rear differential in a tilted
condition. When turning the rear differential, grasp the rotation handle firmly.
Note
Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant.
Install the rear cover within 10 minutes after applying sealant.
Allow the sealant to set at least 30 minutes after installation before filling the differential with the specified
oil.
1. Assemble in the order indicated in the table.
3851
SEALANT 15.722.6
{3.96.2, 24 {1.62.3,
28.137.6} 11.616.6}
23
R
SST 3851
SST 15 {3.96.2,
12 11 SEALANT 28.137.6}
R 14 8 68.683.3
19 {9.08.49,
R SST 10 22 50.661.4}
6
20 7 23
2
SST
12.717.3 R
{1.31.7,
2 SST
9.412.7}
SST
26 20
25 OIL
3
1
4 4
5
R
3 18
9 26 21
SST
10 SST R OIL
13 R
17
16
R SST
240755
{24.576.9, 177556}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00002352
1 Gear case 8 Ring gear

2 Side bearing inner race (See 03-14-12 Ring Gear Assembly Note)
(See 03-14-11 Side Bearing Inner Race Assembly 9 Differential carrier
Note) 10 Bearing outer race
3 Thrust washer (See 03-14-12 Bearing Outer Race Assembly Note)
(See 03-14-11 Thrust washer Assembly Note) 11 Spacer
4 Side gear (See 03-14-13 Spacer, Bearing Inner Race
5 Pinion gear Assembly Note)
6 Pinion shaft 12 Bearing inner race (rear bearing)
(See 03-14-13 Spacer, Bearing Inner Race
7 Knock pin Assembly Note)
03-1410
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 11
DIFFERENTIAL
13 Bearing inner race (front bearing) 19 Spacer
(See 03-14-13 Spacer, Bearing Inner Race 20 Side bearing outer race
Assembly Note)
21 Rear differential component
14 Collapsible spacer
22 Adjusting shim (R)
15 Drive pinion
23 Bearing cap
16 Locknut (See 03-14-17 Bearing Cap Assembly Note)
(See 03-14-15 Locknut Assembly Note)
24 Rear cover
17 Washer (See 03-14-18 Rear Cover Assembly Note)
18 Adjusting shim (L) 25 Differential oil temperature sensor
(See 03-14-15 Adjusting Shim Assembly Note)
26 Oil seal
(See 03-14-18 Oil Seal Assembly Note)
03-14
Side Bearing Inner Race Assembly Note
Caution
Do not mix up the left and right side bearing inner races.
1. Press the side bearing inner races into the gear

case using the SSTs. 49 F401 331
Substitution SST
49 G030 338
Inner depth: 3 mm {0.12 in} or more 49 G030 338
acxuuw00001417
Thrust washer Assembly Note

1. Assemble the side gears, thrust washers and pinion gears to the gear case, then assemble the knock pin.
2. After assembling the knock pin, make a crimp so that the pin will not come out of the gear case.
3. Set a dial gauge to the pinion gear as indicated in
the figure.
4. Secure one of the side gears.
5. Move the pinion gear and measure the backlash
at the end of the pinion gear.
If the backlash exceeds the standard, use the
thrust washers to adjust.
Standard backlash
0.1 mm {0.004 in} or less
acxuuw00001418
Thrust washer thickness

Identification mark Thickness
0 2.0 mm {0.079 in}
1 2.1 mm {0.083 in}
2 2.2 mm {0.086 in}
05 2.05 mm {0.081 in}
15 2.15 mm {0.084 in}
03-1411
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 12
DIFFERENTIAL
Ring Gear Assembly Note
Caution
The differential gear and ring gear could be damaged if the ring gear is installed with old thread-
locking compound remaining on the bolt threads. Before installing the ring gear, completely
remove the old thread-locking compound from the bolt threads.
1. Apply a small amount of thread-locking

compound to each of points A on the back of the
A
ring gear, and bolt thread areas B (around the
entire ring).
B
Application amount
Back of ring gear:
Approx. 0.4 ml {0.4 cc, 0.02 cu in}
Ring gear bolt thread points:
Approx. 0.4 ml {0.4 cc, 0.02 cu in}
(0.04 ml {0.04 cc, 0.002 cu in} to each
point)
acxuuw00001419
2. Align the marks placed on the ring gear case at

the time of disassembly and tighten the bolts in
diagonal order.
Tightening torque
68.6 83.3 Nm {7.00 8.49 kgfm, 50.6
61.4 ftlbf}
acxuuw00001420
Bearing Outer Race Assembly Note

1. Press in the bearing outer race using the SSTs
and a press.
Substitution SST 49 M005 797
49 F027 007
Outer diameter: 70.8 71.0 mm {2.78 2.79
in}
Plate thickness: 1 mm {0.04 in} or more 49 F027 007
49 F027 004
in}
Plate thickness: 1 mm {0.04 in} or more 49 F027 004
acxuuw00001421
03-1412
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 13
DIFFERENTIAL
Spacer, Bearing Inner Race Assembly Note
Pinion height adjustment
Note
Use the same spacer.
Install the spacer with the chamfer on the SST side.
1. Assemble the spacer, the bearing inner race (rear

bearing), and the SST O-ring to the SST (49 8531
565) as shown in the figure. 49 0305 555
2. Insert the set assembled in Step 1 to the
differential gear from the rear.
3. Assemble the bearing inner race (front bearing),
03-14
SST (49 G027 005), companion flange, washer,
and locknut from the front of the differential gear. 49 8531 565
4. Tighten the locknut to the extent that the SST (49
8531 565) can be turned by hand.
5. Place the SST (49 0305 555) on top of the SST
(49 8531 565). 49 8531 568
49 G027 005
49 G032 347
acxuuw00001422
6. Place the SST on the surface plate and set the

dial indicator to zero.
49 0727 570
acxuuw00001423
7. Set the SST as shown in the figure.

8. Place the measuring probe of the dial indicator so
that it contacts the place where the side bearing is
installed in the carrier. Then measure the left and
right side of the lower position. 49 0727 570
acxuuw00001424
03-1413
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 14
DIFFERENTIAL
9. Add the two (left and right) values obtained by the
measurements taken in Step 8 and then divide
the total by 2. From this result, subtract the result
obtained by dividing the number inscribed on the
end surface of the drive pinion by 100. (If there is
no figure inscribed, use 0.) This is the pinion
height adjustment value.
Rear differential pinion height

0.032 0.032 mm {0.0012 0.0012 in}
Note
For example, the measured results obtained
at Step 8 and 9 are 0.06 mm {0.003 in} and
0.04 mm {0.002 in}, and the figure inscribed
on the end of the drive pinion is 2:
((0.06 mm {0.003 in}+ 0.04 mm {0.002 in}) /
2) (2/100) = 0.03 mm {0.001 in} (pinion
height adjustment value)
Replace with a spacer 0.03 mm {0.001 in}
thicker than the currently used one. Spacer
thickness is set at 0.015 mm {0.0006 in}
increments, therefore select the closest
spacer thickness and assemble. acxuuw00001425
Install the spacer with the chamfer on the
SST side.
Spacer thickness
Identification mark Thickness (mm {in}) Identification mark Thickness (mm {in})
08 3.08 {0.1213} 29 3.29 {0.1295}
09 3.095 {0.1219} 30 3.305 {0.1301}
11 3.11 {0.1224} 32 3.32 {0.1307}
12 3.125 {0.1230} 33 3.335 {0.1313}
14 3.14 {0.1236} 35 3.35 {0.1319}
15 3.155 {0.1242} 36 3.365 {0.1325}
17 3.17 {0.1248} 38 3.38 {0.1331}
18 3.185 {0.1254} 39 3.395 {0.1337}
20 3.20 {0.1260} 41 3.41 {0.1343}
21 3.215 {0.1266} 42 3.425 {0.1348}
23 3.23 {0.1272} 44 3.44 {0.1354}
24 3.245 {0.1278} 45 3.455 {0.1360}
26 3.26 {0.1283} 47 3.47 {0.1366}
27 3.275 {0.1289}
10. Assemble the spacer selected for the pinion height adjustment to the drive pinion.
11. Press the bearing inner race (rear bearing) into
the drive pinion using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST 49 F401 331
49 V001 525
in}
Inner diameter: 35.2 mm {1.39 in} or more 49 V001 525
acxuuw00001426
03-1414
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 15
DIFFERENTIAL
Locknut Assembly Note
Drive pinion preload adjustment
1. Apply differential oil to a new locknut.
2. Assemble a new collapsible spacer, bearing inner race (front bearing), spacer and locknut to the drive pinion,
and temporarily tighten the locknut.
3. Turn the serrated part of the drive pinion by hand to seat the bearing.
4. Tighten the locknut temporarily tightened in Step
1 from the lower limit of the specified tightening
torque using the SSTs, and make this the 49 L027 006
specified preload.
If the specified preload cannot be obtained
within the specified tightening torque, replace
the collapsible spacer and inspect again.
03-14
49 L027 007
Tightening torque
167 226 Nm {17.1 23.0 kgfm, 124 166
ftlbf}
acxuuw00001427
Rear differential drive pinion preload
1.3 1.8 Nm {13.3 18.2 kgfcm, 11.5 15.9
inlbf}
5. Crimp the locknut using a chisel and hammer.

1.0 mm {0.04 in}
LOCKNUT
acxuuw00001428
Adjusting Shim Assembly Note

1. Assemble the differential carrier to the SSTs.
2. Assemble the spacer to the differential carrier.
3. Stack the side bearing outer race and gear case
component on the surface plate as indicated in
the figure, and measure the height using a caliper
and a ruler. This is value A.
acxuuw00001429
4. Measure the width of the installed differential in

the differential carrier with the spacer installed.
This is value B. SPACER
5. The combined thickness of the left and right
adjusting shims is obtained by the following
formula.
C1 = B A + 0.15 mm {0.006 in} B
C2 = B A + 0.44 mm {0.017 in}
6. If the combined thickness of the previously
installed adjusting shims is between C1 and C2,
use the shims as they are.
acxuuw00001430
03-1415
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 16
DIFFERENTIAL
7. If the combined thickness of the previously installed adjusting shims is not between C1 and C2, or if the
adjusting shims have to be replaced, select two appropriate adjusting shims from the table below.
Adjusting shim thickness
Identification mark Thickness (mm {in}) Identification mark Thickness (mm {in})
350 3.50 {0.137} 410 4.10 {0.161}
355 3.55 {0.139} 415 4.15 {0.163}
360 3.60 {0.141} 420 4.20 {0.165}
365 3.65 {0.143} 425 4.25 {0.167}
370 3.70 {0.145} 430 4.30 {0.169}
375 3.75 {0.147} 435 4.35 {0.171}
380 3.80 {0.149} 440 4.40 {0.173}
385 3.85 {0.151} 445 4.45 {0.175}
390 3.90 {0.153} 450 4.50 {0.177}
395 3.95 {0.155} 455 4.55 {0.179}
400 4.00 {0.157} 460 4.60 {0.181}
405 4.05 {0.159}
Caution
If adjusting shims are to be reused, do not mix up the left and right shims.
Do not mix up the left and right side bearing outer races and spacers.
8. Assemble the selected adjusting shims to the differential carrier ring gear side, and the spacer to the opposite
side.
9. Assemble the differential and bearing outer race to the differential carrier.
10. Tap the selected adjusting shim between the
spacer and the bearing race with a plastic
hammer as shown in the figure.
11. Align the bearing cap alignment marks to
assemble the bearing cap, and temporarily
tighten the bolts.
12. Place the dial indicator so that the measuring
probe contacts the top surface of one of the ring
gear teeth perpendicularly.
13. Secure the drive pinion and measure the
backlash from when the ring gear moved.
acxuuw00001431
Rear differential backlash of drive pinion and
ring gear
Standard: 0.09 0.11 mm {0.003 0.004 in}
Minimum value: 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Note
Measure the backlash at 4 locations around the ring gear. Make sure one of the 4 locations is within
specification, and the minimum value for the 4 locations is 0.5 mm {0.002 in} or less.
14. If the backlash is not within the specification, adjust the gear case component by moving it in the axial direction.
Note
When moving the gear case component in the axial direction, replace the adjusting shims. If the adjusting
shim on the right side is replaced with one that is 0.05 mm {0.002 in} thicker, replace the one on the left
with one that is 0.05 mm {0.002 in} thinner.
03-1416
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 17
DIFFERENTIAL
Bearing Cap Assembly Note
1. Align the bearing cap alignment marks to assemble the bearing cap.
Tightening torque
38 51 Nm {3.9 5.2 kgfm, 28.1 37.0 ftlbf}
2. Inspect the drive pinion and ring gear teeth

contact points.
MARK
03-14
acxuuw00001432
(1) Coat both surfaces of the ring gear uniformly

with a thin red lead coating.
(2) While rotating the ring gear back and forth by
hand, rotate the drive pinion several times and
inspect the tooth contact.
(3) Inspect the tooth contacts in four locations
around the ring gear, and check that the tooth
contacts showing the red lead coating are the
same as the pattern indicated in the figure.
If the tooth contact is good, wipe off the
red lead coating.
If it is not good, adjust the pinion height,
acxuuw00001433
then adjust the backlash.
(4) If toe and flank contact appears as shown in
the figure, replace the spacer with a thinner
one, and move the drive pinion outward.
acxuuw00001434
(5) If heel and face contact appears as indicated

in the figure, replace the spacer with a thicker
one and move the drive the pinion inward.
acxuuw00001435
03-1417
1871-1U-06B(03-14).fm 18
DIFFERENTIAL
Rear Cover Assembly Note
Caution
Install the rear differential within 10 minutes after applying sealant.
Allow the sealant to set at least 30 minutes after installation before filling the differential with the
specified oil.
1. Clean the alignment surface of the carrier and rear cover, and apply a thin coat of sealant.
2. Install the rear cover.
Tightening torque
15.7 22.6 Nm {1.6 2.3 kgfm, 11.6 16.6 ftlbf}
Oil Seal Assembly Note

2. Assemble the oil seal using the SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 G030 796 49 G030 797
Inner depth: 8.7 mm {0.34 in} or more 49 G030 796
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001436
03-1418
1871-1U-06B(03-15).fm 1
PROPELLER SHAFT
03-15 PROPELLER SHAFT
PROPELLER SHAFT PROPELLER SHAFT
PROPELLER SHAFT Bolt and Nut Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . 03-154
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . 03-152 Propeller Shaft Installation Note . . . . . . 03-154
Joint Area Excessive Play Inspection . 03-152 PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION . . . . 03-155
Propeller Shaft Runout Inspection . . . . 03-152
End of Toc
PROPELLER SHAFT LOCATION INDEX
WM: PROPELLER SHAFT
id031500800100
03-15
acxuuw00000567
1 Propeller shaft
(See03-15-2 PROPELLER SHAFT ON-VEHICLE
INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See03-15-5 PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
03-151
1871-1U-06B(03-15).fm 2
PROPELLER SHAFT
PROPELLER SHAFT ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION
id031500800200
Joint Area Excessive Play Inspection
1. Shake the universal joint by hand and verify that
there is no excessive play.
2. If there is any excessive play, replace the
propeller shaft. (See 03-15-3 PROPELLER
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ampjjw00003160
Propeller Shaft Runout Inspection
Caution
Do not rotate the propeller shaft using engine force when inspecting.
1. Shift to neutral position and release the parking brake.

2. Rotate the rear wheel by hand and inspect the
propeller shaft runout at the three locations
If it exceeds the standard specification,
replace the propeller shaft.
Standard propeller shaft runout (on-vehicle)

0.8 mm {0.031 in}
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000569
03-152
1871-1U-06B(03-15).fm 3
PROPELLER SHAFT
PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031500800300
1. Remove the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the middle pipe, and front pipe. (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
49.058.0 {5.05.9, 3742}
03-15
7
49.058.0 {5.05.9, 3742}
2 9
6 37.352.0 {3.95.3, 2838}
5
4 1
37.352.0
{3.95.3, 3
2838}
1 17.626.4 {1.82.6, 1319}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
17.626.4 {1.82.6, 1319}
acxuuw00000570
1 Balk head plate 6 Nut

Bolt 7 Bush, spacer
2
(See03-15-4 Bolt and Nut Removal Note.) Nut
8
3 Nut (See03-15-4 Bolt and Nut Removal Note.)
4 Bush, spacer Propeller shaft
9
5 Bracket (See03-15-4 Propeller Shaft Installation Note.)
03-153
1871-1U-06B(03-15).fm 4
PROPELLER SHAFT
Bolt and Nut Removal Note
Caution
Do not mark with a punch to prevent imbalance.
1. Before removing the nut, place alignment marks FRONT REAR

on the companion flange (front) and constant
velocity joint, and on the companion flange (rear)
and yoke.
acxuuw00001383
Propeller Shaft Installation Note

1. Align the alignment marks and install the propeller FRONT REAR
shaft.
acxuuw00001383
2. When installing a new propeller shaft, align the

rear differential companion flange mark with the
tag on the propeller shaft so that they are at the TAG
nearest position, and assemble.
3. Perform a road test and verify that there is no
abnormal vibration or noise.
End Of Sie
MARKING
acxuuw00000572
03-154
1871-1U-06B(03-15).fm 5
PROPELLER SHAFT
PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION
id031500800500
1. Measure the propeller shaft center runout using
the dial gauge.
replace the propeller shaft as a single
component.
Maximum propeller shaft runout

0.8 mm {0.031 in}
03-15
acxuuw00000573
2. Inspect the play and rotation of the joint by turning

the universal joint in the directions shown by the
arrows.
If it is not within the specification, replace the
propeller shaft.
Propeller shaft starting torque

0.29 1.47 Nm {3.0 14.9 kgfcm, 2.6
13.0 inlbf}
End Of Sie
ampjjw00002749
03-155
1871-1U-06B(03-16).fm 1
TRANSFER
03-16 TRANSFER
TRANSFER LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . 03-161 TRANSFER OIL COOLER
TRANSFER OIL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . 03-162 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 03-163
TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT . . . . . 03-162 TRANSFER
TRANSFER OIL SEAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 03-163
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-162 No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note. . . 03-165
End of Toc
TRANSFER LOCATION INDEX
WM: TRANSFER
id031600800100
03-16
1 4
acxuuw00002322
1 Transfer oil 3 Transfer oil cooler

(See 03-16-2 TRANSFER OIL INSPECTION.) (See 03-16-3 TRANSFER OIL COOLER
(See 03-16-2 TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Transfer oil seal 4 Transfer
(See 03-16-2 TRANSFER OIL SEAL (See 03-16-3 TRANSFER REMOVAL/
REPLACEMENT.) INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
03-161
1871-1U-06B(03-16).fm 2
TRANSFER
TRANSFER OIL INSPECTION
id031600800200
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the oil level plug and with the washer.
3. Verify that the oil is near the brim of the plug port.
If the oil level is low, add the specified amount
and type of oil through the oil level plug hole.
Transfer oil
Specified oil grade: API Service GL-5
Specified oil viscosity: SAE 80W-90
4. Tighten the oil level plug with a new washer.
Tightening torque
E6U316ZWC002
39.2 58.8 Nm {4.0 5.9 kgfm, 29.0 43.3
ftlbf}
End Of Sie
TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT
id031600800300
1. Remove the drain plug with the washer.
2. Drain the oil into a suitable container.
3. Tighten the drain plug with a new washer.
Tightening torque
39.2 58.8 Nm {4.0 5.9 kgfm, 29.0 43.3
ftlbf}
DRAIN PLUG
4. Remove the oil level plug with the washer and add
the specified amount and type of oil through the
oil level plug hole until the level reaches the
bottom of the oil level plug hole.
E6U316ZWC003
Transfer oil
Specified oil viscosity: SAE 80W-90
Capacity (approximate quantity): 1.2 L {1.3 US qt, 1.1 lmp qt}
5. Tighten the oil level plug with a new washer.
Tightening torque
39.2 58.8 Nm {4.0 5.9 kgfm, 29.0 43.3 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
TRANSFER OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
id031600800400
1. On level ground, jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
2. Drain the oil from the transfer. (See 03-16-2 TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT.)
3. Remove the joint shaft. (See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD])
4. Remove the oil seals using a screwdriver.
5. Using the SST and a hammer, tap each new oil
-0.80.8 mm{-0.030.03 in}
seal.
Substitution SST
49 T034 201A
Length: 5 mm {0.20 in} or more
6. Coat the lip of each oil seal with transfer oil. OIL SEAL
7. Install the joint shaft. (See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]) 49 T034 201A
8. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 03-
acxuuw00002271
16-2 TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT.)
End Of Sie
03-162
1871-1U-06B(03-16).fm 3
TRANSFER
TRANSFER OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031600800500
1. Disconnect the propeller shaft from the transfer side. (See 03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Drain the transfer oil into a suitable container. (See 03-16-2 TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT.)
6. Perform the following procedure, if the transfer has been overhauled and installed to the vehicle.
(1) After warming up the engine, drive the vehicle and inspect for oil leakage and abnormal noise.
23.529.4 Nm
2 {2.42.9 kgfm, 17.421.6 ftlbf}
1 03-16
GREASE
R
3
1
GREASE
E6U316ZWC007
1 Water hose 3 Transfer oil cooler

2 Transfer oil cooler installation bolt
End Of Sie
TRANSFER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031600800600
2. Remove the following parts:
(1) Battery, battery try (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Engine cover
(3) Intercooler (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Front pipe (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Disconnect the propeller shaft from the transfer side. (See 03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the transfer oil cooler withe the hose still connected. (See 03-16-3 TRANSFER OIL COOLER
7. Warm up the engine and transaxle, inspect for oil leakage, and inspect the transfer operation.
03-163
1871-1U-06B(03-16).fm 4
TRANSFER
3851 {3.95.2, 2937}
13
8
C
12
D
14
D 7.810.8 Nm
4262 {80110 kgfcm,
{4.36.3, 7095 inlbf}
3145}
10
15
9 6489 16 11
{6.69.0,
4865}
1927 C
{2.02.7,
1519}
47.059.0 93.1116.6
{4.806.01, {9.5011.88,
34.743.5} 68.785.9}
42.360.1
{4.326.12,
85.3116.6
5
3 31.244.3}
{8.7011.88,
2 62.985.9}
43.158.8
{4.405.99,
4 1 18.626.5
A
31.843.3} {1.92.7,
B
1419}
6
42.360.1 93.1131.3
{4.326.12, {9.513.3, 68.796.8}
A 31.244.3}
119.6154.8 6
{12.215.7, 88.3114.1}
119.6154.8 B
{12.215.7,
88.3114.1} 47.059.0
2 {4.806.01,
119.6154.8 3 34.743.5} 119.6154.8
{12.215.7,
{12.215.7,
88.3114.1}
7 4 88.3114.1}
43.158.8
{4.405.99,
31.843.3} 93.1131.3
119.6154.8
{9.513.3,
119.6154.8 {12.215.7,
68.796.8}
{12.215.7, 88.3114.1}
88.3114.1}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000483
1 Steering shaft 6 Crossmember bracket

(See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN 7 Crossmember
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
2 Stabilizer control link REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Outer ball joint 8 Generator duct
4 Lower arm ball joint (See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/
5 No.1 engine mount bracket
(See03-16-5 No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
03-164
1871-1U-06B(03-16).fm 5
TRANSFER
9 Drive shaft 13 WU-TWC
(See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/ (See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
10 Transfer bracket 14 Heat shield
11 HO2S (front) 15 Joint shaft
(See 01-15-2 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/ (See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) INSTALLATION[AWD].)
12 WU-TWC bracket 16 Transfer
No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note 03-16

1. Install the No.1 engine mount bracket on the
automatic transaxle case and temporarily tighten BOLT B
bolt A and B.
2. Install the No.1 engine mount rubber on the
BOLT A
bracket and temporarily tighten bolt C.
3. Fully tighten bolt A and B in order of AB.
Tightening torque
Bolt A, B: 93.1 116.6 Nm
{9.50 11.88 kgfm, 68.7 85.9 ftlbf}
Bolt C: 85.3 116.6 Nm BOLT C
{87.0 11.88 kgfm, 62.9 85.9 ftlbf}
acxuuw00000476
4. Fully tighten the bolt C.

End Of Sie
03-165
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 1
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)

03-19 ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL Companion Flange
SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . 03-191 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-196
AWD CONTROL MODULE Output Shaft Disassembly Note . . . . . . 03-197
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-192 Bearing Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 03-197
Terminal Voltage List (Reference) . . . . 03-192 COUPLING COMPONENT
AWD CONTROL MODULE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-198
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 03-193 Output Shaft Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . 03-199
AWD CM Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . . 03-193 Bearing Assembly Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-199
COUPLING COMPONENT Coupling Case Assembly Note . . . . . . . 03-199
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 03-194 Oil Seal Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-199
Coupling Component Removal Note . . 03-194 Companion Flange Assembly Note. . . . 03-1910 03-19
Coupling Component Locknut Assembly Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1910
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-195 DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE
COUPLING COMPONENT SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-1910
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-195 DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE
Locknut Disassembly Note. . . . . . . . . . 03-196 SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . 03-1911
AWD SOLENOID INSPECTION . . . . . . . . 03-1911
End of Toc
ELECTRONIC AWD CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
WM: ELECTRONIC 4WD CONTROL SYSTEM
id031900800100
2 4
acxuuw00001437
1 Differential oil temperature sensor 3 AWD control module

(See 03-19-10 DIFFERENTIAL OIL (See 03-19-2 AWD CONTROL MODULE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION) INSPECTION)
(See 03-19-11 DIFFERENTIAL OIL (See 03-19-3 AWD CONTROL MODULE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
INSTALLATION) 4 Coupling component
2 AWD solenoid (See 03-19-4 COUPLING COMPONENT
(See 03-19-11 AWD SOLENOID INSPECTION) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(See 03-19-5 COUPLING COMPONENT
DISASSEMBLY)
(See 03-19-8 COUPLING COMPONENT
ASSEMBLY)
End Of Sie
WM: 4WD CONTROL MODULE
03-191
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 2

AWD CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
id031900800200
Note
AWD CM terminal voltage can vary depending on measuring conditions and vehicle aging, resulting in
misdiagnosis. Therefore, it is necessary to perform an overall inspection of the input/output systems and
AWD CM to determine which part is malfunctioning.
With the AWD CM connector connected, measure voltage by connecting the voltmeter negative (-) lead to
the body ground and positive (+) lead to each AWD CM terminal.
1. Measure voltage or resistance at each AWD CM terminal using a voltmeter and an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the AWD CM.
Terminal Voltage List (Reference)
O M K I G E C A
P N L J H F D B
acxuuw00001438
Input/ Connected Measuring Voltage (V)/ Inspection location

Terminal Signal Test condition
output to item Continuity in case of failure
Differential oil Inspect
temperature 3.0 differential oil
Differential oil Differential oil
Ignition 20C {68F} temperature
A temperature Input temperature Voltage
key ON Differential oil sensor
sensor signal sensor
temperature 1.4 Inspect related
60C {140F} harness
B
Differential oil Differential oil
Inspect related
C temperature temperature Continuity Any condition Yes
harness
sensor GND sensor
D
E
F
Input/
G CAN_H Perform measurement during DTC inspection.
output
Input/
H CAN_L Perform measurement during DTC inspection.
output
Power supply Ignition key ON B+ Inspect fuse
I (Ignition Input Ignition key Voltage Inspect related
switch) Ignition key OFF 1.0 or below harness
J
Inspect fuse
Power supply
K Input Battery Voltage Any condition B+ Inspect related
(Main)
harness
L
M
Inspect related
N Ground Ground Voltage Any condition 0
harness
Ignition key ON B+ AWD solenoid
AWD solenoid
O Output AWD solenoid Voltage Inspect related
(+) Ignition key OFF 1.0 or below harness
03-192
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 3

Input/ Connected Measuring Voltage (V)/ Inspection location
Terminal Signal Test condition
output to item Continuity in case of failure
Ignition key ON B+ AWD solenoid
AWD solenoid
P Output AWD solenoid Voltage Inspect related
(-) Ignition key OFF 1.0 or below harness
End Of Sie
AWD CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031900800300
2. Remove the lower panel (Drivers side). (See 09-17-9 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
03-19
2 3
1
8.812.7
{90129 , 78112}
Nm { kgf cm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001972
1 Bolt 3 Connector
2 AWD CM
(See 03-19-3 AWD CM Removal Note.)
AWD CM Removal Note

1. Push up the AWD CM slightly, and remove it.
End Of Sie
WM: COUPLING COMPONENT
AWD CM
acxuuw00001973
03-193
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 4

COUPLING COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id031900800400
1. Drain the rear differential oil into a container.
WITH TC].)
6. Add rear differential oil. (See 03-14-2 DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT.)
75.5102 22.626.4
{7.7010.4, {2.312.69,
55.775.2} 16.719.4}
2
SEALANT
3 75.5102
{7.7010.4,
55.775.2}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001974
1 AWD solenoid connector 3 Coupling component

2 Bolt (See 03-19-4 Coupling Component Removal Note)
(See 03-19-5 Coupling Component Installation
Note)
Coupling Component Removal Note

1. Support the coupling unit with a transmission jack.
2. Cut away the coupling unit using an oil pan seal
cutter.
OIL PAN
SEAL CUTTER
acxuuw00001441
03-194
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 5

Coupling Component Installation Note
Note
Install the coupling unit within 10 min after applying sealant.
Allow the sealant to set at least 30 min after installation before filling the differential with the specified oil.
1. Apply sealant to the coupling case surface that contacts the rear differential case.
2. Install the coupling unit to the rear differential so
that the two tabs on the coupling unit engage the
rear differential grooves (two locations).
Tightening torque
03-19
22.6 26.4 Nm {2.4 2.6 kgfm, 16.7 19.4
ftlbf}
End Of Sie GROOVE

TAB
REAR DIFFERENTIAL COUPLING UNIT
acxuuw00001442
COUPLING COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY

id031900800500
Warning
The engine stand is equipped with a self-lock mechanism, however, if the coupling unit is in a
tilted condition, the self-lock mechanism could become inoperative. If the coupling unit
unexpectedly rotates it could cause injury, therefore do not maintain the coupling unit in a tilted
condition. When turning the coupling unit, grasp the rotation handle firmly.
10
SST
9
7 5
6
SST 4
3 SST
2
SST
1
acxuuw00001443
1 Locknut 3 Companion flange

(See 03-19-6 Locknut Disassembly Note) (See 03-19-6 Companion Flange Disassembly
2 Washer Note)
03-195
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 6

4 Output shaft 7 Shim
(See 03-19-7 Output Shaft Disassembly Note) 8 Snap ring
5 Coupling component 9 Bearing
6 Oil seal (See 03-19-7 Bearing Disassembly Note)
10 Coupling case
Locknut Disassembly Note

1. Assemble the SSTs to the engine stand.
49 L027 0A2
49 0107 680A
acxuuw00001444
2. Install the coupling unit to the SSTs as shown.
49 L027 0A2
acxuuw00002359
3. Secure the companion flange using the SST, and

remove the locknut.
49 S120 710
acxuuw00001446
Companion Flange Disassembly Note

1. Remove the companion flange using the SST.
49 0839 425C
acxuuw00002356
03-196
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 7

Output Shaft Disassembly Note
1. Remove the coupling unit from the SST.
2. Install the coupling unit to the press as shown,
and remove the output shaft together with the
coupling unit.
3. Install the companion flange to the output shaft.
03-19
acxuuw00001448

remove the bolts.
5. Remove the output shaft.
49 S120 710
acxuuw00001449

1. Remove the bearing using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
49 S033 108 49 M005 797
Height: 155 mm {6.10 in} or more
End Of Sie
49 S033 108
acxuuw00001450
03-197
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 8

COUPLING COMPONENT ASSEMBLY
id031900800600
Warning
The engine stand is equipped with a self-lock mechanism, however, if the coupling unit is in a
tilted condition, the self-lock mechanism could become inoperative. If the coupling unit
unexpectedly rotates it could cause injury, therefore do not maintain the coupling unit in a tilted
condition. When turning the coupling unit, grasp the rotation handle firmly.
41.253.9
5 {4.25.4, 30.439.7}
SST 1
3 SST
4 2
6 SST
OIL
R
SST 7
SST R
167226
{17.123.0,
124166}
10
9 8
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001451
1 Coupling unit 6 Shim

2 Output shaft 7 Oil seal
(See 03-19-9 Output Shaft Assembly Note) (See 03-19-9 Oil Seal Assembly Note)
3 Bearing 8 Companion flange
(See 03-19-9 Bearing Assembly Note) (See 03-19-10 Companion Flange Assembly Note)
4 Snap ring 9 Washer
5 Coupling case 10 Locknut
(See 03-19-9 Coupling Case Assembly Note) (See 03-19-10 Locknut Assembly Note)
03-198
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 9

Output Shaft Assembly Note
1. Install the output shaft to the coupling unit and partially tighten the bolts.
2. Install the companion flange to the output shaft.
tighten the bolts. 49 S120 710
Tightening torque
41.2 53.9 Nm {4.2 5.4 kgfm, 30.4 39.7
ftlbf}
03-19
acxuuw00001452

1. Assemble the bearing to the coupling case using
the SSTs.
Substitution SST 49 G030 797
49 G030 796
49 G030 796
acxuuw00001453
Coupling Case Assembly Note
Caution
The coupling unit will be damaged if it is pressed directly by a press. Always press the coupling
unit into the coupling case using the SST.
1. Assemble the coupling unit to the coupling case

using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST 49 W010 107A
49 S032 333
in}
in}
Inner depth: 65.2 mm {2.57 in} or more 49 S032 333
acxuuw00001454

1. Apply the specified oil to a new oil seal lip.
2. Install the oil seal to the coupling case using the
SST.
Substitution SST
49 W011 102 49 W011 102
acxuuw00001455
03-199
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 10

Companion Flange Assembly Note
1. Install the coupling case to the SSTs as shown.
2. Install the companion flange.
49 L027 0A2
acxuuw00002358
Locknut Assembly Note

tighten a new locknut.
49 S120 710
Tightening torque
167 226 Nm {17.1 23.0 kgfm, 124 166
ftlbf}
End Of Sie
WM: DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
acxuuw00001457
DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
id031900800700
Warning
Hot differential oil may cause severe burns. Do not perform maintenance while differential oil is
hot.

2. Disconnect the differential oil temperature sensor connector and remove the differential oil temperature sensor.
3. Wrap the differential oil temperature sensor with
plastic wrap and immerse it into a beaker filled
with water. Gradually raise the water temperature,
and measure resistance between differential oil
temperature sensor terminals A and B.
If not as specified, inspect the harness for B A
continuity. If there is normal continuity
between the terminals, replace the differential
oil temperature sensor.
acxuuw00001458
Differential oil temperature sensor specification

Water temperature (C {F}) Resistance (kirohm)
0 {32} 91 100
10 {50} 56 61
20 {68} 35 39
30 {86} 23 25
40 {104} 14 17
50 {122} 10 11
60 {140} 7.1 7.9
70 {158} 5.0 5.6
80 {176} 3.6 4.0
4. Install the differential oil temperature sensor and connect the connector.
03-1910
1871-1U-06B(03-19).fm 11

End Of Sie
DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id031900800800
Warning
Hot differential oil may cause severe burns. Do not perform maintenance while differential oil is
hot.

2. Disconnect the differential oil temperature sensor connector.
3. Remove the differential oil temperature sensor.
4. Apply differential oil to the O-ring.
5. Install the differential oil temperature sensor.
Tightening torque 03-19

12.7 17.3 Nm {1.3 1.7 kgfm, 9.4 12.7
ftlbf}
6. Connect the differential oil temperature sensor

connector. DIFFERENTIAL OIL
7. Connect the negative battery cable. TEMPERATURE SENSOR
End Of Sie
WM: 4WD SOLENOID acxuuw00001459
AWD SOLENOID INSPECTION

id031900800900
2. Disconnect the AWD solenoid connector.
3. Measure resistance between AWD solenoid
connector terminals A and B.
If the resistance is not within the specification,
replace the coupling unit.
B A
AWD solenoid resistance
1.5 2.0 ohms
(Rear differential oil temperature at 20C
{68F})
4. Connect the AWD solenoid connector.

acxuuw00001460
End Of Sie
03-1911
1871-1U-06B(03-50).fm 1
TECHNICAL DATA
DRIVELINE/AXLE TECHNICAL DATA . . 03-501
End of Toc
DRIVELINE/AXLE TECHNICAL DATA
WM: DRIVELINE/AXLE
id035000800100
Item Specification
Front wheel bearing maximum play 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Rear wheel bearing maximum play 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
LH: 658.2668.2 mm {25.9226.30 in}
Front drive shaft length
RH: 621.2631.2 mm {24.4624.85 in} 03-50
LH: 840.8850.8 mm {33.1133.49 in}
Rear drive shaft length
RH: 862.3872.3 mm {33.9534.34 in}
Specified oil grade: API service GL-5
Rear differential oil Specified oil viscosity: SAE 80W-90
Capacity (approximate quantity): 1.00 L {1.06 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt}
Rear differential backlash of pinion gear and side gear 0.1 mm {0.004 in} or less
Rear differential pinion height 0.0320.032 mm {0.00120.0012 in}
Rear differential drive pinion preload 1.31.8 Nm {13.318.2 kgfcm, 11.515.9 inlbf}
Standard: 0.090.11 mm {0.0030.004 in}
Rear differential backlash of drive pinion and ring gear
Minimum value: 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Propeller shaft maximum runout 0.8 mm {0.031 in}
Propeller shaft starting torque 0.291.47 Nm {3.014.9 kgfcm, 2.613.0 inlbf}
Transfer oil Specified oil viscosity: SAE 80W-90
Capacity (approximate quantity): 1.2 L {1.3 US qt, 1.1 lmp qt}
End Of Sie
03-501
SERVICE TOOLS
03-60 SERVICE TOOLS
DRIVELINE/AXLE SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03-601
End of Toc
DRIVELINE/AXLE SST
WM: DRIVELINE/AXLE
id036000800200
49 T028 3A0 49 G033 102 49 G033 105
Ball joint puller Handle Attachment

set
03-60
49 F026 103 49 G033 106 49 F027 009
Wheel hub Attachment Attachment 68

puller & 77
49 F027 003 49 F027 004 49 T025 001
Handle Attachment 80 Boot clamp

crimpers
49 B014 001 49 W034 301 49 H027 002
Oil seal installer Support block Bearing

remover
49 B025 004 49 G030 797 49 G033 107A
Dust seal Handle Dust cover

installer installer
49 S120 710 49 0839 425C 49 W011 102
Coupling flange Bearing puller Oil seal installer

holder set
49 L027 0A2 49 G030 338 49 0107 680A
Diff hanger set Attachment E Engine stand
49 T032 317 49 T032 316 49 L027 004
Weight Shaft Gear case

remover
03-601
SERVICE TOOLS
49 L027 006 49 L027 007 49 F401 331
Serrate socket Hex socket Bearing installer

body
49 M005 797 49 F027 007 49 8531 565
Oil seal installer Attachment 72 Drive pinion

model
49 G032 347 49 0727 570 49 S033 108
Oil seal installer Pinion height Bearing installer

gauge body
49 V001 525 49 G027 005 49 0305 555
Bearing installer Collar Gauge block
49 W010 107A 49 S032 333 49 G027 006
Oil seal installer Bearing installer Installer
49 F401 337A 49 B025 010 49 G030 796
Attachment C Attachment A Oil seal installer
49 8531 568 49 T034 201A 49 B025 017
Collar Dust boot Sliding hammer

installer
49 B025 016 49 0223 630B
Extension Rear shaft

puller body
End Of Sie
03-602 Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06)

1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 1
BRAKES 04SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC . . . . 04-02 PARKING BRAKE
SYMPTOM SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-12
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . 04-03 DYNAMIC STABILITY
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . 04-10 CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-15
CONVENTIONAL TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 04-50
BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 04-11 SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 04-60 04-02
Toc of SCT
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . 04-022 DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144. . . . . 04-0214
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-023 DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175. . . . . 04-0215
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178. . . . . 04-0217
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-023 DTC C1186, C1266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0219
Reading DTCs Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 04-023 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
Clearing DTCs Procedures . . . . . . . . . . 04-023 C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400,
PID/Data Monitor and Record C1410, C1957, C1958. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0220
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-024 DTC C1222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0220
Active Command Modes Procedure . . . 04-024 DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236. . . . . 04-0222
DTC Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-025 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282,
PID/DATA Monitor Table . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-026 C1951, C1952, C1959, C2768 . . . . . . . . 04-0224
Active Command Modes Table . . . . . . . 04-029 DTC C1288, C1290, C1953 . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0227
DTC B1317, B1318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-029 DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938. . . . . 04-0228
DTC B1342, C1730. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0211 DTC C1306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0229
DTC B1484, C1954. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0211 DTC C1414 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0230
DTC C1095, C1096. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0212 DTC C1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0230
End of Toc
WM: DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
04-021
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id040200804800
ABS 2 20A
C IG 1
E
ABS 1 40A Y F
B AB C COMBINED
AE A SENSOR
AA B
AI D
A
DSC 7.5A
J
IG SW
BATTERY STEERING
BCM ANGLE
SENSOR
BRAKE SYSTEM ABS WARNING
WARNING LIGHT LIGHT
CAN_L
CAN_H
TSC OFF LIGHT
DSC HU/CM
DSC INDICATOR
LIGHT
CAN
DRIVER
CAN_H
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER X CAN
PCM W DRIVER
CAN_L
CAN BRAKE SWITCH
DRIVER N
TCM
CAN
DRIVER
TSC OFF SWITCH
P
DLC-2
CAN_L
CAN_H
RF M
O
LF F
E
ABS WHEEL-
SPEED SENSOR
RR I
L
LR G
H D
acxuuw00002204
End Of Sie
04-022
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
id040200800200
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test Description
The OBD test inspects the integrity and function of the DSC and outputs the results when requested by the
specific tests.
On-board diagnostic test also:
Provides a quick inspection of the DSC usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred during service.
The OBD test is divided into 3 tests:
Read/clear diagnostic results, PID monitor and record and active command modes.
Read/clear diagnostic results

This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the DSC HU/CM memory.
PID/Data monitor and record

This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and system status 04-02
information.
Active command modes

This function allows you to control devices through the M-MDS.

3. Select Module.
4. Select ABS.
2. Select ABS.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001207
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the DSC. (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)

3. Select Module.
4. Select ABS.
2. Select ABS.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001207
screen.
04-023
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID/Data Monitor and Record Procedure
3. Select Module.
4. Select ABS.
2. Select ABS.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001207
the screen.
Note
The PID/Data monitor function is used for monitoring the calculated value. Therefore, if the monitored
value of the output parts is not within the specification, inspection of the monitored value of input parts
part individually using a active command modes function.
Active Command Modes Procedure

3. Select Module.
4. Select ABS.
2. Select ABS.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001207
table.
04-024
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC Table
DTC
System malfunction location Page
M-MDS
B1317 Power supply system (See 04-02-9 DTC B1317, B1318.)
B1318 Power supply system (See 04-02-9 DTC B1317, B1318.)
B1342 DSC HU/CM system (See 04-02-11 DTC B1342, C1730.)
B1484 Brake switch system (See 04-02-11 DTC B1484, C1954.)
C1095 Pump motor, motor relay system (See 04-02-12 DTC C1095, C1096.)
C1096 Pump motor, motor relay system (See 04-02-12 DTC C1095, C1096.)
C1141 LF ABS sensor rotor system (See 04-02-14 DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
C1142 RF ABS sensor rotor system (See 04-02-14 DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
C1143 LR ABS sensor rotor system (See 04-02-14 DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
C1144 RR ABS sensor rotor system (See 04-02-14 DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See 04-02-15 DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.) 04-02
C1145
system
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor (See 04-02-17 DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
C1148
system
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See 04-02-15 DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
C1155
system
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor (See 04-02-17 DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
C1158
system
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See 04-02-15 DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
C1165
system
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor (See 04-02-17 DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
C1168
system
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See 04-02-15 DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
C1175
system
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor (See 04-02-17 DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
C1178
system
C1186 Valve relay system (See 04-02-19 DTC C1186, C1266.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1194 LF outlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1210 RF outlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1214 RF inlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
C1222 ABS wheel-speed sensor (slip monitor) system (See 04-02-20 DTC C1222.)
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) (See 04-02-22 DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
C1233
system
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) (See 04-02-22 DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
C1234
system
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) (See 04-02-22 DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
C1235
system
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) (See 04-02-22 DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
C1236
system
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1242 LR outlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246 RR outlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1250 LR inlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1254 RR inlet solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
C1266 Valve relay system (See 04-02-19 DTC C1186, C1266.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1279 Combined sensor system
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
04-025
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC
System malfunction location Page
M-MDS
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1288 Brake fluid pressure sensor system (See 04-02-27 DTC C1288, C1290, C1953.)
C1295 Steering angle sensor system (See 04-02-28 DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938.)
Steering angle sensor (abnormal initialization) (See 04-02-29 DTC C1306.)
C1306
system
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1400 RF traction control solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1410 LF traction control solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
C1414 Incorrect DSC HU/CM installed (See04-02-30 DTC C1414.)
C1730 DSC HU/CM system (See 04-02-11 DTC B1342, C1730.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1954 Brake switch system (See 04-02-11 DTC B1484, C1954.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1957 RF DSC switch solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-20 DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1958 LF DSC switch solenoid valve system
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1994 DSC control system (See 04-02-30 DTC C1994.)
(See 04-02-24 DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
(See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX
U0073 CAN system communication error
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
U0100 Communication error to PCM
U0101 Communication error to TCM
U0114 Communication error to AWD CM
U0140 Communication error to BCM
U1900 Communication error to other module
U2023 Abnormal message from PCM
PID/DATA Monitor Table

PID name Operation condition DSC HU/CM
Unit/Condition Action
(definition) (reference) terminal
ABS warning light is
ABS_LAMP
illuminated: On
(ABS warning light On/Off Inspect ABS warning light.
ABS warning light is not
driver output state)
illuminated: Off
ABS_VOLT Ignition switch at ON: Inspect power supply circuit.
(System battery V Approx. 12 V (See 04-15-9 DSC HU/CM J
voltage value) Idling: Approx. 14 V INSPECTION.)
04-026
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
BOO_ABS Brake pedal depressed: Inspect the brake switch.
(Brake pedal switch On/Off On (See 04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH N
input) Brake pedal released: Off INSPECTION.)
CCNTABS Perform the DTC inspection.
(Number of continuous Indicates number of DTC (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD
codes) DIAGNOSIS.)
Vehicle stopped or driving
at constant speed: 0 G
Inspect the combined sensor.
Cornering to right:
LAT_ACCL G (See 04-15-16 COMBINED AI
Changes 0 G positive
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Cornering to left: Changes
0 G negative
Brake pedal released: 0
Inspect the brake fluid pressure
Pa, 0 psi 04-02
sensor.
MCYLI P Pa, psi Brake pedal depressed:
(See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
Changes according to the
INSPECTION.)
brake fluid pressure
PMP_MOTOR Pump motor activated: On Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
(Pump motor output On/Off Pump motor not activated: (See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
state) Off INSPECTION.)
RLY_PMP Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
Relay activated: On
(Motor relay output On/Off (See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
Relay not activated: Off
state) INSPECTION.)
RLY_VLV Valve relay is activated: On Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
(Valve relay output On/Off Valve relay is deactivated: (See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
state) Off INSPECTION.)
Inspect the PCM.
RPM Engine stopped: 0 RPM
(See 01-40-6 PCM
(Engine speed signal RPM Engine speed at 3,000
input) rpm: 3,000 RPM
Inspect the instrument cluster.
Steering wheel in neutral
position (not turned): 0
Steering wheel turned to
Inspect the steering angle sensor.
left: Changes 0
SWA_POS (See 09-40-7 STEERING ANGLE
negative
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Steering wheel turned to
right: Changes 0
positive
Closed throttle position:
0%
Wide open throttle: Inspect the throttle position
TPI %
Changes according to sensor.
throttle valve opening
angle
Solenoid valve activated:
V_LF_INL Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
On
(Left front inlet solenoid On/Off (See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
Solenoid valve not
valve output state) INSPECTION.)
activated: Off
V_LF_OTL Solenoid valve activated:
Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
(Left front outlet On
On/Off (See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
solenoid valve output Solenoid valve not
INSPECTION.)
state) activated: Off
Solenoid valve activated:
V_LR_INL Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
On
(Left rear inlet solenoid On/Off (See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM
Solenoid valve not
valve output state) INSPECTION.)
activated: Off
V_LR_OTL Solenoid valve activated:
(Left rear outlet On
INSPECTION.)
V_RF_INL Solenoid valve activated:
(Right front inlet On
INSPECTION.)
04-027
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
V_RF_OTL Solenoid valve activated:
(Right front outlet On
INSPECTION.)
V_RR_INL Solenoid valve activated:
(Right rear inlet On
INSPECTION.)
V_RR_OTL Solenoid valve activated:
(Right rear outlet On
INSPECTION.)
V_STB_L Solenoid valve activated:
(LF stability control On
INSPECTION.)
V_STB_R Solenoid valve activated:
(RF stability control On
INSPECTION.)
V_TRC_L Solenoid valve activated:
(LF traction control On
INSPECTION.)
V_TRC_R Solenoid valve activated:
(RF traction control On
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the ABS wheel-speed
Vehicle stopped: 0 KPH, 0
WSPD_LF sensor.
MPH
(Left front ABS wheel- KPH, MPH (See 04-15-12 FRONT ABS F, E
Vehicle running: vehicle
speed sensor input) WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
speed
INSPECTION.)
sensor.
Vehicle stopped: 0 KPH, 0 (See 04-15-14 REAR ABS
WSPD_LR
MPH WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
(Left rear ABS wheel- KPH, MPH G, H
Vehicle running: Vehicle INSPECTION[2WD].)
speed sensor input)
speed (See 04-15-14 REAR ABS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION[AWD].)
Vehicle stopped: 0 KPH, 0
WSPD_RF sensor.
MPH
(Right front ABS wheel- KPH, MPH (See 04-15-12 FRONT ABS M, O
Vehicle running: vehicle
speed sensor input) WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
speed
INSPECTION.)
sensor.
Vehicle stopped: 0 KPH, 0 (See 04-15-14 REAR ABS
WSPD_RR
MPH WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
(Right rear ABS wheel- KPH, MPH I, L
Vehicle running: Vehicle INSPECTION[2WD].)
speed sensor input)
speed (See 04-15-14 REAR ABS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION[AWD].)
Vehicle stopped or driving
straight: 0 /s
Inspect the combined sensor.
Cornering to left: Changes
YAW_RATE /s (See 04-15-16 COMBINED AA
0 /s negative
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Cornering to right:
Changes 0 /s positive
04-028
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Active Command Modes Table
Operating
Command name Output part Operation
condition
LATACCEL Combined sensor (lateral acceleration) initialization FALSE/TRUE
PMP_MOTOR Pump motor On/Off
SAS_CAL Steering angle sensor initialization FALSE/TRUE
STAB_IND DSC indicator light
TRAC OFF TCS OFF light
V_LF_INL LF inlet solenoid valve
V_LF_OTL LF outlet solenoid valve
V_LR_INL LR inlet solenoid valve
V_LR_OTL LR outlet solenoid valve Ignition switch at
V_RF_INL RF inlet solenoid valve ON
V_RF_OTL RF outlet solenoid valve On/Off 04-02
V_RR_INL RR inlet solenoid valve
V_RR_OTL RR outlet solenoid valve
V_STB_L LF stability control solenoid valve
V_STB_R RF stability control solenoid valve
V_TRC_L LF traction control solenoid valve
V_TRC_R RF traction control solenoid valve
YAWRATE Combined sensor (yaw rate) initialization
End Of Sie
DTC B1317, B1318
id040200800300
DTC B1317, B1318 Power supply system

B1317
DETECTION The voltage at DSC HU/CM terminal J is 16.8 V or more.
CONDITION B1318
The vehicle speed exceeds 6 km/h and the voltage at ABS HU/CM terminal J is less than 9.6 V
DSC 7.5A fuse malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal J and the
battery
POSSIBLE Open circuit or faulty ground in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal D and the body
CAUSE ground
Battery deterioration
IG SW
J
DSC 7.5A
DSC HU/CM
D
BATTERY
DSC HU/CM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
AS AQ AO AM AK AI AG AE AC AA Y W U S Q O M K I G E
D C B A
AT AR AP AN AL AJ AH AF AD AB Z X V T R P N L J H F
04-029
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE Yes Make sure that battery terminal connection is normal.
Is the battery terminal voltage normal? Go to the next step.
No Charge or replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-17-4 BATTERY RECHARGING[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
2 INSPECT BATTERY GRAVITY Yes Go to the next step.
Is battery specific gravity as specified? No Replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
3 INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Are the generator and drive belt tensions No Replace generator and/or drive belt as necessary, then go
normal? to Step 6.
(See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-17-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
4 INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Start the engine. between the DSC HU/CM and ground, then go to Step 6.
Measure the voltage between DSC HU/CM
terminal J and ground.
Is the voltage approx. 10 V?
5 INSPECT DSC HU/CM GROUND FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT No If there is no continuity:
Turn the ignition switch off. Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Measure the resistance between ground and between the DSC HU/CM and ground, then go to the
DSC HU/CM terminal D. next step.
Is the resistance within 0 1 ohm? If the resistance is not within 0 1 ohm:
Repair or replace the wiring harness for poor ground,
then go to the next step.
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Clear the DTC from the memory.
(See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10
km/h {6.2 mph} or more.
Are any other DTCs present? (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
End Of Sie
04-0210
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1342, C1730
id040200800400
DTC B1342, C1730 DSC HU/CM system

B1342
DETECTION The DSC HU/CM on-board diagnostic function detects control module malfunction.
CONDITION C1730
Excess current is detected in the power supply circuit of the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
POSSIBLE
DSC HU/CM internal malfunction
CAUSE
1 VERIFY CURRENT STATUS OF Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) 04-02
End Of Sie
DTC B1484, C1954
id040200800500
DTC B1484, C1954 Brake switch system

B1484
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal and the brake switch terminal
C1954
DETECTION
Brake switch ON signal is not input when the brake fluid pressure sensor signal reaches the
CONDITION
specified value.
Brake switch ON signal is input even if the signal from the brake fluid pressure sensor is less than the
specification.
POSSIBLE Brake switch malfunction
CAUSE Open circuit in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal N and the brake switch terminal D
BRAKE SWITCH
N D B
DSC HU/CM
BRAKE LIGHT
D C B A
BRAKE SWITCH WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
C A
D B
04-0211
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT DSC HU/CM TO BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Turn the ignition switch off. between DSC HU/CM and brake switch, then go to the next
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM and brake step.
switch connector.
Inspect for continuity DSC HU/CM terminal N
and brake switch terminal D.
2 INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the brake switch. No Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
(See 04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH (See 04-11-6 BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
Are the same DTCs present?
Are any other DTC present? (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
End Of Sie
DTC C1095, C1096
id040200800800
DTC C1095, C1096 Pump motor, motor relay system

C1095
When the pump motor monitor voltage remains at 2.0 V or more for 1 s
C1096
DETECTION
When the difference between the battery power supply voltage and pump motor power supply
CONDITION
voltage remains at 4.0 V or more for 0.1 s or more while the pump motor is operating
ABS motor monitor OFF signal is input within specified time limit when the motor signal is switched
from ON to OFF by ABS HU/CM.
ABS 1 40A fuse malfunction
Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness between the battery and the DSC HU/CM terminal
B
POSSIBLE Open circuit in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal A and the body ground
CAUSE Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal motor relay, or stuck motor relay
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal motor, or frozen motor
Fail-safe relay malfunction
DSC HU/CM
B
ABS 1 40A
PUMP
BATTERY MOTOR
A
D C B A
04-0212
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT ABS FUSE CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Is the ABS 1 40A fuse normal? No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 5.
2 INSPECT MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. between battery positive terminal and DSC HU/CM terminal
Disconnect DSC HU/CM connector. B, then go to Step 5.
(engine off).
Measure voltage between DSC HU/CM
terminal B (harness-side) and ground.
Is the voltage B+?
3 INSPECT PUMP MOTOR GROUND FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Turn the ignition switch off. between DSC HU/CM terminal A and ground, then go to 04-02
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM Step 5.
terminal A (harness-side) and ground.
4 VERIFY PUMP MOTOR OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(engine off).
Access PMP_MOTOR active command
modes using the M-MDS.
Does the pump motor operate?
Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
End Of Sie
04-0213
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144
id040200801000
C1141 LF ABS sensor rotor system

C1142 RF ABS sensor rotor system
DTC
C1143 LR ABS sensor rotor system
C1144 RR ABS sensor rotor system
DETECTION
Periodic abnormality is detected in the signal wave pattern from the ABS wheel-speed sensors.
CONDITION
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE ABS sensor rotor malfunction (foreign material adhering)
CAUSE Improper installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor
Excessive clearance between the ABS wheel-speed sensor and sensor rotor
1 INSPECT PID FOR ABS WHEEL-SPEED Yes Go to Step 4.
SENSOR OUTPUT ERROR USING M-MDS No Go to the next step.
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the vehicle speeds detected by
the four ABS wheel-speed sensors are
approximately the same.
Are the vehicle speeds approximately the
same?
2 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION OCCURRED Yes Go to the next step.
DUE TO IMPROPER SENSOR CLEARANCE. No Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor, then go to Step 4.
Inspect the clearance between the ABS (See 04-15-11 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
wheel-speed sensor and the ABS sensor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
rotor. (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
(See 04-15-12 FRONT ABS WHEEL- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.) (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
(See 04-15-14 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
SENSOR INSPECTION[2WD].)
(See 04-15-14 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR INSPECTION[AWD].)
Is the clearance normal?
Clearance
Front: 0.7 1.5 mm {0.028 0.059 in}
Rear: 0.3 1.1 mm {0.012 0.043 in}
3 VISUALLY INSPECT ABS SENSOR ROTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR FOREIGN MATERIAL ADHERING OR No Replace the front drive shaft, rear wheel hub component
IMPROPER INSTALLATION (2WD) or rear drive shaft (AWD), then go to the next step.
Is the result normal? (See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 03-12-3 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].)
(See 03-13-20 REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4 VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS NOT Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
PRESENT If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM, then go
Clear the DTC from the memory. to the next step.
(See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10 No Go to the next step.
5 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCS ARE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
PRESENT (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Are any other DTCs output? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
04-0214
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175
id040200801100
C1145 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system

C1155 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system
DTC
C1165 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system
C1175 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system
DETECTION Open circuit has been detected in the ABS wheel-speed sensor or the ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring
CONDITION harness on any of the four vehicle wheels.
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the following DSC HU/CM terminal and the ABS wheel-
speed sensor terminal:
DSC HU/CM terminal M RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal O RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal F LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
POSSIBLE DSC HU/CM terminal E LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
CAUSE DSC HU/CM terminal I RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal L RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal G LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A 04-02
DSC HU/CM terminal H LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
RF
A M
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B O
LF
A F
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B E
DSC HU/CM
RR
A I
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B L
LR
A G
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
B H
SENSOR
D C B A
ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

FRONT REAR
B A B A
04-0215
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT PID TO VERIFY THAT WHEEL Yes Go to Step 3.
SPEED-SIGNALS ARE TRANSMITTED FROM No Go to the next step.
ABS WHEEL- SPEED SENSOR USING M-
MDS
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the wheel speed-signals are
transmitted from each ABS wheel-speed
sensor.
Are the wheel-speed signals transmitted?
2 INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING Yes Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor, then go to the next
HARNESS BETWEEN DSC HU/CM AND ABS step.
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR (See 04-15-11 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
Turn the ignition switch off. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connector and (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
ABS wheel-speed sensor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
Inspect for continuity in the wiring harness (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
between the following ABS wheel-speed REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
sensor connectors on the vehicle wiring No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
harness-side and DSC HU/CM connectors. step.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor: M A
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor: O B
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor: F A
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor: E B
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor: I A
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor: L B
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor: G A
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor: H B
Clear the DTCs from the memory. to the next step.
End Of Sie
04-0216
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178
id040200801200
C1148 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system

C1158 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
DTC
C1168 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
C1178 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
Vehicle wheel speed signals of any of the four vehicle wheels indicate abnormal acceleration that
DETECTION
exceeds specification.
CONDITION
Vehicle wheel speed signals of any of the four vehicle wheels indicate speed that exceeds specification.
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction (low output, metal shavings on sensor)
POSSIBLE ABS sensor rotor malfunction (chipping of sensor rotor teeth)
CAUSE Poor installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor
RF
A M
ABS WHEEL-SPEED 04-02
SENSOR B O
LF
A F
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B E
DSC HU/CM
RR
A I
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B L
LR
A G
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
B H
SENSOR
D C B A

FRONT REAR
B A B A
04-0217
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT PID FOR ABNORMAL OUTPUT Yes Go to Step 4.
FROM ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR USING No If there is a difference in speeds of the four wheels, go to the
M-MDS next step.
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
Verify that the PIDs of the four ABS wheel-
speed sensors correspond approximately.
Do the vehicle speeds correspond?
Clearance
Front: 0.7 1.5 mm {0.028 0.059 in}
Rear: 0.3 1.1 mm {0.012 0.043 in}
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION[2WD].)
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
04-0218
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1186, C1266
id040200801300
DTC C1186, C1266 Valve relay system

C1186
DETECTION DSC HU/CM internal valve relay remains OFF when valve relay ON is commanded.
CONDITION C1266
DSC HU/CM internal valve relay remains ON (stuck) when valve relay OFF is commanded.
ABS 2 20A fuse malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the battery and the DSC HU/CM terminal
POSSIBLE
C
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal valve relay, or stuck valve relay
DSC HU/CM
C
ABS 2 20A 04-02
BATTERY
D C B A
1 INSPECT DSC FUSE CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Is the ABS 2 20A fuse normal? No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 3.
2 INSPECT VALVE RELAY POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. between battery positive terminal and DSC HU/CM terminal
Disconnect DSC HU/CM connector. C, then go to the next step.
(engine off).
Measure voltage between DSC HU/CM
terminal C (harness-side) and ground.
Is voltage B+?
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) No Go to the next step.
End Of Sie
04-0219
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 20
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958
id040200801400
C 1194 LF outlet solenoid valve system

C 1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system
C 1210 RF outlet solenoid valve system
C 1214 RF inlet solenoid valve system
C 1242 LR outlet solenoid valve system
C 1246 RR outlet solenoid valve system
DTC
C 1250 LR inlet solenoid valve system
C 1254 RR inlet solenoid valve system
C 1400 RF traction control solenoid valve system
C 1410 LF traction control solenoid valve system
C 1957 RF stability control solenoid valve system
C 1958 LF stability control solenoid valve system
DETECTION
Solenoid valve operation does not correspond to solenoid ON/OFF commands from the DSC HU/CM.
CONDITION
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal solenoid valves
POSSIBLE
Solenoid valve malfunction
CAUSE
1 VERIFY SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(engine off).
Access the active command mode for the
solenoid valve using the M-MDS.
Does the solenoid valve operate?
2 VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
COMPLETED If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM, then go
Gradually slow down and stop vehicle.
End Of Sie
DTC C1222
id040200801500
Note
DTC C1222 will be detected when a malfunctioning ABS wheel-speed sensor cannot be specified.
DTC C1222 ABS wheel-speed sensor (slip monitor) system

DETECTION Difference between any vehicle wheel speeds exceeds specification when driving at a constant speed.
CONDITION ABS control operates for 60 s or more.
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction (low output, metal shavings on sensor)
ABS sensor rotor malfunction (chipping of sensor rotor teeth)
POSSIBLE
Poor installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor (If the sensor rotor is installed at an
CAUSE
angle, it may cause output of abnormal wave pattern at high speeds.)
04-0220
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
RF
A M
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B O
LF
A F
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B E
DSC HU/CM
RR
A I
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B L
LR
A G
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
B H
SENSOR
04-02
D C B A

FRONT REAR
B A B A
1 INSPECT PID FOR ABS WHEEL-SPEED Yes Go to Step 4.
SENSOR OUTPUT ERROR USING M-MDS No Go to the next step.
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the vehicle speeds detected by
the four ABS wheel-speed sensors are
approximately the same.
Are the vehicle speeds approximately the
same?
04-0221
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Clearance
Front: 0.7 1.5 mm {0.028 0.059 in}
Rear: 0.3 1.1 mm {0.012 0.043 in}
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION[2WD].)
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236
id040200801600
C1233 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system

C1234 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system
DTC
C1235 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system
C1236 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system
DETECTION The vehicle wheel speed of any of the four vehicle wheels is 2.75 km/h {1.71 mph} or less when driving
CONDITION at the specified vehicle speed or more.
Short to ground in the wiring harness between the following DSC HU/CM terminal and the ABS wheel-
speed sensor terminal:
DSC HU/CM terminal M RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal O RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal F LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
POSSIBLE DSC HU/CM terminal E LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
CAUSE DSC HU/CM terminal I RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal L RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal G LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal H LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
04-0222
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
RF
A M
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B O
LF
A F
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B E
DSC HU/CM
RR
A I
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR B L
LR
A G
ABS WHEEL-SPEED
B H
SENSOR
04-02
D C B A

FRONT REAR
B A B A
1 INSPECT PID TO VERIFY THAT WHEEL Yes Go to Step 3.
SPEED-SIGNALS ARE TRANSMITTED FROM No Go to the next step.
ABS WHEEL- SPEED SENSOR USING M-
MDS
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the wheel speed-signals are
transmitted from each ABS wheel-speed
sensor.
Are the wheel-speed signals transmitted?
04-0223
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 24
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING Yes Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor, then go to the next
HARNESS BETWEEN DSC HU/CM AND ABS step.
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR (See 04-15-11 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
Turn the ignition switch off. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connector and (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
ABS wheel-speed sensor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
Inspect for continuity in the wiring harness (See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
between the following ABS wheel-speed REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
sensor connectors on the vehicle wiring No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
harness-side and DSC HU/CM connectors. step.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor: M A
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor: O B
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor: F A
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor: E B
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor: I A
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor: L B
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor: G A
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor: H B
Clear the DTCs from the memory. to the next step.
End Of Sie
DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951, C1952, C1959, C2768
id040200801700
C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951, Combined sensor system

DTC
C1952, C1959, C2768
C1279
The yaw rate value from the combined sensor (yaw rate part) exceeds specification while the vehicle
is stopped or while accelerating from a standstill.
C1280
The difference between the yaw rate value calculated by each sensor and the yaw rate value from
the combined sensor (yaw rate part) exceeds specification.
C1281
The difference between the lateral-G value calculated by each sensor and the lateral-G value from
the combined sensor (lateral-G part) exceeds specification.
DETECTION C1282
CONDITION Specified signal pattern from combined sensor has not output after the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position.
C1951
The monitor voltage from the combined sensor (lateral-G part) is not within specification.
C1952
The monitor voltage from the combined sensor (yaw rate part) is not within specification.
C1959
The lateral-G value from the combined sensor (lateral-G part) exceeds specification.
C2768
There is an abnormality in the signal from the combined sensor (yaw rate part).
04-0224
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Open circuit in the wiring harness between ignition switch and combined sensor terminal E or short
circuit to ground
Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal Y and combined sensor terminal F or
short circuit to ground
Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AB and combined sensor terminal C
or short circuit to ground
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AE and combined sensor terminal A
CAUSE
Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AA and combined sensor terminal B
Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AI and combined sensor terminal D
Combined sensor malfunction
IG 1
04-02
E
Y F
DSC HU/CM
AB C COMBINED SENSOR
AE A
AA B
AI D
D C B A
COMBINED SENSOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
E C A
F D B
04-0225
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 26
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR POWER Yes Go to the next step.
SUPPLY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position between combined sensor terminal E and ignition switch,
(engine off). then go to Step 12.
Measure voltage between combined sensor
terminal E (harness-side) and ground.
Is the voltage B+?
2 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. between DSC HU/CM terminal Y and combined sensor
Disconnect DSC HU/CM and combined terminal F, then go to Step 12.
sensor connectors.
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM
terminal Y (harness-side) and combined
sensor terminal F (harness-side).
3 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR (YAW RATE Yes Go to the next step.
PART) SIGNAL FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM between DSC HU/CM terminal AA and combined sensor
terminal AA (harness-side) and combined terminal B, then go to Step 12.
sensor terminal B (harness-side).
4 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR (YAW RATE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground
PART) SIGNAL FOR SHORT TO GROUND between DSC HU/CM terminal AA and combined sensor
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal B, then go to Step 12.
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM No Go to the next step.
terminal AA (harness-side) and ground.
5 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR (LATERAL-G Yes Go to the next step.
PART) SIGNAL FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM between DSC HU/CM terminal AI and combined sensor
terminal AI (harness-side) and combined terminal D, then go to Step 12.
sensor terminal D (harness-side).
6 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR (LATERAL-G Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground
PART) SIGNAL FOR SHORT TO GROUND between DSC HU/CM terminal AI and combined sensor
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal D, then go to Step 12.
terminal AI (harness-side) and ground.
7 INSPECT REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Turn the ignition switch off. between DSC HU/CM terminal AE and combined sensor
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM terminal A, then go to Step 12.
terminal AE (harness-side) and combined
sensor terminal A (harness-side).
8 INSPECT REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground
TO GROUND between DSC HU/CM terminal AE and combined sensor
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal A, then go to Step 12.
terminal AE (harness-side) and ground.
9 INSPECT TEST SIGNAL FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM between DSC HU/CM terminal AB and combined sensor
terminal AB (harness-side) and combined terminal C, then go to Step 12.
sensor terminal C (harness-side).
04-0226
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
10 INSPECT TEST SIGNAL FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground
GROUND between DSC HU/CM terminal AB and combined sensor
Turn the ignition switch off. terminal C, then go to Step 12.
terminal AB (harness-side) and ground.
11 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the combined sensor. No Replace the combined sensor, then go to the next step.
(See 04-15-16 COMBINED SENSOR (See 04-15-15 COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSPECTION.) INSTALLATION.)
Is the combined sensor normal?
12 VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) 04-02
13 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE. Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
End Of Sie
DTC C1288, C1290, C1953
id040200801800
DTC C1288, C1290, C1953 Brake fluid pressure sensor system

C1288
The pressure from the brake fluid pressure sensor when the system starts up is not within
specification.
DETECTION C1290
CONDITION The standard brake fluid pressure calculated in the DSC HU/CM when not braking exceeds the
specification.
C1953
The output voltage from the brake fluid pressure sensor is not within specification.
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in the brake fluid pressure sensor circuit in the DSC HU/CM
CAUSE Malfunction in the brake fluid pressure sensor
1 VERIFY NO ABNORMALITY ON BRAKE Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Clear the DTCs from the memory. No Go to the next step.
End Of Sie
04-0227
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938
id040200805000
DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938 Steering angle sensor system

C1295
The steering angle sensor detects an internal abnormality.
C1307
The steering angle sensor detects an abnormality in the signal.
C1937
DETECTION The difference between the steering angle calculated by each sensor and the steering angle from
CONDITION the steering angle sensor exceeds specification.
C1938
The difference between the steering angle previously received and the steering angle received at
this time is not within specification.
The signal from the steering angle sensor remains unchanged when the steering angle is turned to
the right and left.
Improper installation or positioning of the steering angle sensor
POSSIBLE
Steering angle sensor malfunction
CAUSE
ROOM
STEERING
DSC HU/CM BCM ANGLE
CAN_H SENSOR
CAN X CAN
DRIVER W DRIVER
CAN_L
D C B A
1 INSPECT FOR BCM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch off. (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE[BCM].)
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC No Go to the next step.
inspection for the BCM.
Are any DTCs detected?
COMPLETED (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
04-0228
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1306
id040200802000
Note
The steering angle initialization value of the BCM is stored using the battery power supply. Therefore, the
battery power supply of the BCM is cut and the stored steering angle initialization value is cleared when
any of the following items are performed. DTC C1306 is stored in the memory.
Negative battery cable disconnection
BCM connector disconnection
Fuse (ROOM) removal
Wiring harness disconnection between battery and steering angle sensor connector
Wiring harness disconnection between battery, BCM connector, steering angle sensor connector
DTC C1306 Steering angle sensor (abnormal initialization) system

DETECTION
The steering angle sensor detects that the initialization procedure has not been performed.
CONDITION 04-02
The initialization procedure for the steering angle sensor has not been performed.
Steering angle sensor malfunction
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
The negative battery cable connector was disconnected previously.
CAUSE
The steering angle sensor connector was disconnected previously.
The BCM connector was disconnected previously.
The fuse (ROOM) was removed previously.
1 VERIFY INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE. Yes Go to the next step.
Has the steering angle sensor initialization No Perform the steering angle sensor initialization procedure,
procedure been performed? then go to Step 3. (See 09-40-8 STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
2 INSPECT FOR BCM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch off. (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE[BCM].)
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC No Go to the next step.
inspection for the BCM.
Are any DTCs detected?
COMPLETED If the malfunction occurs again, replace the DSC HU/CM,
Clear the DTC from the memory. then go to the next step.
End Of Sie
04-0229
1871-1U-06B(04-02).fm 30
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C1414
id040200805200
DTC C1414 Incorrect DSC HU/CM installed

DETECTION Detection of situation where vehicle-type or drive system input signal and DSC HU/CM information
CONDITION remains incongruent through CAN information
POSSIBLE
Mismatched installation of DSC HU/CM
CAUSE
1 VERIFY THAT THE CORRECT DSC HU/CM IS Yes Go to the next step.
INSTALLED No After replacing the DSC HU/CM, go to Step 3.
Verify the part number of the DSC HU/CM. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the part number correct?
2 CONFIGURE DSC HU/CM Yes Go to the next step.
Can DSC HU/CM configure properly? No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
(See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
COMPLETED If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM, then go
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected to the next step.
connectors. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
DTC C1994
id040200802200
DTC C1994 DSC control system

DSC control for the front wheels continues for 10 s or more.
DETECTION
During DSC control, the pressure increase operation to any of the all four wheels does not occur for 1.3
CONDITION
s or more.
POSSIBLE This does not indicate a malfunction since constant control over extended period of time is inhibited to
CAUSE protect the DSC solenoid valve inside the DSC HU.
COMPLETED (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
04-0230
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 1
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . 04-032 NO.3 THERE IS A MALFUNCTION
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-033 IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH
PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-033 ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
Intermittent Concern WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-034 LIGHT AND TCS OFF LIGHT DO NOT
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . 04-036 ILLUMINATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0310
NO.1 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING NO.4 ABS OR TCS*1 OPERATES
LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE FREQUENTLY/TCS DOES NOT
WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED WORK CORRECTLY*1:
TO ON POSITION: (ABS WARNING DSC SYSTEM FUNCTION CONTAINS
LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING TRACTION CONTROL FUNCTION, DSC
LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON AND
AND/OR TCS OFF LIGHT) . . . . . . . . . . 04-038 OFF WHILE DSC IS OPERATING . . . . . 04-0310
NO.2 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING NO.5 DSC*2 OPERATES 04-03
LIGHTS REMAIN ON: (ABS WARNING FREQUENTLY/DSC DOES NOT
LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING WORK CORRECTLY*2:
LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON
AND/OR TCS OFF LIGHT) . . . . . . . . . . 04-039 AND OFF WHILE DSC IS
OPERATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-0311
End of Toc
04-031
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 2
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id040300800100
ABS 2 20A
C IG 1
E
ABS 1 40A Y F
B AB C COMBINED
AE A SENSOR
AA B
AI D
A
DSC 7.5A
J
IG SW
BATTERY STEERING
BCM ANGLE
SENSOR
WARNING LIGHT LIGHT
CAN_L
CAN_H
TSC OFF LIGHT
DSC HU/CM
DSC INDICATOR
LIGHT
CAN
DRIVER
CAN_H
PCM W DRIVER
CAN_L
CAN BRAKE SWITCH
DRIVER N
TCM
CAN
DRIVER
TSC OFF SWITCH
P
DLC-2
CAN_L
CAN_H
RF M
O
LF F
E
ABS WHEEL-
SPEED SENSOR
RR I
L
LR G
H D
acxuuw00002205
End Of Sie
04-032
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 3
FOREWORD
id040300800200
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic Inspection. To
check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
End Of Sie
PRECAUTION
id040300800300
1. The ABS warning light and/or BRAKE system warning light and/or DSC indicator light and/or TCS OFF light
illuminate even when the system is normal.
Warning lights that may Condition under which the Conditions under which the ABS, EBD, TCS and DSC
illuminate and/or flash light may illuminate light will go out control
ABS warning light Under any of the following After turning ignition switch ABS: Disables control.
BRAKE system warning conditions: off, vehicle is driven at speed EBD:
light When the front wheels are greater than 10 km/h {6.2 1. Disable control, in
DSC indicator light jacked up, stuck, or placed mph} and normal operation is cases where the light
on a chassis roller, and confirmed. may illuminate, only
only the front wheel ABS when ABS HU/CM 04-03
wheel speed sensors are detects that wheel
spun for 20 s or more. speed sensors
Parking brake is not fully determine that two or
released while driving. more wheels are
malfunctioning.
Brake drag. 2. Enables control, if
Sudden wheel speed sensors
acceleration/deceleration. determine three or more
Left/right or front/rear tires are wheels are functioning
different. (Size, radius, tire correctly.
pressure, or wear is other than TCS: Disables control.
that listed on tire label.) DSC: Disables control.
Battery voltage at DSC HU/ Battery voltage rises above ABS: Disables control.
CM ignition terminal drops approx. 10 V. EBD: Enables control.
below approx. 10 V. TCS: Disables control.
DSC: Disables control.
Brake system warning Brake fluid amount is low. Brake fluid level lower than ABS: Enables control.
light recommended amount. EBD: Enables control.
TCS: Enables control.
DSC: Enables control.
2. Precautions during servicing of DSC

The DSC is composed of electrical and mechanical parts. It is necessary to categorize malfunctions as being
either electrical or hydraulic when performing troubleshooting.
(1) Malfunction in electrical system
The control module has an on-board diagnostic function. With this function, the ABS warning light and/
or BRAKE system warning light and/or DSC indicator light and/or TCS OFF light will illuminate when
there is a problem in the electrical system.
Also, past and present malfunctions are in the control module. This function can find malfunctions that
do not occur during periodic inspections. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2, the stored malfunctions will
be displayed in the order of occurrence. To find out the causes of DSC malfunctions, use these on-
board diagnostic results.
If a malfunction occurred in the past but is now normal, the cause is likely a temporary poor connection
of the wiring harness.
The control module usually operates normally. Be careful when searching for the cause of malfunction.
After repair, it is necessary to clear the DTC from the control module memory.
Also, if the DSC related parts have been replaced, verify that no DTC is displayed after repairs.
After repairing the ABS wheel-speed sensor or ABS sensor rotor, or after replacing the control module,
the ABS warning light may not go out even when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. In this
case, drive the vehicle at a speed of more than 10 km/h {6.2 mph}, make sure the ABS warning light
goes out, and then clear the DTC.
When repairing, if the DSC related connectors are disconnected and the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the control module will mistakenly detect a fault and record it as a malfunction.
Caution
In DSC vehicles, when the DSC HU/CM, steering angle sensor, or combined sensor is replaced,
perform the initialization procedure for each sensor. (See 09-40-8 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.) (See 04-15-17 COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
04-033
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 4
To protect the control module, make sure the ignition is off before connecting or disconnecting the
control module connector.
(2) Malfunctions in hydraulic system
Symptoms in a hydraulic system malfunction are similar to those in a conventional brake malfunction.
However, it is necessary to determine if the malfunction is in a DSC component or the conventional
brake system.
The hydraulic unit contains delicate mechanical parts. If foreign material gets into the component, the
DSC may fail to operate. Also, it will likely become extremely difficult to find the location of the
malfunction in the event that the brakes operate but the DSC does not. Make sure foreign material does
not enter when servicing the DSC (e.g.brake fluid replacement, pipe removal).
Intermittent Concern Troubleshooting

Vibration method
If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform the following steps.
Note
There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction. Inspect
the following:
Connectors not fully seated.
Wire harnesses not having full play.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring harnesses pass through the firewall,
body and other panels are the major areas to be inspected.
Inspection method for switch connectors or wires

1. Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.

4. Turn the switch on manually.
PID.
If the PID value is unstable, inspect for poor
connection.
acxuuw00000960
Inspection method for sensor connectors or wires

Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
04-034
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 5
PID.
If the PID value is unstable, inspect for poor
connection.
acxuuw00000961
Inspection method for sensors

1. Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. 04-03
Note

4. Vibrate the sensor slightly with your finger.
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, inspect for poor connection and/or poorly mounted
sensor.
Malfunction data monitor method

1. Perform the malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and malfunction data
monitor. The malfunction cause is found in the malfunction data.
Inspection method for connector terminal

1. Inspect the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert the male terminal, and fit the female
terminal side to female terminal. Inspect if the
malfunction is in the female terminal.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000962
04-035
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 6
id040300800400
Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No. Symptom
1 Any of the following lights do not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.
ABS warning light
BRAKE system warning light
DSC indicator light
TCS OFF light
2 Any of the following lights remain on:
ABS warning light.
BRAKE system warning light
DSC indicator light
TCS OFF light
3 There is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light, BRAKE system warning light, DSC indicator
light and TCS OFF light do not illuminate.
4 ABS or TCS*1 operates frequently.
TCS does not work correctly.
5 DSC*2 operates frequently.
DSC does not work correctly.
*1
: DSC system contains traction control function; DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out while DSC is
operating.
*2
: DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out while DSC is operating.
04-036
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 7
x: Applicable
Possible factor
Instrument cluster power supply system

Control module power supply system
Instrument cluster ground system

Control module ground system
Each sensor installation
CAN communication
Conventional brake
Instrument cluster
Charging system
Tire air pressure

Parking brake
DSC HU/CM
Brake fluid
04-03
Battery
Tire
1 Any of the following lights do not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned to the on X X X X X
position: (ABS warning light, BRAKE system
warning light, DSC indicator light and/or TCS
OFF light).
2 Any of the following lights remain on: (ABS X X X X X X X X
warning light, BRAKE system warning light,
DSC indicator light and/or TCS OFF light).
3 There is a malfunction in the system even X

though ABS warning light, DSC indicator
light, and TCS OFF light do not illuminate.
4 ABS or TCS (*1) operates frequently. /TCS
does not work correctly. X X X
(*1): DSC system contains traction control
function; DSC indicator light goes on and off
while DSC is operating.
5 DSC (*2) operates frequently. /DSC does not X X X
work correctly.
(*2): DSC indicator light goes on and while
DSC is operating.
*1: DSC system contains traction control function; DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out while DSC is
operating.
*2: DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out while DSC is operating.
acxuuw00000963
End Of Sie
04-037
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 8
NO.1 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON
POSITION: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND/OR
TCS OFF LIGHT)
id040300803600
Any of the following lights do not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position:
1
(ABS warning light, BRAKE system warning light, DSC indicator light and/or TCS OFF light).
Inspect each light in the instrument cluster for malfunction
Poor connection at DSC HU/CM connector
1 INSPECT FOR DTCS IN DSC HU/CM Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection.
Inspect the DTC for the DSC ON-BOARD (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. No Go to the next step.
Have DTCs been stored in memory?
2 INSPECT WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to the next step.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SYSTEM OR OTHER No Inspect or repair the instrument cluster (power supply
SYSTEM system, ground system).
Do other warning and indicator lights
illuminate when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position?
3 VERIFY THAT DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR IS Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTED No Connect the DSC HU/CM connector securely, then go to the
Is the DSC HU/CM securely connected? next step.
4 VERIFY THAT DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
TERMINAL OR RELATED CONNECTOR No Securely connect the DSC HU/CM connector terminal and
TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED related connector terminals.
Are DSC HU/CM connector terminal,
instrument cluster connector terminal, or
related connector terminals securely
connected?
5 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the DCS HU/CM.
Inspect the instrument cluster. (see 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.) No Replace the instrument cluster.
If the instrument cluster normal (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
End Of Sie
04-038
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 9
NO.2 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS REMAIN ON: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING
LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND/OR TCS OFF LIGHT)
id040300803700
Any of the following lights remain on: (ABS warning light, BRAKE system warning light, DSC
2
indicator light and/or TCS OFF light)
Brake fluid amount is low
Parking brake does not release
No connection at DSC HU/CM connector
(When DSC HU/CM connector is disconnected, ABS warning light and BRAKE system warning light illuminate)
DSC HU/CM detected malfunction (Input and output device malfunction)
DSC HU/CM detects low voltage in power supply
DSC HU/CM ground malfunction
(When DSC HU/CM ground is not securely connected, ABS warning light and BRAKE system warning light
illuminate but diagnostic trouble code does not displayed)
DSC HU/CM does not operate (DSC HU/CM malfunction)
04-03
1 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID AMOUNT AND Yes Go to the next step.
VERIFY THAT PARKING BRAKE RELEASES No Add brake fluid or release parking brake lever.
Is the brake fluid amount normal?
Is the parking brake lever released?
2 INSPECT DTCS IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster No Inspect the instrument cluster.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. (See 09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION.)
Has DTC U2064 been recorded in memory?
3 INSPECT DTCS IN DSC HU/CM Yes Perform inspection using appropriate DTC.
4 INSPECT WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Temporary poor connection in control module connector.
CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR, Inspect DSC HU/CM connector, then go to Step 7.
TERMINAL OR OTHER Inspect DSC HU/CM connector terminal, then go to Step 8.
Do the ABS warning light and BRAKE No Go to the next step.
system warning light go out after 4 s when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position?
Is the battery voltage normal? No Inspect the battery and charging system.
(See 01-17-2 BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-17-6 GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
6 INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Is the battery voltage normal with electrical No Inspect the charging system (drive belt tension, generator,
load (A/C, headlight, etc.) on and engine etc.).
idling? (See 01-17-6 GENERATOR INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
7 VERIFY THAT DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR IS Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTED No Connect the DSC HU/CM connector securely, then go to the
Is the DSC HU/CM securely connected? next step.
8 VERIFY THAT DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM.
TERMINAL OR RELATED CONNECTOR (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED No Securely connect the DSC HU/CM connector terminal and
Are the DSC HU/CM connector terminal or related connector terminals.
instrument cluster connector terminal etc.
related connector terminals securely
connected?
End Of Sie
04-039
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 10
NO.3 THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND TCS OFF LIGHT DO NOT ILLUMINATE
id040300803800
There is a malfunction in the system even though the ABS warning light, BRAKE system warning
3
light, DSC indicator light and TCS OFF light do not illuminate.
There is a mechanical malfunction in system
1 INSPECT DSC HU/CM FOR DTCs Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection.
2 INSPECT DSC SYSTEM Yes Inspect the conventional brake system.
Perform DSC system inspection. No Repair or replace any malfunctioning part.
(See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM INSPECTION.)
Is the system normal?
End Of Sie
NO.4 ABS OR TCS*1 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/TCS DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY*1: DSC SYSTEM
FUNCTION CONTAINS TRACTION CONTROL FUNCTION, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON AND OFF
WHILE DSC IS OPERATING
id040300803400
ABS or TCS (*1) operates frequently./TCS does not work correctly.

4 (*1): DSC system function contains traction control function; DSC indicator light goes on and off
while DSC is operating.
There is a difference in size or air pressure between the front and rear tires
Incorrect ABS wheel-speed signal is input to DSC HU/CM
There is a malfunction in the engine control system (TCS malfunction)
Tire problem (low or high air pressure, excessive wear, different grip level by four wheels)
1 INSPECT DTCS IN DSC HU/CM Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection.
2 INSPECT TIRE SIZE AND AIR PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the tire size and the air pressure. No Replace with specified tires and adjust tire air pressure.
Are size and air pressure as specified?
3 INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
OUTPUT VALUE No ABS wheel-speed sensor installation inspection:
Inspect the output value from the ABS Inspect the sensor for looseness and verify that it is
wheel-speed sensor. securely installed.
(See 04-15-12 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED Sensor rotor installation inspection:
SENSOR INSPECTION.) Inspect the sensor rotor for poor installation and
(See 04-15-14 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED chipping of sensor rotor teeth. (If sensor rotor is installed
SENSOR INSPECTION[2WD].) poorly, it may cause output of abnormal wave form at
(See 04-15-14 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED high speed.)
Is the output value normal?
4 VERIFY THAT TIRE CONDITION Yes Find malfunctioning part according to "INTERMITTENT
Verify tire condition for following: CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING".
Wear No Adjust, repair or replace tire.
Grip level (different by four wheels)
Are tires condition okay?
End Of Sie
04-0310
1871-1U-06B(04-03).fm 11
NO.5 DSC*2 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/DSC DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY*2: DSC INDICATOR LIGHT
GOES ON AND OFF WHILE DSC IS OPERATING
id040300803500
DSC (*2) operates frequently. /DSC does not work correctly.

5
(*2): DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC is operating.
DSC HU/CM detected malfunction (input and output device malfunction)
Poor installation of yaw rate sensor, lateral-G sensor and/or steering angle sensor
(If any of the above sensors are poorly installed, DSC may operate intermittently)
When replacing the DSC HU/CM, combined sensor or steering angle sensor, initialization is not performed.
(If initialization is not performed correctly, DSC may not work correctly)
1 INSPECT DSC HU/CM FOR DTCs Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection.
Have DTCs been recorded in memory?
2 VERIFY THAT EACH SENSOR IS INSTALLED Yes Go to the next step.
Are the combined sensor and steering angle No Install sensor securely.
sensor securely installed?
*3 VERIFY THAT EACH SENSOR IS INITIALIZED Yes Go to the next step.
Was initialization performed after No Perform initialization procedure.
replacement of the DSC HU/CM, combined (See 04-15-17 COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION
sensor or steering angle sensor? PROCEDURE.)
(See 09-40-8 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
4 VERIFY THAT TIRE CONDITION Yes Find malfunctioning part according to "INTERMITTENT
Verify tire condition for following: CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING".
Air pressure No Adjust, repair or replace tire.
Wear
Grip level (different by four wheels)
Are tires condition okay?
End Of Sie
04-0311
1871-1U-06B(04-10).fm 1
GENERAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL PROCEDURES (BRAKE) . . . 04-101 DSC Related Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-101
Wheel and Tire Installation . . . . . . . . . 04-101 DSC Related Part Sensor
Brake Lines Disconnection. . . . . . . . . . 04-101 Initialization Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-101
Brake Pipe Flare Nut Tightening . . . . . 04-101 Steering Angle Sensor
Connector Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 04-101 Initialization Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-102
End of Toc
GENERAL PROCEDURES (BRAKE)
WM: BRAKES
id041000800100
1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the
tightening torque. 04-10
Tightening torque 1
88.2 117.6 Nm {9.00 11.99 Kgfm, 4 3
65.06 86.73 ftlbf}
2 5
acxuuw00000002
Brake Lines Disconnection

1. If any brake line has been disconnected during the procedures, add brake fluid, bleed the brakes, and inspect
for leakage after the procedure has been completed.
Caution
Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any on painted surfaces. If it is
spilled, wipe it off immediately.
Brake Pipe Flare Nut Tightening

1. Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the SST (49 0259 770B) or any commercially available flare nut wrench.
01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
DSC Related Parts

1. Make sure that there are no DTCs in the DSC memory after working on DSC related parts. If there are any
DTCs in the memory, clear them. (See 04-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
DSC Related Part Sensor Initialization Procedure
Warning
If the initialization procedure is not completed, the DSC will not operate properly and it might
cause an unexpected accident. Therefore, when replacing or removing the following parts, make
sure to perform the initialization procedure to insure proper DSC operation.
1. When replacing or removing the following parts, perform the initialization procedure. (See 04-15-17
COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
DSC HU/CM
Combined sensor
04-101
1871-1U-06B(04-10).fm 2
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Steering Angle Sensor Initialization Procedure
Warning
Unless the initialization procedure of the steering angle sensor is completed, the DSC will not
operate, causing an unexpected accident. Therefore, always perform the initialization procedure to
ensure DSC operation if the power supply to the BCM has been cut off due to disconnection of the
BCM connector or negative battery cable, or any other cause.
Caution
The steering angle sensor initialization value of the BCM is stored using the battery power supply.
Therefore, the battery power supply of the BCM is cut and the stored steering angle initialization
value is cleared when any of the following items are performed.
Steering angle sensor connector disconnection
Fuse (ROOM) removal
Wiring harness disconnection between battery, BCM connector, steering angle sensor
connector
If the initialization procedure for the steering angle sensor has not been performed, when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the DSC indicator light illuminates and the TCS OFF
light flashes to warn of a malfunction.
1. When replacing or removing the following parts, perform the initialization procedure. (See 09-40-8 STEERING
ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
Steering angle sensor connector disconnection
Fuse (ROOM) removal
Wiring harness disconnection between battery, BCM connector, steering angle sensor connector
End Of Sie
04-102
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 1
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM

04-11 CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM POWER BRAKE UNIT
AIR BLEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-113 FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION . . . 04-1114
VACUUM LINE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . 04-113 Brake Judder Repair Hint . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1114
VACUUM HOSE Disc Plate Thickness Inspection . . . . . . 04-1116
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 04-114 Disc Pad Thickness Inspection . . . . . . . 04-1116
BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . 04-114 FRONT BRAKE (DISC)
Pedal Height Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-114 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 04-1117
Pedal Play Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-115 Caliper Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1117
Pedal-to-floor Clearance Inspection . . . 04-115 DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT . . . 04-1118
BRAKE PEDAL CALIPER (FRONT)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 04-116 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 04-1118
Brake Pedal Removal Note . . . . . . . . . 04-117 Piston Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1119
Brake Switch Installation Note . . . . . . . 04-118 REAR BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION . . . . 04-1119 04-11
Brake Switch Connector Brake Judder Repair Hint . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1119
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-118 Disc Plate Thickness Inspection . . . . . . 04-1121
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . 04-119 Disc Pad Thickness Inspection . . . . . . . 04-1121
MASTER CYLINDER REAR BRAKE (DISC)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 04-1110 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 04-1122
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR Disc Plate Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1123
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1111 Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note . . . . 04-1123
POWER BRAKE UNIT INSPECTION . . . 04-1111 Caliper Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1124
Without Using SST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1111 DISC PAD (REAR) REPLACEMENT . . . . 04-1124
Using SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1112 CALIPER (REAR)
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 04-1125
Piston Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1125
End of Toc
WM: BRAKES
04-111
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 2

CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id041100800100
2WD
7
1
2 6
4
3
5
AWD
9
8
acxuuw00001738
1 Brake fluid reserve tank 7 Power brake unit

(See 04-11-3 AIR BLEEDING.) (See 04-11-11 POWER BRAKE UNIT
2 Vacuum line INSPECTION.)
(See 04-11-3 VACUUM LINE INSPECTION.) (See 04-11-13 POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/
(See 04-11-4 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.) 8 Front brake (disc)
3 Brake pedal (See 04-11-14 FRONT BRAKE (DISC)
(See 04-11-4 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.) INSPECTION.)
(See 04-11-6 BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/ (See 04-11-17 FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-11-18 DISC PAD (FRONT)
4 Brake switch REPLACEMENT.)
(See 04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION.) (See 04-11-18 CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/
5 Master cylinder ASSEMBLY.)
(See 04-11-10 MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/ 9 Rear brake (disc)
INSTALLATION.) (See 04-11-19 REAR BRAKE (DISC)
6 Brake fluid level sensor INSPECTION.)
(See 04-11-11 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR (See 04-11-22 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/
(See 04-11-24 DISC PAD (REAR)
REPLACEMENT.)
(See 04-11-25 CALIPER (REAR) DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
WM: CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
04-112
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 3

AIR BLEEDING
id041100800200
Caution
Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any on painted surfaces. If it is
spilled, wipe it off immediately.
Note
Keep the fluid level in the reserve tank at 3/4 full or more during the air bleeding.
Begin air bleeding with the brake caliper that is furthest from the master cylinder.
Brake fluid type

SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3
1. Remove the bleeder cap on the brake caliper, and attach a vinyl tube to the bleeder screw.
2. Place the other end of the vinyl tube in a clear container and fill the container with fluid during air bleeding.
3. Working with two people, one should pump the brake pedal several times and depress and hold the pedal 04-11
down.
4. While the brake pedal is depressed, the other 49 0259 770B
should loosen the bleeder screw using the SST,
drain out any fluid containing air bubbles, and
tighten the bleeder screw.
Tightening torque
Front: 5.9 9.8 Nm {61 99 kgfcm, 53 86
inlbf}
Rear: 6.9 9.8 Nm {71 99 kgfcm, 61 86
inlbf}
5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until no air bubbles are

acxuuw00001068
seen.
6. Perform air bleeding as described in the above
procedures for all brake calipers.
7. After air bleeding, inspect the following:
Brake operation
Fluid leakage
Fluid level
End Of Sie
VACUUM LINE INSPECTION
WM: VACUUM LINE
id041100801500
1. Remove the vacuum hose. (See 04-11-4 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Verify that air can be blown from the power brake
unit side of the vacuum hose towards the engine
side, and that air cannot be blown in the opposite
direction.
If there is any malfunction of the inner check
valve, replace it together with the vacuum
hose as a single unit. CHECK VALVE
End Of Sie
TO INTAKE MANIFOLD
acxuuw00001745
04-113
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 4

VACUUM HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041100801600
1. Remove the clamps and vacuum hose (power brake unit side).
2. Insert a thin flathead screwdriver at the point
indicated by the arrow in the figure, push the ring
down and disconnect the vacuum hose from the POWER BRAKE UNIT
intake manifold.
3. Remove the vacuum hose.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. JOINT
RING INTAKE MANIFOLD
acxuuw00001109
5. Verify that the vacuum hose is inserted so that the

joint contacts the intake manifold ring.
End Of Sie
WM: BRAKE PEDAL
POWER BRAKE UNIT
JOINT
RING INTAKE MANIFOLD
acxuuw00001110
BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION

id041100801100
Pedal Height Inspection
1. Measure the distance from the center of the
upper surface of the pedal pad to the insulator
and verify that it is as specified.
If not within the specification, inspect the
following items and repair or replace the
applicable part if there is any malfunction.
Power brake unit installation condition
Deformation of or damage to the power
brake unit fork
Brake pedal installation condition
Clevis pin wear
If there is no malfunction in the above items, INSULATOR
replace the brake pedal.
Brake pedal height (reference value)

204.3 mm {8.043 in}
PEDAL HEIGHT
acxuuw00001740
04-114
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 5

Pedal Play Inspection
1. Pump the pedal several times to release the vacuum in the power brake unit.
2. Gently depress the pedal by hand and measure the pedal play.
If not within the specification, inspect the wear of the clevis pin. Replace it if there is any malfunction.
Brake pedal play

2 5 mm {0.08 0.19 in}
Note
If there is no malfunction in the clevis pin, there is a possibility that the power brake unit has some
malfunction. Verify that there are no malfunctions, and replace it if necessary.
Pedal-to-floor Clearance Inspection

1. Start the engine and depress the brake pedal with a force of 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0 lbf}.
2. Measure the distance from the center of the
upper surface of the pedal pad to the floor 04-11
covering and verify that it is as specified.
If it is less than the specification, inspect for
air in the brake line.
Brake pedal-to-floor clearance (Brake pedal

when depressed at 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0
lbf})
99.1 mm {3.91 in} or more
End Of Sie
FLOOR
COVERING
PEDAL-TO-FLOOR
CLEARANCE
acxuuw00001741
04-115
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 6

BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041100801200
Caution
The clearance between the brake switch and the brake pedal is automatically adjusted to the
correct amount when the brake switch is inserted into the installation hole on the brake pedal and
rotated to fix in place. If the brake switch is not properly installed, the clearance may be incorrect,
causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the brake pedal is properly
installed and fully released before installing the brake switch to the pedal.
Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again.
Therefore, replace the switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal, or
performing any procedure that changes the pedal stroke.
2. Remove the battery tray bracket as shown in the
figure.
3. Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor connector.
4. Remove the master cylinder reserve tank bracket
installation nuts. (See 04-11-10 MASTER BATTERY TRAY BRACKET
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the accelerator pedal. (See 01-13-17
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
1826 Nm
{1.92.6 kgfm,
1419 ftlbf}
acxuuw00001908
6 8
5
A B
B
7
4 A
18.625.5
{1.902.60,
13.818.8}
18.625.5 7 9
{1.902.60, C
13.818.8}
R 2
1
3
C
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001743
1 Brake switch connector 3 Interlock cable

(See 04-11-8 Brake Switch Connector Installation (See 05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Note.) 4 Noise filter
2 Brake switch 5 Snap pin
(See 04-11-8 Brake Switch Installation Note.)
6 Clevis pin
04-116
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 7

7 Bolt, nut 9 Pedal pad
8 Brake pedal
(See 04-11-7 Brake Pedal Removal Note.)
Brake Pedal Removal Note

1. Remove the console panel. (See 09-17-15 CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the console. (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front scuff plate inner. (See 09-17-19 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-18 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the Glove Compartment. (See 09-17-8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the lower panel. (See 09-17-9 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the hood release lever. (See 09-14-25 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove the lower panel. (See 09-17-9 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
04-11
9. Remove the a-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-16 A-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the a-pillar trim. (See 09-17-15 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the dashboard installation bolts and nuts as shown in the figure.
15.722.5
{1.612.29,
11.616.5}
15.722.5
{1.612.29,
11.616.5}
15.722.5
{1.612.29,
11.616.5}
15.722.5
15.722.5
{1.612.29,
{1.612.29, 11.616.5}
15.722.5 11.616.5}
{1.612.29,
11.616.5}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001563
04-117
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 8

12. Lift up the upper side of the dashboard and move
it 20 mm {0.78 in} towards the vehicle rear.
Caution
If the dashboard is moved towards the
vehicle rear excessively, the wiring DASHBOARD
harness could be damaged. Mark the BRACKET
position and verify the distance when
moving the dashboard.
13. Move the power brake unit to the vehicle front

where the power brake unit fork does not interfere MARK
with the brake pedal arm.
14. Remove the brake pedal.
20 mm {0.78 in}
acxuuw00001861
Brake Switch Installation Note

1. Inspect the brake pedal. (See 04-11-4 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.)
2. With the brake pedal fully released, insert a new brake switch into the installation hole on the lock unit.
3. Secure the brake switch by turning it
counterclockwise 45. 45
BRAKE SWITCH
LOCK UNIT
acxuuw00001744
Brake Switch Connector Installation Note

1. Inspect the brake pedal. (See 04-11-6 BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. With the brake pedal in its original position, install the brake switch to the brake switch connector.
End Of Sie
WM: BRAKE SWITCH
04-118
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 9

BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION
id041100801900
Caution
Inspect the brake switch with it installed to the brake pedal, otherwise the brake switch may not
operate normally. If the brake switch is removed from the brake pedal, replace the brake switch
with a new one.
1. Disconnect the brake switch connector.

table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the
brake switch. C A
D B
: Continuity
Terminal
Condition 04-11
A B C D
When the brake pedal
is depressed
acxuuw00001092
When the brake pedal
is not depressed
(With cruise control system)
acxuuw00001093
End Of Sie
WM: MASTER CYLINDER
04-119
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 10

MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041100801300
1. Remove the battery. (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. After installation, add brake fluid, bleed the air, and inspect for fluid leakage. (See 04-11-3 AIR BLEEDING.)
4.26.2 2
{4363, 3854}
7
A
7.812.7
6 {80129, 70112}
3 C*
12.821.6
8 {131220,
114191}
A
B 10
9
R
12
B
11
4
7.812.7
{80129, 70112}
9.816 {100163, 87141}
C * COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE FLARE NUT WRENCH

(FLARE NUT ACROSS FLAT 10 mm {0.39 in}) Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001862
1 Insulator 7 Brake fluid level sensor short cord

2 Brake fluid level sensor connector 8 Reserve tank bracket
3 Brake pipe 9 Reserve tank hose
4 Insulator bracket 10 No.2 reserve tank
5 Master cylinder component 11 Master cylinder
6 No.1 reserve tank 12 O-ring
End Of Sie
04-1110
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 11

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION
id041100801400
1. Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor connector from the master cylinder.
2. Inspect for continuity according to fluid level
between the brake fluid level sensor terminals.
No.1 reserve tank. (See 04-11-10 MASTER
A B
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
: Continuity
Terminal
Condition
A B
Above MIN ampjjw00002672

04-11
Below MIN
acxuuw00001089
End Of Sie
POWER BRAKE UNIT INSPECTION
WM: POWER BRAKE UNIT
id041100801700
Note
The following inspection methods are simple inspection methods to judge the function of the power brake
unit.
If there is any malfunction in the power brake unit, replace the power brake unit as a single unit.
Without Using SST

Operation inspection
1. With the engine stopped, pump the pedal a few times.
2. With the pedal depressed, start the engine.
3. If the pedal moves down slightly immediately after starting the engine, the unit is normal.
Vacuum function inspection

2. Stop the engine after driving the vehicle for 1 2 min.
3. Depress the pedal with normal force.
4. If the first pedal stroke is long and becomes shorter with subsequent strokes, the unit is normal.
If a problem is found, inspect for damage to or improper installation of the check valve and vacuum hose.
After repairing, inspect again.
Vacuum loss function inspection

2. Depress the pedal with normal force.
3. With the pedal depressed, stop the engine.
4. Hold the pedal depressed for approx. 30 s.
5. If the pedal height does not change during this time, the unit is normal.
04-1111
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 12

Using SST
Pre-inspection preparation
1. Install the SST (49 N043 001) to the master TO SST
cylinder in the orientation shown in the figure.
49 N043 001
FLARE NUT ACROSS FLAT
Note 12 mm {0.47 in}
When installing the SST (49 N043 001) to
the master cylinder, use a commercially
available flare nut wrench.
Flare nut across flat: 12 mm {0.47 in}
TO MASTER
CYLINDER
acxuuw00001746
2. Connect the SSTs, a vacuum gauge, and a pedal

force gauge to the master cylinder, and bleed the VACUUM 49 U043 004A
GAUGE 49 U043 006
air from the SSTs and the brake line. (Bleed the
air from the SSTs using air bleed valve A.) PEDAL FORCE
GAUGE
49 N043 001
49 U043 005
acxuuw00001863
Vacuum loss inspection

2. Depress the brake pedal with a force of 200 N {20.4 kgf, 44.9 lbf}.
3. Stop the engine when the vacuum gauge reading reaches 68 kPa {510 mmHg, 20.1 inHg} with the pedal
depressed.
4. With the engine off, observe the vacuum gauge for 15 s.
5. If the gauge has dropped 3.3 kPa {25 mmHg, 1.0 inHg} or less, the unit is normal.
Lack of hydraulic pressure inspection

1. If the pedal force and fluid pressure correlation is within the specification with the engine stopped and a vacuum
amount of 0 kPa {0 mmHg, 0 inHg}, the system is normal.
Master cylinder fluid pressure

Vacuum amount at o kPa {0 mmHg, 0 inHg}
Pedal force (N {kgf, lbf}) Fluid pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
200 N {20.4kgf, 44.9lbt} 550 kPa {5.61 kgf/cm2, 79.8 psi} or more
Hydraulic pressure inspection

1. Start the engine. Depress the brake pedal when the vacuum reaches 66.7 kPa {500 mmHg, 19.7 inHg}.
2. At this time, apply the indicated pedal force and if the fluid pressure is within the specification, the unit is
normal.

Vacuum amount at 66.7 kPa {500 mmHg, 19.7 inHg}
200 N {20.4kgf, 44.9lbt} 6,950 kPa {70.88 kgf/cm2, 1.009 psi} or more
End Of Sie
04-1112
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 13

POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041100801800
figure.
3. Remove the master cylinder component. (See 04-
11-10 MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) BATTERY TRAY BRACKET
04-11
1826 Nm
{1.92.6 kgfm,
1419 ftlbf}
acxuuw00001901
4. Remove the brake pipe as shown in the figure.

5. Remove the accelerator pedal. (See 01-13-17
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
A * 12.821.6 Nm
{131220 kgfcm,
114191 inlbf}
A * COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE FLARE NUT WRENCH

(FLARE NUT ACROSS FLAT 10 mm {0.39 in})
acxuuw00001865
04-1113
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 14

9. Inspect the brake pedal. (See 04-11-4 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.)
4 2 R B
5
1 A
B
A
18.625.5 Nm
{1.902.60 kgfm,
13.818.8 ftlbf}
acxuuw00001091
1 Vacuum hose 4 Power brake unit

2 Snap pin 5 Gasket
3 Clevis pin
End Of Sie
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION
WM: FRONT BRAKE (DISC)
id041100800800
Brake Judder Repair Hint
Description
Brake judder concern has the following three characteristics:
Steering wheel vibration

Steering wheel vibrates in the direction of its rotation. This characteristic is most noticeable when applying brakes
at a vehicle speed of 100 140 km/h {62 87 mph}.
Floor vibration
When applying brakes, the vehicle body shakes back and forth. The seriousness of shake is not influenced by
vehicle speed.
Brake pedal vibration

When applying brakes, a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back. The pulsation is transmitted to the brake
pedal.
The following are the main possible causes of brake judder:
Due to an excessive runout (side-to-side wobble) of disc plate, the thickness of disc plate is uneven.
If the runout is more than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} at the position 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge, uneven
wear occurs on the disc plate because of uneven pad/plate contact.
If the runout is less than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}, uneven wear does not occur.
04-1114
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 15

The disc plate is deformed by heat.
Repeated panic braking may raise the temperature in some portions of disc plate by approx. 1,000 C {1,832 F}.
This results in deformed disc plate.
Due to corrosion, the thickness and friction coefficient of disc plate change.
If a vehicle is parked under damp conditions for a long time, corrosion occurs on the friction surface of disc plate.
The thickness of corrosion is uneven and sometimes appears like a wave pattern, which changes the friction
coefficient and causes a reaction force.
Inspection and repair procedure
,
Confirm customer s complaint
04-11
Perform lateral runout inspection. More than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
(Refer to Lateral Runout Inspection.)
Less than Less than
0.05 mm 0.05 mm
{0.002 in} Occurs {0.002 in}
Verify whether brake Remove disc plate and
Does not judder occurs or not. reinstall in other phase.
occur Perform lateral runout
Perform thickness variation inspection again.
inspection (Refer to the More than 0.015 mm {0.0005 in}
following.) More than
Less than 0.015 mm {0.0005 in} 0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
Confirm customer's complaint again.
Machine the disc plate using
Work is completed. on-the-car type lathe.
Secure the disc plate by

tightening all hub nuts to the
same torque, and measure lateral
runout.
On-the-car type lathe (less than

0.015 mm {0.0005 in}).
Work is completed.
acxuuw00001079
Lateral runout inspection

1. To secure the disc plate and the hub, tighten the hub nuts upside down or insert a washer (thickness 10 mm
{0.39 in} with an inner diameter more than 12 mm {0.47 in}) between the hub bolt and the hub nut.
Note
The component parts of the SST (49 B017 001 or 49 G019 003) can be used as a suitable washer.
2. After tightening all the hub nuts to the same torque, put the dial gauge on the friction surface of disc plate 10
mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge.
3. Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the runout.
Front disc plate runout limit

0.05 mm {0.002 in}
04-1115
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 16

Thickness variation inspection
1. Clean the disc plate-to-pad friction surface using a brake cleaner.
2. Measure the points indicated in the illustration using a caliper (micrometer).
3. Subtract the minimum value from the maximum.
If the result is not within specification, machine the disc plate using a lathe.
Thickness variation limit

0.015 mm {0.0005 in}
Warning
Do not exceed minimum disc plate
thickness.
acxuuw00001386
Disc Plate Thickness Inspection
Caution
Excessive runout may result if the disc plate is removed from the vehicle then machined. Machine
the disc plate while installed on the vehicle.
1. Measure the thickness of the disc plate.

If the thickness is not within the specification, replace the disc plate.
Minimum front disc plate thickness

26 mm {1.03 in}
Minimum front disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on-vehicle
26.8 mm {1.06 in}
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection

1. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it with safety stands.
2. Remove the wheels.
3. Verify the remaining thickness of the pads.
Replace the pads as a set: right and left wheels, if either one is at or less than the minimum thickness.
Minimum front disc pad thickness

2.0 mm {0.08 in}
End Of Sie
ampjjw00003083
04-1116
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 17

FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041100800900
4. After installation, depress the brake pedal a few times, rotate the wheel by hand, and verify that the brake does
not drag.
107.8127.4
{11.0012.99,
83.393.1 79.5193.96}
{8.509.49,
61.568.6} 8
21.629.4
2 {2.212.99,
SST 16.021.6}
3 12
1
D 04-11
GREASE
B
5 C
R
C 10 R
D
7
6 6 9.814.7 Nm 11
4 {100149 kgfcm,
GREASE
87130 inlbf}
GREASE
A 10 A
GREASE
A R 7 9 4
ANTI-RATTLE
GREASE
A
GREASE
GREASE
BRAKE GREASE
B A
GREASE
B RUBBER GREASE Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001081
1 Brake hose 7 Guide plate

2 Slide pin bolt 8 Bolt
3 Caliper 9 Mounting support
(See 04-11-17 Caliper Installation Note.) 10 Dust boot
4 Disc pad 11 Screw
5 Pad wear indicator 12 Disc plate
6 Shim
Caliper Installation Note

1. Push the piston fully inward using the SST.
2. Install the caliper.
End Of Sie
WM: DISC PAD (FRONT)
WOOD PLATES
49 0221 600C
acxuuw00001082
04-1117
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 18

DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT
id041100800700
not drag.
2 SST
GREASE
1
83.393.1
5 {8.509.49,
4 61.568.6}
6 A
GREASE
A
GREASE
ANTI-RATTLE 6
GREASE
BRAKE GREASE Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001078
1 Slide pin bolt 3 Disc pad

2 Caliper 4 Pad wear indicator
(See 04-11-17 FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/ 5 Shim
INSTALLATION.)
6 Guide plate
End Of Sie
CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
WM: CALIPER (FRONT)
id041100801000
SST *5.99.8 {6199, 5386}
1 Bleeder cap
1 2 6
2 Bleeder screw
R BRAKE
FLUID
3 Piston
(See 04-11-19 Piston Disassembly Note.)
5 SST
4 Dust seal 3 R
5 Piston seal 4
6 Caliper
2. Assemble in the reverse order of removal.

GREASE
GREASE
RUBBER GREASE
GREASE
SST * 49 0259 770B Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}

acxuuw00001083
04-1118
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 19

Piston Disassembly Note
Warning
When compressed air is blown into the caliper body, injury to a finger or other part from pinching
could result from the piston springing up. When blowing in compressed air, do not place your
fingers between the piston and caliper body when performing the work.
Caution
The piston could be damaged if blown out with great force. Blow the compressed air slowly to
prevent the piston from suddenly popping out.
1. Place the SST in the caliper, then blow

compressed air through the hole to force the
piston out of the caliper. 49 T033 001A
End Of Sie
04-11
WM: REAR BRAKE (DISC)
acxuuw00001887
REAR BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION

id041100800400
Brake Judder Repair Hint
Description
Brake judder concern has the following three characteristics:
Steering wheel vibration

Steering wheel vibrates in the direction of its rotation. This characteristic is most noticeable when applying brakes
at a vehicle speed of 100 140 km/h {62 87 mph}.
Floor vibration
When applying brakes, the vehicle body shakes back and forth. The seriousness of shake is not influenced by
vehicle speed.
Brake pedal vibration

When applying brakes, a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back. The pulsation is transmitted to the brake
pedal.
The following are the main possible causes of brake judder:
Due to an excessive runout (side-to-side wobble) of disc plate, the thickness of disc plate is uneven.
If the runout is more than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} at the position 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge, uneven
wear occurs on the disc plate because of uneven pad/plate contact.
If the runout is less than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}, uneven wear does not occur.
The disc plate is deformed by heat.

Repeated panic braking may raise the temperature in some portions of disc plate by approx. 1,000 C {1,832 F}.
This results in deformed disc plate.
Due to corrosion, the thickness and friction coefficient of disc plate change.
If a vehicle is parked under damp conditions for a long time, corrosion occurs on the friction surface of disc plate.
The thickness of corrosion is uneven and sometimes appears like a wave pattern, which changes the friction
coefficient and causes a reaction force.
04-1119
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 20

Inspection and repair procedure
,
Confirm customer s complaint
Perform lateral runout inspection. More than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}

(Refer to Lateral Runout Inspection.)
Less than Less than
0.05 mm 0.05 mm
{0.002 in} Occurs {0.002 in}
Verify whether brake Remove disc plate and
Does not judder occurs or not. reinstall in other phase.
occur Perform lateral runout
Perform thickness variation inspection again.
inspection (Refer to the More than 0.015 mm {0.0005 in}
following.) More than
Less than 0.015 mm {0.0005 in} 0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
Confirm customer's complaint again.
Machine the disc plate using
Work is completed. on-the-car type lathe.
Secure the disc plate by

tightening all hub nuts to the
same torque, and measure lateral
runout.
On-the-car type lathe (less than

0.015 mm {0.0005 in}).
Work is completed.
acxuuw00001070
Lateral runout inspection

1. To secure the disc plate and the hub, tighten the hub nuts upside down or insert a washer (thickness 10 mm
{0.39 in} with an inner diameter more than 12 mm {0.47 in}) between the hub bolt and the hub nut.
Note
The component parts of the SST (49 B017 001 or 49 G019 003) can be used as a suitable washer.
2. After tightening all the hub nuts to the same torque, put the dial gauge on the friction surface of disc plate 10
mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge.
3. Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the runout.
Rear disc plate runout limit

0.05 mm {0.002 in}
04-1120
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 21

Thickness variation inspection
1. Clean the disc plate-to-pad friction surface using a brake cleaner.
2. Measure the points indicated in the illustration using a caliper (micrometer).
3. Subtract the minimum value from the maximum.
If the result is not within specification, machine the disc plate using a lathe.
Thickness variation limit

0.015 mm {0.0005 in}
Warning
Do not exceed minimum disc plate
thickness.
04-11
acxuuw00001385
Disc Plate Thickness Inspection
Caution
Excessive runout may result if the disc plate is removed from the vehicle then machined. Machine
the disc plate while installed on the vehicle.
1. Measure the thickness of the disc plate.

If the thickness is not within the specification, replace the disc plate.
Minimum rear disc plate thickness

16 mm {0.63 in}
Minimum rear disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on-vehicle
16.8 mm {0.66 in}
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection

1. Jack up the rear of the vehicle and support it with safety stands.
2. Remove the wheels.
3. Verify the remaining thickness of the pads.
Replace the pads as a set: right and left wheels, if either one is at or less than the minimum thickness.
Minimum rear disc pad thickness

2.0 mm {0.08 in}
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001654
04-1121
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 22

REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041100800500
4. After installation, do the following.
(1) Depress the brake pedal a few times. Then verify that the brakes do not drag.
(2) Inspect the parking brake pedal stroke. (See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION.)
21.629.4 21.631.4 {2.213.20, 16.023.1}
{2.212.99,
2
16.021.6} 3 SST
GREASE
78.4101.9 9 R
{8.0010.39, 7
57.975.1} R 11
1 5
R
4
2
21.631.4 8
{2.213.20,
16.023.1}
10 R A 6
14
GREASE
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm,
87130 inlbf}
13
4
12 5
GREASE
RUBBER GREASE
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001739
1 Brake hose 9 Slide pin

2 Bolt 10 Bush
3 Caliper 11 Dust boot
(See 04-11-24 Caliper Installation Note.) 12 Plug
4 Disc pad 13 Screw
5 Shim (See 04-11-23 Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note.)
6 Guide plate 14 Disc plate
7 Bolt (See 04-11-23 Disc Plate Removal Note.)
(See 04-11-23 Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note.)
8 Mounting support
04-1122
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 23

Disc Plate Removal Note
1. If any disc plate is difficult to remove, perform the following steps to remove it.
(1) Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service
hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of
the arrow to compress the parking brake
shoe.
(2) Remove the disc plate.
04-11
acxuuw00001072
Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note
1. Install the disc plate and the screws.
2. Perform the following steps to adjust the shoe clearance after installing the disc plate and the screws.
the arrow to expand the parking brake shoe
until the disc plate cannot rotate.
acxuuw00001073
(2) Return the adjuster 1317 notches in the
direction of the arrow.
Note
Shoe clearance can be adjusted to 0.15 mm
{0.006 in} by returning the adjuster 15
notches.
(3) Rotate the disc plate and make sure it does

not drag.
acxuuw00001074
04-1123
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 24

Caliper Installation Note
1. Push the piston fully inward using the SST.
2. Install the caliper.
End Of Sie
WM: DISC PAD (REAR)
49 0221 600C
acxuuw00001075
DISC PAD (REAR) REPLACEMENT

id041100800300
not drag.
21.631.4
{2.213.20,
16.023.1}
2
1 3 SST
5
4
A 6
4
5
A
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001931
1 Clip 4 Disc pad

2 Bolt 5 Shim
3 Caliper 6 Guide plate
(See 04-11-22 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
End Of Sie
WM: CALIPER (REAR)
04-1124
1871-1U-06B(04-11).fm 25

CALIPER (REAR) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id041100800600
1 Bleeder cap
R
2 Bleeder screw
5
3 Piston R 3
(See 04-11-25 Piston Disassembly Note) 4 1
4 Dust seal 2
5 Piston seal SST *
6 Caliper 6.99.8 Nm
{7199 kgfcm,
6286 inlbf}
2. Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
6
GREASE
BRAKE
FLUID
GREASE
04-11
GREASE
RUBBER GREASE
SST * 49 0259 770B

acxuuw00001076
Piston Disassembly Note
Warning
When compressed air is blown into the caliper body, injury to a finger or other part from pinching
could result from the piston springing up. When blowing in compressed air, do not place your
fingers between the piston and caliper body when performing the work.
Caution
The piston could be damaged if blown out with great force. Blow the compressed air slowly to
prevent the piston from suddenly popping out.
1. Place a piece of wood in the caliper, then blow

WOOD PLATE
compressed air through the hole to force the
piston out of the caliper.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001077
04-1125
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 1
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM

04-12 PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM End Cable Installation Note. . . . . . . . . . 04-127
LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-121 PARKING BRAKE
PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION . . . . . . 04-122 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] . . . . 04-128
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . 04-122 End Cable Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1210
PARKING BRAKE Brake Caliper Component
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD] . . . . 04-123 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1210
End Cable Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 04-125 Disc Plate Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1210
Brake Caliper Component Parking Brake Shoe Removal Note. . . . 04-1211
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-125 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt
Disc Plate Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 04-125 and Nut, Tappet Installation Note . . . . 04-1211
Parking Brake Shoe Removal Note . . . 04-126 Parking Brake Shoe
Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1211
Bolt and Nut, Tappet Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note . . . . 04-1212
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-126 End Cable Installation Note. . . . . . . . . . 04-1213 04-12
Parking Brake Shoe PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-126 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1213
Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note . . . 04-127
End of Toc
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
WM: PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
id041200800100
acxuuw00001756
1 Parking brake (pedal type) 2 Parking brake switch

(See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION.) (See 04-12-13 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
(See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT.) INSPECTION.)
(See 04-12-3 PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].)
(See 04-12-8 PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AWD].)
End Of Sie
WM: PARKING BRAKE
04-121
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 2

PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION
id041200800300
1. Depress the parking brake pedal a few times.
2. Depress the brake pedal a few times.
3. Inspect the parking brake stroke by depressing the parking brake pedal with a force of 180 N {18.4 kgf, 40.5
lbf}.
Parking brake pedal stroke when depressed at 180 N {18.4 kgf, 40.5 lbf}
1 3 notches
End Of Sie
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
id041200800400
1. Start the engine and depress the parking brake pedal several times.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Turn the adjusting nut at the front of the parking
cable.
4. After adjustment, inspect the following points:
(1) Turn the ignition switch on, depress the
parking brake pedal one notch, and verify that
the brake system warning light illuminates.
ADJUSTING NUT
(2) Verify that the rear brakes do not drag.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001058
04-122
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 3

PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]
id0412008002a1
Caution
1. Perform the following procedure and remove the parking brake pedal.
(1) Remove the lower panel. (See 09-17-9 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Perform the following procedure and remove the front parking brake cable.
(2) Remove the joint cover. (See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Remove the console panel. (See 09-17-15 CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Remove the console. (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Remove the console bracket as shown in the 04-12
figure.
(6) Turn the floor covering over until the front
parking brake cable cover appears.
CONSOLE BRACKET
acxuuw00001866
(7) Disconnect the combined sensor connector

and the SAS control module connector. 8.812.8 Nm
{90130 kgfcm,
(8) Remove the sensor bracket component 78113 inlbf}
(9) Remove the insulator.
3. Perform the following procedure and remove the
rear parking brake cable.
parking brake plate, back plate and wheel hub.
(1) Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor
from the rear wheel hub. (See 04-15-13
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
acxuuw00001867
04-123
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 4

7. Adjust the parking brake stroke. (See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT.)
1 18.625.5
18.625.5
A {1.902.60,
{1.902.60,
13.818.8}
3 13.818.8}
B
E
C C
8
F
5
4 18.625.5
{1.902.60, G
13.818.8} 9
E
6
98120
2 {1012, 7388}
A
B 78.4101.9 {8.010.3, 57.975.1} 18.625.5 {1.902.60, 13.818.8}
18.625.5
{1.902.60,
13.818.8}
22 H
G 23
D 24
F 20 10
7
21
H
D 36 Nm
36 Nm {4060 kgfcm,
7.810.8 Nm {4060 kgfcm, 3050 inlbf} 15
{80110 kgfcm, 3050 inlbf}
7095 inlbf} 16
20 13
19
18
17
11
14
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm, 12
acxuuw00001868
1 Parking brake switch connector 13 Disc plate

2 Adjusting nut (See 04-12-5 Disc Plate Removal Note)
(See 04-12-7 Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note)
3 Parking brake switch
14 Spring
4 Parking brake pedal
15 Parking brake shoe
5 Spring (See 04-12-6 Parking Brake Shoe Removal Note)
6 Clip (See 04-12-6 Parking Brake Shoe Installation Note)
7 End cable 16 Rear wheel hub component
(See 04-12-5 End Cable Removal Note.) 17 Shoe stopper
(See 04-12-7 End Cable Installation Note.)
18 Backing plate
8 Rear parking brake cable
19 Parking brake plate
9 Front Parking brake cable, equalizer
20 Adjuster bolt and nut, tappet
10 Brake caliper component (See 04-12-6 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt and
(See 04-12-5 Brake Caliper Component Removal Nut, Tappet Installation Note)
Note)
21 Pin
11 Plug (See 04-12-6 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt and
12 Screw Nut, Tappet Installation Note.)
04-124
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 5

22 Operation lever 23 Plate
(See 04-12-6 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt and 24 Dust boot
Nut, Tappet Installation Note.)
End Cable Removal Note

1. Remove the end cable installation bolts.
2. Disconnect the end cable from the operation lever.
3. Bend the end cable tab (rear parking brake cable
side) in the direction shown in the figure.
4. Move the rear parking brake cable end in the
direction shown in the figure and disconnect it
from the end cable.
5. Remove the end cable.
04-12
2 END CABLE
TAB
1
REAR PARKING BRAKE CABLE
acxuuw00001869

1. Remove the brake caliper assembly from the trailing link and suspend it with a cable so it does not interfere.

shoe.
acxuuw00001050
04-125
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 6

Parking Brake Shoe Removal Note
1. Pull the parking brake shoe downward and
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
disengage it from the shoe stopper.
2. Press the adjuster bolt and tappet by hand, and SHOE STOPPER
slowly remove the parking brake shoe.
Note
When removing the parking brake shoe,
firmly press the adjuster bolt and tappet by
hand and slowly remove the parking brake
shoe to prevent the adjuster bolt, tappet,
operation lever and other parts from flying
off.
acxuuw00001757
Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt and Nut, Tappet Installation Note
1. Install the operation lever, pin, adjuster bolt and
OPERATION LEVER
nut, and tappet so that the adjuster nut is facing
toward the vehicle front.
2. Completely tighten the adjuster bolt and nut. ADJUSTER BOLT
3. Move the operation lever by hand and verify that it
operates properly.
TAPPET
If proper operation cannot be verified,
reinstall.
FRONT
ADJUSTER NUT PIN

acxuuw00001052
Parking Brake Shoe Installation Note

1. Measure the parking brake lining thickness with a
vernier caliper or measuring scale.
If it is less than the minimum thickness, install
a new parking brake shoe.
Minimum parking brake shoe thickness

1.0 mm {0.04 in}
acxuuw00001053
2. After installing the opening of the parking brake

PARKING BRAKE SHOE
shoe to the adjuster bolt and tappet, push the
brake shoe upward and attach it to the shoe SHOE STOPPER
stopper.
SHOE STOPPER
PARKING BRAKE SHOE

BACKING
PLATE
acxuuw00001758
04-126
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 7

1. Measure the inner diameter of the disc plate with
a vernier caliper.
If it exceeds the maximum diameter, install
the new disc plate.
Maximum rear disc plate inner diameter

191.0 mm {7.52 in}
2. Install the disc plate and screw.

3. Perform the following steps to adjust the shoe
clearance after installing the disc plate and the
screws. acxuuw00001055

the arrow to expand the parking brake shoe 04-12
acxuuw00001056
Note
notches.

not drag.
acxuuw00001057
End Cable Installation Note

direction shown in the figure and install it to the
end cable.
2. Verify that the end cable tab (rear parking brake
cable side) is attached properly to the rear
parking brake cable end.
3. Install the end cable to the operation lever.
4. Install the end cable installation bolts.
End Of Sie
END CABLE
TAB
acxuuw00001870
04-127
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 8

PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]
id0412008002a4
Caution
1. Perform the following procedure and remove the parking brake pedal.
2. Perform the following procedure and remove the front parking brake cable.
(2) Remove the joint cover. (See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Remove the console panel. (See 09-17-15 CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Remove the console. (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Remove the console bracket as shown in the
figure.
(6) Turn the floor covering over until the front
parking brake cable cover appears.
CONSOLE BRACKET
acxuuw00001871
(7) Disconnect the combined sensor connector
and the SAS control module connector. 8.812.8 Nm
{90130 kgfcm,
(8) Remove the sensor bracket component as 78113 inlbf}
rear parking brake cable.
parking brake plate, back plate and wheel hub.
(1) Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor
from the trailing link. (See 04-15-13 REAR
ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AWD].)
(2) Remove the middle pipe. (See 01-15-2
EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(3) Remove the rear stabilizer. (See 02-14-11 acxuuw00001872
REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-6 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Remove the trailing link component. (See 02-14-15 TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
7. Adjust the parking brake stroke. (See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT.)
04-128
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 9

1 18.625.5
18.625.5
A {1.902.60,
{1.902.60,
13.818.8}
3 13.818.8}
B
E
C C
8
F
5
4 18.625.5
{1.902.60, G
13.818.8} 9
E
6 04-12
98120
2 {1012, 7388}
A
B 78.4101.9 {8.010.3, 57.975.1} 18.625.5 {1.902.60, 13.818.8}
18.625.5
{1.902.60,
13.818.8}
22 H
G 23
D 24
F 20 10
7
21
H
D 36 Nm
36 Nm {4060 kgfcm,
7.810.8 Nm {4060 kgfcm, 3050 inlbf} 15
{80110 kgfcm, 3050 inlbf}
7095 inlbf} 16
20 13
19
18
17
11
14
9.814.7 Nm
{100149 kgfcm, 12
acxuuw00001873
1 Parking brake switch connector 14 Spring

2 Adjusting nut 15 Parking brake shoe
3 Parking brake switch (See 04-12-11 Parking Brake Shoe Removal Note)
(See 04-12-11 Parking Brake Shoe Installation
4 Parking brake pedal Note)
5 Spring 16 Rear wheel hub component
6 Clip 17 Shoe stopper
7 End cable 18 Backing plate
(See 04-12-10 End Cable Removal Note.)
(See 04-12-13 End Cable Installation Note.) 19 Parking brake plate
8 Rear parking brake cable 20 Adjuster bolt and nut, tappet
(See 04-12-11 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt
9 Front Parking brake cable, equalizer and Nut, Tappet Installation Note)
10 Brake caliper component 21 Pin
(See 04-12-10 Brake Caliper Component Removal (See 04-12-11 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt
Note) and Nut, Tappet Installation Note.)
11 Plug 22 Operation lever
12 Screw (See 04-12-11 Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt
(See 04-12-12 Disc Plate, Screw Installation Note) and Nut, Tappet Installation Note.)
13 Disc plate 23 Plate
(See 04-12-10 Disc Plate Removal Note) 24 Dust boot
04-129
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 10

End Cable Removal Note
1. Remove the end cable installation bolts.
2. Disconnect the end cable from the operation lever.
3. Bend the end cable tab (rear parking brake cable
side) in the direction shown in the figure.
direction shown in the figure and disconnect it
from the end cable.
5. Remove the end cable.
2 END CABLE
TAB
1
acxuuw00001902

1. Remove the brake caliper assembly from the trailing link and suspend it with a cable so it does not interfere.

shoe.
acxuuw00001050
04-1210
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 11

Parking Brake Shoe Removal Note
1. Pull the parking brake shoe downward and
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
disengage it from the shoe stopper.
2. Press the adjuster bolt and tappet by hand, and SHOE STOPPER
slowly remove the parking brake shoe.
Note
When removing the parking brake shoe,
firmly press the adjuster bolt and tappet by
hand and slowly remove the parking brake
shoe to prevent the adjuster bolt, tappet,
operation lever and other parts from flying
off.
acxuuw00001051
Operation lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt and Nut, Tappet Installation Note 04-12
1. Install the operation lever, pin, adjuster bolt and
OPERATION LEVER
nut, and tappet so that the adjuster nut is facing
toward the vehicle front.
2. Completely tighten the adjuster bolt and nut. ADJUSTER BOLT
3. Move the operation lever by hand and verify that it
operates properly.
TAPPET
If proper operation cannot be verified,
reinstall.
FRONT
ADJUSTER NUT PIN

acxuuw00001052
Parking Brake Shoe Installation Note

1. Measure the parking brake lining thickness with a
vernier caliper or measuring scale.
If it is less than the minimum thickness, install
a new parking brake shoe.
Minimum parking brake shoe thickness

1.0 mm {0.04 in}
acxuuw00001053
2. After installing the opening of the parking brake

PARKING BRAKE SHOE
shoe to the adjuster bolt and tappet, push the
brake shoe upward and attach it to the shoe SHOE STOPPER
stopper.
SHOE STOPPER
PARKING BRAKE SHOE

BACKING
PLATE
acxuuw00001054
04-1211
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 12

1. Measure the inner diameter of the disc plate with
a vernier caliper.
If it exceeds the maximum diameter, install
the new disc plate.
Maximum rear disc plate inner diameter

191.0 mm {7.52 in}
2. Install the disc plate and screw.

3. Perform the following steps to adjust the shoe
clearance after installing the disc plate and the
screws.
acxuuw00001055

the arrow to expand the parking brake shoe
acxuuw00001056

Note
notches.

not drag.
acxuuw00001057
04-1212
1871-1U-06B(04-12).fm 13

End Cable Installation Note
direction shown in the figure and install it to the
end cable.
2. Verify that the end cable tab (rear parking brake
cable side) is attached properly to the rear
parking brake cable end.
3. Install the end cable to the operation lever.
4. Install the end cable installation bolts.
End Of Sie
WM: PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
END CABLE
04-12
TAB
acxuuw00001903
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION

id041200800700
1. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.
table.
parking brake switch.
A
: Continuity
Terminal
Condition Body
A
ground
Parking brake pedal depressed
ampjjw00002631
Parking brake pedal released
acxuuw00001059
End Of Sie
04-1213
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 1
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL

04-15 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-152 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]. . . . . 04-1513
DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . 04-153 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
DSC SYSTEM INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . 04-154 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] . . . . 04-1513
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-154 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
ABS Control Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-154 INSPECTION[2WD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1514
DSC Control Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-156 Installation Visual Inspection. . . . . . . . . 04-1514
DSC HU/CM Clearance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1514
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 04-156 Sensor Output Value Inspection . . . . . . 04-1514
DSC HU/CM Connector REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-158 INSPECTION[AWD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1514
Brake Pipe Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . 04-158 Installation Visual Inspection. . . . . . . . . 04-1514
DSC HU/CM Installation Note . . . . . . . 04-158 Clearance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1514
Brake Pipe Installation Note. . . . . . . . . 04-158 Sensor Output Value Inspection . . . . . . 04-1515 04-15
DSC HU/CM Connector COMBINED SENSOR
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-159 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 04-1515
DSC HU/CM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 04-159 COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . 04-1516
Standard (Reference Value). . . . . . . . . 04-159 COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1517
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . 04-1511 BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1517
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1512 TCS OFF SWITCH
Installation Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . 04-1512 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 04-1518
Clearance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1512 Switch Bezel Component
Sensor Output Value Inspection . . . . . 04-1512 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-1518
TCS OFF SWITCH INSPECTION. . . . . . . 04-1518
End of Toc
04-151
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 2

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL LOCATION INDEX
id041500800500
2WD
3
6 4
2
5 1 AWD
acxuuw00001778
1 DSC HU/CM 4 Combined sensor

(See 04-15-3 DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM.) (See 04-15-15 COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAL/
(See 04-15-4 DSC SYSTEM INSPECTION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/ (See 04-15-16 COMBINED SENSOR
INSTALLATION.) INSPECTION.)
(See 04-15-9 DSC HU/CM INSPECTION.) (See 04-15-17 COMBINED SENSOR
2 Front ABS wheel-speed sensor INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
(See 04-15-11 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED 5 Brake fluid pressure sensor (built-into DSC HU/CM)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 04-15-17 BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE
(See 04-15-12 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
SENSOR INSPECTION.) 6 TCS OFF switch
3 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor (See 04-15-18 TCS OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/
(See 04-15-13 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED INSTALLATION.)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].) (See 04-15-18 TCS OFF SWITCH INSPECTION.)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
End Of Sie
04-152
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 3

DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id041500800600
ABS 2 20A
C IG 1
E
ABS 1 40A Y F
B AB C COMBINED
AE A SENSOR
AA B
AI D
A
DSC 7.5A
J
IG SW 04-15
BATTERY STEERING
BCM ANGLE
SENSOR
WARNING LIGHT LIGHT
CAN_L
CAN_H
TSC OFF LIGHT
DSC HU/CM
DSC INDICATOR
LIGHT
CAN
DRIVER
CAN_H
PCM W DRIVER
CAN_L
CAN BRAKE SWITCH
DRIVER N
TCM
CAN
DRIVER
TSC OFF SWITCH
P
DLC-2
CAN_L
CAN_H
RF M
O
LF F
E
ABS WHEEL-
SPEED SENSOR
RR I
L
LR G
H D
acxuuw00002206
End Of Sie
04-153
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 4

DSC SYSTEM INSPECTION
id041500800700
Preparation
1. Verify that battery is fully charged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and verify that the ABS warning light goes out after approx. 3 s.
4. Jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
5. Shift to the N position.
6. Verify that all four wheels rotate.
7. Rotate the inspected wheels by hand, and verify there is no brake drag.
If there is any brake drag, perform regular brake inspection.
If there is no brake drag, perform DSC HU/CM operation inspection.
ABS Control Inspection

1. Perform Preparation.
3. Set up an active command mode inspection
according to the combination of commands
below.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001209
04-154
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 5

Brake pressure retention
Inspected wheels
Command name
LF RF LR RR
V_TRC_L
V_TRC_R
OFF
V_STB_L
V_STB_R
LF_INLET ON
OFF
LF_OUTLET
OFF
LR_INLET ON
OFF
LR_OUTLET
RF_INLET ON
OFF
RF_OUTLET
OFF
RR_INLET ON 04-15
OFF
RR_OUTLET
OFF
PMP_MOTOR
Brake pressure reduction

Inspected wheels
Command name
LF RF LR RR
V_TRC_L
V_TRC_R
OFF
V_STB_L
V_STB_R
LF_INLET
ON OFF
LF_OUTLET
OFF
LR_INLET
ON OFF
LR_OUTLET
RF_INLET
OFF ON
RF_OUTLET
OFF
RR_INLET
OFF ON
RR_OUTLET
PMP_MOTOR ON
Caution
To protect the DSC HU/CM, the solenoid valve and the pump motor used during active command
mode stay on for only 10 s or less each time they are switched on.
Note
When working with two people, one should press on the brake pedal, and the other should attempt to
rotate the wheel being inspected.
4. Send the command while depressing on the brake pedal and attempting to rotate the wheel being inspected.
5. While brake pressure is maintained and a DSC HU/CM operation click sound is heard, confirm that the wheel
does not rotate. While brake pressure is being reduced and an DSC HU/CM operation click sound is heard,
confirm that the wheel rotates.
Performing the inspection above determines the following:
The DSC HU/CM brake lines are normal.
The DSC HU/CM hydraulic system is not significantly abnormal (including DSC HU/CM).
The DSC HU/CM internal electrical parts (solenoid, motor and other parts) are normal.
The DSC unit and DSC HU/CM output system wiring harnesses (solenoid valve, relay system) are
normal.
However, the following items cannot be verified.
Malfunction with intermittent occurrence of the above items
Malfunction of DSC HU/CM input system wiring harnesses and parts
Extremely small leaks in the DSC HU/CM internal hydraulic system
04-155
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 6

DSC Control Inspection
1. Perform Preparation.
3. Set up an active command mode inspection
according to the combination of commands
below.
Caution
To protect the DSC HU/CM, the solenoid
valve and the pump motor used during
active command mode stay on for only 10
s or less each time they are switched on.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001209
Inspected wheels
Command name Understeer control inhibited Oversteer control inhibited
LF RF LR RR
V_TRC_L ON OFF ON
V_TRC_R OFF ON OFF
V_STB_L
OFF
V_STB_R
LF_INLET ON
OFF
LF_OUTLET
OFF
LR_INLET ON
OFF
LR_OUTLET
RF_INLET ON OFF
RF_OUTLET OFF
RR_INLET ON OFF
RR_OUTLET OFF
PMP_MOTOR ON
4. Send the command while rotating the wheel being inspected by hand in a forward direction.
5. Confirm that the wheel does not rotate easily while a DSC HU/CM operation click sound is heard.
Performing the inspection above determines the following:
The DSC HU/CM brake lines are normal.
The DSC HU/CM hydraulic system is not significantly abnormal (including DSC HU/CM).
The DSC HU/CM internal electrical parts (solenoid, motor and other parts) are normal.
The DSC unit and DSC HU/CM output system wiring harnesses (solenoid valve, relay system) are
normal.
However, the following items cannot be verified.
Malfunction with intermittent occurrence of the above items
Malfunction of DSC HU/CM input system wiring harnesses and parts
Extremely small leaks in the DSC HU/CM internal hydraulic system
End Of Sie
DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041500801000
Caution
The DSC may not function normally when the DSC HU/CM is replaced. After installation, always
perform the initialization procedures for the DSC HU/CM, combined sensor and the steering angle
sensor. (See 04-15-17 COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.) (See 09-40-8
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
The internal parts of the DSC HU/CM could be damaged if dropped. Be careful not to drop the DSC
HU/CM. Replace the DSC HU/CM if it is subjected to an impact.
04-156
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 7

figure.
5. After installation, add brake fluid, bleed the air, BATTERY TRAY BRACKET
and inspect for fluid leakage. (See 04-11-3 AIR
BLEEDING.)
6. After installation, perform the combined sensor
initialization procedure. (See 04-15-17
COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE.)
7. After installation, perform the steering angle
sensor initialization procedure. (See 09-40-8
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE.)
1826 Nm
{1.92.6 kgfm,
04-15
1419 ftlbf}
acxuuw00001864
12.821.6
{131220,
114191}
1 E* 12.821.6
{131220, 114191}
3 SST *
C A
D B
4
7.810.8
{80110, 7095}
C
SST * 49 0259 770B 5
D
E * COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE FLARE NUT WRENCH
(FLARE NUT ACROSS FLAT 10 mm {0.39 in}) Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001878
1 Brake pipe (DSC HU/CM master cylinder) 3 Brake pipe

2 DSC HU/CM connector (See 04-15-8 Brake Pipe Removal Note.)
(See 04-15-8 DSC HU/CM Connector Removal (See 04-15-8 Brake Pipe Installation Note.)
Note.) 4 Nut
(See 04-15-9 DSC HU/CM Connector Installation 5 DSC HU/CM
Note.) (See 04-15-8 DSC HU/CM Installation Note.)
04-157
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 8

DSC HU/CM Connector Removal Note
1. Pull the lock lever up in the direction of the arrow.
2. Pull the connector toward the vehicle rear and LOCK LEVER
remove it.
1
2
acxuuw00001149
Brake Pipe Removal Note

1. Place an alignment mark on the brake pipe and
DSC HU/CM. MARK
2. Apply protective tape to the connector to prevent
brake fluid from entering.
3. Remove the brake pipe.
MARK
acxuuw00001879
DSC HU/CM Installation Note

1. Install the rubber mount on DSC HU/CM section
A to the bracket as shown in the figure.
2. Install DSC HU/CM section B to the bracket.
3. Install the nuts to DSC HU/CM section A and
tighten them.
A
B
acxuuw00001880
Brake Pipe Installation Note

1. Align the marks made before removal and install
the brake pipe to the DSC HU/CM and brake pipe LF MASTER CYLINDER
joint referring to the figure. (SECONDARY SIDE)
RR
2. Tighten the brake pipe to the specified torque
using the SST (49 0259 770B) and the
commercially available flare nut wrench.
LR
RF
MASTER CYLINDER
(PRIMARY SIDE)
acxuuw00001210
04-158
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 9

DSC HU/CM Connector Installation Note
1. After connecting the connector, verify that the lock
lever is completely pushed in.
End Of Sie
LOCK LEVER
acxuuw00001152
DSC HU/CM INSPECTION

id041500801100
04-15
1. Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connector. (See 04-15-6 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Connect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Attach the tester lead to the DSC HU/CM harness side connector, then inspect voltage, continuity or resistance
according to the standard (reference value) on the table.
Standard (Reference Value)
D C B A
acxuuw00001211
Measured Measured terminal

Terminal Signal name Connected to Standard Inspection item(s)
item (measured condition)
Ground Continuity Wiring harness (A
A Ground point Continuity A ground point
(ABS motor) detected ground point)
Power supply
Wiring harness (B
B (ABS motor Battery Voltage Under any condition B+
battery)
operation)
Power supply
Wiring harness (C
C (solenoid Battery Voltage Under any condition B+
battery)
operation)
Ground Continuity Wiring harness (D
D Ground point Continuity D ground point
(DSC system) detected ground point)
Wiring harness (E LF
LF wheel- E LF ABS wheel-
LF ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
E speed sensor Continuity speed sensor
speed sensor detected sensor connector
(signal) connector terminal B
terminal B)
LF wheel- Wiring harness (F LF
F LF ABS wheel-
speed sensor LF ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
F Continuity speed sensor
(power speed sensor detected sensor connector
connector terminal A
supply) terminal A)
LR wheel- Wiring harness (G LR
G LR ABS wheel-
speed sensor LR ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
G Continuity speed sensor
connector terminal B
supply) terminal B)
Wiring harness (H LR
LR wheel- H LR ABS wheel-
LR ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
H speed sensor Continuity speed sensor
(signal) connector terminal A
terminal A)
04-159
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 10

RR wheel- Wiring harness (I RR
I RR ABS wheel-
speed sensor RR ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
I Continuity speed sensor
connector terminal B
supply) terminal B)
Wiring harness (J
Power supply Ignition switch at ON B+
J Ignition switch Voltage ignition switch)
(system)
Ignition switch is off. 1 V or less
K
Wiring harness (L RR
RR wheel- L RR ABS wheel-
RR ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
L speed sensor Continuity speed sensor
(signal) connector terminal A
terminal A)
RF wheel- Wiring harness (M RF
M RF ABS wheel-
speed sensor RF ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
M Continuity speed sensor
connector terminal A
supply) terminal A)
N ground point Wiring harness (N
(Brake pedal B+ brake switch)
depressed) Brake switch
N Brake switch Brake switch Voltage
N ground point
(Brake pedal not 1 V or less
depressed)
Wiring harness (O RF
RF wheel- O RF ABS wheel-
RF ABS wheel- Continuity ABS wheel-speed
O speed sensor Continuity speed sensor
(signal) connector terminal B
terminal B)
Wiring harness (P
TCS OFF P TCS OFF switch Continuity
P TCS OFF switch Continuity TCS OFF switch
switch connector terminal A detected
connector terminal A)
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W DLC-2 terminal Continuity Wiring harness (W
W CAN_L DLC-2 (CAN_L) Continuity
CAN_L detected DLC-2 terminal CAN_L)
X DLC-2 terminal Continuity Wiring harness (X
X CAN_H DLC-2 (CAN_H) Continuity
CAN_H detected DLC-2 terminal CAN_H)
Ground Wiring harness (Y
Y combined sensor Continuity
Y (combined Combined sensor Continuity combined sensor
connector terminal F detected
sensor) connector terminal F)
Z
Wiring harness (AA
Yaw rate AA combined sensor Continuity
AA Combined sensor Continuity combined sensor
(signal) connector terminal B detected
connector terminal B)
Wiring harness (AB
Yaw rate (test AB combined sensor Continuity
AB Combined sensor Continuity combined sensor
signal) connector terminal C detected
connector terminal C)
AC
AD
Yaw rate Wiring harness (AE
AE combined sensor Continuity
AE (reference Combined sensor Continuity combined sensor
connector terminal A detected
signal) connector terminal A)
AF
AG
AH
Wiring harness (AI
Lateral-G AI combined sensor Continuity
AI Combined sensor Continuity combined sensor
(signal) connector terminal D detected
connector terminal D)
04-1510
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 11

AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AP
AQ
AR
AS
AT
04-15
End Of Sie
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
id041500800300
1. Perform the following procedure and remove the LF ABS wheel-speed sensor.
(1) Remove the battery and battery tray.
(2) Remove the air cleaner component and air hose. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
1 Front ABS wheel-speed sensor connector
2 Bolt
3 Front ABS wheel-speed sensor 1

End Of Sie 3
2
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
acxuuw00001205
04-1511
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 12

FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041500800400
Installation Visual Inspection
If there is any malfunction, replace the applicable part.
(1) Excessive play of the ABS wheel-speed sensor
(2) Deformation of the ABS wheel-speed sensor
(3) Deformation or damage of the ABS sensor rotor
Clearance Inspection
1. Verify the clearance between the ABS sensor rotor and the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
If there is any malfunction, check for improper installation, and replace if necessary.
FRONT ABS WHEEL-
Clearance SPEED SENSOR
0.7 1.5 mm {0.028 0.059 in}
CLEARANCE
FRONT ABS
SENSOR ROTOR
acxuuw00001206
Sensor Output Value Inspection

3. Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
WSPD_LF
(LF ABS wheel-speed sensor)
WSPD_RF
(RF ABS wheel-speed sensor)
4. Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
5. Verify that the display of the M-MDS shows the
same value as the speedometer.
If there is any malfunction, replace the front
ABS wheel-speed sensor.
DLC-2
End Of Sie
WM: REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR acxuuw00001207
04-1512
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 13

REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD]
id0415008001a1
1. Remove the rear seat. (See 09-13-7 REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Rear scuff plate inner. (See 09-17-19 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the sub trunk box. (See 09-17-25 SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the trunk end trim. (See 09-17-24 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-24 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 1
1 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor connector
2 Bolt
3 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor

End Of Sie
04-15
3
2 7.810.8
{801110,
7095}
7.810.8
2 {801110,
7095}
Nm {kgfcm,inlbf}
acxuuw00001876
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD]

id0415008001a7
1. Remove the rear seat. (See 09-13-7 REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Rear scuff plate inner. (See 09-17-19 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the sub trunk box. (See 09-17-25 SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the trunk end trim. (See 09-17-24 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-24 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1
1 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor connector
2 Bolt
3 Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor
3
End Of Sie
2
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
acxuuw00001877
04-1513
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 14

REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION[2WD]
id0415008002a1
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor.
2. Measure the distance between the rear ABS
A
wheel-speed sensor installation surface and the CLEARANCE
ABS sensor rotor. This is dimension A. REAR ABS WHEEL-
3. Calculate the clearance between the front ABS SPEED SENSOR
wheel-speed sensor and the ABS sensor rotor
using the following formula:
REAR ABS
Clearance (mm {in}) = A-15.0 SENSOR ROTOR
15.0 mm {0.60 in}
4. Verify that the clearance between the ABS sensor
rotor and the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor is as
indicated below.
If there is any malfunction, replace it.
acxuuw00001203
Clearance
0.3 1.1 mm {0.012 0.043 in}

WSPD_LR
(LR ABS wheel-speed sensor)
WSPD_RR
(RR ABS wheel-speed sensor)
If there is any malfunction, replace the rear
DLC-2
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION[AWD]

id0415008002a7
(3) Deformation or damage of the ABS sensor rotor
1. Verify the clearance between the ABS sensor rotor and the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
If there is any malfunction, check for improper installation, and replace if necessary.
Clearance
0.3 1.1 mm {0.012 0.043 in}
REAR ABS WHEEL-
SPEED SENSOR
CLEARANCE
REAR ABS SENSOR ROTOR
acxuuw00001372
04-1514
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 15

WSPD_LR
(LR ABS wheel-speed sensor)
WSPD_RR
(RR ABS wheel-speed sensor)
If there is any malfunction, replace the rear
DLC-2
End Of Sie
WM: COMBINED SENSOR acxuuw00001204
COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 04-15

id041500801200
Caution
The internal parts of the combined sensor could be damaged if dropped. Be careful not to drop the
combined sensor. Replace the combined sensor if it is subjected to an impact. Also, do not use an
impact wrench or other similar air tools when removing/installing the sensor.

2 7.812.8 Nm
1 Combined sensor connector {80130 kgfcm,
70113 inlbf}
2 Nut
3 Combined sensor 3
5. After installation, perform the combined sensor
initialization procedure. (See 04-15-17
A
COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE.)
End Of Sie
1
acxuuw00001881
04-1515
1871-1U-06B(04-15).fm 16

COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041500801300
3. Select the following PIDs, then inspect the lateral
acceleration speed and the yaw rate.
LAT_ACCL: (lateral acceleration speed)
YAW_RATE: (yaw rate)
(1) Lateral acceleration speed inspection
DLC-2
acxuuw00001213
1) Verify the LAT_ACCL change when the

combined sensor is tilted to the left and
right.
A
combined sensor.
Standard
When the sensor is tilted to the right (A):
LAT_ACCL changes negatively. B
When the sensor is tilted to the left (B):
LAT_ACCL changes positively. VEHICLE FRONT
acxuuw00001214
(2) Yaw rate inspection
1) Verify the YAW_RATE change when the
combined sensor is rotated to the left and
B
right.
combined sensor.
Standard A
When the sensor is rotated to the right (A):
YAW_RATE changes negatively.
When the sensor is rotated to the left (B):
YAW_RATE changes positively.
VEHICLE FRONT
acxuuw00001215
End Of Sie
04-1516
COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
id041500801400
Warning
Unless the initialization procedure of the combined sensor is completed, the DSC will not operate,
causing an unexpected accident. Therefore, always perform the initialization procedure to ensure
DSC operation if the combined sensor and DSC HU/CM have been removed or replaced.
1. Inspect the wheel alignment and inflation pressure.

If there is any malfunction, adjust the applicable part.
2. Park the vehicle on level ground.
1. Select Chassis. 04-15
2. Select ABS/DSC.
1. Select All Tests and Calibrations.
2. Select ABS/DSC.
6. Then, select the Sensor Initialization from the
screen menu.
DLC-2
7. Then, select items from the screen menu in the
acxuuw00001216
following order.
1. Select YAWRATE.
2. Select LATACCEL.
8. Perform the initialization according to the directions on the screen.
9. Drive the vehicle forward.
10. After 5 min of driving, verify that the DSC system is normal.
End Of Sie
BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION
WM: BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR
id041500801500
2. Install the SSTs to the master cylinder.
49 U043 004A 49 U043 006
Note
Install the SST (49 N043 001) to the master
cylinder using a commercially available flare
nut wrench. A
Flare nut across flat: 12 mm {0.47 in}
3. Bleed the air from the SSTs and the brake line.
(Bleed air from the SSTs) through air bleeding
valve A. 49 N043 001
49 U043 005
acxuuw00001882

3. Select Module.
4. Select ABS.
2. Select ABS.
DLC-2
acxuuw00001218
6. Select the MCYLIP PID.
8. Depress the brake pedal, and confirm that the fluid pressure value of the SST (Gauge) and the value shown on
the M-MDS are equal
If the fluid pressures are different, replace the DSC HU/CM.
End Of Sie
WM: TCS OFF SWITCH
Revised 5/2006 (Ref. No. R044/06) 04-1517

TCS OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id041500803000
1 Switch bezel component
(See 04-15-18 Switch Bezel Component Removal
Note.) 3
2 TCS OFF switch connector
3 TCS OFF switch
2
TAB
1
acxuuw00001779
Switch Bezel Component Removal Note

1. Access the switch bezel component from behind of the dashboard, and squeeze the tabs of the switch bezel
component.
2. Remove the switch bezel component from the dashboard.
End Of Sie
TCS OFF SWITCH INSPECTION
id041500803100
1. Remove the TCS OFF switch. (See 04-15-18 TCS OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table.
TCS OFF switch.
F A
: Bulb : Continuity F E D C B A
Terminal
Condition
A C E F
E C
Switch pressed
Switch released
acxuuw00001221
acxuuw00001220
End Of Sie
04-1518
1871-1U-06B(04-50).fm 1
TECHNICAL DATA
BRAKES TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . 04-501
End of Toc
BRAKES TECHNICAL DATA
WM: BRAKES
id045000800100
Item Specification
Brake fluid type SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3
Brake pedal height (reference value) 204.3 mm {8.043 in}
Brake pedal play 25 mm {0.080.19 in}
Brake pedal-to-floor clearance (Brake pedal when
99.1 mm {3.91 in} or more
depressed at 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0 lbf})
Front disc plate runout limit 0.05 mm {0.002 in} 04-50
Minimum front disc plate thickness 26 mm {1.03 in}
Minimum front disc plate thickness after machining
26.8 mm {1.06 in}
using a brake lathe on-vehicle
Minimum front disc pad thickness 2.0 mm {0.08 in}
Rear disc plate runout limit 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Minimum rear disc plate thickness 16 mm {0.63 in}
Minimum rear disc plate thickness after machining
16.8 mm {0.66 in}
using a brake lathe on-vehicle
Minimum rear disc pad thickness 2.0 mm {0.08 in}
Parking brake pedal stroke when depressed at 180 N
13 notches
{18.4 kgf, 40.5 lbf}
Minimum parking brake shoe thickness 1.0 mm {0.04 in}
Maximum rear disc plate inner diameter 191.0 mm {7.52 in}

Vacuum amount at o kPa {0 mmHg, 0 inHg}
200 N {20.4kgf, 44.9lbt} 550 kPa {5.61 kgf/cm2, 79.8 psi} or more

Vacuum amount at 66.7 kPa {500 mmHg, 19.7 inHg}
200 N {20.4kgf, 44.9lbt} 6,950 kPa {70.88 kgf/cm2, 1.009 psi} or more
End Of Sie
04-501
1871-1U-06B(04-60).fm 1
SERVICE TOOLS
04-60 SERVICE TOOLS
BRAKES SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-601
End of Toc
BRAKES SST
WM: BRAKES
id046000800100
49 0259 770B 49 0221 600C 49 U043 004A
Flare nut Disc brake Oil pressure

wrench expand tool gauge
(Part of 49
U043 0A0A)
04-60
49 U043 006 49 U043 005 49 N043 001
Hose Joint Adapter

(Part of 49 (Part of 49
U043 0A0A) U043 0A0A)
49 T033 001A
Disc brake
piston stopper
End Of Sie
04-601
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 1
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE 05
SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . 05-02 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-17
SYMPTOM AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
TROUBLESHOOTING SHIFT MECHANISM . . . . . . . 05-18
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . 05-03 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 05-50
SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 05-60
Toc of SCT 05-02
05-02 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM DTC P0819[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0238
WIRING DIAGRAM DTC P0882[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0240
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-022 DTC P0883[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0242
FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . 05-023 DTC P0942[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0242
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DTC P0961[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0244
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION DTC P0962[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0245
DTC Reading Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . 05-023 DTC P0973[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0249
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE DTC P0974[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0251
DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-025 DTC P0977[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0255
DTC P0601[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0210 DTC P0978[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0257
DTC P0736[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0233 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
DTC P0780[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0235 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0287
DTC P0817[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0236 Simulation Function Procedure . . . . . . 05-0289
End of Toc
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
05-021
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800100
SHIFT SOLENOID A
TR SWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM) B5
SHIFT SOLENOID B
B2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

B19
TCC CONTROL
B20
SOLENOID
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
B9
SENSOR
B12 B4
B13
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
B8 B3
TFT SENSOR B1
B7
SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH B21
A3
B16
DOWN SWITCH
A4
M RANGE SWITCH
A7
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C
B11
OTHER MODULE
CAN-H B10
A14
CAN
CAN-L
A6 SHIFT SOLENOID D
B17
OTHER MODULE
B18
SHIFT SOLENOID E
B14
B22
IG1
A11
B+ STARTER RELAY
A5
A1
GND BACK-UP LIGHT RELAY

A9 A13
D6U517CS7004
End Of Sie
05-022
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 3

FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800200
When the customer reports vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indication, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to following
flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
If a DTC does not exist and the MIL and AT warning lights do not illuminate, diagnose the applicable
symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
05-02
CHECK FOR CHECK DTC

TEST
DTC
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
C6U0502W003
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light

End Of Sie
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800300
DTC Reading Procedure
1. Perform necessary vehicle preparation and visual inspection.
1. Select the "Toolbox" tab.
2. Select "Self Test".
3. Select "Module".
4. Select "TCM".
1. Select "Module Tests".
2. Select "TCM".
DLC-2
3. Select "Self Test".
acxuuw00000480
screen.
5. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
6. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the TCM. (See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
05-023
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 4

AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800400
Caution
After repairing a malfunction, perform this procedure to verify that the malfunction has been
corrected.
When this procedure is carried out, be sure to drive the vehicle at lawful speed and pay attention
to the other vehicles.
1. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle DLC-2.

1. Select Toolbox tab.
3. Select Module.
4. Select TCM.
2. Select TCM.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000480
screen.
5. Perform the following trouble code inspections to ensure that the DTC has been resolved:
For P0601, P0603, P0604, P0780, P0817, P0882, P0883, P0942, P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983, P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998,
P0999, P1700, P2762, P2763, P2764
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0706, P0707, P0708
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Depress the brake pedal, and shift the selector lever from P to D for 5 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0711
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range for 15 min or more.
iv. Go to Step 6
For P0712, P0713
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range for 150 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0717, P0722
iii. Drive the vehicle, two separate times, in D range at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more for 150 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0731, P0732
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 10 km/h {6 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0733
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0729, P0734, P0735
05-024
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 5

iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0736
iii. Drive the vehicle in R range.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P0819
iii. Drive the vehicle in M range, and shift the selector lever (operate up and down switches) between 1GR
to 6GR for 10 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
For P2757
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
operated.
iv. Go to Step 6. 05-02
For P2758
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
no operated.
iv. Go to Step 6.
6. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
7. Make sure that no DTCs occur.
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800500
X: Available
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-02-10
DTC
P0601 Flash ROM malfunction X X 1 CCM X P0601[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-10
DTC
P0603 EEPROM malfunction X X 1 X P0603[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-11
DTC
P0604 RAM malfunction X X 1 CCM X P0604[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-12
DTC
Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/
P0706 X X 1 Other X P0706[AW6A-
performance
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-12
DTC
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input X X 1 CCM X P0707[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-13
DTC
P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input X X 1 CCM X P0708[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
05-025
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 6

AT
Monitor Memory
item function
light
(See 05-02-14
DTC
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
P0711 X X 1 CCM X P0711[AW6A-
malfunction (stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-15
DTC
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0712 X X 1 CCM X P0712[AW6A-
malfunction (short to ground)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-17
DTC
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0713 X X 1 CCM X P0713[AW6A-
malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-18
DTC
Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction
P0717 X X 1 CCM X P0717[AW6A-
(open circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-20
DTC
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction
P0722 X X 1 CCM X P0722[AW6A-
(open circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-22
DTC
P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0729[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-24
DTC
Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect
P0730 X 1 CCM X P0730[AW6A-
(incorrect gear ratio detected)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-26
DTC
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-27
DTC
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-29
DTC
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-30
DTC
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-32
DTC
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
05-026
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 7

AT
Monitor Memory
item function
light
(See 05-02-33
DTC
Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio
P0736 X 1 X P0736[AW6A-
detected)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-35
DTC
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve
P0780 X 1 CCM X P0780[AW6A-
stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-36
DTC
Starter relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open
P0817 X 1 X P0817[AW6A-
circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-38 05-02
DTC
Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit
P0819 X 1 X P0819[AW6A-
malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-40
DTC
P0882 TCM B+ low 1 CCM X P0882[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-42
DTC
P0883 TCM B+ high 1 CCM X P0883[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-42
DTC
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D
P0942 X X 1 CCM X P0942[AW6A-
range (valve stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-44
DTC
Line pressure control solenoid range/
P0961 X X 1 CCM X P0961[AW6A-
performance (stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-45
DTC
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0962 X X 1 CCM X P0962[AW6A-
malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-47
DTC
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0963 X X 1 CCM X P0963[AW6A-
malfunction (short to power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-49
DTC
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
P0973 X X 1 CCM X P0973[AW6A-
ground)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-51
DTC
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
P0974 X X 1 CCM X P0974[AW6A-
power/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
05-027
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 8

AT
Monitor Memory
item function
light
(See 05-02-53
DTC
Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to
P0976 X 1 X P0976[AW6A-
ground)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-55
DTC
Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to
P0977 X 1 X P0977[AW6A-
power/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-57
DTC
P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0978[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-59
DTC
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0979 X X 1 CCM X P0979[AW6A-
ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-61
DTC
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0980 X X 1 CCM X P0980[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-63
DTC
P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0981[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-64
DTC
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0982 X X 1 CCM X P0982[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-66
DTC
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0983 X X 1 CCM X P0983[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-68
DTC
P0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0984[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-69
DTC
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0985 X X 1 CCM X P0985[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-71
DTC
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0986 X X 1 CCM X P0986[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-73
DTC
P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0997[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
05-028
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 9

AT
Monitor Memory
item function
light
(See 05-02-74
DTC
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0998 X X 1 CCM X P0998[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-76
DTC
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0999 X X 1 CCM X P0999[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-78
DTC
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R
P1700 X 1 X P1700[AW6A-
range (valve stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-79 05-02
DTC
P2757 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off X X 1 CCM X P2757[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-80
DTC
P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on X X 1 CCM X P2758[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-82
DTC
P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P2762[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-83
DTC
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
P2763 X X 1 CCM X P2763[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-85
DTC
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
P2764 X X 1 CCM X P2764[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0073 CAN BUS OFF
SYSTEM])
(See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0100 TCM cannot receive any signals from PCM
SYSTEM])
TCM cannot receive any signals from ABS HU/ (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0121
CM SYSTEM])
TCM cannot receive any signals from instrument (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0140
cluster SYSTEM])
Invalid data received from ABS HU/CM (wheel (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0415
speed) SYSTEM])
MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp

DC: Drive Cycle
CCM: Comprehensive Component Monitor
: N/A
End Of Sie
05-029
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 10

DTC P0601[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800600
DTC P0601 Flash ROM malfunction

Flash ROM (in TCM) internal circuit malfunction is detected.
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0601 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Perform the After Repair Procedure. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id050211800700
DTC P0603 EEPROM malfunction

Different numeric values for EEPRROM and RAM (in TCM) are detected.
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
05-0210
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 11

AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
05-02
End Of Sie
id050211800800
DTC P0604 RAM malfunction

RAM (in TCM) read/write error is detected.
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE
recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0211
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 12

id050211800900
DTC P0706 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/performance

TCM detects stuck TR switch when ignition switch is at ON position.
This is continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE TR switch malfunction
CAUSE TCM malfunction
recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P D).
End Of Sie
id050211801000
DTC P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input

TR switch position voltage input to TCM is less than 0.127 V when ignition switch is at ON position.
recorded?
05-0212
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 13

AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-02
End Of Sie
id050211801100
DTC P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input

TR switch position voltage input to TCM is 4.84 V or more when ignition switch is at ON position.
recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0213
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 14

id050211801200
DTC P0711 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor malfunction (stuck)

Change in ATF temperature cannot be detected for 15 min or more when driving in D range.
This is continuous monitor (CCM).
TFT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
Damaged connector TCM
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
B8 (+)
TFT B7 B8
SENSOR 4
3
B7 (-)
recorded?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
Are terminals normal?
05-0214
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 15

4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals B8 and B7 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
harness-side). AW6AX-EL].)
Is resistance as shown below?
ATF temperature 10C {50F}: 5.62 7.31
kilohms
ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
ATF temperature 110C {230F}: 0.22
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
connectors. No Go to the next step. 05-02
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211801300
DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
If the TCM detects the following condition for 10 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
ATF temperature 200 C {392 F} or more
DETECTION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B8
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B7
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
05-0215
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 16

DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
B8 (+)
TFT B7 B8
SENSOR 4
3
B7 (-)
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
kilohms
0.27 kilohms
MDS.
05-0216
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 17

End Of Sie
id050211801400
DTC P0713 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
If the TCM detects the following condition for 1 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
Engine warmed-up
ATF temperature less than 43 C {45.4 F}
DETECTION
CONDITION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available. 05-02
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B8
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B7
POSSIBLE
Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B8
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B7
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
B8 (+)
TFT B7 B8
SENSOR 4
3
B7 (-)
05-0217
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 18

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
kilohms
0.27 kilohms
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211801500
DTC P0717 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
D range of TR switch input
Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
Vehicle speed signal 24 pulse input
Input/turbine speed sensor signal not input
Normal turbine speed signal is not input.
DETECTION
CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
05-0218
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 19

DTC P0717 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal B12
Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B13
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal B12
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B13
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal B12
Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B13
Damaged connector between input/turbine speed sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B12 (+)
5
B
INPUT/TURBINE
05-02
4
SPEED SENSOR
A
5 3
6 7
B13 (-)

INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
B A
B12 B13
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
(See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
05-0219
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 20

4 INSPECT CONTINUITY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the couple
component terminals B12 and B13 (wiring
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL INPUT/TURBINE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
input/turbine speed sensor terminals (wiring
wiring harness-side).
Terminal B12 and terminal B
Terminal B13 and terminal A
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to the next
component terminals (wiring harness-side). step.
Terminal B12 and all terminals except B12/ (See05-17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
B13 (wiring harness-side). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Terminal B13 and all terminals except B12/
B13 (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211801600
DTC P0722 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
D range of TR switch input
Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
Turbine speed signal 16 pulse input
VSS signal not input
Normal vehicle speed signal is not input for 0.1 s or more.
DETECTION
CONDITION
05-0220
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 21

DTC P0722 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
VSS malfunction
Open circuit between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal B19
Open circuit between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal B20
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal B19
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal B20
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal B19
Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal B20
Damaged connector between VSS and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B19 (+)
5
B
05-02
VSS 4
A
5 3
6 7
B20 (-)

VSS WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
B19 B20
B A
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
05-0221
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 22

4 INSPECT CONTINUITY OF VSS CIRCUIT Yes Go to go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between the couple No Go to the next step.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL VSS FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the VSS connector.
VSS terminals (wiring harness-side).
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Inspect the coupler component.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). If the coupler component is normal, replace the
Terminal B19 and all terminals except B19/ automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
B20 (wiring harness-side). (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
Terminal B20 and all terminals except B19/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B20 (wiring harness-side).
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211801700
DTC P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)

Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
Driving in 6GR in D range
Engine running
Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
05-0222
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 23

ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid C stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
B1 brake slipping
C2 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction
recorded? 05-02
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Is the stall speed within the specification?
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
05-0223
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 24

MDS.
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 C {68 F}
or more
Drive in the D range, 6GR
Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
End Of Sie
id050211801800
DTC P0730 Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)
Engine braking is detected to be not operating when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Driving in 1GR in M range
Engine running
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid A stuck
Shift solenoid B stuck
Shift solenoid D stuck
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid F stuck
CAUSE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
Line pressure low
C1 clutch slipping
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-0224
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 25

recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
05-02
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
ATF temperature (TFT PID):20 C {68 F} or
more
Drive in the M range, 1GR
Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):10%
or more
End Of Sie
05-0225
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 26

id050211801900

Engine running
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid F stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
C1 clutch slipping
One-way clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
(See05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
05-0226
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 27

Is it normal?
MDS.
or more
10% or more 05-02
End Of Sie
id050211802000

Engine running
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
C1 clutch slipping
B1 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-0227
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 28

recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
or more
10% or more
End Of Sie
05-0228
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 29

id050211802100

Engine running
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF 05-02
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
C1 clutch slipping
C3 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
05-0229
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 30

Is it normal?
MDS.
or more
10% or more
End Of Sie
id050211802200

Engine running
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
C1 clutch slipping
C2 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-0230
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 31

recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
05-02
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Is it normal?
MDS.
or more
10% or more
End Of Sie
05-0231
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 32

id050211802300

Engine running
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
C2 clutch slipping
C3 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
05-0232
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 33

Is it normal?
MDS.
or more
10% or more 05-02
End Of Sie
id050211802400
DTC P0736 Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)

Driving in R position
Engine running
DETECTION
Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Line pressure low
C3 clutch slipping
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-0233
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 34

recorded?
AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
Warm up the ATX.
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
or more
Drive in the R position
10% or more
End Of Sie
05-0234
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 35

id050211802500
DTC P0780 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve stuck)

Irregular shift control detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Engine running
Driving in D range
Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed 300 rpm or more (VSS)
DETECTION
Shift solenoid C stuck 05-02
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
3 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
Is it normal?
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0235
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 36

id050211802600
DTC P0817 Starter relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
Any of the following conditions are met when ignition switch is at ON position:
0 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in D range or R position
12 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in P or N position
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
Open circuit between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
Short to ground in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
POSSIBLE Short to power in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
CAUSE Starter relay No.2 malfunction
Damaged connector between starter relay No.2 and TCM
TCM malfunction
STARTER RELAY IG1
TCM
6
7 7
C E
STARTER
RELAY NO.2 8
3
4
D A
7 7 5
9 10 11
A5
PCM
STARTER RELAY NO.2 WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
E A
C A5
recorded?
05-0236
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 37

3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to go to Step 5.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
(engine off).
Shift the selector lever to P or N position.
Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal A5
(wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
4 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to Step 12.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
5 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to go to Step 12.
Shift the selector lever to D range or R position.
Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal A5 05-02
Is the voltage B+?
6 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to the next step.
TERMINAL E No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 12.
Inspect for voltage starter relay No.2 terminal E
Is the voltage B+?
7 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the starter relay No.2 connector.
8 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the starter relay No.2. No Replace the starter relay No.2, then go to Step 12.
(See 09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION)
Is the relay normal?
9 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 12.
Inspect for continuity between TCM connector
terminal A5 and starter relay No.2 terminal A
10 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 12.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between starter relay
ground.
11 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
SHORT TO POWER No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 12.
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at starter relay No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
MDS.
Drive the vehicle in D range.
05-0237
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 38

End Of Sie
id050211802700
DTC P0819 Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
Any of the following conditions are detected for 10 s or more when engine is running:
5 V detected at TCM terminals A7 when in any position except D or M range.
0 V detected at TCM terminal A7 when 5 V are input to TCM terminal A3 or A4.
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
M range switch malfunction
Up switch malfunction
Down switch malfunction.
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A7
CAUSE Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal D and ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A7
Damaged connector between selector lever component and TCM
TCM malfunction
7 TCM
SELECTOR LEVER
COMPONENT
UP
SWITCH 5 6 9 3 4
A A3
DOWN
SWITCH 5 6 9 3 4
B A4
M RANGE
5 SWITCH
5 6 9 3 4
D C A7
8
SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

C A
A3 A4 A7
D B
05-0238
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 39

recorded?
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Go to go to Step 10.
SWITCH, AND DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
(engine off)
Shift the selector lever to any except M range.
Inspect for voltage between TCM connector
terminals (wiring harness-side)
Terminal A7 and ground (M range switch) 05-02
Terminal A3 and ground (up switch)
Terminal A4 and ground (down switch)
Is the voltage B+?
4 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
5 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the selector lever component
connector.
6 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 10.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
GROUND
Inspect for continuity between selector lever
body ground.
Terminal C and body ground (M range
switch)
Terminal A and body ground (up switch)
Terminal B and body ground (down switch)
7 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH No Replace the selector lever, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the M range switch, up switch, and (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
down switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER
COMPONENT INSPECTION)
Are the switches normal?
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminal D (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
05-0239
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 40

DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
terminals and selector lever component
terminals (wiring harness-side).
Terminal A7 and terminal C (M range switch)
Terminal A3 and terminal A (up switch)
Terminal A4 and terminal B (down switch)
MDS.
Drive the vehicle in M range, and change gears
by shifting the selector lever (operating the up
and down switches).
End Of Sie
id050211802800
DTC P0882 TCM B+ low

Voltage of less than 9 V detected at TCM terminals A1 and A11 when engine is running.
DETECTION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
The AT warning light not illuminates.
Melted METER IG 15 A fuse
Melted TCM 10 A fuse
Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM 10 A fuse and TCM terminal A1
Open circuit in wiring harness between METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A11
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM terminal A9 and body ground
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCM 10 A fuse and TCM terminal A1
Short to ground in wiring harness between ROOM 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A11
Poor connection of TCM connector
TCM malfunction
B+ IG1
TCM
TCM 10 A METER IG 15 A TCM WIRING HARNESS-
FUSE FUSE SIDE CONNECTOR
3 5 6 4 7
3
A11
A1
4 7 A11
5 6 A9
A1
7
8
A9
05-0240
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 41

recorded?
3 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If fuse has been melted, go to the next step.
Inspect METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM 10 A If fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly, then
fuse for malfunction. go to Step 9.
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step. 05-02
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal A1
and A11 (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness and install new fuse,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the positive battery cable. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the fuse
ROOM 15 A fuse terminal and body ground
TCM 10 A fuse terminal and body ground
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 9.
terminals and fuse terminals (wiring harness-
side).
Terminal A1 and TCM 10 A fuse
Terminal A11 and METER IG 15 A fuse
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
8 INSPECT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 9.
terminal A9 (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0241
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 42

id050211802900
DTC P0883 TCM B+ high

Voltage of 18 V or more detected at TCM terminals A1 and A11 when engine is running.
DETECTION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
The AT warning light not illuminates.
POSSIBLE Generator malfunction
recorded?
3 VERIFY DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, (See 01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
then to the ON position. No Go to the next step.
Verify the DTC in the PCM memory.
Are DTC P2504 output?
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211803000
DTC P0942 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D range (valve stuck)
Difference of less than 150 rpm between engine and turbine speeds detected when following conditions
are satisfied while driving:
Engine running
Driving in D range
Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed500 rpm or more (VSS)
DETECTION
05-0242
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 43

DTC P0942 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D range (valve stuck)
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid C stuck
CAUSE C1 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
05-02
specifications?
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
Is it normal?
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0243
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 44

id050211803100
DTC P0961 Line pressure control solenoid range/performance (stuck)

Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
specifications?
6 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID No Replace the control valve body.
Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Is it normal?
05-0244
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 45

MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211803200
05-02
DTC P0962 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
Open or short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input
to the TCM is continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B1
Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B1
CAUSE
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction
05-0245
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 46

DTC P0962 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B3 (+)
5
B
LINE PRESSURE 4
CONTROL SOLENOID
A
5 3
6 7
B1 (-)

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
B A
B1 B3
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
05-0246
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 47

5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step. 05-02
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211803300
DTC P0963 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)
Short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the
TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B1
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
05-0247
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 48

DTC P0963 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B3 (+)
5
B
LINE PRESSURE 4
CONTROL SOLENOID
A
5 3
6
B1 (-)

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
B A
B1 B3
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
harness-side).
05-0248
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 49

5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].) 05-02
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211803400
DTC P0973 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to ground)

Short to ground in shift solenoid A signal system (The solenoid remains off continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid on command).
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal B5
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction
05-0249
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 50

DTC P0973 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to ground)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B5
5
4 A
SHIFT SOLENOID A
SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING

A
B5
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 7.
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11 15 ohms?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
05-0250
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 51

CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
MDS.
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed. 05-02
End Of Sie
id050211803500
DTC P0974 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)

Open or short circuit in shift solenoid A signal system (The solenoid remains on continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid off command).
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal B5
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal B5
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction
05-0251
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 52

DTC P0974 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B5
5
4 A
SHIFT SOLENOID A
SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING

A
B5
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 8.
and ground.
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
05-0252
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 53

and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
MDS.
End Of Sie
id050211803600
DTC P0976 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to ground)

Short to ground in shift solenoid B signal system (The solenoid remains off continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid on command).
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal B2
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid B malfunction
CAUSE Damaged connector between shift solenoid B and TCM
TCM malfunction
05-0253
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 54

DTC P0976 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to ground)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B2
5
4 A
SHIFT SOLENOID B
SHIFT SOLENOID B WIRING

B2
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 7.
and ground.
05-0254
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 55

5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
MDS. 05-02
End Of Sie
id050211803700
DTC P0977 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)

Open or short circuit in shift solenoid B signal system (The solenoid remains on continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid off command).
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal B2
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal B2
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid B malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction
05-0255
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 56

DTC P0977 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B2
5
4 A
SHIFT SOLENOID B
SHIFT SOLENOID B WIRING

B2
recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 8.
and ground.
05-0256
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 57

5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
except B2 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-02
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
End Of Sie
id050211803800
DTC P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck)

ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-0257
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 58

recorded?
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0258
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 59

id050211803900
DTC P0979 Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)

Open or short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Open circuit between shift solenoid C terminal B and TCM terminal B11
Open circuit between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal B10
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal B and TCM terminal B11
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal B10
CAUSE
Shift solenoid C malfunction
TCM malfunction 05-02
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B11 (+)
5
B
SHIFT SOLENOID C 4
A
5 3
6 7
B10 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID C WIRING
B A
B10 B11
05-0259
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 60

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Go to go to Step 8.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
B10
B10
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0260
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 61

id050211804000
DTC P0980 Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to power)

Short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal B and TCM terminal B11
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal B10
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
TCM 05-02
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B11 (+)
5
B
SHIFT SOLENOID C 4
A
5 3
6
B10 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID C WIRING
B A
B10 B11
05-0261
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 62

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Go to go to Step 7.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
B10
B10
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0262
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 63

id050211804100
DTC P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck)

ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
05-0263
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 64

End Of Sie
id050211804200
DTC P0982 Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)

Open or short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
Open circuit between shift solenoid D terminal B and TCM terminal B17
Open circuit between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal B18
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal B and TCM terminal B17
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal B18
CAUSE
Shift solenoid D malfunction
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
6 7 3
B17 (+)
5
B
SHIFT SOLENOID D 4
A
5 6 7 3
B18 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID D WIRING
B A
B17 B18
05-0264
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 65

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 8.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
B18
B18
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0265
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 66

id050211804300
DTC P0983 Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to power)

Short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal B and TCM terminal B17
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal B18
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B17 (+)
5
B
4
SHIFT SOLENOID D
A
5 3
6
B18 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID D WIRING
B A
B17 B18
05-0266
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 67

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 7.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
B18
B18
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0267
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 68

id050211804400
DTC P0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck)

ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
05-0268
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 69

End Of Sie
id050211804500
DTC P0985 Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)

Open or short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
The AT warning light illuminates. 05-02
Open circuit between shift solenoid E terminal B and TCM terminal B14
Open circuit between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal B22
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal B and TCM terminal B14
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal B22
CAUSE
Shift solenoid E malfunction
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
6 7 3
B14 (+)
5
B
SHIFT SOLENOID E 4
A
5 6 7 3
B22 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID E WIRING
B22
B A
B14
05-0269
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 70

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Go to go to Step 8.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
B22
B22
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0270
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 71

id050211804600
DTC P0986 Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to power)

Short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal B and TCM terminal B14
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal B22
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
TCM 05-02
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B14 (+)
5
B
4
SHIFT SOLENOID E
A
5 3
6
B22 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID E WIRING
B22
B A
B14
05-0271
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 72

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Go to go to Step 7.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
B22
B22
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0272
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 73

id050211804700
DTC P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck)

ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
Is it normal?
MDS.
05-0273
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 74

End Of Sie
id050211804800
DTC P0998 Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)

Open or short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
Open circuit between shift solenoid F terminal B and TCM terminal B21
Open circuit between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal B16
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal B and TCM terminal B21
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal B16
CAUSE
Shift solenoid F malfunction
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B21 (+)
5
B
4
SHIFT SOLENOID F
A
5 6 7 3
B16 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID F WIRING
B21
B A
B16
05-0274
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 75

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 8.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
B16
B16
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0275
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 76

id050211804900
DTC P0999 Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to power)

Short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal B and TCM terminal B21
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal B16
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B21 (+)
5
B
SHIFT SOLENOID F 4
A
5 3
6
B16 (-)

SHIFT SOLENOID F WIRING
B21
B A
B16
05-0276
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 77

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 7.
harness-side).
Is resistancewithin 5.0 5.6 ohms?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
B16
B16
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0277
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 78

id050211805000
DTC P1700 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R range (valve stuck)
When all of the following conditions are met while driving in R position and the counter drive gear (output}
speed is 500 rpm or less:
The difference between the engine and turbine shaft speeds is less than 150 rpm
The turbine shaft speed is more than the estimated turbine speed value, as derived from the counter
drive gear (output) speed, plus 200 rpm.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
C3 clutch slipping
CAUSE
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
specifications?
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
Is it normal?
MDS.
Drive the vehicle in R position.
End Of Sie
05-0278
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 79

id050211805100
DTC P2757Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off

Driving in 4GR 6GR at D range
Engine running
Torque converter clutch (TCC) operating
Difference between engine speed and Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed (VSS) 100 rpm or
DETECTION more
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF 05-02
TCC control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
Control valve stuck.
Torque converter malfunction
TCM malfunction
recorded?
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7.
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the Torque converter, then go to the next step.
Inspect the TCC control solenoid. (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
05-0279
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 80

MDS.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX.
for2 s or more.
or more
Drive in the D range, 4GR 6GR (TCC
operation)
End Of Sie
id050211805200
DTC P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on

All of the following conditions are satisfied under each of the following accelerator conditions.
Driving in D range
Engine running
Engine speed within 1,000 3,000rpm
Torque converter clutch (TCC) no operating
DETECTION Difference between engine speed and turbine revolution speed less than 30 rpm
The MIL does not illuminate if PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first the drive cycle.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
Line pressure low
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
05-0280
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 81

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7.
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step. 05-02
specifications?
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the Torque converter, then go to the next step.
Inspect the TCC control solenoid. (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
MDS.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX.
for 2 s or more.
ATF temperature (TFT PID):20 C {68 F} or
more
Engine speed: less than 3,000 rpm
Drive in the D range, 4GR 6GR (TCC no
operation)
End Of Sie
05-0281
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 82

id050211805300
DTC P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck)

ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
recorded?
Is it normal?
AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the TCC control solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
Is it normal?
MDS.
05-0282
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 83

End Of Sie
id050211805400
DTC P2763 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)

Short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage, the
voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
The AT warning light illuminates. 05-02
Short to power in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B9
Short to power in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B4
POSSIBLE
TCC control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B9 (+)
5
B
TCC CONTROL 4
SOLENOID
A
5 3
6
B4 (-)

TCC CONTROL SOLENOID
B A
B9
B4
05-0283
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 84

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL Yes Go to go to Step 7.
SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
B16
B16
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0284
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 85

id050211805500
DTC P2764 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
Open or short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage,
the voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B9
Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B4
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B9
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B4
CAUSE
TCM malfunction 05-02
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
6 7 3
B9 (+)
5
B
TCC CONTROL 4
SOLENOID
A
5 6 7 3
B4 (-)

TCC CONTROL SOLENOID
B A
B9
B4
05-0285
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 86

recorded?
Remove the TCM.
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL Yes Go to go to Step 8.
SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
harness-side).
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
MDS.
End Of Sie
05-0286
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 87

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805600
3. Select Module.
4. Select TCM.
2. Select TCM.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000480
3. Select the PID from the PID table.
the M-MDS screen.
Note 05-02
Perform part inspection for the output device after TCM inspection.
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors the calculated value of the input/output signals in the TCM.
Therefore, if a monitored value of an output device is out of specification, it is necessary to inspect the
monitored value of the input device related to the output device control. Since an output device
malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value for the output device, it is
necessary to inspect the output device individually using the simulation function.
PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function table

Monitor item Unit/ TCM
(Definition) Condition terminal
Inspect the brake switch.
BOO TCM Brake pedal depressed: On
On/Off (See 04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH
(Brake switch) Other: Off
INSPECTION.)
Check DTC.
DTCCNT Indicates number of DTC (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
DWN SW Down shift at M range: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A4
(Down switch) Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
ECT TCM Inspect the PCM.
(Engine (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3
C, F Indicates ECT
coolant WITH TC].)
temperature)
FDPDTC Inspect the TCM.
Indicates code of FREEZE FRAME
(FREEZE (See 05-17-21 TCM
DATA
FRAME DATA) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
1GR: 4.148 Inspect following PIDs: THOP, TSS, VSS
2GR: 2.370
GEAR_RA 3GR: 1.555

(Gear ratio) 4GR: 1.154
5GR: 0.859
6GR: 0.685
1GR: 1st Inspect following PIDs: THOP, TSS, VSS
GEAR_SEL 2GR: 2nd
(Calculated 1st/2nd/3rd/ 3GR: 3rd

gear range in 4th/5th/6th 4GR: 4th
TCM) 5GR: 5th
6GR: 6th
LPS Inspect the pressure control solenoid.
(Pressure (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 100 1,000 mA B1, B3
control INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
solenoid)
MNL SW Inspect the selector lever component.
M range: On
(M range On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A7
Other: Off
switch) COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
05-0287
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 88

Inspect the VSS.
OSS
Ignition switch ON:0 RPM (See 05-17-18 VEHICLE SPEED
(Output shaft RPM B19, B20
Indicates output shaft speed SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION[AW6A-
speed)
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the TR switch.
PNP_TCM Drive/ P, N position: Neutral
(See 05-17-21 TCM
(Park/Neutral) Neutral D, M range or R position: Drive
RPM TCM Inspect the PCM.
Ignition switch ON:0 RPM
(Engine RPM (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3
Idle:700 800 RPM
speed) WITH TC].)
SSA Inspect the shift solenoid A.
M range (1GR): On
(Shift solenoid On/Off (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE B5
Other: Off
A) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
SSB Inspect the shift solenoid B.
M range (1GR): On
(Shift solenoid On/Off (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE B2
Other: Off
B) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
P, R, N position or D/M range (5GR, Inspect the shift solenoid C.
SSC
6GR): solenoid on (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
(Shift solenoid A B10, B11
Other: solenoid off INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
C)
100 1,000 mA
P, R, N position or D/M range (1GR, Inspect the shift solenoid D.
SSD
2GR, 3GR): solenoid on (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
D)
100 1,000 mA
R position (more than 11 km/h {4 Inspect the shift solenoid E.
SSE mph}) or D/M range (1GR, 2GR, (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
(Shift solenoid A 4GR, 6GR): solenoid on INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) B14, B22
E) Other: solenoid off
100 1,000 mA
P, R, N position or D/M range (1GR, Inspect the shift solenoid F.
SSF
3GR, 4GR, 5GR): solenoid on (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
F)
100 1,000 mA
TCCC TCC on: solenoid on Inspect the TCC control solenoid.
(TCC solenoid A Other: solenoid off (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE B4, B9
valve) 200 1,000 mA INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFT
(ATF C, F Indicates ATF temperature B7, B8
temperature)
ATF temperature 10 C {50 Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFTV F}:4.78 4.81 V (See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF ATF temperature 25 C {77 TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
V B7, B8
temperature F}:4.61 4.65 V INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
signal voltage) ATF temperature 110 C {230
F}:2.30 2.45 V
THOP Inspect the PCM.
CTP: 0%
(Throttle % (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3
WOT: 100%
position) WITH TC].)
R position: R Inspect the TR switch.
TR N position: N (See 05-17-21 TCM
R/N/D/P
(TR switch) D range: D INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
P position: P
TRD Inspect the TR switch.
D range: On
(TR switch [D On/Off (See 05-17-21 TCM
Other ranges and all positions: Off
range]) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
TRR Inspect the TR switch.
R position: On
(TR switch [R On/Off (See 05-17-21 TCM
Other positions and all ranges: Off
position]) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
TSS
Ignition switch ON:0 RPM (See 05-17-15 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
(Input/turbine RPM
Idle:700 800 RPM SENSOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
speed sensor)
AW6AX-EL].)
05-0288
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 89

Inspect the selector lever component.
UP SW Up shift at M range: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A3
(Up switch) Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the VSS.
VSS
(See 05-17-18 VEHICLE SPEED
(Vehicle KPH, MPH Indicates vehicle speed
SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION[AW6A-
speed)
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
: N/A

2. Select DataLogger. 05-02
3. Select Module.
4. Select TCM.
2. Select TCM.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000480
If there is no operation sound from the solenoid after the simulation function inspection is performed, it is
possible that there is an open or short circuit in the wiring harness, or solenoid, or sticking and operation
malfunction.
Simulation item table
X: Available
Simulation Operation
Applicable component Unit/Condition TCM terminal
item IG ON Idle
Pressure control solenoid control signal
LPS A N/A X B1, B3
in TCM
SSA Shift solenoid A On/Off N/A X B5
SSB Shift solenoid B On/Off N/A X B2
SSC Shift solenoid C A N/A X B10, B11
SSD Shift solenoid D A N/A X B17, B18
SSE Shift solenoid E A N/A X B14, B22
SSF Shift solenoid F A N/A X B16, B21
TCCC TCC solenoid valve A N/A X B4, B9
End Of Sie
05-0289
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

05-03 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS
CONTROL SYSTEM WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE
WIRING DIAGRAM [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0320
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-032 NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE
FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]. . . 05-033 CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
BASIC INSPECTION OPERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . 05-0321
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-033 NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM FROM N TO D OR N TO R POSITION/
TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-034 RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-0321
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART Initial Learning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0322
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-037 NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND
D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION DOWNSHIFTING
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0311 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0323 05-03
NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0312 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0323
OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
DISENGAGE WHEN P IS VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
DISENGAGED POSITIONS/RANGES
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0312 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0323
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0312 VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE,
NO.5 NO CREEP AT ALL OR IN R POSITION
NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN
POOR ACCELERATION 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE
NO.7 NO SHIFTING NO.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 6GR NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0316 SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R
NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0326
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0317 NO.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED OR
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0318 STOPPING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]. . . . 05-0326
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK
NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0318 RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-0327
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0319 LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN
NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR D RANGE OR P, N, R POSITIONS
SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0328
DOWNSHIFTING NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-0319 M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-0328
NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-0328
End of Toc
05-031
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 2

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800100
SHIFT SOLENOID A
TR SWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM) B5
SHIFT SOLENOID B
B2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

B19
TCC CONTROL
B20
SOLENOID
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
B9
SENSOR
B12 B4
B13
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
B8 B3
TFT SENSOR B1
B7
SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH B21
A3
B16
DOWN SWITCH
A4
M RANGE SWITCH
A7
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C
B11
OTHER MODULE
CAN-H B10
A14
CAN
CAN-L
A6 SHIFT SOLENOID D
B17
OTHER MODULE
B18
SHIFT SOLENOID E
B14
B22
IG1
A11
B+ STARTER RELAY
A5
A1
GND BACK-UP LIGHT RELAY

A9 A13
D6U517CS7004
End Of Sie
05-032
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 3

FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800200
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indicator light flash, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to
following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and the AT warning indicator light illuminate, diagnose
the applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
05-03
CHECK FOR CHECK DTC

TEST
DTC
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
acxuuw00002535
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light.

End Of Sie
BASIC INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800300

1 Measure the battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the battery voltage 10.0 14.0 V? No Replace or recharge the battery.
(See 01-17-4 BATTERY RECHARGING[L3 WITH TC].)
2 Inspect the TCM related harnesses, Yes Go to the next step.
connectors and fuses. No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
Are they normal? inspection result.
3 Warm up the engine to normal operating Yes Record Freeze Frame Data and perform appropriate DTC
temperature. troubleshooting procedures.
Retrieve DTC using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
Is there any DTC present?
4 Perform the road test. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the ATX operating normally? No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
5 Perform the time lag test. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the ATX operating normally? No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
6 Perform the stall test. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the stall speed within the specified? No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
05-033
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 4

7 Perform the line pressure test. Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting and follow the
Is the line pressure within the specified? procedures.
No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
8 Inspect following part or signal related PIDs Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting and follow the
using the M-MDS. procedures.
APP sensor No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TSS inspection result.
VSS
TFT sensor
TR switch
M range switch
Up switch
Down switch
Brake switch
Engine speed
Are they normal?
End Of Sie
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800400
Use the chart below to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, Vehicle does not move when accelerator (See 05-03-11 NO.1 VEHICLE
or in R position pedal is depressed. DOES NOT MOVE IN D
RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
2 Vehicle moves in N position Vehicle creeps in N position. (See 05-03-12 NO.2 VEHICLE
Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not MOVES IN N
depressed in N position. POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or Vehicle rolls when on a downward slope (See 05-03-12 NO.3 VEHICLE
parking gear does not disengage and tires do not lock in P position. MOVES IN P POSITION, OR
when P position is disengaged Tires locked when P position is PARKING GEAR DOES NOT
disengaged, vehicle does not move in D DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
range, and R position when accelerator DISENGAGED[AW6A-EL,
pedal is depressed, and engine remains AW6AX-EL].)
in stalled condition.
4 Excessive creep Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R (See 05-03-12 NO.4
position when accelerator pedal is not EXCESSIVE CREEP[AW6A-
depressed. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 No creep at all Vehicle does not move in D range, or R (See 05-03-13 NO.5 NO
position when idling on flat paved road. CREEP AT ALL[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
6 Low maximum speed and poor Vehicle acceleration is poor at start. (See 05-03-14 NO.6 LOW
acceleration Delayed acceleration when accelerator MAXIMUM SPEED AND
pedal is depressed while driving. POOR
ACCELERATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
7 No shifting Single shift range only. (See 05-03-15 NO.7 NO
Sometimes shifts correctly. SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
8 Does not shift to 6GR Vehicle does not upshift from 5GR to (See 05-03-16 NO.8 DOES
6GR even though vehicle speed NOT SHIFT TO 6GR[AW6A-
increased. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Vehicle does not shift to 6GR even
though accelerator pedal is released in
D range at 80 km/h {50 mph}.
9 Abnormal shifting Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern). (See 05-03-17 NO.9
ABNORMAL
SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
05-034
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 5

10 Frequent shifting Downshifting occurs suddenly even (See 05-03-18 NO.10
when accelerator pedal is depressed FREQUENT SHIFTING[AW6A-
slightly in D range. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
11 Shift point is high or low Shift point considerably different from (See 05-03-18 NO.11 SHIFT
automatic shift diagram. POINT IS HIGH OR
Shift delays when accelerating. LOW[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Shift occurs suddenly when accelerating
and engine speed does not increase.
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) TCC does not operate when vehicle (See 05-03-18 NO.12
non-operation reaches TCC operation range. TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC) NON-
OPERATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
13 No kickdown Does not downshift when accelerator (See 05-03-19 NO.13 NO
pedal is fully depressed within kickdown KICKDOWN[AW6A-EL,
range. AW6AX-EL].)
14 Engine flares up or slips when When accelerator pedal is depressed, (See 05-03-19 NO.14 ENGINE
upshifting or downshifting engine speed increases normally but FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN 05-03
vehicle speed increases slowly. UPSHIFTING OR
When accelerator pedal is depressed DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-EL,
while driving, engine speed increases AW6AX-EL].)
but vehicle speed does not increase.
15 Engine flares up or slips when Engine flares up when accelerator pedal (See 05-03-20 NO.15 ENGINE
accelerating vehicle is depressed for upshifting. FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
Engine flares up suddenly when ACCELERATING
accelerator pedal is depressed for VEHICLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
downshifting. EL].)
16 Judder upon torque converter Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged. (See 05-03-21 NO.16
clutch (TCC) operation JUDDER UPON TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
OPERATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D Strong shock is felt when shifting from N (See 05-03-21 NO.17
or N to R position/range to D or N to R position/range at idle. EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
FROM N TO D OR N TO R
POSITION/RANGE[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
18 Excessive shift shock is given Excessive shift shock is felt when (See 05-03-23 NO.18
when upshifting and downshifting depressing accelerator pedal to EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
accelerate at upshifting. GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING
During cruising, excessive shift shock is AND DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-
felt when depressing accelerator pedal EL, AW6AX-EL].)
at downshifting.
19 Excessive shift shock on torque Strong shock is felt when TCC is (See 05-03-23 NO.19
converter clutch (TCC) engaged. EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
ON TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC)[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle Transaxle is noisy in all positions and (See 05-03-23 NO.20 NOISE
is stopped in all positions/ranges ranges when vehicle is idling. OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
POSITIONS/RANGES[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges (See 05-03-24 NO.21 NOISE
is stopped in D range, or in R when vehicle is idling. OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
position VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D
RANGE, OR IN R
EL].)
05-035
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 6

22 No engine braking in 1GR position Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle (See 05-03-24 NO.22 NO
of M range coasts when accelerator pedal is ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
released during cruising at medium to POSITION OF M
high speeds. RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle EL].)
coasts when accelerator pedal is
released when in M range (1GR) at low
vehicle speed.
23 Transaxle overheats Burnt smell emitted from the transaxle. (See 05-03-25 NO.23
Smoke is emitted from the transaxle. TRANSAXLE
OVERHEATS[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D Engine stalls when shifting from N or P (See 05-03-26 NO.24 ENGINE
range, or in R position position to D range or R position at idle. STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO
D RANGE, OR IN R
EL].)
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow Engine stalls when brake pedal is (See 05-03-26 NO.25 ENGINE
speeds or stopping depressed while driving at low speed or STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT
stopping. SLOW SPEED OR
STOPPING[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
26 Starter does not work Starter does not work even when P or N (See 05-03-27 NO.26
position is selected. STARTER DOES NOT
WORK[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
27 Gear position indicator light does Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-27 NO.27 GEAR
not illuminate in M range instrument cluster does not illuminate in POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
M range with ignition switch at ON. DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
28 Gear position indicator light Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-28 NO.28 GEAR
illuminates in D range or P, N, R instrument cluster illuminates in D range POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
positions or P, N R positions with ignition switch at ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
ON. OR P, N, R POSITIONS[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
29 Does not upshift in M range Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-28 NO.29 DOES
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle NOT UPSHIFT IN M
does not upshift when selector lever is RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
pushed to + side. EL].)
30 Does not downshift in M range Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-28 NO.30 DOES
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
does not downshift when selector lever RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
is pushed to side. EL].)
End Of Sie
05-036
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 7

QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800500
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X X

2 Vehicle moves in N position X X X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged X X
4 Excessive creep X X
5 No creep at all X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X
7 No shifting X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X X X
9 Abnormal shifting X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X
11 Shift point is high or low X
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X X
13 No kickdown X
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X 05-03
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
downshifting X X X X
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges X X X
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position X X
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X
23 Transaxle overheats X X X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping
26 Starter does not work X X X
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range X X X
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions X X
29 Does not upshift in M range X X X
30 Does not downshift in M range X
Electrical system components
Symptom item ATX outer parts
CAN
signal
TR switch initial learning
M range switch
Shift position (to instrument cluster)
Accelerator opening (from PCM)
TR switch
Up switch
Parking mechanism not operating properly
Engine speed (from PCM)
TCM power supply/GND

Garage shift learning is not performed
Not within ignition timing specification
Not within line pressure specification
N position learning is not performed

Not within Idle speed specification
Selector lever is mis-adjisted
Not within ATF amount
Abnormal signal input

No signal input
No signal input
No signal input
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Cause of trouble
acxuuw00002272
05-037
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 8
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X

2 Vehicle moves in N position X X X
disengage when P is disengaged
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X X X X X X X X X X X
7 No shifting X X X X X X X X X X X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X
9 Abnormal shifting X X X X X X X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X X X X X X X
11 Shift point is high or low X X
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X X X
13 No kickdown
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X X X X X X X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X X X X X X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
downshifting
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X X
positions/ranges X X
range, or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X X
26 Starter does not work X
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range
R positions
29 Does not upshift in M range
30 Does not downshift in M range X X
Electrical system components
Symptom item
ATX outer parts ATX inner parts
speed sensor
Down switch
Input/turbine
TFT sensor
VSS
Line pressure control solenoid

TCC control solenoid
Starter lock relay
Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid F
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid B
Shift solenoid A
Malfunction signal input

No signal input
No signal input
No signal input
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Cause of trouble
acxuuw00002273
05-038
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 9
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X X X X X

2 Vehicle moves in N position X X X X X
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X X X X X X X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X X X X X X X X
7 No shifting X X X X X X X X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X
9 Abnormal shifting X X X X X X X X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X X X X X X X X
11 Shift point is high or low
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X
13 No kickdown
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X X X X X X X X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X X X X X X X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X X X
downshifting X X X X X X X X X X X
05-03
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X
positions/ranges
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X
26 Starter does not work
R positions
30 Does not downshift in M range
Hydraulic system components
Symptom item Control valve body
Centrifugal hydraulic pressure clutch is not operating properly
Line pressure control solenoid hydraulic circuit

TCC control solenoid hydraulic circuit
Shift solenoid C hydraulic circuit

Shift solenoid D hydraulic circuit
Shift solenoid A hydraulic circuit
Shift solenoid B hydraulic circuit
Shift solenoid E hydraulic circuit

Shift solenoid F hydraulic circuit
Valve body spool is not operating properly
C1 accumulator is not operating properly
B1 accumulator is not operating properly
B2 accumulator is not operating properly
ATF cooler is not operating properly

Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Cause of trouble
acxuuw00002274
05-039
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 10
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X

2 Vehicle moves in N position X
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X
7 No shifting X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X X
9 Abnormal shifting
10 Frequent shifting
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation
13 No kickdown
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X
X X
downshifting
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X X
positions/ranges
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X
23 Transaxle overheats
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X
R positions
Powertrain
Symptom item
Torque converter is not operating properly
One-way clutch is not operated properly
TCC is not operating properly

TCC is cracking or peeling
Slipping (clutch, brake)
Burnt (clutch, brake)
Cause of trouble
acxuuw00002275
End Of Sie
05-0310
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 11

NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800600
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position

DESCRIPTION Vehicle does not move when accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the vehicle does not move in D range or R position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. (Vehicle
will move even with a malfunction in the TCM.) Since a malfunction is in the sensor circuit or output
circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output circuit, and the related
wiring harnesses.
Clutch slippage, worn (D range-C1 clutch, One-way clutch, R position-C3 clutch, B2 brake)
Line pressure low
POSSIBLE Sensor GND malfunction
CAUSE Body GND malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
Selector lever malfunction
Parking mechanism not operating properly 05-03
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
1 When the vehicle is stopped on a flat, level Yes Go to the next step.
road and the engine off, does the vehicle No Inspect for parking mechanism.
move when pushed? (in D range or N, R
positions with the brake pedal released)
2 Start the engine. Yes Inspect or adjust selector lever.
Does vehicle move when selector lever in (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
between N position and D range? (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Perform N position learning.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 Stop the engine. Yes Replace the ATX (clutch slippage, worn)
Inspect following solenoid. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Inspect the coupler component.
Shift solenoid C If normal, replace the control valve body.
Shift solenoid D (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Shift solenoid E INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Shift solenoid F
Are these normal?
If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
End Of Sie
05-0311
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 12

NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800700
2 Vehicle moves in N position

Vehicle creeps in N position.
DESCRIPTION
Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not depressed in N position.
If the vehicle moves in N position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. Since a malfunction in the
sensor circuit or output circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output
circuit, and the related wiring harnesses.
Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C3 clutch, One-way clutch)
Line pressure low
POSSIBLE Control valve body malfunction
CAUSE Selector lever position disparity (Although the selector indicator shows N position, the hydraulic
circuit shows D range or R position)
Note
1 Does the vehicle creep when selector lever is Yes Go to the next step.
moved slightly in N position? No Inspect and adjust the selector lever.
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Perform N position learning.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
2 Inspect following solenoid. Yes Replace the ATX (clutch slippage, worm).
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
Shift solenoid C No Inspect the coupler component.
Shift solenoid D If normal, replace the control valve body.
Are these solenoids normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800800
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
Vehicle rolls on a downward slope in P position.
DESCRIPTION Tires are locked when P is disengaged. Vehicle does not move in D range, and R position when the
accelerator pedal is depressed, and the engine remains in a stalled condition.
Parking mechanism malfunction (May have effect on noise or shock from transaxle)
POSSIBLE
Improper adjustment of selector lever
CAUSE
If the vehicle moves in N position, perform No.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION
End Of Sie
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800900
4 Excessive creep
DESCRIPTION Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R position when accelerator pedal is not depressed.
Engine idle speed is high (transaxle system is not cause of problem)
POSSIBLE
Go to No.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON
CAUSE
(See 01-03-37 NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON[L3 WITH TC].)
05-0312
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 13

End Of Sie
NO.5 NO CREEP AT ALL[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

id050310801000
5 No creep at all
DESCRIPTION Vehicle does not move in D range and R position when idling on a flat paved road.
Either engine output low or there is clutch slippage.
Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C3 clutch)
Line pressure low
Body GND malfunction
POSSIBLE Transaxle fixed in 3GR or 5GR* (Operation of fail-safe function)
CAUSE Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system
There is no engine torque 05-03
Note
1 Does the vehicle creep in P and/or N Yes Inspect or adjust the selector lever.
position? (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
2 Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect following solenoid. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE If normal, replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Shift solenoid C INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid F
Are these solenoids normal?
3 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, transaxle.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
Inspect the torque converter. INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Is the torque converter normal? If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
No Replace the torque converter.
* : If case of shift solenoid C failure
End Of Sie
05-0313
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 14

NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801100
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration

Vehicle acceleration is poor at start.
DESCRIPTION
Delayed acceleration when accelerator pedal is depressed while driving.
If the clutch is stuck or does not stay in 4GR, malfunction is in engine circuit.
Clutch slippage, burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
Line pressure low
Incorrect accelerator opening signal
VSS malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
POSSIBLE Body GND malfunction
CAUSE Control valve body malfunction
Transaxle fixed in 3GR or 5GR* (Operation of fail-safe function)
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Insufficient starting torque (Suspected when in-gear, shift control and engine circuit are normal)
Torque converter malfunction (Poor operation, stuck)
Note
1 With the ignition switch at the ON position, Yes Go to the next step.
does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to the selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE, or No.28 GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS.
2 Go to No.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER Yes Go to the next step.
(ACCELERATION/CRUISE). No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-03-46 NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF inspection results.
POWER (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)[L3
WITH TC].)
Does engine control system normal?
Inspect following solenoid. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE If normal, replace the control valve body.
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid F
Are they normal?
05-0314
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 15

End Of Sie
NO.7 NO SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801200
7 No shifting
Single shift range only.
DESCRIPTION
Sometimes it shifts correctly.
When the gear position is fixed in 3GR or 5GR* due to the fail-safe operation, malfunction is in the ATX.
Perform malfunction diagnosis according to No.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR
ACCELERATION. 05-03
Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid C malfunction
CAUSE Shift solenoid D malfunction
3GR or 5GR* is fixed (Operation in fail-safe function)
Poor ground of shift solenoid
End Of Sie
05-0315
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 16

NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 6GR[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801300
8 Does not shift to 6GR

Vehicle does not upshift from 5GR to 6GR even though vehicle speed is increased.
DESCRIPTION Vehicle does not shift to 6GR even though accelerator pedal is released in D range at 80 km/h {50
mph}.
Basically, TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTC at first. If the TCC
operates when driving at high speeds only, the malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the M range
switch circuit or TR switch circuit.
Caution
If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.
TCC slippage, burnt

Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE Sensor malfunction
CAUSE TR switch malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
TR switch adjustment incorrect
Solenoid valve stuck
M range switch malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
Note
1 With the ignition switch at the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE, or No.28 GEAR
2 Drive the vehicle in D range and inspect Yes Go to the next step.
following: No No shift at all:
12 shift up and down Go to No.7 NO SHIFTING.
23 shift up and down Abnormal shift:
34 shift up and down Go to No.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING.
45 shift up and down
56 shift up and down
Are all shift-up and shift-down possible?
Inspect following solenoid. No Inspect for shift solenoid stuck.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) AW6AX-EL].)
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid F
Are they normal?
05-0316
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 17

End Of Sie 05-03

NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801400
9 Abnormal shifting
DESCRIPTION Shift incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern).
There is a malfunction in the signal circuit which controls shifting (Accelerator opening signal, input/
turbine speed sensor, VSS), the control valve is stuck, or the clutch circuit is stuck.
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
TR switch adjustment incorrect
Note
1 Inspect for continuity between the TCM Yes Go to the next step.
terminal A9 and battery negative terminal. No Repair or replace ground circuit.
2 Inspect following shift solenoids. Yes Inspect the TCM terminal for bend, damage, corrosion or
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE poor contact.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Inspect the coupler component.
Shift solenoid C If normal, replace the control valve body.
Shift solenoid D (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Shift solenoid E INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
TCC control solenoid
Shift solenoid F
Are they normal?
05-0317
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 18

End Of Sie
NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

id050310801500
10 Frequent shifting
DESCRIPTION Downshifting occurs suddenly even when accelerator pedal is depressed slightly in D range.
The malfunctioning circuit is basically the same as No.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING. However, a
POSSIBLE malfunction of the input signal to the accelerator pedal position sensor, APP sensor, input/turbine speed
CAUSE sensor, VSS (including the sensor GND, sensor wiring harness and connector), or clutch slippage
(clutch stuck, low pressure in line) may also be the cause.
End Of Sie
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801600

Shift point considerably different from automatic shift diagram.
DESCRIPTION Shift delays when accelerating.
Shift occurs quickly when accelerating and engine speed does not increase.
If the transaxle does not shift abnormally, there is a malfunction of the input signal to the APP sensor,
POSSIBLE input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS.
CAUSE If the engine speed is high or low, regardless of normal shifting, inspect the tachometer.
Verify that the output signals of the accelerator pedal position sensor and APP sensor change linearly.
End Of Sie
NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801700
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation

DESCRIPTION TCC does not operate when vehicle reaches TCC operation range.
Basically, TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTC at first. If the TCC
operates when driving at high speeds only, the malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the M range
switch circuit or TR switch circuit.
Caution
TCC slippage, burnt

Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE
Output solenoid valve system malfunction (Sticking)
CAUSE
Control valve body system malfunction (Poor operation, sticking)
TCC hydraulic pressure system malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction (Not operating linearly)
Input/turbine speed sensor or VSS malfunction
Operation of fail-safe function.
Short to power or GND at TCC control solenoid related circuit.
Note
1 With the ignition switch at the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to the selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE, or No.28 GEAR
2 Disconnect the TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the resistance between the TCM ground No Repair open ground circuit.
terminal A9 and the body GND less than 5.0
ohms?
05-0318
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 19

3 Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the control valve body.
Is the line pressure control solenoid normal? INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
repair or diagnosis. 05-03
End Of Sie
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801800
13 No kickdown
DESCRIPTION Does not downshift when accelerator pedal is fully depressed within kickdown range.
If transaxle does not downshift though shifting is normal, the malfunction is in the accelerator pedal
POSSIBLE
position sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor circuits (including sensor GND, sensor wiring
CAUSE
harness and connector).
End Of Sie
NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801900
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting

When the accelerator pedal is depressed for acceleration from standstill, engine speed increases but
the vehicle speed increases slowly.
DESCRIPTION
When the accelerator pedal is depressed while driving, engine speed increases but the vehicle speed
does not.
There is clutch slippage because the clutch is stuck or the line pressure is low.
Clutch stuck, slippage (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
Note
05-0319
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 20

1 Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) inspection results.
2 Is shift point normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-7 ROAD TEST[AW6A-EL, No Go to No.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING.
AW6AX-EL].)
3 Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
Inspect following solenoids. If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
Shift solenoid D If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
Shift solenoid E the control valve body.
Line pressure control solenoid (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
TCC control solenoid INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Shift solenoid F No Replace the control valve body.
Are they normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
4 Inspect the coupler component for open or Yes Go to the next step.
short. No Replace the coupler component.
Are coupler component normal?
5 Inspect the ATF condition. Yes Replace the transaxle.
Are a large amount of specks found? (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
No Replace the control valve body.
End Of Sie
NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802000
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating the vehicle

Engine flares up when the accelerator pedal is depressed for upshifting.
DESCRIPTION
Engine flares up suddenly when the accelerator pedal is depressed for downshifting.
The malfunction is basically the same as for No.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
POSSIBLE
UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING.
CAUSE
If conditions for No.14 worsen, the malfunction will develop to No.15.
End Of Sie
05-0320
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 21

NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802100
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation

DESCRIPTION Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged.
Poor TCC engagement due to either slippage because the TCC piston is stuck or the line pressure is
low.
Caution
TCC slippage, burnt

POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE Incorrect accelerator opening signal
VSS malfunction
Torque converter malfunction 05-03
Centrifugal hydraulic pressure clutch is not operating properly
End Of Sie
NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N TO D OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802200
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range

DESCRIPTION Strong shock felt when shifting from N to D or N to R position/range at idle.
Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. If no DTC is output, the shift shock may worsen
due to poor operation of the control valve body or sticking of the clutch.
Clutch burnt (ND: C1 clutch, NR: C3 clutch or B2 brake)
Line pressure low
POSSIBLE Control valve body malfunction
CAUSE Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
Idle speed high
Poor tightening torque of engine mount, exhaust mount
Line pressure high
Garage shift control is not learned
Initial learning did not perform
Note
1 Does the shift shock occur only when the Yes Go to the next step.
engine is cold? No Go to Step 3.
2 Inspect the TFT sensor and related wiring Yes Go to the next step.
harness: vibration, intermittent open/short No Repair or replace part if necessary.
circuit.
Is it normal?
3 Perform the initial learning procedure. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
(See 05-03-22 Initial Learning.) No Go to the next step.
Does symptom eliminate?
05-0321
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 22

5 Is stall speed normal? Yes Go to the next step.
Line pressure control solenoid INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Shift solenoid C If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
Shift solenoid E the control valve body.
Are they normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Initial Learning
Warning
When performing initial learning, be aware of other vehicles, people, and other impediments in
order to avoid an accident.
Note
While self-learning control gradually reduces shock during normal driving, initial learning is performed to
initially learn a certain amount of driving conditions.
1. Warm-up
Increase the ATF temperature by leaving the vehicle idling or performing city driving. Verify that the ATF
temperature is between 66 110 C {151 230 F}. If the ATF temperature is outside this range, work to
bring it inside the range.
Caution
Do not raise the ATF temperature by stalling the engine.
Note
If the ATF temperature is not between 66 110 C {151 230 F}, initial learning cannot be performed.
Before learning, inspect for variable shift shock.
2. Garage shift learning

With the vehicle standing still, depress the brake pedal and keep the selector lever in N position for 3 s.
Then, shift the selector lever from the N position into D range, and maintain in this condition for 3 s. Repeat
this procedure 5 times. Then repeat it 5 times in the same way for R position.
3. Gear shift control learning
In D range, with the accelerator opening between 25 30%, drive until you reach 6th gear and a vehicle
speed of 80 km/h {50 mph} or higher. Then, release the accelerator pedal and coast, and bring the vehicle
to a stop in at least 60 s. Repeat this procedure 10 times.
4. Inspect learning results
Verify that variable speed shock and shift shock have decreased compared to the conditions before
learning.
End Of Sie
05-0322
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 23

NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL]
id050310802300
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and downshifting

Excessive shift shock is felt when depressing the accelerator pedal at upshifting.
DESCRIPTION
During cruising, excessive shift shock is felt when depressing accelerator pedal at downshifting.
Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. The shift shock may worsen if the accelerator
pedal position sensor, APP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS signal malfunctions.
Line pressure low, high
VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-03
Body GND and sensor GND malfunction
Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
End Of Sie
NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802400
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC)

DESCRIPTION Strong shock is felt when the TCC is engaged.
POSSIBLE The troubleshooting flow is the same as No.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
CAUSE (TCC) OPERATION.
End Of Sie
NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
id050310802500
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all positions/ranges

DESCRIPTION Transaxle is noisy in all positions and ranges when the vehicle is idling.
The malfunction is in the pressure solenoid or oil pump which causes a high-pitched noise to be emitted
from the transaxle at idle.
Note
If a noise is emitted during shifting only, the malfunction is in the C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch
POSSIBLE
or B1 brake.
CAUSE
If a noise is emitted during shifting at certain gears only or during deceleration only, it is gear
noise.
1 Inspect engine condition. Yes Go to appropriate symptom troubleshooting.
Is there any engine concern (e.g. Rough (See 01-03-5 ENGINE SYMPTOM
idle)? TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
No Replace basic inspection and repair or replace any
malfunctioning parts according to the inspection result
End Of Sie
05-0323
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 24

NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
id050310802600
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D range, or in R position

DESCRIPTION Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges when vehicle idling.
Although the malfunction is basically the same as No.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE
POSSIBLE
IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES, other causes may include selector lever position disparity
CAUSE
or TR switch position disparity.
End Of Sie
NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802700
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range

Engine speed drops to idle but the vehicle coasts when the accelerator pedal is released during
cruising at medium to high speeds.
DESCRIPTION
Engine speed drops to idle but the vehicle coasts when accelerator pedal is released when in M range
(1GR) at low vehicle speed.
Clutch slippage, burnt (B2 brake)
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
Shift solenoid A or B malfunction
POSSIBLE Sensor GND malfunction
CAUSE Control valve body malfunction
Note
1 Do the following symptoms occur Yes Go to No.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
concurrently? UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING, or No.15 ENGINE
Engine flares up or slips during FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING
acceleration VEHICLE.
Engine flares up or slips when shifting No Go to the next step.
Shift solenoid A INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Shift solenoid B If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
Are the normal? the control valve body.
End Of Sie
05-0324
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 25

NO.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802800
23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
Burnt smell emitted from transaxle.
DESCRIPTION
Smoke emitted from transaxle.
The malfunction is restricted to the hindrance of coolant at the oil cooler. In addition, overheating of the
transaxle may be caused by a malfunction of the TFT sensor.
Line pressure low
ATF level low
Oil cooler malfunction (Foreign material mixed in with ATF)
POSSIBLE TFT sensor malfunction
CAUSE Excessive amount of ATF
Note
05-03
2 Is stall speed normal? Yes Go to the next step.
3 Inspect the TFT sensor and related wiring Yes Go to the next step.
harness: vibration, intermittent open/short No Repair or replace part if necessary.
circuit
Is it normal?
4 Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the control valve body.
Is it normal? INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or Yes Replace the transaxle.
kinks of the oil cooler pipes. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
Are oil cooler pipes normal? INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace any malfunctioning parts.
End Of Sie
05-0325
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 26

NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802900
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position

DESCRIPTION Engine stalls when shifting from N or P position to D range or R position at idle.
The malfunction is on the engine control side (e.g. electronic controlled throttle system). Otherwise, the
malfunction is in the input/turbine speed sensor (engine sometimes starts) or the TCC circuit (engine
always stalls).
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Note
1 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.5 Yes Go to the next step.
ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE. No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-03-23 NO.5 ENGINE STALLS- inspection results.
AFTER START/AT IDLE[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the engine control system normal?
2 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or kinks of the oil
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER cooler pipes.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, If normal, replace the control valve body.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
Is the torque converter normal? If problem remains, replace the transaxle.
(See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
NO.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED OR STOPPING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803000
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping

DESCRIPTION Engine stalls when the brake pedal is depressed while driving at low speed or stopping.
The malfunction is in the engine control system (e.g. Fuel injection control, electronic controlled throttle
system)
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE
1 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.10 LOW Yes Go to No.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D
IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION. RANGE, OR IN R POSITION.
(See 01-03-39 NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
DURING DECELERATION[L3 WITH TC].) inspection results.
Is the engine control system normal?
End Of Sie
05-0326
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 27

NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803100

DESCRIPTION Starter does not work even when in P or N position.
Selector lever mis-adjustment
TR switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
N position learning is not performed.
CAUSE
Transaxle operates in fail-safe function (Starter lock system related circuit open or short)
Immobilizer system operating or system malfunction.
1 Perform the N position learning. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ If the other symptom occurs, go to applicable
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) troubleshooting procedure.
Does the problem eliminate? No Go to the next step.
2 Inspect the TR switch. Yes Go to engine system troubleshooting No.3 WILL NOT
(See 05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) CRANK troubleshooting procedure. 05-03
SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX- No Replace the TR switch and perform initial learning
EL].) procedure.
Is the TR switch normal? (See 05-03-21 NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N
TO D OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
End Of Sie
NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803200

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster does not illuminate in M range with the ignition switch
DESCRIPTION
at ON.
M range switch, gear position indicator light or related wiring harness malfunction
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
1 Do other indicator lights illuminate with the Yes Go to the next step.
ignition switch at ON? No Inspect the meter fuse.
2 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A7. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A- No Inspect the M range switch.
EL, AW6AX-EL].) If the M range switch is normal, inspect for continuity
Is the voltage normal? between the M range switch and TCM terminal A7.
End Of Sie
05-0327
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 28

NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE OR P, N, R POSITIONS[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
id050310803300
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates when in D range or P, N, R positions

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates in D range or P, N, R position with the
DESCRIPTION
ignition switch at ON.
M range switch or related wiring harness malfunction
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A- No Inspect the M range switch.
EL, AW6AX-EL].) If the M range switch is normal, inspect for continuity
Is the voltage normal? between the M range switch and TCM terminal A7.
End Of Sie
NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803400

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates, but the vehicle does not upshift when the
DESCRIPTION
selector lever is pushed to + side.
POSSIBLE Up switch or related wiring harness malfunction
CAUSE
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, No Inspect the up switch.
AW6AX-EL].) If the up switch is normal, inspect for continuity between
Is the voltage normal? the up switch and TCM terminal A3.
End Of Sie
NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803500

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates, but the vehicle does not downshift when
DESCRIPTION
the selector lever is pushed to side.
POSSIBLE Down switch or related wiring harness malfunction
CAUSE
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, No Inspect the down switch.
AW6AX-EL].) If the down switch is normal, inspect for continuity
Is the voltage normal? between the down switch and TCM terminal A4.
05-0328
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 29

End Of Sie
05-03
05-0329
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 1
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

05-17 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INDEX[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . 05-172 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1725
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST Neutral Position Learning . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1728
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-173 OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT)
Mechanical System Test Preparation. . 05-173 REPLACEMENT
Line Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-173 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1728
Stall Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-175 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Time Lag Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-176 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROAD TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . 05-177 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1729
Road Test Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-177 Torque Converter Nuts Removal Note . 05-1732
Shift Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-177 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
D Range Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-178 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1732
M Range Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-179 Transaxle Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1734
P Position Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1710 Transaxle Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 05-1734
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-1710 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1734 05-17
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note. . . 05-1734
Condition Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1710 Torque Converter Nuts
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1735
Level Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1710 Selector Cable Installation Note . . . . . . 05-1735
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
(ATF) REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH DIFFERENTIAL GEAR O-RING
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-1711 REPLACEMENT
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1737
(TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION CONTROL VALVE BODY
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1712 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
On-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1712 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1738
Off-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1712 On-Vehicle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1738
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE On-Vehicle Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1742
(TFT) SENSOR OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION REPLACEMENT
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR TORQUE CONVERTER
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-1715 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
On-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1715 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1746
Off-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1716 OIL COOLER FLUSHING
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1747
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OIL COOLER
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1747
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-1718 Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler)
On-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1718 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1749
Off-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1718 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp,
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) Oil Hose Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 05-1749
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OIL COOLER
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1719 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1750
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1720 Radiator Outer Tank
Resistance Inspection (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note. . . 05-1751
(On-Vehicle Inspection). . . . . . . . . . . 05-1720 Radiator Outer Tank
Continuity Inspection (In Tank Oil Cooler)
(On-Vehicle Inspection). . . . . . . . . . . 05-1720 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1751
TCM INSPECTION DRIVE PLATE
TR Switch Operating Inspection . . . . . 05-1721 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1752
Control Module Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 05-1721 Drive Plate Mounting Bolts
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1753
Drive Plate Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 05-1753
End of Toc
05-171
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 2

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802000
10 7
11
13
12
6
15
8
14
4 3
acxuuw00000486
.
1 Automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)

(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
05-172
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 3

2 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor 8 Automatic transaxle
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 9 Oil seal (differential)
(See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID (See 05-17-35 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/ REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
10 Differential gear O-ring
3 Input/turbine speed sensor (See 05-17-37 DIFFERENTIAL GEAR O-RING
(See 05-17-15 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 11 Control valve body
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4 Vehicle speed sensor
(See 05-17-18 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) 12 Torque converter
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 13 Oil seal (oil pump)
5 Solenoid valve (See 05-17-45 OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP)
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
05-17
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 14 Oil cooler
6 TCM (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER FLUSHING[AW6A-
(See 05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) EL, AW6AX-EL].)
SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-50 OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 15 Drive plate
7 Oil seal (manual shaft) (See 05-17-52 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-28 OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802100
Mechanical System Test Preparation
1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
2. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-12-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].) (See
01-12-3 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Inspect the engine oil level. (See 01-11-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
AW6AX-EL].)
5. Inspect the idle speed. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Inspect the ignition timing. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
Line Pressure Test

1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Remove the harness bracket.
HARNESS BRACKET
Warning
Removing the test plug when the ATF is
hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come
out of the opening and badly burn you.
Before removing the test plug, allow the
ATF to cool.
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
acxuuw00002187
05-173
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 4

3. Connect the SSTs (49 HD64 406A and, 49 0378 400C) to the line pressure inspection port and replace the
gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C) with the SST (49 B019 901B).
D, M RANGE R POSITION
49 B019 901B 49 B019 901B

49 HD64 406A 49 HD64 406A
49 0378 400C
49 0378 400C
acxuuw00000479
4. Start the engine and warm it up until the ATF reaches 60 70 C {140 158 F}.
5. Shift the selector lever to the D range.
Caution
Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.
6. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the D range.
7. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the R position and M range in the same manner as in Steps
4 5.
Line pressure
Position/range Line pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
D, M Idle 350 410 {3.6 4.1, 51 59}
R Idle 580 670 {6.0 6.8, 85 97}
8. Stop the engine, then replace the SST (49 B019 901B) with the gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C).
10. Measure the LPS PID value.
12. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
Caution
If the accelerator pedal is pressed for
more than 5 s while the brake pedal is
pressed, the transaxle could be
damaged. Therefore, perform Steps 13
DLC-2
and 14 within 5 s.
acxuuw00000480
14. Gradually depress the accelerator pedal with the

right foot.
15. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the line pressure and release the accelerator pedal.
16. Shift the selector lever to the N position and idle the engine for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.
05-174
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 5

17. Verify that the line pressure and LPS PID current values change according to the following graph by changing
the shift throttle opening angle when shifting to the D range and R position with the engine running.
The line pressure standard other than when the engine is idling cannot be determined because the
maximum line pressure for this automatic transaxle is controlled by vehicle conditions.
R POSITION D RANGE LINE PRESSURE

2,000
{20.4, 290}
1,500 1,000
{15.3, 218}
LINE PRESSURE LINE PRESSURE

(kPa {kgf/cm2 ,psi}) CONTROL SOLENOID
CURRENT
(mA)
500
{5.1, 73} 300 CURRENT 300
{5.1, 73}
05-17
IDLE STALL
THROTTLE OPENING
acxuuw00000481
Warning
Removing the SST when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of the opening
and badly burn you. Before removing the SST, allow the ATF to cool.
18. Remove the SSTs.

19. Install a test plug in the inspection port.
Tightening torque
5.9 8.8 Nm {61 89 kgfcm, 53 77 inlbf}
Line pressure test evaluation

Condition Possible cause
Lower than specification in D range and Primary regulator valve malfunction
R position Oil pump malfunction
Oil leaking from D range or R position hydraulic circuit
Constant pressure without fluctuation in
hydraulic pressure to throttle in D range
Control valve body internal malfunction
and R position
Current to throttle does not change in D TCM internal malfunction
range and R position Connector malfunction
Hydraulic pressure in R position is not
Primary regulator valve malfunction
higher than D range
Stall Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
3. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
Caution
If the accelerator pedal is depressed for more than 5 s while the brake pedal is depressed, the
transaxle could be damaged. Therefore, perform Steps 5 and 6 within 5 s.
Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.
5. Gently depress the accelerator pedal with the right foot.

6. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the engine speed and release the accelerator pedal.
7. Shift the selector lever to the N position and idle the engine for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.
8. Perform a stall test of the M range and R position in the same manner as in Steps 3 7.
9. Turn off the engine.
05-175
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 6

Engine stall speed
Position/range Engine stall speed (rpm)
D, M
2,800
R
Evaluation of stall test

Low line pressure (Line pressure control solenoid
malfunction, primary regulator valve malfunction)
Control valve body component malfunction (shift solenoid
In D, M ranges
C hydraulic pressure system)
C1 clutch slipping
One-way clutch malfunction
Above specification
Control valve body component malfunction (shift solenoid
In R position
E hydraulic pressure system)
C3 clutch malfunction (slipping)
B2 brake malfunction (slipping)
In all positions/ranges
Oil strainer clogging
Engine lack of power
Below specification
Torque converter one-way clutch slipping
Time Lag Test

1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
3. Warm up the engine until the ATF temperature reaches 60 70C {140 158F}.
4. Shift the selector lever from the N position to D range.
5. Use a stopwatch to measure the time it takes from shifting until shock is felt. Take three measurements for each
test and average from the results using the following formula.
Formula
Average time lag = (Time 1 + Time 2 + Time 3) / 3
6. Perform the test for the following shifts in the same manner as in Step 5.
N position R position
Average time lag

N position D range: 1.5 s or less
N position R position: 1.5 s or less
Evaluation of time lag test

Control valve body malfunction (shift solenoid C hydraulic
pressure system)
C1 clutch slipping
ND shift More than specification
One-way clutch malfunction
Control valve body malfunction (shift solenoid E hydraulic
pressure system)
C3 clutch slipping
NR shift More than specification
B2 brake slipping
End Of Sie
05-176
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 7

ROAD TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802200
Warning
When performing a road test, be aware of other vehicles, people, and other impediments in order
to avoid an accident.
Note
When the legal speed limit must be exceeded, use a chassis dynamometer instead of performing a road
test.
Road Test Preparation

1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-12-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].) (See
01-12-3 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Inspect the engine oil level. (See 01-11-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
AW6AX-EL].)
4. Inspect the idle speed. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Inspect the ignition timing. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].) 05-17
6. Bring up the engine and transaxle to normal operating temperature.
Shift Diagram
D range (normal mode)
TCC OPERATION AVAILABLE

8/8
4 5 5 6
7/8
1 2 3 4
4 5
6/8 2 3 5 6
1 3 4
2 2 3
THROTTLE OPENING
5/8
4/8
3/8
2/8
SHIFT UP
1/8
SHIFT DOWN
0/8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230
{0} {6.2} {12} {19} {25} {31} {37} {43} {50} {56} {62} {68} {74} {81} {87} {93} {99} {105} {112} {118} {124} {131} {137} {143}
4GR TCC 4GR TCC

OPERATION OFF OPERATION ON VEHICLE SPEED km/h {mph}
5GR TCC
5GR TCC
OPERATION ON
OPERATION OFF
6GR TCC
6GR TCC OPERATION ON
OPERATION OFF
acxuuw00000482
05-177
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 8

D Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See05-17-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to D range.
3. Accelerate with the depressing amount of accelerator pedal half and then fully depress.
4. Verify that 12, 23, 34, 45, and 56 upshifts and downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be as
shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Drive the vehicle in 6GR, 5GR, 4GR, 3GR, and 2GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 65, 54, 43,
32, 21 downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained. The operation points must be as shown in the table
below.
Vehicle speed at shift point table
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
D1D2 43 49 {27 30} 5,100 5,750
D2D3 76 84 {48 52} 5,150 5,650
D3D4 112 122 {70 75} 4,950 5,350
Wide open TCC ON (D4) 112 122 {70 75} 3,700 4,000
throttle D4D5 157 167 {98 103} 5,150 5,450
TCC ON (D5) 135 145 {84 89} 3,300 3,500
D5D6 217 227 {135 140} 5,300 5,500
TCC ON (D6) 210 220 {131 136} 4,100 4,250
D1D2 24 31 {15 19} 2,800 3,650
D2D3 46 60 {29 37} 3,100 4,050
D3D4 70 93 {44 57} 3,100 4,100
TCC ON (D4) 97 118 {61 73} 3,200 3,850
Half throttle
D4D5 106 132 {66 81} 3,500 4,350
D NORMAL
TCC ON (D5) 106 132 {66 81} 2,600 3,200
D5D6 181 202 {113 125} 4,450 4,900
TCC ON (D6) 181 202 {113 125} 3,550 3,900
D6D5 64 70 {40 43} 1,250 1,350
D5D4 31 37 {20 22} 800 900
Closed throttle D4D3 22 28 {14 17} 750 900
position
D3D1 5 11 {4 6} 250 450
D2D1 5 11 {4 6} 350 700
D6D5 200 210 {124 130} 3,900 4,050
D5D4 140 150 {87 93} 3,450 3,650
Kickdown D4D3 90 100 {56 62} 3,000 3,250
D3D2 59 67 {37 41} 2,650 2,950
D2D1 24 30 {15 18} 1,650 2,000
05-178
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 9

Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
D1D2 43 49 {27 30} 5,100 5,750
D2D3 82 90 {51 55} 5,550 6,050
Wide open D3D4 127 137 {79 84} 5,650 6,050
throttle TCC ON (D4) 127 137 {79 84} 4,200 4,450
D4D5 167 177 {104 109} 5,500 5,800
TCC ON (D5) 167 177 {104 109} 4,100 4,300
D1D2 24 32 {15 19} 2,850 3,750
D2D3 51 64 {32 39} 3,400 4,350
D3D4 83 107 {52 66} 3,700 4,700
Half throttle
TCC ON (D4) 121 139 {76 86} 4,000 4,550
D4D5 144 165 {90 102} 4,750 5,400
D POWER
TCC ON (D5) 161 179 {100 110} 3,950 4,350
05-17
D6D5 117 123 {73 76} 2,300 2,350
D5D4 42 48 {27 29} 1050 1,150
Closed throttle D4D3 22 28 {14 17} 750 900
position
D3D1 5 11 {4 6} 250 450
D2D1 5 11 {4 6} 350 700
D6D5 205 215 {128 133} 4,000 4,150
D5D4 149 159 {93 98} 3,650 3,850
Kickdown D4D3 90 100 {56 62} 3,000 3,250
D3D2 63 71 {40 44} 2,800 3,100
D2D1 26 32 {17 19} 1,800 2,150
M Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See05-17-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to M range.
3. Verify that 12, 23, 34, 45 and 56 upshifts and 65, 54, 43, 32, and 21 downshifts are
obtained by manual shifting of the selector lever forward and back.
4. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that 65, 54, 43, 31 downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be
as shown in the table below.
5. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in 1GR.
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained in 4GR, 5GR and 6GR. The operation points must
be as shown in the table below.
7. Drive the vehicle in 6GR, 5GR, 4GR and 3GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 65, 54, 43, 32
downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
05-179
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 10

Vehicle speed at shift point table
Range Mode Shift
condition km/h {mph} (rpm)
Half throttle TCC ON (M6) 185 198 {115 122} 3,600 3,850
M6M5 49 55 {31 34} 1,000 1,050
M5M4 31 37 {20 22} 800 900
All round M4M3 22 28 {14 17} 750 900
M3M1 5 11 {4 6} 250 450
M Manual M2M1 5 11 {4 6} 350 700
M6M5 215 225 {134 139} 4,200 4,350
M5M4 45 55 {28 34} 1,100 1,300
Kickdown M4M3 25 35 {16 21} 850 1,100
M3M2 4 12 {3 7} 200 500
M2M1 5 11 {4 6} 350 700
P Position Test
1. Shift into P position on a gentle slope. Release the brake and verify that the vehicle does not roll.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE FLUID
id051723800500
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Condition Inspection
1. Inspect the ATF for the following to determine whether the transaxle should be disassembled.
The ATF is muddy.
The ATF smells strange or unusual.
ATF Condition
Clear dark red Normal
Damaged oil cooler
Poor filler tube installation:
Light red (pink) Contaminated with water Problem could occur to parts inside the transaxle due
to water contamination.
If necessary, replace the transaxle.
Defective powertrain components inside the transaxle:
Particles cause wide range of problems by clogging
the oil pipe, control valve body and oil cooler.
Has burnt smell and metal
Reddish Deteriorated ATF A large amount of metal particles are found.
particles are found
brown If necessary, replace the transaxle.
Flush the system due to possible clogging of the oil
pipe or oil cooler.
Has no burnt smell Normal Discoloration by oxidation
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level Inspection
Caution
The ATF amount varies according to ATF temperature. Therefore, when checking the ATF level or
replacing the ATF, use a thermometer to measure the temperature and adjust the ATF amount to
the specified level according to the specified temperature.

2. Apply the parking brake and position wheel chocks securely to prevent the vehicle from rolling.
05-1710
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 11

3. Adjust the length or thermometer probe so that
the length is the same as the depth gauge, and
hold the probe with a paper holder. Insert into the
filler tube and measure the temperature.
If necessary, inspect the ATF before warming
up the engine. In this case, use the ATF
temperature (15 25 C {59 77 F}).
4. Warm up the engine until the ATF reaches 60
70 C {140 158 F}.
5. Shift the selector lever and pause momentarily in
each range (P D) while depressing the brake
pedal.
acxuuw00000484
6. Shift the selector lever to P position.
7. Verify that the ATF level is in the HOT range (65
C {149 F}) while the engine is idling. ATF TEMPERATURE
6070 C {140158 F}
If necessary, add ATF to the specification.
HOT RANGE
ATF type
JWS3309 05-17
20C 65C
End Of Sie
(REFERENCE)
ATF TEMPERATURE
1525 C {5977 F}
acxuuw00000485
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

id051723800600
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.
1. Remove the oil dipstick.

3. Remove the oil drain plug and gasket.
4. Drain the ATF into a container.
5. Install a new gasket and the drain plug.
Tightening torque
23.5 54.9 Nm {2.4 5.5 kgfm, 17.4 40.4
ftlbf}
6. Add the specified ATF through the oil filler tube

until it reaches the lower notch of dipstick.
ATF
ampjjw00001890
Type: JWS3309
Capacity (Approx. quantity): 7.0 L {7.4 US qt,
6.2 lmp qt}

8. Ensure that the ATF level is in the HOT range (65 C {149 F}).
Add ATF to the specified level as necessary.
End Of Sie
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE INPUT (SENSOR/SWITCH)
id051723800900
Note
TR switch function is installed as one part of TCM.
1. Inspect the TCM. (See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

End Of Sie
05-1711
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 12

TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801000
On-Vehicle Inspection
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.

2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that there is no continuity between coupler
component terminals B7 and GND, or B8 and
GND.
If there is any malfunction, perform an off-
vehicle inspection of TFT sensor. (See 05-17- B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
12 Off-Vehicle Inspection.)
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
5. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ B22 B21 B20 B19
6. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
acxuuw00000488
Off-Vehicle Inspection
Warning
Caution

TC].)
4. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
5. Remove the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
6. Remove the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
7. Remove the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 THERMO VALVE
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
8. Remove the TFT sensor. (See 05-17-13
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
R
acxuuw00000489
05-1712
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 13

9. Place the TFT sensor and a thermometer in ATF
as shown in the figure, and heat the ATF
gradually.
10. Measure the resistance between the coupler
component terminals B7and B8.
If there is any malfunction, replace the TFT COUPLER
sensor. (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID COMPONENT
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/
B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
B22 B21 B20 B19
acxuuw00000490
05-17

ATF temperature (C {F}) Resistance (kilohm)
10 {50} 5.62 7.31
25 {77} Approx. 3.5
110 {230} 0.22 0.27
11. Install the TFT sensor. (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/
12. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
13. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
15. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
17. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
End Of Sie
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801100
Warning
Caution

TC].)
EL].)
TC].)
05-1713
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 14

AW6AX-EL].)
R
acxuuw00000489
9. Remove the coupler component lock plate.
Caution
Do not damage the wiring harness.
Do not pull hard on the wiring harness.
10. Remove the coupler component from the

transaxle case.
acxuuw00000491
11. Remove the O-ring and the gasket from the

coupler component.
12. Apply ATF to a new gasket and install it on the
coupler component.
O-RING
Caution
Do not apply ATF to the O-ring.
GASKET
acxuuw00000492
13. Install a new O-ring to the coupler component.
Caution
Do not apply too much force to the
coupler component. O-RING
Do not damage the coupler component.
14. Install the coupler component to the transaxle GASKET

case.
acxuuw00000492
15. Install a new coupler component lock plate.

16. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38
17. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
AW6AX-EL].)
18. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5
19. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
acxuuw00000493
05-1714
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 15

TC].)
24. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801200
Caution

2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH 05-17
TC].)
coupler component terminals B12 and GND or
B13 and GND.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component. B4 B3 B2 B1
If the coupler component is normal, perform B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5

B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
an off-vehicle inspection of input/turbine B22 B21 B20 B19
speed sensor. (See05-17-16 Off-Vehicle
Inspection.)
Note
Inspect with a tester that can indicate more
acxuuw00000498
than 10 megohms and confirm that the
value is more than 1 megohm.
5. Verify that there is continuity between coupler

component terminals B12 and B13.
component.
If the coupler component is normal, replace B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-17
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR B22 B21 B20 B19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
acxuuw00000498
05-1715
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 16

Warning
Caution

TC].)
EL].)
TC].)
AW6AX-EL].)
8. Remove the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-
17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
R
acxuuw00000489
9. Connect the input/turbine speed sensor terminal

2 to the battery positive terminal, connect the
battery negative terminal to input/turbine speed
sensor terminal 1 through an ammeter set to a
resistance of 100 ohm. 100 ohm
1 2
acxuuw00000499
10. Measure the current while waving a magnet back

and forth over the top of the input/turbine speed
sensor (less than 5 mm {0.197 in}).
If there is any malfunction, replace the input/
turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-17 INPUT/ WAVE BACK AND FORTH
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
LESS THAN 5 mm {0.197 in}
MAGNET
SHAKING DIRECTION
acxuuw00000500
05-1716
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 17

Input/turbine speed sensor
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0 16.0
Low 4.0 8.0
11. Install the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
12. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
13. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
19. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-17
End Of Sie
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801300
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until then are cool

TC].)
EL].)
TC].)
AW6AX-EL].)
Caution
Do not damage the input/turbine speed
sensor.
R
acxuuw00000489
8. Remove the input/turbine speed sensor.

9. Install the input/turbine speed sensor.
Tightening torque
3.9 6.9 Nm {40 70 kgfcm, 26 60 inlbf}
10. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38

AW6AX-EL].)
acxuuw00000501
05-1717
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 18

TC].)
End Of Sie
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801400
Caution

2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
coupler component terminals B19 and GND or
B20 and GND.
component. B4 B3 B2 B1
If the coupler component is normal, replace B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5

B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
the ATX. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC B22 B21 B20 B19
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
Note
Inspect with a tester that can indicatemore
acxuuw00000502
than 10 megohms and confirm that the
value is more than 1 megohm.
5. Verify that there is continuity between coupler

component terminals B19 and B20.
component.
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
the ATX. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/ B22 B21 B20 B19
6. Install the TCM. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
7. Install the air cleaner component. (See01-13-5
acxuuw00000502
Warning
Caution

2. Remove the VSS. (See05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
05-1718
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 19

3. Connect the VSS terminal 2 to the battery positive
terminal, connect the battery negative terminal to
VSS terminal 1 through an ammeter set to a
resistance of 100 ohm.
100 ohm
1 2
acxuuw00000499
4. Measure the current while waving a magnet back

and forth over the top of the VSS (less than 5
mm {0.197 in}).
If there is any malfunction, replace the VSS.
(See05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR WAVE BACK AND FORTH
(VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, 05-17
AW6AX-EL].)
LESS THAN 5 mm {0.197 in}
MAGNET
SHAKING DIRECTION
acxuuw00000500
VSS
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0 16.0
Low 4.0 8.0
5. Install the VSS. (See05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,

AW6AX-EL].)
7. Perform the mechanical system test. (See05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723806100
Caution
sure not to drop water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting it.
If foreign materials are stuck to the VSS, disturbance by magnetic flux can cause sensor output to
be abnormal and thereby negatively affect control. Make sure that foreign materials such as iron
filings are not stuck to the VSS during installation.
1. Remove the automatic transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/

2. Remove the VSS. (See Automatic Transaxle and Transfer Workshop Manual AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL)
End Of Sie
WM: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE OUTPUT (SOLENOID/INDICATOR LIGHT)
05-1719
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 20

SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801900
Resistance Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)
Caution

TC].)
4. Measure the resistance between the following
terminals.
component.
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
the control valve body. (See 05-17-38
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/ B22 B21 B20 B19
acxuuw00000508
Solenoid valve resistance (ATF temperature: 20 C {68 F})

Terminal Solenoid valve Resistance (ohm)
B5 GND Shift solenoid A 11 15
B2 GND Shift solenoid B 11 15
B11 B10 Shift solenoid C 5.0 5.6
B17 B18 Shift solenoid D 5.0 5.6
B14 B22 Shift solenoid E 5.0 5.6
B21 B16 Shift solenoid F 5.0 5.6
B9 B4 TCC control solenoid 5.0 5.6
B3 B1 Line pressure control solenoid 5.0 5.6
5. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

TC].)
Continuity Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)
Caution

TC].)
4. Verify that there is no continuity between coupler component terminals B1, B3, B4, B9, B10, B11, B14, B17,
B18, B21, B22 and GND.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler component.
If the coupler component is normal, replace the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: TCM
05-1720
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 21

TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800300
TR Switch Operating Inspection
1. Verify that the starter operates only when the ignition switch is turned to the START position with the selector
lever in P or N position.
If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
2. Verify that the back-up lights illuminate when shifted to R position with the ignition switch at the ON position.
If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
3. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and
the indicator light correspond. SELECTOR INDICATOR LIGHT
If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral
position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM
AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that the TR PID is normal.
If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral
position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM 05-17
AW6AX-EL].)
acxuuw00000412
Control Module Inspection

TC].)
2. Measure the voltage at each TCM connector (wiring harness-side) terminal and refer to the terminal voltage
table.
If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts under
Inspection item (s).
Warning
Be careful not to damage the connector waterproofing when measuring the TCM terminal voltage.
If damaged, the waterproofing efficiency could be negatively affected.
Note
Use the ground of terminal A9 of the TCM connector (wiring harness-side) when measuring terminal
voltage, as an error may occur when connecting the negative circuit tester to ground.
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)
TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR (TCM SIDE)
A2 A1
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11

A10 A9
acxuuw00000521
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Battery back up Inspect battery
A1 Battery Constant B+
supply Inspect related harness
Shift up Inspect selector lever
Below 1.0
(M range) component
Up switch Up switch
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
A3 (Selector lever (Selector lever
Other ranges, all LEVER COMPONENT
component) component) B+
positions INSPECTION)
Inspect related harness
05-1721
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 22

Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Shift down Inspect selector lever
Below 1.0
(M range) component
Down switch Down switch
A4 (Selector lever (Selector lever
Other ranges, all LEVER COMPONENT
component) component) B+
positions INSPECTION)
Ignition
Shift the switch B+
selector ON Inspect starter relay
A5 Starter relay Starter relay lever to
Ignition Inspect related harness
P or N
position. switch Below 1.0
OFF
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication,
good/no good
A6 CAN_L PCM judgment by Inspect related harness
terminal voltage is
not possible. Carry
out inspection
according to DTCs.
M range Below 1.0 Inspect Selector lever
component
A7 M range switch M range switch Other positions, all
B+ LEVER COMPONENT
ranges INSPECTION)
Ignition switch ON B+ Inspect Ignition switch
A11 Power supply Ignition switch
Ignition switch OFF Below 1.0 Inspect related harness
Shift the
selector Inspect back-up light relay
Ignition lever to Below 1.0 (See 09-21-4 RELAY
A13 Back-up light relay Back-up light relay switch R INSPECTION)
ON position. Inspect related harness
Other B+
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication,
good/no good
A14 CAN_H PCM judgment by Inspect related harness
terminal voltage is
not possible. Carry
out inspection
according to DTCs.
3. Remove the TCM. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

4. Verify that continuity or resistance at terminal is as indicated in the terminal continuity/resistance table.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under Inspection item (s).
If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
05-1722
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 23

Terminal Continuity/Resistance Table (Reference)
COUPLE COMPONENT
TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR (TCM SIDE)

B22 B21 B20 B19
A2 A1 B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12

A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11
A10 A9
B4 B3 B2 B1
acxuuw00000522
05-17
Continuity/
Terminal Signal Connected to Test Condition Inspection item (s)
Resistance
A9 System GND GND Constant Continuity Inspect related harness
Inspect Inspect line pressure
resistance control solenoid
Line pressure
Line pressure between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
control 5.0 5.6
B1 control component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
solenoid terminals B3 20C {68F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
control GND
and B1 (wiring AW6AX-EL])
harness-side). Inspect related harness
Inspect shift solenoid B
(See 05-17-20
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid 11 15 SOLENOID VALVE
B2 ATF temperature: 20C {68F}
B control B (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
Inspect Inspect line pressure
resistance control solenoid
Line pressure
Line pressure between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
control 5.0 5.6
B3 control component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
solenoid terminals B3 20C {68F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
control
Inspect Inspect TCC control
resistance solenoid
TCC control between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
TCC control 5.0 5.6
B4 solenoid component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
control GND terminals B9 20C {68F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
Inspect shift solenoid A
(See 05-17-20
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid 11 15 SOLENOID VALVE
B5 ATF temperature: 20C {68F}
A control A (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
ATF
5.62 7.31 Inspect TFT sensor
Inspect temperature:
(kilohms) (See 05-17-12
TFT sensor resistance 10C {50F}
B7 TRANSAXLE FLUID
GND between couple ATF
Approx. 3.5 TEMPERATURE (TFT)
TFT sensor component temperature:
(kilohms) SENSOR
terminals B7 25C {77F}
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
and B8 (wiring ATF
0.22 0.27 AW6AX-EL])
harness-side).
B8 TFT sensor temperature:
(kilohms) Inspect related harness
110C {230F}
05-1723
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 24

Continuity/
Resistance
Inspect Inspect TCC control
resistance solenoid
TCC control between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
TCC control 5.0 5.6
B9 solenoid component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
control terminals B9 20C {68F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
Shift solenoid Inspect
B10 Inspect shift solenoid C
C control GND resistance
(See 05-17-20
between couple ATF
Shift solenoid 5.0 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
component temperature:
Shift solenoid C (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
B11 terminals B11 20C {68F}
C control AW6AX-EL])
and B10 (wiring
harness-side).
Input/turbine Inspect input/turbine
B12 speed sensor speed sensor
() (See 05-17-15 INPUT/
Inspect for continuity between
Input/turbine TURBINE SPEED
couple component terminals B12 Continuity
Input/turbine speed sensor SENSOR
and B13 (wiring harness-side).
B13 speed sensor INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
(+) AW6AX-EL])
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid E
between couple (See 05-17-20
ATF
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid component 5.0 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
B14 temperature:
E control E terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20C {68F}
B14and B22 AW6AX-EL])
(wiring harness- Inspect related harness
side).
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid F
ATF
B16 temperature:
F control GND F terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20C {68F}
side).
Shift solenoid Inspect
B17
D control resistance Inspect shift solenoid D
ATF
Shift solenoid component 5.0 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
temperature:
Shift solenoid D terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
B18 20C {68F}
D control GND B17and B18 AW6AX-EL])
side).
Vehicle speed Inspect VSS
B19 VSS
() (See 05-17-18
Inspect for continuity between VEHICLE SPEED
couple component terminals B19 Continuity SENSOR (VSS)
Vehicle speed and B20 (wiring harness-side). INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
B20 VSS
(+) AW6AX-EL])
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid F
ATF
B21 temperature:
F control F terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20C {68F}
side).
05-1724
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 25

Continuity/
Resistance
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid E
ATF
B22 temperature:
E control GND E terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20C {68F}
side).
End Of Sie
TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800400
Caution
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 05-17

TC].)
3. Disconnect the TCM connector.
4. Remove the clip and disconnect the selector
cable.
CLIP
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the TCM SELECTOR
manual shaft lever when removing the CABLE
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged.
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER
acxuuw00000523
5. Set the adjustable wrench as shown in the figure

to hold the manual shaft lever.
MANUAL SHAFT LEVER ADJUSTABLE WRENCH

acxuuw00000524
6. Remove the manual shaft nut and washer.

MANUAL
SHAFT NUT
WASHER
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER
TCM
acxuuw00000525
05-1725
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 26

7. Remove the TCM. TCM
MOUNTING
BOLT
TCM
acxuuw00000526
Caution
Do not touch the terminals.
acxuuw00000527
8. Inspect the condition of the connector pin of the

coupler component (foreign material, bent pins,
broken pins) and O-ring after the TCM is
removed.
acxuuw00000528
9. Align the transaxle case and coupler component

connector.
acxuuw00000529
10. Be sure to match the position of the TCM

marking.
Caution
Do not turn more than 60 from the
marking.
11. Install the TCM.
acxuuw00000530
05-1726
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 27

12. Verify the correct positioning of the TCM and
coupler component.
13. Tighten the TCM mounting bolts.
Tightening torque
19.6 29.4 Nm {2.0 2.9 kgfm, 14.5 21.6
ftlbf}
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the
manual shaft lever when removing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
acxuuw00000531
damaged.
14. Install the manual shaft lever and the washer.

MANUAL
SHAFT NUT
WASHER 05-17
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER
TCM
acxuuw00000525
15. Set the adjustable wrench as shown in the figure
to hold the manual shaft lever, and tighten the
manual shaft nut.
Tightening torque
9.8 14.7 Nm {100 142 kgfcm, 87 123
inlbf}
MANUAL SHAFT LEVER ADJUSTABLE WRENCH

acxuuw00000524
16. Install the clip to the selector cable as shown in
the figure.
18. Turn the manual shaft lever to P position.
CLIP
acxuuw00000532
19. Connect the selector cable and install the clip.
20. Connect the TCM connector.
CLIP
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) TCM SELECTOR
22. Connect the negative battery cable. CABLE
Warning
If you replace the ATX or TCM, be sure to MANUAL
initialize the learned values and perform SHAFT
neutral position learning. LEVER
23. Perform the neutral position learning. (See 05-17-
acxuuw00000523
28 Neutral Position Learning.)
05-1727
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 28

Neutral Position Learning
1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
1. Select the "Power train".
2. Select "Transmission".
1. Select "All Tests and Calibrations".
4. Then, select the Transmission Learning.
5. Perform the N range learning according to the
directions on the screen.
DLC-2
When Operation Successful is displayed,
acxuuw00000480
shift the selector lever to the P position and
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then to the ON position after 5 s.
If Reinstall TCM properly and then try again is displayed, perform the following inspection:
Verify that the transaxle manual shaft is in the N position.
If the manual shaft is in a position other than N, shaft it to the N position.
Verify that the selector cable is adjusted properly.
If the selector cable is not adjusted properly, adjust it. (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
Inspect the manual shaft lever for deformation.
If there is any malfunction, replace the manual shaft lever.
6. Shift the selector lever from P position to D range, then verify that the positions of the selector lever and the
indicator are aligned.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the DTC. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802300
Caution

TC].)
Caution
Do not damage the transaxle case.
Do not damage the manual shaft.
4. Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape-

wrapped flathead screwdriver.
Caution
Do not damage the oil seal.
acxuuw00000533
05-1728
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 29

5. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal
so that the specified oil seal position is obtained. 49 G030 797
Substitution SST
49 F026 102
Outer diameter: 27 mm {1.06 in} or more -0.30.4 mm
Inner diameter: 15 18 mm {0.60 0.70 in} {-0.01180.0157 in}
6. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ 49 F026 102
acxuuw00000534
End Of Sie
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802400
2. Remove the following parts.
(1) Battery and battery tray (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) 05-17
(3) Engine cover
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
(5) Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Cowl grille (See 09-16-11 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front wheel
(8) Splash shield
(9) Under cover
(10)Side cover
(11)Propeller shaft (transfer side) (See 03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Transfer oil cooler (See 03-16-3 TRANSFER OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
EL].)
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.
Caution
To prevent the torque converter and transaxle from separating, remove the transaxle without
tilting it toward the torque converter.
4. Remove in the order shown in the figure.

Test item
Service item
Line pressure test Stall test Time lag test Time lag test
ATX replacement X
ATX overhaul X X X X
Torque converter
X X
replacement
Oil pump replacement X
Control valve body
X
component
Clutch system
X X X
replacement
X : Test to be performed after the service work
05-1729
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 30
7.810.8 Nm
{80110 kgfcm,
22 7095 inlbf}
811 Nm 40.554.7
{82112 kgfcm, {4.135.57,
17
7197 inlbf} 18 29.940.3}
3851
{3.95.2, 2937} 5
7.810.8 Nm
4262
{80110 kgfcm,
{4.36.3, 3145}
7095 inlbf}
4
66.693.1
{6.809.49,
3752 49.268.6}
16 {3.85.3,
25.534.5 2838}
{2.613.51,
18.925.4} 6
4262 R
{4.36.3,
6 23
3145} R 3 A
14 A
D
15
74.5104.9
7.810.8 Nm
19 26 {7.6010.69, 55.077.3}
1 {80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
2
R
R
93.1116.6 19
{9.5011.88,
D 68.785.9}
25 3752
{3.85.3, 2838} 14
85.3116.6
7.810.8 Nm {8.7011.88, B
{80110 kgfcm, 62.985.9} C
7095 inlbf} 11
47.059.0 12
{4.806.01,
34.743.5}
11
21 119.6154.8
42.360.1 {12.2015.78,
3851 {4.326.12, 88.3114.1}
{3.95.2,
20 9 93.1131.3
31.244.3}
{9.5013.38,
2937} 8 68.796.8}
12
43.158.8 10 7
{4.405.99,
31.843.3} 18.626.5
{1.92.7,
1419}
119.6154.8
42.360.1
{12.2015.78,
{4.326.12,
88.3114.1}
31.244.3}
B
93.1131.3
{9.5013.38,
119.6154.8 C 47.059.0
68.796.8}
{12.215.7, {4.806.01,
88.3114.1} 34.743.5}
8
119.6154.8 9
{12.215.7,
88.3114.1}
13 10
43.158.8
{4.405.99,
4.26.2 Nm 31.843.3}
{4363 kgfcm, 119.6154.8
3854 inlbf} 119.6154.8 {12.215.7,
{12.215.7, 88.3114.1} Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
24 88.3114.1}
acxuuw00000614
05-1730
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 31

1 TCM connector 16 Transfer bracket (AWD)
2 Wiring harness bracket 17 WU-TWC bracket (AWD)
3 Selector cable 18 Heat shield (AWD)
(See05-17-35 Selector Cable Installation Note.) 19 Oil hose
4 Oil filter tube, Dipstick, breather hose (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/
5 Wiring harness bracket (HO2S) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6 Transaxle mounting bolt (Upper side) 20 Starter
(See 01-19-2 STARTER REMOVAL/
7 Steering shaft INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 21 Endplate cover
8 Stabilizer control link 22 Torque converter installation nuts
(See05-17-32 Torque Converter Nuts Removal
9 Tie-rod end ball joint Note.)
(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER (See05-17-35 Torque Converter Nuts Installation
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Note.)
10 Lower arm ball joint 23 No.4 engine mount bracket
(See 02-13-7 FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAL/ (See05-17-32 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Removal
INSTALLATION.) Note.) 05-17
11 No.1 engine mount bracket (See05-17-34 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
(See05-17-34 No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note.) Installation Note.)
12 Crossmember bracket 24 Resistor
13 Crossmember 25 Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER 26 Transaxle (2WD)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See05-17-34 Transaxle Removal Note.)
14 Drive shaft (See05-17-34 Transaxle Installation Note.)
(See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/ Transaxle, transfer and Joint shaft (AWD)
INSTALLATION.) (See05-17-34 Transaxle Removal Note.)
15 Joint shaft (2WD) (See05-17-34 Transaxle Installation Note.)
(See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].)
6.99.8 Nm 29
{7199 kgfcm,
6286 inlbf}
30
28
6489
{6.69.0, 4865}
27
6489 1927
{6.69.0, 4865} {2.02.7, 1519}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000615
27 Joint shaft (AWD) 28 Transfer (AWD)

(See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/ 29 Cable bracket
INSTALLATION[AWD].)
30 Transaxle
05-1731
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 32

Torque Converter Nuts Removal Note
1. Align the holes by turning the torque converter.
2. Insert a flathead screwdriver through the
converter housing service hole, and lock the drive
plate.
acxuuw00000622
3. Remove the torque converter nuts.
NUT
acxuuw00000632
No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Removal Note

1. Install the SST using the following procedure.
Caution
MAIN FRAME
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
REAR SHAFT
SIDE BAR
FRONT SHAFT
FRONT FOOT No.1

FRONT FOOT No.2

acxuuw00000223
05-1732
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 33

(1) Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the
bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in
the figure.
(2) Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt 49 C017 5A0 49 C017 5A0
of the left shock absorber. (Identical position
to the right side)
acxuuw00000224
05-17
(3) Temporarily tighten the air clear bracket
installation bolt, and install the left/right front LH
49 C017 5A0
shaft of the SST with front foot No.2 to the bolt
as shown in the figure.
(4) Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so
that they are the same height (left and right)
and horizontal.
(5) Make sure each joint is securely tightened.
RH
acxuuw00000225
2. Support the engine using the SST.

3. Remove the No.4 engine mount bracket. 49 C017 5A0
acxuuw00000226
05-1733
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 34

Transaxle Removal Note
1. Support the transaxle on a jack.
2. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts.
3. Remove the transaxle.
ampjjw00001617
Transaxle Installation Note

1. Set the transaxle on a jack and lift it.
2. Install the transaxle mounting bolts. B
A
A
Tightening torque
A: 37 52 Nm {3.8 5.3 kgfm, 28 38
ftlbf} A
B: 25.5 34.5 Nm {2.61 3.51 kgfm, 18.9 A
25.4 ftlbf}
A
A A
acxuuw00000633
No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note

1. Install the No.4 engine mount bracket to the BOLT D
transaxle and temporarily tighten nuts BOLT A
2. Temporarily tighten bolt.
3. Temporarily tighten bolt A and nuts B, C.
4. Tighten bolt A, nuts B and C in the order of
BAC. NUT B
5. Tighten bolt D.
Tightening torque
Bolt A, Nut B, C: 66.6 93.1 Nm {6.80
NUT C
9.49 kgfm, 49.2 68.6 ftlbf}
Bolt D: 74.5 104.9 Nm {7.60 10.69 kgfm,
acxuuw00000634
55.0 77.3 ftlbf}
No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note

1. Install the No.1 engine mount bracket to the
transaxle, then temporarily tighten bolts A and B. BOLT B
2. Install the No.1 engine mount rubber to the
bracket, then temporarily tighten bolt C. BOLT A
3. Tighten bolts A and B in the order of AB.
4. Tighten bolt C.
Tightening torque
Bolt A, B: 93.1 116.6 Nm
{9.50 11.88 kgfm, 68.7 85.9 ftlbf}
Bolt C: 85.3 116.6 Nm BOLT C
{87.0 11.88 kgfm, 62.9 85.9 ftlbf}
acxuuw00000635
05-1734
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 35

Torque Converter Nuts Installation Note
1. Align the holes by turning the torque converter.
2. Insert a screwdriver through the converter
housing service hole, and lock the drive plate.
Caution
Loosely and equally tighten the torque
converter nuts, then further tighten them
to the specified tightening torque.
acxuuw00000622
3. Tighten the torque converter mounting nuts.
Tightening torque
34.3 60.8 Nm {3.50 6.19 kgfm, 25.3 05-17
44.8 ftlbf}
NUT
acxuuw00000632
Selector Cable Installation Note

1. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever
so that no load acts on the selector cable. CLIP
UPWARD
Note
Install the selector lever to the manual shaft
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing up.
2. Confirm that the tip of the manual shaft lever

SELECTOR CABLE
projects out of the end of the selector cable.
End Of Sie
WM: OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) MANUAL SHAFT LEVER
acxuuw00000631
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

id051723800100
EL].)
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the oil seal.
4. Remove the drive shaft. (See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the joint shaft. (2WD) (See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
6. Remove the transfer and joint shaft. (AWD) (See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
(See 03-16-3 TRANSFER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Caution
Do not damage the transaxle case.
Do not damage the differential case.
7. Remove the oil seal lip using a razor.
05-1735
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 36

8. Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape- TRANSAXLE CASE SIDE
Caution
Do not damage the oil seal.
9. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal

so that the specified oil seal position is obtained.
CONVERTER HOUSING SIDE
acxuuw00000536
Transaxle case side

Substitution SST
49 H028 202
Outer diameter: 54.5 61 mm {2.15 2.40 49 G030
H028 202
795
in}
34 mm {0.1180.157 in}
acxuuw00002288
Converter housing side (2WD)

Substitution SST
49 F027 009
Outer diameter: 76.8 mm {3.02 in} 49 F027 009
2.33.3 mm
{0.0910.130 in}
acxuuw00002289
05-1736
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 37

Converter housing side (AWD)
Substitution SST
49 L033 101 49 L033 101
Outer diameter: 73 76.3 mm {2.88 3.00
in}
Inner diameter: 69 mm {2.72 in} or more 7.48.4 mm
Plate thickness: 2 mm {0.08 in} or more {0.2920.330 in}
Length: 20 mm {0.79 in} or more
10. Install the joint shaft. (2WD) (See 03-13-3 JOINT
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
11. Install the transfer and joint shaft. (AWD) (See 03-
13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AWD].) (See 03-16-3 acxuuw00002290
TRANSFER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Install the drive shaft. (See 03-13-12 FRONT
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-17
14. Connect the negative cable.
End Of Sie
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR O-RING REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800200
Caution
The O-ring is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the O-ring.
1. Remove the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].) (See
03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].) (See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Caution
2. Remove and discard the O-ring using a tape-

Caution
Do not damage the O-ring.
3. Apply ATF to a new O-ring and install it to the

differential case.
4. Install the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See 03-13-3
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].) (See 03-13-4 JOINT
acxuuw00000543
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].) (See
03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
WM: CONTROL VALVE BODY
05-1737
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 38

CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801800
On-Vehicle Removal
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyeglasses whenever using compressed air.
Caution
Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents before removal.
If any old sealant gets into the transaxle during installation of the control valve body cover, trouble
may occur in the transaxle case and control valve body cover. Clean with cleaning fluid.

TC].)
EL].)
TC].)
AW6AX-EL].)
THERMO VALVE
R
acxuuw00000489
7. Remove the control valve body cover installation

bolt.
Caution
Do not damage the fitting surface of the
transaxle case and the control valve body
cover.
Do not deform the control valve body
cover.
acxuuw00000585
05-1738
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 39

8. Using a plastic hammer, tap the control valve
body cover to remove it.
Caution
Be careful not to damage the solenoid
valves and connectors.
Do not pull the wiring harnesses when
removing the connector.
Note
Disconnect the solenoid connector
according to the following procedure:
acxuuw00000586
1. Insert a precision screwdriver from the

backside into the connector as shown in
the figure.
05-17
acxuuw00000587
2. Pry the screwdriver in the direction of the

arrow and disconnect the connector.
Caution
Do not damage the solenoid valves and
connectors with the screwdriver.
When disconnecting connectors, grasp
the connectors, not the harnesses.
Otherwise, the harnesses may be pulled
out of the connector causing poor
contact.
acxuuw00000588
9. Disconnect the solenoid connectors, VSS

connector and the input/turbine speed sensor CLAMP
connector.
10. Disconnect the coupler component from the CLAMP
clamp.
acxuuw00000589
05-1739
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 40

11. Remove the lock plate, and pull out the TFT
sensor from the control valve body.
12. Remove the O-ring from the TFT sensor.
Note
Be sure to secure the coupler component
with tape so that it will not interfere with the
control valve body component.
acxuuw00000590
13. Fix the coupler component with tape to the

transaxle case as shown in the figure.
14. Remove the VSS connector and input/turbine
speed sensor connector from the solenoid clamp.
acxuuw00000591
VSS CONNECTOR INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

CONNECTOR
acxuuw00000592
Note
Be sure to secure the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor with tape so that they will not interfere with the
15. Fix the VSS wiring harness and input/turbine

speed sensor wiring harness with tape to the
transaxle case as shown in the figure.
acxuuw00000593
05-1740
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 41

16. Remove the suction cover and the gasket.
Caution
Evenly loosen the bolts a little at a time in
the order shown in the figure.
acxuuw00000594
05-17
17. Remove the control valve body installation bolts.
Caution
2
Do not drop the control valve body
component.
3
6
5
4 1
acxuuw00000595
18. Disconnect the manual valve link and remove the

acxuuw00000596
05-1741
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 42

On-Vehicle Installation
Caution
When installing the control valve body component, do not put the coupler component in the open
space of the separate plate in the control valve body component.
Do not pinch the coupler component between the separate plate and the control valve body
component.
1. Connect the manual valve link and install the

SEPARATE PLATE
acxuuw00000597
2. Temporarily install the control valve body

component with the bolts.
Bolt length (measured from below the head) A

A: 31 mm {1.220 in}
B: 17 mm {0.669 in}
C: 21 mm {0.827 in} B
B
B
Note
Aligning the bolt holes, temporarily tighten
the bolt by hand. C C
acxuuw00000598
3. Temporarily install the suction cover and a new

gasket with the bolts.
acxuuw00000594
05-1742
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 43

Tightening torque
5
8 12 Nm {82 122 kgfcm, 72 105 inlbf}
5. Install the connector of the VSS and input/turbine 4

speed sensor to the solenoid clamp. 1
2
3 6
7
8
acxuuw00000599
05-17
VSS CONNECTOR INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

CONNECTOR
acxuuw00000592
Caution
If the control valve body cover is installed with the wiring harnesses overlapped, the wiring
harnesses may be pinched between the cover and valve body causing the wiring harnesses to be
damaged. Therefore, verify that the wiring harnesses are not overlapped when installing the
control valve body cover.
NO GOOD GOOD
acxuuw00000600
6. Apply ATF to a new O-ring and install it on the TFT sensor.
05-1743
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 44

7. Install the TFT sensor with the lock plate and a
bolt to the control valve body component as
Tightening torque
8 12 Nm {82 122 kgfcm, 72 105 inlbf}
8. Connect the solenoid connectors, VSS connector

and the input/turbine speed sensor connector.
acxuuw00000601
9. Connect the coupler component to the clamps.

CLAMP
Note
Completely remove sealant and oil with CLAMP
white gasoline or similar.
acxuuw00000589
10. Clean sealant and oil off the contact surface of

the transaxle case with the control valve body
cover and the bolt holes.
Note
Completely remove oil with white gasoline or
similar.
11. Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control
valve body cover with the transaxle case.
acxuuw00000602
05-1744
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 45

12. Apply sealant to the new control valve body cover
as shown in the figure.
Caution
Be careful that the coupler component
will not become caught between the
control valve body cover and transaxle
case.
acxuuw00000603
13. Install the new control valve body cover with new
seal bolts.
Tightening torque
9.8 15.7 Nm {100 160 kgfcm, 87 138
inlbf} 05-17

AW6AX-EL].)
17. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) acxuuw00000585
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: TORQUE CONVERTER
id051723800800
1. Remove the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque converter splines. Do not let the
splines contact the oil seal.
Do not drop the torque converter.
Do not pinch fingers.
2. Remove the torque converter. (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,

AW6AX-EL].)
Caution
Do not to damage the bushing on the oil pump body.
05-1745
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 46

3. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver,
remove the oil seal from the oil pump body.
acxuuw00000605
4. Using the SST and a hammer, install the oil seal

to the oil pump body.
Substitution SST
49 U027 003 49 U027 003
5. Coat the lip of the oil seal with grease.
6. Install the torque converter. (See 05-17-46 -0.20.2 mm
TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/ {-0.007880.00788 in}
7. Install the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC
acxuuw00000606
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800700
1. Remove the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque converter splines. Do not let the
splines contact the oil seal.
Do not drop the torque converter.
Do not pinch fingers.
2. Remove the torque converter, and immediately

turn it so that the hole faces upward. This will help
to keep any remaining fluid from spilling.
3. Drain any ATF remaining in the torque converter.
4. Using a flathead screwdriver, position the drive
gear on the oil pump component in the center.
5. Install the torque converter to the transaxle.
ampjjw00002212
05-1746
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 47

6. To ensure that the torque converter is installed
A
accurately, measure distance A between the end
TORQUE CONVERTER
of the torque converter and the end of the
converter housing.
Distance A ((between the end of the torque

converter and the end of the converter
housing))
31.4 mm {1.24 in}
7. Install the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC

acxuuw00000604
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
8. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-
3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
OIL COOLER FLUSHING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: OIL COOLER
id051723801500
05-17
Note
If the automatic transaxle is replaced, flush and inspect the oil cooler.
When replacing the automatic transaxle, inspect the oil cooler together with flushing it using the following
procedure, and with the oil cooler hose removed.
1. Disconnect the oil cooler hose.

2. Set a clean oil pan up to the oil cooler hose inlet.
3. Blow 491882 kPa {59 kgf/cm2, 72127 psi}
of compressed air from the oil cooler hose outlet
to drain remaining oil. OIL COOLER
4. Add new ATF from the oil cooler hose outlet and
OIL PAN
blow 491882 kPa {59 kgf/cm2, 72127 psi}
of compressed air to flush. (Repeat 2 or 3 times)
5. Verify that none of the following foreign material is
mixed in with the drained ATF: COMPRESSED
Large metal fragments of 0.5 mm {0.02 mm} AIR
or more that cannot pass through the oil
strainer
Fibrous clutch facing
6. Repeat the procedures from Step 1 to 2 and flush
FLUSHING OUT
the inside of the oil cooler.
7. If foreign material such as metal fragments or FLUSHING IN
clutch facing remains even after the oil cooler is
flushed repeatedly, replace the oil cooler
(radiator).
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000607
OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

id051723801600
TC].)
4. Drain the ATF into a container. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
(1) Front bumper (See 09-10-2 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Splash shield
(3) Resonance chamber (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
9. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
05-1747
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 48

TC].)
14. Inspect for oil leakage from the oil pipes and oil hoses.
15. Inspect for coolant from the hoses.
17. Inspect the ATF level and condition. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
18. Perform the line pressure test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
19.629.4
{2.002.99,
D 14.521.6}
6
19.629.4
{2.002.99, C
14.521.6}
R 4 5
4 R
1 7.810.8 Nm
R 2 {80110 kgfcm,
1 7095 inlbf}
R 2
R
1 R 2
2 C
1
3 2 R
8 1
7.810.8 Nm A
{80110 kgfcm, 3
7095 inlbf}
R D B
R 2 2
R
7 B
1 A RESONANCE
CHAMBER
2 R
R 2
5
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
18.625.5 {1.902.60, 13.818.8}
acxuuw00000608
1 Oil hose 4 Hose clamp C

(See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose (See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose
Installation Note.) Installation Note.)
2 Hose clamp A 5 Oil pipe
(See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose 6 Thermo valve
Installation Note.)
7 Oil cooler
3 Hose clamp B
(See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose 8 Radiator (in tank oil cooler)
Installation Note.) (See 01-12-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-49 Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler)
Installation Note.)
05-1748
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 49

Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler) Installation Note
1. The automatic transaxle oil cooler flushing must be performed whenever a transaxle is removed for service
because the existing fluid may be contaminated, and to prevent contamination of new fluid.
Note
Flushing must be performed after installation of an overhauled or replaced transaxle.
2. Follow the instructions in the manufacturers publication for flushing operation.
Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose Installation Note

1. Apply compressed air to the cooler-side opening,
and blow any remaining grime and foreign
material from the cooler pipes. Compressed air
should be applied for no less than 1 min.
05-17
acxuuw00000609
2. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil
pipe until it is fully seated as shown in the figure.
MARK
Note OIL PIPE
If reusing the hose, install the new hose
clamp exactly on the mark left by the
previous hose camp.
3. Install the new hose clamp onto the hose.

OIL HOSE
acxuuw00000610
HOSE CLAMP A OIL PIPE HOSE CLAMP B
MARK
OIL PIPE
OIL HOSE 45 90
OIL HOSE MARK
HOSE CLAMP C
MARK MARK
70 70
acxuuw00002342
05-1749
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 50

4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with any other components.
End Of Sie
OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801700
R 3
4 R
5
2 1.82.2
{1922, 1619}
1
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00002296
1 Mount rubber 5 Drain cock

2 Radiator outer tank (in tank oil cooler) 6 ATF cooler
(See 05-17-51 Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil 7 Radiator
Cooler) Removal Note.)
(See 05-17-51 Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil
Cooler) Installation Note.)
3 O-ring
4 Washer
05-1750
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 51

Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note
1. Inspect the height of the header tabs.
2. Insert the end of a medium tip screwdriver RADIATOR
between the end of the header tab and the outer LOWER
tank. TANK
Note
Do not open more tabs than necessary for HEADER TAB
tank removal. HEIGHT
O-RING
acxuuw00002297
3. Pivot the screwdriver to pry the tab away from the

tank and repeat the procedure for each tab.
4. Remove the radiator outer tank and O-ring
(gasket) from the core header when all of the tabs
SCREWDRIVER 05-17
are opened.
Note
If any header tabs are missing from the core,
replace the radiator.
5. Inspect the gasket surface of the radiator core

header to ensure it is clean and free of foreign
acxuuw00002298
material or damage.
6. Inspect the radiator outer tank for warping. If it is
warped, replace radiator tank.
Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil Cooler) Installation Note

1. Install a new O-ring and ensure it is not twisted.
2. Position the radiator tank in the original direction
to the core using care not to scratch the tank
O-RING
sealing surface with the header tabs.
Note
Step 3 will set jaw opening to the correct
specification.
acxuuw00002299
3. With the jaws of locking-type pliers (vise grips)

closed and locked, turn the adjusting screw to LOCKING TYPE PLIERS
position the jaws against the drill bit with the ADJUSTING
(VISE PLIERS)
diameter measured (height) in the removal LOCKNUT SCREW
procedure 1. Tighten the lock nut on the adjusting
screw against the handle to lock the adjustment in
place.
DRILL BIT
acxuuw00002300
05-1751
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 52

4. Squeeze the header tabs down in the order as
shown against the lip of the radiator outer tank RADIATOR LOWER
TANK
base with the locking-type pliers while rotating the
pliers toward the tank.
LOCKING TYPE
PLIERS
6 7
2
3 4
1
8 5
acxuuw00002301
5. Verify that the height of the header tabs is same

as the height before removal. RADIATOR
6. Inspect for leakage from radiator. (See 01-12-6 LOWER
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3 TANK
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: DRIVE PLATE
HEADER TAB
HEIGHT
O-RING
acxuuw00002297
DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

id051723802500
1. Remove the transaxle. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
1 Drive plate mounting bolts
(See05-17-53 Drive Plate Mounting Bolts Removal
Note.)
SST
2 Backing plate
108116
3 Drive plate {11.011.8, 79.785.5}
(See05-17-53 Drive Plate Installation Note.) R 1
2 3
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000611
05-1752
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 53

Drive Plate Mounting Bolts Removal Note
1. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
2. Remove the bolts and the drive plate.
1
3 6
5
4
2
49 E011 1A0
acxuuw00000612
Drive Plate Installation Note

1. Remove the sealant from the bolt holes in the crankshaft and from the drive plate mounting bolts.
2. Install the drive plate.
3. Install the backing plate. 05-17
4. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
5. Tighten the new drive plate mounting bolts in two
or three steps in the order shown.
1
Tightening torque 3 6
108 116 Nm {11.0 11.8 kgfm, 79.7 85.5 5
ftlbf}
4
6. Install the transaxle. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC 2
EL, AW6AX-EL].) 49 E011 1A0
05-1753
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 1
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM

05-18 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
SHIFT MECHANISM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-186
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-181 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT . . . . 05-187
SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . 05-182 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION. . . . . . . 05-182 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 05-187
INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION . . . . 05-182 Selector Cable Removal Note . . . . . . . . 05-189
INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT . . . 05-182 Selector Cable Installation Note . . . . . . 05-189
SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION . . . . . 05-186 Interlock Cable Installation Note . . . . . . 05-1810
End of Toc
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX
id051800801000
05-18
acxuuw00000399
1 Interlock cable 2 Selector lever

(See05-18-2 KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION.) (See05-18-2 SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION.)
(See05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.) (See05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT.) (See05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
INSPECTION.)
(See05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
3 Selector cable
(See05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
WM: SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
05-181
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 2

SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION
id051800800400
2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.
3. Verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position without depressing the brake pedal.
4. Depress the brake pedal and verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable.
(See 05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION
WM: KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM
id051800800100
1. Verify that the ignition key cannot be pulled out except in the P position.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable. (See 05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION
id051800800200
2. Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate,
then remove the interlock cable from the U-
groove.
3. Remove the interlock cable from the selector
lever.
INTERLOCK
CABLE
CLIP
acxuuw00000400
4. Verify that the interlock cable moves freely with

the brake pedal depressed.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the
interlock cable for abnormal winding. If any INTERLOCK CABLE
abnormal winding found, correct it.
If the malfunction persists after correcting the
interlock cable winding, replace it.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000401
INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT

id051800800300
2. Pull up the lock piece of the interlock cable to
release the lock.
LOCK PIECE
INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK
acxuuw00000402
05-182
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 3

3. Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate,
then remove the interlock cable from the U-
groove.
4. Remove the interlock cable from the selector
lever. INTERLOCK
CABLE
CLIP
acxuuw00000403
5. Remove the lock unit from the bracket.
LOCK UNIT
05-18
BRACKET
acxuuw00000404
6. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is

positioned as shown in the figure.
MARKING SLIDER PIN
acxuuw00000405
7. Push the interlock cable.
INTERLOCK CABLE
acxuuw00000406
05-183
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 4

8. Insert the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar
into hole A with the slider pin fully pushed in. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
CABLE
C
A B BRAKE SWITCH
SLIDER PIN
acxuuw00000407
9. Fully pull the end of the interlock cable.
INTERLOCK CABLE
acxuuw00000408
10. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar

into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
passes through. CABLE
C
12. Remove the brake switch. (See04-11-6 BRAKE A B BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) SLIDER PIN
13. Install a new brake switch. (See04-11-6 BRAKE
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Caution
Do not connect the brake switch
connector until the interlock cable
acxuuw00000407
adjustment is completed.
14. Install the lock unit to the bracket. (See05-18-10 Interlock Cable Installation Note.)
15. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify that it slides freely.
16. Verify that the slider pin contacts the brake pedal
stopper rubber and rotate the slider pin to lock.
UNLOCK
LOCK
MARKING SLIDER PIN
acxuuw00000409
05-184
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 5

17. Install the interlock cable end to the interlock link
on the selector lever.
18. Fit the interlock cable in the U-groove in the
selector lever base plate and install the clip.
INTERLOCK
CABLE
CLIP
acxuuw00000403
19. Press the interlock cable lock piece in until it is

locked.
LOCK PIECE
Caution
Applying a load to the interlock cable
while pressing the lock piece in can 05-18
affect the lock unit operation.
INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK
acxuuw00000410
20. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or

similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
21. Connect the brake switch connector with the CABLE
C
brake pedal released.
A B BRAKE SWITCH
Caution SLIDER PIN
The clearance between the brake switch
and the brake pedal is automatically
adjusted to the correct amount when the
brake switch connector is connected
after the brake switch has been properly
installed. If the brake switch is not
acxuuw00000407
properly installed or the connector is
connected before installation, the
clearance may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the
brake switch is properly installed before connecting the connector.
22. Inspect shift lock operation. (See05-18-2 SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION.)

End Of Sie
WM: SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
05-185
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 6

SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION
id051800800500
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (engine OFF)
2. With the brake pedal depressed, verify that there
is a click at each range when shifted.
3. Verify that the selector lever can be shifted.
4. Verify that there is a click at each position when
OPERATION WHEN
shifted from P position to M range. BRAKE PEDAL IS
DEPRESSED
OPERATION WHEN
BRAKE PEDAL IS
RELEASED
acxuuw00000411
5. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and

the indicator are aligned. SELECTOR INDICATOR LIGHT
If there is any malfunction, adjust the TR
switch. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
6. Verify that the vehicle operates in each selected
range.
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000412
SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT INSPECTION

id051800800600
2. Remove the center console.
3. Remove the dashboard completely. (See 09-17-4 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the selector lever component connector.
5. Inspect for continuity at the selector lever
component.
If there is any malfunction, adjust the selector
cable. (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE E C A
ADJUSTMENT.) F D B
: Continuity
Selector lever Connector terminal
position/range A B C D E F
-M
M range center M
+M
acxuuw00002533
Other
D6U518ZW7002
End Of Sie
05-186
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 7

SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT
id051800800700
1. Remove the center console.
3. Unlock the lock piece of the selector cable
(selector lever side) in the order shown in the
figure.
4. Verify that the manual shaft is in P position.
acxuuw00000413
5. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector

lever side) in the order shown in the figure. 05-18
6. Install the center console.
7. Shift the selector lever from P position to M range,
and make sure that there are no other
components in that area to interfere with the lever. 1
End Of Sie
2
acxuuw00000414
SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id051800800800
(1) Battery and battery tray
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Selector lever knob
(4) Center console
(5) Driver side under panel
(6) Accelerator pedal (See 01-13-17 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove in the order shown in the figure.
05-187
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 8

4. Install in the reverse order of removal. .
6.99.8 Nm SELECTOR LEVER KNOB

8 {7199 kgfcm, 6286 inlbf}
5
3
7
4 9
6
A A
1622 {1.72.2, 1216}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000415
1 Column cover 6 Clip

2 Clip 7 Clip
3 Indicator panel 8 Selector cable
4 Clip (See05-18-9 Selector Cable Removal Note.)
(See05-18-9 Selector Cable Installation Note.)
5 Interlock cable
(See05-18-10 Interlock Cable Installation Note.) 9 Selector lever component
05-188
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 9

Selector Cable Removal Note
1. Remove the clip.
2. Remove the selector cable.
CLIP
TCM SELECTOR
CABLE
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER
acxuuw00000416
3. Remove the selector cable from the cable

bracket.
CLIP
05-18
CABLE
BRACKET
SELECTOR
CABLE
acxuuw00002399
Selector Cable Installation Note

1. Install the selector cable and clip to the bracket as
CLIP
Note
Steps 2 and 3 are for the selector cable CABLE
replacement only. SELECTOR
BRACKET
CABLE
2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.
acxuuw00002400
3. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector

lever side) in the order shown in the figure.
acxuuw00000419
05-189
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 10

4. Verify that the manual shaft is in the P position.
Caution
Bending the selector cable in the manner DO NOT BEND
shown in the figure will damage the cable
and it may become loose when shifted.
When installing the selector cable, hold it
straight.
acxuuw00000432
5. Install the clip as shown in the figure.
CLIP
acxuuw00000433
Note CLIP
Install the selector lever to the manual shaft UPWARD
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing up.
6. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever

so that no load acts on the selector cable.
7. Confirm that the tip of the manual shaft lever
SELECTOR CABLE
projects out of the end of the selector cable.
8. Securely install the selector cable to the selector
MANUAL SHAFT LEVER
cable bracket.
acxuuw00000422
Interlock Cable Installation Note

1. Push the interlock cable.
INTERLOCK CABLE
acxuuw00000423
2. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is
positioned as shown in the figure.
LOCK UNIT
BRACKET
acxuuw00000424
05-1810
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 11

into hole A by fully pushing the slider pin in. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
CABLE
C
A B BRAKE SWITCH
SLIDER PIN
acxuuw00000425
4. Fully pull the end of the interlock cable.
INTERLOCK CABLE
05-18
acxuuw00000426
into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
passes through. CABLE
C
7. Remove the brake switch. (See 04-11-6 BRAKE A B BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) SLIDER PIN
8. Install a new brake switch. (See 04-11-6 BRAKE
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Caution
Do not connect the brake switch
connector until the interlock cable is
acxuuw00000425
installed.
9. With the slider pin pressed, slide the lock unit to

SLIDER PIN
fix the lock unit hook into the bracket hole
securely as shown in the figure.
Caution
Allowing the interlock cable to be bent or BRACKET
twisted during installation can affect the
lock unit operation.
LOCK UNIT
10. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify
that it slides freely.
acxuuw00000427
11. Pull the slider pin outward until it contacts the
brake pedal stopper rubber and rotate the slider
pin to lock.
12. Verify that the selector lever in the P position. UNLOCK
LOCK
MARKING SLIDER PIN
acxuuw00000428
05-1811
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 12

13. Install the interlock cable end to the cam pin on
the selector lever.
14. Fit the interlock cable in the Ugroove in the
selector lever base plate and install the clip.
INTERLOCK
CABLE
CLIP
acxuuw00000429
15. Press the interlock cable lock piece in until it is

locked.
LOCK PIECE
Caution
Applying a load to the interlock cable
while pressing the lock piece in can
affect the lock unit operation.
INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK
acxuuw00000430
16. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or

similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
17. Connect the brake switch connector with the CABLE
C
brake pedal released.
A B BRAKE SWITCH
Caution SLIDER PIN
The clearance between the brake switch
and the brake pedal is automatically
adjusted to the correct amount when the
brake switch connector is connected
after the brake switch has been properly
installed. If the brake switch is not
acxuuw00000425
properly installed or the connector is
connected before installation, the
clearance may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the
brake switch is properly installed before connecting the connector.
18. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.

19. Install the interlock cable to the steering lock.
20. Slide the outer casing to the steering lock and
insert the clip over the convex part of the outer
casing.
End Of Sie
CONVEX PART
CLIP
acxuuw00001380
05-1812
1871-1U-06B(05-50).fm 1
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-501
End of Toc
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA
WM: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
id055000800100
Item Specification
N position D range: 1.5 s or less
Average time lag
N position R position: 1.5 s or less
Type: JWS3309
ATF
Capacity (Approx. quantity): 7.0 L {7.4 US qt, 6.2 lmp qt}
Distance A ((between the end of the torque converter
31.4 mm {1.24 in}
and the end of the converter housing))
Line pressure 05-50

Position/range Line pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
D, M Idle 350410 {3.64.1, 5159}
R Idle 580670 {6.06.8, 8597}
Engine stall speed

Position/range Engine stall speed (rpm)
D, M
2,800
R

ATF temperature (C {F}) Resistance (kilohm)
10 {50} 5.627.31
25 {77} Approx. 3.5
110 {230} 0.220.27
Input/turbine speed sensor

Signal Current (mA)
High 12.016.0
Low 4.08.0
VSS
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.016.0
Low 4.08.0
Solenoid valve resistance (ATF temperature: 20 C {68 F})

Terminal Solenoid valve Resistance (ohm)
B5GND Shift solenoid A 1115
B2GND Shift solenoid B 1115
B11B10 Shift solenoid C 5.05.6
B17B18 Shift solenoid D 5.05.6
B14B22 Shift solenoid E 5.05.6
B21B16 Shift solenoid F 5.05.6
B9B4 TCC control solenoid 5.05.6
B3B1 Line pressure control solenoid 5.05.6
End Of Sie
05-501
1871-1U-06B(05-60).fm 1
SERVICE TOOLS
05-60 SERVICE TOOLS
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST. . . . 05-601
End of Toc
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST
AT: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
id056000500100
1: Mazda SST number
Example
1:49 UN30 3009
2:303-009
Crankshaft
damper
remover
05-60
1:49 0378 400C 1:49 B019 901B 1:49 HD64

2: 2: 406A
2:
Oil pressure Oil pressure
gauge set gauge Adapter
1:49 C017 5A0* 1:49 H028 202 1:49 F027 009

2: 2: 2:
Engine support Block L Attachment for

68&77 (Part of
49 F027 0A1)
1:49 L033 101 1:49 U027 003 1:49 F026 102

2: 2: 2:
Oil seal installer Oil seal installer Bearing

replacer
1:49 G030 797 1:49 E011 1A0

2: 2:
Handle Ring gear brake

set
* : The SST (49 E017 5A0) can be used in place of the SST (49 C017 5A0).
End Of Sie
05-601
1871-1U-06B(06-10).fm 1
STEERING 06
SECTION
Toc of SCT PROCEDURES . . . . 06-10

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 06-50
POWER STEERING . . . . . . . . . 06-14 SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 06-60
Toc of SCT
GENERAL PROCEDURES Connector Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 06-101
(STEERING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-101 Suspension Arm
Wheel and Tire Installation . . . . . . . . . . 06-101 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-101
Power Steering Components
Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-101 06-10
End of Toc
GENERAL PROCEDURES (STEERING)
WM: STEERING
id061000800100
1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the
tightening torque.
Tightening torque 1
88.2 117.6 Nm {9.00 11.99 kgfm, 4 3
65.06 86.73 ftlbf}
2 5
acxuuw00001552
Power Steering Components Removal/Installation

1. If any power steering fluid line has been disconnected anytime during the procedure, add ATF M-III, M-V or
equivalent (e.g. DexronII), bleed the fluid lines, and inspect for leakage after the procedure has been
completed.
01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
Suspension Arm Removal/Installation

1. Tighten any part of the suspension that uses rubber bushings only after vehicle has been lowered to the ground
and unloaded.
Note
Unloaded: Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire, jack, and tools
are in designated position.
End Of Sie
06-101
POWER STEERING
06-14 POWER STEERING
STEERING LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . . 06-142 Mounting Rubber Disassembly Note. . . 06-1413
AIR BLEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-143 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1413
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-143 Steering Rack Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1413
Fluid Level Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-143 Tie-rod End Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1414
Fluid Leakage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 06-143 Tie rod Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1414
Fluid Pressure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 06-144 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
STEERING WHEEL AND ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1414
COLUMN INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-145 Mounting Rubber Assembly Note . . . . . 06-1416
Steering Wheel Play Inspection . . . . . . 06-145 Oil Seal Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1417
Steering Wheel Looseness Steering Rack Assembly Note. . . . . . . . 06-1417
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-145 Stopper Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1418
Steering Wheel Effort Inspection . . . . . 06-145 Oil seal (Upper side)
STEERING WHEEL AND Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1418
COLUMN Bearing (upper side)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . 06-146 Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1418
Steering Wheel Removal Note. . . . . . . 06-147 Oil Seal (lower side) Assembly Note . . . 06-1419
Steering Lock Mounting Bolts Pinion Shaft Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . 06-1419
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-147 Housing Cover Assembly Note . . . . . . . 06-1419 06-14
Key Cylinder (Without Advanced Dust cover Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 06-1419
Keyless System) Removal Note. . . . . 06-147 Adjusting Cover, Locknut
Steering Lock Mounting Bolts (Adjusting Cover) Assembly Note . . . . 06-1419
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-147 Tie-rod Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1420
Steering Shaft Installation Note . . . . . . 06-148 Boot Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1421
Steering Wheel Installation Note . . . . . 06-148 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION. . . . . . 06-148 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 06-1421
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 06-149 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 06-1422
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE Power Steering Oil Pump Component
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1410 Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1423
Tie-rod End Disassembly Note . . . . . . 06-1411 Clip Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1423
Tie-rod Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 06-1411 Shaft Component
Locknut (Adjusting Cover), Adjusting Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1424
Cover Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 06-1412 Oil seal Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . 06-1424
Pinion Shaft, Oil seal (lower side) Oil seal Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1424
Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1412 Side plate Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1424
Bearing (upper side), Oil seal Rotor Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1425
(upper side) Disassembly Note . . . . . 06-1412 Cam Ring Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1425
Clip Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1413 Rear Pump Body Assembly Note . . . . . 06-1425
Oil Seal Disassembly Note. . . . . . . . . . 06-1413 Clip Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1425
End of Toc
WM: STEERING
06-141
POWER STEERING
STEERING LOCATION INDEX
id061400800100
4 AWD
(Mexico spec.)
5
1
acxuuw00002580
1 Power steering fluid 4 Steering gear and linkage

(See 06-14-3 AIR BLEEDING.) (See 06-14-9 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
(See 06-14-3 POWER STEERING FLUID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.) (See 06-14-10 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
2 Steering wheel and column DISASSEMBLY.)
(See 06-14-5 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN (See 06-14-13 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
INSPECTION.) INSPECTION.)
(See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN (See 06-14-14 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) ASSEMBLY.)
3 Steering shaft 5 Power steering oil pump
(See 06-14-8 STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION.) (See 06-14-21 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
(See 06-14-22 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
06-142 Revised 12/2006 (Ref. No. R215/06)

POWER STEERING
End Of Sie
AIR BLEEDING
id061400800200
Caution
Do not turn the steering wheel during the fluid level inspection, otherwise the fluid level changes
and cannot be inspected correctly.
1. Inspect the fluid level. (See 06-14-3 POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION.)
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right several times with the engine not running.
4. Reinspect the fluid level.
If it has dropped, add fluid.
5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until the fluid level stabilizes.
6. Lower the vehicle.
7. Start the engine and let it idle.
8. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right several times.
9. Verify that the fluid is not foamy and that the fluid level has not dropped.
If the fluid level has dropped, add fluid as necessary and repeat Steps 8 and 9.
End Of Sie
POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION
WM: POWER STEERING FLUID
id061400800500
Fluid Level Inspection 06-14
1. Inspect the power steering fluid level.
Add fluid to the specified level as necessary.
Power steering fluid type

ATF M-III, M-V or equivalent (e.g. DexronII)
Power steering fluid capacity (approx. quantity)

2WD, AWD (except Mexico spec.): 0.89 L {0.94 US qt, 0.78 lmp qt}
AWD (Mexico spec.): 0.98 L {1.0 US qt, 0.86 lmp qt}
Fluid Leakage Inspection

1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right to apply fluid pressure.
Caution
If the steering wheel is kept in the fully turned position for more than 5, the fluid temperature will
rise excessively and adversely affect the oil pump.
3. Inspect for fluid leakage.

If fluid leakage is found, replace related pipe
or hose.
Note
The points where fluid leakage may occur
are indicated in the figure.
AWD (Mexico spec.)
acxuuw00002581
Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07) 06-143

POWER STEERING
Fluid Pressure Inspection
1. Assemble the SSTs as shown in the figure.
49 1232 670B
49 H002 671
acxuuw00000504
2. Disconnect the pressure pipe from the oil pump,

and connect the SSTs.
Tightening torque
29.4 44.1 Nm {3.0 4.4 kgfm, 22 32
ftlbf} 49 G032 3A4A
3. Bleed the air from the system. (See 06-14-3 AIR

BLEEDING.)
4. Open the gauge valve fully.
5. Start the engine and turn the steering wheel fully
left and right to raise the fluid temperature to 50
60 C {122 140 F}.
acxuuw00000505
6. Close the gauge valve completely. GAUGE

7. Increase the engine speed to 1,000 1,500 rpm
and measure the fluid pressure generated by the CLOSE VALVE
oil pump. THERMOMETER COMPLETELY
5060
If the pressure is not within the specification, {122140 F }
repair or replace the oil pump component.
Caution
If the valve is left closed for more than 5,
the fluid temperature will rise excessively
and adversely affect the oil pump.
acxuuw00000506
Oil pump fluid pressure
10.31 10.80 MPa {105.2 110.1 kgf/cm2,
1,496 1,566 psi}
8. Open the gauge valve fully and increase the GAUGE

engine speed to1,000 1,500 rpm.
9. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right, OPEN VALVE
then measure the fluid pressure generated at the THERMOMETER COMPLETELY
5060
gear housing. {122140 F }
If the pressure is not within the specification,
repair or replace the steering gear
component.
Caution
If the steering wheel is kept in the fully
turned position for more than 5 seconds,
acxuuw00000507
the fluid temperature will rise excessively
and adversely affect the oil pump.
Gear housing fluid pressure

10.31 10.80 MPa {105.2 110.1 kgf/cm2, 1,496 1,566 psi}
06-144
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 5
POWER STEERING
10. Remove the SSTs. Install and tighten the pressure pipe to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
29.4 44.1 Nm {3.0 4.4 kgfm, 22 32 ftlbf}
11. Bleed the air from the system.

End Of Sie
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN INSPECTION
WM: STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
id061400800300
Steering Wheel Play Inspection
1. With the wheels in the straight-ahead position, gently turn the steering wheel to the left and right and verify that
the play is within the specification.
If the play exceeds the specification, either the steering joints are worn or the backlash of the steering gear
is excessive. Correct as necessary.
Steering wheel play

0 30 mm {0 1.18 in}
Steering Wheel Looseness Inspection

1. Move the steering wheel as shown in the figure to
inspect for column bearing wear, steering shaft
joint play, steering wheel looseness, and column 06-14
looseness.
Repair or replace as necessary.
acxuuw00002353
Steering Wheel Effort Inspection

1. Inspect the following points:
Tire size and tire pressure
Fluid level
Drive belt deflection
2. With the vehicle on a hard, level surface, put the wheels in the straight-ahead position.
3. Remove the air bag module.
Warning
Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag module, which may
seriously injure you. Read AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNINGS before handling the air bag module. (See
08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS.)
4. Start the engine and warm the power steering fluid to 50 60 C {122 140 F}.
5. Measure the steering wheel effort using a torque
wrench.
If not within the specification, verify the
following:
No air in steering system
No fluid leakage at hose or connectors
Function of oil pump and steering gear
Steering wheel effort (reference value)

7.8 Nm {80 kgfcm, 69 inlbf} max.
Note
To determine whether the steering effort is
acxuuw00002354
satisfactory or not, perform the inspection on

another vehicle of the same model and under the same conditions, and compare the results.
The steering wheel effort varies with conditions as shown below.
Road conditions, such as dry or wet, and asphalt or concrete.
Tire conditions, such as brand, wear, and tire pressure.
06-145
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 6
POWER STEERING
End Of Sie
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id061400800400
Warning
seriously injure you. Read AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNINGS before handling the air bag module. (See
08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS.)

3. If the steering lock component of a vehicle equipped with the advanced keyless system is replaced, perform the
following procedure after installation.
Without immobilizer system
Steering lock unit programming (See 09-14-35 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
REGISTRATION[ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM].)
With immobilizer system
Immobilizer system resetting (See 09-14-11 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/
KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING[ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM].) (See 09-14-20 IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING[KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
1
3
2 39.249.0
{4.04.9, 3036}
R
8.812.8 Nm
{89.8130.5 kgfcm, 77.8113.2 inlbf}
4
10
R
5 7
6
8
9
15.722.5
{1.72.2,
11.616.5} 13
11
18.626.5
{1.92.7,
1419}
12
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000494
1 Air bag module 4 Column cover

(See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE (See 09-17-8 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/
2 Locknut 5 Combination switch
3 Steering wheel (See 09-18-13 COMBINATION SWITCH
(See 06-14-7 Steering Wheel Removal Note.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 06-14-8 Steering Wheel Installation Note.) 6 Lower panel
(See 09-17-9 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
06-146
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 7
POWER STEERING
7 Joint cover 11 Steering lock component
8 Steering shaft 12 Ignition switch
(See 06-14-8 Steering Shaft Installation Note.) (See 09-21-2 IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/
9 Dust cover INSTALLATION.)
10 Steering lock mounting bolts 13 Key cylinder (Without advanced keyless system)
(See 06-14-7 Steering Lock Mounting Bolts (See06-14-7 Key Cylinder (Without Advanced
Removal Note.) Keyless System) Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-7 Steering Lock Mounting Bolts
Installation Note.)
Steering Wheel Removal Note
Caution
Do not try to remove the steering wheel by hitting the shaft with a hammer. The column will
collapse.
1. Set the vehicle in the straight-ahead position.

2. Remove the steering wheel using a suitable puller.
Steering Lock Mounting Bolts Removal Note

1. Make a groove in the heads of the steering lock 06-14
mounting bolts using a chisel and a hammer.
2. Remove the bolts using a screwdriver.
3. Disassemble the steering lock component.
acxuuw00000495
Key Cylinder (Without Advanced Keyless System) Removal Note

1. Turn the key to the ACC position.
2. Push the pin and remove the outer cylinder.
PIN
acxuuw00001910
Steering Lock Mounting Bolts Installation Note

1. Assemble the steering lock component to the steering shaft.
2. Verify that the lock operates correctly.
3. Install new steering lock mounting bolts.
4. Tighten the bolts until the heads break off.
acxuuw00000496
06-147
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 8
POWER STEERING
Steering Shaft Installation Note
Caution
Do not apply a shock in the axial direction of the shaft.
1. Lock the tilt lever.

2. Tighten nut A.
3. Tighten nut B.
4. Tighten bolt C.
A
B
C
acxuuw00000497
Steering Wheel Installation Note

1. Make sure the wheels in the straight-ahead position, and install the steering wheel.
End Of Sie
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION
WM: STEERING SHAFT
id061400800600
1. Inspect the following.
(1) Column bearing for damage
(2) Steering shaft length
Replace the steering shaft component as
necessary.
Steering shaft length

211.6 mm {8.3 in}
E6U612ZW7013
2. Inspect the tilt and telescope operation.

(1) Verify that the adjusting lever moves smoothly
from unlock position to lock position.
(2) Verify that the steering shaft is fixed firmly
when the adjusting lever is locked.
Replace the steering shaft component as
necessary. LOCKED
End Of Sie
WM: STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
ADJUSTING LEVER UNLOCKED
B6U0612W008
06-148
POWER STEERING
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id061400800900
Caution
the following procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (axle side) and fix
the vehicle.

2. Remove the front crossmember, lower arm, front stabilizer, and steering gear and linkage as a single unit. (See
02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front stabilizer from the crossmember component. (See 02-13-8 FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. After installation, inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-2 FRONT WHEEL
ALIGNMENT.) .
7.810.8
{0.801.10, 06-14
5.76 7.96}
74.4104.8
{7.59 10.6,
54.977.2, } 1
74.4104.8
{7.59 10.6,
54.977.2, }
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001950
1 Insulator 2 Steering gear and linkage
06-149
POWER STEERING
End Of Sie
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE DISASSEMBLY

id061400801000
Caution
Place copper plates, rag, or similar material in a vise, when securing the mounting bracket portion
of the steering gear.
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table

1
16
17
SST SST 21 15
28 SST
SST 27 2
20
18
19
28
SST
9 SST
29 10
12 11
14
13
3
28
4 8
SST
5 SST
7 6
6 7
5
8
4
22 3
24
26
25 23
acxuuw00002543
1 Oil pipe 10 Adjusting cover

2 Return pipe (See 06-14-12 Locknut (Adjusting Cover),
3 Tie-rod End Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note.)
(See 06-14-11 Tie-rod End Disassembly Note.) 11 Yoke spring
4 Locknut 12 Support yoke
5 Boot clamp 13 Housing cover
6 Boot band 14 Locknut (pinion shaft side)
7 Boot 15 Pinion shaft and valve housing component
8 Tie-rod 16 Clip
(See 06-14-11 Tie-rod Disassembly Note.)
17 Dust cover
9 Locknut (adjusting cover)
(See 06-14-12 Locknut (Adjusting Cover),
Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note.)
06-1410 Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06)

POWER STEERING
18 Pinion shaft 23 Steering rack
(See 06-14-12 Pinion Shaft, Oil seal (lower side) 24 Stopper
Disassembly Note.)
25 Rack bushing
19 Oil seal (lower side)
(See06-14-12 Pinion Shaft, Oil seal (lower side) 26 O-ring
Disassembly Note .) 27 Oil seal
20 Bearing (upper side) (See 06-14-13 Oil Seal Disassembly Note.)
(See 06-14-12 Bearing (upper side), Oil seal 28 Mounting rubber
(upper side) Disassembly Note.) (See 06-14-13 Mounting Rubber Disassembly
21 Oil seal (upper side) Note.)
(See 06-14-12 Bearing (upper side), Oil seal 29 Gear housing
(upper side) Disassembly Note.)
22 Clip
(See 06-14-13 Clip Disassembly Note.)
Tie-rod End Disassembly Note

1. Place alignment marks as shown in the figure for
proper installation.
06-14
MARK
acxuuw00000654
Tie-rod Disassembly Note

1. Lock the steering rack end (pinion gear side)
against rotation with a wrench remove the tie rod 49 H032 351
using the SST.
Substitution SST
49 H032 351 SUITABLE WRENCH
Width across flats 34mm {1.3 in} (Torque
control enabled wrench)
acxuuw00000952
2. Install a wrench to the tie rod end and the flat

surface of the steering rack as shown in the figure
and remove the inner ball joint using the SST.
49 H032 351
acxuuw00001725
Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06) 06-1411

POWER STEERING
Locknut (Adjusting Cover), Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note
1. Install two nuts to the bolt across a flat 24 mm
{0.94 in} and tighten them using a wrench.
2. Secure the adjusting cover with the bolt and nuts
created in Step 1, and remove the locknut using 49 E032 308
the SST.
Caution
If a tool such as a torque wrench is 49 E032 308
installed to the SST (49 E032 308), install
the tool so that it is perpendicular to the
SST as shown in the figure. If the tool is
not installed as instructed, the SST can
separate from the locknut easily which NUT
could cause damage to the locknut while
doing the work. BOLT
3. Using the bolt/nut produced in Step 1, remove the ACROSS FLAT 24 mm {0.94 in}
adjusting cover. acxuuw00002547
Pinion Shaft, Oil seal (lower side) Disassembly Note

1. Press out the pinion shaft and oil seal (lower side)
component.
acxuuw00000953
Bearing (upper side), Oil seal (upper side) Disassembly Note

1. Press out the upper bearing and oil seal from the
valve housing using the SSTs.
Substitution SST
49 G033 102 49 G033 102
49 B032 301
acxuuw00001156
06-1412 Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06)

POWER STEERING
1. Remove the clip while pinching both ends of the
clip using long-nose pliers as shown in the figure.
2. Using a snap ring plier, withdraw the rack stopper. CLIP
END OF
THE CLIP
RACK STOPPER
acxuuw00001605
Oil Seal Disassembly Note

1. Install the SST (49 N032 319A) to the gear
housing with the raised part facing up as shown in 49 F032 303
the figure.
2. Insert the SSTs (49 F032 303, 49 S032 318) into
the valve housing side. 06-14
3. Remove the oil seal using a press. 49 S032 318
49 N032 319A
acxuuw00000954
Mounting Rubber Disassembly Note

1. Press the mounting rubber out from the gear
housing using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST 49 B032 317
49 B018 003
49 B032 317
Outer diameter: 35mm {1.4 in} or more 49 B018 003
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000955
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE INSPECTION

id061400801100
Steering Rack Inspection
1. Inspect for cracking, damage, and tooth wear.
If there is any malfunction, replace the steering rack.
2. Measure the steering rack warp.
replace the steering rack.
Steering rack runout

Large diameter portion (near point A): 0.15 B
mm {0.006 in} max.
Small diameter portion (near point B): 0.20
mm {0.008 in} max. A
acxuuw00001775
06-1413
POWER STEERING
Tie-rod End Inspection
1. Inspect the tie-rod end for damage and boot cracks. Replace it if necessary.
2. Inspect the ball joint for looseness. Replace the tie-rod end if necessary.
3. Rotate the ball joint five times.
4. Measure the rotation torque of the ball joint using
the SST and a pull scale.
Rotation torque
0.5 3.0 Nm {0.06 30 kgfcm, 5 26 inlbf}
Pull scale reading
49 0180 510B
5 30 N {0.6 3.0 kgf, 3.7 22 lbf}
acxuuw00001780
Tie rod Inspection

If there is any malfunction, replace the tie rod.
2. Inspect for excessive play.
If there is any malfunction, replace the tie rod.
3. Swing the ball joint 10 times.
4. Measure the ball joint swing torque using a pull
scale.
If it exceeds the specification, replace the tie
rod.
Tie rod swing torque

13.1 mm
0.4 4.0 Nm {5 40 kgfcm, 4 35 inlbf} {0.51 in}
[Pull scale reading 4.2 41.6 N {0.43 4.24 102.5 mm
kgf, 0.95 9.35 lbf}] {4.035 in}
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001777
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ASSEMBLY

id061400801200
Caution
Place copper plates, rag, or similar material in a vise, when securing the mounting bracket portion
of the steering gear.
06-1414
POWER STEERING
1. Assemble in the order indicated in the table. .
28 1016 Nm
{1.01.5 kgfcm, 0.91.3 inlbf}
1016 Nm
{1.01.5 kgfcm,
0.91.3 inlbf}
17
GREASE
16
R
2029 {2.12.9, 1521}
SST SST 9
2 SST 10 13
SST
R 29 2429 {2.52.9, 1821}
3 SST
SST
11
2 12
4969 {5.07.0, 3750}

21 SST SEALANT
1 20 SST
18 19 06-14
27 2029
6998 {7.19.9, 5172}
14
25 {2.12.9, SST
1521}
SEALANT
15 SILICON
GREASE
68.698.0 26 4969 2 GREASE
{7.009.99, {5.07.0,
22
SST
50.672.2} 3750}
23 24
R 23
24
SILICON
GREASE
R
GREASE 22 25 26
27
68.698.0
8
7 {7.009.99,
5 50.672.2}
6998
R
6 4
{7.19.9,
5172} R
MOLYBDENUM
GREASE
GREASE
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00000995
1 Gear housing 11 Pinion shaft

2 Mounting rubber (See 06-14-19 Pinion Shaft Assembly Note.)
(See 06-14-16 Mounting Rubber Assembly Note.) 12 Oil seal (lower side)
3 Oil seal (See 06-14-19 Oil Seal (lower side) Assembly Note.)
(See 06-14-17 Oil Seal Assembly Note.) 13 Valve housing component
4 Steering rack 14 Locknut (pinion shaft side)
(See 06-14-17 Steering Rack Assembly Note.) 15 Housing cover
5 O-ring (See 06-14-19 Housing Cover Assembly Note.)
6 Rack bushing 16 Dust cover
7 Stopper (See 06-14-19 Dust cover Assembly Note.)
(See 06-14-18 Stopper Assembly Note.) 17 Clip
8 Clip 18 Support yoke
9 Oil seal (upper side) 19 Yoke spring
(See 06-14-18 Oil seal (Upper side) Assembly 20 Adjusting cover
Note.)
(See 06-14-19 Adjusting Cover, Locknut (Adjusting
10 Bearing (upper side)
Cover) Assembly Note.)
(See 06-14-18 Bearing (upper side) Assembly
Note.)
Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06) 06-1415

POWER STEERING
21 Locknut (adjusting cover) 25 Boot clamp
(See 06-14-19 Adjusting Cover, Locknut (Adjusting 26 Locknut
Cover) Assembly Note.) 27 Tie-rod end
22 Tie rod 28 Oil pipe
(See 06-14-20 Tie-rod Assembly Note.) 29 Return pipe
23 Boot
(See 06-14-21 Boot Assembly Note.)
24 Boot band
Mounting Rubber Assembly Note

1. Apply soapy water to the rubber part of the mounting rubber.
2. Temporarily install the steering gear so that the
mounting rubber are in the positions shown in the 20 20
figure.
Caution 15.5 mm 15.5 mm

If the mounting rubber is placed in the {0.61 in} {0.61 in}
wrong position or assembled in the
wrong direction, an installation
malfunction will result when the vehicle FRONT OF
is loaded. When assembling the THE VEHICLE
mounting rubber, verify the position and
directions.
13.6 mm 13.6 mm
{0.53 in} {0.53 in}
acxuuw00002360
3. Press the mounting rubber until the mounting

rubber end comes out completely from the gear MOUNTING RUBBER
housing using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
49 B032 317 49 B032 317
Outer diameter: 17.5 23 mm {0.7 0.9 in}
Length 35 mm {1.4 in} or more.
49 B018 003
Outer diameter: 36 38 mm {1.42 1.49 in} 49 B018 003
49 B032 317
49 B018 003
acxuuw00000996
06-1416 Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06)

1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 17
POWER STEERING
4. Reverse the gear housing, then press the
mounting rubber until the mounting rubber end MOUNTING RUBBER
comes out completely from the other side. At this
time, make sure that the mounting rubber and
steel pipe are aligned.
49 B032 317
STEEL PIPE
49 B018 003
49 B032 317
49 B018 003
06-14
acxuuw00000997

1. Apply ATF to the lip of a new oil seal.
2. Install the SST (49 N032 319A) to the gear housing with the raised part facing up as shown in the figure.
3. Set the stopper into the gear housing to hold the
SSTs as shown in the figure. 49 F032 303
4. Install the oil seal using the SSTs (49 F032 303,
49 H032 326) and a press.
49 H032 326
49 N032 319A
acxuuw00000998
Steering Rack Assembly Note

1. Apply multipurpose grease to the rack teeth.
2. Install a plastic bag to the rack teeth and insert
the steering rack in the gear housing.
PLASTIC BAG
acxuuw00000999
06-1417
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 18
POWER STEERING
Stopper Assembly Note
1. Using an appropriate pipe and a hammer, insert
the rack stopper into the gear housing until the
clip installation groove of the gear housing comes
out.
acxuuw00001000
2. Apply 53.3 kPa {400 mmHg, 15.8 inHg} vacuum

with a vacuum pump and verify that it is held for
30 s.
If the vacuum is not held, replace the oil seal.
49 G032 3A1
acxuuw00001001
Oil seal (Upper side) Assembly Note

1. Assemble the oil seal (upper side) using the SST.
Substitution SST 49 H032 327
49 H032 327
49 H032 334
49 H032 334
acxuuw00001002
Bearing (upper side) Assembly Note

1. Assemble the bearing (upper side) using the SST.
Substitution SST
49 H032 327 49 H032 327
acxuuw00001003
06-1418
POWER STEERING
Oil Seal (lower side) Assembly Note
1. Assemble the oil seal (lower side) using the SST.
Substitution SST
49 L032 312A
Cylindrical shape outer diameter of 40 mm 49 L032 312A
{1.6 in} or more.
acxuuw00001007
Pinion Shaft Assembly Note

1. Assemble the pinion shaft using a press.
06-14
acxuuw00001006
Housing Cover Assembly Note

1. Apply silicone sealant to the threads of the housing cover.
2. Assemble the housing cover.
Dust cover Assembly Note

1. Apply grease to the oil dust cover shown in the
figure.
GREASE
Specified grease
Rubber grease (Mazda genuine parts) or
equivalent.
acxuuw00002261
Adjusting Cover, Locknut (Adjusting Cover) Assembly Note

1. Install two nuts to the bolt across a flat 24 mm
{0.94 in} and tighten them using a wrench. NUT
2. Using the bolt/nut produced in Step 1, install the
adjusting cover. BOLT
(1) Tighten the adjusting cover with a tightening
torque of 20.0 Nm {2.0 kgfm, 14.8 ftlbf}. ACROSS FLAT 24 mm {0.94 in}
acxuuw00002544
Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06) 06-1419

POWER STEERING
(2) Using the SST, loosen the adjusting cover to
2530.
3. Apply sealant to the locknut.
49 D032 316
acxuuw00001008
4. Secure the adjusting cover with the bolt and nuts

created in Step 1, and tighten the locknut using
the SST.
Caution
If a tool such as a torque wrench is
installed to the SST (49 E032 308), install
the tool so that it is perpendicular to the 49 E032 308
SST as shown in the figure. If the tool is
not installed as instructed, the SST can
separate from the locknut easily which
could cause damage to the locknut while
doing the work. NUT 49 E032 308
Note BOLT
Be sure that the adjusting cover will not turn
together with the locknut. ACROSS FLAT 24 mm {0.94 in}
acxuuw00002548
5. Measure the pinion torque using the SST and pull

scale.
If not as specified, remove the locknut and
adjust the adjusting cover.
Pinion shaft rotation torque

Center of rack 90:0.881.48 Nm {8.98
15.0 kgfcm, 7.7913.0 inlbf}
acxuuw00002345
Tie-rod Assembly Note

1. Lock the steering rack end against rotation with a
suitable wrench and install the tie rod using the
SST.
Substitution SST
49 H032 351
Width across flats 34mm {1.3 in} (Torque 49 H032 351
acxuuw00001725
06-1420 Revised 7/2006 (Ref. No. R065/06)

1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 21
POWER STEERING
2. Lock the steering rack end against rotation with a
suitable wrench and install the other side tie rod 49 H032 351
using the SST.
Substitution SST
49 H032 351 SUITABLE WRENCH
Width across flats 34mm {1.3 in} (Torque
acxuuw00002262
Boot Assembly Note

1. Apply silicone grease to the rubber lip groove.
2. Assemble the boot.
End Of Sie
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
id061400800700
06-14
29.444.1
1 {3.004.49, 21.732.5}
2
4
18.625.5
{1.92.6, 1418}
18.625.5
{1.92.6, 1418} 3
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001346
1 Pressure switch connector 3 Return hose

2 Pressure pipe 4 Power steering oil pump
End Of Sie
06-1421
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 22
POWER STEERING
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id061400800800
Note
The following procedure is for replacement of the O-ring and oil seal only. Replace the pump component if
other repairs are necessary.

25.429.4
{2.602.99, 18.821.6} 4969 {5.07.0, 36.250.8} 2226 {2.32.6, 16.319.1}
ATF R
4 R ATF
6
2
10
13 11
14 12 R
1
R ATF
SST
16 15
17
R ATF
7
R
19 R 8
20
SST
18 9
R ATF
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
acxuuw00001915
1 Power steering oil pump component 7 Clip

(See 06-14-23 Power Steering Oil Pump (See 06-14-23 Clip Disassembly Note.)
Component Disassembly Note.) (See 06-14-25 Clip Assembly Note.)
2 Pressure switch component 8 Fluid reservoir
3 Connector 9 O-ring
4 O-ring 10 Rear pump body
5 Control valve (See 06-14-25 Rear Pump Body Assembly Note.)
6 Spring 11 Gasket
12 Clip
06-1422
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 23
POWER STEERING
13 Cam ring 18 Shaft component
(See 06-14-25 Cam Ring Assembly Note.) (See 06-14-24 Shaft Component Disassembly
14 Rotor Note.)
(See 06-14-25 Rotor Assembly Note.) 19 Oil seal
15 Vane (See 06-14-24 Oil seal Disassembly Note.)
(See 06-14-24 Oil seal Assembly Note.)
16 Side plate
(See 06-14-24 Side plate Assembly Note.) 20 Front pump body
17 O-rings
Power Steering Oil Pump Component Disassembly Note

1. Secure the power pressure oil pump using the
SST.
Caution
49 F032 301
Use the SST to prevent damage to the
pump when securing it in a vise.
06-14
acxuuw00002389

1. Lift up the clip tab using a flathead screwdriver.
2. Remove the clip pushing with a flathead
screwdriver and a hammer as shown in the figure.
CLIP R
acxuuw00001917
06-1423
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 24
POWER STEERING
Shaft Component Disassembly Note
1. Tap out the shaft component from the front pump
body using a plastic hammer.
acxuuw00002347
Oil seal Disassembly Note

1. Remove the oil seal from the front pump body
using a flathead screwdriver.
acxuuw00002348
Oil seal Assembly Note

1. Install the oil seal in the front pump body using
the SST and plastic hammer.
49 F032 321
acxuuw00001919
Side plate Assembly Note

1. Install the side plate in the position shown in the
figure.
acxuuw00002349
06-1424
1871-1U-06B(06-14).fm 25
POWER STEERING
Rotor Assembly Note
1. Install to the front pump body so that area B of the
groove is on the rear pump body side as shown in SEC. A-A
the figure. REAR PUMP BODY SIDE
AREA B
A A
FRONT PUMP BODY SIDE
acxuuw00002350
Cam Ring Assembly Note

1. Install the cam ring in the front pump body with
the mark facing upward.
06-14
acxuuw00001921
Rear Pump Body Assembly Note

1. After installing the rear body, manually turn the shaft to verify that it rotates smoothly.
Clip Assembly Note

1. Push the clip slowly in the direction shown in the
figure.
2. Confirm that the clip tab is caught correctly.
End Of Sie
CLIP R
acxuuw00001918
06-1425
TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING TECHNICAL DATA. . . . . . . . 06-501
End of Toc
STEERING TECHNICAL DATA
WM: STEERING
id065000800200
Item Specification
Power steering fluid type ATF M-III, M-V or equivalent (e.g. DexronII)
2WD, AWD (except Mexico spec.): 0.89 L {0.94 US qt, 0.78 lmp qt}
Power steering fluid capacity (approx. quantity)
AWD (Mexico spec.): 0.98 L {1.0 US qt, 0.86 lmp qt}
Oil pump fluid pressure 10.3110.80 MPa {105.2110.1 kgf/cm2, 1,4961,566 psi}
Gear housing fluid pressure 10.3110.80 MPa {105.2110.1 kgf/cm2, 1,4961,566 psi}
Steering wheel play 030 mm {01.18 in}
Steering wheel effort (reference value) 7.8 Nm {80 kgfcm, 69 inlbf} max.
Steering shaft length 211.6 mm {8.3 in}
Large diameter portion (near point A): 0.15 mm {0.006 in} max.
Steering rack runout
Small diameter portion (near point B): 0.20 mm {0.008 in} max. 06-50
0.53.0 Nm {0.0630 kgfcm, 526 inlbf}
Tie-rod end ball joint Rotation torque
[Pull scale reading 530 N {0.63.0 kgf, 3.722 lbf}]
0.44.0 Nm {540 kgfcm, 435 inlbf}
Tie rod ball joint swing torque
[Pull scale reading 4.241.6 N {0.434.24 kgf, 0.959.35 lbf}]
End Of Sie
Revised 3/2007 (Ref. No. R051/07) 06-501

1871-1U-06B(06-60).fm 1
SERVICE TOOLS
06-60 SERVICE TOOLS
STEERING SST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-601
End of Toc
STEERING SST
WM: STEERING
id066000800100
49 1232 670B 49 H002 671 49 G032 3A4A
Power steering Adapter Power steering

gauge set gauge adapter
set
49 T028 3A0 49 H032 326 49 B032 317
Ball joint puller Body Bearing and oil

set seal remover
49 F032 303 49 G033 102 49 N032 319A
Handle Handle Support plate 06-60
49 B018 003 49 0180 510B 49 H032 334
Body B Preload Collar

measuring
attachment
49 L032 312A 49 D032 316 49 G032 3A1
Oil Seal Installer Protractor Joint host set
49 F032 301 49 F032 321 49 S032 318
Power steering Installer B Backup ring

pump hanger (Part of 49 F032 replacer
3A2)
49 H032 327 49 H032 351 49 B032 301
Oil seal & Wrench Body

bearing installer
49 E032 308
Wrench
End Of Sie
06-601
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 1
HEATER, VENTILATION &

AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
07SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC . . . . 07-02 BASIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-11
SYMPTOM CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 07-40
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . 07-03 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 07-50
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM . . . . . 07-10 SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 07-60
Toc of SCT
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . 07-022 DTC B2832 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-029
DTC B1251, B1253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-023 DTC B2834 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0210
DTC B1251, B1253, B1255, B1257, A/C OPERATION CHECK MODE . . . . . . 07-0210
B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283, B1947, A/C OPERATION CHECK MODE
B2014 (MULTIPLE DTCS DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0211 07-02
INDICATED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-024 DTC DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0211
DTC B1260, B1261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-024 CLEARING DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0211
DTC B1255, B1257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-025 DTC TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0212
DTC B1260, B1261, B1274, B1275, PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . 07-0213
B1282, B1283 (MULTIPLE DTCS PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE. . . . . . . . . . 07-0213
INDICATED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-026 ACTIVE COMMAND MODES
DTC B1274, B1275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-027 DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0213
DTC B1282, B1283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-028 ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE . . . 07-0213
DTC B1947, B2014. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-028
End of Toc
WM: HEATER, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
07-021
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id070200800100
IG2 B+
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

CAN A M R
A/C RELAY
SYSTEM-
RELATED
B
MODULE PCM
A
INFORMATION 5V
DISPLAY REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SWITCH MAGNETIC
PASSENGER 5V CLUTCH
B COMPARTMENT
TEMPERATURE J
SENSOR N AIR MIX
H ACTUATOR
U M
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE S
SENSOR
F
P
AMBIENT AIRFLOW MODE
TEMPERATURE ACTUATOR
Q M
SENSOR
O
L
B A
I AIR INTAKE
C
ACTUATOR
CPU K M
A
E
SOLAR RADIATION BLOWER MOTOR
SENSOR BLOWER RELAY
5V T M
TNS RELAY W POWER MOS FET

V
INSTRUMENT
X
CLUSTER REAR
WINDOW
D G
DEFROSTER
RELAY
ALL CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES

AIRFLOW VOLUME CONTROL DIAL
OFF SWITCH
DEFROSTER SWITCH
MODE SWITCH
TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL
AUTO SWITCH
A/C SWITCH
REC SWITCH
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH
AMB SWITCH
acxuuw00002302
End Of Sie
07-022
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1251, B1253
id070200800300
DTC B1251,
Passenger compartment temperature sensor system
B1253
Passenger compartment temperature sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and passenger compartment
CAUSE
temperature sensor
Diagnostic Procedure
1 Inspect the passenger compartment temperature Yes Go to the next step.
sensor. (See 07-40-23 PASSENGER No Replace the passenger compartment temperature
COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR sensor. (See 07-40-23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
INSPECTION.) TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
Is it normal? INSTALLATION.)
2 Disconnect the climate control unit connector and Yes Repair the wiring harness.
the passenger compartment temperature sensor No Go to the next step.
connector.
Is there an open circuit in the wiring harness
between the following terminals of the climate
control unit and the passenger compartment
temperature sensor?
H B
C A 07-02
3 Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal H No Connect the climate control unit connector, then go to
and passenger compartment temperature sensor the next step.
terminal B?
4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes The system is normal at present. (Clear the malfunction
Inspect the voltage at the following climate control from the memory.)
unit terminal (wiring harness-side). No Inspect the connection of the climate control unit
Terminal H (passenger compartment connector. (See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
temperature sensor input signal) INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is the voltage normal? (Approx. 5 V)
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CONNECTOR
W U S Q O M K I G E C A
X V T R P N L J H F D B
B A
End Of Sie
07-023
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1251, B1253, B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283, B1947, B2014 (MULTIPLE DTCS
INDICATED)
id070200800400
DTC B1251,
B1253, B1255,
B1257, B1947,
Climate control unit (+5 V power supply or sensor ground) system
B2014, B1282,
B1283, B1274,
B1275
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harnesses between climate control unit and each temperature sensor, air mix
CAUSE actuator, or airflow mode actuator
the evaporator temperature sensor connector. No Inspect the connection of the climate control unit
Is there an open circuit in the wiring harness connector.
between climate control unit terminal C and
evaporator temperature sensor terminal A?
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
B A
End Of Sie
DTC B1260, B1261 id070200800500
DTC B1260,
Solar radiation sensor system
B1261
POSSIBLE Solar radiation sensor malfunction
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and solar radiation sensor
1 Inspect the solar radiation sensor. (See 07-40-23 Yes Go to the next step.
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR INSPECTION.) No Replace the solar radiation sensor. (See 07-40-22
Is it normal? SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2 Disconnect the climate control unit connector and Yes Go to the next step.
the solar radiation sensor connector. No Repair the wiring harness.
Is there continuity between the following terminals
of the climate control unit and the solar radiation
sensor?
E B
J A
harness between climate control unit terminal E No Inspect the connection of the climate control unit
and solar radiation sensor terminal B? connector. (See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR CONNECTOR
X V T R P N L J H F D B B A
End Of Sie
07-024
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1255, B1257
id070200800600
DTC B1255,
Ambient temperature sensor system
B1257
POSSIBLE Ambient temperature sensor malfunction
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and ambient temperature sensor
1 Inspect the ambient temperature sensor. (See 07- Yes Go to the next step.
40-24 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR No Replace the ambient temperature sensor. (See 07-40-
INSPECTION.) 24 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
Is it normal? INSTALLATION.)
the ambient temperature sensor connector. No Go to the next step.
control unit and the ambient temperature sensor?
L B
C A
harness between climate control unit terminal L No Connect the climate control unit connector, then go to
and ambient temperature sensor terminal B? the next step.
07-02
Terminal L (ambient temperature sensor input connector. (See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
signal) INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
B A
End Of Sie
07-025
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1260, B1261, B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283 (MULTIPLE DTCS INDICATED)
id070200800700
DTC B1260,
B1261, B1282,
Climate control unit (+5 V power supply) system
B1283, B1274,
B1275
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in wiring harnesses between climate control unit and solar radiation sensor, air mix
CAUSE actuator, or airflow mode actuator
the airflow mode actuator connector. No Go to the next step.
between climate control unit terminal J and airflow
mode actuator terminal B?
harness between climate control unit terminal J No Go to the next step.
and airflow mode actuator terminal B?
harness between climate control unit terminal J No Go to the next step.
and air mix actuator terminal A?
harness between climate control unit terminal J No The system is normal at present. (Clear the malfunction
and solar radiation sensor terminal A? from the memory.)
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR AIR MIX ACTUATOR AIRFLOW MODE SOLAR RADIATION
CONNECTOR ACTUATOR CONNECTOR SENSOR CONNECTOR
X V T R P N L J H F D B F * D C B A F * D C B A B A
End Of Sie
07-026
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1274, B1275
id070200800800
DTC B1274,
Airflow mode actuator (potentiometer) system
B1275
Airflow mode actuator malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and airflow mode actuator
CAUSE Short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit (terminal P) and airflow mode actuator
(terminal C)
1 Inspect the airflow mode actuator. (See 07-40-11 Yes Go to the next step.
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.) No Replace the airflow mode actuator. (See 07-40-10
Is it normal? AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
the airflow mode actuator connector. No Go to the next step.
control unit and the airflow mode actuator?
J B
P C
C A
3 Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness. 07-02
harness between climate control unit terminal P No The system is normal at present. (Clear the malfunction
and airflow mode actuator terminal C? from the memory.)
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
F * D C B A
End Of Sie
07-027
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1282, B1283
id070200800900
DTC B1282,
Air mix actuator (potentiometer) system
B1283
Air mix actuator malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and air mix actuator
CAUSE Short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit (terminal N) and air mix actuator (terminal
C)
1 Inspect the air mix actuator. (See 07-40-21 AIR Yes Go to the next step.
MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION.) No Replace the air mix actuator. (See 07-40-19 AIR MIX
Is it normal? ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the air mix actuator connector. No Go to the next step.
control unit and the air mix actuator?
J A
N C
C B
harness between climate control unit terminal N No The system is normal at present. (Clear the malfunction
and air mix actuator terminal C? from the memory.)
AIR MIX ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
X V T R P N L J H F D B F * D C B A
End Of Sie
DTC B1947, B2014
id070200801000
DTC B1947,
Evaporator temperature sensor system
B2014
POSSIBLE Evaporator temperature sensor malfunction
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and evaporator temperature sensor
1 Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor. (See Yes Go to the next step.
07-40-9 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE No Replace the evaporator temperature sensor. (See 07-
SENSOR INSPECTION.) 40-8 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Is it normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the evaporator temperature sensor connector. No Go to the next step.
control unit and the evaporator temperature
sensor?
F B
C A
harness between climate control unit terminal F No Connect the climate control unit connector, then go to
and evaporator temperature sensor terminal B? the next step.
07-028
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Terminal F (evaporator temperature sensor connector. (See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
input signal) INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
B A
End Of Sie
DTC B2832
id070200801100
Airflow mode actuator (motor lock) system
DTC B2832 Note 07-02

DTC B2832 will be detected when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and approx.
30 s have passed since the mode actuator is operated.
Airflow mode actuator malfunction
POSSIBLE
A/C unit (airflow mode link and airflow mode crank) malfunction
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and airflow mode actuator
1 Disconnect the airflow mode actuator connector. Yes Connect the connector, then go to Step 3.
Connect battery positive voltage to airflow mode No Go to the next step.
actuator terminal D (or terminal F) and terminal F
(or terminal D) to ground.
Does the airflow mode actuator operate?
2 Remove the airflow mode actuator. Yes Replace the airflow mode actuator. (See 07-40-10
Operate the airflow mode main link manually. AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
Does the airflow mode main link operate INSTALLATION.)
smoothly? No Replace the airflow mode main link, airflow mode sub
link, and the airflow mode crank.
3 Disconnect the climate control unit connector. Yes Inspect the connection of the climate control unit
Connect battery positive voltage to climate control connector. (See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
unit terminal O (or terminal Q) and terminal Q (or INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
terminal O) to ground. No Repair the wiring harness.
Does the airflow mode actuator operate?
4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step
Press the MODE switch to change the mode 1 if the malfunction recurs.
(operate the airflow mode actuator) and wait for 30 No DTC troubleshooting completed.
s or more.
Perform the DTC inspection.Is DTC B2832
indicated?
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
F * D C B A
End Of Sie
07-029
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2834
id070200801200
Air mix actuator (motor lock) system
DTC B2834 Note

DTC B2834 will be detected when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and approx.
30 s have passed since the mode actuator is operated.
Air mix actuator malfunction
POSSIBLE
A/C unit (air mix link and air mix crank) malfunction
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and air mix actuator
1 Disconnect the air mix actuator connector. Yes Connect the connector, then go to Step 3.
Connect battery positive voltage to air mix actuator No Go to the next step.
terminal F (or terminal D) and terminal D (or
terminal F) to ground.
Does the air mix actuator operate?
2 Remove the air mix actuator. Yes Replace the air mix actuator. (See 07-40-19 AIR MIX
Operate the air mix link manually. ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the air mix link operate smoothly? No Replace the air mix link and the air mix crank.
3 Disconnect the climate control unit connector. Yes Inspect the connection of the climate control unit
Connect battery positive voltage to climate control connector. (See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
unit terminal S (or terminal U) and terminal U (or INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
terminal S) to ground. No Repair the wiring harness.
Does the air mix actuator operate?
4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step
Turn the temperature setting dial to change the set 1 if the malfunction recurs.
temperature (operate the air mix actuator) and wait No DTC troubleshooting completed.
for 30 s or more.
Perform the DTC inspection.Is DTC B2834
indicated?
AIR MIX ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
X V T R P N L J H F D B F * D C B A
End Of Sie
A/C OPERATION CHECK MODE
id070200801300
M-MDS display Target part Operation condition

Illumination Of All
Climate control unit All A/C indicator lights illuminated
Indicator lights
OFF 1ST 2ND3RD 4TH 5TH 6TH 7TH

Blower Motor Speed Blower motor
0 % 50 %100 % 50 %
Air mix Actuator Air mix door
VENT BI-LEVEL HEAT HEAT/DEF DEFROSTER

Airflow Mode Actuator Airflow mode door
Air Intake Actuator / Air Air intake door FRESH REC

conditioning compressor A/C compressor ON OFF
* : Shown on the information display (at the set temperature display) according to each M-MDS display.
07-0210
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
A/C OPERATION CHECK MODE DISPLAY
End Of Sie
id070200801400
Select the Body tab.
Select All Tests and Calibrations.
3. Select the EATC Operation Check from the
screen menu.
4. Verify the A/C operation check mode according to
the directions on the screen.
DLC-2
DTC DISPLAY
id070200801500
2. Shine a 60 W incandescent light from a distance
of approx. 100 mm {3.9 in} directly onto the solar
radiation sensor.
Note
If incandescent light is not shone on the
solar radiation sensor, the climate control
unit determines a malfunction and indicates 07-02
DTC B1260, B1261.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000748
Select the Toolbox tab.
Select the Self Test.
Select the Module.
Select the EATC.
Select the EATC.
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Climate control unit. (See 07-02-11 CLEARING DTC.)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC
id070200801600
2. Shine a fluorescent light directly onto the solar
radiation sensor.
Note
If fluorescent light is not shone on the solar
radiation sensor, the climate control unit
determines a malfunction and indicates DTC
B1260, B1261.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000748
Select the Module.
Select the EATC.
Select the EATC.
End Of Sie
07-0211
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC TABLE
id070200801700
Memory
DTC Malfunction location Detected condition Page
function
Passenger compartment temperature (See 07-02-3 DTC B1251, B1253.)
B1251 X
Passenger sensor circuit open (See 07-02-4 DTC B1251, B1253,
compartment Passenger compartment temperature B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282,
B1253 temperature sensor sensor circuit short (body ground) X B1283, B1947, B2014 (MULTIPLE
DTCS INDICATED).)
B1255 Ambient temperature sensor circuit open X (See 07-02-5 DTC B1255, B1257.)
Ambient temperature sensor circuit short (See 07-02-4 DTC B1251, B1253,
Ambient temperature
(body ground) B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282,
B1257 sensor X B1283, B1947, B2014 (MULTIPLE
DTCS INDICATED).)
Solar radiation sensor circuit short (See 07-02-4 DTC B1260, B1261.)
B1260 X
(power supply) (See 07-02-6 DTC B1260, B1261,
Solar radiation sensor
Solar radiation sensor circuit short (body B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283
B1261 (MULTIPLE DTCS INDICATED).)
ground)
Airflow mode actuator (potentiometer) (See 07-02-7 DTC B1274, B1275.)
B1274 X
circuit short (power supply) (See 07-02-4 DTC B1251, B1253,
Airflow mode actuator (potentiometer) B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282,
Airflow mode actuator circuit short (body ground) B1283, B1947, B2014 (MULTIPLE
(potentiometer) DTCS INDICATED).)
B1275 X (See 07-02-6 DTC B1260, B1261,
B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283
(MULTIPLE DTCS INDICATED).)
Air mix actuator (potentiometer) circuit (See 07-02-8 DTC B1282, B1283.)
B1282 X
short (power supply) (See 07-02-4 DTC B1251, B1253,
Air mix actuator (potentiometer) circuit B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282,
Air mix actuator short (body ground) B1283, B1947, B2014 (MULTIPLE
(potentiometer) DTCS INDICATED).)
B1283 X (See 07-02-6 DTC B1260, B1261,
B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283
(MULTIPLE DTCS INDICATED).)
Evaporator temperature sensor circuit (See 07-02-8 DTC B1947, B2014.)
B1947 X
short (body ground) (See 07-02-4 DTC B1251, B1253,
Evaporator
Evaporator temperature sensor circuit B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282,
temperature sensor
B2014 open X B1283, B1947, B2014 (MULTIPLE
DTCS INDICATED).)
Airflow mode actuator Airflow mode actuator motor lock
B2832 X (See 07-02-9 DTC B2832.)
(motor lock)
Air mix actuator (motor Air mix actuator motor lock
B2834 X (See 07-02-10 DTC B2834.)
lock)
U0155 CAN communication Reception error in signal from ICM (HEC) X
U0516 system BUS OFF error X
End Of Sie
07-0212
1871-1U-06B(07-02).fm 13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY
id070200801800
Select the Data Logger.
Select the Module.
Select the EATC.
Select the Module Tests.
Select the EATC.
DLC-2
acxuuw00000748
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table
the screen.
Note
The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value. Therefore, if the monitored value
of the output parts is not within the specification, inspection of the monitored value of input parts
part individually. 07-02
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
id070200801900
PID name (definition) Unit/Condition Operation Condition (Reference)

DTC_CNT
End Of Sie
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES DISPLAY
id070200809400
Select the Module.
Select the EATC.
Select the Module Tests.
Select the EATC.
DLC-2
acxuuw00002086
table.
End Of Sie
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE
id070200809500
Command name Output part Operation Operating condition

MIX_ACT Air Mix Actuator
REC/FRESH REC/FRESH Switch
DISPLAY Information Display On/Off Ignition switch at ON
BLOWER Blower Motor
MODE_ACT Airflow Mode Actuator
End Of Sie
07-0213
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 1
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . 07-032 NO.4 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-033 CHANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-037
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. . . . . . . . . 07-034 NO.5 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT . . . . . 07-0310
BLOWN FROM VENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-034 NO.6 WINDSHIELD FOGGED . . . . . . . . . 07-0311
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM NO.7 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD
VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE. . . . . . . . 07-035 ENOUGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0313
Full-auto Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . 07-035 NO.8 NO COOL AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0315
NO.3 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM NO.9 NOISE WHILE OPERATING
VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE. . . . . . . . 07-037 A/C SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-0317
Manual Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-037
End of Toc
07-03
07-031
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 2
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id070300800100
Full-auto Air Conditioner
IG2 B+

CAN A M R
A/C RELAY
SYSTEM-
RELATED
B
MODULE PCM
A
INFORMATION 5V
DISPLAY REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SWITCH MAGNETIC
PASSENGER 5V CLUTCH
B COMPARTMENT
TEMPERATURE J
SENSOR N AIR MIX
H ACTUATOR
U M
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE S
SENSOR
F
P
AMBIENT AIRFLOW MODE
TEMPERATURE ACTUATOR
Q M
SENSOR
O
L
B A
I AIR INTAKE
C
ACTUATOR
CPU K M
A
E
SOLAR RADIATION BLOWER MOTOR
SENSOR BLOWER RELAY
5V T M
TNS RELAY W POWER MOS FET

V
INSTRUMENT
X
CLUSTER REAR
WINDOW
D G
DEFROSTER
RELAY
ALL CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES

AIRFLOW VOLUME CONTROL DIAL
OFF SWITCH
DEFROSTER SWITCH
MODE SWITCH
TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL
AUTO SWITCH
A/C SWITCH
REC SWITCH
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH
AMB SWITCH
acxuuw00002303
07-032
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 3
Manual Air Conditioner
IG2 B+ B+ IG2 IG2 B+
E D
A/C RELAY
D E D E A C
TNS
BLOWER RELAY RELAY
PCM
B A C A A
MAGNETIC
A B CLUTCH
B AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REFRIGERANT

PRESSURE
D C
SWITCH
M BLOWER MOTOR
M
A
REAR
RESISTOR WINDOW 07-03
F D
DEFROSTER
A RELAY
EVAPORATOR AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
D
D A SENSOR SENSOR
B BCM
C E
C AIRFLOW MODE
A A
ACTUATOR
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
M
B B
A C B F D
A D F E C F L A P B H R V X I W K G E Q S J
AIRFLOW VOLUME
CONTROL DIAL CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
acxuuw00002304
End Of Sie
FOREWORD
id070300800200
The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use the following chart to
verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
End Of Sie
07-033
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 4
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
id070300800300
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 Insufficient air (or no air) blown from vents Problem with each vent and/or duct
Airflow mode does not change
2 Amount of air blown from vents does not change. (Full- Malfunction in blower system
auto air conditioner)
3 Amount of air blown from vents does not change. (Manual Malfunction in blower system
air conditioner)
4 Air intake mode does not change. Air intake mode does not change when switching
REC/FRESH mode.
5 No temperature control with climate control unit Malfunction in A/C unit and/or climate control unit
air intake system
6 Windshield fogged. A/C compressor does not operate while airflow
mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while
airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF
modes.
7 Air from vents not cold enough Magnetic clutch operates but A/C system
malfunctions.
8 No cool air Magnetic clutch does not operate.
9 Noise while operating A/C system Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose
or refrigerant line
End Of Sie
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS
id070300800400
1 Insufficient air (or no air) blown from vents

Problem with each vent and/or duct.
DESCRIPTION
Airflow mode does not change.
Malfunction in airflow mode actuator
POSSIBLE Malfunction in VENT mode system
CAUSE Malfunction in HEAT mode system
Malfunction in DEFROSTER mode system
1 INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect airflow mode actuator. No Repair or replace malfunctioning part in accordance with
Is it okay? further inspection result.
2 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to Step 5.
IS IN VENT MODE OR OTHER MODES No Go to the next step.
Does air blow out when in the VENT mode?
3 INSPECT VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 9.
Is the vent clogged? No Go to the next step.
4 VERIFY THAT DUCT IN DASHBOARD IS Yes Inspect the duct for clogging, deformation and air leakage,
INSTALLED then go to Step 9.
Is the duct in the dashboard properly No Install the duct securely in the proper position, then go to
installed? Step 9.
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
IS IN HEAT MODE OR DEFROSTER MODE No Inspect the vent for clogging, then go to Step 9.
Does air blow out when in the HEAT mode?
6 INSPECT DEFROSTER MODE Yes Operation is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.
Does air blow out when in the DEFROSTER No Go to the next step.
mode?
7 INSPECT VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 9.
Is the vent clogged? No Go to the next step.
8 VERIFY THAT DEFROSTER DUCT IS Yes Inspect the duct for clogging, deformation, and air leakage,
INSTALLED then go to the next step.
Is the defroster duct properly installed? No Install the duct securely in proper position, then go to the
next step.
9 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Troubleshooting completed.
DOES NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR Explain repairs to customer.
Does air blow out? No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
the malfunction recurs.
07-034
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 5
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE
End Of Sie
id070300800500
2 Amount of air blown from vents does not change.
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in blower system
A/C unit malfunction
POSSIBLE Blower motor malfunction
CAUSE Malfunction in power MOS FET system
Climate control unit malfunction
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors while
performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
connected correctly and undamaged.
1 INSPECT HEATER BLOWER 40 A FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the HEATER BLOWER 40 A fuse. No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 15. If the fuse burns out
Is it normal? immediately, go to the next step.
IS IN A/C UNIT OR ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Turn the airflow volume control dial to ON
position.
07-03
Recirculate air inside the vehicle.
Does the blower motor rotate smoothly?
3 INSPECT A/C UNIT INTAKE VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 15.
Is A/C unit intake vent clogged? No Inspect if there are any obstruction in the A/C unit passage,
then go to Step 15.
4* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to Step 8.
IS IN BLOWER RELAY SYSTEM OR POWER No Go to the next step.
MOS FET SYSTEM
Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
Turn the airflow volume control dial to OFF
position.
Measure the voltage at the following blower
motor terminal.
Terminal A (blower motor operation
signal)
Is voltage approx. 12 V?
5* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF No Repair the wiring harness between the blower relay and
CONTINUITY BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND HEATER BLOWER 40 A fuse, then go to Step 15.
BLOWER RELAY) OR ELSEWHERE
relay terminals.
Terminal B (IG2 signal)
Terminal A (B+ signal)
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF No Repair the wiring harness between the blower relay and
CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY ground, then go to Step 15.
AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
relay terminal.
Terminal D (GND signal)
7* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Repair the wiring harness between the blower relay and
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF blower motor, then go to Step 15.
CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY No Replace the blower relay, then go to Step 15.
AND BLOWER MOTOR) OR BLOWER RELAY
relay terminal.
Terminal C (blower motor operation
signal)
07-035
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 6
IS IN BLOWER MOTOR OR ELSEWHERE No Inspect the blower motor, then go to Step 15.
motor terminal.
signal)
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF No Repair the wiring harness between the blower motor and
CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR
AND POWER MOS FET) OR ELSEWHERE power MOS FET, then go to Step 15.
Measure the voltage at the following terminal
of power MOS FET.
Terminal E (blower motor operation
signal)
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF No Repair the wiring harness between the power MOS FET
CONTINUITY BETWEEN POWER MOS FET
AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE and ground, then go to Step 15.
Measure the voltage at the following power
MOS FET terminal.
signal)
11 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the fan in A/C unit. No Remove obstruction, repair or replace the fan and A/C unit
Is the fan free of interference with the A/C case, then go to Step 15.
unit case?
Is the fan free of foreign material and
obstruction?
Is the fan normal?
12* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the power MOS FET, then go to Step 15.
IS IN POWER MOS FET OR ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Disconnect power MOS FET connector.
Turn the airflow volume control dial to 1st
position from OFF.
Measure the voltage at the following power
MOS FET terminal.
Terminal B (blower motor control signal)
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF No Repair the wiring harness between the power MOS FET
CONTINUITY BETWEEN POWER MOS FET
AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR and climate control unit, then go to Step 15.
ELSEWHERE
Disconnect climate control unit connector.
Inspect for continuity at the following
terminals between the power MOS FET and
climate control unit.
Terminal B T (blower motor control
signal)
Terminal E V (blower motor feedback
signal)
14* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Repair the wiring harness between the power MOS FET
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR WIRING and ground, then go to the next step.
HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND IN WIRING
HARNESS BETWEEN POWER MOS FET AND No Replace the climate control unit, then go to the next step.
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT)
Inspect for continuity at the following terminal
between the power MOS FET and ground.
Terminal A (blower motor control signal)
ground
15 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Troubleshooting completed.
DOES NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR Explain repairs to customer.
Is air discharged from vent? No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
End Of Sie
07-036
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 7
NO.3 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE
id070300800600
3 Amount of air blown from vents does not change.
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in blower system
POSSIBLE Blower relay, blower motor, resistor, airflow volume control dial malfunction
CAUSE A/C unit malfunction
1 INSPECT BLOWER SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the following systems and electrical No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step 5.
parts.
Blower relay
Blower motor
Resistor
Airflow volume control dial
Related wiring harnesses
Are they normal?
IS IN A/C UNIT OR ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Turn the airflow volume control dial on.
Recirculate air inside the vehicle. 07-03
Does the blower motor rotate smoothly?
3 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect blower motor. No Remove obstruction, repair or replace the fan and A/C unit
Is the fan free of interference from the A/C case, then go to Step 5.
unit case?
Is the fan free of foreign material and
obstructions?
Is the fan normal?
4 INSPECT A/C UNIT INTAKE VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to the next step.
Is the A/C unit intake vent clogged? No Inspect if there are any obstructions in the A/C unit passage,
5 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Troubleshooting completed.
OCCURS AFTER REPAIR Explain repairs to customer.
Does air blow out? No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
End Of Sie
NO.4 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT CHANGE
id070300800700
4 Air intake mode does not change.

DESCRIPTION Air intake mode does not change when switching REC/FRESH mode.
POSSIBLE Air intake actuator malfunction
CAUSE Air intake door malfunction
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
1* INSPECT AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
(Auto A/C) No Replace the air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
Inspect the following items using M-MDS
simulation function.
MIX_ACT (Air intake actuator)
Is it okay?
(Manual A/C)
Inspect air intake actuator.
Is it okay?
07-037
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 8
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE No Go to Step 4.
ACTUATOR, WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltages at the following climate
control unit terminals.
(Auto A/C)
Terminal K (24-pin, FRESH motor drive
signal)
Terminal I (24-pin, RECIRCULATE motor
drive signal)
(See 07-40-13 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(Manual A/C)
Terminal X (24-pin, FRESH motor drive
signal)
Terminal V (24-pin, RECIRCULATE motor
drive signal)
Are voltages normal?
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE No Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
ACTUATOR OR WIRING HARNESS and air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
(BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR)
Measure the voltages at the following air
intake actuator terminals.
(Auto A/C / Manual A/C)
Terminal D (FRESH motor drive signal)
Terminal F (RECIRCULATE motor drive
signal)
Are voltages as shown below?
(Auto A/C / Manual A/C)
Terminal D: approx. 0.5 V during
RECIRCULATE and approx. 10 V during
FRESH
Terminal F: approx. 10 V during
RECIRCULATE and approx. 0.5 V during
FRESH
4 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect the air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR No Go to the next step.
ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the air intake actuator connector.
(Auto A/C)
Terminal K (FRESH motor drive signal)
Terminal I (RECIRCULATE motor drive
signal)
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(Manual A/C)
Terminal X (FRESH motor drive signal)
Terminal V (RECIRCULATE motor drive
signal)
Are voltages normal?
07-038
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 9
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO B+ No Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND and air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the climate control unit
connector.
(Auto A/C)
signal)
(Manual A/C)
signal)
Are voltages approx. 0 V?
6 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO and air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
GROUND BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL No Go to the next step.
UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE
Inspect for continuity at the following 07-03
terminals between the climate control unit
and ground.
(Auto A/C)
signal)
(Manual A/C)
signal)
7 INSPECT AIR INTAKE LINK Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the air intake links. No Apply grease to the links. If any the links are damaged,
Is there grease on link? replace the air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
Are the links securely and properly
installed?
Are the links free of obstructions and
hindrances?
Are the above items normal?
8 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the climate control unit, then go to the next step.
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIR No Remove obstruction, or install the doors in the proper
INTAKE DOOR position. If any doors are cracked or damaged, replace
Inspect the A/C unit air intake door. them, then go to the next step.
Is the door free of obstructions, cracks,
and damage?
Are the doors securely and properly
installed?
9 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to customer.
DO NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
Does the air intake mode change smoothly? the malfunction recurs.
End Of Sie
07-039
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 10
NO.5 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
id070300800800
5 No temperature control with climate control unit

DESCRIPTION Malfunction in A/C unit and/or climate control unit air intake system
A/C unit air intake link, air intake crank, air intake rod, air intake wire, wire clamp malfunction
POSSIBLE Climate control unit rack-and-pinion, air intake wire malfunction
CAUSE A/C unit air intake door malfunction
Heater piping malfunction
1 INSPECT COOLANT TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
Is the coolant sufficiently warmed up? No Warm up the engine, then go to Step 8.
2 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the A/C unit air intake links, air intake No Apply grease or install the links, cranks, and rods securely
cranks, air intake rods, air intake actuator, in their proper positions, repair or replace the air intake
and wire clamp. actuator or wire clamp, then go to Step 8.
Is there grease on links and cranks?
Are links, cranks, and rods securely
installed in their proper positions?
Is wire clamp free of deformation?
3 VERIFY THAT AIR INTAKE WIRE FROM A/C Yes Go to the next step.
UNIT IS POSITIONED SECURELY AND No Adjust the air intake wire or install securely in the correct
CORRECTLY (IF AVAILABLE) position, then go to Step 8.
Is the air intake wire securely installed in the
correct position in relation to the A/C unit air
mix links?
4 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the climate control unit. No Repair or replace the climate control unit, then go to Step 8.
Is the climate control unit normal?
5 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 8.
Is there any foreign material or obstruction in No Go to the next step.
the A/C unit air intake doors?
6 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR Yes Inspect the air intake door for cracks or damage, then go to
Is the A/C unit air intake door securely and the next step.
properly installed? No Install the air intake door securely in the proper position,
7 INSPECT HEATER LINE Yes Operation is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.
Inspect the heater lines. No If heater piping connections are loose, tighten the
Is the heater piping free of damage and connections to the specified torque.
cracks? Repair or replace the heater piping, then go to the next step.
Are the heater piping connections free of
engine coolant leakage?
Are the heater piping connections
securely tightened?
Are the heater piping installation points on
A/C unit free of engine coolant leakage?
Does the unit operate in every temperature No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
setting? the malfunction recurs.
End Of Sie
07-0310
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 11
NO.6 WINDSHIELD FOGGED
id070300800900
6 Windshield fogged.
A/C compressor does not operate while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
DESCRIPTION Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF
modes.
Climate control unit (B+ signal) system malfunction
POSSIBLE Air intake actuator malfunction
CAUSE Climate control unit (RECIRCULATE, FRESH signal) system malfunction
A/C unit air intake door malfunction
doing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If
there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected correctly and
undamaged.
1 COOL AIR BLOW OUT INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
When both the A/C and airflow volume No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No.8.
control dial in the climate control unit are on,
does cool air blow out from the front vent?
2 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT POWER Yes Go to the next step.
SUPPLY FUSE FOR B+ SIGNAL No Inspect for a short to ground on blown fuse circuit.
Is the climate control unit power supply fuse Repair or replace if necessary. Install appropriate amperage 07-03
for B+ signal normal? fuse.
3 INSPECT AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the air intake actuator. No Apply grease or install the link properly and securely,
Is there grease on the link? remove obstruction, then go to Step 14.
Is the link securely and properly
positioned?
Is the link free of obstructions?
*4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.
FUSE BLOCK AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT No Repair the wiring harness between the fuse block and
FOR CONTINUITY climate control unit, then go to Step 14.
Disconnect the climate control unit connector
(24-pin).
Measure the voltage at the following climate
control unit terminal (B+ signal).
R (full-auto air conditioner)
P (manual air conditioner)
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND GROUND No Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
FOR VOLTAGE and ground, then go to Step 14.
control unit terminal (Ground).
D (full-auto air conditioner)
L (manual air conditioner)
Is the voltage approx. 0V?
6 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C Yes Go to the next step.
UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR OR ELSEWHERE No Go to Step 12.
Connect the climate control unit connector
(24-pin).
Remove the air intake actuator.
Set the airflow volume control dial to 4th
position.
Does the air intake mode (RECIRCULATE,
FRESH) change smoothly when the air
intake link is operated by hand?
07-0311
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 12
7 INSPECT AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the air intake actuator. No Replace the air intake actuator, go to Step 14.
(See 07-40-10 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
Is it normal?
8 INSPECT AIR INTAKE SELECTOR SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
AND DEFROSTER SWITCH IN CLIMATE No Replace the climate control unit, then go to Step 14.
CONTROL UNIT
(Auto A/C)
Measure the voltage at climate control unit
connector (24-pin) terminals K and I.
(Manual A/C)
Measure the voltage at climate control unit
connector (24-pin) terminals X and V.
Is it normal?
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE No Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
ACTUATOR FOR CONTINUITY and air intake actuator, then go to Step 14.
Is there continuity between the following
climate control unit terminals and air intake
actuator terminals?
(Auto A/C)
Terminal D Terminal K (FRESH signal)
Terminal F Terminal I (RECIRCULATE
signal)
(Manual A/C)
Terminal D Terminal X (FRESH signal)
Terminal F Terminal V (RECIRCULATE
signal)
*10 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE and air intake actuator, then go to Step 14.
ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Is there continuity between the following
climate control unit terminals and ground?
(Auto A/C)
Terminal K (FRESH signal)
Terminal I (RECIRCULATE signal)
(Manual A/C)
Terminal X (FRESH signal)
Terminal V (RECIRCULATE signal)
*11 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE and air intake actuator, then go to Step 14.
ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO B+ No Replace the climate control unit, then go to Step 14.
(Auto A/C)
Terminal K (FRESH signal)
Terminal I (RECIRCULATE signal)
(Manual A/C)
Terminal X (FRESH signal)
Terminal V (RECIRCULATE signal)
12 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 14.
Is there any foreign material or obstruction in No Go to the next step.
the A/C unit air intake door?
13 VERIFY THAT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR Yes Inspect the air intake door for cracks or damage, then go to
IS POSITIONED SECURELY AND PROPERLY the next step.
Is the A/C unit air intake door securely and No Install the air intake door securely in the proper position,
properly positioned? then go to the next step.
Does the malfunction disappear? No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
End Of Sie
07-0312
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 13
NO.7 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH
id070300801000
7 Air from vents not cold enough.

DESCRIPTION Magnetic clutch operates but A/C system malfunctions.
Drive belt malfunction
A/C unit or condenser malfunction
POSSIBLE Receiver/drier or expansion valve malfunction (valve closes too much)
CAUSE Malfunction in refrigerant lines
A/C compressor system malfunction, insufficient compressor oil
Over filling of compressor oil, malfunction in expansion valve or A/C unit air mix link system
1 INSPECT DRIVE BELT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the drive belt. No Adjust or replace the drive belt, then go to Step 20.
(See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION[L3 (See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].) WITH TC].)
Is it normal?
2 INSPECT REFRIGERANT SYSTEM Yes Operation is normal. (Recheck malfunction symptoms.)
PERFORMANCE No Go to the next step.
Perform refrigerant system performance test.
(See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
Is the operation normal? 07-03
IS IN A/C UNIT INTAKE AND CONDENSER No Go to Step 6.
OR ELSEWHERE
Are the refrigerant high-pressure and low-
pressure values both high?
4 INSPECT A/C UNIT INTAKE Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 20. (If air does not
Is the A/C unit intake clogged? reach the evaporator in the A/C unit, heat exchange does
not occur and refrigerant pressure becomes high.
Therefore, removal of obstruction is necessary.)
5 INSPECT CONDENSER Yes Adjust refrigerant to the specified amount, then go to Step
Inspect the condenser. 20. (Excessive amount of refrigerant.)
(See 07-11-18 CONDENSER No Replace the condenser, or repair and clean the condenser
INSPECTION.) fins, then go to Step 20.
Is it normal?
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE, RECEIVER/DRIER No Go to Step 14.
AND REFRIGERANT LINES OR ELSEWHERE
Are the refrigerant high-pressure and low-
pressure values low?
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE AND RECEIVER/ No Go to Step 10.
DRIER OR ELSEWHERE
Immediately after the A/C compressor
operates, does the refrigerant high-pressure
value momentarily rise to correct value, then
fall and stay below it? (Is there negative
pressure on low-pressure side?)
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE OR RECEIVER/ No Replace the condenser and vacuum the refrigerant line
DRIER more than 30 min by the vacuum pump, add refrigerant to
Turn the A/C switch off and let the air the specified level, then go to Step 20. (Since water has
conditioner stop for 10 min. intermixed in the receiver/drier and it is saturated,
Start the engine. replacement is necessary.)
Turn the both A/C switch and airflow volume
control dial on.
Does the malfunction occur after the A/C
compressor turns on?
07-0313
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 14
9 VERIFY THAT EXPANSION VALVE HEAT- Yes Replace the expansion valve, then go to Step 20. (Since the
SENSING TUBE WITHIN A/C UNIT IS valve closes too much, replacement is necessary.)
POSITIONED SECURELY AND CORRECTLY No Install the heat-sensing tube securely in the proper position,
Is the expansion valve heat-sensing tube in then go to Step 20.
the A/C unit securely installed in the proper
position?
10 INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the refrigerant lines. No If the piping or A/C component (s) are damaged or cracked,
Is the piping free of damage and cracks? replace them.
Are the piping connections free of oil Then go to Step 20.
grime? (Visual inspection) If there is no damage, go to Step 13.
Are the piping connections free of gas
leakage?
Are the piping installation points on the
condenser free of gas leakage?
Are the piping installation points on the
receiver/drier free of gas leakage?
Are the piping installation points on the A/
C compressor free of gas leakage?
Are the piping installation points on the A/
C unit free of gas leakage?
Perform gas leakage inspection using a
gas leak tester.
11 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes If the vane makes a noise, add 10 ml {10 cc, 0.34 fl oz} of
CONNECTION IN A/C UNIT FOR GAS compressor oil to the A/C compressor. Verify that the noise
LEAKAGE is no longer heard.
Are piping the connections for the evaporator Adjust refrigerant to the specified amount, then go to Step
in the A/C unit free of gas leakage? 20.
No If the piping is damaged or cracked, replace it.
Then go to Step 20.
If there is no damage, go to the next step.
12 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes Tighten the connections to the specified torque, adjust both
CONNECTION IN A/C UNIT FOR LOOSE compressor oil and refrigerant to the specified amount, then
Are the piping connections for the evaporator go to Step 20.
in the A/C unit loose? No If the vane makes a noise, add 10 ml {10 cc, 0.34 fl oz} of
compressor oil to the A/C compressor. Verify that the noise
is no longer heard.
Replace the O-ring on piping, adjust refrigerant to the
specified amount, then go to Step 20.
13 INSPECT PIPING CONNECTION FOR LOOSE Yes Tighten the connections to the specified torque, adjust both
Are the piping connections loose? compressor oil and refrigerant to the specified amount, then
go to Step 20.
No If the vane makes a noise, add 10 ml {10 cc, 0.34 fl oz} of
compressor oil to the A/C compressor. Verify that the noise
is no longer heard.
Replace O-ring on piping, adjust refrigerant to specified
amount, then go to Step 20.
14 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step. (Pressure hardly increases.)
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE, AIR MIX No Go to Step 17.
ACTUATOR AND COMPRESSOR OIL OR
ELSEWHERE
Does the refrigerant high-pressure value
hardly increase?
15 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Return to Step 3.
IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL AMOUNT AND A/C No Go to the next step.
COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE
When the engine is racing, does the high-
pressure value increase?
16 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain to customer that cause
IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL AMOUNT OR A/C was insufficient compressor oil.)
COMPRESSOR No Replace the A/C compressor, then go to Step 20. (Cause is
After compressor oil is replenished each 10 defective A/C compressor.)
ml {10 cc, 0.34 fl oz}, does high-pressure
value increase?
07-0314
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE OR ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Is only refrigerant low-pressure value high?
18 VERIFY THAT AIR MIX IS INSTALLED Yes Set the airflow volume control dial to 4th position.
SECURELY AND PROPERLY Turn the A/C switch on.
Are the A/C unit air mix links, air mix cranks, Set FRESH mode.
and air mix rods securely and properly Set temperature control to MAX COLD.
installed? Set VENT mode.
(1)Start and run the engine at 1,500 rpm for 10 min.
(2)Run the engine at idle for 1 min.
(3)Within 12 s, idle 4,000 rpm idle. Perform cycle 5
times.
(4) Run the engine at idle for 30 s.
(5)Drain the compressor oil completely from the A/C
compressor and verify the amount.
If there is approx. 90 ml {90 cc, 3.0 fl oz} of
compressor oil, go to Step 20.
If there is more than 90 ml {90 cc, 3.0 fl oz} of
compressor oil, remove surplus oil and fill the A/C
compressor with 90 ml {90 cc, 3.0 fl oz} of
compressor oil. Repeat Steps (1) to (5).
(Cause is excessive amount of compressor oil.)
No Repair or install the links, cranks and rods securely in the
proper position, then go to Step 20. 07-03
19 VERIFY THAT EXPANSION VALVE HEAT- Yes Replace the expansion valve, then go to the next step.
SENSING TUBE WITHIN A/C UNIT IS (Since the valve opens too much, replacement is
POSITIONED SECURELY AND CORRECTLY necessary.)
Is the expansion valve heat-sensing tube in No Install the heat-sensing tube securely in the proper position,
the A/C unit securely installed in the proper then go to the next step.
position?
Does cool air blow out? (Are results of No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
refrigerant system performance test the malfunction recurs.
normal?)
End Of Sie
NO.8 NO COOL AIR
id070300801100
8 No cool air
DESCRIPTION Magnetic clutch does not operate.
Malfunction in PCM A/C cut control system
Malfunction in climate control unit
Malfunction in refrigerant pressure switch
Malfunction in PCM (A/C signal)
POSSIBLE Malfunction in PCM (IG1 signal)
CAUSE Malfunction in A/C compressor
Malfunction in A/C relay
Malfunction in evaporator temperature sensor
Malfunction in BCM unit (Manual A/C)
Malfunction in CAN communication
malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
1 INSPECT AIR BLOW OUT Yes Go to the next step.
Does air blow out? No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting indexes No.1 and 2.
2 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATION Yes Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No.7.
Start engine. No Go to the next step.
Turn A/C switch and airflow volume control
dial on.
Does A/C compressor operate?
07-0315
3 INSPECT FOR DTC IN PCM Yes Go to appropriate inspection procedure.
Inspect for DTCs related to the PCM on- No (Auto A/C)
board diagnostic system. Go to the next step.
Are any DTCs displayed? (Manual A/C)
Go to Step 5.
4 CONFIRM DTC U0073, U0516 USING M-MDS Yes Network communication, for related system is malfunction.
Retrieve DTC from EATC and HEC. Go to appropriate inspection procedure.
DTCs (U0073, U0516) retrieved? No Go to Step 6.
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect and/or replace the PCM, then go to Step 18.
IS IN PCM OR ELSEWHERE No Release short, then go to the next step.
Does cool air blow out when terminal 1AU of
PCM connector (A/C signal) is grounded?
IS IN A/C SIGNAL CIRCUIT (BETWEEN No Go to the next step.
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH AND
PCM) OR ELSEWHERE
Test voltage at following terminal of
refrigerant pressure switch.
Terminal B (A/C signal)
7* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Repair wiring harness between PCM and refrigerant
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN WIRING pressure switch, then go to Step 18.
HARNESS (BETWEEN REFRIGERANT No Inspect PCM, then go to Step 18.
PRESSURE SWITCH AND PCM) OR PCM
Test voltage at A/C signal terminal of PCM.
IS IN REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH, No (Auto A/C)
REFRIGERANT AMOUNT, OR ELSEWHERE Go to Step 11.
Does cool air blow out when terminals A and (Manual A/C)
B of refrigerant pressure switch connector Go to the next step.
are shorted?
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN No Repair wiring harness between refrigerant pressure switch
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH AND and PCM, then go to Step 18.
PCM) OR ELSEWHERE
Test voltage at following terminal of PCM.
Terminal 1AU (A/C signal)
10 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes If refrigerant amount is empty, replace condenser, vacuum
IS IN REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH OR refrigerant line more than 30 min by vacuum pump, and
REFRIGERANT AMOUNT add refrigerant to specified level, then go to Step 18.
Inspect refrigerant pressure switch. No Replace refrigerant pressure switch, then go to Step 18.
Is it okay?
11 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Release short, then go to the next step.
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN A/C CONTROL No Go to Step 13.
SIGNAL CIRCUIT (BETWEEN A/C RELAY
AND PCM) OR ELSEWHERE
Does cool air blow out when terminal E of A/
C relay connector (A/C control signal) is
grounded?
12* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect PCM, then go to Step 18.
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN PCM OR No Repair wiring harness between A/C relay and PCM, then go
WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN A/C RELAY to Step 18.
AND PCM)
Test voltage at the A/C relay control signal
terminal of PCM.
13* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect magnetic clutch, then go to Step 18.
IS IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH OR ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Test voltage at the following terminal of
magnetic clutch thermal protector.
Terminal A (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
07-0316 Revised 8/2006 (Ref. No. R087/06)

1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 17
13* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect magnetic clutch, then go to Step 18.
IS IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH OR ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Test voltage at the following terminal of
magnetic clutch thermal protector.
Terminal A (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
14 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Are A/C relay power supply fuses okay? No Replace fuse, then go to Step 18. If fuse burns out
immediately, go to the next step.
15 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.
FUSE BLOCK AND A/C RELAY FOR LACK No Repair wiring harness between fuse block and A/C relay,
OF CONTINUITY then go to Step 18.
Test voltages at following terminals of A/C
relay.
Terminal A (A/C relay control signal)
Terminal C (A/C control signal)
Are voltages approx. 12 V?
16 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect wiring harness between A/C relay and magnetic
IS IN A/C RELAY OR WIRING HARNESS clutch.
(BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND MAGNETIC If above wiring harness is OK, go to the next step.
CLUTCH) AND EVAPORATOR If above wiring harness malfunctions, repair wiring
TEMPERATURE SENSOR harness, then go to Step 18. 07-03
Test voltage at the following terminal of A/C No Replace A/C relay, then go to Step 18.
relay.
Terminal D (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
17 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR No Replace evaporator temperature sensor, then go to the next
Inspect evaporator temperature sensor. step.
Is it okay?
18 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to customer.
Does cool air blow out? (Are the results of malfunction recurs.
refrigerant system performance test okay?)
End Of Sie
NO.9 NOISE WHILE OPERATING A/C SYSTEM
id070300801200
9 Noise while operating A/C system.

DESCRIPTION Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose or refrigerant line.
Magnetic clutch operation noise
POSSIBLE A/C compressor vane noise
CAUSE A/C compressor slippage noise
Hose or refrigerant line interference noise
1 CHECK A/C COMPRESSOR VANE NOISE Yes Go to Step 5.
Is there a jingling, popping, beeping, or No Go to the next step.
buzzing sound (A/C compressor vane
noise)?
2 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR SLIPPAGE Yes Go to Step 14.
NOISE No Go to the next step.
Is there a squeaking or whirling sound (A/C
compressor slippage noise)?
3 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR Yes Go to Step 18.
INTERFERENCE NOISE No Go to the next step.
Is there a rattling or vibrating sound
(interference noise)?
4 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION Yes Adjust clearance between pressure plate of magnetic clutch
NOISE and A/C compressor pulley, then go to Step 19.
Is there a clicking sound (magnetic clutch (See 07-40-6 MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT.)
operation noise)? No Condition is normal. (Recheck malfunction symptoms.)
07-0317
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 18
5 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR NOISE TIME Yes Go to the next step.
Is noise heard continuously for more than 3 No Condition is normal. (Noise occurs for 2 3 s immediately
s after A/C compressor comes on? after A/C compressor turns on.)
6 INSPECT IDLE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect idle speed. No Follow the repair instruction described in section 01-10, then
(See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH go to Step 19.
TC].)
Is it okay?
7 INSPECT REFRIGERANT AMOUNT Yes Go to Step 10.
Inspect refrigerant amount. No Go to the next step.
Is it okay?
8 INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINES Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect refrigerant lines. No If piping or A/C component(s) is damaged or cracked,
Is piping free of damage and cracks? replace then go to Step 19.
Are piping connections free of oil grime? If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection and
(Visual inspection) replace condenser*, then go to Step 19.
Are piping connections free of gas
leakage?
Are piping installation points on
condenser free of gas leakage?
Are piping installation points on receiver/
drier free of gas leakage?
Are piping installation points on A/C
compressor free of gas leakage?
Are piping installation points on A/C unit
free of gas leakage
Perform gas leak inspection using gas
leak tester.
Are above items okay?
9 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes Adjust refrigerant amount to specified level, then go to Step
CONNECTIONS IN A/C UNIT FOR GAS 19.
LEAKAGE No If piping is damaged or cracked, replace then go to Step 19.
Are piping connections for evaporator in A/C If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection and
unit free of gas leakage? replace condenser*, then go to Step 19.
10 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL OR ELSEWHERE No Troubleshooting completed.
Add 20 ml {20 cc, 0.8 fl oz} of compressor Explain repair to customer.
oil.
Is noise heard when racing engine?
11 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE No Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 19.
Drain compressor oil.
Is it contaminated with metal particles?
12 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace entire A/C system (excluding heater), then go to
IS SOMEWHERE IN A/C SYSTEM OR Step 19.
ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
Is compressor oil whitish and mixed with
water?
13 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR OIL Yes Replace A/C compressor and condenser, then go to Step
Is compressor oil darker than normal and 19. (Since A/C compressor may be worn and receiver/drier
contaminated with aluminum chips? may be clogged, replacement of receiver/drier is
necessary.)
No Condition is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.
14 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 19. (A/C
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE compressor discharge valve left open)
Is noise heard immediately after A/C No Go to the next step.
compressor is stopped?
15 INSPECT DRIVE BELT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect drive belt. No Adjust or replace drive belt, then go to Step 19.
(See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION[L3
WITH TC].)
Is it okay?
07-0318
1871-1U-06B(07-03).fm 19
16 INSPECT DRIVE BELT CONDITION Yes Remove obstruction, remove oil, or replace drive belt, then
Is drive belt worn? go to Step 19.
Does it have foreign material imbedded in it, No Go to the next step.
or have oil on it?
17 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH Yes Replace A/C compressor (excluding pressure plate, A/C
Inspect magnetic clutch. compressor pulley, and stator), then go to Step 19.
(See 07-40-7 MAGNETIC CLUTCH No Replace magnetic clutch, then go to Step 19.
INSPECTION.)
Is it okay?
18 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Visually inspect A/C compressor, replace appropriate parts
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR REFRIGERANT if necessary, then go to the next step.
LINES No If noise is due to refrigerant lines, repair detached or
Is noise emitted from A/C compressor? missing clips, tighten loose bolts, then go to the next step.
Has A/C compressor noise stopped? No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
malfunction recurs.
* : If there is gas leakage, air enters into the A/C system. The desiccant within the receiver/drier absorbs the
moisture from the air and becomes saturated. If the A/C system is used in this condition, the inside of the A/C
compressor will begin to rust due to this moisture, which may cause lock up or noise to occur. Therefore,
replacement of the receiver/drier is necessary.
07-03
End Of Sie
07-0319
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 1
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
07-10 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE Manifold Gauge Set Installation . . . . . . 07-102
WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-101 REFRIGERANT CHARGING . . . . . . . . . . 07-102
Using/Handling Unapproved Charging Recycled R-134a
Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-101 Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-102
Handling Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-101 Charging Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-103
Storing Refrigerant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-101 Evacuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-103
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE Airtightness Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-103
CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-101 Charging New R-134a Refrigerant . . . . 07-104
Handling Insufficient Leak Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-105
Refrigerant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-101 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY . . . . . . . . . . 07-106
Handling Compressor Oil. . . . . . . . . . . 07-102 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK . . . 07-106
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM GENERAL REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-102 PERFORMANCE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-106
End of Toc
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS
WM: REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
id071000800100
Using/Handling Unapproved Refrigerant
Using a flammable refrigerant, such as OZ-12, in this vehicle is dangerous. In an accident, the
refrigerant may catch fire, resulting in serious injury or death. When servicing this vehicle, use only R-
134a. 07-10
Checking for system leakage on a vehicle that has been serviced with flammable refrigerant, such as
OZ-12, is dangerous. Conventional leak detectors use an electronically generated arc which can ignite
the refrigerant, causing serious injury or death. If a flammable refrigerant may have been used to
service the system, or if you suspect a flammable refrigerant has been used, contact the local fire
marshal or EPA office for information on handling the refrigerant.
Handling Refrigerant
Avoid breathing air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Also, due to environmental concerns, use service equipment certified to meet the requirements
of SAE J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment) when draining R-134a from the air conditioning system. If
accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service.
Do not pressure test or leak test R-134a service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning system with
compressed air. Some mixtures of air and R-134a have been shown to be combustible at elevated
pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or property damage. Additional health and
safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufacturers.
Do not allow the refrigerant to leak near fire or any kind of heat. A poisonous gas may be generated if
the refrigerant gas contacts fire or heat such as from cigarettes and heaters. When carrying out any
operation that can cause refrigerant leakage, extinguish or remove the above-mentioned heat sources
and maintain adequate ventilation.
Handling liquid refrigerant is dangerous. A drop of it on the skin can result in localized frostbite. When
handling the refrigerant, wear gloves and safety goggles. If refrigerant splashes into the eyes,
immediately wash them with clean water and consult a doctor.
Storing Refrigerant
The refrigerant container is highly pressurized. If it is subjected to high heat, it could explode,
scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure you. Store the refrigerant at
temperatures below 40C {104F}.
End Of Sie
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS
id071000800200
Handling Insufficient Refrigerant Level
If an insufficient refrigerant level is detected at troubleshooting, do not charge (add) the refrigerant.
Because an accurate amount of refrigerant cannot be determined from the pressure indicated on the
manifold gauge, never charge the refrigerant. If there is too much or too little refrigerant from the
refilling, there may be secondary problems such as damage to the refrigerant cycle parts, or a decrease
of cooling performance. Therefore, if it is determined that the refrigerant level is insufficient,
completely remove refrigerant from the refrigerant cycle and refill with refrigerant to the specified
amount.
07-101
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 2
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
Handling Compressor Oil
Use only ATMOS GU10 compressor oil for this vehicle. Using a PAG oil other than ATMOS GU10
compressor oil can damage the A/C compressor.
Do not spill ATMOS GU10 compressor oil on the vehicle. A drop of compressor oil on the vehicle
surface can eat away at the paint. If oil gets on the vehicle, wipe it off immediately.
ATMOS GU10 compressor oil (PAG oil) has a ATMOS GU10 COMPRESSOR OIL (PAG OIL)
higher moisture absorption efficiency than the
MOISTURE ABSORPTION
previously used mineral oil. If moisture mixes
with the compressor oil, the refrigerant
system could be damaged. Therefore, install
caps immediately after using the compressor
oil or removing refrigerant system parts to
prevent moisture absorption.
If the refrigerant gas is completely discharged MINERAL OIL
from the system for reasons such as a
malfunction during A/C operation, repair or 0
TIME
replace the malfunctioning part, charge the
acxuuw00000767
refrigerant to the specified amount and always
add 60 ml {60 cc, 2.03 fl oz} of A/C
compressor. If the compressor oil is not adequately replenished, the A/C compressor may quickly
deteriorate, abnormal noise may develop, cooling performance may be affected or, in the worst case,
the A/C compressor may seize.
End Of Sie
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM GENERAL PROCEDURES
id071000800300
Manifold Gauge Set Installation
1. Fully close the valves of the manifold gauge.
2. Connect the charging hoses to the high and low-
pressure side joints of the manifold gauge.
3. Connect the quick couplers to the ends of the
charging hoses.
4. Connect the quick couplers to the charging MANIFOLD GAUGE
valves.
End Of Sie CHARGING HOSE
WM: REFRIGERANT
QUICK COUPLER
CAP
CAP
CHARGING
CHARGING VALVE OF VALVE OF
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE HIGH-PRESSURE
SIDE
acxuuw00001560
REFRIGERANT CHARGING
id071000800400
Caution
Do not exceed the specification when charging the system with refrigerant. Doing so will decrease
the efficiency of the air conditioner or damage the refrigeration cycle parts.
Charging Recycled R-134a Refrigerant

1. Connect an R-134a recovery/recycling/recharging device to the vehicle and follow the device manufacturer's
instructions.
07-102
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 3
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
Charging Preparation
1. Install the manifold gauge set.
2. Connect the tap pin side of the charging hose to the air purge valve of the manifold gauge.
3. Connect the vacuum pump hose to the center joint of the manifold gauge.
4. Connect the vacuum pump hose to the vacuum pump.
5. Connect the charging hose to the refrigerant tank.
6. Place the refrigerant tank on the scale.
Regular amount of refrigerant (approx. quantity)

500 g {17.7 oz} AIR PURGE VALVE
TAP PIN SIDE
MANIFOLD GAUGE
CHARGE HOSE VACUUM PUMP

HOSE
REFRIGERANT
TANK
SCALE
VACUUM PUMP
acxuuw00000768
Evacuation 07-10
1. Open all the valves of the manifold gauge.
Caution
Close the manifold gauge valve immediately after stopping the vacuum pump. If the valve is left
open, the vacuum pump oil will flow back into the refrigeration cycle and cause a decrease in the
efficiency of the air conditioner.
2. Start the vacuum pump and let it operate for 15

MANIFOLD
min. GAUGE
CLOSE
acxuuw00000769
3. Verify that high- and low-pressure side readings

of the manifold gauge are at 101 kPa {760 MANIFOLD
mmHg, 29.9 inHg}. Close each valve of the GAUGE
manifold gauge.
acxuuw00000770
Airtightness Check
1. Stop the vacuum pump and wait for 5 min.
2. Check the high- and low-pressure side readings of the manifold gauge.
If the reading has changed, inspect for leakage and go to Evacuation. (See 07-10-3 Evacuation.)
If the reading has not changed, go to Charging New R-134a Refrigerant. (See 07-10-4 Charging New R-
134a Refrigerant.)
07-103
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 4
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
Charging New R-134a Refrigerant
1. Open the valve of the refrigerant tank.
2. Weigh the refrigerant tank to charge the suitable amount of refrigerant.
Warning
If the refrigerant system is charged with a large amount of refrigerant when inspecting for gas
leakage, and if any leakage should occur, the refrigerant will be released into the atmosphere. In
order to prevent the accidental release of refrigerant which can destroy the ozone layer in the
stratosphere, follow the proper procedures and charge with only a small amount of refrigerant
when inspecting for gas leakage.
If charging the system with refrigerant using service cans, running the engine with the high-
pressure side valve open is dangerous. Pressure within the service cans will increase and the
cans could explode, scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
you. Therefore, do not open the high-pressure side valve while the engine is running.
Caution
Always being charging of refrigerant from the high-pressure side. If changing is begun from the
low-pressure side, the vanes of the A/C compressor will not be released and abnormal noise may
result.
3. Open the high-pressure side valve of the manifold

gauge. MANIFOLD GAUGE
OPEN
acxuuw00000771
4. When the low-pressure side reading increases to

0.098 MPa {1.0 kgf/cm2, 14 psi}, close the high- MANIFOLD
GAUGE
pressure side valve of the manifold gauge.
5. Inspect for leakage from the cooler pipe/hose
connections using a gas leak tester.
If there is no leakage, go to Step 7.
If leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the
joint, then go to the next step.
6. Inspect for leakage again.
If there is no leakage after tightening the joint,
go to the next step.
If there is still a leakage at the same joint, acxuuw00000772
discharge the refrigerant and then repair the
joint. Repeat the charging procedure from
evacuation.
Warning
If charging the system with refrigerant using service cans, running the engine with the high-
pressure side valve open is dangerous. Pressure within the service cans will increase and the
cans could explode, scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
you. Therefore, do not open the high-pressure side valve while the engine is running.
07-104
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 5
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
7. Open the high-pressure side valve of the manifold
gauge and charge with refrigerant until the weight MANIFOLD GAUGE
of refrigerant tank has decreased 250 g {8.83 oz}
from the amount in Step 2.
OPEN
acxuuw00000771
8. Close the low-pressure side valve of the manifold

gauge. MANIFOLD
GAUGE
Warning
If charging the system with refrigerant
using service cans, running the engine
with the high-pressure side valve open is
dangerous. Pressure within the service
cans will increase and the cans could
explode, scattering metal fragments and
liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure 07-10
you. Therefore, do not open the high-
acxuuw00000770
pressure side valve while the engine is
running.
9. Start the engine and actuate the A/C compressor.

10. Open the low-pressure side valve of the manifold
gauge and charge with refrigerant until the weight MANIFOLD GAUGE
of the refrigerant tank has decreased regular
amount from the amount in Step 2.
11. Close the low-pressure side valve of the manifold
gauge and the valve of the refrigerant tank. OPEN
12. Stop the engine and A/C compressor.
acxuuw00000773
Leak Test
1. Inspect for leakage using the a gas leak tester.
If there is no leakage, go to Step 3.
If leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the joint, then go to the next step.
2. Inspect for leakage again.
If there is no leakage after tightening the joint, go to the next step.
If there is still leakage at the same joint, discharge the refrigerant and then repair the joint. Repeat the
charging procedure from evacuation.
3. Disconnect the manifold gauge from the charging valves.
4. Install the caps to the charging valves.
End Of Sie
CAP
CAP
acxuuw00000774
07-105
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 6
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY
id071000800500
Warning
Avoid breathing air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose
and throat. Also, due to environmental concerns, use service equipment certified to meet the
requirements of SAE J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment) when draining R-134a from the air
conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming
service.
1. Connect an R-134a recovery/recycling/recharging device to the vehicle and follow the device manufacturer's
instructions.
End Of Sie
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK
id071000800600
1. Connect the manifold gauge. (See 07-10-2 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM GENERAL PROCEDURES.)
2. Start the engine and after it is warmed up, run it at a constant 1,500 rpm.
3. Set the fan speed MAX HI.
4. Turn the A/C switch on.
5. Set to RECIRCULATE mode.
6. Set the temperature control to MAX COLD.
7. Set to VENT mode.
8. Close all the doors and all the windows.
9. Measure the ambient temperature and high- and low- pressure side reading of the manifold gauge.
10. Verify that the intersection of the pressure reading of the manifold gauge and ambient temperature is in the
shaded zone.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the
refrigerant system according to the MPa
{kgf/cm2, psi} HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE
troubleshooting chart.
PRESSURE READING OF MANIHOLD GAUGE
2.5
End Of Sie {25, 355}
2.0
{20, 284}
1.5
{15, 213}
1.0
{10, 142}
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE
0.15
{1.5, 22}
0.10
{1.0, 14}
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
{50} {59} {68} {77} {86} {95} {104}
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C {F}
acxuuw00000775
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST

id071000800700
1. Inspect the refrigerant pressure. (See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK.)
2. Place a dry-bulb thermometer in the driver-side center ventilator outlet.
3. Start the engine and after it is warmed up, run it at a constant 1,500 rpm.
4. Set the fan speed to MAX HI.
5. Turn the A/C switch on.
6. Set to RECIRCULATE mode.
7. Set the temperature control to MAX COLD.
8. Set to VENT mode.
9. Close all the doors and windows.
10. Wait until the air conditioner output temperature stabilizes.
Stabilized condition
The A/C compressor repeatedly turns on and off at regular intervals.
11. After the blower air is stabilized, read the dry-bulb thermometer.
07-106
1871-1U-06B(07-10).fm 7
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
12. Verify the ambient temperature.
13. Verify that the temperature reading is in the shaded zone.
If the there is any malfunction, inspect the C {F}
refrigerant system according to the 9 {48}
CENTER VENTILATOR
troubleshooting chart.
7 {45}
End Of Sie
TEMPERATURE
5 {41}
3 {37}
1 {34}
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
{50} {59} {68} {77} {86} {95} {104}
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C {F}
acxuuw00000687
07-10
07-107
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 1
BASIC SYSTEM
07-11 BASIC SYSTEM
BASIC SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX. . . . 07-112 AIR FILTER
A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1112
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-112 AIR FILTER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-1112
A/C Unit Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . 07-114 REAR HEAT DUCT
A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1113
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 07-114 A/C COMPRESSOR
Sensor Clamp Assembly Note . . . . . . . 07-116 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1113
Evaporator Temperature Sensor A/C Compressor Installation Note. . . . . 07-1114
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-116 REFRIGERANT LINES
Adhesive polyurethane (2) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1115
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-116 Refrigerant Line Removal Note . . . . . . . 07-1116
Adhesive polyurethane (4) Refrigerant Line Installation Note . . . . . 07-1116
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-117 CONDENSER
Adhesive polyurethane (3) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1117
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-117 Condenser Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 07-1118
Adhesive polyurethane (1) CONDENSER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1118
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-117 RECEIVER/DRIER
EXPANSION VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-1119
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-118 Receiver/Drier Removal Note . . . . . . . . 07-1119
BLOWER UNIT Receiver/Drier Installation Note . . . . . . 07-1120
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-119 EVAPORATOR INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . 07-1120 07-11
BLOWER UNIT HEATER CORE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . 07-1120
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 07-1111
End of Toc
WM: HVAC BASIC SYSTEM
07-111
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 2
BASIC SYSTEM
BASIC SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id071100800100
1
2
9 3
4
8
5
7
acxuuw00000688
1 Blower unit 5 A/C compressor

(See 07-11-9 BLOWER UNIT REMOVAL/ (See 07-11-13 A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-11 BLOWER UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ 6 Condenser
ASSEMBLY.) (See 07-11-17 CONDENSER REMOVAL/
2 Air filter INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-12 AIR FILTER REMOVAL/ (See 07-11-18 CONDENSER INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.) 7 Receiver/drier
(See 07-11-12 AIR FILTER INSPECTION.) (See 07-11-19 RECEIVER/DRIER REMOVAL/
3 A/C unit INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/ 8 Heater hose
INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-4 A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ 9 Refrigerant lines
ASSEMBLY.) (See 07-11-15 REFRIGERANT LINES REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4 Rear heat duct
(See 07-11-13 REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: HEATER UNIT
id071100800200
2. Discharge the refrigerant from the system. (See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY.) (See 07-10-2
REFRIGERANT CHARGING.)
(1) Console panel (See 09-17-15 CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Console (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front scuff plate inner (See 09-17-19 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front side trim (See 09-17-18 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Dashboard under cover
(6) Glove compartment (See 09-17-8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Hood release lever (See 09-14-25 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Lower panel (See 09-17-9 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Center panel (See 09-17-8 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Audio unit (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
07-112
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 3
BASIC SYSTEM
(11)Climate control unit (See 07-40-25 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40-25 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(12)Knee bolster (See 09-17-12 KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(13)Meter hood (See 09-17-10 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(14)Column cover (See 09-17-8 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(15)Instrument cluster (See 09-22-2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(16)Driver-side air bag module (See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(17)Steering wheel (See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(18)Combination switch (See 09-18-13 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(19)Steering shaft (See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(20)A-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-16 A-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(21)A-pillar trim (See 09-17-15 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(22)Dashboard (See 09-17-4 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
1
2
07-11
R
3
4
acxuuw00002320
.
1 Insulator
2 Heater hose
3 Cooler hose (LO)
(See 07-11-15 REFRIGERANT LINES REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4 Cooler pipe
INSTALLATION.)
5 A/C unit
(See 07-11-4 A/C Unit Installation Note.)
7. Perform the refrigerant system performance test.
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
5
acxuuw00000692
07-113
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 4
BASIC SYSTEM
A/C Unit Installation Note
1. When installing a new A/C unit or evaporator, add a supplemental amount of ATMOS GU10 compressor oil into
the refrigerant cycle.
Supplemental amount (approx. quantity)

25 ml {25 cc, 0.8 fl oz}
End Of Sie
A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id071100800300
FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER

2
3
4
29 19
9
30 7
6
27 8 5
31 25
33 R
34 32 22
1
35 R
24 R
3.55.5 6.89.8
26 {3656, 23 {7099,
28 R 3148} R 6186}
21
R
11 10
18 14
15
13
17
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001833
07-114
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 5
BASIC SYSTEM
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER 2

3
4
29 19
9
30 7
6
27 8 5
31 25
33 R
32 22
34 1
R
35 20 24 R
3.55.5 6.89.8
26 {3656, 23 {7099, 07-11
R 3148} R 6186}
28
21
R
10
18 14 12
15
17
16
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001834
1 Duct (1) 22 Evaporator pipe

2 Polyurethane protector (1) 23 Adhesive polyurethane (3)
3 Polyurethane protector (2) (See 07-11-7 Adhesive polyurethane (3) Assembly
Note.)
4 Polyurethane protector (3)
24 Expansion valve
5 Airflow mode actuator
25 Adhesive polyurethane (4)
6 Airflow mode main link (See 07-11-7 Adhesive polyurethane (4) Assembly
7 Airflow mode sub link (1) Note.)
8 Airflow mode sub link (2) 26 Adhesive polyurethane (2)
9 Airflow mode crank (See 07-11-6 Adhesive polyurethane (2) Assembly
10 Duct (2) Note.)
11 Power MOS FET (full-auto air conditioner) 27 Duct (3)
12 Resistor (manual air conditioner) 28 A/C case (3)
13 Air mix actuator (full-auto air conditioner) 29 A/C case (1)
14 Air mix crank (1) 30 A/C case (2)
15 Air mix rod 31 Sensor clamp
(See 07-11-6 Sensor Clamp Assembly Note.)
16 Air mix link (manual air conditioner)
32 Evaporator temperature sensor
17 Air mix crank (2) (See 07-11-6 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
18 Air mix rod holder Assembly Note.)
19 Heater core 33 Evaporator
20 Wire clamp (manual air conditioner) 34 Drain hose
21 Adhesive polyurethane (1) 35 Polyurethane protector (4)
(See 07-11-7 Adhesive polyurethane (1) Assembly
Note.)
07-115
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 6
BASIC SYSTEM
Sensor Clamp Assembly Note
1. Attach the sensor clamp as shown in the figure.
SENSOR PART
SECURE AT END
OF CLAMP LOCK SECURELY
RIGHT WRONG
acxuuw00000696
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Assembly Note

1. Assemble the evaporator temperature sensor as
11
10
9
8
SENSOR 7
CLAMP 6
5
4
3
2
1
5565 mm
4555 mm
{2.22.5 in}
{1.82.1 in}
acxuuw00000695
Adhesive polyurethane (2) Assembly Note

1. Attach the adhesive polyurethane (2) as shown in
the figure.
PLATE ALIGN NOTCH
CABIN WITH COVER
SIDE ATTACHMENT
ATTACH ALONG
LOCATOR
ATTACHMENT LOCATOR
RIB
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (2)
acxuuw00000697
2. After assembling the evaporator pipe as shown in

the figure, attach the adhesive polyurethane (2) PLATE
so that it adheres around the high-pressure side EVAPORATOR
of the evaporator pipe. PIPE
HIGH PRESSURE
SIDE PIPE
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (2)
acxuuw00000698
07-116
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 7
BASIC SYSTEM
1. Attach the adhesive polyurethane (4) so that it
adheres around the expansion valve.
EXPANSION
VALVE
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (4)
acxuuw00000699

1. Attach the adhesive polyurethane (3) so that it adheres around the low-pressure side of the evaporator pipe.
07-11
EVAPORATOR
COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED
PIPE
ADHESIVE POLYURETHANE (3)

acxuuw00001835

1. Attach the adhesive polyurethane (1) as shown in the figure.
TRIANGULAR ATTACHMENT EVAPORATOR
RIB LOCATOR RIB 1
PIPE
COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED
ALIGN NOTCH PLATE

OF ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (1) 3
WITH TRIANGULAR RIB
OF PLATE AND ATTACH
ALONG ATTACHMENT 2 ADHESIVE POLYURETHANE (1)
LOCATOR RIB 5
acxuuw00000701
End Of Sie
07-117
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 8
BASIC SYSTEM
EXPANSION VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100800400
Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be lowered and
abnormal noise will occur. Always immediately plug open fittings after removing any refrigeration
cycle parts to keep moisture or foreign material out of the cycle.
3. Remove the insulator. (See 07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

4. Disconnect the cooler hose (LO) and cooler pipe. (See 07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Hood release (See 09-14-25 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Passenger-side air bag module (See 08-10-8 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the airflow mode actuator. (See 07-40-10 AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Disconnect the air intake actuator connector.
8. Remove the duct (1).
9. Remove the adhesive polyurethane (1). (See 07-11-4 A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Caution
Being careful not to damage the adhesive sponge rubber or adhesive polyurethane, remove
adhesive polyurethane completely.
10. Remove the one bolt and shift the evaporator pipe. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
11. Remove the two bolts.
12. Remove the expansion valve. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
13. Remove the screws and plate.
Caution
Caution
07-118
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 9
BASIC SYSTEM
EVAPORATOR PIPE
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (3)
6.89.8
{7099,
6186}
DUCT (1)
R
ADHESIVE
ADHESIVE POLYURETHANE (4)
POLYURETHANE (1)
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (2)
SHIFT
R
ADHESIVE 07-11
POLYURETHANE (4)
R R
R
PLATE
R
3.55.5
{3656,
EXPANSION VALVE 3148}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001836

18. Perform the refrigerant system performance test. (See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
TEST.)
End Of Sie
BLOWER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: BLOWER UNIT
id071100800500
CONDITIONER].)
07-119
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 10
BASIC SYSTEM
3. Remove the blower motor. (See 07-40-8 BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the power MOS FET (Full-auto air conditioner) or resistor. (Manual air conditioner) (See 07-40-4
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) (See 07-40-7 RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the blower unit installation nuts.
6. Remove the screw securing the duct (2) to the A/C unit, by inserting a phillips screwdriver into the hole made
after removing the blower motor.
7. Remove the screw securing the duct (2) to the A/C unit.
INSTALLATION
HOLE OF THE
BLOWER MOTOR
DUCT (2)
SCREW
SCREW SCREW
acxuuw00000702
9. Remove the blower unit.

10. Temporary install the blower unit.
11. Install in the duct (2).
12. Install the two outer screws, securing the duct (2)
to the A/C unit.
BLOWER UNIT
acxuuw00000703
07-1110
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 11
BASIC SYSTEM
13. Install the screw on the end of the phillips
screwdriver with the packing tape.
SCREW
Caution
If the packing tape remains in the duct
(2), it may become a source of noise.
Wind up the packing tape to prevent
pinching when tightening the screw. PACKING TAPE
PHILLIPS
SCREWDRIVER
14. Install the duct (2) to the A/C unit by inserting a
phillips screwdriver, with the screw, into the hole
made after removing the blower motor.
acxuuw00000704
15. Pull out the phillips screwdriver together with the
packing tape.
End Of Sie
BLOWER UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id071100800600
Caution
Apply only the specified grease to the link. Otherwise abnormal noise or improper operation may
result.
07-11
8 6
9
5
3
7
4
2
1
acxuuw00001562
1 Air filter cover 6 Air intake door

2 Air filter 7 Polyurethane protector
3 Blower motor 8 Blower case (1)
4 Air intake actuator 9 Blower case (2)
5 Air intake crank

End Of Sie
WM: AIR FILTER
07-1111
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 12
BASIC SYSTEM
AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100800700
Caution
If the air conditioner is used or the vehicle is driven with the air filter removed, snow or foreign
material can penetrate the blower motor, causing motor lock or damage. As a result, low visibility
due to window fogging or air conditioner malfunction could occur. Do not use the air conditioner
or drive the vehicle with the air filter removed.
1. Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

1 Air filter cover
2 Air filter

End Of Sie
1
AIR FILTER ATTACHMENT
DIRECTION
An arrow is attached so that it may

become this side and downward.
acxuuw00000705
AIR FILTER INSPECTION

id071100800800
1. Inspect for damage, excessive dirt, or foul smell.
If the air filter is damaged, excessively dirty, or foul smelling, replace it.
Note
The air filter cannot be reused by cleaning it with water or compressed air.
End Of Sie
WM: REAR HEAT DUCT
07-1112
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 13
BASIC SYSTEM
REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100800900
(1) Front seat (See 09-13-2 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Car-navigation unit (With car-navigation system) (See 09-20-5 CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Console panel (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Turn over the floor covering. (See 09-17-28 FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 Rear heat duct (RH)

2 Rear heat duct (LH)

End Of Sie
WM: A/C COMPRESSOR
2
07-11
acxuuw00000706
A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100801000
4. Loosen the drive belt and remove it.
Caution
abnormal noise will occur. Always immediately plug open fittings after removing any refrigeration
cycle parts to keep moisture or foreign material out of the cycle.
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not
allow compressor oil to spill. .
1 Cooler hose (HI) 6.869.80

(See 07-11-15 REFRIGERANT LINES REMOVAL/ {70.099.9
60.886.7}
INSTALLATION.)
2 Cooler hose (LO)
INSTALLATION.) R
3 Magnetic clutch connector 3
4 A/C compressor
(See 07-11-14 A/C Compressor Installation Note.) 1

7. Install the drive belt. (See 01-10-3 DRIVE BELT
8. Perform the refrigerant system performance test. R
(See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 2
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
4 6.869.80
{70.099.9
60.886.7}
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00000707
07-1113
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 14
BASIC SYSTEM
A/C Compressor Installation Note
Caution
Due to the high moisture-absorption characteristics of the compressor oil, it may absorb moisture
if left over a long period of time thereby negatively affecting A/C operation. Drain the compressor
oil and refill within 10 min. of each other.
1. Rotate new A/C compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a clean measuring
device. Use this refrigerant oil to refill new A/C compressor. Do not allow refrigerant oil to become
contaminated.
2. Rotate old A/C compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a separate, clean
measuring device.
3. Compare those oil amounts. The amount of the oil drained from the new A/C compressor should be greater
than the old one.
4. Pour the same amount oil of drained from the old A/C compressor back into the new A/C compressor.
A/C compressor oil type

ATMOS GU10
A/C compressor oil sealed volume (approx. quantity)

120 ml {120 cc, 4.06 fl oz}
End Of Sie OLD A/C

WM: REFRIGERANT LINES NEW A/C
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR
SAME AMOUNT
NEW A/C
COMPRESSOR
acxuuw00000708
07-1114
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 15
BASIC SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT LINES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100801100
3. Disconnect the body earth cable installed to No.3 engine mount rubber.
4. Disconnect the insulator. (See 07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Caution
abnormal noise will occur. Always immediately plug all open fittings after removing any
refrigeration cycle parts to keep moisture or foreign material out of the cycle.

TEST.)
R 07-11
B
A 2
a B
1
R
a
R
R
a
a: 6.869.80 Nm {70.099.9 kgfcm, 60.886.7 inlbf}
acxuuw00002321
1 Cooler hose (HI) 3 Cooler pipe

(See07-11-16 Refrigerant Line Removal Note.) (See07-11-16 Refrigerant Line Removal Note.)
(See07-11-16 Refrigerant Line Installation Note.) (See07-11-16 Refrigerant Line Installation Note.)
2 Cooler hose (LO)
(See07-11-16 Refrigerant Line Removal Note.)
(See07-11-16 Refrigerant Line Installation Note.)
07-1115
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 16
BASIC SYSTEM
Refrigerant Line Removal Note
Spring-lock coupling type
1. Set the SST.
LOW: 49 B061 014

HIGH: 49 G061 001
acxuuw00000784
2. While looking through the inspection hole of the

SST, insert the protruding part of the SST until it PROTRUDING
makes contact with the cage section. FEMALE MALE PIPE
3. Use the SST to disconnect the male pipe or hose PIPE OR HOSE PRESS
from the female by pulling the male pipe or hose.
CAGE SECTION INSPECTION HOLE
acxuuw00000785
Note
The male pipe or hose can be disconnected
MALE PIPE OR HOSE
easily from the female pipe by pulling from
the male pipe or hose while maintaining the
pressure of the protruding part of the SST.
LOW: 49 B061 014

HIGH: 49 G061 001
acxuuw00000786
Refrigerant Line Installation Note

1. When installing a new cooler pipe or cooler hose, add a supplemental amount of ATMOS GU10 compressor oil
into the refrigeration cycle.
Supplemental amount (approx. quantity)

5 ml {5 cc, 0.2 fl oz}: Cooler pipe
10 ml {10 cc, 0.3 fl oz}: Cooler hose
2. Apply compressor oil to the O-rings and connect the joints.

3. Tighten the joints.
07-1116
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 17
BASIC SYSTEM
Spring-lock coupling type
1. Connect the male pipe or hose by pushing it while
MALE PIPE OR HOSE
slightly twisting it onto female pipe until the garter
spring at the male pipe or hose is over the flared SLIGHTLY TWISTING
FLARED END
end of female pipe.
FEMALE PIPE
Note
When the male pipe or hose is replaced, the
indicator ring comes out after connecting to
indicate that it is locked. PUSHING
GARTER SPRING
End Of Sie
WM: CONDENSER
SPRING IS OVER
CAGE GARTER SPRING THE FLARED END
SECTION
FLARED
END
WRONG RIGHT 07-11

acxuuw00000787
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100801200
3. Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(1) Charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
(2) Coolant reserve tank (See 01-12-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Dipstick pipe (See 01-11-6 OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Cooling fan component (See 01-12-12 FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove the radiator. (See 01-12-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
07-1117
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 18
BASIC SYSTEM
6.89.8 Nm
{69.499.9 kgfcm,
61.688.7 inlbf}
3
R 2
R
acxuuw00002305
1 Nut 4 Condenser
(See 07-11-17 CONDENSER REMOVAL/
2 Cooler hose (HI)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
3 Cooler pipe
INSTALLATION.)
TEST.)
Condenser Installation Note

1. After replacing the condenser, add compressor oil to the refrigeration cycle.
Supplemental oil amount (approx. quantity)

20 ml {20 cc, 0.7 fl oz}
End Of Sie
CONDENSER INSPECTION
id071100801300
1. Inspect for cracks, damage, and oil leakage.
If any are found, replace the condenser.
2. Inspect for fins clogged by dust.
If any are clogged, remove the dust from the fins.
3. Inspect for bent fins.
If any are bent, use a flathead screwdriver to straighten them.
End Of Sie
WM: RECEIVER/DRIER
07-1118
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 19
BASIC SYSTEM
RECEIVER/DRIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100801400
3. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-2 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the oil cooler. (See 01-11-6 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
5. Remove the receiver/drier. Do not allow compressor oil to spill. (See 07-11-19 Receiver/Drier Removal Note.)
RECEIVER/DRIER
6.859.80 Nm
{70.099.9 kgfcm,
60.886.7 inlbf}
07-11
6.859.80 Nm
{70.099.9 kgfcm,
60.886.7 inlbf}
acxuuw00002231
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 07-11-20 Receiver/Drier Installation Note.)
TEST.)
Receiver/Drier Removal Note

1. Disconnect the block joint type pipes by grasping
female side of the block with hand and holding FEMALE SIDE BLOCK
firmly, then tighten the connection bolt.
MALE SIDE BLOCK
acxuuw00000789
07-1119
1871-1U-06B(07-11).fm 20
BASIC SYSTEM
Receiver/Drier Installation Note
1. Tighten the bolt of joint by hand.
2. Tighten the joint to the specified torque. FEMALE SIDE BLOCK
3. Connect the block joint type pipe by grasping the
female side of the block with hand holding firmly,
then tighten the connection bolt. MALE SIDE BLOCK
End Of Sie
WM: EVAPORATOR
acxuuw00000790
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION
id071100801500
1. Remove the A/C unit. (See 07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the evaporator from the A/C unit.
3. Inspect for cracks, damage, and oil leakage.
If any problems are found, replace the evaporator.
End Of Sie
HEATER CORE INSPECTION
WM: HEATER CORE
id071100801600
1. Remove the A/C unit. (See 07-11-2 A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the heater core from the A/C unit.
3. Inspect for cracks, damage, and coolant leakage.
If any problems are found, replace the heater core.
5. Verify that the heater core inlet and outlet pipe are not distorted or damaged.
Repair with pliers if necessary.
End Of Sie
07-1120
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 1
CONTROL SYSTEM
07-40 CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM Manual Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4012
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-402 Wire Disassembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4012
POWER METAL OXIDE Wire Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4012
SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRE
EFFECT TRANSISTOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4012
(POWER MOS FET) Air Mix Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4012
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-404 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
POWER METAL OXIDE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] . . . . 07-4013
SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 07-4013
TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-405 [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] . . . . . . . 07-4016
MAGNETIC CLUTCH Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 07-4016
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 07-405 AIR MIX ACTUATOR
Bolt Removal/Installation Note . . . . . . . 07-405 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-4019
Stator and Thermal Protector AIR MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . 07-4021
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-405 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH
Stator and Thermal Protector REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-4021
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-406 Refrigerant Pressure Switch
Screw Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-406 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4021
Clamp Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-406 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH
Snap Ring Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 07-406 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4022 07-40
MAGNETIC CLUTCH SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-406 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-4022
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION . . . . 07-407 SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
RESISTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4023
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-407 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
RESISTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-407 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-4023
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-408 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . 07-408 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4023
SENSOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-408 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 07-4024
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-409 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4024
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-409 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] . . . . 07-4025
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4010 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] . . . . . . . 07-4025
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 07-4010 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR INSTALLATION
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4011 [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] . . . . . . . 07-4026
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AIRFLOW VOLUME CONTROL DIAL
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 07-4011 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4026
Full-auto Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . 07-4011
End of Toc
WM: HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM
07-401
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 2
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id074000800100
FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER

3
2 1
12
18 16
19
17
15 8
10
FRONT
7
4
11
14
13
acxuuw00002307
07-402
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 3
CONTROL SYSTEM
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER

3
1
12
18
16
19
15 17
FRONT
07-40
4
5
11
14
13
acxuuw00002308
1 Air intake actuator 6 Power MOS FET (full-auto air conditioner)

(See 07-40-9 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/ (See 07-40-4 POWER METAL OXIDE
INSTALLATION.) SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR
(See 07-40-10 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.) (See 07-40-5 POWER METAL OXIDE
2 Air mix actuator (full-auto air conditioner) SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR
(See 07-40-19 AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/ (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.) 7 Magnetic clutch
(See 07-40-21 AIR MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION.) (See 07-40-5 MAGNETIC CLUTCH
3 Airflow mode actuator DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
(See 07-40-10 AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR (See 07-40-6 MAGNETIC CLUTCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) ADJUSTMENT.)
(See 07-40-11 AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR (See 07-40-7 MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.) 8 Solar radiation sensor (full-auto air conditioner)
4 Blower motor (See 07-40-22 SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
(See 07-40-8 BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.) (See 07-40-23 SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
(See 07-40-8 BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION.) INSPECTION.)
5 Resistor (manual air conditioner) 9 Ambient temperature sensor
(See 07-40-7 RESISTOR REMOVAL/ (See 07-40-24 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
INSTALLATION.) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-40-7 RESISTOR INSPECTION.) (See 07-40-24 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
07-403
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 4
CONTROL SYSTEM
10 Passenger compartment temperature sensor (full- 14 A/C relay
auto air conditioner) (See 09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
(See 07-40-23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 15 Blower relay
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/ (See 09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-40-23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 16 PCM
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION.) (See 01-40-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC].)
11 Evaporator temperature sensor (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 07-40-8 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 17 BCM
(See 07-40-9 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
SENSOR INSPECTION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-40-2 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
12 Refrigerant pressure switch INSPECTION.)
(See 07-40-21 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 18 Rear window defroster relay
(See 07-40-22 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE (See 09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.) 19 TNS relay
13 Climate control unit (See 09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
(See 07-40-12 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRE
ADJUSTMENT.)
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40-26 AIRFLOW VOLUME CONTROL
DIAL INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
WM: POWER MOS FET
INSTALLATION
id074000800200
1
1 Power MOS FET connector
2 Power MOS FET

End Of Sie
acxuuw00000716
07-404
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 5
CONTROL SYSTEM
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION
id074000800300
1. Verify that the resistance between the terminals of
the power MOS FET is as shown in the table.
If there is any malfunction, replace the power
MOS FET. B
1 KILOHM
E * A
Tester lead B
Resistance (kilohm) * *
+ E
A B 2.2 KILOHMS
A E 6.9 A
B A Continuity 4.7 KILOHMS
B E Continuity
E A 6.9 acxuuw00000717
E B
End Of Sie
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
WM: MAGNETIC CLUTCH
id074000800400
A
1 Bolt
(See 07-40-5 Bolt Removal/Installation Note.) 4
2 Pressure plate 2
3 07-40
3 Shim
4 Snap ring 5
1 15 {1.5, 11}
(See 07-40-6 Snap Ring Installation Note.)
5 A/C compressor pulley
6 Screw
(See 07-40-6 Screw Installation Note.)
7 Clamp
6
(See 07-40-6 Clamp Installation Note.)
8 Screw 7
(See 07-40-6 Screw Installation Note.)
9 Stator and thermal protector
(See 07-40-5 Stator and Thermal Protector
Removal Note.)
(See 07-40-6 Stator and Thermal Protector 8 10
Installation Note.)
10 A/C compressor body
9
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. A Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
3. Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance. (See 07-40- acxuuw00000778
6 MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT.)
Bolt Removal/Installation Note

1. When removing or installing the bolt, hold the
pressure plate in place as shown in the figure. A/C COMPRESSOR
2. When installing a new A/C compressor body, BOLT
replace the bolt.
acxuuw00002309
Stator and Thermal Protector Removal Note

1. After removing the stator and thermal protector, completely remove the silicone adhering to the A/C
compressor side.
07-405
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 6
CONTROL SYSTEM
Stator and Thermal Protector Installation Note
1. Apply approx. 1 g {0.04 oz} of silicone (Shin-Etsu
Silicone KE-347W or similar) to the contact SILICONE
surface of the thermal protector, then thoroughly
install it onto the A/C compressor, leaving no SEALANT
gaps.
acxuuw00002310
Screw Installation Note

1. When installing a new stator and thermal protector, replace the screw.
Clamp Installation Note

1. When installing a new stator and thermal protector, replace the clamp.
Snap Ring Installation Note

1. When installing a new pressure plate, A/C
compressor pulley, stator, or A/C compressor
SNAP RING
body, replace the snap ring. A/C COMPRESSOR
End Of Sie PULLEY
SHAFT
acxuuw00002311
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT

id074000800500
1. Measure the clearance around the entire
circumference between the pressure plate and A/
C compressor pulley using a thickness gauge.
A/C COMPRESSOR
PULLEY
PRESSURE PLATE
acxuuw00001569
2. Verify that the clearance is within the

specification. SHIM
If not within the specification, remove the
pressure plate and adjust the clearance by
changing the shim (0.2 mm {0.008 in}, 0.5
mm {0.02 in}) or the number of shims.
A/C COMPRESSOR
Magnetic clutch clearance
0.3 0.5 mm {0.012 0.019 in}
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001570
07-406
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 7
CONTROL SYSTEM
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION
id074000800600
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal A of
magnetic clutch and ground to A/C compressor
body.
- +
A6E8540W015
2. Verify that the magnetic clutch operates.

If there is any malfunction, replace the stator
and thermal protector. A
End Of Sie
WM: RESISTOR
A
07-40
A6E8540W016
RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id074000800700
2. Remove the glove compartment. (See 07-40-7 RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1
1 Resistor connector
2 Resistor

End Of Sie
acxuuw00000718
RESISTOR INSPECTION
id074000800800
the resistor is as shown in the table.
If not as specified, replace the resistor.
Terminal Resistance (ohm) 0.65 OHM D C B A
0.22 OHM 1.89 OHMS
A D 0.22
A B 0.87
A C 2.76
A D B C
End Of Sie
WM: BLOWER MOTOR
acxuuw00000977
07-407
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 8
CONTROL SYSTEM
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id074000800900
2. Remove the dashboard under cover (passengers side).
1 Blower motor connector
2 Blower motor

End Of Sie
acxuuw00000720
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION

id074000801000
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal B and
ground to terminal A of the blower motor and
verify its operation.
B
If not as specified, replace the blower motor.
End Of Sie B A
WM: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
M
A
acxuuw00000721
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id074000801100
1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor from the A/C unit. (See 07-11-4 A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
07-408
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 9
CONTROL SYSTEM
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
id074000801200
1. Set the fan speed MAX HI.
2. Set the temperature control at MAX COLD (Turn the left).
3. Turn the A/C switch off.
4. Set the RECIRCULATE mode.
5. Close all doors and windows.
6. Wait for 5 min.
8. Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor connector.
9. Measure the temperature at the blower inlet.
10. Measure the resistance between terminals of the KILOHM
evaporator temperature sensor.
If the resistance is not as shown in the graph, 16
replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
End Of Sie
WM: AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
14
12
RESISTANCE
10
8
07-40
6
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 C { F}
{14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE
acxuuw00000978
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id074000801400
1 Air intake actuator connector
2 Air intake actuator

End Of Sie
1
2
acxuuw00001566
07-409
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 10
CONTROL SYSTEM
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id074000801500
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal D or F and ground to terminal F or D of the air intake actuator.
2. Verify that the air intake actuator operates as
shown below. FRESH 90
If there is any malfunction, replace the air
intake actuator. RECIRCULATE
Connection F * D *
Movement 30 * *
B+ GND
D F RECIRCULATE FRESH
F D FRESH RECIRCULATE
acxuuw00001168
End Of Sie
WM: AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR
M D
acxuuw00002306
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id074000801600
1 Airflow mode actuator connector
2 Airflow mode actuator

End Of Sie
acxuuw00001568
07-4010
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 11
CONTROL SYSTEM
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id074000801700
Caution
If the lever position exceeds the operation range shown in the figure, the circuit in the actuator
could be damaged. Always perform an actuator operation inspection with the lever movement
within the range shown in the figure.
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal D or F and ground to terminal F or D of the airflow mode actuator.
2. Verify that the airflow mode actuator operates as
shown below. VENT
If there is any malfunction, replace the airflow 18.5
mode actuator.
Connection F * D C B A
Movement
B+ GND
D F DEFROSTER VENT 71.5
F D VENT DEFROSTER
DEFROSTER
acxuuw00000725

the airflow mode actuator is as shown in the F 07-40
graph.
If there is any malfunction, replace the airflow M
mode actuator.
D
DEFROSTER VENT
B
C
A
acxuuw00000726
End Of Sie
WM: CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
BETWEEN B BETWEEN C
AND C AND A
KILOHM TERMINALS WIRE TERMINALS WIRE
3.5
RESISTANCE
0.5
VENT DEFROSTER VENT DEFROSTER

AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR POSITION
acxuuw00000727
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id074000802000
Disassemble in the order indicated in the table. FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER
1 Illumination bulb
REMOVAL
2 Body
INSTALLATION
2
1
acxuuw00001839
07-4011
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 12
CONTROL SYSTEM
Disassemble in the order indicated in the table. MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER
4 4
1 Knob
2 Air mix wire 3
(See 07-40-12 Wire Disassembly Note.)
(See 07-40-12 Wire Assembly Note.)
2
3 Airflow volume control dial
4 Illumination bulb
5 Body
5
1
acxuuw00000732
Wire Disassembly Note

1. Disassemble the wire in the shown in the figure.
1
2
WIRE
1
CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT
acxuuw00000733
Wire Assembly Note

1. Assemble the wire to the position as shown in the
figure.
AIR MIX WIRE
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000734
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRE ADJUSTMENT

id074000802100
Air Mix Wire
1. Set the temperature control dial to max cold.
2. Set the air mix link to max cold in the direction
shown by the arrow and insert a screwdriver at
the set hole. MAX COLD
3. Connect the air mix wire to the air mix link. MAX COLD
4. Clamp the air mix wire to the wire clamp.
5. Verify that the temperature control dial rotates at
full stroke.
End Of Sie
SOKYU_WM: CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
SET HOLE
TEMPERATURE AIR MIX LINK

CONTROL DIAL
acxuuw00001840
07-4012
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 13
CONTROL SYSTEM
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id074000803400
1. Remove the climate control unit. (See 07-40-25 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-
AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
2. Install the audio unit. (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Connect the climate control unit connector.
4. Connect the negative (-) lead of the tester to body ground.
6. By inserting the positive (+) lead of the tester into each climate control unit terminal, measure the voltage
according to the terminal voltage table.
If the parts under Inspection item (s) are found to be normal (except for terminal T), replace the
For terminal T, first try replacing the power MOS FET. If there is still any malfunction, replace the
07-40
acxuuw00000985
Term Signal Measurement

Connected to Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
inal name condition
Communicat
A
ion
Communicat
B
ion
Ambient Climate control unit: terminal voltage
temperature (D)
sensor
Passenger
compartment
temperature
C Sensor GND sensor Under any condition 1.0 or less
Evaporator
temperature
sensor
Air mix actuator
Airflow mode
actuator
Wiring harness: continuity (Climate
D GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less
control unit GND: D GND)
fluorescent light shined Wiring harness: continuity (Climate
Solar directly on the solar 0.10.45 control unitsolar radiation sensor: E
Solar radiation radiation sensor B, JA)
E radiation
sensor Climate control unit: terminal voltage (J)
sensor input Blocking light to solar
radiation sensor
0.1 or less Solar radiation sensor
control unitevaporator temperature
sensor: FB, CA)
Compared with
Evaporator Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
Evaporator temperature detected Refer to
F temperature control unitevaporator temperature
temperature sensor by evaporator graph 3
sensor input sensor: FB)
temperature sensor
Evaporator temperature sensor
Climate control unit: terminal voltage (D,
M)
07-4013
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 14
CONTROL SYSTEM
inal name condition
Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
Rear window defroster (Climate control unit rear window
Rear B+
switch OFF defroster relay: G E)
window Rear window Rear window defroster relay
G
defroster defroster relay
switch Climate control unit: terminal voltage (D,
0.06 M)
switch ON
Climate control unit
control unitpassenger compartment
temperature sensor: HB, CA)
Passenger Compared with
Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
compartmen Passenger temperature detected
Refer to control unitpassenger compartment
H t compartment by passenger
graph 2 temperature sensor: HB)
temperature temperature sensor compartment
Passenger compartment temperature
sensor input temperature sensor
sensor
M)
Moving towards Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
10.75
Motor RECIRCULATE (Climate control unit air intake
I Air intake actuator actuator: I F, K D)
operation Moving towards
FRESH
0.72 Air intake actuator
control unitair mix actuator, airflow
mode actuator, Solar radiation sensor:
Air mix actuator JA, B, A)
Airflow mode IG SW ON 5.11 Air mix actuator
J +5V actuator Airflow mode actuator
Solar radiation Solar radiation sensor
sensor Climate control unit: terminal voltage (D,
M)
IG SW OFF 0.01 Climate control unit replacement
10.89
Motor FRESH (Climate control unit air intake
K Air intake actuator actuator: K D, I F)
RECIRCULATE
control unitambient temperature
sensor: CA, LB)
Compared with
Ambient Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
Ambient temperature detected Refer to
L temperature control unitambient temperature
temperature sensor by ambient graph 1
sensor input sensor: LB)
temperature sensor
Ambient temperature sensor
M)
(Climate control unit fuse: M A/C
IG SW ON B+
10 A)
M IG2 A/C 10 A fuse A/C 10 A fuse
IG SW OFF 1.0 or less (Climate control unit fuse: M A/C
10 A)
Set temperature at Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
0.72
MAX COLD (Climate control unit air mix actuator:
Potentiomet
N Air mix actuator N C)
er input Set temperature at
4.42 Air mix actuator
MAX HOT Climate control unit: terminal voltage (J)
Moving towards VENT 10.39 Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
Motor Airflow mode (Climate control unit airflow mode
O Moving towards
operation actuator 0.74 actuator: O D, Q F)
DEFROSTER Airflow mode actuator
07-4014
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 15
CONTROL SYSTEM
inal name condition
VENT 4.41 Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
BILEVEL 3.54 (Climate control unit airflow mode
Potentiomet Airflow mode actuator: P C)
P HEAT 2.60 Airflow mode actuator
er input actuator
HEAT/DEF 1.69 Climate control unit: terminal voltage (J)
DEFROSTER 0.74
9.98
Motor Airflow mode DEFROSTER (Climate control unit airflow mode
Q
operation actuator actuator: Q F, O D)
Moving towards VENT 0.70 Airflow mode actuator
(Climate control unit fuse: R
R B+ ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
ROOM 15 A)
ROOM 15 A fuse
Moving towards HOT 10.91 Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
Motor (Climate control unit air mix actuator:
S Air mix actuator
operation Moving towards COLD 0.70 S F, U D)
Air mix actuator
Fan stopped 11.84 1. Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
Fan: manual LO 7.29 (Climate control unit blower motor:
T A) (Climate control unit power
MOS FET: T B, V E) (Blower 07-40
motor blower relay: B A) (Blower
relay fuse: D BLOWER 40 A)
Blower Blower motor 2. Wiring harness: continuity (Power MOS
T motor feed Power MOS FET body ground: A GND) (Blower
back FET Fan: manual HI 0.20 relay ground: A GND)
3. Power MOS FET
4. Blower motor
5. Blower relay
6. BLOWER 40 A fuse
7. A/C 10 A fuse
8. Power MOS FET replacement
Moving towards COLD 10.96 Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
Motor (Climate control unit air mix actuator:
U Air mix actuator
operation Moving towards HOT 0.70 U D, S F)
Air mix actuator
Blower fan Fan stopped 0.07 1. Climate control unit: terminal voltage (T)
V speed Power MOS FET Fan: manual LO 3.10
control Fan: manual HI 7.23
control unit TNS relay: W C)
Headlight switch OFF 1.0 or less
TNS relay
Headlight switch
W TNS signal TNS relay Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
(Climate control unit TNS relay: W
Headlight switch ON B+ C)
TNS relay
Headlight switch
Headlight switch ON control unit instrument cluster: X
and panel light control 0.31 2H) (Instrument cluster body ground:
Illumination switch at max 2A GND)
X Instrument cluster Instrument cluster
control
Headlight switch ON Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
and panel light control 9.56 control unit instrument cluster: X
switch at min 2H)
07-4015
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 16
CONTROL SYSTEM
Graph 1 (Ambient temperature sensor) Graph 2 (Passenger compartment temperature sensor)
5 5
4 4
VOLTAGE(V)
VOLTAGE(V)
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
{-4} {14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122} {-4} {14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE C { F} TEMPERATURE C { F}
Graph 3 (Evaporetor temperature sensor)

5
4
VOLTAGE(V)
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
{-4} {14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE C { F}
End Of Sie
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id074000803500
1. Remove the climate control unit. (See 07-40-25 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
2. Disconnect the air mix wire from the climate control unit
3. Install the audio unit. (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Connect the climate control unit connector.
5. Connect the negative (-) lead of the tester to body ground.
7. By inserting the positive (+) lead of the tester into each climate control unit terminal, measure the voltage
according to the terminal voltage table.
If the parts under Inspection item (s) are found to be normal, replace the climate control unit.
acxuuw00000989
07-4016
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 17
CONTROL SYSTEM
inal name condition
Headlight switch ON control unit instrument cluster: A
and panel light control 0.45 2H) (Instrument cluster body ground:
Illumination switch at max 2A GND)
A Instrument cluster Instrument cluster
control
Headlight switch ON Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
and panel light control 9.96 control unit instrument cluster: A
switch at min 2H)
control unit TNS relay: B C)
Headlight switch OFF 1.0 or less
TNS relay
Headlight switch
B TNS signal TNS relay Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
(Climate control unit TNS relay: B
Headlight switch ON B+ C)
TNS relay
Headlight switch
C
D
control unitairflow mode actuator: E
B) 07-40
Airflow mode IG SW ON 4.91
E +5V Airflow mode actuator
actuator Climate control unit: terminal voltage (R,
L)
IG SW OFF 1.0 or less Climate control unit replacement
Wiring harness: (Climate control unit
Airflow volume control
0.06 airflow volume control dial: F C)
dial ON
FAN ON/ Airflow volume Wiring harness: continuity (Climate
F control unit airflow volume control
OFF control dial
Airflow volume control dial: F C)
12.18
dial OFF Climate control unit: terminal voltage
(R)
VENT 4.20 Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
BILEVEL 3.34 (Climate control unit airflow mode
Potentiomet Airflow mode actuator: G C)
G HEAT 2.44 Airflow mode actuator
er input actuator
HEAT/DEF 1.56 Climate control unit: terminal voltage (E)
DEFROSTER 0.68
Rear window defroster (Climate control unit rear window
Rear B+
switch OFF defroster relay: H E)
window Rear window Rear window defroster relay
H
defroster defroster relay
switch Climate control unit: terminal voltage (L,
0.06 R)
switch ON
Climate control unit:
control unitevaporator temperature
sensor: IB, KA)
Compared with
Evaporator Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
Evaporator temperature detected Refer to
I temperature control unitevaporator temperature
temperature sensor by evaporator graph 2
sensor input sensor: IB)
temperature sensor
Evaporator temperature sensor
Climate control unit: terminal voltage (L,
R)
A/C switch ON, airflow Wiring harness: continuity (Climate
volume control dial at 0.03 control unit BCM: J 3V)
J A/C BCM 1st BCM
A/C switch OFF 5.02
(Climate control unit BCM: J 3V)
07-4017
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 18
CONTROL SYSTEM
inal name condition
Evaporator Climate control unit: terminal voltage (L)
temperature
sensor
Ambient
K Sensor GND Under any condition 1.0 or less
temperature
sensor
Airflow mode
actuator
L GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less
control unit GND: L GND)
M
N
O
(Climate control unit fuse: P
P B+ ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
ROOM 15 A)
ROOM 15 A fuse
10.60
Motor Airflow mode DEFROSTER (Climate control unit airflow mode
Q
operation actuator actuator: Q F, S D)
Moving towards VENT 0.69 Airflow mode actuator
(Climate control unit fuse: R A/C
IG SW ON B+
10 A)
R IG2 A/C 10 A fuse A/C 10 A fuse
IG SW OFF 1.0 or less (Climate control unit fuse: R A/C
10 A)
Moving towards VENT 10.64 Wiring harness: continuity, short circuit
Motor Airflow mode (Climate control unit airflow mode
S Moving towards
operation actuator 0.68 actuator: S D, Q F)
DEFROSTER Airflow mode actuator
T
U
10.62
Motor RECIRCULATE (Climate control unit air intake
V Air intake actuator actuator: V F, X D)
FRESH
control unitambient temperature
sensor: WB, KA)
Compared with
Ambient Wiring harness: short circuit (Climate
Ambient temperature detected Refer to
W temperature control unitambient temperature
temperature sensor by ambient graph 1
sensor input sensor: WB)
temperature sensor
Ambient temperature sensor
Climate control unit: terminal voltage (L,
R)
10.64
Motor FRESH (Climate control unit air intake
X Air intake actuator actuator: X D, V F)
RECIRCULATE
07-4018
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 19
CONTROL SYSTEM
Graph 1 (Ambient temperature sensor) Graph 2 (Evaporetor temperature sensor)
5 5
4 4
VOLTAGE(V)
VOLTAGE(V)
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
{-4} {14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122} {-4} {14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE C { F} TEMPERATURE C { F}
End Of Sie
AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: AIR MIX ACTUATOR
id074000802400
2. Remove the following parts: 07-40
CONDITIONER].)
3. Remove the blower motor. (See 07-40-8 BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the power MOS FET (Full-auto air conditioner) or resistor. (Manual air conditioner) (See 07-40-4
INSTALLATION.) (See 07-40-7 RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the blower unit installation nuts.
6. Remove the screw securing the duct (2) to the A/C unit, by inserting a phillips screwdriver into the hole made
after removing the blower motor.
7. Remove the screw securing the duct (2) to the A/C unit.
07-4019
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 20
CONTROL SYSTEM
INSTALLATION
HOLE OF THE
BLOWER MOTOR
DUCT (2)
SCREW
SCREW SCREW
acxuuw00000738

1 Air mix actuator connector
2 Air mix actuator
10. Install in the duct (2).

11. Install the two outer screws, securing the duct (2)
to the A/C unit.
1
acxuuw00000739
12. Install the screw on the end of the phillips

screwdriver with the packing tape.
SCREW
Caution
If the packing tape remains in the duct
(2), it may become a source of noise.
Wind up the packing tape to prevent
pinching when tightening the screw. PACKING TAPE
PHILLIPS
SCREWDRIVER
13. Install the duct (2) to the A/C unit by inserting a
phillips screwdriver, with the screw, into the hole
made after removing the blower motor.
acxuuw00000740
14. Pull out the Phillips screwdriver together with the
packing tape.
End Of Sie
07-4020
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 21
CONTROL SYSTEM
AIR MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id074000802500
Caution
If the lever position exceeds the operation range shown in the figure, the circuit in the actuator
could be damaged. Always perform an actuator operation with the lever movement within the
range shown in the figure.
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal D or F and ground to terminal F or D of the air mix actuator.
2. Verify that the air mix actuator operates as shown
below.
If there is any malfunction, replace the air mix MAX COLD
actuator. 22.5
F * D C B A
Connection
Movement
B+ GND
D F HOT COLD 67.5
F D COLD HOT
MAX HOT
acxuuw00001567
the air mix actuator are as shown in the graph. F
If there is any malfunction, replace the air mix
actuator. M 07-40
D
MAX HOT MAX COLD
B
C
A
acxuuw00000736
End Of Sie
WM: REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH
BETWEEN A BETWEEN C
AND C AND B
KILOHM
TERMINALS WIRE TERMINALS WIRE
3.5
RESISTANCE
0.5
MAX MAX MAX MAX

HOT COLD HOT COLD
AIR MIX ACTUATOR POSITION
acxuuw00000737
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id074000802600
3. Loosen the refrigerant pressure switch using two spanners.
1 Refrigerant pressure switch connector 1
2 Refrigerant pressure switch
(See 07-40-21 Refrigerant Pressure Switch
Installation Note.)

6. Perform the refrigerant system performance test.
8.8210.78
PERFORMANCE TEST.) {90.0109.9, R 2
78.195.3} Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
acxuuw00001571
Refrigerant Pressure Switch Installation Note

1. Apply compressor oil to O-ring and connect the joint.
End Of Sie
07-4021
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 22
CONTROL SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
id074000802700
1. Install the manifold gauge.
2. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch connector.
3. Verify the high-pressure side reading of the HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
manifold gauge and continuity between the BETWEEN B AND C TERMINALS
terminals of the refrigerant pressure switch. 0.1760.216 2.943.34
If the continuity is not normal, replace the {1.7952.202, 25.5331.31} {30.034.0, 427483}
refrigerant pressure switch. CONTINUITY
0.1950.250
{1.9892.549,
28.3036.24}
NO CONTINUITY
0.02 {0.20, 2.84} 0.390.79

or less {3.988.05, 56.6114}
MPa {kgf/cm2, psi}
A6E8540W053
MEDIUM-PRESSURE SWITCH
BETWEEN A AND D TERMINALS
1.081.38
{11.114.0, 158199}
CONTINUITY
NO CONTINUITY
1.391.65
{14.216.8, 202238}
MPa {kgf/cm2, psi}
E6U740ZWB105
End Of Sie
WM: SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
HIGH AND LOW

B
PRESSURE D A
C B C
D A
MEDIUM PRESSURE
CHU0740W024
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id074000802800
2. Remove the dashboard under cover (drivers side).
3. Press out the solar radiation sensor with its connector from under the instrument panel.
acxuuw00000982
1 Solar radiation sensor connector 2 Solar radiation sensor

07-4022
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 23
CONTROL SYSTEM
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR INSPECTION
End Of Sie
id074000802900
1. Shine a fluorescent light or expose the solar radiation sensor to natural sunlight.
2. Connect the positive (+) lead to terminal A and
the negative () lead to terminal B of the solar A
radiation sensor, and verify that the voltages are
as shown in the table.
If the voltage is not as specified, replace the B
solar radiation sensor.
: Continuity
B A
Test condition Voltage (V) V
Sensor subject to fluorescent
light or natural sunlight 0.10.45
acxuuw00002540
Sensor covered by a cloth 0.1 or less
acxuuw00002541
End Of Sie
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: CABIN TEMPERATURE SENSOR
id074000803000
(1) Front scuff plate inner (driver's side). (See 09-17-19 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (driver's side). (See 09-17-18 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Console panel. (See 09-17-15 CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 07-40
(4) Console. (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Hood release lever. (See 09-14-25 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 Air hose
2 Passenger compartment temperature sensor 3
connector 2
3 Passenger compartment temperature sensor
1
End Of Sie
acxuuw00000745
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
id074000803100
1. Measure the temperature around the passenger compartment temperature sensor.
passenger compartment temperature sensor. 20
If the resistance is not as shown in the graph,
replace the passenger compartment 18
temperature sensor.
End Of Sie 16
WM: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
14
RESISTANCE
12
10
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 C {F}
{14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE
A6E8540W021
07-4023
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 24
CONTROL SYSTEM
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id074000803200
1 Ambient temperature sensor connector
2 Ambient temperature sensor

End Of Sie
2
acxuuw00000746
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION

id074000803300
Note
Ambient temperature sensor does not detect a sudden change in temperature sensitively caused by
driving or stopping the vehicle to stabilize the control of the full-auto air conditioner. Therefore, the
measured value may differ from the original value when the resistance of the ambient temperature sensor
is measured immediately after the removal.
1. After removing the ambient temperature sensor, leave it to the inspection place for 30 min or more.
2. Measure the temperature around the ambient temperature sensor.
ambient temperature sensor.
If the resistance is not as shown in the graph, 16
replace the ambient temperature sensor.
End Of Sie
SOKYU_WM: CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
14
12
10
RESISTANCE
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 C { F}
{14} {32} {50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE
acxuuw00000984
07-4024
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 25
CONTROL SYSTEM
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id074000809000
(4) Audio unit (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the screws and climate control unit.
4. Release the tab and pull the climate control unit
toward you.
5. Disconnect the climate control unit connectors
and remove the climate control unit.
End Of Sie
CLIMATE
CONTROL
UNIT
CONNECTOR
TAB
07-40
acxuuw00001616
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id074000809100
(1) Glove compartment. (See 09-17-8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Audio unit (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT
3. Disconnect the air mix wire from wire clamp and
link.
4. Remove the screws and climate control unit.
5. Release the tab and pull the climate control unit WIRE CLAMP AND LINK
toward you.
acxuuw00001592
07-4025
1871-1U-06B(07-40).fm 26
CONTROL SYSTEM
6. Disconnect the climate control unit connectors
and remove the climate control unit.
End Of Sie
TAB
acxuuw00001617
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id074000809200
1. Pass air mix wire through the following routes then connect to A/C unit. (Manual air conditioner)
AIR MIX WIRE
AIR MIX WIRE
acxuuw00001593
2. Install the following parts:

(1) Climate control unit to the dashboard.
(2) Audio unit (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Adjust the air mix wire. (See 07-40-12 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRE ADJUSTMENT.)
4. Install the globe compartment.
End Of Sie
AIRFLOW VOLUME CONTROL DIAL INSPECTION

id074000809300
1. Remove the climate control unit.
2. Inspect for continuity between the airflow volume control dial terminals using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the airflow volume
control dial.
A D F E C
E C A
: Continuity
F D *
Switch Terminal
position 4 3 2 1
A C D E F
0 0
1
2
3
4 acxuuw00001889
acxuuw00001888
End Of Sie
07-4026
1871-1U-06B(07-50).fm 1
TECHNICAL DATA
HVAC TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-501
End of Toc
HVAC TECHNICAL DATA
id075000800100
Item Specification
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
Type R-134a
Refrigerant
Regular amount (approx. quantity) (g {oz}) 500 {17.7}
BASIC SYSTEM
Type ATMOS GU10
A/C compressor Lubrication oil Sealed volume
(approx. (ml {cc, fl oz}) 120 {120, 4.06}
quantity)
CONTROL SYSTEM
A/C compressor Magnetic clutch clearance (mm {in}) 0.3 0.5 {0.012 0.019}
End Of Sie
07-50
07-501
1871-1U-06B(07-60).fm 1
SERVICE TOOLS
07-60 SERVICE TOOLS
HVAC SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07-601
End of Toc
HVAC SST
id076000800100
49 B061 014 49 G061 001
Spring Lock Spring Lock

Coupling Coupling
Disconnect Tool Disconnect Tool
End Of Sie
07-60
07-601
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 1
RESTRAINTS 08SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC . . . . 08-02 AIR BAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 08-10
SYMPTOM SEAT BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-11
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . 08-03 SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 08-60
Toc of SCT
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-021 DTC B1877, B1878, B1879, B1885. . . . . 08-0218
Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-021 DTC B1881, B1882, B1883, B1886. . . . . 08-0220
FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-022 DTC B1884, B1890 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0222
AIR BAG SYSTEM DTC B1913, B1916, B1932, B1934. . . . . 08-0224
WIRING DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-023 DTC B1913, B1925, B1933, B1935. . . . . 08-0227
DTC DISPLAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-024 DTC B1992, B1993, B1994, B1995. . . . . 08-0229
CLEARING DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-024 DTC B1996, B1997, B1998, B1999. . . . . 08-0230
DTC TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-024 DTC B2228, B2230, B2232, B2234. . . . . 08-0232
PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . 08-028 DTC B2229, B2231, B2233, B2235. . . . . 08-0235 08-02
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE . . . . . . . . . . 08-028 DTC B2290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0237
DTC B1013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0210 DTC B2296 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0238
DTC B1017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0211 DTC B2444, U2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0240
DTC B1144, B1145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0212 DTC B2445, U2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0243
DTC B1146, B1147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0214 DTC B2477 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0245
DTC B1231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0215 DTC B2773, B2774, B2775, B2776. . . . . 08-0245
DTC B1317, B1318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0216 DTC B2777, B2778, B2779, B2780. . . . . 08-0247
DTC B1342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0217 DTC B2867 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0249
DTC B1868 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0218 DTC C1947, C1948, C1981 . . . . . . . . . . . 08-0250
End of Toc
FOREWORD
WM: AIR BAG SYSTEM
id080200800100
Outline
The OBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:
Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the air bag system and outputs DTCs.
Data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
Diagnostic DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
Note
When the air bag system is malfunctioning, turn the ignition switch to the ON position to display the
current DTC using the air bag system warning light on the instrument cluster. However this light is strictly
for reference. Make sure to inspect the system using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
08-021
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FLOWCHART
id080200800200
Use the following flowchart to verify the cause of the trouble.
Note
While performing the inspection of the past malfunction code, the applicable DTCs may be added to
memory by removing or disconnecting the related parts. Inspect only the DTCs that were indicated before
inspecting.
When DTCs of the present malfunction are no longer output after present or past malfunctions or both
have been repaired, be sure to perform past malfunction display cancellation to prevent repair of
malfunctions that have already been repaired.
START
Turn ignition switch to ON position. Confirm malfunction symptom, then

Does air bag system warning light illuminate for No
troubleshoot warning light circuit of
approx. 6 s and then go off? applicable malfunction, referring to
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX.
Yes
Present malfunction Yes

Present malfunction
Using M-MDS, verify if DTCs are present. Inspect DTCs one by one starting from
Is DTC displayed? the smallest code, referring to DTC
TABLE.
No
Using M-MDS, No
Past malfunction Yes
Using M-MDS, verify if a DTC has been verify if DTCs are present.
stored in SAS control module. Is DTC displayed?
Is DTC displayed?
Yes
No Yes
Shake related applicable wiring harnesses of applicable malfunctions.

Is DTC displayed?
Note
For DTCs that are the same as DTCs displayed in past malfunction diagnosis, go to Yes.
For DTCs that are not displayed but were displayed in past malfunction diagnosis, go to No.
No
Past malfunction
Inspect all DTCs starting from the smallest code.
However, if inspection item for part that has already been repaired appears during
inspection, finish inspection for that DTC at that point in time.
Using M-MDS, clear any stored DTCs in SAS control module.
Yes Using M-MDS, verify if a DTC has been stored in SAS control module.
Is DTC displayed?
No
END
acxuuw00001022
End Of Sie
08-022
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
AIR BAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id080200800300
IG1
INSTRUMENT CLOCK SPRING
CLUSTER
1V 1C 3A 1A
INFLATOR
1W NO.1
1S 1D 3B 1B DRIVER-SIDE
AIR BAG
2E 1A 4A 2A MODULE
CAN SYSTEM- 1J INFLATOR
RELATED MODULE 2F NO.2
1G 1B 4B 2B
TWISTED PAIR
SEAT TRACK A 2W 1P 1A
INFLATOR
POSITION
B 1M NO.1
SENSOR 2X 1B
PASSENGER-SIDE
IG1 AIR BAG MODULE
1D 2A
INFLATOR
INFORMATION 1A NO.2
1U 2B
DISPLAY
2S A DRIVER-SIDE
TWISTED
IG1 PRE-TENSIONER
PAIR 2P B
SEAT SEAT BELT
WEIGHT 1A
SENSOR SEAT 3A 2Y A DRIVER-SIDE
1B
(LH) WEIGHT CURTAIN AIR BAG
SENSOR 3D 1I 2V B MODULE
SEAT CONTROL
WEIGHT 2A MODULE
08-02
3B 2M A
SENSOR DRIVER-SIDE SIDE
2B
(RH) 2O AIR BAG MODULE
B
SAS
CONTROL 2J A PASSENGER-SIDE
TWISTED PAIR MODULE PRE-TENSIONER
CRASH ZONE A 1B 2G B SEAT BELT
SENSOR B 1C
2D A PASSENGER-SIDE
CURTAIN AIR BAG
A 2T 2A B MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE
BUCKLE SWITCH 2L PASSENGER-SIDE
B A
SIDE AIR BAG
A 2H 2I B MODULE
PASSENGER-SIDE
BUCKLE SWITCH TWISTED PAIR
B 1X
2Z A DRIVER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG
2AA B SENSOR NO.1
1a
POOR CONNECTION
DETECTOR BAR 1b 2B A PASSENGER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG
2C B SENSOR NO.1
2a
POOR CONNECTION
DETECTOR BAR 3W A DRIVER-SIDE
2b
SIDE AIR BAG
3X B SENSOR NO.2
3a
POOR CONNECTION 3T A PASSENGER-SIDE
DETECTOR BAR 3b SIDE AIR BAG
3U B SENSOR NO.2
1b 1a 2b 2a 3b 3a
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A 2Y 2V 2S 2P 2M 2J 2G 2D 2A * * * * * * * *
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B 2Z 2W 2T 2H 2E 2B 3W 3T * *
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C 2AA 2X 2U 2R 2O 2L 2I 2F 2C 3X 3U * * * *
acxuuw00001024
End Of Sie
08-023
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC DISPLAY
id080200800400
Select Self Test.
Select Module.
Select RCM.
Select Module Tests.
Select RCM.
DLC-2
Select Self Test.
acxuuw00001023
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the SAS control module. (See 08-02-4 CLEARING DTC.)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC
id080200800500
Select Self Test.
Select Module.
Select RCM.
Select RCM.
DLC-2
Select Self Test.
acxuuw00001023
screen.
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE
id080200800600
DTCs are common for present and past malfunction diagnosis.
Note
When DTCs not shown in the DTC table are displayed, replace the SAS control module.
If the air bag system warning light does not illuminate or remains illuminated when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, inspect and repair the air bag system warning light circuit, and then confirm that
the air bag system warning light is operational.
The air bag system warning light flashes the DTC pattern for five cycles, and then remains illuminated
until the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
DTC
Air bag system warning light
M-MDS System malfunction location Page
display Priority
Flashing pattern
ranking
Seat weight sensor calibration (See 08-02-10
B1013 16 21
error DTC B1013)
Deployment prohibited because (See 08-02-11

B1017 59 4
configuration is not set DTC B1017)
Driver-side side air bag sensor
B1144 No.2 system internal circuit (See 08-02-12
45 11 disabled DTC B1144,
Driver-side side air bag sensor B1145)
B1145
No.2 system communication error
08-024
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC
display Priority
Flashing pattern
ranking
Passenger-side side air bag
B1146 sensor No.2 system internal
circuit disabled (See 08-02-14
46 10 DTC B1146,
Passenger-side side air bag B1147)
B1147 sensor No.2 system
communication error
SAS control module activation (See 08-02-15
B1231 13 3
(deployment) control freeze DTC B1231)
SAS control module power supply
Air bag system warning light is illuminated all
B1317 voltage increases (16.1 V or (See 08-02-16
the time
more) DTC B1317,
Air bag system warning light is illuminated all SAS control module power supply B1318)
B1318
the time voltage decreases (less than 8 V)
SAS control module (internal
12 2
circuit abnormal) (See 08-02-17
B1342
DTC B1342)
SAS control module (DTC 12
Continuously illuminated 1
detection circuit malfunction)
Air bag system warning light (See 08-02-18
B1868
malfunction DTC B1868)
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt 08-02
B1877
circuit resistance high (See 08-02-18
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt DTC B1877,
B1878 38 16
circuit short to power supply B1878, B1879,
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt B1885)
B1879
circuit short to body ground
Passenger-side pre-tensioner
B1881
seat belt circuit resistance high
Passenger-side pre-tensioner (See 08-02-20
B1882 seat belt circuit short to power DTC B1881,
39 15
supply B1882, B1883,
Passenger-side pre-tensioner B1886)
B1883 seat belt circuit short to body
ground
Passenger air bag deactivation (See 08-02-22
B1884 18 22 (PAD) indicator circuit open or DTC B1884,
short to body ground B1890)
(See 08-02-18
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt DTC B1877,
B1885 38 16
circuit resistance low B1878, B1879,
B1885)
(See 08-02-20
Passenger-side pre-tensioner DTC B1881,
B1886 39 15
seat belt circuit resistance low B1882, B1883,
B1886)
Passenger air bag deactivation (See 08-02-22
B1890 18 22 (PAD) indicator circuit short to DTC B1884,
power supply B1890)
(See 08-02-24
Driver-side air bag module
DTC B1913,
19 14 (inflator No.1) circuit short to body
B1916, B1932,
ground
B1934)
B1913
(See 08-02-27
Passenger-side air bag module
DTC B1913,
21 13 (inflator No.1) circuit short to body
B1925, B1933,
ground
B1935)
08-025
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC
display Priority
Flashing pattern
ranking
(See 08-02-24
DTC B1913,
B1916 19 14 (inflator No.1) circuit short to
B1916, B1932,
power supply
B1934)
(See 08-02-27
DTC B1913,
B1925, B1933,
power supply
B1935)
(See 08-02-24
DTC B1913,
B1932 19 14 (inflator No.1) circuit resistance
B1916, B1932,
high
B1934)
(See 08-02-27
DTC B1913,
B1925, B1933,
high
B1935)
(See 08-02-24
DTC B1913,
B1916, B1932,
low
B1934)
(See 08-02-27
DTC B1913,
B1925, B1933,
low
B1935)
Driver-side side air bag module
B1992
circuit short to power supply
Driver-side side air bag module (See 08-02-29
B1993
circuit short to body ground DTC B1992,
22 18
Driver-side side air bag module B1993, B1994,
B1994 B1995)
circuit resistance high
Driver-side side air bag module
B1995
circuit resistance low
B1996 module circuit short to power
supply
Passenger-side side air bag (See 08-02-30
B1997 module circuit short to body DTC B1996,
23 17 ground B1997, B1998,
Passenger-side side air bag B1999)
B1998
module circuit resistance high
B1999
module circuit resistance low
(See 08-02-32
DTC B2228,
B2228 19 14 (inflator No.2) circuit short to body
B2230, B2232,
ground
B2234)
(See 08-02-35
DTC B2229,
B2229 21 13 (inflator No.2) circuit short to body
B2231, B2233,
ground
B2235)
(See 08-02-32
DTC B2228,
B2230, B2232,
power supply
B2234)
(See 08-02-35
DTC B2229,
B2231, B2233,
power supply
B2235)
08-026
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC
display Priority
Flashing pattern
ranking
(See 08-02-32
DTC B2228,
B2230, B2232,
high
B2234)
(See 08-02-35
DTC B2229,
B2231, B2233,
high
B2235)
(See 08-02-32
DTC B2228,
B2230, B2232,
low
B2234)
(See 08-02-35
DTC B2229,
B2231, B2233,
low
B2235)
Seat weight sensor signal (See 08-02-37
B2290 16 21
malfunction DTC B2290)
Crash zone sensor
(See 08-02-38
B2296 42 9 (communication error, internal
DTC B2296)
circuit abnormal)
08-02
(See 08-02-40
B2444 43 8 DTC B2444,
(internal circuit abnormal)
U2017)
(See 08-02-43
B2445 44 7 DTC B2445,
sensor (internal circuit abnormal)
U2018)
(See 08-02-45
B2477 54 5 Configuration error
DTC B2477)
Driver-side curtain air bag module
B2773
circuit resistance low
Driver-side curtain air bag module (See 08-02-45
B2774
circuit resistance high DTC B2773,
24 20
Driver-side curtain air bag module B2774, B2775,
B2775 B2776)
circuit short to body ground
Driver-side curtain air bag module
B2776
circuit short to power supply
Passenger-side curtain air bag
B2777
module circuit resistance low
B2778
module circuit resistance high (See 08-02-47
Passenger-side curtain air bag DTC B2777,
25 19
B2779 module circuit short to body B2778, B2779,
ground B2780)
B2780 module circuit short to power
supply
Poor connection of any SAS (See 08-02-49
B2867 58 6
control module connectors DTC B2867)
Seat track position sensor circuit
C1947
short to body ground
(See 08-02-50
C1948 49 23 DTC C1947,
resistance not within specification
C1948, C1981)
C1981
open or short to power supply
08-027
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC
display Priority
Flashing pattern
ranking
(See 08-02-40
U2017 43 8 DTC B2444,
(communication error)
U2017)
(See 08-02-43
U2018 44 7 DTC B2445,
sensor (communication error)
U2018)
U0073 CAN system communication error (See 09-02D-7
Communication error to SAS DTC
U0151 TABLE[MULTIPLE
14 12 control module
X
Communication error to COMMUNICATIO
U0155
instrument cluster N SYSTEM])
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY
id080200800700
Select DataLogger.
Select Module.
Select RCM.
Select RCM.
DLC-2
Select DataLogger.
acxuuw00001023
the screen.
Note
The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value. Therefore, if the monitored value
of the output parts is not within the specification, inspection of the monitored value of input parts
part individually.
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
id080200800800
PID name (definition) Unit/Condition Operation Condition (Reference) Terminal

BUCKLE_D
Buckled/ Driver-side buckle switch off: Buckled
(Driver-side buckle switch 2T
Unbuckled Driver-side buckle switch on: Unbuckled
status)
BUCKLE_P
Buckled/ Passenger-side buckle switch off: Buckled
(Passenger-side buckle switch 2H
Unbuckled Passenger-side buckle switch on: Unbuckled
status)
CCNT_RCM
Starting/
DTC_CLR_ST*1 Normal End/
Fault information cleared at seat weight sensor 1I
(Seat weight sensor status) End In Process/
OCS Fault
IGN_V_2
V Ignition switch is at ON: B+ 1W
(IG1 voltage)
08-028
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Seat weight sensor calibration start-up: Starting
Seat weight sensor calibration completed normally:
Normal End
Starting/ Seat weight sensor calibration command being sent:
Normal End/ Commanding
Commanding/ Voltage malfunction during seat weight sensor calibration:
OCS_CAL_ST*2 NG (Voltage)/ NG (Voltage)
(Seat weight sensor 1I
NG (Weight)/ Weight error during seat weight sensor calibration: NG
calibration status) Timeout/ (Weight)
In Process/ Seat weight sensor calibration time limit passed: Timeout
OCS Fault Seat weight sensor calibration being processed: In
Process
Seat weight sensor or Seat weight sensor control module
malfunction: OCS Fault
Empty/
SMALL/
OCS_SYS_ST*1 Indeterminate/
Occupant classification status determined by seat weight
1I
(Seat weight sensor status) sensor
LARGE/
Invalid
OCSFLT_CAL
OK/ Sensor normal: OK
(Passenger sensing system 1I
FAULT Seat weight sensor calibration error: FAULT
calibration status)
OCSFLT_COM Sensor normal: OK
OK/
(Passenger sensing system Seat weight sensor control module communication error: 1I
FAULT
communication status) FAULT
OCSFLT_L 08-02
FAULT Seat weight sensor (LH) malfunction: FAULT
(LH) malfunction status)
OCSFLT_MDL
(Passenger sensing system OK/ Sensor normal: OK
1I
control module malfunction FAULT Seat weight sensor control module malfunction: FAULT
status)
OCSFLT_R
FAULT Seat weight sensor (RH) malfunction: FAULT
(RH) malfunction status)
PS_WEIGHT
(Seat weight sensor measured kg Display of load (body weight) on passenger-side seat 1I
weight of passenger)
Passenger-side air bag module non-operation (non-
PSAB_DepSt
Inactive/ deployment) status: Inactive
(Passenger-side air bag 1I
Active Passenger-side air bag module operation (deployment)
module deployment status)
enabled status: Active
RES_AB_D
(Driver-side air bag module ohm Under any condition: 1.5 4.4 ohms 1S, 1V
(inflator No.1) resistance)
RES_AB_P
(Passenger-side air bag
ohm Under any condition: 1.4 3.6 ohms 1M, 1P
module (inflator No.1)
resistance)
RES_AB2_D
(Driver-side air bag module ohm Under any condition: 1.5 4.4 ohms 1G, 1J
(inflator No.2) resistance)
RES_AB2_P
(Passenger-side air bag
ohm Under any condition: 1.4 3.6 ohms 1A, 1D
module (inflator No.2)
resistance)
RES_CAB_D
(Driver-side curtain air bag ohm Under any condition: 1.4 3.9 ohms 2V, 2Y
module resistance)
RES_CAB_P
(Passenger-side curtain air ohm Under any condition: 1.4 3.9 ohms 2A, 2D
bag module resistance)
RES_PT_D
(Driver-side pre-tensioner seat ohm Under any condition: 1.5 3.7 ohms 2P, 2S
belt resistance)
08-029
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
RES_PT_P
(Passenger-side pre-tensioner ohm Under any condition: 1.5 3.7 ohms 2G, 2J
seat belt resistance)
RES_SAB_D
(Driver-side side air bag ohm Under any condition: 1.4 3.9 ohms 2M, 2O
module resistance)
RES_SAB_P
(Passenger-side side air bag ohm Under any condition: 1.4 3.9 ohms 2I, 2L
module resistance)
TRAK_SW
Forward/ Front seat front position: Forward
(Seat track position sensor 2W, 2X
Rearward Front seat rear position: Rearward
state)
*1
: Used during seat weight sensor calibration setting. Not necessary for diagnostic.
*2 : When the calibration error is displayed, the error can be cleared by turning the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
End Of Sie
DTC B1013
id080200800900
DTC B1013 Seat weight sensor calibration error

Warning
Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection.
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to
DETECTION
an operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
CONDITION
inspection procedure.
Calibration set value not within valid range.

Weight acting on passenger-side seat during calibration
Improperly installed passenger-side seat part at time of calibration
Deformed floor where attached to passenger-side seat
POSSIBLE Deformed passenger-side seat under-bracket or frame
CAUSE Seat weight sensor deformed or malfunction
Seat weight sensor control module malfunction
SAS control module malfunction
Load to or deformation of the seat belt rail
1 INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR Yes [Present malfunction diagnosis]
Properly install the passenger-side front Replace the SAS control module.
seat. (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Inspect the seat weight sensor. (See 08-10- INSTALLATION.)
12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR [Past malfunction diagnosis]
CALIBRATION.) DTC troubleshooting completed.
Is the seat weight sensor normal?
2 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE FRONT SEAT Yes Replace any deformed parts or remove any foreign
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. objects.
Disconnect the negative battery cable and After replacement, perform seat weight sensor
wait for 1 min or more. calibration and reperform the DTC inspection. If the
Remove the passenger-side seat and DTC is displayed, go the next step. (See 08-10-12
visually inspect for the following: SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
Seat under-bracket deformation No Go to the next step.
Seat frame deformation
Seat weight sensor deformation
Foreign objects stuck in seat
Are any of the parts deformed or are any
foreign objects stuck in the seat?
08-0210
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
3 INSPECT FLOOR Yes Go to the next step.
Visually inspect the installation parts of the No Repair floor deformation.
passenger-side seat for the following: After repair, perform seat weight sensor calibration
Abnormal floor deformation and reperform the DTC inspection. If the DTC is
Installation hole of passenger-side seat is displayed even though the floor has been repaired, go
improperly positioned the next step. (See 08-10-12 SEAT WEIGHT
Is the floor normal? SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
4 INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL Yes Replace the seat weight sensor control module.
MODULE (See 08-10-11 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL
Replace the seat weight sensor. MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
After replacement, perform seat weight After replacement, perform seat weight sensor
sensor calibration. (See 08-10-12 SEAT calibration and reperform the DTC inspection. If the
WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.) DTC is displayed even though the seat weight sensor
Reperform the DTC inspection. control module has been replaced, replace the SAS
Is DTC B1013 indicated? control module. (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
DTC B1017
id080200820000
DTC B1017 Deployment prohibited because configuration is not set

Warning
DETECTION 08-02
CONDITION
SAS control module configuration has not been set.

POSSIBLE SAS control module configuration has not been set
CAUSE SAS control module malfunction
1 CONFIGURATION Yes [Present malfunction diagnosis]
Using the M-MDS perform SAS control When only DTC B1017 is displayed:
module configuration. (See 08-10-11 SAS Go to the next step.
CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION.) When DTCs except B1017 are also displayed:
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Perform troubleshooting according to the
Is DTC B1017 indicated? corresponding DTC inspection (except DTC
B1017).
[Past malfunction diagnosis]
DTC troubleshooting completed.
2 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes [Present malfunction diagnosis]
Using the M-MDS perform SAS control Replace the SAS control module.
module configuration. (See 08-10-11 SAS (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION.) INSTALLATION.)
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. [Past malfunction diagnosis]
Is DTC B1017 indicated? DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
08-0211
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1144, B1145
id080200809800
B1144 Driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2 system internal circuit disabled
DTC
B1145 Driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2 system communication error
Warning
DETECTION an operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
CONDITION inspection procedure.
Malfunction in wiring harness between driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2 and SAS control module
Malfunction in driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2 circuit
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2 and SAS control
POSSIBLE module
CAUSE Driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2 malfunction (Including incorrect assembly)
SAS CONTROL MODULE WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2
* * * * * * * *
3W 3T * * B A
3X 3U * * * *
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
SENSOR NO. 2 CONNECTOR No Go to the next step.
Warning
Handling the air bag system
components improperly can
accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts,
which may seriously injure you. Read
the service warnings and cautions
before handling the air bag system
components.
(See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the negative battery cable and
wait for 1 min or more.
Remove the trunk side trim (driver-side).
(See 09-17-24 TRUNK SIDE TRIM
Disconnect the driver-side side air bag
sensor No. 2 connector.
Is there any malfunction of the driver-side
side air bag sensor No. 2 connector?
08-0212
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the driver-side side air bag sensor No. 2, then go
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2 to the next step.
AND SAS CONTROL MODULE (See 08-10-14 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the negative battery cable and No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side
front seat connectors.
Remove the C-pillar trim.
(See 09-17-17 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the D-pillar trim.
(See 09-17-18 D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
curtain air bag module connectors.
Remove the console.
(See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the SAS control module
connector.
Connect the negative battery cable.
Inspect the wiring harnesses between SAS
control module terminal 3X and driver-side
side air bag sensor No. 2 terminal A, SAS 08-02
control module terminal 3W and driver-side
side air bag sensor No. 2 terminal B for the
following:
Short to ground
Short to power supply
Open circuit
Is the wiring harness normal?
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Replace the SAS control module.
Disconnect the negative battery cable and (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
wait for 1 min or more. INSTALLATION.)
Connect the SAS control module connector. [Past malfunction diagnosis]
Connect the driver-side side air bag sensor DTC troubleshooting completed.
No. 2 connector.
Are DTCs B1144, B1145 indicated? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
08-0213
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1146, B1147
id080200809900
B1146 Passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2 system internal circuit disabled
DTC
B1147 Passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2 system communication error
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Malfunction in wiring harness between passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2 and SAS control
module
Malfunction in passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2 circuit
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2 and SAS
POSSIBLE control module
CAUSE Passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2 malfunction (Including incorrect assembly)
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2
* * * * * * * *
3W 3T * * B A
3X 3U * * * *
1 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the trunk side trim (passenger-side).
(See 09-17-24 TRUNK SIDE TRIM
Disconnect the passenger-side side air bag
Is there any malfunction of the passenger-
side side air bag sensor No. 2 connector?
08-0214
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2,
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR then go to the next step.
NO. 2 AND SAS CONTROL MODULE (See 08-10-14 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the negative battery cable and No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Remove the C-pillar trim.
(See 09-17-17 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the D-pillar trim.
(See 09-17-18 D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the console.
(See 09-17-13 CONSOLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
control module terminal 3U and passenger-
side side air bag sensor No. 2 terminal A, 08-02
SAS control module terminal 3T and
passenger-side side air bag sensor No. 2
terminal B for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
Disconnect the negative battery cable and (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
wait for 1 min or more. INSTALLATION.)
Connect the SAS control module connector. [Past malfunction diagnosis]
Connect the passenger-side side air bag DTC troubleshooting completed.
Are DTCs B1146, B1147 indicated. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
DTC B1231
id080200801000
DTC B1231 SAS control module activation (deployment) control freeze

Warning
Performing an inspection with only detection conditions may cause injury due to an
DETECTION
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
CONDITION
SAS control module determined collision
ACTION
Replace the SAS control module.
(See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
08-0215
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1317, B1318
id080200811500
B1317 SAS control module power supply voltage increases (16.1 V or more)
DTC
B1318 SAS control module power supply voltage decreases (less than 8 V)
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
When the SAS control module power supply voltage is not within 816 V.
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and SAS control module
POSSIBLE ARS 7.5 A fuse malfunction
CAUSE Battery malfunction
FUSE BLOCK

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR A
AK AC U M
AL AD V N B
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A AM AE W O I C
AN AF X P J D
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B
AO AG Y Q K E
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C
AP AH Z R L F
AQ AI AA S G
AR AJ AB T
H
1 INSPECT FUSE Yes Install the fuse, then go to the next step.
Remove the ARS 7.5 A fuse. No Replace the fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
Measure the battery positive voltage. No Battery is malfunctioning
Is the voltage 8 V16 V? Inspect the charge/discharge system.
3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Install the fuse, then go to the next step.
BATTERY AND FUSE BLOCK No Repair the wiring harness between the battery and fuse
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. block.
Measure the fuse block terminal Y voltage.
Is the voltage 8 V16 V?
08-0216
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FUSE Yes [Present malfunction diagnosis]
BLOCK AND SAS CONTROL MODULE Replace the SAS control module.
(See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE
Warning REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Handling the air bag system components [Past malfunction diagnosis]
improperly can accidentally deploy the air DTC troubleshooting completed.
bag modules and pre-tensioner front No Replace the wiring harness between the fuse block and
buckles, which may seriously injure you. SAS control module.
Read the service warnings before handling
the air bag system components.
(See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS.)
CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait
for 1 min or more.
Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-8
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the clock spring connector.
Remove the glove compartment.(See 09-17-8
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side seat 08-02
connectors.
Remove the C-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-17 C-
PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the D-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-18 D-
curtain air bag module connector.
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-16 B-
PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side pre-
tensioner seat belt connectors.
Remove the console. (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE
Disconnect the SAS control module connector.
Is the voltage 8 V16 V?
End Of Sie
DTC B1342
id080200801100
DTC B1342 SAS control module (internal circuit abnormal)

Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Malfunction in the SAS control module internal circuit

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
1 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
Using the M-MDS, perform SAS control (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
module configuration. INSTALLATION.)
Is DTC B1342 indicated? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
08-0217
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1868
id080200815000
DTC B1868 Air bag warning system light malfunction

Warning
Performing an inspection with only detection conditions may cause injury due to an
DETECTION
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
CONDITION
Air bag warning system light malfunction.
ACTION
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Peform the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
End Of Sie
DTC B1877, B1878, B1879, B1885
id080200801400
B1877 Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance high

B1878 Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to power supply
DTC
B1879 Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to body ground
B1885 Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance low
Warning
DETECTION inspection procedure.
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.5 3.7 ohms) detected in the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt
circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control
module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS
CAUSE Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt malfunction
DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT

B A
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER Yes Replace the SAS control module. (See 08-10-10 SAS
SEAT BELT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Using the M-MDS, verify the following PID/ No Go to the next step.
DATA monitor.
(See 08-02-8 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE.)
RES_PT_D
Is driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt
resistance normal?
Resistance: 1.53.7 ohms
08-0218
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
SEAT BELT CONNECTOR No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-
16 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector.
pre-tensioner seat belt connector? 08-02
3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness, then go to the next step.
DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT No Replace the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt.
OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS (See 08-11-2 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and INSTALLATION.)
thermometer checker) or apply 2-ohm
resistance to driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector terminals A and B.
Set the resistance of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) to the 2-ohm
position.
Are DTCs B1877, B1878, B1879 and/or
B1885 indicated?
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Disconnect the negative battery cable and INSTALLATION.)
wait for 1 min or more. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Connect the driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector.
B1885 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0219
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 20
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1881, B1882, B1883, B1886
id080200801500
B1881 Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance high

B1882 Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to power supply
DTC
B1883 Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to body ground
B1886 Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance low
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.5 3.7 ohms) detected in the passenger-side pre-tensioner circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control
module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS
CAUSE Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt malfunction
PASSENGER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT

B A
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER Yes Replace the SAS control module. (See 08-10-10 SAS
SEAT BELT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Using the M-MDS, verify the following PID/ No Go to the next step.
DATA monitor.
RES_PT_P
Is passenger-side pre-tensioner resistance
normal?
Resistance: 1.53.7 ohms
08-0220
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
SEAT BELT CONNECTOR No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side pre-tensioner
connector.
side pre-tensioner connector? 08-02
3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness, then go to the next step.
DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT No Replace the passenger-side pre-tensioner.
OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS (See 08-11-2 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and INSTALLATION.)
resistance to passenger-side pre-tensioner
position.
B1886 indicated?
Connect the passenger-side pre-tensioner
connector.
B1886 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0221
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1884, B1890
id080200801600
B1884 Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator circuit open or short to body ground
DTC
B1890 Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator circuit short to power supply
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Malfunction in PAD indicator circuit

Open or short circuit in wiring harness between information display and SAS control module
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between battery and information display
CAUSE information display malfunction
INFORMATION DISPLAY
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A
* I * E C A
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B
L J H * D B
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C
1 INSPECT OPERATION OF PAD INDICATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Go to Step 5.
Does the PAD indicator illuminate?
2 INSPECT FUSE Yes Install the fuse, then go to the next step.
Remove the MATER 10 A fuse. No Replace the fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
Measure the battery positive voltage. No Battery is malfunctioning
Is the voltage 9 V16 V? Inspect the charge/discharge system.
BATTERY AND PAD INDICATOR No Repair the wiring harness between the battery and
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. information display.
Measure the information display connector
terminal E voltage.
Is the voltage 9 V or more?
08-0222
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN PAD Yes Go to the next step.
INDICATOR AND SAS CONTROL MODULE No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Warning
Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air
bag modules and pre-tensioner front
buckles, which may seriously injure you.
Read the service warnings before handling
the air bag system components.
WARNINGS.)
CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait
for 1 min or more.
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the glove compartment.(See 09-17-8
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side seat 08-02
connectors.
Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-17 C-
Remove the D-pillar trim. (See 09-17-18 D-
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-16 B-
PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side pre-
Remove the console. (See 09-17-13 CONSOLE
Disconnect the SAS control module connector.
Inspect the wiring harness between information
display connector terminal I and SAS control
module connector terminal 1U for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
6 INSPECT PAD INDICATOR Yes Replace the information display.
Disconnect the SAS control module connector. (See 09-22-15 INFORMATION DISPLAY REMOVAL/
Connect the information display connector. INSTALLATION.)
Does the PAD indicator illuminate? No Replace the SAS control module.
(See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
08-0223
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 24
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1913, B1916, B1932, B1934
id080200801700
Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to body ground (air bag system warning light
B1913
DTC 19 is displayed.)
DTC B1916 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to power supply
B1932 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit resistance high
B1934 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit resistance low
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.9 ohms) detected in the driver-side air bag module (inflator
No.1) circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) and SAS
control module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the clock spring and SAS control module
POSSIBLE Clock spring malfunction
CAUSE Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) malfunction

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
CLOCK SPRING WIRING WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR (CLOCK SPRING )
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A (INFLATOR NO.1) (INFLATOR NO.2)
1D 1C 1B 1A 3B 3A 4B 4A
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C
08-0224
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
(INFLATOR NO.1) (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Using the M-MDS, verify the following PID/ INSTALLATION.)
DATA monitor. (See 08-02-8 PID/DATA No Go to the next step.
MONITOR TABLE.)
RES_AB_D
Is the resistance of the driver-side air bag
module normal?
Resistance: 1.4 3.9 ohms
2 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
CONNECTOR (CLOCK SPRING) No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
08-02
Remove the driver-side air bag module.
(See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG
Is there any malfunction of the driver-side air
bag module connector?
3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to the next step.
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE (INFLATOR No Replace the driver-side air bag module.
NO.1) OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS (See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
resistance to driver-side air bag module
(inflator No.1) connector terminals 3A and
3B, and driver-side air bag module (inflator
No.2) connector terminals 4A and 4B.
position.
B1934 indicated?
4 INSPECT CLOCK SPRING Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the clock spring. No Replace the clock spring.
(See 08-10-16 CLOCK SPRING (See 08-10-15 CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/
Is the clock spring normal?
08-0225
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 26
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the SAS control module.
CLOCK SPRING AND SAS CONTROL (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
MODULE INSTALLATION.)
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the glove compartment.(See 09-17-
8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side air bag
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
pre-tensioner seat belt connectors.
Remove the console. (See 09-17-13
CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connector.
Inspect the wiring harness between SAS
control module terminal 1S and clock spring
terminal 1D, SAS control module terminal 1V
and clock spring terminal 1C for the
following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
End Of Sie
08-0226
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1913, B1925, B1933, B1935
id080200801800
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to body ground (air bag system warning
B1913
light DTC 21 is displayed.)
DTC B1925 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to power supply
B1933 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit resistance high
B1935 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit resistance low
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.6 ohms) detected in the passenger-side air bag module
(inflator No.1) circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) and SAS
control module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1)
POSSIBLE and SAS control module
CAUSE Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) malfunction
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

(INFLATOR NO.1) (INFLATOR NO.2)
B A B A 08-02
1 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the SAS control module.
MODULE (INFLATOR NO.1) (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
DATA monitor. No Go to the next step.
RES_AB_P
Is the resistance of the passenger-side air
bag module normal?
08-0227
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
MODULE (INFLATOR NO.1) CONNECTOR No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the glove compartment.
(See 09-17-8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT
module connector.
side air bag module connector?
3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness, then go to the next
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE step.
(INFLATOR NO.1) OR RELATED WIRING No Replace the passenger-side air bag module.
HARNESS (See 08-10-7 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
resistance to passenger-side air bag module
(inflator No.1) connector terminals A and B,
and passenger-side air bag module (inflator
No.2) connector terminals A and B.
position.
B1935 indicated?
Connect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
B1935 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0228
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B1992, B1993, B1994, B1995
id080200801900
B1992 Driver-side side air bag module circuit short to power supply
B1993 Driver-side side air bag module circuit short to body ground
DTC
B1994 Driver-side side air bag module circuit resistance high
B1995 Driver-side side air bag module circuit resistance low
Warning
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.9 ohms) detected in the driver-side side air bag module circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag module and SAS control module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag module and SAS control
POSSIBLE module
CAUSE Driver-side side air bag module malfunction
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

B A
08-02
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the SAS control module.
MODULE (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
RES_SAB_D
Is the resistance of the driver-side side air
bag module normal?
MODULE CONNECTOR No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

module connector.
08-0229
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 30
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE OR step.
RELATED WIRING HARNESS No Replace the driver-side side air bag module.
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and (See 08-10-8 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
thermometer checker) or apply 2-ohm INSTALLATION.)
resistance to driver-side side air bag module
position.
Are DTCs B1992, B1993, B1994, and/or
B1995 indicated?
Connect the driver-side side air bag module
connector.
B1995 indicated?
End Of Sie
DTC B1996, B1997, B1998, B1999
id080200802000
B1996 Passenger-side side air bag module circuit short to power supply
B1997 Passenger-side side air bag module circuit short to body ground
DTC
B1998 Passenger-side side air bag module circuit resistance high
B1999 Passenger-side side air bag module circuit resistance low
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.9 ohms) detected in the passenger-side side air bag module
circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side side air bag module and SAS control
module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side side air bag module and SAS
CAUSE Passenger-side side air bag module malfunction
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

B A
08-0230
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 31
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT passenger-side side AIR BAG Yes Replace the SAS control module.
RES_SAB_P
Is the resistance of the passenger-side side
air bag module normal?
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
08-02
module connector.
side side air bag module connector?
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE OR step.
RELATED WIRING HARNESS No Replace the passenger-side side air bag module.
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and (See 08-10-8 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
resistance to passenger-side side air bag
module connector terminals A and B.
position.
B1999 indicated?
Connect the passenger-side side air bag
module connector.
B1999 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0231
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 32
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2228, B2230, B2232, B2234
id080200802100
B2228 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit short to body ground
B2230 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit short to power supply
DTC
B2232 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit resistance high
B2234 Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit resistance low
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.5 4.4 ohms) detected in the driver-side air bag module (inflator
No.2) circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) and SAS
control module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the clock spring and SAS control module
POSSIBLE Clock spring malfunction
CAUSE Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) malfunction

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
CLOCK SPRING WIRING WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR (CLOCK SPRING )
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A (INFLATOR NO.1) (INFLATOR NO.2)
1D 1C 1B 1A 3B 3A 4B 4A
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C
08-0232
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 33
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
(INFLATOR NO.1) (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
DATA monitor. (See 08-02-8 PID/DATA No Go to the next step.
MONITOR TABLE.)
RES_AB2_D
Is the resistance of the driver-side air bag
module normal?
2 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
CONNECTOR (CLOCK SPRING) No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
08-02
Remove the driver-side air bag module.
(See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG
Is there any malfunction of the driver-side air
bag module connector?
3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to the next step.
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE (INFLATOR No Replace the driver-side air bag module.
NO.1) OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS (See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
resistance to driver-side air bag module
(inflator No.1) connector terminals 3A and
3B, and driver-side air bag module (inflator
No.2) connector terminals 4A and 4B.
position.
B2234 indicated?
4 INSPECT CLOCK SPRING Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the clock spring. No Replace the clock spring.
(See 08-10-16 CLOCK SPRING (See 08-10-15 CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/
Is the clock spring normal?
08-0233
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 34
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the SAS control module.
CLOCK SPRING AND SAS CONTROL (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
control module terminal 1G and clock spring
terminal 1B, SAS control module terminal 1J
and clock spring terminal 1A for the
following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
End Of Sie
08-0234
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 35
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2229, B2231, B2233, B2235
id080200802200
B2229 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit short to body ground
B2231 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit short to power supply
DTC
B2233 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit resistance high
B2235 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit resistance low
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.9 ohms) detected in the passenger-side air bag module
(inflator No.2) circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) and SAS
control module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2)
POSSIBLE and SAS control module
CAUSE Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) malfunction
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

(INFLATOR NO.1) (INFLATOR NO.2)
B A B A
08-02
08-0235
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 36
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the SAS control module.
MODULE (INFLATOR NO.1) (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
RES_AB2_P
Is the resistance of the passenger-side air
bag module normal?
2 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
MODULE (INFLATOR NO.1) CONNECTOR No Go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the glove compartment.
(See 09-17-8 GLOVE COMPARTMENT
module connector.
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE step.
(INFLATOR NO.1) OR RELATED WIRING No Replace the passenger-side air bag module.
HARNESS (See 08-10-7 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
resistance to passenger-side air bag module
(inflator No.1) connector terminals A and B,
and passenger-side air bag module (inflator
No.2) connector terminals A and B.
position.
B2235 indicated?
connector.
B2235 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0236
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 37
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2290
id080200802300
DTC B2290 Passenger sensing system malfunction

Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Passenger sensing system circuit malfunction

Seat weight sensor calibration not properly set
POSSIBLE Communication error between SAS control module and seat weight sensor control module
CAUSE Seat weight sensor control module internal malfunction
LH or RH seat weight sensor malfunction

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A
* * 3A
* 3D 3B
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C
08-02

1 INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness.
MODULE CONNECTOR After replacement, reperform the DTC inspection and
verify that no DTCs are displayed.
Warning No Go to the next step.
accidentally operate (deploy) the air
bag modules and pre-tensioner seat
belts, which may seriously injure you.
Read the service warnings and
cautions before handling the air bag
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the seat weight sensor control
module connector.
Is there any malfunction of the seat weight
sensor control module connector?
2 INSPECTION WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the SAS control module No If there is any malfunction in the wiring harnesses, repair
connector. or replace the applicable wiring harness.
Verify continuity in the following wiring After replacement, reperform the DTC inspection and
harnesses: verify that no DTCs are displayed.
Between SAS control module terminal 1I and
seat weight sensor control module terminal
3D
Between the battery and seat weight sensor
control module terminal 3A
Between seat weight sensor control module
terminal 3B and body ground
Is the continuity normal?
08-0237
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 38
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
3 INSPECT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the seat weight sensor control No Replace the following parts according to the M-MDS
module connector. screen:
Connect the SAS control module. If OCSFLT_CAL is displayed:
Connect the negative battery cable. Perform seat weight sensor calibration (See 08-10-
Verify the following PIDs using the M-MDS. 12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
(See 08-02-8 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE.) If OCSFLT_COM or OCSFLT_MDL is displayed:
OCSFLT_CAL Seat weight sensor control module (See 08-10-11
OCSFLT_COM SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE
OCSFLT_L REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
OCSFLT_MDL If OCSFLT_L is displayed:
OCSFLT_R Seat weight sensor (LH) (See: 09-13-2 FRONT
Do all PIDs display OK? SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
If OCSFLT_R is displayed:
Seat weight sensor (RH) (See 09-13-2 FRONT
SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
4 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes [Present malfunction diangnosis]
Reperform the DTC inspection. Replace the SAS control module.
Is DTC B2290 indicated? (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
[Past malfunction diagnosis]
DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
DTC B2296
id080200802400
DTC B2296 Crash zone sensor (communication error, internal circuit abnormal)
Warning
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the crash zone sensor and SAS control module
Malfunction in the crash zone sensor circuit
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the crash zone sensor and SAS control module
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Crash zone sensor malfunction
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR CRASH ZONE SENSOR WIRING
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B B A
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C
08-0238
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 39
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT CRASH ZONE SENSOR Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the crash zone sensor connector.
Is there any malfunction of the crash zone
sensor connector?
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the crash zone sensor, then go to the next step.
CRASH ZONE SENSOR AND SAS CONTROL (See 08-10-10 CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAL/
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the air bag wiring harness. 08-02
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
Disconnect the crash zone sensor connector.
control module terminal 1C and crash zone
sensor terminal A, SAS control module
terminal 1B and crash zone sensor terminal
B for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
08-0239
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 40
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Connect the SAS control module connector.
Connect the crash zone sensor connector.
Is DTC B2296 indicated?
End Of Sie
DTC B2444, U2017
id080200802700
B2444 Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 (internal circuit abnormal)
DTC
U2017 Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 (communication error)
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 and SAS control
module
Malfunction in the driver-side side air bag sensor circuit
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 and SAS
CAUSE Driver-side side air bag sensor malfunction
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1
2Y 2V 2S 2P 2M 2J 2G 2D 2A
B A
2Z 2W 2T 2H 2E 2B
2AA 2X 2U 2R 2O 2L 2I 2F 2C
08-0240
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 41
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the B-pillar lower trim (driver-side).
(See 09-17-16 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
Is there any malfunction of the driver-side 08-02
side air bag sensor No. 1 connector?
08-0241
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 42
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1 No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
AND SAS CONTROL MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
sensor No.1 connector.
connector.
control module connector terminal 2AA and
driver-side side air bag sensor No.1
connector terminal A, SAS control module
connector terminal 2Z and driver-side side
air bag sensor No.1 connector terminal B for
the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
Connect the driver-side side air bag sensor
No.1 connector.
Are DTCs B2444 and/or U2017 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0242
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2445, U2018
id080200802800
B2445 Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 (internal circuit abnormal)
DTC
U2018 Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 (communication error)
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side side air bag sensor and SAS control
module
Malfunction in the passenger-side side air bag sensor circuit
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side side air bag sensor and SAS
CAUSE Passenger-side side air bag sensor malfunction
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1
2Y 2V 2S 2P 2M 2J 2G 2D 2A
B A
2Z 2W 2T 2H 2E 2B
2AA 2X 2U 2R 2O 2L 2I 2F 2C
08-02
1 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the B-pillar lower trim (passenger-
side).
(See 09-17-16 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
side side air bag sensor No. 1 connector?
08-0243
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 44
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
NO.1 AND SAS CONTROL MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
control module connector terminal 2C and
passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1
connector terminal A, SAS control module
connector terminal 2B and passenger-side
side air bag sensor No.1 connector terminal
B for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
Connect the passenger-side side air bag
Are DTCs B2445 and/or U2018 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0244
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 45
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2477
id080200810500
DTC B2477 Configuration error

Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
SAS control module configuration has not been performed correctly.

POSSIBLE SAS control module configuration error
CAUSE SAS control module malfunction
Using the M-MDS, perform SAS control (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
moduleconfiguration. INSTALLATION.)
Is DTC B2477 indicated? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
DTC B2773, B2774, B2775, B2776
id080200802900
B2773 Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit resistance low

B2774 Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit resistance high
DTC
B2775 Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit short to body ground 08-02
B2776 Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit short to power supply
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.9 ohms) detected in the driver-side curtain air bag module
circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side curtain air bag module and SAS control
module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side curtain air bag module and SAS
CAUSE Driver-side curtain air bag module malfunction
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
B A
08-0245
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 46
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG Yes Replace the SAS control module.
RES_CAB_D
Is the resistance of the driver-side curtain air
bag module normal?
2 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector.
curtain air bag module connector?
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE step.
OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS No Replace the driver-side curtain air bag module.
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and (See 08-10-8 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
resistance to driver-side curtain air bag
position.
B2776 indicated?
Connect the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector.
B2776 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0246
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 47
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2777, B2778, B2779, B2780
id080200803000
B2777 Passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit resistance low

B2778 Passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit resistance high
DTC
B2779 Passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit short to body ground
B2780 Passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit short to power supply
Warning
CONDITION
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4 3.9 ohms) detected in the passenger-side curtain air bag
module circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side curtain air bag module and SAS control
module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side curtain air bag module and SAS
CAUSE Passenger-side curtain air bag module malfunction
PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
B A
08-02
08-0247
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 48
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR Yes Replace the SAS control module.
BAG MODULE (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
RES_CAB_P
Is the resistance of the passenger-side
curtain air bag module normal?
2 INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the passenger-side curtain air
bag module connector.
side curtain air bag module connector?
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE step.
OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS No Replace the passenger-side curtain air bag module.
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and (See 08-10-8 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
resistance to passenger-side curtain air bag
position.
B2780 indicated?
Connect the passenger-side curtain air bag
module connector.
B2780 indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0248
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 49
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC B2867
id080200803100
DTC B2867 Poor connection of any SAS control module connectors

Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
There is no continuity between the poor connection detector bar terminals of the SAS control module.
Poor connection of any SAS control module connectors
POSSIBLE
Malfunction of any SAS control module connectors
CAUSE
1V 1S 1P 1M 1J 1G 1D 1A 2Y 2V 2S 2P 2M 2J 2G 2D 2A * * * * * * * *
1W 1T 1Q 1H 1E 1B 2Z 2W 2T 2H 2E 2B 3W 3T * *
1X 1U 1R 1I 1F 1C 2AA 2X 2U 2R 2O 2L 2I 2F 2C 3X 3U * * * *
08-02
1 VERIFY THAT ALL SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTORS ARE CONNECTED WITH SAS No Reconnect the connector properly.
CONTROL MODULE
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Partially peel back the floor covering.
Are all SAS control module connectors
securely connected?
08-0249
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 50
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2 INSPECT ALL SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
CONNECTORS (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-8 INSTALLATION.)
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/ No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
Are the poor connection detector bars of
SAS control module connectors normal?
End Of Sie
DTC C1947, C1948, C1981
id080200803200
C1947 Seat track position sensor circuit short to body ground

DTC C1948 Seat track position sensor circuit resistance not within specification
C1981 Seat track position sensor circuit open or short to power supply
Warning
DETECTION
CONDITION
Malfunction in seat track position sensor circuit.

Malfunction of connector between seat track position sensor and SAS control module.
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between seat track position sensor and SAS control module.
CAUSE Seat track position sensor malfunction
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
2Y 2V 2S 2P 2M 2J 2G 2D 2A A C
* *
2Z 2W 2T 2H 2E 2B
2AA 2X 2U 2R 2O 2L 2I 2F 2C
08-0250
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 51
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
1 INSPECT SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR Yes [Present malfunction diagnosis]
CIRCUIT Replace the SAS control module.
Using the M-MDS, verify the following PID/ (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
DATA monitor. INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-02-8 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE.) [Past malfunction diagnosis]
TRAK_SW DTC troubleshooting completed.
Is the seat track position sensor circuit
normal?
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the seat track position sensor, then go to the next
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR AND SAS step.
CONTROL MODULE No Replace wiring harness, then go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
08-02
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
seat connectors.
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
Disconnect the seat track position sensor
connector
control module terminal and seat track
position sensor terminals for short to ground,
short to power supply, and open circuit:
2W C
2X A
08-0251
1871-1U-06B(08-02).fm 52
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Connect the SAS control module connector. (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Connect the clock spring connector. INSTALLATION.)
Connect the passenger-side air bag module [Past malfunction diagnosis]
connector. DTC troubleshooting completed.
Connect the driver-and passenger-side
curtain air bag module connectors. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Connect the driver-and passenger-side side
air bag module connectors.
Connect the driver-and passenger-side pre
Connect the seat track position sensor
connector.
Are DTCs C1947, C1948 and/or C1981
indicated?
End Of Sie
08-0252
1871-1U-06B(08-03).fm 1
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. . . . . . . . . 08-031 NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING
NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE . . . . . 08-031 CONSTANTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-033
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-031 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-033
End of Toc
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
WM: AIR BAG SYSTEM
id080300802000
Use the chart below verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
No. Troubleshooting item Description Page
1 Air bag system warning light does not Malfunction in air bag system warning (See 08-03-1 NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM
illuminate. light circuit (short to ground). WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE)
2 Air bag system warning light is Malfunction in air bag system warning (See 08-03-3 NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM
illuminated constantly. light circuit (open circuit or short to WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
power supply). CONSTANTLY)
End Of Sie
NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE
id080300800200
1 Air bag system warning light does not illuminate.

DETECTION Malfunction in air bag system warning light circuit (short to ground)
CONDITION 08-03
POSSIBLE
Instrument cluster (circuit board) malfunction
CAUSE
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and SAS control module
1 INSPECT OTHER WARNING AND INDICATOR Yes Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, then go to the
LIGHTS CIRCUIT IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Inspect the instrument cluster power supply system and
Do other warning and indicator lights ground system, then go to Step 4.
illuminate?
2 INSPECT DTCS IN SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection, then go to Step 5.
Inspect the DTC for the SAS control module (See 08-02-4 DTC TABLE.)
on-board diagnostic system. No Go to the next step.
08-031
1871-1U-06B(08-03).fm 2
3 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module, then go to Step 5.
(See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Warning INSTALLATION.)
Handling the air bag system No Go to the next step.
the air baga system service warnings
and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position.

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver- and passenger-side
Does the air bag system warning light
illuminate?
4 INSPECT DTCS IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection, then go to the next
Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster step.
on-board diagnostic system. (See 09-02E-1 DTC TABLE[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Have DTCs been recorded in memory? No Inspect the instrument cluster warning lights using check
code, then go to the next step.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT
CHECK MODE.)
08-032
1871-1U-06B(08-03).fm 3
5 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS Yes Complete troubleshooting, then explain repairs to customer.
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. malfunction recurs.
Connect all SAS control module connectors.
Connect the driver and passenger-side
Connect the driver and passenger-side front
seat connectors.
connector.
Connect the clock spring connector.
operate properly?
End Of Sie
NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONSTANTLY
id080300800300
2 Air bag system warning light is illuminated constantly.

DETECTION Malfunction in air bag system warning light circuit (open circuit or short to power supply).
CONDITION 08-03
Weak battery
Instrument cluster (circuit board) malfunction
No connection in SAS control module connector
POSSIBLE Poor contact in instrument cluster connector (20-pin)
CAUSE Open or short to power supply circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and SAS control
module
Poor contact at terminals 1X and/or 1W of SAS control module connector
Poor contact in wiring harness between terminal 1X of SAS control module connector and ground
Poor contact in wiring harness between battery and terminal 1W of SAS control module
Measure the voltage of battery. No Battery is weak.
Is the voltage 9 V or more? Inspect charge/discharge system, then go to Step 10.
(See 01-17-2 BATTERY INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
08-033
1871-1U-06B(08-03).fm 4
2 VERIFY THAT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR IS CONNECTED No Reconnect the connector properly, then go to Step 10.
Warning
the air bag system service warnings
and cautions before handling the air
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Are all SAS control module connectors
securely connected?
3 INSPECT DTCS IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster No Inspect the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-3 INSTRUMENT
on-board diagnostic system. CLUSTER INSPECTION.)
Has DTC U0264 been recorded in memory?
4 INSPECT DTCS IN SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the DTC for the SAS control module (See 08-02-4 DTC TABLE.)
5 INSPECT DTCS IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster (See 09-02E-1 DTC TABLE[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
6 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the instrument cluster warning lights No Repair or replace the instrument cluster according to
using check code. inspection results.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Then go to Step 10.
Are the check results okay?
7 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF SAS Yes Go to the Step 9.
CONTROL MODULE (TERMINAL 1W) No Go to the next step.
seat connectors.
connector.
Inspect the voltage for PID/DATA monitor
IGN_V_2 item using M-MDS.
Is the voltage of at least one terminal 8 V
16 V?
08-034
1871-1U-06B(08-03).fm 5
BATTERY AND FUSE BLOCK No Repair the wiring harnesses, then go to Step 10.
Measure the voltage at instrument cluster
connector terminal 2G.
Is the voltage 8 V 16 V?
9 VERIFY THAT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module, then go to the next step.
CONNECTOR TERMINAL 1X IS GROUND (See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the negative battery cable and No Replace the wiring harnesses, then go to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
side air bag module connectors.
Remove the C-pillar trims. (See 09-17-17 C-
Remove the D-pillar trims. (See 09-17-18 D-
PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 08-03
Remove the B-pillar lower trims. (See 09-17-
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect all SAS control module control
model connectors.
control module connector terminal 1X and
ground for the following:
Open circuit
10 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS Yes Complete troubleshooting, then explain repairs to customer.
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. malfunction recurs.
seat connectors.
connector.
Connect the instrument cluster connector.
operate properly?
End Of Sie
08-035
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 1
AIR BAG SYSTEM

08-10 AIR BAG SYSTEM
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-102 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CONTROL MODULE
WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-103 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 08-1011
Air Bag Module Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 08-103 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
Air Bag Module Handling . . . . . . . . . . . 08-103 CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1012
Side Air Bag Module Handling . . . . . . . 08-103 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
Seat Weight Sensor Handling . . . . . . . 08-104 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1012
SAS Control Module Handling . . . . . . . 08-104 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR
Crash Zone Sensor Handling. . . . . . . . 08-104 NO. 1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . 08-1013
Side Air Bag Sensor Handling . . . . . . . 08-104 Connector Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1013
Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Inspection . . . 08-105 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE NO. 2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . 08-1014
CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-105 Connector Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1014
Air Bag System Component CLOCK SPRING
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-105 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 08-1015
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . 08-1015
Seat Belt Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-105 CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . 08-1016
Seat Weight Sensor Handling . . . . . . . 08-105 AIR BAG MODULE AND
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT
Seat Belt Reuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-106 DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES . . . . . . . 08-1017
Air Bag Wiring Harness Repair . . . . . . 08-106 Deployment Procedure for Inside of
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1017
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 08-106 Driver-side Air Bag Module . . . . . . . . . . 08-1018
Connector A Removal Note . . . . . . . . . 08-106 Passenger-side Air Bag Module . . . . . . 08-1019 08-10
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Side Air Bag Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1020
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 08-107 Curtain Air Bag Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1020
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 08-107 Pre-tensioner Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1021
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE Deployment Procedure for Outside of
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 08-108 Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1022
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE Driver-side Air Bag Module . . . . . . . . . . 08-1022
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 08-108 Passenger-side Air Bag Module . . . . . . 08-1024
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 08-109 Side Air Bag Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1026
CRASH ZONE SENSOR Curtain Air Bag Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1027
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 08-1010 Pre-tensioner Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1029
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 08-1010 AIR BAG MODULE AND
SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/ PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1010 DISPOSAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . 08-1030
SAS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION OF SST
CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1011 (DEPLOYMENT TOOL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1031
Inspection Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-1031
End of Toc
WM: AIR BAG SYSTEM
08-101
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 2
AIR BAG SYSTEM

LOCATION INDEX
id081000800100
3
1
2
4
9 10
7
5
12
8 11
acxuuw00001173
.
1 Driver-side air bag module 6 Clock spring

(See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE (See 08-10-15 CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/
(See 08-10-17 AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE- (See 08-10-16 CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION.)
TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT (See 08-10-15 CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT.)
PROCEDURES.) 7 Crash zone sensor
2 Passenger-side air bag module (See 08-10-10 CRASH ZONE SENSOR
(See 08-10-7 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 8 Side air bag sensor No. 1
(See .08-10-17 AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE- (See 08-10-13 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 1
TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
PROCEDURES)
9 Side air bag sensor No. 2
3 Curtain air bag module (See 08-10-14 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2
(See 08-10-8 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-10-17 AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE- 10 Side air bag module
TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT (See 08-10-8 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
PROCEDURES.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-10-17 AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-
4 SAS control module TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT
(See 08-10-10 SAS CONTROL MODULE PROCEDURES.)
11 Seat weight sensor control module
5 Pre-tensioner seat belt (See 08-10-11 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL
(See 08-10-17 AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE- MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT
PROCEDURES.)
08-102
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 3
AIR BAG SYSTEM

12 Seat weight sensor
(See 08-10-12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
CALIBRATION.)
(See 08-10-12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS
id081000800200
Air Bag Module Inspection
Inspecting an air bag module using a tester
NO GOOD
can operate (deploy) the air bag module,
which may cause serious injury. Do not use a
tester to inspect an air bag module. Always
use the on-board diagnostic function to
diagnose the air bag module for malfunctions.
acxuuw00001174
Air Bag Module Handling

Before removing the air bag module or disconnecting the air bag module connector, always turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or 08-10
more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
Handling a live (undeployed) air bag module
that is pointed toward your body could result
in serious injury if the air bag module were to
accidentally operate (deploy). When carrying
a live (undeployed) air bag module, point the
deployment surface away from your body to
lessen the chance of injury in case it operates
(deploys).
GOOD NO GOOD
acxuuw00001175
A live (undeployed) air bag module placed

with its deployment surface to ground is GOOD NO GOOD
dangerous. If the air bag module were to
accidentally operate (deploy), it could cause
serious injury. Always place a live
(undeployed) air bag module with its
deployment surface up.
acxuuw00001176
Side Air Bag Module Handling

Before removing the side air bag module or disconnecting the side air bag module connector, always
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1
min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
When a side air bag module operates (deploys) due to a collision, the interior of the seat back (pad,
frame, trim) may become damaged. If a side air bag does not operate (deploy) normally from a seat
back that has been reused, a serious accident may result. After a side air bag has operated (deployed),
always replace both the side air bag module and the seat back (pad, frame, trim) with new parts. After
servicing, verify that the seat operates normally and that the wiring harness is not caught.
08-103
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 4
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Seat Weight Sensor Handling
The passenger-side seat and the seat weight sensor may become deformed or otherwise damaged due
to operation (deployment) of the front or side air bag in an accident. This may cause the passenger
sensing function to operate improperly and result in a serious accident. Always replace the passenger
seat and seat weight sensor with new ones after the front or side air bags have operated (deployed).
After servicing, verify that the seat operates normally and that the wiring harness is not caught. If the
collision is not hard enough to cause the front or side air bags to operate (deploy), inspect the seat
weight sensor and replace it if there is any malfunction.
SAS Control Module Handling

Removing the SAS control module or disconnecting the SAS control module connector with the
ignition switch at the ON position can activate the sensor in the SAS control module and operate
(deploy) the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts, which may cause serious injury. Before removing the
SAS control module or disconnecting the SAS control module connector, always turn the ignition
switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to
allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
Connecting the SAS control module connector with the SAS control module not securely fixed to the
vehicle is dangerous. The sensor in the SAS control module could send an electrical signal to the air
bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts. This will operate (deploy) the air bags and pre-tensioner
seat belts, which may result in serious injury. Therefore, before connecting the connector, securely fix
the SAS control module to the vehicle.
Because a sensor is built into the SAS control module, once the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts
have operated (deployed) due to a collision or other causes, the SAS control module must be replaced
with a new one even if the used one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. The
used SAS control module may have been damaged internally, which may cause improper operation. If
the SAS control module is reused, the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts may not operate (deploy)
normally, which could result in a serious accident. Always replace the SAS control module with a new
one. The SAS control module cannot be bench-checked or self-checked.
Crash Zone Sensor Handling

Removing the crash zone sensor or disconnecting the crash zone sensor connector with the ignition
switch at the ON position can activate the crash zone sensor and operate (deploy) the air bags and pre-
tensioner seat belts, which may cause serious injury. Before removing the crash zone sensor or
disconnecting the crash zone sensor connector, always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power
supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
If the crash zone sensor is subjected to shock or the sensor is disassembled, the air bags and pre-
tensioner seat belts may accidentally operate (deploy) and cause injury, or the system may fail to
operate normally and cause a serious accident. Do not subject the crash zone sensor to shock or
disassemble the sensor.
Because a sensor is built into the crash zone sensor, once the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts
have operated (deployed) due to a collision or other causes, the crash zone sensor must be replaced
with a new one even if the used one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. If the
crash zone sensor is reused, the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts may not operate (deploy)
normally, which could result in a serious accident. Always replace the crash zone sensor with a new
one. The crash zone sensor cannot be bench-checked or self-checked.
Side Air Bag Sensor Handling

Removing the side air bag sensor or disconnecting the side air bag sensor connector with the ignition
switch at the ON position can activate the side air bag sensor and operate (deploy) the side air bag,
which may cause serious injury. Before removing the side air bag sensor or disconnecting the side air
bag sensor connector, always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative
battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control
module to deplete its stored power.
If the side air bag sensor is subjected to shock or the sensor is disassembled, the side air bag may
accidentally operate (deploy) and cause injury, or the system may fail to operate normally and cause a
serious accident. Do not subject the side air bag sensor to shock or disassemble the sensor.
Because a sensor is built into the side air bag sensor, once the air bag has operated (deployed) due to
a collision or other causes, the side air bag sensor must be replaced with a new one even if the used
one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. If the side air bag sensor is reused, the
side air bag may not operate (deploy) normally, which could result in a serious accident. Always
replace the side air bag sensor with a new one. The side air bag sensor cannot be bench-checked or
self-checked.
08-104
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 5
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Inspection
Inspecting a pre-tensioner seat belt using a
tester can operate (deploy) the pre-tensioner
seat belt, which may cause serious injury. Do
not use a tester to inspect a pre-tensioner
seat belt. Always use the on-board diagnostic
function to diagnose the pre-tensioner seat
belt for malfunctions.
End Of Sie
NO GOOD
acxuuw00001177
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS

id081000800300
Air Bag System Component Disassembly
Disassembling the air bag system
components could cause it to not operate
(deploy) normally. Never disassemble any air
08-10
NO GOOD
acxuuw00001178
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Handling

Oil, grease, or water on the air bag modules may cause the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts to fail
to operate (deploy) in an accident. Never allow oil, grease, or water to get on the air bag modules or
pre-tensioner seat belts.
Inserting a screwdriver or similar object into
the connector of an air bag module or a pre-
tensioner seat belt may damage the connector
and cause the air bag module or the pre-
tensioner seat belt to operate (deploy)
improperly, which may cause serious injury.
Never insert any foreign objects into the air
bag module or seat belt connectors.
NO GOOD NO GOOD
acxuuw00001595
Seat Weight Sensor Handling

The seat weight sensor has a built-in strain gauge which may operate improperly if the sensor is
dropped by itself or when installed to the seat. If it is dropped, replace the seat weight sensor with a
new one.
Oil, grease, or water on the seat weight sensor may cause the system to operate (deploy) improperly.
Never allow oil, grease, or water to get on the seat weight sensor.
Foreign material in the seat weight sensor components may cause the system to operate (deploy)
improperly. Always make sure that no foreign material can get into the seat weight sensor.
Disassembling the seat weight sensor, or tightening any of the nuts and bolts installed to the sensor
body may cause it to operate (deploy) improperly. Never disassemble the seat weight sensor or tighten
any of the nuts or bolts installed to the body of the sensor.
08-105
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 6
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Reuse
Even if an air bag module or a pre-tensioner seat belt does not operate (deploy) in a collision and does
not have any external signs of damage, it may have been damaged internally, which may cause
improper operation. Before reusing a live (undeployed) air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belts,
always use the on-board diagnostic to diagnose the air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belts to
verify that they have no malfunction.
Air Bag Wiring Harness Repair

Incorrectly repairing an air bag wiring harness
can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag
module and pre-tensioner seat belts. If a
problem is found in the air bag wiring
harness, always replace the wiring harness
with a new one.
End Of Sie
WM: DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
NO GOOD
acxuuw00001180
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081000801300
Warning
seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions before handling the
air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG
SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 8.812.8 {89.8130.5,
2
77.8113.2}
1 Cover
2 Bolt 1
3 Connector A 4
(See 08-10-6 Connector A Removal Note.)
4 Connector B
5 Driver-side air bag module
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. 8.812.8 5

5. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 1 2 {89.8130.5, 3
6. Verify that the air bag system warning light
acxuuw00000637
illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out.
If the air bag system warning light does not
operate normally, refer to the on-board diagnostic system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the
system.
Connector A Removal Note

1. Using a flathead screwdriver, pry out the
connector stopper plate.
2. Disconnect the connector.
End Of Sie
WM: PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
STOPPER
PLATE
acxuuw00000638
08-106
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 7
AIR BAG SYSTEM

PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000801900
Warning
Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in the passenger-side air bag module,
depending on the impact force, it is possible that inflator No.2 might not deploy. In such cases,
before disposing of the air bag module, make sure to follow the inflator deployment procedures
and verify complete deployment of inflators No.1 and 2.

(1) Front scuff plate inner (passengers side) (See 09-17-19 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (passengers side) (See 09-17-18 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Hood release (See 09-14-25 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 4 3 2
1 Bolt 08-10
2
2 Screw
3 Connector
(See 08-10-7 Connector Removal Note.) A B
4 Passenger-side air bag module A B
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. 1 6.99.8
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. {70.499.9,
61.186.7}
illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out. Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
If the air bag system warning light does not acxuuw00000639
operate, refer to the on-board diagnostic

system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the system.
Connector Removal Note

1. Using a flathead screwdriver, pry out the
connector stopper plate.
End Of Sie
WM: SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
STOPPER
PLATE
acxuuw00000638
08-107
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 8
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000800800
Warning
Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module,
which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions before
handling the air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
If the side air bag module is installed with debris in the seat back, the foreign material may be
scattered when the side air bag module operates (deploys), causing injury. Verify that there is no
foreign material in the seat back before installing the side air bag module.

3. Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-2 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Partially peel back the seat back trim.
5. Partially peel back the seat back pad.
6. Remove the seat cushion frame. (See 09-13-2 FRONT SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
2 4.58.0
1 Nut 1 {4681,
2 Side air bag module 4070}
3 Connector

illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out. 3
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
operate normally, refer to the on-board
diagnostic system (air bag system) and acxuuw00000640
perform inspection of the system.

End Of Sie
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WM: CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
id081000800900
Warning

(1) A-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-16 A-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-15 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear scuff plate inner (See 09-17-19 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-16 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See 08-11-2 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(7) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-16 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Rear seat (See 09-13-7 REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Sub trunk box (See 09-17-25 SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Trunk end trim (See 09-17-24 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-24 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)C-pillar trim (See 09-17-17 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(13)D-pillar trim (See 09-17-18 D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(14)Map light (See 09-18-22 MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(15)Sunvisor (See 09-17-26 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(16)Assist handle (See 09-17-27 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(17)Headliner (See 09-17-27 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(18)Rear speaker (See 09-20-8 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
08-108
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 9
AIR BAG SYSTEM

3 4
TAB TAB
1 5
SEC. AA
A
A
2 8.812.8 {89.8130.5,
acxuuw00000641
1 Connector 4 Hook
(See 08-10-9 Connector Removal Note.) 5 Curtain air bag module
2 Bolt
3 Clip
08-10
6. When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position verify that the air bag system warning light illuminates for
approx. 6 s and goes out.
If the air bag system warning light does not operate normally, refer to the on-board diagnostic system (air
bag system) and perform inspection of the system.

1. Using flathead screwdriver, pry out the connector
stopper plate.
End Of Sie
WM: CRASH ZONE SENSOR
STOPPER
PLATE
acxuuw00000638
08-109
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 10
AIR BAG SYSTEM

CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000800500
Warning
Handling the crash zone sensor improperly can accidentally deploy the air bags and pre-tensioner
seat belts, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions
before handling the crash zone sensor. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.)
(See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

3. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-2 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 Bolt A
2 Cover
5 8.011.0
3 Connector
{82112,
(See 08-10-10 Connector Removal Note.) 2 7197}
4 Bolt B 1
5 Crash zone sensor
3
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. 8.812.8 4
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. {89.8130.5,
acxuuw00000642
operate normally, refer to the on-board diagnostic system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the
system.

1. Disconnect the connector from the crash zone TAB
sensor by pressing the connector tab and pulling
out the lock lever in the direction of the arrow.
End Of Sie
WM: SAS UNIT
CONNECTOR LOCK LEVER

acxuuw00000643
SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081000801400
Warning
Handling the SAS control module improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre-
tensioner seat belt, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and
cautions before handling the air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Connecting the SAS control module with the SAS control module not securely fixed to the vehicle
is dangerous. When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the SAS control module could
tilt causing the SAS control module to detect that the vehicle is in a rollover condition, which may
accidentally operate (deploy) the curtain air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt. Therefore,
before turning the ignition switch to the ON position with the connector connected, securely fix
the SAS control module to the vehicle.
Caution
Handling the SAS control module improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre-
tensioner seat belt, which may seriously injure you. If configuration is not completed before
removing the SAS control module, DTC B2477 or B1017 will be displayed.
1. Perform SAS control module configuration when replacing it. (See 08-10-11 SAS CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
08-1010
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 11
AIR BAG SYSTEM

6. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 8.812.8
{89.8130.5,
1 Connector
77.8113.2}
2 Nut 2
3 SAS control module
3
8. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 1
If the SAS control module is replaced, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position for 20 s or
more after completing the configuration. (See
08-10-11 SAS CONTROL MODULE Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
CONFIGURATION.) acxuuw00000646

If the air bag system warning light does not operate normally, refer to the on-board diagnostic system (air
bag system) and perform inspection of the system.
End Of Sie
SAS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION
id081000801500
When using the IDS (notebook PC) 08-10
1. Select Programming.
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select Programmable Module Installation.
DLC-2
2. Select RCM.
acxuuw00000647
4. Perform the configuration according to the
directions on the screen.
End Of Sie
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000801600
Caution
When the seat weight sensor control module is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight
sensor calibration using the M-MDS. (See 08-10-12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for1 min or more.
3. Remove the front passengers seat. (See 09-13-2 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 Connector
2 Fastener
3 Seat weight sensor control module

End Of Sie 2
3
1
acxuuw00000648
08-1011
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 12
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION
id081000801700
Caution
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M-
MDS.
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor control module
Replacement with new passenger-side seat parts
Disassembly of the passenger-side seat
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using the M-
MDS. (See 08-10-12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Removal of the passenger-side seat
Loosening and retightening of passengers seat fixing bolts
Or, the vehicle is involved in a collision
1. Have two 20 kg {44 lb} weights ready to use.

1. Select Body.
2. Select Restraints.
4. Then, select item from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select Passenger Seat Weight Sensor
DLC-2
ReZero.
acxuuw00000647
5. Perform calibration following the procedures on
the M-MDS screen.
End Of Sie
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION
id081000801800
Caution
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using the M-
MDS.
Removal of the passenger-side seat
Loosening and retightening of passengers seat fixing bolts
Or, the vehicle is involved in a collision
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M-
MDS. (See 08-10-12 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor control module
Replacement with new passenger-side seat parts
Disassembly of the passenger-side seat

1. Select Body.
2. Select Restraints.
3. Then, select item from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select Passenger Seat Weight Sensor
DLC-2
ReZero.
acxuuw00000647
4. Perform inspection following the procedures on
the M-MDS screen.
End Of Sie
WM: SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR
08-1012
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 13
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000800600
Warning
Handling the side air bag sensor improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module,
handling the side air bag sensor. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-
10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

(2) Rear scuff plate inner (See 09-17-19 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-16 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 Nut
3
3 Connector
(See 08-10-13 Connector Removal Note.)
2
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and
hold for 10 s or more. FRONT
8.812.8 Nm
7. Verify that the air bag system warning light 1 {89.8130.5 kgfcm,
illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out. 77.8113.2 inlbf}
08-10
diagnostic system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the system.

1. Disconnect the connector from the side air bag TAB
sensor No.1 by pressing the connector tab and
pulling out the lock lever in the direction of the
arrow.
End Of Sie

acxuuw00000643
08-1013
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 14
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000800700
Warning
Handling the side air bag sensor improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module,
handling the side air bag sensor. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-
10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

(1) Rear seat (See 09-13-7 REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Rear scuff plate inner. (See 09-17-19 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Sub trunk box (See 09-17-25 SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Trunk end trim (See 09-17-24 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Trunk side trim (See 09-17-24 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1
1 Connector
(See08-10-14 Connector Removal Note.)
3
3 Bolt
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. FRONT

6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and
hold for 10 s or more. 8.812.8 Nm
7. Verify that the air bag system warning light 2 {89.8130.5 kgfcm,
illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out. 77.8113.2 inlbf}
diagnostic system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the system.

1. Disconnect the connector from the side air bag TAB
sensor No.2 by pressing the connector tab and
pulling out the lock lever in the direction of the
arrow.
End Of Sie
WM: CLOCK SPRING

acxuuw00000643
08-1014
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 15
AIR BAG SYSTEM

CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000802000
(1) Driver-side air bag module (See 08-10-6 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Steering wheel (See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Column cover (See 09-17-8 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 Connector
2 Screw
3 Clock spring 3
2
5. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 1
diagnostic system (air bag system) and acxuuw00001390
perform inspection of the system.

End Of Sie
CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT
id081000802100
Note
The adjustment procedure is also specified on the caution label of the clock spring.
08-10
1. Set the front tires straight-ahead.
Caution
The clock spring will break if over-wound. Do not forcibly turn the clock spring.
2. Turn the clock spring clockwise until it stops.
acxuuw00001596
3. From the stopped position, turn the clock spring

counterclockwise 2 3/4 turns.
acxuuw00001597
08-1015
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 16
AIR BAG SYSTEM

4. Align the marks.
End Of Sie ALIGNMENT MARKS
acxuuw00001598
CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION

id081000802200
1. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the clock spring.
Note
When the vehicle-side connector for the clock spring is disconnected, terminals 1A, 1B, 1C and 1D are
shorted to prevent unexpected operation (deployment) of the air bag module.
: Continuity
Test Terminal
condi-
tion 1A 1B 1C 1D 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2G 2H 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5G 5H
Under
any
condi-
tion
acxuuw00001599
08-1016
1871-1U-06B(08-10).fm 17
AIR BAG SYSTEM
3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5G 5H
A/B A/B A/B A/B CRUISE CRUISE ILLUMI- ILLUMI- AUDIO AUDIO
No.1 No.1 No.2 No.2 HORN
CONTROL CONTROL NATION NATION CONTROL CONTROL
+ - + - + - + - + -
1C 1D 1A 1B 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2G 2H
VEHICLE-SIDE CONNECTOR
1D 1C 1B 1A 2H 2G * 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A
AIR BAG MODULE-SIDE CONNECTOR
3B 3A 4B 4A
5H 5G * 5E 5D 5C 5B 5A
acxuuw00001600
08-10
End Of Sie
AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES
WM: AIR BAG MODULES
id081000801100
Warning
A live (undeployed) air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may accidentally operate (deploy)
when it is disposed of and cause serious injury. Do not dispose of a live (undeployed) air bag
module and pre-tensioner seat belt. If the SSTs (Deployment tool and Adapter harness) are not
available, consult the nearest Mazda representative for assistance.
Caution
Deploying the air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts inside the vehicle may cause damage
to the vehicle interior. When the vehicle is not to be scrapped, always deploy the air bag modules
and pre-tensioner seat belts outside the vehicle.
If the vehicle is to be scrapped, or when disposing of any air bag modules or pre-tensioner seat belts, operate
(deploy) them inside the vehicle by following the deployment procedure below and using the SST (Deployment
tool).
When disposing of an operated (deployed) air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt, refer to AIR BAG
MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DISPOSAL PROCEDURES.
Deployment Procedure for Inside of Vehicle

1. Inspect the SST (Deployment tool). (See 08-10-31 INSPECTION OF SST (DE

Mazda cx7 Workshop Manual 2007 PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Mazda cx7 Workshop Manual 2007 PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

1871-1U-06B(INDEX).

CX-7 GENERAL INFORMATION 00

All rights reserved. No part of this book may

Mazda Motor Corporation

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (VIN)

JM3 ER29L7# 100001

Material Name MNAO Part No. Mazda Material No.

Mazda CX-7 2007 Service Highlights 999995045F07 34161U06B

Engine Workshop Manual L3 WITH TC 9999950L3T06 18331U05H

Automatic Transaxle and Transfer Workshop Manual

Mazda CX-7 Bodyshop Manual 999995093F07 34191U06C

Mazda CX-7 2007 Wiring Diagram 999995068G07 56661U06B

GENERAL INFORMATION 00SECTION

Toc of SCT INFORMATION . . . . 00-00

Model year 7= 2007

L= 2.3 L (California (L3 WITH TC))

9= Wagon, Gross vehicle weight class C

Resraint system 2= with Curtain and Side air bags

Carline, Series ER= Mazda CX-7

World manufacturer identification JM3= Mazda/Multi-purpose vehicle category/U.S.A.

49 H002 671 SHOWS TIGHTENING

INSTALL THE PARTS BY SHOWS APPLICATION

1 Split pin 7 Split pin

Apply petroleum Appropriate

Upper and lower limits

WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*

CHECK FOR CHECK DTC

DTC troubleshooting flow (on-board diagnostic)

Quick diagnosis chart (If mentioned)

STEP INSPECTION ACTION

Diagnostic support note

1 Melting of main or other fuses

2 PARTS WHICH MAY BE THE

SYMPTOM QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART

Cooling fan or condenser fan seat improperly

Starter circuit including ignition switch open

Accelerator cable free play mis-adjustment

Improper tension or damaged drive belts

Engine or transaxle mounts improperly

Cooling fan system malfunction

Improper engine compression

Improper engine coolant level

Improper engine oil viscosity

Base engine malfunction

Improper valve timing

1 Melts of main or other fuse

Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic

6 Cranks normally but will not start X X X X

7 Slow return to idle X

8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle X X X

10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration

Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise X X X

12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise X X X

1 CHOOSE THE 14 Poor fuel economy X X X X X X

16 High oil consumption/leakage X X X

17 Cooling system concerns Overheating X X X X X

18 Cooling system concerns Runs cold X X

20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment)

22 Vibration concerns (engine) X X X

23 A/C does not work sufficiently

27 Fuel refill concerns

Automatic transaxle Upshift/downshift/

Electrical current A (ampere)